This is a modern-English version of The Phantom World; or, The philosophy of spirits, apparitions, &c, &c., originally written by Calmet, Augustin. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


THE

PHANTOM WORLD:

THE HISTORY

AND

PHILOSOPHY OF SPIRITS, APPARITIONS,

&c. &c.

 

FROM THE FRENCH OF AUGUSTINE CALMET.

 

WITH A PREFACE AND NOTES

BY THE

REV. HENRY CHRISTMAS, M.A., F.R.S., F.S.A.,

LIBRARIAN AND SECRETARY OF SION COLLEGE.

Quemadmodùm multa fieri non posse, priusquam facta sunt, judicantur;
ita multa quoque, quæ antiquitùs facta, quia nos ea non vidimus, neque
ratione assequimur, ex iis esse, quæ fieri non potuerunt, judicamus.
Quæ certè summa insipientia est.—Plin. Hist. Nat. lib. vii. c. 1.

 

TWO VOLUMES IN ONE.

PHILADELPHIA: A. HART, LATE CAREY & HART.

1850.

 

 

PHILADELPHIA:
T. K. AND P. G. COLLINS, PRINTERS.

 

 

 


TO

HENRY JAMES SLACK, Esquire, F.G.S.

&c. &c. &c.

My dear Henry

My dear Henry

I inscribe these volumes with your name to record a friendship which has lasted from our infancy, taint suspicion, and darkened by no shadow.

I write your name in these volumes to celebrate a friendship that has lasted since our childhood, untouched by doubt and free from darkness.

So long as eminent talents can challenge admiration, varied and extensive acquirements command respect, and unfeigned virtues ensure esteem and regard, so long will you have no common claim to them all; and none will pay the tribute more gladly than your affectionate

So long as great talents can inspire admiration, diverse and extensive knowledge earns respect, and genuine virtues guarantee esteem and regard, you will never share a common claim to all of them; and no one will honor you more gladly than your loving

Friend and Cousin,
HENRY CHRISTMAS.

Friend and Cousin,
HENRY CHRISTMAS.

 

Sion College, March, 1850.

Sion College, March 1850.


INTRODUCTION.

Among the many phases presented by human credulity, few are more interesting than those which regard the realities of the invisible world. If the opinions which have been held on this subject were written and gathered together they would form hundreds of volumes—if they were arranged and digested they would form a few, but most important. It is not merely because there is in almost every human error a substratum of truth, and that the more important the subject the more important the substratum, but because the investigation will give almost a history of human aberrations, that this otherwise unpromising topic assumes so high an interest. The superstitions of every age, for no age is free from them, will present the popular modes of thinking in an intelligible and easily accessible form, and may be taken as a means of gauging (if the expression be permitted) the philosophical and metaphysical capacities of the period. In this light, the volumes here presented to the reader will be found of great value, for they give a picture of the popular mind at a time of great interest, and furnish a clue to many difficulties in the ecclesiastical affairs of that era. In the time of Calmet, cases of demoniacal possession, and instances of returns from the world of spirits, were reputed to be of no uncommon occurrence. The church was continually called on to exert her powers of exorcism; and the instances gathered by Calmet, and related in this work, may be taken as fair specimens of the rest. It is then, first, as a storehouse of facts, or reputed facts, that Calmet compiled the work now in the reader's hands—as the foundation on which to rear what superstructure of system they pleased; and secondly, as a means of giving his own opinions, in a detached and desultory way, as the subjects came under his notice. The value of the first will consist in their evidence—and of this the reader will be as capable of judging as the compiler; that of the second will depend on their truth—and of this, too, we are as well, and in some respects better, able to judge than Calmet himself. Those accustomed to require rigid evidence will be but ill satisfied with the[Pg vi] greater part of that which will be found in this work; simple assertion for the most part suffices—often first made long after the facts, or supposed facts, related, and not unfrequently far off from the places where they were alleged to have taken place. But these cases are often the best authenticated, for in the more modern ones there is frequently such an evident mistake in the whole nature of the case, that all the spiritual deductions made from it fall to the ground.

Among the many stages of human belief, few are more intriguing than those concerning the realities of the invisible world. If we compiled all the opinions held on this topic, they would fill hundreds of volumes—if we arranged and summarized them, they would be a few, but very significant. It’s not just that there’s often a kernel of truth in almost every human mistake, and that the more significant the subject, the more crucial the kernel, but also because the exploration of this subject will provide a near history of human errors that this otherwise bleak topic becomes so compelling. The superstitions of every era, as no era is free from them, will showcase the popular ways of thinking in a clear and accessible manner and can be used to gauge (if I may say) the philosophical and metaphysical capabilities of the time. Viewed this way, the volumes presented here will be very valuable, as they offer a snapshot of public thought during a time of great significance and provide insight into many issues in the church matters of that period. In Calmet’s time, cases of demonic possession and reported returns from the spirit world were considered fairly common. The church was regularly called upon to use its exorcism powers; the examples collected by Calmet, found in this work, can be seen as representative of the rest. Thus, it serves first as a repository of facts, or supposed facts, that Calmet compiled in this work as a foundation for whatever system they wished to build; second, as a way for him to express his own views in a scattered and informal manner as topics came to his attention. The value of the first will lie in their evidence—and the reader can assess this just as well as the compiler; the value of the second will depend on their truth—and in this regard, we may be as capable, if not more so, of judging than Calmet himself. Those who insist on strict evidence might be disappointed with the[Pg vi] majority of what is contained in this work; simple assertion usually suffices—often made long after the facts or supposed facts occurred, and not infrequently far from where they were said to have happened. Yet, these cases are often the best documented, for in more recent examples, there can be such a clear misunderstanding of the entire situation that all the spiritual conclusions drawn from it fall apart.

Not a few instances of so-called demoniacal possession are capable of being resolved into cataleptic trance, a state not unlike that produced by mesmerism, and in which many of the same phenomena seem naturally to display themselves; the well-known instance of the young servant girl, related by Coleridge, who, though ignorant and uneducated, could during her sleep-walking discourse learnedly in rabbinical Hebrew, would furnish a case in point. The circumstance of her old master having been in the habit of walking about the house at night, reading from rabbinical books aloud and in a declamatory manner; the impression made by the strange sounds upon her youthful imagination; their accurate retention by a memory, which, however, could only reproduce them in an abnormal condition—all teach us many most interesting psychological facts, which, had this young girl fallen into other hands, would have been useless in a philosophical point of view, and would have been only used to establish the doctrine of diabolical possession and ecclesiastical exorcism. We should have been told how skilled was the fallen angel in rabbinical tradition, and how wholesome a terror he entertained of the Jesuits, the Capuchins, or the Fratres Minimi, as the case might be. Not a few of the most remarkable cases of supposed modern possession are to be accounted for by involuntary or natural mesmerism. Indeed the same view seems to be taken by a popular minister of the church (Mr. Mac Niel), in our own day, viz., that mesmerism and diabolical possession are frequently identical. Our difference with him is that we should consider the cases called by the two names as all natural, and he would consider them as all supernatural. And here, to avoid misconception, or rather misinterpretation, let me at once observe, that I speak thus of modern and recorded cases only, accepting literally all related in the New Testament, and not presuming to say that similar cases might not occur now. Calmet, however, may be supposed to have collected all the most remarkable of modern times, and I am compelled to say I believe not one of them. But when we pass from the evidence of truth, in which they are so wanting, to the evidence of fraud and collusion by which many are so characterized, we shall have less wonder at the general spread of infidelity in times somewhat later, on all subjects not susceptible of ocular demonstration. Where a system claimed to be received as a whole, or not at all, it is hardly to be wondered at that when some portion was manifestly[Pg vii] wrong, its own requirements should be complied with, and the whole rejected. The system which required an implicit belief in such absurdities as those related in these volumes, and placed them on a level with the most awful verities of religion, might indeed make some interested use of them in an age of comparative darkness, but certainly contained within itself the seeds of destruction, and which could not fail to germinate as soon as light fell upon them. The state of Calmet's own mind, as revealed in this book, is curious and interesting. The belief of the intellect in much which he relates is evidently gone, the belief of the will but partially remains. There is a painful sense of uncertainty as to whether certain things ought not to be received more fully than he felt himself able to receive them, and he gladly follows in many cases the example of Herodotus of old, merely relating stories without comment, save by stating that they had not fallen under his own observation.

Not a few instances of so-called demonic possession can be explained as cataleptic trances, a state similar to that induced by mesmerism, where many of the same phenomena naturally occur. A well-known example is the young servant girl described by Coleridge, who, despite being naive and uneducated, could speak fluently in rabbinical Hebrew while sleepwalking. Her old master used to walk around the house at night, reading rabbinical texts aloud in a dramatic way; the strange sounds captivated her young imagination and were accurately remembered, even though she could only reproduce them under unusual conditions. This example reveals numerous fascinating psychological insights, which, had this girl been in different hands, could have been misused to support the concept of demonic possession and church exorcism. Instead, we might have heard how adept the fallen angel was in rabbinical lore and how terrified he was of the Jesuits, Capuchins, or the Fratres Minimi, depending on the case. Many of the most striking instances of supposed modern possession are likely caused by involuntary or natural mesmerism. In fact, a contemporary minister (Mr. Mac Niel) seems to share this view, suggesting that mesmerism and demonic possession are often the same. However, we differ in that we believe the cases labeled with these terms are all natural, while he sees them as entirely supernatural. To clarify and avoid misunderstanding, I emphasize that I'm only referring to modern and documented cases, accepting literally all those mentioned in the New Testament, without presuming that similar cases might not occur today. Calmet appears to have gathered all the most notable examples from recent times, and I must admit I believe none of them. But when we shift from the evidence of truth, of which they lack so much, to the evidence of fraud and collusion that characterizes many, it’s less surprising that infidelity spread broadly in later times on topics not open to visible proof. In a system that demands acceptance as a whole or not at all, it’s hardly surprising that when part of it is clearly[Pg vii] wrong, people would comply with its demands and reject the entire system. A system that required absolute belief in such absurdities as those discussed in these volumes, equating them with the most serious truths of religion, might have had some use in a time of relative ignorance, but contained within it the seeds of its own destruction, which could not help but sprout as soon as enlightenment shone upon them. Calmet's own mindset, as revealed in this book, is curious and intriguing. His intellectual belief in much of what he narrates is clearly gone, while his will’s belief only partially remains. There’s an uncomfortable uncertainty as to whether certain things ought to be accepted more fully than he felt capable of accepting them, and he readily follows the example of Herodotus of old, simply recounting stories without comment, except to note that they weren’t part of his own experience.

The time, indeed, had hardly come to assert freedom of belief on subjects such as these. Theology embraced philosophy, and the Holy Inquisition defended the orthodoxy of both; and if the investigators of Calmet's day were permitted to hold, with some limitation, the Copernican theory, it was far otherwise with regard to the world of spirits, and its connection with our own. The rotundity of the earth affected neither shrines nor exorcisms; metaphysical truth might do both one and the other; and the cry of "Great is Diana of the Ephesians," was not raised in the capital of Asia Minor, till the "craft by which we get our wealth" was proved to be in danger.

The time hadn’t quite arrived to claim freedom of belief on topics like these. Theology included philosophy, and the Holy Inquisition upheld the orthodoxy of both; while investigators in Calmet's era were allowed to accept, with some restrictions, the Copernican theory, the same couldn’t be said for the spiritual world and its ties to our own. The roundness of the earth didn’t impact shrines or exorcisms; metaphysical truth could influence both; and the shout of "Great is Diana of the Ephesians" wasn’t heard in the capital of Asia Minor until the "craft by which we earn our living" was shown to be at risk.

Reflections such as these are painfully forced on us by the evident fraud exhibited by many of the actors in the scenes of exorcism narrated by Calmet, the vile purposes to which the services of the church were turned, and the recklessness with which the supposed or pretended evil, and equally pretended remedy, were used for political intrigue or state oppression.

Reflections like these are painfully thrust upon us by the obvious deception displayed by many individuals involved in the exorcism stories told by Calmet, the dishonorable aims to which the church's services were directed, and the careless way in which the alleged or feigned evil, along with the equally feigned solution, was exploited for political maneuvering or government oppression.

Independent of these conclusions, there is something lamentable in a state of the public mind, which was so little prone to examination as to receive such a mass of superstition without sifting the wheat, for such there undoubtedly is, from the chaff. Calmet's work contains enough, had we the minor circumstances in each case preserved, to set at rest many philosophic doubts, and to illustrate many physical facts; and to those who desire to know what was believed by our Christian forefathers, and why it was believed, the compilation is absolutely invaluable. Calmet was a man of naturally cool, calm judgment, possessed of singular learning, and was pious and truthful. A short sketch of his life will not, perhaps, be unacceptable to the reader.

Regardless of these conclusions, it's unfortunate that the public mindset was so uncritical that it accepted a lot of superstition without separating the valuable insights from the nonsense. Calmet's work has enough information, if we had all the details from each case, to resolve many philosophical uncertainties and clarify several physical facts. For those interested in understanding what our Christian ancestors believed and why, this compilation is absolutely priceless. Calmet was a person of naturally cool and rational judgment, highly educated, as well as pious and honest. A brief overview of his life might be of interest to the reader.

Augustine Calmet was born in the year 1672, at a village near Commerci, in Lorraine. He early gave proofs of aptitude for study, and an opportunity was speedily offered of devoting himself to a[Pg viii] life of learning. In his sixteenth year he became a Benedictine of the Congregation of St. Vannes, and prosecuted his theological and such philosophical studies as the time allowed with great success. He was soon appointed to teach the younger portion of the community, and gave in this employment such decided satisfaction to his superiors, that he was soon marked for preferment. His chief study was the Scriptures; and in the twenty-second year of his age, a period unusually early, in an age when all benefices and beneficial employments were matters of sale, he was appointed to be sub-prior of the monastery of Munster, in Alsace, where he presided over an academy. This academy consisted of ten or twelve monks, and its object was the investigation of Scripture. Calmet was not idle in his new position; besides communicating so much valuable information as to make his pupils the best biblical scholars of the country, he made extensive collections for his Commentary on the Old and New Testaments, and for his still more celebrated work, the History of the Bible. These materials he subsequently digested and arranged. The Commentary, a work of immense value, was published in separate volumes from 1707 to 1716. His labors attracted renewed and increased attention, and the offer of a bishopric was made to him, which he unhesitatingly declined.

Augustine Calmet was born in 1672 in a village near Commerci, in Lorraine. He quickly showed a talent for study, and soon had the chance to dedicate himself to a life of learning. At sixteen, he became a Benedictine of the Congregation of St. Vannes, where he successfully pursued theological and philosophical studies as time allowed. He was soon appointed to teach the younger members of the community and impressed his superiors so much that he was marked for advancement. His main focus was the Scriptures, and at the unusually young age of twenty-two, in a time when benefices and jobs were often sold, he was appointed sub-prior of the monastery of Munster in Alsace, where he oversaw an academy. This academy had ten to twelve monks, and its purpose was to explore Scripture. Calmet was active in his new role; in addition to sharing valuable information that helped his students become the best biblical scholars in the area, he also gathered extensive materials for his Commentary on the Old and New Testaments, as well as his even more famous work, the History of the Bible. He later organized and refined these materials. The Commentary, which is an extremely valuable work, was published in separate volumes from 1707 to 1716. His efforts drew significant attention, and he was offered a bishopric, which he readily declined.

In 1718, he was elected to the abbacy of St. Leopold, in Nancy; and ten years afterwards, to that of Senones, where he spent the remainder of his days. His writings are numerous—two have been already mentioned—and so great was the popularity attained by his Commentaries, that they have been translated into no fewer than six languages within ten years. It exhibits a favorable aspect of the author's mind, and gives a very high idea of his erudition. One cause which tended greatly to its universal acceptability, was its singular freedom from sectarian bitterness. Protestants as well as Romanists may use it with equal satisfaction; and accordingly, it is considered a work of standard authority in England as much as on the continent.

In 1718, he was elected as the abbot of St. Leopold in Nancy, and ten years later, he became the abbot of Senones, where he spent the rest of his life. He wrote a lot—two of his works have already been mentioned—and his Commentaries became so popular that they were translated into six different languages within a decade. It reflects a positive aspect of the author's intellect and showcases his impressive knowledge. One reason for its widespread acceptance was its remarkable lack of sectarian hostility. Both Protestants and Roman Catholics can read it with equal enjoyment, making it recognized as a work of standard authority in England as well as on the continent.

In addition to these Commentaries, and his History of the Bible, and Fragments, (the best edition of which latter work in English, is by Isaac Taylor,) he wrote the "Ecclesiastical and Civil History of Lorraine;" "A Catalogue of the Writers of Lorraine;" "Universal History, Sacred and Profane;" a small collection of Reveries; and a work entitled, "A Literal, Moral, and Historical Commentary on the Rule of St. Benedict," a work which is full of curious information on ancient customs, particularly ecclesiastical. He is among the few, also, who have written on ancient music. He lived to a good old age; and died regretted and much respected in 1757.

Along with these Commentaries, his History of the Bible, and Fragments (the best English edition of the latter work is by Isaac Taylor), he wrote the "Ecclesiastical and Civil History of Lorraine," "A Catalogue of the Writers of Lorraine," "Universal History, Sacred and Profane," a small collection of Reveries, and a work titled "A Literal, Moral, and Historical Commentary on the Rule of St. Benedict," which is filled with fascinating information about ancient customs, especially ecclesiastical ones. He is also among the few who have written about ancient music. He lived to a ripe old age and passed away in 1757, being remembered and respected.

Of all his works, the one presented here to the reader, is perhaps the most popular; it went rapidly through many editions, and received from the author's hand continual corrections and additions.[Pg ix] To say that it is characterized by uniform judgment, would be to give it a praise somewhat different as well as somewhat greater than that which it merits. It is a vast repertory of legends, more or less probable; some of which have very little foundation—and some which Calmet himself would have done well to omit, though now, as a picture of the belief entertained in that day, they greatly add to the value of the book. For the same reasons which have caused the retention of these passages, no alterations have been made in the citations from Scripture, which being translations from the Vulgate, necessarily differ in phraseology from the version in use among ourselves. The apocryphal books too are quoted, and the story of Bel and the Dragon referred to as a part of the prophecy of Daniel; but what is of consequence to observe, is, that doctrines are founded on these translations, and on those very points in which they differ from our own.

Of all his works, the one presented here to the reader is probably the most popular; it quickly went through many editions and received continuous corrections and additions from the author himself.[Pg ix] To say that it is marked by consistent judgment would be to give it a praise that is somewhat different and greater than it deserves. It is a vast collection of legends, some more likely than others; some of which have very little basis—and some which Calmet himself should have omitted, though now, as a reflection of the beliefs held at that time, they significantly enhance the book's value. For the same reasons that have led to the inclusion of these passages, no changes have been made in the citations from Scripture, which are translations from the Vulgate and necessarily differ in wording from the version we use today. The apocryphal books are also quoted, and the story of Bel and the Dragon is mentioned as part of the prophecy of Daniel; but what is important to note is that doctrines are based on these translations and on those specific points where they differ from our own.

If the history of popery, and especially that form and development of it exhibited in the monastic orders, be ever written, this work will be of the greatest importance:—it will show the means by which dominion was obtained over the minds of the ignorant; how the most sacred mysteries were perverted; and frauds, which can hardly be termed pious, used to support institutions which can scarcely be called religious. That the spirits of the dead should be permitted to return to earth, under circumstances the most grotesque, to support the doctrines of masses for the dead, purgatory and propitiatory penance; that demons should be exorcised to give testimony to the merits of rival orders of monks and friars; that relics, many of them supposititious, and many of the most disgusting and blasphemous character, should have power to affect the eternal state of the departed; and that all saints, angels, demons, and the ghosts of the departed, should support, with great variations indeed, the corrupt dealings of a corrupt priesthood—form a creed worthy of the darkest and most unworthy days of heathenism.

If the history of Catholicism, especially in the way it was shown through the monastic orders, were ever written, this work would be extremely significant: it would reveal how control was gained over the minds of the uneducated; how the most sacred secrets were twisted; and deceptions, which can hardly be called holy, were used to uphold institutions that can barely be considered religious. The idea that the spirits of the dead should be allowed to return to earth in the most absurd ways to back the beliefs in masses for the dead, purgatory, and atonement; that demons should be forced to testify to the virtues of competing orders of monks and friars; that relics, many of which are fake and many of the most revolting and blasphemous nature, should have the power to influence the eternal fate of the deceased; and that all saints, angels, demons, and the spirits of the dead should, with significant variations, support the corrupt practices of a corrupt clergy—forms a belief system worthy of the darkest and most disgraceful days of paganism.

There is, however, one excuse, or rather palliation, for the superstition of that time. In periods of great public depravity—and few epochs have been more depraved than that in which Calmet lived—Satan has great power. With a ruler like the regent Duke of Orleans, with a Church governor like Cardinal Dubois, it would appear that the civil and ecclesiastical authority of France had sold itself, like Ahab of old, to work wickedness; or, as the apostle says, "to work all uncleanness with greediness." In an age so characterized, it does not seem at all improbable that portentous events should from time to time occur; that the servants of the devil should be strengthened together with their master; that many should be given over to strong delusions and to believe a lie; and that the evil part of the invisible world should be permitted to ally itself more closely with the men of an age so congenial. Real cases of[Pg x] demoniacal possession might, perhaps, be met with, and though scarcely amenable to the exorcisms of a clergy so corrupt as that of France in that day, they would yet justify a belief in the reality of those cases got up for the sake of filthy lucre, personal ambition, or private revenge. If the public mind was prepared for a belief in such cases, there were not wanting men to turn it to profitable account; and the quiet student who believed the efficacy of the means used, and was scarcely aware of the wickedness of the age in which he lived, might easily be induced to credit the tales told him of demons expelled by the power of a church, to which in the beginning an authority to do so had undoubtedly been given, and whose awful corruptions were to him at least greatly veiled.

There is, however, one excuse, or rather justification, for the superstition of that time. In periods of significant public corruption—and few times were more corrupt than when Calmet lived—Satan has considerable influence. With a ruler like the regent Duke of Orleans and a Church leader like Cardinal Dubois, it would seem that the civil and religious power in France had sold itself, like Ahab of old, to commit evil; or, as the apostle says, "to commit all kinds of impurity with a craving for more." In such an age, it's not at all surprising that extraordinary events could occasionally happen; that the servants of the devil might be empowered alongside their master; that many would fall into strong delusions and believe falsehoods; and that the darker aspects of the spiritual world would be allowed to align more closely with the people of a time so suitable for them. Real instances of[Pg x] demonic possession might, perhaps, be encountered, and although they would hardly be subject to the exorcisms of a clergy as corrupt as that of France then, they would still support a belief in the reality of those cases fabricated for the sake of greed, personal ambition, or revenge. If the public mindset was ready to believe in such cases, there were certainly people ready to profit from it; and the quiet scholar who believed in the effectiveness of the methods used, and was mostly unaware of the corruption of the time in which he lived, could easily be led to trust the stories told to him about demons expelled by the power of a Church, to which authority to perform such acts had undoubtedly been granted at the beginning, and whose severe corruption was, at least for him, largely obscured.

Calmet was a man of great integrity and considerable acumen, but he passed an innocent and exemplary life in studious seclusion; he mixed little with the world at large, resided remote "from courts, and camps, and strife of war or peace;" and there appears occasionally in his writings a kind of nervous apprehension lest the dogmas of the church to which he was pledged should be less capable than he could wish of satisfactory investigation. When he meets with tales like those of the vampires or vroucolacas, which concern only what he considered a heretical church, and with which, therefore, he might deal according to his own will—apply to them the ordinary rules of evidence, and treat them as mundane affairs—there he is clear-sighted, critical and acute, and accordingly he discusses the matter philosophically and logically, and concludes without fear of sinning against the church, that the whole is delusion. When, on the other hand, he has to deal with cases of demoniacal possession, in countries under the rule of the Roman hierarchy, he contents himself with the decisions of the scholastic divines and the opinions of the fathers, and makes frequent references to the decrees of various provincial parliaments. The effects of such a state of mind upon scientific and especially metaphysical investigation, may be easily imagined, and are to be traced more or less distinctly in every page of the work before us.

Calmet was a man of great integrity and sharp insight, but he led an innocent and exemplary life in quiet study. He rarely engaged with the outside world, living far from "courts, and camps, and the conflicts of war or peace;" and his writings sometimes reflect a kind of nervous concern that the beliefs of the church he was committed to might be less open to thorough examination than he would prefer. When he encounters stories about vampires or vroucolacas, which he views as belonging to a heretical church and feels free to assess with his own judgment—applying standard rules of evidence and treating them as ordinary occurrences—he is discerning, critical, and insightful. He discusses the matter in a philosophical and logical way, concluding without fear of offending the church that it’s all just an illusion. However, when he addresses cases of demonic possession in areas governed by the Roman church, he relies on the judgments of scholastic theologians and the views of the early church fathers, often referencing the decisions of various provincial assemblies. The impact of this mindset on scientific and particularly metaphysical inquiry is easy to imagine, and it can be seen more or less clearly on every page of the work in front of us.

To conclude: books like this—the "Disquisitiones Magicæ" of Delrio, the "Demonomanie" of Bodin, the "Malleus Maleficarum" of Sprengel, and the like, are at no time to be regarded merely as subjects of amusement; they have their philosophical value; they have a still greater historical value; and they show how far even upright minds may be warped by imperfect education, and slavish deference to authority.

To sum up: books like this—the "Disquisitiones Magicæ" by Delrio, the "Demonomanie" by Bodin, the "Malleus Maleficarum" by Sprengel, and others like them, should never be seen as just entertainment; they hold philosophical significance; they have even more historical importance; and they illustrate how much even well-meaning individuals can be distorted by inadequate education and blind obedience to authority.

The edition here followed is that of 1751, which contains the latest corrections of the author, and several additional pieces, which are all included in the present volumes.

The edition used here is from 1751, which includes the author's most recent corrections and several additional pieces, all of which are included in these volumes.

Sion College, London Wall,

Sion College, London Wall,

April, 1850.

April 1850.


CONTENTS.

 

 

PAGE
Introduction xv
CHAPTER
I. The Appearance of Good Angels proved by the Books of the Old Testament 37
II. The Appearance of Good Angels proved by the Books of the New Testament 38
III. Under what form have Good Angels appeared? 41
IV. Opinions of the Jews, Christians, Mahometans, and Oriental Nations, concerning the Apparitions of Good Angels 44
V. Opinion of the Greeks and Romans on the Apparitions of Good Genii 47
VI. The Apparition of Bad Angels proved by the Holy Scriptures--Under what Form they have appeared 50
VII. Of Magic 57
VIII. Objections to the Reality of Magic 61
IX. Reply to the Objections 63
X. Examination of the Affair of Hocque, Magician 67
XI. Magic of the Egyptians and Chaldeans 70
XII. Magic among the Greeks and Romans 73
XIII. Examples which prove the Reality of Magic 75
XIV. Effects of Magic according to the Poets 81
XV. Of the Pagan Oracles 83
XVI. The Certainty of the Event predicted, is not always a proof that the Prediction comes from God 86
XVII. Reasons which lead us to believe that the greater part of the Ancient Oracles were only Impositions of the Priests and Priestesses, who feigned that they were inspired by God 89
XVIII. On Sorcerers and Sorceresses, or Witches 93
XIX. Instances of Sorcerers and Witches being, as they said, transported to the Sabbath 98
XX. Story of Louis Gaufredi and Magdalen de la Palud, owned by themselves to be a Sorcerer and Sorceress 102
XXI. Reasons which prove the Possibility of Sorcerers and Witches being transported to the Sabbath 106
XXII.[Pg xii] Continuation of the same Subject 111
XXIII. Obsession and Possession of the Devil 114
XXIV. The Truth and Reality of Possession and Obsession by the Devil proved from Scripture 117
XXV. Examples of Real Possessions caused by the Devil 119
XXVI. Continuation of the same Subject 123
XXVII. Objections against the Obsessions and Possessions of the Demon--Reply to the Objections 128
XXVIII. Continuation of Objections against Possessions, and some Replies to those Objections 132
XXIX. Of Familiar Spirits 138
XXX. Some other Examples of Elves 142
XXXI. Spirits that keep Watch over Treasure 149
XXXII. Other instances of Hidden Treasures, which were guarded by Good or Bad Spirits 153
XXXIII. Spectres which appear, and predict things unknown and to come 156
XXXIV. Other Apparitions of Spectres 159
XXXV. Examination of the Apparition of a pretended Spectre 163
XXXVI. Of Spectres which haunt Houses 165
XXXVII. Other Instances of Spectres which haunt certain Houses 170
XXXVIII. Prodigious effects of Imagination in those Men or Women who believe they hold Intercourse with the Demon 172
XXXIX. Return and Apparitions of Souls after the Death of the Body, proved from Scripture 176
XL. Apparitions of Spirits proved from History 180
XLI. More Instances of Apparitions 185
XLII. On the Apparitions of Spirits who imprint their Hands on Clothes or on Wood 190
XLIII. Opinions of the Jews, Greeks, and Latins, concerning the Dead who are left unburied 195
XLIV. Examination of what is required or revealed to the Living by the Dead who return to Earth 201
XLV. Apparitions of Men still alive, to other living Men, absent, and very distant from each other 204
XLVI. Arguments concerning Apparitions 216
XLVII. Objections against Apparitions, and Replies to those Objections 221
XLVIII. Some other Objections and Replies 224
XLIX. The Secrets of Physics and Chemistry taken for supernatural things 229
L. Conclusion of the Treatise on Apparitions 232
LI. Way of explaining Apparitions 235
LII. The difficulty of explaining the manner in which Apparitions make their appearance, whatever system may be proposed on the subject 237

 

[Pg xiii]

[Pg xiii]

Dissertation on the Ghosts that return to Earth physically, the Excommunicated, Oupires or Vampires, Vroucolacas, etc. 241
Introduction 243
I. The Resurrection of a Dead Person is the Work of God only 247
II. Revival of Persons who were not really Dead 249
III. Resurrection of a Man who had been buried Three Years, resuscitated by St. Stanislaus 251
IV. Can a Man really Dead appear in his own Body? 253
V. Revival or Apparition of a Girl who had been Dead some Months 256
VI. A Woman taken Alive from her Tomb 259
VII. Revenans, or Vampires of Moravia 260
VIII. Dead Persons in Hungary who suck the Blood of the Living 262
IX. Narrative of a Vampire from the Jewish Letters, Letter 137 263
X. Other Instances of Revenans.--Continuation of the "Gleaner" 264
XI. Argument of the Author of the Jewish Letters, concerning Revenans 266
XII. Continuation of the argument of the Dutch Gleaner 270
XIII. Narrative from the "Mercure Gallant" of 1693 and 1694 on Revenans 272
XIV. Conjectures of the "Glaneur de Hollandais" 273
XV. Another Letter on Ghosts 276
XVI. Pretended Vestiges of Vampirism in Antiquity 278
XVII. Ghosts in Northern Countries 282
XVIII. Ghosts in England 283
XIX. Ghosts in Peru 284
XX. Ghosts in Lapland 285
XXI. Return of a Man who had been Dead some Months 285
XXII. Excommunicated Persons who went out of Churches 289
XXIII. Some Instances of the Excommunicated being rejected or cast out of Consecrated Ground 291
XXIV. Instance of an Excommunicated Martyr being cast out of the Ground 292
XXV. A Man cast out of the Church for having refused to pay Tithes 293
XXVI. Instances of Persons who have given Signs of Life after their Death, and have withdrawn themselves respectfully to make room for more worthy Persons 294
XXVII. People who perform Pilgrimage after Death 296
XXVIII. Reasoning upon the Excommunicated who go out of Churches 297
XXIX. Do the Excommunicated rot in the Earth? 300
XXX. Instances to show that the Excommunicated do not rot, and that they appear to the Living 301
XXXI. Instances of these Returns to Earth of the Excommunicated 302
XXXII. A Vroucolacan exhumed in the presence of M. de Tournefort 304
XXXIII. Has the Demon power to kill, and then to restore to Life? 308
XXXIV. Examination of the Opinion that the Demon can restore Animation to a Dead Body 310
XXXV.[Pg xiv] Instances of Phantoms which have appeared to the Living and given many Signs of Life 313
XXXVI. Devoting People to Death, practised by the Heathens 314
XXXVII. Instances of dooming to Death among Christians 317
XXXVIII. Instances of Persons who have promised to give each other News of themselves from the other World 321
XXXIX. Extracts from the Political Works of the Abbé de St. Pierre 325
XL. Divers Systems to explain Ghosts 331
XLI. Divers Instances of Persons being Buried Alive 333
XLII. Instances of Drowned Persons who have come back to Life and Health 335
XLIII. Instances of Women thought Dead who came to Life again 337
XLIV. Can these Instances be applied to the Hungarian Revenans? 339
XLV. Dead People who chew in their Graves and devour their own Flesh 340
XLVI. Singular Example of a Hungarian Revenant 341
XLVII. Argument on this matter 343
XLVIII. Are the Vampires or Revenans really Dead? 344
XLIX. Instance of a Man named Curma being sent back to this World 351
L. Instances of Persons who fall into Ecstatic Trances when they will, and remain senseless 354
LI. Application of such Instances to Vampires 356
LII. Examination of the Opinion that the Demon fascinates the Eyes of those to whom Vampires appear 360
LIII. Instances of Resuscitated Persons who relate what they saw in the other World 361
LIV. The Traditions of the Pagans on the other Life, are derived from the Hebrews and Egyptians 364
LV. Instances of Christians being Resuscitated and sent back to this World.--Vision of Vetinus, a Monk of Augia 366
LVI. Vision of Bertholdas, related by Hincmar, Archbishop of Rheims 368
LVII. Vision of St. Fursius 369
LVIII. Vision of a Protestant of York, and others 371
LIX. Conclusion of this Dissertation 374
LX. Moral Impossibility that Ghosts can come out of their Tombs 376
LXI. What is related of the Bodies of the Excommunicated who walk out of Churches, is subject to very great Difficulties (in Belief and Explanation) 378
LXII. Remarks on the Dissertation, concerning the Spirit which came to St. Maur des Fossés 380
LXIII. Dissertation of an Anonymous Writer on what should be thought of the Appearance of Spirits, on Occasion of the Adventure at St. Maur, in 1706 387
Letter of the Marquis Maffei on Magic 407
Letter of the Reverend Father Dom Calmet, to M. Debure 440

 

 


PREFACE.

The great number of authors who have written upon the apparitions of angels, demons, and disembodied souls is not unknown to me; and I do not presume sufficiently on my own capacity to believe that I shall succeed better in it than they have done, and that I shall enhance their knowledge and their discoveries. I am perfectly sensible that I expose myself to criticism, and perhaps to the mockery of many readers, who regard this matter as done with, and decried in the minds of philosophers, learned men, and many theologians. I must not reckon either on the approbation of the people, whose want of discernment prevents their being competent judges of this same. My aim is not to foment superstition, nor to feed the vain curiosity of visionaries, and those who believe without examination everything that is related to them as soon as they find therein anything marvelous and supernatural. I write only for reasonable and unprejudiced minds, which examine things seriously and coolly; I speak only for those who assent even to known truth but after mature reflection, who know how to doubt of what is uncertain, to suspend their judgment on what is doubtful, and to deny what is manifestly false.

The many authors who have written about the appearances of angels, demons, and spirits are well known to me; and I don't assume that I have any greater ability to succeed in this than they have, or that I will add to their knowledge and discoveries. I am fully aware that I risk criticism and possibly even mockery from many readers who think this topic is settled and dismissed by philosophers, scholars, and various theologians. I also can't count on the approval of the public, whose lack of insight makes them incapable of judging this matter. My goal is not to stir up superstition or satisfy the empty curiosity of dreamers who accept everything presented to them as soon as it seems amazing or supernatural. I write only for rational and open-minded individuals who approach things thoughtfully and calmly; I speak solely to those who agree with established truths after careful consideration, who know how to question what is uncertain, to hold their judgment on what is questionable, and to reject what is clearly false.

As for pretended freethinkers, who reject everything to distinguish themselves, and to place themselves above the common herd, I leave them in their elevated sphere; they will think of this work as they may consider proper, and as it is not calculated for them, apparently they will not take the trouble to read it.

As for so-called freethinkers, who dismiss everything to set themselves apart and elevate themselves above the ordinary crowd, I leave them to their lofty thoughts; they will judge this work however they see fit, and since it’s clearly not meant for them, they likely won’t bother to read it.

I undertook it for my own information, and to form to myself a just idea of all that is said on the apparitions of angels, of the demon, and of disembodied souls. I wished to see how far that matter was certain or uncertain, true or false, known or unknown, clear or obscure.

I took it on for my own understanding and to create an accurate idea of everything that's said about angel appearances, demons, and disembodied souls. I wanted to see how much of that information was certain or uncertain, true or false, known or unknown, clear or unclear.

In this great number of facts which I have collected I have endeavored to make a choice, and not to heap together too great a multitude of them, for fear that in the too numerous examples the doubtful might not harm the certain, and in wishing to prove too[Pg xvi] much I might prove absolutely nothing. There will, even amongst those I have cited, be found some which will not easily be credited by many readers, and I allow them to regard them as not related.

In this large collection of facts I've gathered, I've tried to be selective and not overwhelm with too many examples, worried that too many could confuse the reliable ones. If I try to prove too much, I risk proving nothing at all. Even among those I've mentioned, there will be some that many readers may find hard to believe, and I give them the option to dismiss those as unrelated.

I beg those readers, nevertheless, to discern justly amongst these facts and instances; after which they can with me form their opinion—affirm, deny, or remain in doubt.

I urge those readers, however, to clearly evaluate these facts and examples; after which they can join me in forming their opinion—affirm, deny, or stay uncertain.

From the respect which every man owes to truth, and the veneration which a Christian and a priest owes to religion, it appeared to me very important to undeceive people respecting the opinion which they have of apparitions, if they believe them all to be true; or to instruct them and show them the truth and reality of a great number, if they think them all false. It is always shameful to be deceived;   and in regard to religion, to believe on light grounds, to remain wilfully in doubt, or to maintain oneself without any reason in superstition and illusion; it is already much to know how to doubt wisely, and not to form a decided opinion beyond what one really knows.

Given the respect everyone should have for the truth and the reverence a Christian and a priest should show for religion, I felt it was very important to help people understand the reality of apparitions. If they believe all of them are true, they need to be set straight; if they think all of them are false, they need to be educated about the truths and realities of many. It's always shameful to be misled; when it comes to religion, it's wrong to believe hastily, to stay intentionally in doubt, or to cling to superstition and illusion without any justification. Knowing how to doubt thoughtfully is already a lot, and it’s essential not to form a strong opinion beyond what we truly understand.

I never had any idea of treating profoundly the matter of apparitions; I have treated of it, as it were, by chance, and occasionally. My first and principal object was to discourse of the vampires of Hungary. In collecting my materials on that subject, I found many things concerning apparitions; the great number of these embarrassed this treatise on vampires. I detached some of them, and thus have composed this treatise on apparitions: there still remains a large number of them, which I might have separated for the better arrangement of this treatise. Many persons here have taken the accessory for the principal, and have paid more attention to the first part than to the second, which was, however, the first and the principal in my design. For I own I have always been much struck with what was related of the vampires or ghosts of Hungary, Moravia, and Poland; of the vroucolacas of Greece; and of the excommunicated, who are said not to rot. I thought I ought to bestow on it all the attention in my power; and I have deemed it right to treat on this subject in a particular dissertation. After having deeply studied it, and obtaining as much information as I was able, I found little solidity and certainty on the subject; which, joined to the opinion of some prudent and respectable persons whom I consulted, had induced me to give up my design entirely, and to renounce laboring on a subject which is so contradictory, and embraces so much uncertainty.

I never intended to seriously explore the topic of apparitions; I addressed it almost randomly and occasionally. My main goal was to discuss the vampires of Hungary. While gathering information on that topic, I came across a lot of material about apparitions, and the sheer volume of it complicated my treatise on vampires. I separated some of those findings and put together this treatise on apparitions. There are still many more that I could have included for better organization in this work. Many people here have mistaken the secondary content for the main focus and paid more attention to the first part than the second, which was actually my primary focus. I must admit I've always been fascinated by what has been said about the vampires or ghosts of Hungary, Moravia, and Poland; the vroucolacas of Greece; and the excommunicated souls that supposedly don’t decompose. I felt it necessary to give this topic my full attention, and I've decided to write about it in a separate dissertation. After thoroughly researching it and gathering as much information as I could, I found little substance and certainty on the matter, which, along with the views of some wise and respected individuals I consulted, led me to completely abandon my original plan and to step back from a subject that is so contradictory and filled with uncertainty.

But looking at the matter in another point of view, I resumed my pen, decided upon undeceiving the public, if I found that what was said of it was absolutely false; showing that what is uttered on this subject is uncertain, and that one ought to be very reserved in pronouncing on these vampires, which have made so much noise in[Pg xvii] the world for a certain time, and still divide opinions at this day, even in the countries which are the scene of their pretended return, and where they appear; or to show that what has been said and written on this subject is not destitute of probability, and that the subject of the return of vampires is worthy the attention of the curious and the learned, and deserves to be seriously studied, to have the facts related of it examined, and the causes, circumstances, and means sounded deeply.

But looking at it from a different perspective, I picked up my pen again, determined to set the record straight if I found what was being said to be completely false; pointing out that the claims made about this topic are uncertain and that one should be very cautious in speaking about these vampires, which have drawn so much attention in[Pg xvii] the world for a while now, and still spark debate today, even in the countries where their supposed returns occur and where they appear; or to demonstrate that what has been said and written on this topic is not devoid of probability, and that the topic of vampire returns deserves the curiosity of the interested and knowledgeable, and merits serious study, including an examination of the related facts, and a deep exploration of the causes, circumstances, and methods.

I am then about to examine this question as a historian, philosopher, and theologian. As a historian, I shall endeavor to discover the truth of the facts; as a philosopher, I shall examine the causes and circumstances; lastly, the knowledge or light of theology will cause me to deduce consequences as relating to religion. Thus I do not write in the hope of convincing freethinkers and pyrrhonians, who will not allow the existence of ghosts or vampires, nor even of the apparitions of angels, demons, and spirits; nor to intimidate those weak and credulous, by relating to them extraordinary stories of apparitions. I do not reckon either on curing the superstitious of their errors, nor the people of their prepossessions; not even on correcting the abuses which arise from this unenlightened belief, nor of doing away all the doubts which may be formed on apparitions; still less do I pretend to erect myself as a judge and censor of the works and sentiments of others, nor to distinguish myself, make myself a name, or divert myself, by spreading abroad dangerous doubts upon a subject which concerns religion, and from which they might make wrong deductions against the certainty of the Scriptures, and against the unshaken dogmas of our creed. I shall treat it as solidly and gravely as it merits; and I pray God to give me that knowledge which is necessary to do it successfully.

I am about to explore this question as a historian, philosopher, and theologian. As a historian, I will try to uncover the truth of the facts; as a philosopher, I will look into the causes and circumstances; finally, the insights from theology will lead me to draw conclusions related to religion. I do not write in hopes of persuading skeptics or those who doubt the existence of ghosts or vampires, or even the appearances of angels, demons, and spirits; nor do I aim to scare those who are easily influenced by sharing extraordinary stories of apparitions. I don’t expect to change the superstitious views of others, nor to correct the beliefs of people, or eliminate the misunderstandings that arise from this lack of knowledge, nor to settle all uncertainties regarding apparitions. I especially do not intend to position myself as a judge or critic of others' works and opinions, nor to seek personal recognition or entertain myself by spreading harmful doubts about a topic that concerns religion, from which they might draw incorrect conclusions about the certainty of the Scriptures and our unshakeable beliefs. I will approach this matter as seriously and thoughtfully as it deserves, and I pray that God grants me the wisdom I need to succeed in this task.

I exhort my reader to distinguish between the facts related, and the manner in which they happened. The fact may be certain, and the way in which it occurred unknown. Scripture relates certain apparitions of angels and disembodied souls; these instances are indubitable and found in the revelations of the holy books; but the manner in which God operated the resurrections, or in which he permitted these apparitions to take place, is hidden among his secrets. It is allowable for us to examine them, to seek out the circumstances, and propound some conjectures on the manner in which it all came to pass; but it would be rash to decide upon a matter which God has not thought proper to reveal to us. I say as much in proportion, concerning the stories related by sensible, contemporary, and judicious authors, who simply relate the facts without entering into the examination of the circumstances, of which, perhaps, they themselves were not well informed.

I urge my reader to differentiate between the facts that are presented and the way they occurred. The fact may be undeniable, but the details of how it happened can remain unknown. Scripture describes certain appearances of angels and souls; these accounts are beyond doubt and found in the revelations of sacred texts. However, how God brought about the resurrections or allowed these appearances to happen remains one of His mysteries. It is fine for us to look into these cases, explore the circumstances, and make some guesses about how everything unfolded; but it would be unwise to draw conclusions on matters that God hasn’t chosen to reveal to us. I would say the same applies to the accounts shared by thoughtful, contemporary, and discerning authors who simply report the facts without delving into the circumstances, of which they might not have been fully informed.

It has already been objected to me, that I cited poets and authors[Pg xviii] of little credit, in support of a thing so grave and so disputed as the apparition of spirits: such authorities, they say, are more calculated to cast a doubt on apparitions, than to establish the truth of them.

It has already been pointed out to me that I referenced poets and authors[Pg xviii] of questionable credibility to support something as serious and controversial as the appearance of spirits: these sources, they argue, are more likely to cast doubt on the existence of apparitions than to prove their truth.

But I cite those authors as witnesses of the opinions of nations; and I count it not a small thing in the extreme license of opinions, which at this day predominates in the world, amongst those even who make a profession of Christianity, to be able to show that the ancient Greeks and Romans thought that souls were immortal, that they subsisted after the death of the body, and that there was another life, in which they received the reward of their good actions, or the chastisement of their crimes.

But I mention those authors to illustrate the views of nations; and I consider it significant in today's world, where there's such a wide variety of opinions—even among those who claim to follow Christianity—to point out that the ancient Greeks and Romans believed that souls were immortal, that they existed after the body died, and that there was another life where they were rewarded for their good deeds or punished for their wrongdoings.

Those sentiments which we read in the poets, are also repeated in the fathers of the church, and the pagan and Christian historians; but as they did not pretend to think them weighty, nor to approve them in repeating them, it must not be imputed to me either, that I have any intention of authorizing. For instance, what I have related of the manes, or lares; of the evocation of souls after the death of the body; of the avidity of these souls to suck the blood of the immolated animals, of the shape of the soul separated from the body, of the inquietude of souls which have no rest until their bodies are under ground; of those superstitious statues of wax which are devoted and consecrated under the name of certain persons whom the magicians pretended to kill by burning and stabbing their effigies of wax; of the transportation of wizards and witches through the air, and of their assemblies of the Sabbath; all those things are related both in the works of the philosophers and pagan historians, as well as in the poets.

The feelings we see in poets are also echoed by early church fathers and both pagan and Christian historians. However, since they didn't intend to treat these ideas as important or to endorse them by repeating them, I shouldn't be seen as trying to validate them either. For example, what I've mentioned about the spirits or household gods; the summoning of souls after the body dies; the eagerness of these souls to drink the blood of sacrificed animals; the form of the soul once separated from the body; the unrest of souls that can't find peace until their bodies are buried; the superstitious wax figures dedicated in the names of certain people whom magicians claimed to harm by burning and stabbing their wax representations; and the ability of witches and wizards to fly through the air and gather for their Sabbaths—all these things are discussed in the works of philosophers, pagan historians, and poets alike.

I know the value of one and the other, and I esteem them as they deserve; but I think that in treating this matter, it is important to make known to our readers the ancient superstitions, the vulgar or common opinions, and the prejudices of nations, to be able to refute them, and bring back the figures to truths, by freeing them from what poesy had added for the embellishment of the poem, and the amusement of the reader.

I understand the worth of both sides, and I respect them as they should be; however, I believe it’s important to share with our readers the old superstitions, widely held beliefs, and biases of different cultures to challenge them and clarify the facts, separating them from the embellishments that poetry added for the sake of enhancing the poem and entertaining the audience.

Moreover, I generally repeat this kind of thing, only when it is apropos of certain facts avowed by historians, and by other grave and rational authors; and sometimes rather as an ornament of the discourse, or to enliven the matter, than to derive thence certain proofs and consequences necessary for the dogma, or to certify the facts and give weight to my recital.

Moreover, I usually bring this up only when it's relevant to certain facts acknowledged by historians and other serious and rational writers; and sometimes more as a way to embellish the conversation or to make things more interesting, rather than to draw specific evidence or conclusions needed for the argument, or to verify the facts and add credibility to my account.

I know how little we must depend on what Lucian says on this subject; he only speaks of it to make game of it. Philostratus, Jamblicus, and some others, do not merit more consideration; therefore I quote them only to refute them, or to show how far idle and ridiculous credulity has been carried on these matters, which[Pg xix] were laughed at by the most sensible among the heathens themselves.

I realize we can’t rely much on what Lucian says about this topic; he only talks about it to mock it. Philostratus, Jamblicus, and a few others deserve no more attention; I mention them only to argue against them or to demonstrate how far absurd and foolish belief has gone on these issues, which[Pg xix] were ridiculed by the most sensible among the pagans themselves.

The consequences which I deduce from all these stories, and these poetical fictions, and the manner in which I speak of them in the course of this dissertation, sufficiently vouch that esteem, and give as true and certain only what is so in fact; and that I do not wish to impose on my reader, by relating many things which I myself regard as false, or as doubtful, or even as fabulous. But that ought to be prejudicial to the dogma of the immortality of the soul, and to that of another life, not to the truth of certain apparitions related in Scripture, or proved elsewhere by good testimony.

The conclusions I draw from all these stories and poetic tales, and the way I discuss them in this dissertation, clearly demonstrate that I hold them in high regard and only present what is actually true and certain. I do not intend to mislead my reader by sharing things I consider false, uncertain, or even fictional. However, this should not negatively impact the belief in the immortality of the soul or in an afterlife, nor should it undermine the truth of certain appearances described in Scripture or supported by credible evidence elsewhere.

The first edition of this work having been printed in my absence, and upon an incorrect copy, several misprints have occurred, and even expressions and phrases displeasing and interrupted. I have tried to remedy this in a second edition, and to cast light on those passages which they noticed as demanding explanation, and correcting what might offend scrupulous readers, and prevent the bad consequences which might be derived from what I had said. I have even done more in this third edition. I have retrenched several passages; others I have suppressed; I have profited by the advice which has been given me; and I have replied to the objections which have been made.

The first edition of this work was printed in my absence and based on an incorrect copy, which led to several typos and awkward expressions. In the second edition, I tried to fix these issues and clarify the parts that needed explanation, as well as address anything that might upset careful readers and avoid any misunderstandings from what I had written. In this third edition, I've gone even further. I've cut out several sections; some I've removed entirely; I've taken the advice I've received; and I've responded to the criticisms that have been raised.

People have complained that I took no part, and did not come to a decision on several difficulties which I propose, and that I leave my reader in uncertainty.

People have complained that I didn’t get involved or make a decision on several issues I raised, and that I leave my readers uncertain.

I make but little defence against this reproach; I should require more justification if I decided without a perfect knowledge of causes, for one side of the question, at the risk of embracing an error, and of falling into a still greater impropriety. There is wisdom in suspending one's judgment till we have succeeded in finding the very truth.

I don’t defend myself much against this criticism; I would need more justification if I were to choose one side of the issue without fully understanding the reasons behind it, risking making a mistake and ending up in an even worse situation. It's wise to hold off on judgment until we find out what the real truth is.

I have also been told, that certain persons have made a joke of some facts which I have related. If I have related them as certain, and they afford just cause for pleasantry, let the condemnation pass; but if I cited them as fabulous and false, they present no subject for pleasantry; Falsum non est de ratione faceti.

I’ve also heard that some people have made a joke out of some facts I’ve shared. If I shared them as certain and they give good reason for humor, then let the mockery happen; but if I mentioned them as made-up and false, then they’re not a topic for jokes; Falsum non est de ratione faceti.

There are certain persons who delight in jesting on the most serious things, and who spare nothing, either sacred or profane. The histories of the Old and New Testament, the most sacred ceremonies of our religion, the lives of the most respectable saints, are not safe from their dull, tasteless pleasantry.

There are certain people who love to joke about the most serious matters and don't hold back, whether it’s something sacred or not. The stories from the Old and New Testament, the most important rituals of our faith, and the lives of the most respected saints are not safe from their boring, thoughtless humor.

I have been reproached for having related several false histories, several doubtful facts, and several fabulous events. This is true; but I give them for what they are. I have declared several times, that I did not vouch for their truth, that I repeated them to show[Pg xx] how false and ridiculous they were, and to deprive them of the credit they might have with the people; and if I had gone at length into their refutation, I thought it right to let my reader have the pleasure of refuting them, supposing him to possess enough good sense and self-sufficiency, to form his own judgment upon them, and feel the same contempt for such stories that I do myself. It is doing too much honor to certain things to refute them seriously.

I’ve been criticized for sharing several false stories, some questionable facts, and a few unbelievable events. That’s true; however, I present them for what they are. I’ve said many times that I don’t guarantee their truth; I repeat them to illustrate how false and ridiculous they are, and to strip them of any credibility they might have with people. If I had gone into detail to refute them, I thought it was better to let my readers enjoy refuting them themselves, assuming they have enough common sense and confidence to form their own opinions and feel the same disdain for such stories that I do. It gives too much credit to certain things to take them seriously.

But another objection, and a much more serious one, is said to be, what I say of the illusions of the demon, leading some persons to doubt of the truth of the apparitions related in Scripture, as well as of the others suspected of falsehood.

But another objection, and a much more serious one, is said to be what I say about the illusions of the demon, which lead some people to question the truth of the apparitions

I answer, that the consequences deduced from principles are not right, except when things are equal, and the subjects and circumstances the same; without that there can be no application of principles. The facts to which my reasoning applies are related by authors of small authority, by ordinary or common-place historians, bearing no character which deserves a belief of anything superhuman. I can, without attacking their person or their merit, advance that they may have been badly informed, prepossessed, and mistaken; that the spirit of seduction may have been of the party; that the senses, the imagination, and superstition, may have made them take that for truth, which was only seeming.

I respond that the conclusions drawn from principles aren't correct unless the situations are equal and the subjects and circumstances are the same; without that, principles can't be applied. The facts I’m referencing come from authors with little authority, from ordinary or typical historians, lacking any credibility that would make us believe anything beyond the ordinary. I can assert, without criticizing their character or merit, that they might have been poorly informed, biased, or mistaken; that they could have been influenced by deceit; that their senses, imagination, and superstition may have led them to take what was merely an illusion for truth.

But, in regard to the apparitions related in the Holy Scriptures, they borrow their infallible authority from the sacred and inspired authors who wrote them; they are verified by the events which followed them, by the execution or fulfilment of predictions made many ages preceding; and which could neither be done, nor foreseen, nor performed, either by the human mind, or by the strength of man, not even by the angel of darkness.

But when it comes to the apparitions mentioned in the Holy Scriptures, they derive their undeniable authority from the sacred and inspired authors who wrote them; they are confirmed by the events that followed, by the execution or fulfillment of predictions made many ages earlier; and these could not have been accomplished, foreseen, or carried out, either by human intellect, by human strength, or even by the angel of darkness.

I am but little concerned at the opinion passed on myself and my intentions in the publication of this treatise. Some have thought that I did it to destroy the popular and common idea of apparitions, and to make it appear ridiculous; and I acknowledge that those who read this work attentively and without prejudice, will remark in it more arguments for doubting what the people believe on this point, than they will find to favor the contrary opinion. If I have treated this subject seriously, it is only in what regards those facts in which religion and the truth of Scripture is interested; those which are indifferent I have left to the censure of sensible people, and the criticism of the learned and of philosophical minds.

I'm not too worried about what people think of me and my intentions in publishing this work. Some believe I did it to undermine the common notion of ghosts and make it seem silly; I admit that those who read this carefully and without bias will find more reasons to doubt what most people believe on this topic than to support the opposite view. If I've taken this subject seriously, it's only regarding the facts that involve religion and the truth of Scripture; for those that are neutral, I've left it to the judgment of thoughtful individuals, as well as the critique of scholars and philosophical thinkers.

I declare that I consider as true all the apparitions related in the sacred books of the Old and New Testament; without pretending, however, that it is not allowable to explain them, and reduce them to a natural and likely sense, by retrenching what is too marvelous about them, which might rebut enlightened persons. I think on[Pg xxi] that point I may apply the principle of St. Paul;[1] "the letter killeth, and the Spirit giveth life."

I declare that I believe in all the visions described in the holy scriptures of the Old and New Testaments; however, I don’t intend to say that it’s not acceptable to interpret them and simplify them to a natural and reasonable meaning, by cutting out what seems too miraculous to convince thoughtful people. I think on[Pg xxi] that point I can apply the principle of St. Paul;[1] "the letter kills, but the Spirit gives life."

As to the other apparitions and visions related in Christian, Jewish, or heathen authors, I do my best to discern amongst them, and I exhort my readers to do the same; but I blame and disapprove the outrageous criticism of those who deny everything, and make difficulties of everything, in order to distinguish themselves by their pretended strength of mind, and to authorize themselves to deny everything, and to dispute the most certain facts, and in general all that savors of the marvelous, and which appears above the ordinary laws of nature. St. Paul permits us to examine and prove everything: Omnia probate; but he desires us to hold fast that which is good and true: quod bonum est tenete.[2]

Regarding the other apparitions and visions mentioned in Christian, Jewish, or pagan writings, I do my best to sort through them, and I encourage my readers to do the same. However, I criticize and disapprove of the extreme skepticism of those who deny everything and create issues with anything just to show off their so-called strength of mind. They aim to justify their denial of all things and to dispute even the most certain facts, especially anything that seems extraordinary or goes beyond the usual laws of nature. St. Paul allows us to examine and test everything: Omnia probate; but he urges us to hold on to what is good and true: quod bonum est tenete.[2]

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[1] 2 Cor. iii. 16.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Cor. 3:16.

[2] 1 Thess. v. 21.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Thessalonians 5:21.

[Pg xxii]

[Pg xxii]

 


[Pg xxiii]

[Pg xxiii]

ADVERTISEMENT.

Every body talks of apparitions of angels and demons, and of souls separated from the body. The reality of these apparitions is considered as certain by many persons, while others deride them and treat them as altogether visionary.

Everyone discusses sightings of angels and demons, as well as souls that have left their bodies. Many people believe these sightings are real, while others mock them and dismiss them as purely imaginary.

I have determined to examine this matter, just to see what certitude there can be on this point; and I shall divide this Dissertation into four parts. In the first, I shall speak of good angels; in the second, of the appearance of bad angels; in the third, of the apparitions of souls of the dead; and in the fourth, of the appearance of living men to others living, absent, distant, and this unknown to those who appear. I shall occasionally add something on magic, wizards, and witches; on the Sabbath, oracles, and obsession and possession by demons.

I’ve decided to look into this topic to find out what certainty there is about it. I will split this paper into four parts. In the first part, I’ll discuss good angels; in the second, the appearance of bad angels; in the third, the appearances of the souls of the dead; and in the fourth, the appearances of living people to other living people who are absent and unaware of those who appear. I will also occasionally include some information about magic, wizards, witches, the Sabbath, oracles, and being obsessed or possessed by demons.


THE PHANTOM WORLD.

CHAPTER I.

THE APPEARANCE OF GOOD ANGELS PROVED BY THE BOOKS OF THE OLD TESTAMENT.

The apparitions or appearances of good angels are frequently mentioned in the books of the Old Testament. He who was stationed at the entrance of the terrestrial Paradise[3] was a cherub, armed with a flaming sword; those who appeared to Abraham, and who promised that he should have a son;[4] those who appeared to Lot, and predicted to him the ruin of Sodom, and other guilty cities;[5] he who spoke to Hagar in the desert,[6] and commanded her to return to the dwelling of Abraham, and to remain submissive to Sarah, her mistress; those who appeared to Jacob, on his journey into Mesopotamia, ascending and descending the mysterious ladder;[7] he who taught him how to cause his sheep to bring forth young differently marked;[8] he who wrestled with Jacob on his return from Mesopotamia,[9]—were angels of light, and benevolent ones; the same as he who spoke with Moses from the burning bush on Horeb,[10] and who gave him the tables of the law on Mount Sinai. That Angel who takes generally the name of God, and acts in his name, and with his authority;[11] who served as a guide to the Hebrews in the desert, hidden during the day in a dark cloud, and shining during the night; he who spoke to Balaam, and threatened to kill his she-ass;[12] he, lastly, who contended with Satan for the body of Moses;[13]—all these angels were without doubt good angels.

The appearances of good angels are often talked about in the books of the Old Testament. The cherub stationed at the entrance to the earthly Paradise was armed with a flaming sword; the angels who appeared to Abraham and promised him a son; those who appeared to Lot and foretold the destruction of Sodom and other sinful cities; the one who spoke to Hagar in the desert and told her to return to Abraham's home and be submissive to her mistress, Sarah; the angels who appeared to Jacob on his journey to Mesopotamia, going up and down a mysterious ladder; the one who taught him how to breed sheep with different markings; the one who wrestled with Jacob on his return from Mesopotamia—these were angels of light and kindness; the same as the one who spoke to Moses from the burning bush on Horeb and gave him the tablets of the law on Mount Sinai. That Angel, who is generally called God and acts in His name and with His authority; who guided the Hebrews in the desert, hidden in a dark cloud during the day and shining at night; the one who spoke to Balaam and threatened to kill his donkey; and, finally, the one who argued with Satan for the body of Moses—all these angels were undoubtedly good angels.

We must think the same of him who presented himself armed to Joshua on the plain of Jericho,[14] and who declared himself head of[Pg 38] the army of the Lord; it is believed, with reason, that it was the angel Michael. He who showed himself to the wife of Manoah,[15] the father of Samson, and afterwards to Manoah himself. He who announced to Gideon that he should deliver Israel from the power of the Midianites.[16] The angel Gabriel, who appeared to Daniel, at Babylon;[17] and Raphael who conducted the young Tobias to Rages, in Media.[18]

We should think the same way about the one who appeared armed to Joshua on the plain of Jericho,[14] and who declared himself the leader of[Pg 38] the army of the Lord; it is reasonably believed that it was the angel Michael. He who appeared to Manoah's wife,[15] the father of Samson, and later to Manoah himself. He who told Gideon that he would save Israel from the Midianites.[16] The angel Gabriel, who showed up to Daniel in Babylon;[17] and Raphael who guided the young Tobias to Rages, in Media.[18]

The prophecy of the Prophet Zechariah is full of visions of angels.[19] In the books of the Old Testament the throne of the Lord is described as resting on cherubim; and the God of Israel is represented as having before his throne[20] seven principal angels, always ready to execute his orders, and four cherubim singing his praises, and adoring his sovereign holiness; the whole making a sort of allusion to what they saw in the court of the ancient Persian kings,[21] where there were seven principal officers who saw his face, approached his person, and were called the eyes and ears of the king.

The prophecy of the Prophet Zechariah is filled with visions of angels.[19] In the books of the Old Testament, the Lord's throne is described as being supported by cherubim; and the God of Israel is depicted as having seven main angels before his throne[20] who are always ready to carry out his commands, along with four cherubim singing his praises and honoring his supreme holiness. This imagery makes a sort of reference to what was seen in the court of ancient Persian kings,[21] where there were seven main officials who were in the king's presence, were close to him, and were known as the eyes and ears of the king.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[3] Gen. iii. 24.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 3:24.

[4] Gen. xviii. 1-3.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Genesis 18:1-3.

[5] Gen. xix.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 19.

[6] Gen. xxi. 17.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 21:17.

[7] Gen. xxviii. 12.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 28:12.

[8] Gen. xxxi. 10, 11.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 31:10, 11.

[9] Gen. xxxii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 32.

[10] Exod. iii. 6, 7.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Exodus 3:6, 7.

[11] Exod. iii. iv.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Exod. 3-4.

[12] Numb. xxii. xxiii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Numb. 22:23.

[13] Jude 9.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Jude 9.

[14] Josh. v. 13.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Josh. 13.

[15] Judges xiii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Judges 13.

[16] Judges vi. vii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Judges 6-7

[17] Dan. viii. 16; ix. 21.

[17] Dan. viii. 16; ix. 21.

[18] Tobit v.

Tobit v.

[19] Zech. v. 9, 10, 11, &c.

[19] Zech. 5:9, 10, 11, etc.

[20] Psalm xvii. 10; lxxix. 2, &c.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Psalm 17:10; 79:2, etc.

[21] Tobit xii. Zech. iv. 10. Rev. i. 4.

[21] Tobit xii. Zech. iv. 10. Rev. i. 4.


CHAPTER II.

THE APPEARANCE OF GOOD ANGELS PROVED BY THE BOOKS OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.

The books of the New Testament are in the same manner full of facts which prove the apparition of good angels. The angel Gabriel appeared to Zachariah the father of John the Baptist, and predicted to him the future birth of the Forerunner.[22] The Jews, who saw Zachariah come out of the temple, after having remained within it a longer time than usual, having remarked that he was struck dumb, had no doubt but that he had seen some apparition of an angel. The same Gabriel announced to Mary the future birth of the Messiah.[23] When Jesus was born in Bethlehem, the angel of the Lord appeared to the shepherds in the night,[24] and declared to them that the Saviour of the world was born at Bethlehem. There is every reason to believe that the star which appeared to the Magi in the East, and which led them straight to Jerusalem, and thence to Bethlehem, was directed by a good angel.[25] St. Joseph was warned by a[Pg 39] celestial spirit to retire into Egypt, with the mother and the infant Christ, for fear that Jesus should fall into the hands of Herod, and be involved in the massacre of the Innocents. The same angel informed Joseph of the death of King Herod, and told him to return to the land of Israel.

The books of the New Testament are filled with accounts that show the appearance of good angels. The angel Gabriel appeared to Zachariah, the father of John the Baptist, and foretold the future birth of the Forerunner.[22] The Jews who saw Zachariah come out of the temple, after spending longer inside than usual, noticed that he was unable to speak and had no doubt that he had encountered an angel. The same Gabriel announced to Mary the future birth of the Messiah.[23] When Jesus was born in Bethlehem, the angel of the Lord appeared to the shepherds at night,[24] telling them that the Savior of the world had been born in Bethlehem. There is good reason to believe that the star that appeared to the Magi in the East, which guided them directly to Jerusalem and then to Bethlehem, was directed by a good angel.[25] St. Joseph was warned by a[Pg 39] celestial being to flee to Egypt with Mary and the infant Jesus, to protect Him from Herod and the massacre of the Innocents. The same angel later informed Joseph of King Herod's death and instructed him to return to Israel.

After the temptation of Jesus Christ in the wilderness, angels came and brought him food.[26] The demon tempter said to Jesus Christ that God had commanded his angels to lead him, and to prevent him from stumbling against a stone; which is taken from the 92d Psalm, and proves the belief of the Jews on the article of guardian angels. The Saviour confirms the same truth when he says that the angels of children constantly behold the face of the celestial Father.[27] At the last judgment, the good angels will separate the just,[28] and lead them to the kingdom of heaven, while they will precipitate the wicked into eternal fire.

After Jesus Christ was tempted in the wilderness, angels came and brought him food.[26] The tempter told Jesus that God had instructed his angels to protect him and prevent him from stumbling on a rock; this is from Psalm 92, which shows the Jewish belief in guardian angels. The Savior confirms this truth when he says that the angels of children always see the face of the heavenly Father.[27] At the final judgment, the good angels will separate the righteous,[28] guiding them to the kingdom of heaven, while they will cast the wicked into eternal fire.

At the agony of Jesus Christ in the garden of Olives, an angel descended from heaven to console him.[29] After his resurrection, angels appeared to the holy women who had come to his tomb to embalm him.[30] In the Acts of the Apostles, they appeared to the apostles as soon as Jesus had ascended into heaven; and the angel of the Lord came and opened the doors of the prison where the apostles were confined, and set them at liberty.[31] In the same book, St. Stephen tells us that the law was given to Moses by the ministration of angels;[32] consequently, those were angels who appeared on Sinai and Horeb, and who spoke to him in the name of God, as his ambassadors, and as invested with his authority; also, the same Moses, speaking of the angel of the Lord, who was to introduce Israel into the Promised Land, says that "the name of God is in him."[33] St. Peter, being in prison, is delivered from thence by an angel,[34] who conducted him the length of a street, and disappeared. St. Peter, knocking at the door of the house in which his brethren were, they could not believe that it was he; they thought that it was his angel who knocked and spoke. St. Paul, instructed in the school of the Pharisees, thought as they did on the subject of angels; he believed in their existence, in opposition to the Sadducees,[35] and supposed that they could appear. When this apostle, having been arrested by the Romans, related to the people how he had been overthrown at Damascus, the Pharisees, who were present, replied to those who exclaimed against him—"How do we know, if[Pg 40] an angel or a spirit hath not spoken to him?" St. Luke says that a Macedonian (apparently the angel of Macedonia) appeared to St. Paul, and begged him to come and announce the Gospel in that country.

At the moment of Jesus Christ's agony in the Garden of Olives, an angel came down from heaven to comfort him.[29] After his resurrection, angels appeared to the holy women who had come to his tomb to prepare his body.[30] In the Acts of the Apostles, they showed up to the apostles right after Jesus ascended into heaven; and the angel of the Lord came and opened the prison doors where the apostles were held, freeing them.[31] In the same book, St. Stephen tells us that the law was given to Moses through the ministry of angels;[32] therefore, those were angels who appeared on Sinai and Horeb, speaking to him in God's name, as his messengers, and endowed with his authority; also, the same Moses mentioned the angel of the Lord who was to lead Israel into the Promised Land, saying that "the name of God is in him."[33] St. Peter, while in prison, was rescued by an angel,[34] who led him down a street and then disappeared. When St. Peter knocked at the door of the house where his fellow believers were, they couldn’t believe it was him; they thought it was his angel who was knocking and speaking. St. Paul, trained in the school of the Pharisees, shared their beliefs about angels; he believed in their existence, unlike the Sadducees,[35] and thought they could appear. When this apostle was arrested by the Romans and told people how he had been struck down in Damascus, the Pharisees present responded to those who criticized him—"How do we know, if an angel or a spirit hasn't spoken to him?" St. Luke mentions that a Macedonian (likely the angel of Macedonia) appeared to St. Paul and urged him to come and share the Gospel in that region.

St. John, in the Apocalypse, speaks of the seven angels who presided over the churches in Asia. I know that these seven angels are the bishops of these churches, but the ecclesiastical tradition will have it that every church has its tutelary angel. In the same book, the Apocalypse, are related divers appearances of angels. All Christian antiquity has recognized them; the synagogue also has recognized them; so that it may be affirmed that nothing is more certain than the existence of good angels and their apparitions.

St. John, in the Book of Revelation, talks about the seven angels who watched over the churches in Asia. I understand that these seven angels represent the bishops of those churches, but church tradition holds that each church has its guardian angel. The same Book of Revelation describes various appearances of angels. All of early Christianity acknowledged them, and so did the synagogue, making it clear that nothing is more certain than the existence of good angels and their appearances.

I place in the number of apparitions, not only those of good or bad angels, and the spirits of the dead who show themselves to the living, but also those of the living who show themselves to the angels or souls of the dead; whether these apparitions are seen in dreams, or during sleep, or awaking; whether they manifest themselves to all those who are present, or only to the persons to whom God judges proper to manifest them. For instance, in the Apocalypse,[36] St. John saw the four animals, and the four-and-twenty elders, who were clothed in white garments and wore crowns of gold upon their heads, and were seated on thrones around that of the Almighty, who prostrated themselves before the throne of the Eternal, and cast their crowns at his feet.

I include in the number of appearances not just those of good or bad angels and the spirits of the dead who appear to the living, but also those of the living who appear to angels or the souls of the dead; whether these appearances happen in dreams, during sleep, or while awake; whether they are seen by everyone present or only by those whom God chooses to show them to. For example, in the Apocalypse,[36] St. John saw the four living creatures and the twenty-four elders, who were dressed in white robes and wore golden crowns on their heads, sitting on thrones around the throne of the Almighty, who bowed before the throne of the Eternal and threw their crowns at His feet.

And, elsewhere: "I saw four angels standing at the four corners of the world,[37] who held back the four winds and prevented them from blowing on the earth; then I saw another angel, who rose on the side of the east, and who cried out to the four angels who had orders to hurt the earth, Do no harm to the earth, or the sea, or the trees, until we have impressed a sign on the foreheads of the servants of God. And I heard that the number of those who received this sign (or mark) was a hundred and forty-four thousand. Afterwards I saw an innumerable multitude of all nations, tribes, people, and languages, standing before the throne of the Most High, arrayed in white garments, and having palms in their hands."

And, elsewhere: "I saw four angels standing at the four corners of the world,[37] who held back the four winds and kept them from blowing on the earth; then I saw another angel rising from the east, who shouted to the four angels who had orders to harm the earth, 'Do not harm the earth, the sea, or the trees, until we have marked the foreheads of the servants of God.' I heard that the number of those who received this mark was one hundred and forty-four thousand. Later, I saw an uncountable multitude from every nation, tribe, people, and language, standing before the throne of the Most High, dressed in white robes and holding palm branches in their hands."

And in the same book[38] St. John says, after having described the majesty of the throne of God, and the adoration paid to him by the angels and saints prostrate before him, one of the elders said to him,—"Those whom you see covered with white robes, are those who have suffered great trials and afflictions, and have washed their robes in the blood of the Lamb; for which reason they stand before the throne of God, and will do so night and day in his temple; and He who is seated on the throne will reign over them, and the[Pg 41] angel which is in the midst of the throne will conduct them to the fountains of living water." And, again,[39] "I saw under the altar of God the souls of those who have been put to death for defending the Word of God, and for the testimony which they have rendered; they cried with a loud voice, saying, When, O Lord, wilt thou not avenge our blood upon those who are on the earth?" &c.

And in the same book[38], John describes the majesty of God's throne and the worship given to Him by the angels and saints who lie prostrate before Him. One of the elders said to him, “The people you see dressed in white robes are those who have gone through great struggles and hardships and have washed their robes in the blood of the Lamb. Because of this, they stand before God’s throne and will serve Him day and night in His temple. The One seated on the throne will take care of them, and the[Pg 41] angel at the center of the throne will guide them to the springs of living water.” Again,[39] “I saw beneath God’s altar the souls of those who were killed for defending God’s Word and for the testimony they gave. They cried out loudly, saying, ‘How long, Lord, until You avenge our blood on those who are on the earth?’” &c.

All these apparitions, and several others similar to them, which might be related as being derived from the holy books as well as from authentic histories, are true apparitions, although neither the angels nor the martyrs spoken of in the Apocalypse came and presented themselves to St. John; but, on the contrary, this apostle was transported in spirit to heaven, to see there what we have just related. These are apparitions which may be called passive on the part of the angels and holy martyrs, and active on the part of the holy apostle who saw them.

All these visions, along with several others like them, which can be connected to both the holy texts and true historical accounts, are real visions. However, neither the angels nor the martyrs mentioned in the Apocalypse came to show themselves to St. John; instead, this apostle was taken in spirit to heaven to witness what we just described. These are visions that can be considered passive for the angels and holy martyrs, and active for the holy apostle who saw them.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[22] Luke i. 10-12, &c.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 1:10-12, etc.

[23] Luke i. 26, 27, &c.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 1:26, 27, etc.

[24] Luke ii. 9, 10.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 2:9-10.

[25] Matt. ii. 13, 14, 20.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matthew 2:13, 14, 20.

[26] Matt. iv. 6, 11.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 4:6, 11.

[27] Matt. xviii. 16.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 18:16.

[28] Matt. xiii. 45, 46.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matthew 13:45-46.

[29] Luke xxii. 43.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 22:43.

[30] Matt. xxviii. John.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 28. John.

[31] Acts v. 19.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 5:19.

[32] Acts vii. 30, 35.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 7:30, 35.

[33] Exod. xxiii. 21.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Exod. 23:21.

[34] Acts xii. 8, 9.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 12:8, 9.

[35] Rom. i. 18. 1 Cor. iv. 9; vi. 3; xii. 7. Gal. iii. 19. Acts xvi. 9; xxiii. 9. Rev. i. 11.

[35] Rom. i. 18. 1 Cor. iv. 9; vi. 3; xii. 7. Gal. iii. 19. Acts xvi. 9; xxiii. 9. Rev. i. 11.

[36] Rev. iv. 4, 10.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Rev. 4:4, 10.

[37] Rev. vii. 1-3, 9, &c.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Rev. 7:1-3, 9, etc.

[38] Rev. vii. 13, 14.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Rev. 7:13-14.

[39] Rev. vi. 9, 10.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Rev. 6:9-10.


CHAPTER III.

UNDER WHAT FORM HAVE GOOD ANGELS APPEARED?

The most usual form in which good angels appear, both in the Old Testament and the New, is the human form. It was in that shape they showed themselves to Abraham, Lot, Jacob, Moses, Joshua, Manoah the father of Samson, to David, Tobit, the Prophets; and in the New Testament they appeared in the same form to the Holy Virgin, to Zachariah the father of John the Baptist, to Jesus Christ after his fast of forty days, and to him again in his agony in the Garden of Olives. They showed themselves in the same form to the holy women after the resurrection of the Saviour. The one who appeared to Joshua[40] on the plain of Jericho appeared apparently in the guise of a warrior, since Joshua asks him, "Art thou for us, or for our adversaries?"

The most common way good angels appear, both in the Old and New Testaments, is in human form. They appeared this way to Abraham, Lot, Jacob, Moses, Joshua, Manoah the father of Samson, David, Tobit, and the Prophets; in the New Testament, they appeared in the same way to the Virgin Mary, Zechariah the father of John the Baptist, to Jesus Christ after his 40-day fast, and to him again during his agony in the Garden of Olives. They also appeared in the same form to the holy women after the resurrection of the Savior. The one who appeared to Joshua[40] on the plain of Jericho appeared to be a warrior, since Joshua asks him, "Are you for us or for our enemies?"

Sometimes they hide themselves under some form which has resemblance to the human shape, like him who appeared to Moses in the burning bush,[41] and who led the Israelites in the desert in the form of a cloud, dense and dark during the day, but luminous at night.[42] The Psalmist tells us that God makes his angels serve as a piercing wind and a burning fire, to execute his orders.[43]

Sometimes they disguise themselves in a shape similar to that of a human, like the one who appeared to Moses in the burning bush,[41] and who guided the Israelites through the desert as a cloud, thick and dark during the day, but glowing at night.[42] The Psalmist tells us that God makes his angels act like a fierce wind and a blazing fire, to carry out his commands.[43]

The cherubim, so often spoken of in the Scriptures, and who are[Pg 42] described as serving for a throne to the majesty of God, were hieroglyphical figures, something like the sphinx of the Egyptians; those which are described in Ezekiel[44] are like animals composed of the figure of a man, having the wings of an eagle, the feet of an ox; their heads were composed of the face of a man, an ox, a lion, and an eagle, two of their wings were spread towards their fellows, and two others covered their body; they were brilliant as burning coals, as lighted lamps, as the fiery heavens when they send forth the lightning's flash—they were terrible to look upon.

The cherubim, often mentioned in the Scriptures and described as serving as a throne for God's majesty, were symbolic figures, somewhat like the sphinxes of the Egyptians. Those described in Ezekiel are like creatures made up of a human figure, with the wings of an eagle and the feet of an ox. Their heads had the faces of a man, an ox, a lion, and an eagle; two of their wings were extended towards each other, and two others covered their bodies. They were as bright as burning coals, as lit lamps, and like the fiery sky when it flashes with lightning—they were fearsome to behold.

The one who appeared to Daniel[45] was different from those we have just described; he was in the shape of a man, covered with a linen garment, and round his loins a girdle of very fine gold; his body was shining as a chrysolite, his face as a flash of lightning; his eyes darted fire like a lamp; his arms and all the lower part of his body was like brass melted in the furnace; his voice was loud as that of a multitude of people.

The one who appeared to Daniel[45] was different from those we’ve just talked about; he looked like a man, dressed in a linen robe, and around his waist was a belt of very fine gold. His body shone like chrysolite, his face was like a flash of lightning; his eyes blazed like fire from a lamp; his arms and the lower part of his body looked like brass melted in a furnace; his voice was as loud as a crowd of people.

St. John, in the Apocalypse,[46] saw around the throne of the Most High four animals, which doubtless were four angels; they were covered with eyes before and behind. The first resembled a lion, the second an ox, the third had the form of a man, and the fourth was like an eagle with outspread wings; each of them had six wings, and they never ceased to cry night and day, "Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, who was, and is, and is to come."

St. John, in the Apocalypse,[46] saw around the throne of the Most High four creatures, which were undoubtedly four angels; they were covered with eyes in front and behind. The first looked like a lion, the second like an ox, the third had the appearance of a man, and the fourth resembled an eagle with its wings spread out; each of them had six wings, and they never stopped saying night and day, "Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, who was, and is, and is to come."

The angel who was placed at the entrance of the terrestrial paradise was armed with a shining sword,[47] as well as the one who appeared to Balaam,[48] and who threatened, or was near killing both himself and his ass; and so, apparently, was the one who showed himself to Joshua in the plain of Jericho,[49] and the angel who appeared to David, ready to smite all Israel. The angel Raphael guided the young Tobias to Ragès under the human form of a traveler.[50] The angel who was seen by the holy woman at the sepulchre of the Saviour, who overthrew the large stone which closed the mouth of the tomb, and who was seated upon it, had a countenance which shone like lightning, and garments white as snow.[51]

The angel placed at the entrance of paradise was wielding a shining sword,[47] just like the one who appeared to Balaam,[48] threatening to kill both himself and his donkey; similarly, the angel who showed himself to Joshua in the plain of Jericho,[49] and the angel who appeared to David, ready to strike all of Israel. The angel Raphael guided young Tobias to Ragès while taking the form of a traveler.[50] The angel seen by the holy woman at the tomb of the Savior, who rolled away the huge stone blocking the entrance and was sitting on it, had a face that shone like lightning and clothes as white as snow.[51]

In the Acts of the Apostles,[52] the angel who extricated them from prison, and told them to go boldly and preach Jesus Christ in the temple, also appeared to them in a human form. The manner in which he delivered them from the dungeon is quite miraculous; for the chief priests having commanded that they should appear before them, those who were sent found the prison securely closed, the guards wide awake; but having caused the doors to be opened, they[Pg 43] found the dungeon empty. How could an angel without opening, or any fracture of the doors, thus extricate men from prison without either the guards or the jailer perceiving anything of the matter? The thing is beyond any known powers of nature; but it is no more impossible than to see our Saviour, after his resurrection, invested with flesh and bones, as he himself says, come forth from his sepulchre, without opening it, and without breaking the seals,[53] enter the chamber wherein were the apostles without opening the doors,[54] and speak to the disciples going to Emmaus without making himself known to them; then, after having opened their eyes, disappear and become invisible.[55] During the forty days that he remained upon earth till his ascension, he drank and ate with them, he spoke to them, he appeared to them; but he showed himself only to those witnesses who were pre-ordained by the eternal Father to bear testimony to his resurrection.

In the Acts of the Apostles,[52] the angel who freed them from prison and told them to go boldly and preach Jesus Christ in the temple also appeared to them in human form. The way he got them out of the dungeon is truly miraculous; the chief priests had ordered them to appear before them, but when those sent to get them arrived, they found the prison securely locked and the guards wide awake. Yet, after having the doors opened, they[Pg 43] found the dungeon empty. How could an angel get men out of prison without opening or breaking any doors, without the guards or the jailer noticing anything? This is beyond any natural powers; but it's no more impossible than seeing our Savior, after his resurrection, appearing with flesh and bones, as he himself said, coming out of his tomb without opening it or breaking the seals,[53] entering the room where the apostles were without opening the doors,[54] and speaking to the disciples on the way to Emmaus without revealing his identity; then, after opening their eyes, disappearing and becoming invisible.[55] During the forty days he spent on earth until his ascension, he ate and drank with them, he talked to them, he appeared to them; but he only showed himself to those witnesses who were chosen by the eternal Father to testify to his resurrection.

The angel who appeared to the centurion Cornelius, a pagan, but fearing God, answered his questions, and discovered to him unknown things, which things came to pass.

The angel who appeared to the centurion Cornelius, a pagan but someone who feared God, answered his questions and revealed to him things that were previously unknown, which then came to pass.

Sometimes the angels, without assuming any visible shape, give proofs of their presence by intelligible voices, by inspirations, by sensible effects, by dreams, or by revelations of things unknown, whether future or past. Sometimes by striking with blindness, or infusing a spirit of uncertainty or stupidity in the minds of those whom God wills should feel the effects of his wrath; for instance, it is said in the Scriptures that the Israelites heard no distinct speech, and beheld no form on Horeb when God spoke to Moses and gave him the Law.[56]

Sometimes, angels, without taking on any visible form, show they're present through clear voices, inspirations, noticeable effects, dreams, or revelations of things that are unknown, whether they're in the future or the past. Other times, they might cause blindness or instill a sense of confusion or foolishness in the minds of those whom God wants to feel the consequences of His anger; for example, it's mentioned in the Scriptures that the Israelites heard no clear words and saw no shape on Horeb when God spoke to Moses and gave him the Law.[56]

The angel who might have killed Balaam's ass was not at first perceived by the prophet;[57] Daniel was the only one who beheld the angel Gabriel, who revealed to him the mystery of the great empires which were to succeed each other.[58]

The angel who could have killed Balaam's donkey was not initially seen by the prophet;[57] Daniel was the only one who saw the angel Gabriel, who showed him the secret of the great empires that were to follow one another.[58]

When the Lord spoke for the first time to Samuel, and predicted to him the evils which he would inflict on the family of the high-priest Eli, the young prophet saw no visible form; he only heard a voice, which he at first mistook for that of the high-priest Eli, not being yet accustomed to distinguish the voice of God from that of a man.

When the Lord spoke to Samuel for the first time and foretold the troubles He would bring upon the family of the high priest Eli, the young prophet didn’t see any visible form; he only heard a voice, which he initially thought was Eli’s, since he wasn’t yet used to telling God’s voice apart from a human's.

The angels who guided Lot and his family from Sodom and Gomorrah were at first perceived under a human form by the inhabitants of the city; but afterwards these same angels struck the men with blindness, and thus prevented them from finding the door of Lot's house, into which they would have entered by force.

The angels who helped Lot and his family escape from Sodom and Gomorrah were initially seen in human form by the city's residents; however, these same angels later blinded the men, preventing them from finding Lot's house, which they would have tried to break into.

Thus, then, angels do not always appear under a visible or sensi[Pg 44]ble form, nor in a figure uniformly the same; but they give proofs of their presence by an infinity of different ways—by inspirations, by voices, by prodigies, by miraculous effects, by predictions of the future, and other things hidden and impenetrable to the human mind.

Thus, angels don't always show up in a visible or sensible form, nor do they have a consistent appearance; instead, they demonstrate their presence in countless ways—through inspirations, voices, miracles, miraculous effects, prophecies about the future, and other things that are mysterious and beyond human understanding.

St. Cyprian relates that an African bishop, falling ill during the persecution, earnestly requested to have the viaticum administered to him; at the same time he saw, as it were, a young man, with a majestic air, and shining with such extraordinary lustre that the eyes of mortals could not have beheld him without terror; nevertheless, the bishop was not alarmed. This angel said to him, angrily, and in a menacing tone, "You fear to suffer. You do not wish to leave this world. What would you have me do for you?" (or "What can I do for you?") The good bishop comprehended that these words alike regarded him and the other Christians who feared persecution and death. The bishop talked to them, encouraged them, and exhorted them to arm themselves with patience to support the tortures with which they were threatened. He received the communion, and died in peace. We shall find in different histories an infinite number of other apparitions of angels under a human form.

St. Cyprian tells the story of an African bishop who, while ill during the persecution, urgently asked to receive the Eucharist. At the same time, he saw what seemed to be a young man, radiating an impressive presence and shining with such extraordinary brightness that mere mortals would have found it terrifying; however, the bishop remained unafraid. This angel spoke to him, angrily and in a threatening tone, saying, "You’re afraid to suffer. You don’t want to leave this world. What do you want me to do for you?" The bishop understood that these words applied to him and to the other Christians who were fearing persecution and death. He spoke to them, encouraging and urging them to prepare themselves with patience to endure the tortures they were facing. He received communion and died peacefully. We will find countless other accounts of angels appearing in human form in various histories.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[40] Josh. v. 29.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Josh 29.

[41] Exod. iii. 3, 44.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Exod. 3:3, 44.

[42] Exod. xiii. xiv.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Exod. 13:14.

[43] Psalm civ. 4.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Psalm 104.

[44] Ezek. i. 4, 6.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Ezek. 1:4, 6.

[45] Dan. x. 5.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Dan. 5.

[46] Rev. iv. 7, 8.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Rev. 4:7-8.

[47] Gen. iii. 24.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 3:24.

[48] Numb. xxii. 22, 23.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Numb. 22:22-23.

[49] 1 Chron. xxi. 16.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Chronicles 21:16.

[50] Tobit v. 5.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Tobit 5.

[51] Matt. xxviii. 3.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 28:3.

[52] Acts ii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 2.

[53] Matt. xxviii. 1, 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 28:1-2.

[54] John xix. 20.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] John 19:20.

[55] Luke xxiii. 15-17, &c.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 23:15-17, etc.

[56] Deut. iv. 15.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Deut. 4:15.

[57] Numb. xii. 22, 23.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Numb. 12:22-23.

[58] Dan. x. 7, 8.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Dan. x. 7, 8.


CHAPTER IV.

OPINIONS OF THE JEWS, CHRISTIANS, MAHOMETANS, AND ORIENTAL NATIONS CONCERNING THE APPARITIONS OF GOOD ANGELS.

After what we have just related from the books of the Old and New Testament, it cannot be disavowed that the Jews in general, the apostles, the Christians, and their disciples have commonly believed in the apparitions of good angels. The Sadducees, who denied the existence and the apparition of angels, were commonly considered by the Jews as heretics, and as supporting an erroneous doctrine. Jesus Christ refutes them in the Gospel. The Jews of our days believe literally what is related in the Old Testament, concerning the angels who appeared to Abraham, Lot, and other patriarchs. It was the belief of the Pharisees and of the apostles in the time of our Saviour, as may be seen by the writings of the apostles and by the whole of the Gospel.

After what we've just discussed from the books of the Old and New Testament, it's clear that Jews in general, the apostles, Christians, and their followers have typically believed in the appearances of good angels. The Sadducees, who rejected the existence and appearances of angels, were generally seen by the Jews as heretics who promoted false beliefs. Jesus Christ counters their views in the Gospel. Today's Jews take literally what is written in the Old Testament about the angels who appeared to Abraham, Lot, and other patriarchs. This belief was also held by the Pharisees and the apostles during our Savior's time, as can be seen in the writings of the apostles and throughout the Gospel.

The Mahometans believe, as do the Jews and Christians, that good angels appear to men sometimes under a human form; that they appeared to Abraham and Lot; that they punished the inhabitants[Pg 45] of Sodom; that the archangel Gabriel appeared to Mahomet, and revealed to him all that is laid down in his Koran: that the genii are of a middle nature, between man and angel;[59] that they eat, drink, beget children; that they die, and can foresee things to come. In consequence of this principle or idea, they believe that there are male and female genii; that the males, whom the Persians call by the name of Dives, are bad, very ugly, and mischievous, making war against the Peris, who are the females. The Rabbis will have it that these genii were born of Adam alone, without any concurrence of his wife Eve, or of any other woman, and that they are what we call ignis fatuii (or wandering lights).

The Muslims believe, just like Jews and Christians, that good angels sometimes appear to people in human form; that they appeared to Abraham and Lot; that they punished the people of Sodom; that the archangel Gabriel appeared to Muhammad and revealed everything in his Quran. They think genies are a mix between humans and angels; that they eat, drink, have children; that they die and can foresee future events. Because of this belief, they think there are male and female genies; the males, whom the Persians call Dives, are evil, very ugly, and troublesome, waging war against the Peris, who are the females. The Rabbis claim that these genies were born solely from Adam, without any involvement from his wife Eve or any other woman, and that they are what we refer to as ignis fatuii (or wandering lights).

The antiquity of these opinions touching the corporality of angels appears in several old writers, who, deceived by the apocryphal book which passes under the name of the Book of Enoch, have explained of the angels what is said in Genesis,[60] "That the children of God, having seen the daughters of men, fell in love with their beauty, wedded them, and begot giants of them." Several of the ancient Fathers[61] have adopted this opinion, which is now given up by everybody, with the exception of some new writers, who desire to revive the idea of the corporality of angels, demons, and souls—an opinion which is absolutely incompatible with that of the Catholic church, which holds that angels are of a nature entirely distinct from matter.

The age of these beliefs about the physicality of angels can be seen in several old writers, who, misled by the apocryphal book known as the Book of Enoch, interpreted Genesis,[60] "That the children of God, seeing the daughters of men, fell in love with their beauty, married them, and had giants with them." Several of the early Church Fathers[61] accepted this belief, which is now rejected by everyone except for a few modern authors who want to bring back the idea of angels, demons, and souls having a physical form—an opinion that completely contradicts the teachings of the Catholic Church, which asserts that angels are of a nature entirely separate from matter.

I acknowledge that, according to their system, the affair of apparitions could be more easily explained; it is easier to conceive that a corporeal substance should appear, and render itself visible to our eyes, than a substance purely spiritual; but this is not the place to reason on a philosophical question, on which different hypotheses could be freely grounded, and to choose that which should explain these appearances in the most plausible manner, even though it answer in the most satisfactory manner the question asked, and the objections formed against the facts, and against the proposed manner of stating them.

I understand that, according to their system, the phenomenon of apparitions could be explained more easily; it's simpler to imagine that a physical substance can show itself and be seen by our eyes than that it’s purely spiritual. However, this isn’t the right time to debate a philosophical question, where various theories could be proposed to explain these appearances in the most believable way, even if it addresses the question adequately and counters the objections raised against the facts and the way they’re presented.

The question is resolved, and the matter decided. The church and the Catholic schools hold that angels, demons, and reasonable souls, are disengaged from all matter; the same church and the same school hold it as certain that good and bad angels, and souls separated from the body, sometimes appear by the will and with the permission of God: there we must stop; as to the manner of explaining these apparitions, we must, without losing sight of the certain principle of the immateriality of these substances, explain them[Pg 46] according to the analogy of the Christian and Catholic faith, acknowledged sincerely that in this matter there are certain depths which we cannot sound, and confine our mind and information within the limits of that obedience which we owe to the authority of the church, that can neither err nor deceive us.

The question is settled, and the issue is decided. The church and the Catholic schools believe that angels, demons, and rational souls are separate from all physical matter. They also firmly believe that good and bad angels, as well as souls that have left their bodies, can sometimes appear at God’s will and with His permission. We must stop there; regarding how to explain these appearances, while maintaining the essential principle that these substances are immaterial, we should explain them[Pg 46] according to the teachings of the Christian and Catholic faith, acknowledging that there are certain depths we cannot fully understand, and keeping our thoughts and information within the boundaries of the obedience we owe to the church's authority, which cannot lead us astray or mislead us.

The apparitions of good angels and of guardian angels are frequently mentioned in the Old as in the New Testament. When the Apostle St. Peter had left the prison by the assistance of an angel, and went and knocked at the door where the brethren were, they believed that it was his angel and not himself who knocked.[62] And when Cornelius the Centurion prayed to God in his own house, an angel (apparently his good angel) appeared to him, and told him to send and fetch Peter, who was then at Joppa.[63]

The appearances of good angels and guardian angels are often referenced in both the Old and New Testaments. When the Apostle St. Peter was helped by an angel to escape from prison and went to knock on the door where the fellow believers were gathered, they thought it was his angel knocking, not Peter himself. [62] Similarly, when Cornelius the Centurion prayed at home, an angel (likely his guardian angel) appeared to him and instructed him to send for Peter, who was currently in Joppa. [63]

St. Paul desires that at church no woman should appear among them without her face being veiled, because of the angels;[64] doubtless from respect to the good angels who presided in these assemblies. The same St. Paul reassures those who were with him in danger of almost inevitable shipwreck, by telling them that his angel had appeared to him[65] and assured him that they should arrive safe at the end of their voyage.

St. Paul wants every woman in church to wear a veil over her face, for the sake of the angels;[64] likely out of respect for the good angels present in these gatherings. The same St. Paul comforts those with him who were facing the near certainty of shipwreck, telling them that his angel had appeared to him[65] and guaranteed that they would make it safely to the end of their journey.

In the Old Testament, we likewise read of several apparitions of angels, which can hardly be explained but as of guardian angels; for instance, the one who appeared to Hagar in the wilderness, and commanded her to return and submit herself to Sarah her mistress;[66] and the angel who appeared to Abraham, as he was about to immolate Isaac his son, and told him that God was satisfied with his obedience;[67] and when the same Abraham sent his servant Eleazer into Mesopotamia, to ask for a wife for his son Isaac, he told him that the God of heaven, who had promised to give him the land of Canaan, would send his angel[68] to dispose all things according to his wishes. Examples of similar apparitions of tutelary angels, derived from the Old Testament, might here be multiplied, but the circumstance does not require a greater number of proofs.

In the Old Testament, we also read about several appearances of angels, which can only be understood as guardian angels. For example, the angel who appeared to Hagar in the wilderness and instructed her to return and submit to her mistress Sarah;[66] and the angel who appeared to Abraham just as he was about to sacrifice his son Isaac, telling him that God was pleased with his obedience;[67] and when Abraham sent his servant Eleazer to Mesopotamia to find a wife for Isaac, he assured him that the God of heaven, who had promised to give him the land of Canaan, would send his angel[68] to arrange everything according to his wishes. While there are many more examples of protective angels from the Old Testament, we don’t need more evidence to make the point.

Under the new dispensation, the apparitions of good angels, of guardian spirits, are not less frequent in most authentic stories; there are few saints to whom God has not granted similar favors: we may cite, in particular, St. Frances, a Roman lady of the sixteenth century, who saw her guardian angel, and he talked to her, instructed her, and corrected her.

Under the new agreement, sightings of good angels and guardian spirits are just as common in most credible stories; there are hardly any saints to whom God hasn't given similar blessings: we can specifically mention St. Frances, a Roman woman from the sixteenth century, who saw her guardian angel, and he spoke to her, guided her, and corrected her.

 

Footnotes:

References:

[59] D'Herbelot, Bibl. Orient. Perith. Dives, 785. Idem, 243, p. 85.

[59] D'Herbelot, Bibl. Orient. Perith. Dives, 785. Idem, 243, p. 85.

[60] Gen. vi. 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Genesis 6:2.

[61] Joseph. Antiq. lib. i. c. 4. Philo, De Gigantibus. Justin. Apol. Turtul. de Animâ. Vide Commentatores in Gen. iv.

[61] Joseph. Antiq. book i. chapter 4. Philo, On Giants. Justin. Apology. Turtullian on the Soul. See Commentators on Gen. iv.

[62] Acts xii. 15.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 12:15.

[63] Acts x. 2, 3.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 2, 3.

[64] 1 Cor. xi. 10.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Cor. 11:10.

[65] Acts xxvii. 21, 22.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 27:21-22.

[66] Gen. xvi. 9.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 16:9.

[67] Gen. xxii. 11, 17.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 22:11, 17.

[68] Gen. xxiv. 7.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 24:7.


CHAPTER V.

OPINION OF THE GREEKS AND ROMANS ON THE APPARITIONS OF GOOD GENII.

Jamblichus, a disciple of Porphyry,[69] has treated the matter of genii and their apparition more profoundly than any other author of antiquity. It would seem, to hear him discourse, that he knew both the genii and their qualities, and that he had with them the most intimate and continual converse. He affirms that our eyes are delighted by the appearance of the gods, that the apparitions of the archangels are terrible; those of angels are milder; but when demons and heroes appear, they inspire terror; the archontes, who preside over this world, cause at the same time an impression of grief and fear. The apparition of souls is not quite so disagreeable as that of heroes. In the appearance of the gods there is order and mildness, confusion and disorder in that of demons, and tumult in that of the archontes.

Jamblichus, a student of Porphyry,[69] has explored the topic of genies and their appearances more deeply than any other writer from ancient times. Listening to him, it seems he had a deep understanding of both genies and their characteristics, and that he engaged with them frequently and closely. He claims that our eyes are pleased by the sight of the gods, that the appearances of archangels are frightening; the appearances of angels are gentler; but when demons and heroes show themselves, they evoke fear; the archontes, who oversee this world, create a sense of sadness and fear at the same time. The appearance of souls is not as unsettling as that of heroes. When the gods appear, there's a sense of order and gentleness, whereas demons bring confusion and chaos, and the archontes create turmoil.

When the gods show themselves, it seems as if the heavens, the sun and moon, were all about to be annihilated; one would think that the earth could not support their presence. On the appearance of an archangel, there is an earthquake in every part of the world; it is preceded by a stronger light than that which accompanies the apparition of the angels; at the appearance of a demon it is less strong, and diminishes still more when it is a hero who shows himself.

When the gods reveal themselves, it feels like the sky, the sun, and the moon are all about to be destroyed; you’d think the earth couldn’t handle their presence. When an archangel appears, there’s an earthquake felt everywhere; it’s marked by a brighter light than what comes with the appearance of angels. When a demon shows up, the light is dimmer, and it gets even fainter when a hero appears.

The apparitions of the gods are very luminous; those of angels and archangels less so; those of demons are dark, but less dark than those of heroes. The archontes, who preside over the brightest things in this world, are luminous; but those which are occupied only with what is material, are dark. When souls appear, they resemble a shade. He continues his description of these apparitions, and enters into tiresome details on the subject; one would say, to hear him, that that there was a most intimate and habitual connection between the gods, the angels, the demons, and the souls separated from the body, and himself. But all this is only the work of his imagination; he knew no more than any other concerning a matter which is above the reach of man's understanding. He had never seen any appari[Pg 48]tions of gods or heroes, or archontes; unless we say that there are veritable demons which sometimes appear to men. But to discern them one from the other, as Jamblichus pretends to do, is mere illusion.

The appearances of the gods are very bright; those of angels and archangels are less so; and those of demons are dark, but not as dark as those of heroes. The archontes, who oversee the brightest things in this world, are luminous; but those focused solely on the material are dark. When souls appear, they resemble a shadow. He goes on to describe these appearances and gets into tedious details; you'd think, listening to him, that there was a very close and regular connection between the gods, angels, demons, and souls separated from the body, and himself. But all of this is just a product of his imagination; he doesn’t know any more than anyone else about a subject that is beyond human understanding. He has never seen any appearances of gods, heroes, or archontes; unless we consider that there are real demons that sometimes show up to humans. However, discerning them from one another, as Jamblichus claims to do, is just an illusion.

The Greeks and Romans, like the Hebrews and Christians, acknowledged two sorts of genii, some good and beneficent, the others bad, and causing evil. The ancients even believed that every one of us received at our birth a good and an evil genius; the former procured us happiness and prosperity, the latter engaged us in unfortunate enterprises, inspired us with unruly desires, and cast us into the worst misfortunes. They assigned genii, not only to every person, but also to every house, every city, and every province.[70] These genii are considered as good, beneficent,[71] and worthy of the worship of those who invoke them. They were represented sometimes under the form of a serpent, sometimes as a child or a youth. Flowers, incense, cakes, and wine were offered to them.[72] Men swore by the names of the genii.[73] It was a great crime to perjure one's self after having sworn by the genius of the emperor, says Tertullian;[74] Citius apud vos per omnes Deos, quàm per unicum Genium Cæsaris perjuratur.

The Greeks and Romans, like the Hebrews and Christians, recognized two types of spirits: some were good and beneficial, while others were bad and caused harm. The ancients believed that each person was born with a good spirit and an evil spirit; the good one brought us happiness and success, while the evil one led us into unfortunate situations, stirred up inappropriate desires, and pulled us into the worst troubles. They assigned these spirits not only to individuals but also to every household, city, and region. These spirits were seen as good, beneficial, and deserving of worship from those who called on them. They were sometimes depicted as a serpent, a child, or a young person. Flowers, incense, cakes, and wine were offered to them. People swore oaths in the names of the spirits. Tertullian noted that it was a serious crime to commit perjury after swearing by the spirit of the emperor; "It is easier for you to perjure yourselves by all the gods than by the one spirit of Caesar."

We often see on medals the inscription, Genio populi Romani; and when the Romans landed in a country, they failed not to salute and adore its genius, and to offer him sacrifices.[75] In short, there was neither kingdom, nor province, nor town, nor house, nor door, nor edifice, whether public or private, which had not its genius.[76]

We often see on medals the inscription, Spirit of the Roman people; and whenever the Romans arrived in a new country, they would greet and honor its spirit, offering sacrifices to it.[75] In short, there was no kingdom, province, town, house, door, or building, whether public or private, that didn’t have its own spirit.[76]

We have seen above what Jamblichus informs us concerning apparitions of the gods, genii, good and bad angels, heroes, and the archontes who preside over the government of the world.

We have seen above what Jamblichus tells us about the appearances of gods, spirits, good and bad angels, heroes, and the rulers who oversee the governance of the world.

Homer, the most ancient of Greek writers, and the most celebrated theologian of Paganism, relates several apparitions both of gods and heroes, and also of the dead. In the Odyssey,[77] he represents Ulysses going to consult the sorcerer Tiresias; and this diviner[Pg 49] having prepared a grave or trench full of blood to evoke the manes, Ulysses draws his sword to prevent them from coming to drink this blood, for which they thirst; but which they were not allowed to taste before they had answered the questions put to them. They believed also that the souls of the dead could not rest, and that they wandered around their dead bodies so long as the corpse remained uninhumed.

Homer, the earliest Greek writer and the most renowned theologian of Paganism, tells of several appearances of both gods and heroes, as well as the dead. In the Odyssey,[77] he describes Ulysses consulting the sorcerer Tiresias. This diviner[Pg 49] prepares a grave or trench filled with blood to summon the spirits. Ulysses draws his sword to stop them from drinking the blood they've thirsted for, which they could not taste until they answered his questions. They also believed that the souls of the dead couldn't find peace and would wander around their bodies until the corpse was buried.

Even after they were interred, food was offered them; above everything honey was given, as if leaving their tomb they came to taste what was offered them.[78] They were persuaded that the demons loved the smoke of sacrifices, melody, the blood of victims, and intercourse with women; that they were attached for a time to certain spots and certain edifices which they infested. They believed that souls separated from the gross and terrestrial body, preserved after death one more subtile and elastic, having the form of that they had quitted; that these bodies were luminous, and like the stars; that they retained an inclination for those things which they had loved during their life on earth, and that often they appeared gliding around their tombs.

Even after they were buried, food was still offered to them; especially honey, as if they were leaving their graves to enjoy what was given to them.[78] They were convinced that the demons were fond of the smoke from sacrifices, music, the blood of offerings, and relations with women; that they were temporarily attached to certain locations and buildings that they haunted. They believed that souls separated from their physical bodies retained a more subtle and flexible form after death, resembling the ones they had left behind; that these bodies were luminous, like stars; that they still had a longing for the things they had loved during their lives on earth, and that they often appeared gliding around their tombs.

To bring back all this to the matter here treated of, that is to say, to the appearance of good angels, we may note, that in the same manner that we attach to the apparitions of good angels the idea of tutelary spirits of kingdoms, provinces, and nations, and of each of us in particular—as, for instance, the Prince of the kingdom of Persia, or the angel of that nation, who resisted the archangel Gabriel during twenty-one days, as we read in Daniel;[79] the angel of Macedonia, who appeared to St. Paul,[80] and of whom we have spoken before; the archangel St. Michael, who is considered as the chief of the people of God and the armies of Israel;[81] and the guardian angels deputed by God to guide us and guard us all the days of our life—so we may say that the Greeks and Romans, being Gentiles, believed that certain sorts of spirits, which they imagined were good and beneficent, protected their kingdoms, provinces, towns, and private houses.

To bring this back to the topic at hand, which is the appearance of good angels, we should note that just as we associate the appearances of good angels with the idea of guardian spirits for kingdoms, provinces, and nations, and for each of us individually—like the Prince of the kingdom of Persia, or the angel of that nation, who resisted the archangel Gabriel for twenty-one days, as we read in Daniel; the angel of Macedonia, who appeared to St. Paul, and whom we mentioned earlier; the archangel St. Michael, who is regarded as the leader of God's people and the armies of Israel; and the guardian angels assigned by God to guide and protect us throughout our lives—so too did the Greeks and Romans, being Gentiles, believe that certain types of spirits, which they thought were good and helpful, watched over their kingdoms, provinces, towns, and homes.

They paid them a superstitious and idolatrous worship, as to domestic divinities; they invoked them, offered them a kind of sacrifice and offerings of incense, cakes, honey, and wine, &c.—but not bloody sacrifices.[82]

They gave them a reverent and idol-like worship, treating them like household gods; they called on them, made a kind of sacrifice, and offered things like incense, cakes, honey, and wine, etc.—but not any bloody sacrifices.[82]

The Platonicians taught that carnal and voluptuous men could not see their genii, because their mind was not sufficiently pure, nor enough disengaged from sensual things; but that men who were wise, moderate, and temperate, and who applied themselves to serious and sublime subjects, could see them; as Socrates, for instance, who had his familiar genius, whom he consulted, to whose advice he listened, and whom he beheld, at least with the eyes of the mind.

The Platonists taught that indulgent and pleasure-seeking people couldn't see their guiding spirits because their minds weren't pure enough or detached from sensual things. However, wise, moderate, and temperate individuals who focused on serious and elevated topics could see them; like Socrates, for example, who had his own guiding spirit that he consulted, listened to, and saw, at least with his mind's eye.

If the oracles of Greece and other countries are reckoned in the number of apparitions of bad spirits, we may also recollect the good spirits who have announced things to come, and have assisted the prophets and inspired persons, whether in the Old Testament or the New. The angel Gabriel was sent to Daniel[83] to instruct him concerning the vision of the four great monarchies, and the accomplishment of the seventy weeks, which were to put an end to the captivity. The prophet Zechariah says expressly that the angel who appeared unto him[84] revealed to him what he must say—he repeats it in five or six places; St. John, in the Apocalypse,[85] says the same thing, that God had sent his angel to inspire him with what he was to say to the Churches. Elsewhere[86] he again makes mention of the angel who talked with him, and who took in his presence the dimensions of the heavenly Jerusalem. And again, St. Paul in his Epistle to the Hebrews,[87] "If what has been predicted by the angels may pass for certain."

If we count the oracles of Greece and other countries among the instances of bad spirits appearing, we should also remember the good spirits who have predicted the future and helped the prophets and inspired individuals, both in the Old Testament and the New. The angel Gabriel was sent to Daniel[83] to explain the vision of the four great empires and the fulfillment of the seventy weeks that were meant to end the captivity. The prophet Zechariah explicitly states that the angel who appeared to him[84] revealed to him what he should say—he mentions it in five or six different places; St. John, in the Apocalypse,[85] says the same thing, that God sent his angel to inspire him with the message for the Churches. In another instance[86], he mentions the angel who spoke with him and who measured the dimensions of the heavenly Jerusalem in his presence. And once more, St. Paul in his Epistle to the Hebrews,[87] states, "If what has been foretold by the angels can be considered certain."

From all we have just said, it results that the apparitions of good angels are not only possible, but also very real; that they have often appeared, and under diverse forms; that the Hebrews, Christians, Mahometans, Greeks, and Romans have believed in them; that when they have not sensibly appeared, they have given proofs of their presence in several different ways. We shall examine elsewhere how we can explain the kind of apparition, whether of good or bad angels, or souls separated from the body.

From everything we've just discussed, it follows that the appearances of good angels are not only possible but also very real; they have often appeared in various forms. Hebrews, Christians, Muslims, Greeks, and Romans have all believed in them. Even when they haven't appeared visibly, they've shown evidence of their presence in several different ways. We'll explore how we can explain the types of apparitions, whether of good or bad angels, or souls that have separated from the body, in another section.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[69] Jamblic. lib. ii. cap. 3 & 5.

[69] Jamblic. book ii. chapter 3 & 5.

[70]
"Quod te per Genium, dextramque Deosque Penates,
Obsecro et obtestor."—Horat. lib. i. Epist. 7. 94.

——"Dum cunctis supplex advolveris aris,
Ei mitem Genium Domini præsentis adoras."
Stac. lib. v. Syl. I. 73.

[70]
"By the Genius, the right hand, and the household gods,
"I urge and appeal to you." —Horace, Book I, Epistle 7, 94.

"While you respectfully approach all the altars,
You honor the kind Spirit of the current Lord.
Statius, Book V, Syl. I, 73.

[71] Antiquitée expliquée, tom. i.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Explained Antiquity, vol. I.

[72] Perseus, Satire ii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Perseus, Satire 2.

[73] Senec. Epist. 12.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Seneca. Letter 12.

[74] Tertull. Apol. c. 23.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Tertullian. Apology, chapter 23.

[75]
"Troja vale, rapimur, clamant; dant oscula terræ
Troades."—Ovid. Metam., lib. xiii. 421.

[75]
"Troy falls, we are captured, they shout; they kiss the ground."
"Trojan Women."—Ovid. Metam., book 13, line 421.

[76]
"Quamquam cur Genium Romæ, mihi fingitis unum?
Cùm portis, domibus; thermis, stabulis soleatis,
Assignare suos Genios?"—Prudent. contra Symmach.

[76]
"Why do you create just one Genius of Rome for me?"
"When do you typically assign your Genii to gates, homes, baths, and stables?"—Prudent. against Symmach.

[77] Odyss. XI. sub. fin. Vid. Horat. lib. i. Satire 7, &c.

[77] Odyss. XI. sub. fin. See. Horat. book i. Satire 7, etc.

[78] Virgil. Æneid. I. 6. August. Serm. 15. de SS. et Quæst. 5. in Deut. i. 5 c. 43. Vide Spencer, de Leg. Hebræor. Ritual.

[78] Virgil. Aeneid. I. 6. August. Serm. 15. on Saints and Questions 5. in Deut. i. 5 c. 43. See Spencer, on the Ritual Laws of the Hebrews.

[79] Dan. x. 13.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Dan. 13.

[80] Acts xvi. 9.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 16:9.

[81] Josh. v. 13. Dan. x. 13, 21; xii. 1. Judg. v. 6. Rev. xii. 7

[81] Josh. v. 13. Dan. x. 13, 21; xii. 1. Judg. v. 6. Rev. xii. 7

[82] Forsitan quis quærat, quid causæ sit, ut merum fundendum sit genio, non hostiam faciendam putaverint.... Scilicet ut die natali munus annale genio solverent, manum à cœde ac sanguine abstinerent.—Censorin. de Die Natali, c. 2. Vide Taffin de Anno Sæcul.

[82] Perhaps someone might ask why it's necessary to pour a drink for the spirit, rather than making a sacrifice.... Of course, on the birthday they would offer a gift to the spirit, keeping their hands away from killing and bloodshed.—Censorin. de Die Natali, c. 2. See Taffin de Anno Sæcul.

[83] Dan. viii. 16; ix. 21.

[83] Dan. viii. 16; ix. 21.

[84] Zech. i. 10, 13, 14, 19; ii. 3, 4; iv. 1, 4, 5; v. 5, 10.

[84] Zech. i. 10, 13, 14, 19; ii. 3, 4; iv. 1, 4, 5; v. 5, 10.

[85] Rev. i. 1.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Rev. 1:1

[86] Rev. x. 8, 9, &c.; xi. 1, 2, 3, &c.

[86] Rev. x. 8, 9, &c.; xi. 1, 2, 3, &c.

[87] Heb. ii. 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Heb. 2:2.


CHAPTER VI.

THE APPARITION OF BAD ANGELS PROVED BY THE HOLY SCRIPTURES—UNDER WHAT FORM THEY HAVE APPEARED.

The books of the Old and New Testament, together with sacred and profane history, are full of relations of the apparition of bad[Pg 51] spirits. The first, the most famous, and the most fatal apparition of Satan, is that of the appearance of this evil spirit to Eve, the first woman,[88] in the form of a serpent, which animal served as the instrument of that seducing demon in order to deceive her and induce her to sin. Since that time he has always chosen to appear under that form rather than any other; so in Scripture he is often termed the Old Serpent;[89] and it is said that the infernal dragon fought against the woman who figured or represented the church; that the archangel St. Michael vanquished him and cast him down from heaven. He has often appeared to the servants of God in the form of a dragon, and he has caused himself to be adored by unbelievers in this form, in a great number of places: at Babylon, for instance, they worshiped a living dragon,[90] which Daniel killed by making it swallow a ball or bolus, composed of ingredients of a mortally poisonous nature. The serpent was consecrated to Apollo, the god of physic and of oracles; and the pagans had a sort of divination by means of serpents, which they called Ophiomantia.

The books of the Old and New Testament, along with sacred and secular history, are full of stories about the appearances of evil spirits. The first, most notorious, and most lethal appearance of Satan is when he showed up to Eve, the first woman, in the form of a serpent. This creature was used by the seducing demon to trick her into sinning. Since then, he has preferred to appear in that form rather than any other; in Scripture, he is often called the Old Serpent; and it is said that the infernal dragon battled against the woman who represents the church; that the archangel St. Michael defeated him and cast him out of heaven. He has frequently appeared to God's servants as a dragon and has been worshipped by unbelievers in that form in many places: for example, in Babylon, where they worshipped a living dragon, which Daniel conquered by making it swallow a lethal ball made of poisonous ingredients. The serpent was dedicated to Apollo, the god of healing and oracles; and the pagans practiced a form of divination involving serpents, which they called Ophiomantia.

The Egyptians, Greeks, and Romans worshiped serpents, and regarded them as divine.[91] They brought to Rome the serpent of Epidaurus, to which they paid divine honors. The Egyptians considered vipers as divinities.[92] The Israelites adored the brazen serpent elevated by Moses in the desert,[93] and which was in after times broken in pieces by the holy king Hezekiah.[94]

The Egyptians, Greeks, and Romans worshiped snakes and saw them as divine.[91] They brought the serpent of Epidaurus to Rome, where they honored it as a god. The Egyptians viewed vipers as deities.[92] The Israelites revered the bronze serpent that Moses raised in the desert,[93] which was later destroyed by the righteous king Hezekiah.[94]

St. Augustine[95] assures us that the Manichæans regarded the serpent as the Christ, and said that this animal had opened the eyes of Adam and Eve by the bad counsel which he gave them. We almost always see the form of the serpent in the magical figures[96] Akraxas and Abrachadabra, which were held in veneration among the Basilidian heretics, who, like the Manichæans, acknowledge two principles in all things—the one good, the other bad; Abraxas in Hebrew signifies that bad principle, or the father of evil; ab-ra-achad-ab-ra, the father of evil, the sole father of evil, or the only bad principle.

St. Augustine[95] tells us that the Manichæans saw the serpent as Christ, claiming that this creature opened Adam and Eve's eyes with the bad advice it gave them. We often see the image of the serpent in the magical symbols[96] Akraxas and Abrachadabra, which were revered by the Basilidian heretics. Like the Manichæans, they believed in two principles in everything—one good and one bad; Abraxas in Hebrew means that bad principle, or the father of evil; ab-ra-achad-ab-ra, the father of evil, the sole father of evil, or the only bad principle.

St. Augustine[97] remarks that no animal has been more subject to the effects of enchantment and magic than the serpent, as if to punish him for having seduced the first woman by his imposture.

St. Augustine[97] notes that no animal has been more affected by enchantment and magic than the snake, as if to punish him for deceiving the first woman.

However, the demon has usually assumed the human form when[Pg 52] he would tempt mankind; it was thus that he appeared to Jesus Christ in the desert;[98] that he tempted him and told him to change the stones into bread that he might satisfy his hunger; that he transported him, the Saviour, to the highest pinnacle of the temple, and showed him all the kingdoms of the world, and offered him the enjoyment of them.

However, the demon often takes on a human form when[Pg 52] he wants to tempt humanity; he did this when he appeared to Jesus Christ in the desert;[98] he tempted him by suggesting he turn stones into bread to satisfy his hunger; he transported the Savior to the highest point of the temple, showed him all the kingdoms of the world, and offered him the chance to enjoy them.

The angel who wrestled with Jacob at Peniel,[99] on his return from his journey into Mesopotamia, was a bad angel, according to some ancient writers; others, as Severus Sulpicius[100] and some Rabbis, have thought that it was the angel of Esau, who had come to combat with Jacob; but the greater number believe that it was a good angel. And would Jacob have asked him for his blessing had he deemed him a bad angel? But however that fact may be taken, it is not doubtful that the demon has appeared in a human form.

The angel who wrestled with Jacob at Peniel,[99] on his way back from his journey to Mesopotamia, was considered a bad angel by some ancient writers; others, like Severus Sulpicius[100] and certain Rabbis, believed it was Esau's angel who came to fight Jacob. However, most people think it was a good angel. Would Jacob have asked for a blessing if he thought the angel was evil? Regardless of how one interprets this, it's clear that the demon took on human form.

Several stories, both ancient and modern, are related which inform us that the demon has appeared to those whom he wished to seduce, or who have been so unhappy as to invoke his aid, or make a compact with him, as a man taller than the common stature, dressed in black, and with a rough ungracious manner; making a thousand fine promises to those to whom he appeared, but which promises were always deceitful, and never followed by a real effect. I can even believe that they beheld what existed only in their own confused and deranged ideas.

Several stories, both old and new, tell us that the demon has shown himself to those he wanted to tempt or who, sadly, called on him for help or made a deal with him. He appears as a man taller than average, dressed in black, and with a rough, unfriendly demeanor. He offers countless enticing promises to those he visits, but these promises are always misleading and never truly fulfilled. I can even believe that what they saw existed only in their own jumbled and disturbed thoughts.

At Molsheim,[101] in the chapel of St. Ignatius in the Jesuits' church, may be seen a celebrated inscription, which contains the history of a young German gentleman, named Michael Louis, of the house of Boubenhoren, who, having been sent by his parents when very young to the court of the Duke of Lorraine, to learn the French language, lost all his money at cards: reduced to despair, he resolved to give himself to the demon, if that bad spirit would or could give him some good money; for he doubted that he would only furnish him with counterfeit and bad coin. As he was meditating on this idea, suddenly he beheld before him a youth of his own age, well made, well dressed, who, having asked him the cause of his uneasiness, presented him with a handful of money, and told him to try if it was good. He desired him to meet him at that place the next day.

At Molsheim,[101] in the chapel of St. Ignatius in the Jesuits' church, you can see a famous inscription that tells the story of a young German man named Michael Louis from the Boubenhoren family. When he was very young, his parents sent him to the court of the Duke of Lorraine to learn French, but he lost all his money playing cards. Desperate, he decided to sell his soul to the devil if that evil spirit could give him some real money, as he doubted he would only get fake or worthless coins. While he was thinking about this, he suddenly saw a young man his age, who was well-built and well-dressed. The figure asked what was troubling him and offered him a handful of money, telling him to check if it was real. He asked him to meet again at the same place the next day.

Michael returned to his companions, who were still at play, and not only regained all the money he had lost, but won all that of his companions. Then he went in search of his demon, who asked as his reward three drops of his blood, which he received in an acorn-[Pg 53]cup; after which, presenting a pen to Michael, he desired him to write what he should dictate. He then dictated some unknown words, which he made him write on two different bits of paper,[102] one of which remained in the possession of the demon, the other was inserted in Michael's arm, at the same place whence the demon had drawn the blood. And the demon said to him, "I engage myself to serve you during seven years, after which you will unreservedly belong to me."

Michael returned to his friends, who were still playing, and not only got back all the money he had lost but also won all of their money. Then he went looking for his demon, who asked for three drops of his blood as payment. The demon received them in an acorn cup; after that, he handed Michael a pen and asked him to write what he would dictate. He then dictated some unknown words, which Michael wrote down on two different pieces of paper, one of which the demon kept, and the other was placed in Michael's arm, at the same spot from which the demon had drawn the blood. The demon said to him, "I promise to serve you for seven years, after which you will completely belong to me."

The young man consented to this, though with a feeling of horror; and the demon never failed to appear to him day and night under various forms, and taught him many unknown and curious things, but which always tended to evil. The fatal termination of the seven years was approaching, and the young man was then about twenty years old. He returned to his father's house, when the demon to whom he had given himself inspired him with the idea of poisoning his father and mother, of setting fire to their château, and then killing himself. He tried to commit all these crimes, but God did not allow him to succeed in these attempts. The gun with which he wished to kill himself missed fire twice, and the poison did not take effect on his father and mother.

The young man agreed to this, though he felt a sense of dread; and the demon appeared to him day and night in various forms, teaching him many strange and unfamiliar things, but all of which were always aimed at evil. The end of the seven years was approaching, and the young man was now about twenty years old. He returned to his father's house, where the demon who he had surrendered to filled him with the idea of poisoning his parents, burning down their château, and then taking his own life. He attempted to carry out all these crimes, but God did not allow him to succeed. The gun he tried to use on himself misfired twice, and the poison didn’t affect his father and mother.

More and more uneasy, he revealed to some of his father's domestics the miserable state in which he found himself, and entreated them to procure him some succor. At the same time the demon seized him, and bent his body back, so that he was near breaking his bones. His mother, who had adopted the heresy of Suenfeld, and had induced her son to follow it also, not finding in her sect any help against the demon that possessed or obseded him, was constrained to place him in the hands of some monks. But he soon withdrew from them and retired to Islade, from whence he was brought back to Molsheim by his brother, a canon of Wurzburg, who put him again into the hands of fathers of the society. Then it was that the demon made still more violent efforts against him, appearing to him in the form of ferocious animals. One day, amongst others, the demon, wearing the form of a hairy savage, threw on the ground a schedule, or compact, different from the true one which he had extorted from the young man, to try by means of this false appearance to withdraw him from the hands of those who kept him, and prevent his making his general confession. At last they fixed on the 20th of October, 1603, as the day for being in the Chapel of St. Ignatius, and to cause to be brought the true schedule containing the compact made with the demon. The[Pg 54] young man there made profession of the Catholic and orthodox faith, renounced the demon, and received the holy sacrament. Then, uttering horrible cries, he said he saw as it were two he-goats of immeasurable size, which, holding up their forefeet (standing on their hindlegs), held between their claws, each one separately, one of the schedules or agreements. But as soon as the exorcisms were begun, and the priests invoked the name of St. Ignatius, the two he-goats fled away, and there came from the left arm or hand of the young man, almost without pain, and without leaving any scar, the compact, which fell at the feet of the exorcist.

Feeling increasingly uneasy, he confided in some of his father's servants about the terrible situation he was in and begged them to help him. At that moment, the demon seized him and twisted his body back, nearly breaking his bones. His mother, who had embraced the heresy of Suenfeld and convinced her son to follow it as well, found no support within her sect against the demon that tormented him. She was forced to hand him over to some monks. However, he soon left them and went to Islede, from where his brother, a canon of Wurzburg, brought him back to Molsheim and returned him to the care of the priests. It was then that the demon escalated its attacks, appearing to him as fierce animals. One day, the demon, taking the form of a wild creature, threw a false contract on the ground, trying to trick him into abandoning those who were caring for him and preventing him from making his general confession. Eventually, they chose October 20, 1603, as the date to gather in the Chapel of St. Ignatius and retrieve the true contract with the demon. The young man professed his faith in the Catholic Church, renounced the demon, and received the Holy Sacrament. Then, letting out terrifying screams, he reported seeing two enormous he-goats, standing on their hind legs, each holding a contract in their claws. But as soon as the exorcisms began and the priests invoked St. Ignatius's name, the two he-goats fled, and the contract came out from the young man's left arm almost painlessly, leaving no scar, and fell at the exorcist's feet.

There now wanted only the second compact, which had remained in the power of the demon. They recommenced their exorcisms, and invoked St. Ignatius, and promised to say a mass in honor of the saint; at the same moment there appeared a tall stork, deformed and badly made, who let fall the second schedule from his beak, and they found it on the altar.

There was just one more pact left, which was still in the demon's control. They started their exorcisms again, calling on St. Ignatius and promising to hold a mass in his honor. At that moment, a tall stork appeared, oddly shaped and poorly constructed, and dropped the second document from its beak, which they found on the altar.

The pope, Paul V., caused information of the truth of these facts to be taken by the commissionary-deputies, M. Adam, Suffragan of Strasburg, and George, Abbot of Altorf, who were juridically interrogated, and who affirmed that the deliverance of this young man was principally due, after God, to the intercession of St. Ignatius.

The pope, Paul V, had the truth of these facts examined by the commissioner deputies, M. Adam, Suffragan of Strasbourg, and George, Abbot of Altorf, who were legally questioned and confirmed that the recovery of this young man was mainly due, after God, to the intercession of St. Ignatius.

The same story is related rather more at length in Bartoli's Life of St. Ignatius Loyola.

The same story is explained in more detail in Bartoli's Life of St. Ignatius Loyola.

Melancthon owns[103] that he has seen several spectres, and conversed with them several times; and Jerome Cardan affirms that his father, Fassius Cardanus, saw demons whenever he pleased, apparently in a human form. Bad spirits sometimes appear also under the figure of a lion, a dog, or a cat, or some other animal—as a bull, a horse, or a raven; for the pretended sorcerers and sorceresses relate that at the (witches') Sabbath he is seen under several different forms of men, animals, and birds; whether he takes the shape of these animals, or whether he makes use of the animals themselves as instruments to deceive or harm, or whether he simply affects the senses and imagination of those whom he has fascinated and who give themselves to him; for in all the appearances of the demon we must always be on our guard, and mistrust his stratagems and malice. St. Peter[104] tells us that Satan is always roaming round about us, like a roaring lion, seeking whom he may devour. And St. Paul, in more places than one,[105] warns us to mistrust the snares of the devil, and to hold ourselves on our guard against him.

Melancthon states that he has seen several ghosts and talked to them multiple times; Jerome Cardan confirms that his father, Fassius Cardanus, could see demons whenever he wanted, typically in human form. Evil spirits sometimes show up in the shape of a lion, dog, cat, or other animals like a bull, horse, or raven; self-proclaimed witches say that at the witches' Sabbath, he appears in many different forms of men, animals, and birds. It’s unclear if he genuinely transforms into these animals, uses the animals as tools to deceive or harm, or just manipulates the senses and imagination of those he's enchanted and who surrender to him. We must always be cautious in the presence of demons, remaining wary of their tricks and wickedness. St. Peter tells us that Satan is always prowling around us like a roaring lion, looking for someone to devour. St. Paul, in several places, warns us to be wary of the devil's traps and to stay vigilant against him.

Sulpicius Severus,[106] in the life of St. Martin, relates a few examples of persons who were deceived by apparitions of the demon, who[Pg 55] transformed himself into an angel of light. A young man of very high rank, and who was afterwards elevated to the priesthood, having devoted himself to God in a monastery, imagined that he held converse with angels; and as they would not believe him, he said that the following night God would give him a white robe, with which he would appear amongst them. In fact, at midnight the monastery was shaken as with an earthquake, the cell of the young man was all brilliant with light, and they heard a noise like that of many persons going to and fro, and speaking.

Sulpicius Severus, in the life of St. Martin, shares a few examples of people who were misled by appearances of the demon, who[Pg 55] transformed into an angel of light. A young man of very high status, who later became a priest, dedicated himself to God in a monastery and believed he was communicating with angels. When others wouldn't believe him, he claimed that the following night God would give him a white robe, which he would wear to show them. Sure enough, at midnight the monastery trembled as if it were an earthquake, his cell was filled with bright light, and they heard a commotion like many people moving to and fro, and talking.

After that, coming forth from his cell, he showed to the brothers (of the convent) the tunic with which he was clothed: it was made of a stuff of admirable whiteness, shining as purple, and so extraordinarily fine in texture that they had never seen anything like it, and could not tell from what substance it was woven.

After that, stepping out of his cell, he showed the brothers of the convent the tunic he was wearing: it was made of a material with a stunning whiteness, shining like purple, and so incredibly fine in texture that they had never seen anything like it before and couldn't determine what it was made from.

They passed the rest of the night in singing psalms of thanksgiving, and in the morning they wished to conduct him to St. Martin. He resisted as much as he could, saying that he had been expressly forbidden to appear in his presence. As they were pressing him to come, the tunic vanished, which led every one present to suppose that the whole thing was an illusion of the demon.

They spent the rest of the night singing songs of thanks, and in the morning they wanted to take him to St. Martin. He resisted as much as he could, saying that he had been clearly told not to appear before him. As they insisted he come, the tunic disappeared, which made everyone there think that it was all just an illusion created by the demon.

Another solitary suffered himself to be persuaded that he was Eli; another that he was St. John the Evangelist. One day, the demon wished to mislead St. Martin himself, appearing to him, having on a royal robe, wearing on his head a rich diadem, ornamented with gold and precious stones, golden sandals, and all the apparel of a great prince. Addressing himself to Martin, he said to him, "Acknowledge me, Martin; I am Jesus Christ, who, wishing to descend to earth, have resolved to manifest myself to thee first of all." St. Martin remained silent at first, fearing some snare; and the phantom having repeated to him that he was the Christ, Martin replied: "My Lord Jesus Christ did not say that he should come clothed in purple and decked with diamonds. I shall not acknowledge him unless he appears in that same form in which he suffered death, and unless I see the marks of his cross and passion."

Another lonely person convinced himself that he was Eli; another believed he was St. John the Evangelist. One day, the demon wanted to trick St. Martin himself, appearing to him dressed in a royal robe, wearing a lavish crown decorated with gold and precious stones, golden sandals, and all the attire of a great prince. The demon said to Martin, "Recognize me, Martin; I am Jesus Christ, who, wanting to come to earth, have decided to reveal myself to you first." St. Martin stayed silent at first, fearing it was a trap; and when the apparition insisted that he was Christ, Martin replied, "My Lord Jesus Christ did not say he would come clothed in purple and adorned with diamonds. I will not acknowledge him unless he appears in the same form in which he suffered death, and unless I see the marks of his cross and passion."

At these words the demon disappeared; and Sulpicius Severus affirms that he relates this as he heard it from the mouth of St. Martin himself. A little before this, he says that Satan showed himself to him sometimes under the form of Jupiter, or Mercury, or Venus, or Minerva; and sometimes he was to reproach Martin greatly because, by baptism, he had converted and regenerated so many great sinners. But the saint despised him, drove him away by the sign of the cross, and answered him that baptism and repentance effaced all sins in those who were sincere converts.

At these words, the demon vanished; Sulpicius Severus reports this just as he heard it from St. Martin himself. Earlier, he mentions that Satan sometimes appeared to him as Jupiter, Mercury, Venus, or Minerva, and would often scold Martin for converting and renewing so many serious sinners through baptism. However, the saint disregarded him, sent him away with the sign of the cross, and replied that baptism and repentance erased all sins for those who truly converted.

All this proves the malice, envy, and fraud of the devil against the saints, on the one side; and on the other, the weakness and use[Pg 56]lessness of his efforts against the true servants of God, and that it is but too true he often appears in a visible form.

All this shows the malice, envy, and deceit of the devil against the saints, on one side; and on the other, the weakness and uselessness of his efforts against the true servants of God, and that it’s all too real he often shows up in a visible form.

In the histories of the saints we sometimes see that he hides himself under the form of a woman, to tempt pious hermits and lead them into evil; sometimes in the form of a traveler, a priest, a monk, or an angel of light,[107] to mislead simple minded people, and cause them to err; for everything suits his purpose, provided he can exercise his malice and hatred against men.

In the stories of the saints, we sometimes see that he disguises himself as a woman to tempt devout hermits and lead them into wrongdoing; other times, he appears as a traveler, a priest, a monk, or an angel of light,[107] to mislead naive individuals and make them go astray; for anything works for his agenda, as long as he can carry out his malice and hatred towards humanity.

When Satan appeared before the Lord in the midst of his holy angels, and asked permission of God to tempt Job,[108] and try his patience through everything that was dearest to that holy man, he doubtless presented himself in his natural state, simply as a spirit, but full of rage against the saints, and in all the deformity of his sin and rebellion.

When Satan showed up before the Lord among His holy angels and asked God for permission to tempt Job,[108] trying his patience through everything that mattered most to that righteous man, he undoubtedly appeared in his true form, just as a spirit, but filled with anger towards the saints and reflecting all the ugliness of his sin and rebellion.

But when he says, in the Books of Kings, that he will be a lying spirit in the mouth of false prophets,[109] and that God allows him to put in force his ill-will, we must not imagine that he shows himself corporeally to the eyes of the false prophets of King Ahab; he only inspired the falsehood in their minds—they believed it, and persuaded the king of the same. Amongst the visible appearances of Satan may be placed mortalities, wars, tempests, public and private calamities, which God sends upon nations, provinces, cities, and families, whom the Almighty causes to feel the terrible effects of his wrath and just vengeance. Thus the exterminating angel kills the first-born of the Egyptians.[110] The same angel strikes with death the inhabitants of the guilty cities of Sodom and Gomorrah.[111] He does the same with Onan, who committed an abominable action.[112] The wicked man seeks only division and quarrels, says the sage; and the cruel angel shall be sent against him.[113] And the Psalmist, speaking of the plagues which the Lord inflicted upon Egypt, says that he sent evil angels among them.

But when he says in the Books of Kings, that he will be a lying spirit in the mouth of false prophets,[109] and that God allows him to act on his malicious intent, we shouldn't think that he appears physically to the false prophets of King Ahab; he simply inspired the falsehoods in their minds—they believed it and convinced the king of the same. Among the visible manifestations of Satan can be included deaths, wars, storms, and both public and private disasters, which God imposes on nations, regions, cities, and families, making them experience the dreadful consequences of His anger and rightful punishment. Thus, the destroying angel kills the firstborn of the Egyptians.[110] The same angel brings death to the inhabitants of the sinful cities of Sodom and Gomorrah.[111] He does the same with Onan, who committed a vile act.[112] The wicked man seeks only division and disputes, says the wise; and the cruel angel shall be sent against him.[113] And the Psalmist, referring to the plagues that the Lord brought upon Egypt, says that He sent evil angels among them.

When David, in a spirit of vanity, caused his people to be numbered, God showed him an angel hovering over Jerusalem, ready to smite and destroy it. I do not say decidedly whether it was a good or a bad angel, since it is certain that sometimes the Lord employs good angels to execute his vengeance against the wicked. But it is thought that it was the devil who slew eighty-five thousand men of the army of Sennacherib. And in the Apocalypse, those are also evil angels who pour out on the earth the phials of wrath, and caused all the scourges set down in that holy book.

When David, out of pride, ordered a count of his people, God revealed to him an angel hovering over Jerusalem, ready to strike and destroy it. I won't say definitively whether it was a good or bad angel, since it's clear that sometimes the Lord uses good angels to carry out his punishment against the wicked. However, it's believed that it was the devil who killed eighty-five thousand men from Sennacherib's army. In the Apocalypse, there are also evil angels who pour out bowls of wrath on the earth, causing all the plagues mentioned in that sacred text.

We shall also place amongst the appearances and works of Satan[Pg 57] false Christs, false prophets, Pagan oracles, magicians, sorcerers, and sorceresses, those who are inspired by the spirit of Python, the obsession and possession of demons, those who pretend to predict the future, and whose predictions are sometimes fulfilled; those who make compacts with the devil to discover treasures and enrich themselves; those who make use of charms; evocations by means of magic; enchantment; the being devoted to death by a vow; the deceptions of idolatrous priests, who feigned that their gods ate and drank and had commerce with women—all these can only be the work of Satan, and must be ranked with what the Scripture calls the depths of Satan.[114] We shall say something on this subject in the course of the treatise.

We will also include among the appearances and actions of Satan[Pg 57] false Christs, false prophets, pagan oracles, magicians, sorcerers, and sorceresses, those inspired by the spirit of Python, the obsession and possession of demons, those who pretend to predict the future, and whose predictions sometimes come true; those who make deals with the devil to find treasures and get rich; those who use charms; magical evocations; enchantments; those committed to death by a vow; the tricks of idolatrous priests, who pretended that their gods ate and drank and had relationships with women—all of this can only be the work of Satan and should be classified with what Scripture refers to as the depths of Satan.[114] We will discuss this topic further in the course of the treatise.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[88] Gen. iii. 1, 23.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 3:1, 23.

[89] Rev. xii. 9.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Rev. 12:9.

[90] Bel and the Dragon.

Bel and the Dragon.

[91] Wisd. xi. 16.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Wisdom 11:16.

[92] Elian. Hist. Animal.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Elian. Animal History.

[93] Numb. xxi. 2 Kings xviii. 4.

[93] Numb. xxi. 2 Kings xviii. 4.

[94] On this subject, see a work of profound learning, and as interesting as profound, on "The Worship of the Serpent," by the Rev. John Bathurst Deane, M. A. F. S. A.

[94] Regarding this topic, check out an incredibly insightful and engaging work titled "The Worship of the Serpent" by Rev. John Bathurst Deane, M.A., F.S.A.

[95] Aug. tom. viii. pp. 28, 284.

[95] Aug. tom. viii. pp. 28, 284.

[96] Ab-racha, pater mali, or pater malus.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Ab-racha, father of evil, or father bad.

[97] August. de Gen. ad Lit. 1. ii. c. 18.

[97] August. de Gen. ad Lit. 1. ii. c. 18.

[98] Matt. iv. 9, 10, &c.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 4:9, 10, etc.

[99] Gen. xxxii. 24, 25.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 32:24-25.

[100] Sever. Sulpit. Hist. Sac.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Sever. Sulpit. History. Sacrament.

[101] A small city or town of the Electorate of Cologne, situated on a river of the same name.

[101] A small city or town in the Electorate of Cologne, located on a river that shares its name.

[102] There were in all ten letters, the greater part of them Greek, but which formed no (apparent) sense. They were to be seen at Molsheim, in the tablet which bore a representation of this miracle.

[102] There were a total of ten letters, most of them Greek, but they didn’t seem to create any clear meaning. They could be found at Molsheim, on the tablet that depicted this miracle.

[103] Lib. de Anima.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] On the Soul.

[104] 1 Pet. iii. 8.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Pet. 3:8.

[105] Eph. vi. 11. 1 Tim. iii. 7.

[105] Eph. vi. 11. 1 Tim. iii. 7.

[106] Sulpit. Sever. Vit. St. Martin, b. xv.

[106] Sulpit. Sever. Life of St. Martin, book xv.

[107] 2 Cor. xi. 14.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Cor. 11:14.

[108] Job i. 6-8.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Job i. 6-8.

[109] 1 Kings xxii. 21.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Kings 22:21.

[110] Exod. ix. 6.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Exodus 9:6.

[111] Gen. xviii. 13, 14.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 18:13-14.

[112] Gen. xxxviii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 38.

[113] Prov. xvii. 11.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Prov. 17:11.

[114] Rev. ii. 24.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Revelation 2:24.


CHAPTER VII.

OF MAGIC.

Many persons regard magic, magicians, witchcraft, and charms as fables and illusions, the effects of imagination in weak minds, who, foolishly persuaded of the excessive power possessed by the devil, attribute to him a thousand things which are purely natural, but the physical reasons for which are unknown to them, or which are the effects of the art of certain charlatans, who make a trade of imposing on the simple and ignorant. These opinions are supported by the authority of the principal parliaments of the kingdom, who acknowledge neither magicians nor sorcerers, and who never punish those accused of magic, or sorcery, unless they are convicted also of some other crimes. As, in short, the more they punish and seek out magicians and sorcerers, the more they abound in a country; and, on the contrary, experience proves that in places where nobody believes in them, none are to be found, the most efficacious means of uprooting this fancy is to despise and neglect it.

Many people view magic, magicians, witchcraft, and charms as myths and illusions, products of imagination in vulnerable minds who, foolishly convinced of the devil's overwhelming power, attribute to him a thousand things that are completely natural, but whose physical explanations are unknown to them, or are simply tricks by certain charlatans who profit off the naïve and uninformed. These beliefs are backed by the authority of the main parliaments in the kingdom, which do not recognize magicians or sorcerers and never punish those accused of magic or sorcery unless they are also found guilty of other crimes. In short, the more they punish and hunt down magicians and sorcerers, the more they seem to thrive in a region; conversely, experience shows that in places where no one believes in them, they are nonexistent. The most effective way to dispel this idea is to ignore and dismiss it.

It is said that magicians and sorcerers themselves, when they fall into the hands of judges and inquisitors, are often the first to maintain that magic and sorcery are merely imaginary, and the effect of popular prejudices and errors. Upon that footing, Satan would destroy himself, and overthrow his own empire, if he were thus to decry magic, of which he is himself the author and support. If the magicians really, and of their own good will, independently of the demon, make this declaration, they betray themselves most lightly,[Pg 58] and do not make their cause better; since the judges, notwithstanding their disavowal, prosecute them, and always punish them without mercy, being well persuaded that it is only the fear of execution and the hope of remaining unpunished which makes them say so.

It’s said that magicians and sorcerers, when caught by judges and inquisitors, are often the first to insist that magic and sorcery are just figments of imagination, products of common misconceptions and errors. If that were true, Satan would be destroying himself and undermining his own empire by denouncing something he himself created and supports. If the magicians genuinely and willingly make this claim, without input from the demon, they expose themselves easily, and it doesn’t improve their situation; the judges, despite this denial, still pursue them and punish them harshly, convinced that it’s only the fear of execution and the hope of escaping punishment that makes them say such things.[Pg 58]

But would it not rather be a stratagem of the evil spirit,[115] who endeavors to render the reality of magic doubtful, to save from punishment those who are accused of it, and to impose on the judges, and make them believe that magicians are only madmen and hypochondriacs, worthy rather of compassion than chastisement? We must then return to the deep examination of the question, and prove that magic is not a chimera, neither has it aught to do with reason. We can neither rest on a sure foundation, nor derive any certain argument for or against the reality of magic, either from the opinion of pretended esprits forts, who deny because they think proper to do so, and because the proofs of the contrary do not appear to them sufficiently clear or demonstrative; nor from the declaration of the demon, of magicians and sorcerers, who maintain that magic and sorcery are only the effects of a disturbed imagination; nor from minds foolishly and vainly prejudiced on the subject, that these declarations are produced simply by the fear of punishment; nor by the subtilty of the malignant spirit, who wishes to mask his play, and cast dust in the eyes of the judges and witnesses, by making them believe that what they regard with so much horror, and what they so vigorously prosecute, is anything but a punishable crime, or at least a crime deserving of punishment.

But isn't it more likely a trick of the evil spirit,[115] who tries to make the reality of magic seem uncertain, to protect those accused of it from punishment, and to confuse the judges into thinking that magicians are just crazy and paranoid individuals, deserving more of sympathy than punishment? We must go back to a thorough investigation of the issue and show that magic is not an illusion, nor is it related to reason. We can't find a solid basis or make any conclusive argument for or against the reality of magic, either from the views of so-called rational thinkers, who deny its existence simply because they choose to and because the evidence to the contrary doesn’t seem clear or convincing; nor from the statements of demons, magicians, and sorcerers, who claim that magic and sorcery are merely products of a disturbed mind; nor from those who are foolishly and vainly biased on the topic, believing these declarations stem solely from the fear of punishment; nor from the cunning of the evil spirit, who seeks to disguise his actions and blind the judges and witnesses by making them believe that what they view with such horror and actively pursue is anything but a punishable crime, or at least a crime that deserves punishment.

We must then prove the reality of magic by the Holy Scriptures, by the authority of the Church, and by the testimony of the most grave and sensible writers; and, lastly, show that it is not true that the most famous parliaments acknowledge neither sorcerers nor magicians.

We must then establish the reality of magic through the Holy Scriptures, by the authority of the Church, and by the writings of the most serious and sensible authors; and finally, demonstrate that it is not true that the most renowned parliaments do not recognize sorcerers or magicians.

The teraphim which Rachael, the wife of Jacob, brought away secretly from the house of Laban, her father,[116] were doubtless superstitious figures, to which Laban's family paid a worship, very like that which the Romans rendered to their household gods, Penates and Lares, and whom they consulted on future events. Joshua[117] says very distinctly that Terah, the father of Abraham, adored strange gods in Mesopotamia. And in the prophets Hosea and Zechariah,[118] the Seventy translate teraphim by the word oracles. Zechariah and Ezekiel[119] show that the Chaldeans and the Hebrews consulted these teraphim to learn future events.

The teraphim that Rachel, Jacob's wife, secretly took from her father Laban's house were likely superstitious idols that Laban's family worshipped, similar to how the Romans honored their household gods, Penates and Lares, and consulted them about future events. Joshua clearly states that Terah, Abraham's father, worshipped foreign gods in Mesopotamia. In the writings of the prophets Hosea and Zechariah, the Seventy translated teraphim as "oracles." Zechariah and Ezekiel show that the Chaldeans and Hebrews consulted these teraphim to learn about the future.

Others believe that they were talismans or preservatives; everybody agrees as to their being superstitious figures (or idols) which[Pg 59] were consulted in order to find out things unknown, or that were to come to pass.

Others believe that they were charms or protective objects; everyone agrees they were superstitious figures (or idols) which[Pg 59] were consulted to uncover unknown information or to learn about what was going to happen.

The patriarch Joseph, speaking to his own brethren according to the idea which they had of him in Egypt, says to them:[120] "Know ye not that in all the land there is not a man who equals me in the art of divining and predicting things to come?" And the officer of the same Joseph, having found in Benjamin's sack Joseph's cup which he had purposely hidden in it, says to them:[121] "It is the cup of which my master makes use to discover hidden things."

The patriarch Joseph, talking to his brothers as they viewed him in Egypt, says to them:[120] "Don't you realize that in all the land there isn’t anyone who matches my skills in divination and predicting the future?" And Joseph's officer, having found Joseph's cup hidden in Benjamin's sack, says to them:[121] "It's the cup my master uses to uncover hidden things."

By the secret of their art, the magicians of Pharaoh imitated the true miracles of Moses; but not being able like him to produce gnats (English version lice), they were constrained to own that the finger of God was in what Moses had hitherto achieved.[122]

By using their magical skills, Pharaoh's magicians copied the true miracles of Moses. However, since they couldn't create gnats (the English version calls them lice), they had to admit that what Moses had done was the work of God.[122]

After the departure of the Hebrews from Egypt, God expressly forbids his people to practice any sort of magic or divination.[123] He condemns to death magicians, and those who make use of charms.

After the Hebrews left Egypt, God clearly prohibits His people from practicing any kind of magic or divination.[123] He condemns magicians and those who use charms to death.

Balaam, the diviner, being invited by Balak, the king, to come and devote the Israelites to destruction, God put blessings into his mouth instead of curses;[124] and this bad prophet, amongst the blessings which he bestows on Israel, says there is among them neither augury, nor divination, nor magic.

Balaam, the diviner, was invited by Balak, the king, to come and curse the Israelites, but God put blessings in his mouth instead of curses;[124] and this false prophet, among the blessings he gives to Israel, says that there is no divination, magic, or fortune-telling among them.

In the time of the Judges, the Idol of Micah was consulted as a kind of oracle.[125] Gideon made, in his house and his city, an Ephod, accompanied by a superstitious image, which was for his family, and to all the people, the occasion of scandal and ruin.[126]

In the time of the Judges, Micah's idol was used like an oracle.[125] Gideon created an Ephod in his home and city, along with a superstitious image, which ended up causing scandal and destruction for his family and the people.[126]

The Israelites went sometimes to consult Beelzebub, god of Ekron,[127] to know if they should recover from their sickness. The history of the evocation of Samuel by the witch of Endor[128] is well known. I am aware that some difficulties are raised concerning this history. I shall deduce nothing from it here, except that this woman passed for a witch, that Saul esteemed her such, and that this prince had exterminated the magicians in his own states, or, at least, that he did not permit them to exercise their art.

The Israelites sometimes went to consult Beelzebub, the god of Ekron,[127] to find out if they would recover from their illness. The story of the witch of Endor summoning Samuel[128] is well known. I know that there are some issues raised about this story. I won’t draw any conclusions from it here, except to point out that this woman was considered a witch, that Saul regarded her as such, and that this king had wiped out magicians in his territory, or at least, he did not allow them to practice their craft.

Manasses, king of Judah,[129] is blamed for having introduced idolatry into his kingdom, and particularly for having allowed there diviners, aruspices, and those who predicted things to come. King Josiah, on the contrary, destroyed all these superstitions.[130]

Manasseh, king of Judah,[129] is criticized for bringing idol worship into his kingdom, especially for permitting fortune tellers, soothsayers, and those who foretold the future. On the other hand, King Josiah eradicated all these superstitions.[130]

The prophet Isaiah, who lived at the same time, says that they[Pg 60] wished to persuade the Jews then in captivity at Babylon to address themselves, as did other nations, to diviners and magicians; but they ought to reject these pernicious counsels, and leave those abominations to the Gentiles, who knew not the Lord. Daniel[131] speaks of the magicians, or workers of magic among the Chaldeans, and of those amongst them who interpreted dreams, and predicted things to come.

The prophet Isaiah, who lived at the same time, says that they[Pg 60] wanted to convince the Jews in captivity in Babylon to seek help from diviners and magicians like other nations did; however, they should ignore these harmful suggestions and leave such practices to the Gentiles, who did not know the Lord. Daniel[131] mentions the magicians or sorcerers among the Chaldeans, including those who interpreted dreams and predicted future events.

In the New Testament, the Jews accused Jesus Christ of casting out devils in the name of Beelzebub, the prince of the devils;[132] but he refutes them by saying, that being come to destroy the empire of Beelzebub, it was not to be believed that Beelzebub would work miracles to destroy his own power or kingdom.[133] St. Luke speaks of Simon the sorcerer, who had for a long time bewitched the inhabitants of Samaria with his sorceries; and also of a certain Bar-Jesus of Paphos, who professed sorcery, and boasted he could predict future events.[134] St. Paul, when at Ephesus, caused a number of books of magic to be burned.[135] Lastly, the Psalmist,[136] and the author of the Book of Ecclesiasticus,[137] speak of charms with which they enchanted serpents.

In the New Testament, the Jews accused Jesus Christ of casting out demons in the name of Beelzebub, the prince of demons;[132] but he counters their claim by saying that since he came to destroy Beelzebub's kingdom, it wouldn't make sense for Beelzebub to perform miracles that would undermine his own authority.[133] St. Luke mentions Simon the sorcerer, who had long fascinated the people of Samaria with his magic; he also refers to a certain Bar-Jesus of Paphos, who claimed to practice sorcery and boasted about his ability to predict the future.[134] While in Ephesus, St. Paul had many books on magic burned.[135] Finally, the Psalmist,[136] along with the author of the Book of Ecclesiasticus,[137] mentions charms used to enchant snakes.

In the Acts of the Apostles,[138] the young girl of the town of Philippi, who was a Pythoness, for several successive days rendered testimony to Paul and Silas, saying that they were "the servants of the Most High, and that they announced to men the way of salvation." Was it the devil who inspired her with these words, to destroy the fruit of the preaching of the Apostles, by making the people believe that they acted in concert with the spirit of evil? Or was it the Spirit of God which put these words into the mouth of this young girl, as he put into the mouth of Balaam prophecies concerning the Messiah? There is reason to believe that she spoke through the inspiration of the evil spirit, since St. Paul imposed silence on her, and expelled the spirit of Python, by which she had been possessed, and which had inspired the predictions she uttered, and the knowledge of hidden things. In what way soever we may explain it, it will always follow that magic is not a chimera, that this maiden was possessed by an evil spirit, and that she predicted and revealed things hidden and to come, and brought her masters considerable gain by soothsaying; for those who consulted her would, doubtless, not have been so foolish as to pay for these predictions, had they not experienced the truth of them by their success and by the event.

In the Acts of the Apostles,[138] the young girl from Philippi, who was a fortune teller, testified about Paul and Silas for several days, saying they were "the servants of the Most High, and that they announced to men the way of salvation." Was it the devil who inspired her with these words to undermine the Apostles' preaching by making people think they were aligned with evil? Or was it the Spirit of God that put these words in the mouth of this girl, similar to how He gave Balaam prophecies about the Messiah? There is a good reason to believe she spoke under the influence of an evil spirit, since St. Paul shut her up and cast out the spirit of Python that had possessed her and inspired her predictions and knowledge of hidden things. However we explain it, it’s clear that magic isn’t just an illusion, this girl was indeed possessed by an evil spirit, she made predictions and revealed hidden or future events, and brought her masters considerable gain by soothsaying; for those who consulted her likely wouldn’t have been foolish enough to pay for these predictions if they hadn’t seen their truth through successful outcomes.

From all this united testimony, it results that magic, enchantments,[Pg 61] sorcery, divination, the interpretation of dreams, auguries, oracles, and the magical figures which announced things to come, are very real, since they are so severely condemned by God, and that He wills that those who practice them should be punished with death.

From all this combined testimony, it follows that magic, enchantments,[Pg 61] sorcery, divination, dream interpretation, omens, oracles, and the magical signs that predict future events are very real, since they are strongly condemned by God, who intends for those who practice them to be punished with death.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[115] Vide Bodin Preface.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] See Bodin Preface.

[116] Gen. xxxi. 19.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 31:19.

[117] Josh. xxiv. 2-4.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Josh. 24:2-4.

[118] Hosea ii. 4, &c. Zech. v. 2.

[118] Hosea 2:4, etc. Zechariah 5:2.

[119] Zech. x. 2. Ezek. xxi. 21.

[119] Zech. x. 2. Ezek. xxi. 21.

[120] Gen. xliv. 15.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 44:15.

[121] Gen. xliv. 5.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 44:5.

[122] Exod. vii. 10-12. Exod. viii. 19.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Exodus 7:10-12. Exodus 8:19.

[123] Exod. xxii. 18.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Exod. 22:18.

[124] Numb. xxii., xxiii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Numb. 22, 23.

[125] Judg. xvii. 1, 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Judges 17:1, 2.

[126] Judg. viii. 27.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Judg. 8:27.

[127] 2 Kings i. 2, 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Kings 1:2, 2.

[128] 1 Sam. xxviii. 7, et seq.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Sam. 28:7, and beyond.

[129] 2 Kings xxi. 16.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Kings 21:16.

[130] 2 Kings xxii. 24.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Kings 22:24.

[131] Dan. iv. 6, 7.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Daniel 4:6, 7.

[132] Matt. x. 25; xii. 24, 25.

[132] Matt. x. 25; xii. 24, 25.

[133] Luke xi. 15, 18, 19.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 11:15, 18, 19.

[134] Acts viii. 11; xiii. 6.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 8:11; 13:6.

[135] Acts xix. 19.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 19:19.

[136] Psalm lvii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Psalm 57.

[137] Ecclus. xii. 13.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Ecclesiasticus 12:13.

[138] Acts xvi. 16, 17.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 16:16, 17.


CHAPTER VIII.

OBJECTIONS TO THE REALITY OF MAGIC.

I shall not fail to be told that all these testimonies from Scripture do not prove the reality of magic, sorcery, divination, and the rest; but only that the Hebrews and Egyptians—I mean the common people among them—believe that there were people who had intercourse with the Divinity, or with good and bad angels, to predict the future, explain dreams, devote their enemies to the direst misfortunes, cause maladies, raise storms, and call forth the souls of the dead; if there was any reality in all this, it was not in the things themselves, but in their imaginations and prepossessions.

I know I’ll be told that all these references in the Scriptures don’t actually prove the existence of magic, sorcery, divination, or anything like that; they just show that the Hebrews and Egyptians—the average people among them—believed there were individuals who could connect with the Divine, or with good and evil spirits, to predict the future, interpret dreams, bring terrible misfortunes upon their enemies, cause illnesses, stir up storms, and summon the souls of the dead. If there was any truth to this, it wasn't in the practices themselves, but rather in their beliefs and perceptions.

Moses and Joseph were regarded by the Egyptians as great magicians. Rachel, it appears, believed that the teraphim of her father Laban were capable of giving her information concerning things hidden and to come. The Israelites might consult the idol of Micha, and Beelzebub the god of Ekron; but the sensible and enlightened people of those days, like similar persons in our own, considered all this as the sport and knavery of pretended magicians, who derived much emolument from maintaining these prejudices among the people.

Moses and Joseph were seen by the Egyptians as powerful magicians. Rachel seemed to believe that her father Laban's teraphim could provide her with insights into hidden matters and the future. The Israelites could seek guidance from Micha's idol and Beelzebub, the god of Ekron; however, the sensible and enlightened people of that time, much like those in our own era, viewed all of this as mere tricks and deceit from fake magicians, who profited greatly from keeping these biases alive among the public.

Moses most wisely ordained the penalty of death against those persons who abused the simplicity of the ignorant to enrich themselves at their expense, and turned away the people from the worship of the true God, in order to keep up among them such practices as were superstitious and contrary to true religion.

Moses wisely set the death penalty for those who took advantage of the ignorance of the simple to enrich themselves, leading people away from true worship of God and maintaining superstitious practices that went against genuine religion.

Besides, it was necessary to good order, the interests of the commonwealth and of true piety, to repress those abuses which are in opposition to them, and to punish with extreme severity those who draw away the people from the true and legitimate worship due to God, lead them to worship the devil, and place their confidence in the creature, in prejudice to the right of the Creator; inspiring them with vain terrors where there is nothing to fear, and maintaining their minds in the most dangerous errors. If, amongst an infinite number of false predictions, or vain interpretations of dreams, some[Pg 62] of them are fulfilled, either this is occasioned by chance or it is the work of the devil, who is often permitted by God to deceive those whose foolishness and impiety lead them to address themselves to him and place their confidence in him, all which the wise lawgiver, animated by the Divine Spirit, justly repressed by the most rigorous punishment.

Additionally, it was essential for maintaining order, the interests of the community, and genuine devotion to put an end to those abuses that go against them, and to punish severely those who mislead people from the true and rightful worship of God, directing them towards the worship of the devil and placing their trust in created things, undermining the rights of the Creator; instilling them with baseless fears where there is nothing to be afraid of, and keeping their minds in the most dangerous misconceptions. If, among a countless number of false prophecies or meaningless dream interpretations, some[Pg 62] come true, it is either due to chance or the work of the devil, who is often allowed by God to deceive those whose ignorance and lack of piety lead them to seek him out and trust in him, all of which the wise lawgiver, inspired by the Divine Spirit, justly punished with the harshest penalties.

All histories and experience on this subject demonstrate that those who make use of the art of magic, charms, and spells, only employ their art, their secret, and their power to corrupt and mislead; for crime and vice; thus they cannot be too carefully sought out, or too severely punished.

All histories and experiences on this topic show that those who practice magic, charms, and spells only use their skills, secrets, and powers to corrupt and mislead for criminal and immoral purposes. Therefore, they should be carefully tracked down and punished harshly.

We may add that what is often taken for black or diabolical magic is nothing but natural magic, or art and cleverness on the part of those who perform things which appear above the force of nature. How many marvelous effects are related of the divining rod, sympathetic powder, phosphoric lights, and mathematical secrets! How much knavery is now well known in the priests of idols, and in those of Babylon, who made the people believe that the god Bel drank and ate; that a large living dragon was a divinity; that the god Anubis desired to have certain women, who were thus deceived by the priests; that the ox Apis gave out oracles, and that the serpent of Alexander of Abonotiche knew the sickness, and gave remedies to the patient without opening the billet which contained a description of the illness! We may possibly speak more fully on this subject hereafter.

We can say that what many people consider to be black or evil magic is actually just natural magic, or the skill and ingenuity of those who perform acts that seem to exceed the laws of nature. Just think about the amazing effects associated with things like the divining rod, sympathetic powder, phosphorescent lights, and mathematical tricks! There's so much trickery that we now know about from the idol priests and the ones in Babylon, who convinced people that the god Bel could eat and drink; that a large live dragon was a deity; that the god Anubis wanted certain women, who were misled by the priests; that the ox Apis could provide oracles, and that the serpent of Alexander of Abonotiche was able to diagnose illnesses and offer remedies to patients without needing to open the note that described the sickness! We might explore this topic in more detail later.

In short, the most judicious and most celebrated Parliaments have recognized neither magicians nor sorcerers; at least, they have not condemned them to death unless they were convicted of other crimes, such as theft, bad practices, poisoning, or criminal seduction—for instance, in the affair of Gofredi, a priest of Marseilles, who was condemned by the Parliament of Aix to be torn with hot pincers, and burnt alive. The heads of that company, in the account which they render to the chancellor of this their sentence, testify that this curé was in truth accused of sorcery, but that he had been condemned to the flames as guilty, and convicted of spiritual incest with his penitent, Madelaine de la Palu. From all this it is concluded that there is no reality in what is called magic.

In short, the most thoughtful and well-respected Parliaments have acknowledged neither magicians nor sorcerers; at least, they have not sentenced them to death unless they were found guilty of other crimes, such as theft, misconduct, poisoning, or criminal seduction—for example, in the case of Gofredi, a priest from Marseille, who was sentenced by the Parliament of Aix to be tortured with hot pincers and burned alive. The leaders of that group, in their report to the chancellor about this sentence, state that this priest was indeed accused of sorcery, but that he was condemned to be burned because he was guilty and convicted of spiritual incest with his penitent, Madelaine de la Palu. From all this, it is concluded that there is no truth to what is called magic.


CHAPTER IX.

REPLY TO THE OBJECTIONS.

In answer to these, I allow that there is indeed very often a great deal of illusion, prepossession, and imagination in all that is termed magic and sorcery; and sometimes the devil by false appearances combines with them to deceive the simple; but oftener, without the evil spirit being any otherwise a party to it, wicked, corrupt, and interested men, artful and deceptive, abuse the simplicity both of men and women, so far as to persuade them that they possess supernatural secrets for interpreting dreams and foretelling things to come, for curing maladies, and discovering secrets unknown to any one. I can easily agree to all that. All kinds of histories are full of facts which demonstrate what I have just said. The devil has a thousand things imputed to him in which he has no share; they give him the honor of predictions, revelations, secrets, and discoveries, which are by no means the effect of his power, or penetration; as in the same manner he is accused of having caused all sorts of evils, tempests, and maladies, which are purely the effect of natural but unknown causes.

In response to this, I acknowledge that there is often a lot of illusion, bias, and imagination in what we call magic and sorcery. Sometimes, a deceptive force plays a role in tricking the naive, but more often than not, without any evil spirit involved, dishonest and self-serving individuals take advantage of both men and women’s innocence. They convince them that they have supernatural knowledge for interpreting dreams, predicting the future, healing illnesses, and uncovering secrets that no one else knows. I can totally agree with that. Numerous accounts showcase facts that support my point. The devil is blamed for countless things he had no part in; people attribute to him the power of predictions, revelations, secrets, and discoveries that are not a result of his abilities or insight. Similarly, he is accused of causing various harms, storms, and diseases that are purely due to natural but unknown causes.

It is very true that there are really many persons who are persuaded of the power of the devil, of his influence over an infinite number of things, and of the effects which they attribute to him; that they have consulted him to learn future events, or to discover hidden things; that they have addressed themselves to him for success in their projects, for money, or favor, or to enjoy their criminal pleasures. All this is very real. Magic, then, is not a simple chimera, since so many persons are infatuated with the power of charms and convicted of holding commerce with the devil, to procure a number of effects which pass for supernatural. Now it is the folly, the vain credulity, the prepossession of such people that the law of God interdicts, that Moses condemns to death, and that the Christian Church punishes by its censures, and which the secular judges repress with the greatest rigor. If in all these things there was nothing but a diseased imagination, weakness of the brain, or popular prejudices, would they be treated with so much severity? Do we put to death hypochondriacs, maniacs, or those who imagine themselves ill? No; they are treated with compassion, and every effort is made[Pg 64] to cure them. But in the other case it is impiety, or superstition, or vice in those who consult, or believe they consult, the devil, and place their confidence in him, against which the laws are put in force and ordain chastisement.

It's true that many people genuinely believe in the power of the devil, his influence over countless things, and the effects they attribute to him. They have turned to him to learn about the future or uncover hidden truths; they seek his help for success in their plans, for money, favors, or to indulge in their wrongdoings. This is all very real. Magic is not just a fantasy, as so many individuals are captivated by the idea of charms and are convinced they are interacting with the devil to achieve effects considered supernatural. It is the foolishness, naivety, and biases of these individuals that God’s law forbids, which Moses condemned to death, and that the Christian Church punishes through its censure, while secular courts enforce with strict measures. If all of this resulted only from a sick imagination, mental weakness, or popular misconceptions, would it be dealt with so harshly? We don’t execute hypochondriacs, maniacs, or those who believe they are unwell. Instead, they are treated with kindness, and every effort is made[Pg 64] to help them. But in these cases, it’s seen as impiety, superstition, or vice in those who consult or believe they consult the devil, placing their trust in him, which is why the laws call for punishment.

Even if we could deny and contest the reality of augurs, diviners, and magicians, and look on all these kind of persons as seducers, who abuse the simplicity of those who betake themselves to them, could we deny the reality of the magicians of Pharaoh, that of Simon, of Bar-Jesus, of the Pythoness of the Acts of the Apostles? Did not the first-mentioned perform many wonders before Pharaoh? Did not Simon the magician rise into the air by means of the devil? Did not St. Paul impose silence on the Pythoness of the city of Philippi in Macedonia?[139] Will it be said that there was any collusion between St. Paul and the Pythoness? Nothing of the kind can be maintained by any reasonable argument.

Even if we could reject and challenge the existence of augurs, diviners, and magicians, viewing all these individuals as tricksters who take advantage of the gullibility of those who seek their help, could we deny the reality of the magicians of Pharaoh, Simon, or the Pythoness in the Acts of the Apostles? Didn't the first ones perform many miracles before Pharaoh? Didn't Simon the magician ascend into the air through the power of the devil? Didn't St. Paul silence the Pythoness in the city of Philippi in Macedonia?[139] Can anyone reasonably argue that there was any collusion between St. Paul and the Pythoness? Such a claim cannot be supported by sound reasoning.

A small volume was published at Paris, in 1732, by a new author, who conceals himself under the two initials M. D.; it is entitled, Treatise on Magic, Witchcraft, Possessions, Obsessions and Charms; in which their truth and reality are demonstrated. He shows that he believes there are magicians; he shows by Scripture, both in the Old and New Testament, and by the authority of the ancient fathers, some passages from whose works are cited in that of Father Debrio, entitled Disquisitiones Magicæ. He proves it by the rituals of all the dioceses, and by the examinations which are found in the printed "Hours," wherein they suppose the existence of sorcerers and magicians.

A small book was published in Paris in 1732 by a new author who hides behind the initials M. D. It's called, Treatise on Magic, Witchcraft, Possessions, Obsessions, and Charms; in which their truth and reality are demonstrated. He expresses his belief in the existence of magicians; he supports this with scripture from both the Old and New Testaments, along with the authority of early church fathers, some of whose works are referenced in Father Debrio's book, Disquisitiones Magicæ. He provides evidence through the rituals of all the dioceses and from the examinations found in the printed "Hours," which assume the existence of sorcerers and magicians.

The civil laws of the emperors, whether pagan or Christian, those of the kings of France, both ancient and modern, jurisconsult, physicians, historians both sacred and profane, concur in maintaining this truth. In all kinds of writers we may remark an infinity of stories of magic, spells and sorcery. The Parliaments of France, and the tribunals of justice in other nations, have recognized magicians, the pernicious effects of their art, and condemned them personally to the most rigorous punishments.

The civil laws of the emperors, whether pagan or Christian, as well as those of the kings of France, both ancient and modern, legal experts, doctors, and historians, both sacred and secular, all agree on this truth. Throughout various types of writing, we can see countless stories of magic, spells, and sorcery. The courts in France and judicial systems in other countries have acknowledged magicians, recognized the harmful effects of their practices, and sentenced them to the harshest punishments.

He relates at full length[140] the remonstrances made to King Louis XIV., in 1670, by the Parliament at Rouen, to prove to that monarch that it was not only the Parliament of Rouen, but also all the other Parliaments of the kingdom, which followed the same rules of jurisprudence in what concerns magic and sorcery; that they acknowledged the existence of such things and condemn them. This author cites several facts, and several sentences given on this matter in the Parliaments of Paris, Aix, Toulouse, Rennes, Dijon, &c. &c.; and it was upon these remonstrances that the same king, in[Pg 65] 1682, made his declaration concerning the punishment of various crimes, and in particular of sorcery, diviners or soothsayers, magicians, and similar crimes.

He fully details[140] the objections raised to King Louis XIV in 1670 by the Parliament in Rouen, to demonstrate to the king that it wasn’t just the Parliament of Rouen, but all the other Parliaments across the kingdom, that adhered to the same legal principles regarding magic and sorcery; they recognized the existence of these practices and condemned them. This author references several cases and rulings concerning this issue from the Parliaments of Paris, Aix, Toulouse, Rennes, Dijon, etc.; and it was based on these objections that the same king, in[Pg 65] 1682, issued his declaration regarding the punishment of various crimes, particularly against sorcery, diviners or soothsayers, magicians, and related offenses.

He also cites the treaty of M. de la Marre, commissary at the châtelet of Paris, who speaks largely of magic, and proves its reality, origin, progress, and effects. Would it be possible that the sacred authors, laws divine and human, the greatest men of antiquity, jurisconsults, the most enlightened historians, bishops in their councils, the Church in her decisions, her practices and prayers, should have conspired to deceive us, and to condemn those who practice magic, sorcery, spells, and crimes of the same nature, to death, and the most rigorous punishments, if they were merely illusive, and the effect only of a diseased and prejudiced imagination? Father le Brun, of the Oratoire, who has written so well upon the subject of superstitions, substantiates the fact that the Parliament of Paris recognizes that there are sorcerers, and that it punishes them severely when they are convicted. He proves it by a decree issued in 1601 against some inhabitants of Campagne accused of witchcraft. The decree wills that they shall be sent to the Conciergerie by the subaltern judges on pain of being deprived of their charge. It supposes that they must be rigorously punished, but it desires that the proceedings against them for their discovery and punishment may be exact and regular.

He also references the treaty by M. de la Marre, a commissioner at the châtelet of Paris, who extensively discusses magic and demonstrates its reality, origins, development, and effects. Could it really be that the sacred authors, both divine and human laws, the greatest figures from ancient times, legal experts, the most knowledgeable historians, bishops in their councils, and the Church in its decisions, practices, and prayers have all come together to deceive us, condemning those who practice magic, sorcery, spells, and similar crimes to death and the harshest punishments if these were merely illusions born from a sick and biased imagination? Father le Brun from the Oratoire, who has written extensively on superstitions, confirms that the Parliament of Paris acknowledges the existence of sorcerers and imposes severe penalties when they are found guilty. He supports this with a decree from 1601 regarding some residents of Campagne accused of witchcraft. The decree mandates that they must be sent to the Conciergerie by the subordinate judges, under threat of losing their positions. It assumes that they must be thoroughly punished, while also requiring that the processes for their discovery and punishment be precise and orderly.

M. Servin, advocate-general and councillor of state, fully proves from the Old and New Testament, from tradition, laws and history, that there are diviners, enchanters, and sorcerers, and refutes those who would maintain the contrary. He shows that magicians and those who make use of charms, ought to be punished and held in execration; but he adds that no punishment must be inflicted till after certain and evident proofs have been obtained; and this is what must be strictly attended to by the Parliament of Paris, for fear of punishing madmen for guilty persons, and taking illusions for realities.

M. Servin, advocate-general and state councillor, clearly demonstrates through the Old and New Testament, tradition, laws, and history that there are diviners, enchanters, and sorcerers, and he disproves those who argue otherwise. He explains that magicians and those who use charms should be punished and condemned; however, he notes that no punishment should be imposed until clear and concrete evidence has been gathered. This is something the Parliament of Paris must pay close attention to, to avoid punishing the insane for the actions of the guilty, and mistaking illusions for reality.

The Parliament leaves it to the Church to inflict excommunication, both on men and women who have recourse to charms, and who believe they go in the night to nocturnal assemblies, there to pay homage to the devil. The Capitularies of the kings[141] recommend the pastors to instruct the faithful on the subject of what is termed the Sabbath; at any rate they do not command that these persons should receive corporeal punishment, but only that they should be undeceived and prevented from misleading others in the same manner.

The Parliament allows the Church to excommunicate both men and women who use charms and believe they attend nighttime gatherings to worship the devil. The kings' Capitularies recommend that pastors educate the faithful about what’s called the Sabbath; however, they don’t mandate physical punishment for these individuals, only that they should be enlightened and stopped from misleading others in the same way.

And there the Parliament stops, so long as the case goes no farther than simply misleading; but when it goes so far as to injure[Pg 66] others, the kings have often commanded the judges to punish these persons with fines and banishment. The Ordonnances of Charles VIII. in 1490, and of Charles IX. in the States of Orleans in 1560, express themselves formally on this point, and they were renewed by King Louis XIV. in 1682. The third article of these Ordonnances bears, that if it should happen "there were persons to be found wicked enough to add impiety and sacrilege to superstition, those who shall be convicted of these crimes shall be punished with death."

And there the Parliament stops, as long as the situation is just misleading; but when it goes so far as to harm[Pg 66] others, the kings have often ordered the judges to impose fines and exile. The Ordinances of Charles VIII in 1490, and of Charles IX during the States of Orleans in 1560, clearly state this, and they were reaffirmed by King Louis XIV in 1682. The third article of these Ordinances states that if it occurs that "there are people wicked enough to add impiety and sacrilege to superstition, those who are convicted of these crimes shall be punished with death."

When, therefore, it is evident that some person has inflicted injury on his neighbor by malpractices, the Parliament punishes them rigorously, even to the pain of death, conformably to the ancient Capitularies of the kingdom,[142] and the royal Ordonnances. Bodin, who wrote in 1680, has collected a great number of decrees, to which may be added those which the reverend Father le Brun reports, given since that time.

When it’s clear that someone has harmed their neighbor through unethical actions, Parliament punishes them severely, even with the death penalty, according to the ancient Capitularies of the kingdom,[142] and the royal ordinances. Bodin, who wrote in 1680, gathered many decrees, along with those reported by the reverend Father le Brun that have been issued since then.

He afterwards relates a remarkable instance of a man named Hocque, who was condemned to the galleys, the 2d of September, 1687, by sentence of the High Court of Justice at Passy, for having made use of malpractices towards animals, and having thus killed a great number in Champagne. Hocque died suddenly, miserably, and in despair, after having discovered, when drunken with wine, to a person named Beatrice, the secret which he made use of to kill the cattle; he was not ignorant that the demon would cause his death to revenge the discovery which he had made of this spell.

He later shares an astonishing story about a man named Hocque, who was sentenced to the galleys on September 2, 1687, by the High Court of Justice at Passy for mistreating animals and killing many of them in Champagne. Hocque died suddenly, in misery and despair, after revealing to a person named Beatrice the secret method he used to kill the cattle while he was drunk. He knew that the demon would cause his death to retaliate for his revelation of the spell.

Some of the accomplices of this wretched man were condemned to the galleys by divers decrees; others were condemned to be hanged and burnt, by order of the Baillé of Passy, the 26th of October, 1691, which sentence was confirmed by decree of the Parliament of Paris, the 18th of December, 1691. From all which we deduce that the Parliament of Paris acknowledges that the spells by which people do injury to their neighbors ought to be rigorously punished; that the devil has very extensive power, which he too often exercises over men and animals, and that he would exercise it oftener, and with greater extension and fury, if he were not limited and hindered by the power of God, and that of good angels, who set bounds to his malice. St Paul warns us[143] to put on the armor of God, to be able to resist the snares of the devil: for, adds he, "we have not to war against flesh and blood: but against princes and powers, against the bad spirits who govern this dark world, against the spirits of malice who reign in the air."

Some of the accomplices of this unfortunate man were sentenced to the galleys by various decrees; others were sentenced to be hanged and burned, by order of the Bailli of Passy, on October 26, 1691, which sentence was confirmed by the decree of the Parliament of Paris on December 18, 1691. From all this, we conclude that the Parliament of Paris recognizes that the spells used to harm others should be harshly punished; that the devil has significant power, which he too often wields over people and animals, and that he would use it even more frequently and with greater intensity if he weren't restricted by the power of God and good angels, who limit his evil. St. Paul warns us[143] to put on the armor of God so we can resist the devil's traps: for, he adds, "we do not wrestle against flesh and blood, but against rulers and authorities, against the evil spirits that govern this dark world, against the wicked spirits in the heavenly places."

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[139] Acts xvi. 10.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 16:10.

[140] Page 31, et seq.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Page 31 and following

[141] Capitular. R. xiii de Sortilegiis et Sorciariis, 2 col. 36.

[141] Capitular. R. xiii de Sortilegiis et Sorciariis, 2 col. 36.

[142] Capitular. in 872, x. 2. col. 230.

[142] Capitular. in 872, x. 2. col. 230.

[143] Eph. vi. 12.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Eph. 6:12.


CHAPTER X.

EXAMINATION OF THE AFFAIR OF HOCQUE, MAGICIAN.

Monsieur de St. André, consulting physician in ordinary to the king, in his sixth letter[144] against magic, maintains that in the affair of Hocque which has been mentioned, there was neither magic, nor sorcery, nor any operation of the demon; that the venomous drug which Hocque placed in the stables, and by means of which he caused the death of the cattle stalled therein, was nothing but a poisonous compound, which, by its smell and the diffusion of its particles, poisoned the animals and caused their death; it required only for these drugs to be taken away for the cattle to be safe, or else to keep the cattle from the stable in which the poison was placed. The difficulty laid in discovering where these poisonous drugs were hidden; the shepherds, who were the authors of the mischief, taking all sorts of precautions to conceal them, knowing that their lives were in danger if they should be discovered.

Monsieur de St. André, the king's consulting physician, in his sixth letter[144] against magic, argues that in the case of Hocque, which has been mentioned, there was no magic, no sorcery, and no demonic activity; that the toxic substance Hocque put in the stables, which caused the death of the animals inside, was just a poisonous mixture that, through its smell and spread of particles, poisoned the animals and led to their death. It only took removing these substances for the cattle to be safe, or keeping them away from the stable where the poison was placed. The challenge was finding where these toxic substances were hidden; the shepherds, who were behind the trouble, took all kinds of precautions to hide them, knowing their lives would be at risk if they were found out.

He further remarks that these gogues or poisoned drugs lose their effects after a certain time, unless they are renewed or watered with something to revive them and make them ferment again. If the devil had any share in this mischief, the drug would always possess the same virtue, and it would not be necessary to renew it and refresh it to restore it to its pristine power.

He also notes that these gogues or poisoned drugs lose their effectiveness after a while, unless they are replenished or mixed with something to reactivate them and make them potent again. If the devil were involved in this trouble, the drug would always have the same power, and it wouldn’t be necessary to renew and refresh it to bring it back to its original strength.

In all this, M. de St. André supposes that if the demon had any power to deprive animals of their lives, or to cause them fatal maladies, he could do so independently of secondary causes; which will not be easily granted him by those who hold that God alone can give life and death by an absolute power, independently of all secondary causes and of any natural agent. The demon might have revealed to Hocque the composition of this fatal and poisonous drug—he might have taught him its dangerous effects, after which the venom acts in a natural way; it recovers and resumes its pristine strength when it is watered; it acts only at a certain distance, and according to the reach of the corpuscles which exhale from it. All these effects have nothing supernatural in them, nor which ought to be attributed to the demon; but it is credible enough that[Pg 68] he inspired Hocque with the pernicious design to make use of a dangerous drug, which the wretched man knew how to make up, or the composition of which was revealed to him by the evil spirit.

In all this, M. de St. André suggests that if the demon had any power to take animals' lives or cause them lethal diseases, he could do so without relying on secondary causes. This won't be easily accepted by those who believe that only God has the absolute power to give life and death, independent of any secondary causes or natural agents. The demon might have told Hocque how to make this deadly and toxic drug—he could have shown him its harmful effects, after which the poison works naturally; it regains and goes back to its original strength when watered; it operates only at a certain distance, based on the reach of the particles that come off it. All these effects are not supernatural and shouldn't be attributed to the demon; however, it’s quite believable that he inspired Hocque with the harmful plan to use a dangerous drug, which the unfortunate man knew how to create, or the formula for which was revealed to him by the evil spirit.

M. de St. André continues, and says that there is nothing in the death of Hocque which ought to be attributed to the demon; it is, says he, a purely natural effect, which can proceed from no other cause than the venomous effluvia which came from the poisonous drug when it was taken up, and which were carried towards the malefactor by those which proceeded from his own body while he was preparing it, and placing it in the ground, which remained there and were preserved in that spot, so that none of them had been dissipated.

M. de St. André goes on to say that there’s nothing about Hocque’s death that should be blamed on the demon; he claims it’s purely a natural effect, resulting only from the poisonous fumes released when the toxic drug was handled. These fumes mixed with those coming from the offender's body while he was preparing and burying it, which lingered in that spot and weren’t dispersed.

These effluvia proceeding from the person of Hocque, then finding themselves liberated, returned to whence they originated, and drew with them the most malignant and corrosive particles of the charge or drug, which acted on the body of this shepherd as they did on those of the animals who smelled them. He confirms what he has just said, by the example of sympathetic powder which acts upon the body of a wounded person, by the immersion of small particles of the blood, or the pus of the wounded man upon whom it is applied, which particles draw with them the spirit of the drugs of which it (the powder) is composed, and carry them to the wound.

The foul air coming from Hocque's body then found its way back to its source, bringing along the most harmful and corrosive particles from the substance or drug, which affected this shepherd just like they did the animals that got a whiff of them. He backs up his claim with the example of sympathetic powder, which influences the body of an injured person through the small particles of blood or pus from the wounded individual that the powder is applied to. These particles carry the essence of the drugs within the powder and deliver them to the injury.

But the more I reflect on this pretended evaporation of the venomous effluvia emanating from the poisoned drug, hidden at Passy en Brie, six leagues from Paris, which are supposed to come straight to Hocque, shut up at la Tournelle, borne by the animal effluvia proceeding from this malefactor's body at the time he made up the poisonous drug and put it in the ground, so long before the dangerous composition was discovered; the more I reflect on the possibility of these evaporations the less I am persuaded of them. I could wish to have proofs of this system, and not instances of the very doubtful and very uncertain effects of sympathetic powder, which can have no place in the case in question. It is proving the obscure by the obscure, and the uncertain by the uncertain; and even were we to admit generally some effects of the sympathetic powder, they could not be applicable here; the distance between the places is too great, and the time too long; and what sympathy can be found between this shepherd's poisonous drug and his person for it to be able to return to him who is imprisoned at Paris, when the gogue is discovered at Passy?

But the more I think about this supposed evaporation of the poisonous fumes coming from the tainted drug, buried in Passy en Brie, six leagues from Paris, that's supposed to reach Hocque, locked up at la Tournelle, carried by the animal residues from this criminal's body when he created the toxic drug and buried it so long before its dangerous formula was found; the more I consider the possibility of these vapors, the less convinced I am. I would like to have proof of this theory, not examples of the very questionable and uncertain effects of sympathetic powder, which have no relevance in this case. It's like trying to prove the obscure with the obscure, and the uncertain with the uncertain; even if we were to generally accept some effects of sympathetic powder, they wouldn't apply here; the distance between the locations is too vast, and the time too lengthy; and what kind of sympathy could there be between this shepherd's poisonous drug and him for it to somehow come back to the one imprisoned in Paris when the gogue is discovered in Passy?

The account composed and printed on this event bears, that the fumes of the wine which Hocque had drank having evaporated, and he reflecting on what Beatrice had made him do, began to agitate himself, howled, and complained most strangely, saying that Beatrice had taken him by surprise, that it would occasion his[Pg 69] death, and that he must die the instant that Bras-de-fer—another shepherd, to whom Beatrice had persuaded Hocque to write word to take off the poisoned drug which he had scattered on the ground at Passy—should take away the dose. He attacked Beatrice, whom he wanted to strangle; and even excited the other felons who were with him in prison and condemned to the galleys, to maltreat her, through the pity they felt for the despair of Hocque, who, at the time the dose was taken off the land, had died in a moment, in strange convulsions, and agitating himself like one possessed.

The account written and published about this event states that, after the effects of the wine Hocque had drunk wore off and he started to think about what Beatrice had made him do, he became very disturbed, howled, and complained in a most unusual way. He claimed that Beatrice had caught him off guard, that it would lead to his[Pg 69] death, and that he would die the moment Bras-de-fer—another shepherd Beatrice had convinced Hocque to message to remove the poisoned substance he had spread on the ground at Passy—would take away the dose. He lunged at Beatrice, trying to strangle her, and even stirred up the other criminals with him in prison, who were sentenced to the galleys, to attack her out of sympathy for Hocque's despair. At the moment the dose was removed from the land, he died suddenly in strange convulsions, moving like someone possessed.

M. de St. André would again explain all this by supposing Hocque's imagination being struck with the idea of his dying, which he was persuaded would happen at the time they carried away the poison, had a great deal to do with his sufferings and death. How many people have been known to die at the time they had fancied they should, when struck with the idea of their approaching death. The despair and agitation of Hocque had disturbed the mass of his blood, altered the humors, deranged the motion of the effluvia, and rendered them much susceptible of the actions of the vapors proceeding from the poisonous composition.

M. de St. André would explain all this by suggesting that Hocque's imagination, struck by the idea of his impending death—which he believed would happen when they took away the poison—played a significant role in his suffering and death. Many people have been known to die at the moment they feared they would, influenced by the thought of their approaching demise. Hocque's despair and agitation disturbed his blood, altered his bodily fluids, disrupted the movement of the vapors, and made him much more susceptible to the effects of the toxic substance.

M. de St. André adds that, if the devil had any share in this kind of mischievous spell, it could only be in consequence of some compact, either expressed or tacit, that as soon as the poison should be taken up, he who had put it there should die immediately. Now, what likelihood is there that the person who should make this compact with the devil should have made use of such a stipulation, which would expose him to a cruel and inevitable death?

M. de St. André adds that if the devil had any role in this kind of harmful spell, it could only be due to some agreement, either stated or implied, that as soon as the poison was taken, the person who placed it would die right away. Now, what are the chances that someone would make this sort of deal with the devil, knowing it would lead to their own cruel and unavoidable death?

1. We may reply that fright can cause death; but that it is not possible for it to produce it at a given time, nor can he who falls into a paroxysm of grief say that he shall die at such a moment; the moment of death is not in the power of man in similar circumstances.

1. We could say that fear can lead to death; however, it's not possible for it to happen at a specific time, nor can someone who is overwhelmed by grief claim that they will die at that moment; the timing of death is beyond a person's control in such situations.

2. That so corrupt a character as Hocque, a man who, without provocation, and to gratify his ill-will, kills an infinite number of animals, and causes great damage to innocent persons, is capable of the greatest excess, may give himself up to the evil spirit, by implicated or explicit compacts, and engage, on pain of losing his life, never to take off the charge he had thrown upon a village. He believed he should risk nothing by this stipulation, since he was free to take it away or to leave it, and it was not probable that he should ever lightly thus expose himself to certain death. That the demon had some share in this virtue of the poisonous composition is very likely, when we consider the circumstances of its operations, and those of the death and despair of Hocque. This death is the just penalty of his crimes, and of his confidence in the exterminating angel to whom he had yielded himself.

2. That a character as corrupt as Hocque, a man who, without reason and to satisfy his malice, kills countless animals and causes great harm to innocent people, is capable of extreme actions. He may surrender himself to evil, either through explicit or implicit agreements, and commit, under threat of losing his life, never to lift the burden he placed on a village. He thought he wouldn’t risk anything by making this agreement since he believed he could remove it or ignore it at will, and it wasn’t likely that he would ever recklessly put himself in a position that would lead to certain death. It’s quite possible that the demon had a role in the effectiveness of this toxic concoction, especially when we consider how it works and the circumstances surrounding Hocque’s death and despair. This death is the rightful punishment for his crimes and his trust in the destructive angel he had surrendered to.

[Pg 70]It is true that impostors, weak minds, heated imaginations, ignorant and superstitious persons have been found who have taken for black magic, and operations of the demon, what was quite natural, and the effect of some subtilty of philosophy or mathematics, or even an illusion of the senses, or a secret which deceives the eye and the senses. But to conclude from thence that there is no magic at all, and that all that is said about it is pure prejudice, ignorance, and superstition, is to conclude what is general from what is particular, and to deny what is true and certain, because it is not easy to distinguish what is true from what is false, and because men will not take the trouble to examine into causes. It is far easier to deny everything than to enter upon a serious examination of facts and circumstances.

[Pg 70]It’s true that frauds, weak minds, overactive imaginations, and ignorant, superstitious people have mistaken natural phenomena and the effects of some subtle aspects of philosophy or mathematics, or even sensory illusions, for black magic and demonic actions. However, to conclude that magic doesn’t exist at all and that everything said about it is just ignorance, prejudice, and superstition is to generalize from a specific instance. This denies what is true and certain simply because it’s not easy to differentiate between what’s real and what’s false, and because people won’t bother to look into the causes. It’s much simpler to dismiss everything than to seriously examine the facts and circumstances.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[144] M. de St. André, Letter VI. on the subject of Magic, &c.

[144] Mr. de St. André, Letter VI. on the topic of Magic, etc.


CHAPTER XI.

MAGIC OF THE EGYPTIANS AND CHALDEANS.

All pagan antiquity speaks of magic and magicians, of magical operations, and of superstitious, curious, and diabolical books. Historians, poets, and orators are full of things which relate to this matter: some believe in it, others deny it; some laugh at it, others remain in uncertainty and doubt. Are they bad spirits, or deceitful men, impostors and charlatans, who, by the subtilties of their art, make the ignorant believe that certain natural effects are produced by supernatural causes? That is the point on which men differ. But in general the name of magic and magician is now taken in these days in an odious sense, for an art which produces marvelous effects, that appear above the common course of nature, and that by the operation of the bad spirit.

All pagan history talks about magic and magicians, magical practices, and superstitious, strange, and sinister books. Historians, poets, and speakers often mention this topic: some believe in it, others deny it; some laugh at it, while others stay unsure and doubtful. Are they evil spirits, or are they just deceitful people, frauds and tricksters, who, through the cleverness of their craft, make the uninformed think that certain natural effects come from supernatural causes? That's the issue where people disagree. But generally, the term magic and magician is now viewed negatively, referring to an art that produces astounding effects that seem to go beyond the usual laws of nature, supposedly through the work of malevolent spirits.

The author of the celebrated book of Enoch, which had so great a vogue, and has been cited by some ancient writers[145] as inspired Scripture, says that the eleventh of the watchers, or of those angels who were in love with women, was called Pharmacius, or Pharmachus; that he taught men, before the flood, enchantments, spells, magic arts, and remedies against enchantments. St. Clement, of Alexandria, in his recognitions, says that Ham, the son of Noah, received that art from heaven, and taught it to Misraim, his son, the father of the Egyptians.

The author of the famous Book of Enoch, which was very popular and has been referenced by some ancient writers[145] as inspired Scripture, states that the eleventh of the watchers, or angels who were attracted to women, was named Pharmacius, or Pharmachus; he taught people, before the flood, about enchantments, spells, magic, and remedies against curses. St. Clement of Alexandria, in his recognitions, mentions that Ham, Noah's son, received this knowledge from heaven and passed it on to his son Misraim, who was the father of the Egyptians.

In the Scripture, the name of Mage or Magus is never used in a[Pg 71] good sense as signifying philosophers who studied astronomy, and were versed in divine and supernatural things, except in speaking of the Magi who came to adore Jesus Christ at Bethlehem.[146] Everywhere else the Scriptures condemn and abhor magic and magicians.[147] They severely forbid the Hebrews to consult such persons and things. They speak with abhorrence of Simon and of Elymas, well-known magicians, in the Acts of the Apostles;[148] and of the magicians of Pharaoh, who counterfeited by their illusions the true miracles of Moses. It seems likely that the Israelites had taken the habit in Egypt, where they then were, of consulting such persons, since Moses forbids them in so many different places, and so severely, either to listen to them or to place confidence in their predictions.

In the Bible, the terms Mage or Magus are never used positively to refer to philosophers who studied astronomy and were knowledgeable about divine and supernatural matters, except when talking about the Magi who came to worship Jesus Christ in Bethlehem.[146] Everywhere else, the Scriptures condemn and reject magic and magicians.[147] They strongly forbid the Hebrews from consulting such individuals and practices. They express disdain for Simon and Elymas, famous magicians mentioned in the Acts of the Apostles;[148] and for the magicians of Pharaoh, who imitated the true miracles of Moses with their tricks. It seems likely that the Israelites had become accustomed to consulting such people in Egypt, where they were living, since Moses warns them repeatedly, and quite sternly, against listening to them or trusting their predictions.

The Chevalier Marsham shows very clearly that the school for magic among the Egyptians is the most ancient ever known in the world; that from thence it spread amongst the Chaldeans, the Babylonians, the Greeks and Persians. St. Paul informs us that Jannès and Jambrès, famous magicians of the time of Pharaoh, resisted Moses. Pliny remarks, that anciently, there was no science more renowned, or more in honor, than that of magic: Summam litterarum claritatem gloriamque ex ea scientia antiquitùs et penè semper petitam.

The Chevalier Marsham clearly demonstrates that the magic school in ancient Egypt is the oldest known in the world; it eventually spread to the Chaldeans, Babylonians, Greeks, and Persians. St. Paul tells us that Jannès and Jambrès, well-known magicians during Pharaoh's time, opposed Moses. Pliny notes that in ancient times, there was no science more respected or esteemed than magic: Summam litterarum claritatem gloriamque ex ea scientia antiquitùs et penè semper petitam.

Porphyry[149] says that King Darius, son of Hystaspes, had so high an idea of the art of magic that he caused to be engraved on the mausoleum of his father Hystaspes, "That he had been the chief and the master of the Magi of Persia."

Porphyry[149] states that King Darius, the son of Hystaspes, held such a high regard for the art of magic that he ordered it to be engraved on the mausoleum of his father Hystaspes, "That he had been the chief and the master of the Magi of Persia."

The embassy that Balak, King of the Moabites, sent to Balaam the son of Beor, who dwelt in the mountains of the East, towards Persia and Chaldea,[150] to entreat him to come and curse and devote to death the Israelites who threatened to invade his country, shows the antiquity of magic, and of the magical superstitions of that country. For will it be said that these maledictions and inflictions were the effect of the inspiration of the good Spirit, or the work of good angels? I acknowledge that Balaam was inspired by God in the blessings which he gave to the people of the Lord, and in the prediction which he made of the coming of the Messiah; but we must acknowledge, also, the extreme corruption of his heart, his avarice, and all that he would have been capable of doing, if God had permitted him to follow his bad inclination and the inspiration of the evil spirit.

The embassy that Balak, King of the Moabites, sent to Balaam son of Beor, who lived in the eastern mountains, towards Persia and Chaldea,[150] asking him to come and curse the Israelites who were threatening to invade his country, highlights the ancient roots of magic and the superstitions of that region. Can it really be said that these curses and punishments were inspired by the good Spirit, or the work of good angels? I admit that Balaam was inspired by God when he blessed the people of the Lord and prophesied the coming of the Messiah; but we also have to recognize the deep corruption in his heart, his greed, and all that he could have done if God had allowed him to follow his bad inclinations and the inspiration of the evil spirit.

Diodorus of Sicily,[151] on the tradition of the Egyptians, says that the Chaldeans who dwelt at Babylon and in Babylonia were a kind of colony of the Egyptians, and that it was from these last that the[Pg 72] sages, or Magi of Babylon, learned the astronomy which gave such celebrity.

Diodorus of Sicily,[151] regarding the tradition of the Egyptians, states that the Chaldeans who lived in Babylon and Babylonia were essentially a colony of the Egyptians, and it was from these Egyptians that the[Pg 72] scholars, or Magi of Babylon, learned the astronomy that made them famous.

We see, in Ezekiel,[152] the King of Babylon, marching against his enemies at the head of his army, stop short where two roads meet, and mingle the darts, to know by magic art, and the flight of these arrows, which road he must take. In the ancients, this manner of consulting the demon by divining wands is known—the Greeks call it Rhabdomanteia.

We see, in Ezekiel,[152] the King of Babylon, leading his army against his enemies, suddenly stop where two roads meet. He mixes the arrows to use magic to determine which path he should take. In ancient times, this method of consulting the spirit with divining rods is known—the Greeks call it Rhabdomanteia.

The prophet Daniel speaks more than once of the magicians of Babylon. King Nebuchadnezzar, having been frightened in a dream, sent for the Magi, or magicians, diviners, aruspices, and Chaldeans, to interpret the dream he had had.

The prophet Daniel mentions the magicians of Babylon several times. King Nebuchadnezzar, having been disturbed by a dream, called for the Magi, or magicians, diviners, soothsayers, and Chaldeans, to interpret the dream he had.

King Belshazzar in the same manner convoked the magicians, Chaldeans, and aruspices of the country, to explain to him the meaning of these words which he saw written on the wall: Mene, Tekel, Perez. All this indicates the habit of the Babylonians to exercise magic art, and consult magicians, and that this pernicious art was held in high repute among them. We read in the same prophet of the trickery made use of by the priests to deceive the people, and make them believe that their gods lived, ate, drank, spoke, and revealed to them hidden things.

King Belshazzar similarly summoned the magicians, Chaldeans, and diviners of the land to explain the meaning of the words he saw written on the wall: Mene, Tekel, Perez. This reflects the Babylonians' practice of using magic and consulting magicians, showing that this harmful art was highly regarded among them. We read in the same prophet about the deceit used by the priests to trick the people into believing that their gods were alive, ate, drank, spoke, and revealed hidden truths to them.

I have already mentioned the Magi who came to adore Jesus Christ; there is no doubt that they came from Chaldea or the neighboring country, but differing from those of whom we have just spoken, by their piety, and having studied the true religion.

I have already mentioned the Magi who came to worship Jesus Christ; there’s no doubt they came from Chaldea or the surrounding region, but unlike those we just talked about, they were devoted and had studied the true faith.

We read in books of travels that superstition, magic, and fascinations are still very common in the East, both among the fire-worshipers descended from the ancient Chaldeans, and among the Persians, sectaries of Mohammed. St. Chrysostom had sent into Persia a holy bishop, named Maruthas, to have the care of the Christians who were in that country; the King Isdegerde having discovered him, treated him with much consideration. The Magi, who adore and keep up the perpetual fire, which is regarded by the Persians as their principal divinity, were jealous at this, and concealed underground an apostate, who, knowing that the king was to come and pay his adoration to the (sacred) fire, was to cry out from the depth of his cavern that the king must be deprived of his throne because he esteemed the Christian priest as a friend of the gods. The king was alarmed at this, and wished to send Maruthas away; but the latter discovered to him the imposture of the priests; he caused the ground to be turned up where the man's voice had been heard, and there they found him from whom it proceeded.

We read in travel books that superstition, magic, and enchantments are still quite common in the East, both among the fire-worshipers descended from the ancient Chaldeans and among the Persians, followers of Mohammed. St. Chrysostom had sent a holy bishop named Maruthas to Persia to look after the Christians in that country; King Isdegerde, upon discovering him, treated him with great respect. The Magi, who worship and maintain the eternal fire, which is considered by the Persians as their main deity, were envious of this, and hid an apostate underground. This person, knowing that the king was coming to pay his respects to the sacred fire, was supposed to shout from the depths of his hiding place that the king must be stripped of his throne for considering the Christian priest a friend of the gods. The king was troubled by this and wanted to send Maruthas away; however, Maruthas revealed the priests' deceit to him. He had the ground dug up where the voice had been heard, and there they found the person from whom it came.

This example, and those of the Babylonish priests spoken of by [Pg 73] Daniel, and that of some others, who, to satisfy their irregular passions, pretended that their God required the company of certain women, proved that what is usually taken for the effect of the black art is only produced by the knavishness of priests, magicians, diviners, and all kinds of persons who impose on the simplicity and credulity of the people; I do not deny that the devil sometimes takes part in it, but more rarely than is imagined.

This example, along with those of the Babylonian priests mentioned by [Pg 73] Daniel, and some others who, to satisfy their misguided desires, claimed that their God wanted them to be with certain women, shows that what people often think is the result of dark magic is really just the trickery of priests, magicians, fortune-tellers, and all sorts of individuals who take advantage of the naivety and gullibility of the public. I don’t deny that the devil sometimes gets involved, but it happens much less frequently than people think.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[145] Apud Syncell.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] According to Syncell.

[146] Matt. iii. 1, 7, 36.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matthew 3:1, 7, 36.

[147] Lev. xix. 31; xx.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Lev. 19:31; 20.

[148] Acts viii. 9; xiii. 8.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 8:9; 13:8.

[149] Porph. de Abstinent. lib. iv. § 16. Vid. et Ammian. Marcell. lib. xxiii.

[149] Porph. on Abstinence. book iv. § 16. See also Ammian. Marcell. book xxiii.

[150] Numb. xxiii. 1-3.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Numb. 23:1-3.

[151] Diodor. Sicul. lib. i. p. 5.

[151] Diodorus Siculus, Book 1, page 5.

[152] Ezek. xxi. 21.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Ezekiel 21:21.


CHAPTER XII.

MAGIC AMONG THE GREEKS AND ROMANS.

The Greeks have always boasted that they received the art of magic from the Persians, or the Bactrians. They affirm that Zoroaster communicated it to them; but when we wish to know the exact time at which Zoroaster lived, and when he taught them these pernicious secrets, they wander widely from the truth, and even from probability; some placing Zoroaster 600 years before the expedition of Xerxes into Greece, which happened in the year of the world 3523, and before Jesus Christ 477; others 500 years before the Trojan war; others 5000 years before that famous war; others 6000 years before that great event. Some believe that Zoroaster is the same as Ham, the son of Noah. Lastly, others maintain that there were several Zoroasters. What appears indubitably true is, that the worship of a plurality of gods, as also magic, superstition, and oracles, came from the Egyptians and Chaldeans, or Persians, to the Greeks, and from the Greeks to the Latins.

The Greeks have always claimed that they got the art of magic from the Persians or the Bactrians. They say that Zoroaster taught it to them, but when we try to find out exactly when Zoroaster lived and when he shared these harmful secrets with them, they stray far from the truth and even from what seems likely; some put Zoroaster 600 years before Xerxes’s expedition into Greece, which took place in the year 3523 of the world and 477 years before Jesus Christ; others 500 years before the Trojan War; others 5000 years before that famous war; and others 6000 years before that significant event. Some think Zoroaster is the same as Ham, the son of Noah. Finally, some argue that there were multiple Zoroasters. What is clearly true is that the worship of multiple gods, along with magic, superstition, and oracles, came from the Egyptians and Chaldeans, or Persians, to the Greeks, and then from the Greeks to the Latins.

From the time of Homer,[153] magic was quite common among the Greeks. That poet speaks of the cure of wounds, and of blood staunched by the secrets of magic, and by enchantment. St. Paul, when at Ephesus, caused to be burned there books of magic and curious secrets, the value of which amounted to the sum of 50,000 pieces of silver.[154] We have before said a few words concerning Simon the magician, and the magician Elymas, known in the Acts of the Apostles.[155] Pindar says[156] that the centaur Chiron cured several enchantments. When they say that Orpheus rescued from hell his wife Eurydice, who had died from the bite of a serpent, they simply mean that he cured her by the power of charms.[157] The poets have employed magic verses to make themselves beloved, and they have[Pg 74] taught them to others for the same purpose; they may be seen in Theocritus, Catullus, and Virgil. Theophrastus affirms that there are magical verses which cure sciatica. Cato mentions (or repeats) some against luxations.[158] Varro admits that there are some powerful against the gout.

From Homer’s time,[153] magic was pretty common among the Greeks. That poet talks about healing wounds and stopping bleeding through magical secrets and enchantments. When St. Paul was in Ephesus, he had books of magic and curious secrets burned there, which were worth 50,000 pieces of silver.[154] We previously mentioned Simon the magician and the magician Elymas, mentioned in the Acts of the Apostles.[155] Pindar states[156] that the centaur Chiron healed various enchantments. When they say that Orpheus brought his wife Eurydice back from the underworld after she died from a serpent bite, they mean he healed her using the power of charms.[157] Poets have used magic verses to win love for themselves and have taught these to others for the same purpose; you can find them in Theocritus, Catullus, and Virgil. Theophrastus claims there are magical verses that can cure sciatica, while Cato mentions some against dislocations.[158] Varro acknowledges that there are some powerful against gout.

The sacred books testify that enchanters have the secret of putting serpents to sleep, and of charming them, so that they can never either bite again or cause any more harm.[159] The crocodile, that terrible animal, fears even the smell and voice of the Tentyriens.[160] Job, speaking of the leviathan, which we believe to be the crocodile, says, "Shall the enchanter destroy it?"[161] And in Ecclesiasticus, "Who will pity the enchanter that has been bitten by the serpent?"[162]

The sacred texts confirm that magicians have the ability to put snakes to sleep and charm them so they can’t bite or cause harm anymore.[159] The crocodile, a fearsome creature, is even scared of the scent and sound of the Tentyrians.[160] Job, referring to the leviathan, which we think is the crocodile, asks, "Can the magician take it down?"[161] And in Ecclesiasticus, it poses the question, "Who will care for the magician bitten by a snake?"[162]

Everybody knows what is related of the Marsi, people of Italy, and of the Psyllæ, who possessed the secret of charming serpents. One would say, says St. Augustine,[163] that these animals understand the languages of the Marsi, so obedient are they to their orders; we see them come out of their caverns as soon as the Marsian has spoken. All this can only be done, says the same father, by the power of the malignant spirit, whom God permits to exercise this empire over venomous reptiles, above all, the serpent, as if to punish him for what he did to the first woman. In fact, it may be remarked that no animal is more exposed to charms, and the effects of magic art, than the serpent.

Everybody knows about the Marsi, people from Italy, and the Psyllæ, who had the secret to charming snakes. One might say, as St. Augustine notes,[163] that these creatures understand the Marsi language, given how obedient they are to their commands; we see them emerge from their dens as soon as a Marsian speaks. According to the same father, this can only happen through the power of an evil spirit, whom God allows to have control over venomous reptiles, especially snakes, as if to punish them for what they did to the first woman. In fact, it is worth noting that no animal is more susceptible to charms and the effects of magic than the snake.

The laws of the Twelve Tables forbid the charming of a neighbor's crops, qui fruges excantâsset. Valerius Flaccus quotes authors who affirm that when the Romans were about to besiege a town, they employed their priests to evoke the divinity who presided over it, promising him a temple in Rome, either like the one dedicated to him in the besieged place, or on a rather larger scale, and that the proper worship should be paid to him. Pliny says that the memory of these evocations is preserved among the priests.

The laws of the Twelve Tables prohibit enchanting a neighbor's crops, qui fruges excantâsset. Valerius Flaccus cites authors who state that when the Romans were about to lay siege to a town, they had their priests call upon the deity in charge of it, promising to build him a temple in Rome, either similar to the one in the besieged town or even larger, and that the right worship would be offered to him. Pliny notes that the memory of these invocations is kept alive among the priests.

If that which we have just related, and what we read in ancient and modern writers, is at all real, and produces the effects attributed to it, it cannot be doubted that there is something supernatural in it, and that the devil has a great share in the matter.

If what we've just talked about, along with what we read in both ancient and modern writers, is real and causes the effects it's said to, then there’s no doubt that something supernatural is at play, and that the devil is heavily involved.

The Abbot Trithemius speaks of a sorceress who, by means of certain beverages, changed a young Burgundian into a beast.

The Abbot Trithemius talks about a sorceress who, with some special drinks, transformed a young Burgundian into a beast.

Everybody knows the fable of Circé, who changed the soldiers or companions of Ulysses into swine. We know also the fable of the[Pg 75] Golden Ass, by Apuleius, which contains the account of a man metamorphosed into an ass. I bring forward these things merely as what they are, that is to say, simply poetic fictions.

Everybody knows the story of Circe, who turned the soldiers or companions of Ulysses into pigs. We also know the tale of the[Pg 75]Golden Ass, by Apuleius, which tells the story of a man transformed into a donkey. I mention these examples just as they are, that is to say, merely poetic fictions.

But it is very credible that these fictions are not destitute of some foundation, like many other fables, which contain not only a hidden and moral sense, but which have also some relation to an event really historical: for instance, what is said of the Golden Fleece carried away by Jason; of the Wooden Horse, made use of to surprise the city of Troy; the Twelve Labors of Hercules; the metamorphoses related by Ovid. All fabulous as those things appear in the poets, they have, nevertheless, their historical truth. And thus the pagan poets and historians have travestied and disguised the stories of the Old Testament, and have attributed to Bacchus, Jupiter, Saturn, Apollo, and Hercules, what is related of Noah, Moses, Aaron, Samson, and Jonah, &c.

But it’s quite believable that these stories are not without some basis, like many other legends, which not only have a deeper moral meaning but also have some connection to real historical events: for instance, the tale of the Golden Fleece taken by Jason; the Wooden Horse used to trick the city of Troy; the Twelve Labors of Hercules; the transformations described by Ovid. While these things may seem fictional when portrayed by poets, they still hold some historical truth. So, the ancient poets and historians have twisted and disguised the tales from the Old Testament, attributing to Bacchus, Jupiter, Saturn, Apollo, and Hercules what is told about Noah, Moses, Aaron, Samson, and Jonah, etc.

Origen, writing against Celsus, supposes the reality of magic, and says that the Magi who came to adore Jesus Christ at Bethlehem, wishing to perform their accustomed operations, not being able to succeed, a superior power preventing the effect and imposing silence on the demon, they sought out the cause, and beheld at the same time a divine sign in the heavens, whence they concluded that it was the Being spoken of by Balaam, and that the new King whose birth he had predicted, was born in Judea, and immediately they resolved to go and seek him. Origen believes that magicians, according to the rules of their art, often foretell the future, and that their predictions are followed by the event, unless the power of God, or that of the angels, prevents the effect of their conjurations, and puts them to silence.[164]

Origen, writing against Celsus, suggests that magic is real, and says that the Magi who came to worship Jesus Christ in Bethlehem, wanting to perform their usual rituals but unable to succeed due to a higher power stopping the results and silencing the demon, looked for the reason and simultaneously saw a divine sign in the sky. From this, they concluded that it was the Being mentioned by Balaam, and that the new King he had predicted was born in Judea. They immediately decided to go and find him. Origen believes that magicians, following the rules of their craft, often predict the future, and that their predictions usually come true unless the power of God or the angels prevents the outcome of their spells and silences them.[164]

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[153] Homer, Iliad, IV.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Homer, Iliad, Book IV.

[154] Acts xix. 19.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 19:19.

[155] Acts viii. 9; xiii. 8.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 8:9; 13:8.

[156] Pind. Od. iv.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Pindar. Odes. IV.

[157] Plin. I. 28.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Plin. I. 28.

[158] Cato de Rerustic. c. 160.

[158] Cato on Agriculture. c. 160.

[159] Psalm lvii. Jer. vii. 17. Eccles. x. 11.

[159] Psalm 57. Jeremiah 7:17. Ecclesiastes 10:11.

[160] Plin. lib. viii. c. 50.

[160] Plin. lib. viii. c. 50.

[161] Job xl. 25.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Job 25.

[162] Ecclus. xii. 13.

"Frigidus in pratis cantando rumpitur anguis."—Virgil, Ecl. viii.

"Vipereas rumpo verbis et carmine fauces."—Ovid.

[162] Ecclus. xii. 13.

"Relaxed in the meadows, the snake suddenly emerges by singing."—Virgil, Ecl. viii.

"I shatter the viper's jaws with my words and music." —Ovid.

[163] Plin. lib. xxviii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Pliny, book 28.

[164] The fables of Jason and many others of the same class are said by Fortuitus Comes to have a reference to alchemy.

[164] Fortuitus Comes claims that the fables of Jason and many similar stories are linked to alchemy.


CHAPTER XIII.

EXAMPLES WHICH PROVE THE REALITY OF MAGIC.

St. Augustine[165] remarks that not only the poets, but the historians even, relate that Diomede, of whom the Greeks have made a divinity, had not the happiness to return to his country with the other princes who had been at the siege of Troy; that his companions were changed into birds, and that these birds have their dwell[Pg 76]ing in the environs of the Temple of Diomede, which is situated near Mount Garganos; that these birds caress the Greeks who come to visit this temple, but fly at and peck the strangers who arrive there.

St. Augustine[165] notes that not only poets but also historians say that Diomede, who the Greeks turned into a god, was not lucky enough to return to his homeland with the other leaders who fought in the Trojan War. His companions were transformed into birds, and these birds now live around the Temple of Diomede, located near Mount Gargano. These birds greet the Greeks who visit the temple but attack and peck at newcomers.

Varro, the most learned of Romans, to render this more credible, relates what everybody knows about Circé, who changed the companions of Ulysses into beasts; and what is said of the Arcadians, who, after having drawn lots, swam over a certain lake, after which they were metamorphosed into wolves, and ran about in the forests like other wolves. If during the time of their transmutation they did not eat human flesh, at the end of nine years they repassed the same lake, and resumed their former shape.

Varro, the most knowledgeable of the Romans, shares what everyone knows about Circe, who turned Ulysses’s companions into animals; and what is said about the Arcadians, who, after drawing lots, swam across a certain lake, after which they were transformed into wolves and roamed the forests like other wolves. If they didn’t eat human flesh during their time as wolves, after nine years they crossed back over the same lake and returned to their original form.

The same Varro relates of a certain Demenotas that, having tasted the flesh of a child which the Arcadians had immolated to their god Lycæa, he had also been changed into a wolf, and ten years after he had resumed his natural form, had appeared at the Olympic games, and won the prize for pugilism.

The same Varro tells a story about a guy named Demenotas who, after eating the flesh of a child that the Arcadians had sacrificed to their god Lycæa, was transformed into a wolf. Ten years later, he returned to his original form and showed up at the Olympic games, where he won the pugilism prize.

St. Augustine testifies that in his time many believed that these transformations still took place, and some persons even affirmed that they had experienced them in their own persons. He adds that, when in Italy, he was told that certain women gave cheese to strangers who lodged at their houses, when these strangers were immediately changed into beasts of burden, without losing their reason, and carried the loads which were placed upon them; after which they returned to their former state. He says, moreover, that a certain man, named Præstantius, related that his father, having eaten of this magic cheese, remained lying in bed, without any one being able to awaken him for several days, when he awoke, and said that he had been changed into a horse, and had carried victuals to the army; and the thing was found to be true, although it appeared to him to be only a dream.

St. Augustine notes that during his time, many people believed that these transformations were still happening, and some even claimed to have experienced them themselves. He adds that while in Italy, he heard about certain women who would give cheese to strangers staying at their homes, and these strangers would instantly turn into beasts of burden, retaining their reason, and would carry loads placed on them. Afterward, they would revert to their original form. He also mentions a man named Præstantius, who recounted that his father ate this magic cheese and was unable to be woken from bed for several days. When he finally awoke, he claimed he had turned into a horse and had delivered supplies to the army, and this was found to be true, even though it seemed to him like just a dream.

St. Augustine, reasoning on all this, says that either these things are false, or else so extraordinary that we cannot give faith to them. It is not to be doubted that God, by his almighty power, can do anything that he thinks proper, but that the devil, who is of a spiritual nature, can do nothing without the permission of God, whose decrees are always just; that the demon can neither change the nature of the spirit, or the body of a man, to transform him into a beast; but that he can only act upon the fancy or imagination of a man, and persuade him that he is what he is not, or that he appears to others different from what he is; or that he remains in a deep sleep, and believes during that slumber that he is bearing loads which the devil carries for him; or that he (the devil) fascinates the eyes of those who believe they see them borne by animals, or by men metamorphosed into animals.

St. Augustine, reflecting on all this, states that either these things are false or so extraordinary that we can't believe in them. It's undeniable that God, with His all-powerful abilities, can do anything He deems appropriate, but the devil, being a spiritual being, can't do anything without God's permission, whose decisions are always just. The demon can't change the essence of a spirit or the body of a person to turn them into a beast; instead, he can only influence a person's thoughts or imagination, making them think they are something they're not, or that they seem different to others than they really are. He can also make someone feel as if they're in a deep sleep, believing that during that slumber, they are burdened by loads carried by the devil; or that he (the devil) enchants the eyes of those who think they see these burdens being carried by animals or by people transformed into animals.

[Pg 77]If we consider it only a change arising from fancy or imagination, as it happens in the disorder called lycanthropy, in which a man believes himself changed into a wolf, or into any other animal, as Nebuchadnezzar, who believed himself changed into an ox, and acted for seven years as if he had really been metamorphosed into that animal, there would be nothing in that more marvelous than what we see in hypochondriacs, who persuade themselves that they are kings, generals, popes, and cardinals; that they are snow, glass, pottery, &c. Like him who, being alone at the theatre, believed that he beheld there actors and admirable representations; or the man who imagined that all the vessels which arrived at the port of Pireus, near Athens, belonged to him; or, in short, what we see every day in dreams, and which appear to us very real during our sleep. In all this, it is needless to have recourse to the devil, or to magic, fascination, or illusion; there is nothing above the natural order of things. But that, by means of certain beverages, certain herbs, and certain kinds of food, a person may disturb the imagination, and persuade another that he is a wolf, a horse, or an ass, appears more difficult of explanation, although we are aware that plants, herbs, and medicaments possess great power over the bodies of men, and are capable of deranging the brain, constitution, and imagination. We have but too many examples of such things.

[Pg 77]If we view it as just a change brought on by fantasy or imagination, like in the condition known as lycanthropy, where someone thinks they’ve turned into a wolf or any other animal—similar to Nebuchadnezzar, who thought he’d turned into an ox and lived that way for seven years—it’s not any more remarkable than what happens with hypochondriacs. They convince themselves they are kings, generals, popes, and cardinals, or even that they are made of snow, glass, pottery, etc. Consider someone alone in a theater who thinks he sees actors and amazing performances, or the man who believed that every ship arriving at the port of Piraeus, near Athens, was his; or indeed, what we experience daily in dreams, which seem very real while we sleep. In all these cases, there’s no need to invoke the devil or magic, charm, or illusion; nothing exceeds the natural order. However, the idea that certain drinks, herbs, or types of food can disturb the imagination and convince someone they are a wolf, a horse, or a donkey seems harder to explain. Still, we know that plants, herbs, and medicines have a significant impact on the human body and can disrupt the brain, body, and imagination. There are far too many examples of this.

Another circumstance which, if true, deserves much reflection, is that of Apollonius of Tyana, who, being at Ephesus during a great plague which desolated the city, promised the Ephesians to cause the pest to cease the very day on which he was speaking to them, and which was that of his second arrival in their town. He assembled them at the theatre, and ordered them to stone to death a poor old man, covered with rags, who asked alms. "Strike," cried he, "that enemy of the gods! heap stones upon him." They could not make up their minds to do so, for he excited their pity, and asked mercy in the most touching manner. But Apollonius pressed it so much, that at last they slew him, and amassed over him an immense heap of stones. A little while after he told them to take away these stones, and they would see what sort of an animal they had killed. They found only a great dog, and were convinced that this old man was only a phantom who had fascinated their eyes, and caused the pestilence in their town.

Another situation that, if true, deserves a lot of thought, is that of Apollonius of Tyana, who was in Ephesus during a terrible plague that devastated the city. He promised the Ephesians that the plague would end on the very day he was speaking to them, which was during his second visit to the town. He gathered them at the theater and ordered them to stone a poor old man, covered in rags, who was begging for alms. "Throw stones!" he shouted, "that enemy of the gods! Pile stones on him." They hesitated because they felt pity for him, as he pleaded for mercy in the most touching way. But Apollonius insisted so much that eventually they killed him, piling an immense heap of stones over him. Shortly after, he told them to remove the stones, and they would see what kind of creature they had killed. They discovered it was just a large dog, and they realized that this old man was merely an illusion that had enchanted their eyes and caused the plague in their town.

We here see five remarkable things:—1st. The demon who causes the plague in Ephesus; 2d. This same demon, who, instead of a dog, causes the appearance of a man; 3d. The fascination of the senses of the Ephesians, who believe that they behold a man instead of a dog; 4th. The proof of the magic of Apollonius, who discovers the cause of this pestilence; 5th. And who makes it cease at the given time.

We see five notable things here: 1st. The demon responsible for the plague in Ephesus; 2nd. The same demon, who makes a man appear instead of a dog; 3rd. The enchantment of the Ephesians, who think they see a man instead of a dog; 4th. The evidence of Apollonius's magic, who uncovers the source of this epidemic; 5th. And who makes it stop at the appointed time.

[Pg 78]Æneas Sylvius Picolomini, who was afterwards Pope by the name of Pius II., writes, in his History of Bohemia, that a woman predicted to a soldier of King Wratislaus, that the army of that prince would be cut in pieces by the Duke of Bohemia, and that, if this soldier wished to avoid death, he must kill the first person he should meet on the road, cut off their ears, and put them in his pocket; that with the sword he had used to pierce them he must trace on the ground a cross between his horse's legs; that he must kiss it, and then take flight. All this the young soldier performed. Wratislaus gave battle, lost it, and was killed. The young soldier escaped; but on entering his house, he found that it was his wife whom he had killed and run his sword through, and whose ears he had cut off.

[Pg 78]Æneas Sylvius Picolomini, who later became Pope Pius II, writes in his History of Bohemia that a woman foretold to a soldier of King Wratislaus that the king's army would be defeated by the Duke of Bohemia. She told the soldier that if he wanted to avoid death, he had to kill the first person he met on the road, cut off their ears, and put them in his pocket. He had to use the sword he used to kill them to draw a cross in the ground between his horse's legs, kiss it, and then flee. The young soldier did everything as instructed. Wratislaus went into battle, lost, and was killed. The soldier escaped; however, when he got home, he discovered that it was his wife whom he had killed and stabbed, and whose ears he had cut off.

This woman was, then, strangely disguised and metamorphosed, since her husband could not recognize her, and she did not make herself known to him in such perilous circumstances, when her life was in danger. These two were, then, apparently magicians; both she who made the prediction, and the other on whom it was exercised. God permits, on this occasion, three great evils. The first magician counsels the murder of an innocent person; the young man commits it on his own wife without knowing her; and the latter dies in a state of condemnation, since by the secrets of magic she had rendered it impossible to recognize her.

This woman was oddly disguised and transformed because her husband couldn't recognize her, and she didn’t reveal her identity to him in such dangerous circumstances when her life was at stake. So, they seemed like magicians; both the one who made the prediction and the one it was acted upon. God allows three significant wrongs in this situation. The first magician encourages the murder of an innocent person; the young man commits this act against his own wife without knowing it's her; and she dies condemned, as the secrets of magic made it impossible for him to recognize her.

A butcher's wife of the town of Jena, in the duchy of Wiemar in Thuringia,[166] having refused to let an old woman have a calf's head for which she offered very little, the old woman went away grumbling and muttering. A little time after this the butcher's wife felt violent pains in her head. As the cause of this malady was unknown to the cleverest physicians, they could find no remedy for it; from time to time a substance like brains came from this woman's left ear, and at first it was supposed to be her own brain. But as she suspected that old woman of having cast a spell upon her on account of the calf's head, they examined the thing more minutely, and they saw that these were calf's brains; and what strengthened this opinion was that splinters of calf's-head bones came out with the brains. This disorder continued some time; at last the butcher's wife was perfectly cured. This happened in 1685. M. Hoffman, who relates this story in his dissertation on the Power of the Demon over Bodies, printed in 1736, says that the woman was perhaps still alive.

A butcher's wife from the town of Jena, in the duchy of Weimar in Thuringia,[166] refused to sell an old woman a calf's head for a very low price, which caused the old woman to leave grumbling and muttering. Shortly after this, the butcher's wife started experiencing intense headaches. Since the cause of her condition was unknown to even the best doctors, they couldn't find a solution. Occasionally, a substance similar to brains oozed from her left ear, which was initially thought to be her own brain. However, since she suspected that the old woman had cursed her over the calf's head, they examined it more closely and discovered that it was actually calf's brains; this suspicion was further supported by the fact that shards of calf's head bones were also coming out with the brains. This condition persisted for some time, but eventually, the butcher's wife was completely healed. This occurred in 1685. M. Hoffman, who recounts this story in his dissertation on the Power of the Demon over Bodies, published in 1736, notes that the woman may have still been alive.

One day they brought to St. Macarius the Egyptian, a virtuous woman who had been transformed into a mare by the pernicious arts of a magician. Her husband, and all those who saw her, thought that she really was changed into a mare. This woman remained[Pg 79] three days and three nights without tasting any food, proper either for man or horse. They showed her to the priests of the place, who could apply no remedy.

One day, they brought a virtuous woman to St. Macarius the Egyptian who had been turned into a mare by the harmful magic of a magician. Her husband and everyone who saw her believed that she had actually transformed into a mare. This woman stayed[Pg 79] three days and three nights without eating anything suitable for either humans or horses. They showed her to the local priests, but they couldn't find a solution.

Then they led her to the cell of St. Macarius, to whom God had revealed that she was to come; his disciples wanted to send her back, thinking that it was a mare. They informed the saint of her arrival, and the subject of her journey. "He said to them, You are downright animals yourselves, thinking you see what is not; that woman is not changed, but your eyes are fascinated. At the same time he sprinkled holy water on the woman's head, and all present beheld her in her former state. He gave her something to eat, and sent her away safe and sound with her husband. As he sent her away the saint said to her, Do not keep from church, for this has happened to you for having been five weeks without taking the sacrament of our Lord, or attending divine service."

Then they brought her to the cell of St. Macarius, who God had revealed she was meant to see; his disciples tried to send her back, thinking she was a mare. They told the saint about her arrival and her journey. "He said to them, You're acting like animals, thinking you're seeing something that's not there; that woman hasn't changed, but your eyes are deceived. At the same time, he sprinkled holy water on the woman's head, and everyone present saw her as she used to be. He offered her something to eat and sent her away safe and sound with her husband. As he sent her off, the saint said to her, Don't stop going to church, because this happened to you after being away from the sacrament of our Lord and divine service for five weeks."

St. Hilarion, much in the same manner, cured by virtue of holy water a young girl, whom a magician had rendered most violently amorous of a young man. The demon who possessed her cried aloud to St. Hilarion, "You make me endure the most cruel torments, for I cannot come out till the young man who caused me to enter shall unloose me, for I am enchained under the threshold of the door by a band of copper covered with magical characters, and by the tow which envelops it." Then St. Hilarion said to him, "Truly your power is very great, to suffer yourself to be bound by a bit of copper and a little thread;" at the same time, without permitting these things to be taken from under the threshold of the door, he chased away the demon and cured the girl.

St. Hilarion, in a similar way, healed a young girl using holy water after a magician had made her obsessively infatuated with a young man. The demon inside her shouted at St. Hilarion, "You are causing me intense suffering because I can't leave until the young man who brought me here frees me. I'm trapped under the door's threshold by a copper band covered with magical symbols and the thread wrapping it." St. Hilarion replied, "You must be very powerful to be held captive by just a piece of copper and a little thread," and then, without removing these items from under the door, he drove away the demon and healed the girl.

In the same place, St. Jerome relates that one Italicus, a citizen of Gaza and a Christian, who brought up horses for the games in the circus, had a pagan antagonist who hindered and held back the horses of Italicus in their course, and gave most extraordinary celerity to his own. Italicus came to St. Hilarion, and told him the subject he had for uneasiness. The saint laughed and said to him, "Would it not be better to give the value of your horses to the poor rather than employ them in such exercises?" "I cannot do as I please," said Italicus; "it is a public employment which I fill, because I cannot help it, and as a Christian I cannot employ malpractices against those used against me." The brothers, who were present, interceded for him; and St. Hilarion gave him the earthen vessel out of which he drank, filled it with water, and told him to sprinkle his horses with it. Italicus not only sprinkled his horses with this water, but likewise his stable and chariot all over; and the next day the horses and chariot of this rival were left far behind his own; which caused the people to shout in the theatre, "Marnas is[Pg 80] vanished—Jesus Christ is victorious!" And this victory of Italicus produced the conversion of several persons at Gaza.

In the same location, St. Jerome recounts that a man named Italicus, a Christian from Gaza who raised horses for the circus games, had a pagan rival who obstructed and sabotaged Italicus's horses while boosting the speed of his own. Italicus approached St. Hilarion and expressed his distress about the situation. The saint chuckled and said, "Wouldn't it be better to donate the value of your horses to the poor instead of using them for such competitions?" Italicus replied, "I can't do as I wish; it's a public role I have to fill, and as a Christian, I can't resort to unethical practices against those used against me." The brothers present advocated for him; St. Hilarion gave him the clay cup he drank from, filled it with water, and instructed him to sprinkle his horses with it. Italicus not only sprinkled his horses with this water but also doused his stable and chariot. The next day, his horses and chariot utterly outpaced his rival's, prompting the crowd in the theater to shout, "Marnas has vanished—Jesus Christ is victorious!" This victory of Italicus led to the conversion of several people in Gaza.

Will it be said that this is only the effect of imagination, prepossession, or the trickery of a clever charlatan? How can you persuade fifty people that a woman who is present before their eyes can be changed into a mare, supposing that she has retained her own natural shape? How was it that the soldier mentioned by Æneas Sylvius did not recognize his wife, whom he pierced with his sword, and whose ears he cut off? How did Apollonius of Tyana persuade the Ephesians to kill a man, who really was only a dog? How did he know that this dog, or this man, was the cause of the pestilence which afflicted Ephesus? It is then very credible that the evil spirit often acts on bodies, on the air, the earth, and on animals, and produces effects which appear above the power of man.

Will anyone say that this is just a product of imagination, bias, or the tricks of a clever con artist? How can you convince fifty people that a woman standing right in front of them can turn into a mare, assuming she still looks the same? How is it that the soldier, mentioned by Æneas Sylvius, didn’t recognize his wife, whom he stabbed with his sword and whose ears he chopped off? How did Apollonius of Tyana manage to persuade the people of Ephesus to kill a man who was actually just a dog? How did he determine that this dog, or this man, was responsible for the plague that afflicted Ephesus? It seems very believable that an evil spirit often influences bodies, air, earth, and animals, causing effects that seem beyond human capability.

It is said that in Lapland they have a school for magic, and that fathers send their children to it, being persuaded that magic is necessary to them, that they may avoid falling into the snares of their enemies, who are themselves great magicians. They make the familiar demons, whose services they command, pass as an inheritance to their children, that they may make use of them to overcome the demons of other families who are adverse to their own. They often make use of a certain kind of drum for their magical operations; for instance, if they wish to know what is passing in a foreign country, one amongst them beats this drum, placing upon it at the part where the image of the sun is represented, a quantity of pewter rings attached together with a chain of the same metal; then they strike the drum with a forked hammer made of bone, so that these rings move; at the same time they sing distinctly a song, called by the Laplanders Jonk; and all those of their nation who are present, men and women, add their own songs, expressing from time to time the name of the place whence they desire to have news.

It is said that in Lapland there is a school for magic, and that parents send their children there, believing that magic is essential for them to avoid falling into the traps set by their enemies, who are also powerful magicians. They pass down familiar demons, whose help they can summon, as an inheritance to their children, so they can use them to defeat the demons of rival families. They often use a specific type of drum for their magical practices; for instance, if they want to know what is happening in a foreign country, one of them will beat this drum, placing a bunch of pewter rings linked by a chain on the spot where the sun is depicted. Then, they strike the drum with a forked hammer made of bone to make the rings move; at the same time, they sing a clear song called Jonk, and all the people from their community, both men and women, join in with their own songs, occasionally mentioning the name of the place from which they want to receive news.

The Laplander having beaten the drum for some time, places it on his head in a certain manner, and falls down directly motionless on the ground, and without any sign of life. All the men and all the women continue singing, till he revives; if they cease to sing, the man dies, which happens also if any one tries to awaken him by touching his hand or his foot. They even keep the flies from him, which by their humming might awaken him and bring him back to life.

The Laplander drums for a while, then positions the drum on his head in a specific way and collapses to the ground, completely still and lifeless. All the men and women keep singing until he comes back to life; if they stop singing, he dies, and the same happens if anyone tries to wake him by touching his hand or foot. They even prevent flies from getting near him, as their buzzing could wake him up and bring him back to life.

When he is recovered he replies to the questions they ask him concerning the place he has been at. Sometimes he does not awake for four-and-twenty hours, sometimes more, sometimes less, according to the distance he has gone; and in confirmation of what he says, and of the distance he has been, he brings back from the place[Pg 81] he has been sent to the token demanded of him, a knife, a ring, shoes, or some other object.[167]

When he recovers, he answers the questions they ask about where he has been. Sometimes he doesn’t wake up for a full day, sometimes longer, sometimes shorter, depending on how far he’s traveled; and to prove what he says and the distance he’s covered, he brings back from the place he was sent the item he was asked for, like a knife, a ring, shoes, or something else. [Pg 81]

These same Laplanders make use also of this drum to learn the cause of any malady, or to deprive their enemies of their life or their strength. Moreover, amongst them are certain magicians, who keep in a kind of leathern game-bag magic flies, which they let loose from time to time against their enemies or against their cattle, or simply to raise tempests and hurricanes. They have also a sort of dart which they hurl into the air, and which causes the death of any one it falls upon. They have also a sort of little ball called tyre, almost round, which they send in the same way against their enemies to destroy them; and if by ill luck this ball should hit on its way some other person, or some animal, it will inevitably cause its death.

These same Laplanders also use this drum to figure out the reason for any illness or to weaken their enemies or take their lives. Additionally, there are some magicians among them who keep magical flies in a kind of leather pouch, which they occasionally release against their enemies or their livestock, or simply to create storms and hurricanes. They also have a type of dart that they throw into the air, which causes the death of anyone it lands on. There is also a small ball called tyre, which is almost round, that they launch in the same way against their enemies to destroy them; if, by bad luck, this ball strikes someone else or an animal on its way, it will definitely cause their death.

Who can be persuaded that the Laplanders who sell fair winds, raise storms, relate what passes in distant places, where they go, as they say, in the spirit, and bring back things which they have found there—who can persuade themselves that all this is done without the aid of magic? It has been said that in the circumstance of Apollonius of Tyana, they contrived to send away the man all squalid and deformed, and put in his place a dog which was stoned, or else they substituted a dead dog. All which would require a vast deal of preparation, and would be very difficult to execute in sight of all the people: it would, perhaps, be better to deny the fact altogether, which certainly does appear very fabulous, than to have recourse to such explanations.

Who can believe that the Laplanders who sell good weather, stir up storms, share news from faraway places—where they claim to travel in spirit—and bring back things they've found there can do all of this without magic? It's been said that in the case of Apollonius of Tyana, they managed to send away a man who was dirty and deformed, replacing him with a stoned dog, or maybe a dead dog instead. All of that would require a lot of planning and would be really hard to pull off in front of everyone. It might be better to just deny the whole thing, which definitely seems pretty far-fetched, than to come up with such complicated explanations.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[165] Aug. de Civit. Dei, lib. xviii. c. 16-18.

[165] Aug. de Civit. Dei, lib. xviii. c. 16-18.

[166] Frederici Hoffman, de Diaboli Potentia in Corpora, p. 382.

[166] Frederici Hoffman, On the Power of the Devil in Bodies, p. 382.

[167] See John Schesser, Laponia, printed at Frankfort in 4to. an. 1673, chap. xi. entitled, De sacris Magicis et Magia Laponia, p. 119, and following.

[167] See John Schesser, Laponia, printed in Frankfurt in 1673, chapter xi, titled On Sacred Magic and Magic in Laponia, p. 119, and following.


CHAPTER XIV.

EFFECTS OF MAGIC ACCORDING TO THE POETS.

Were we to believe what is said by the poets concerning the effects of magic, and what the magicians boast of being able to perform by their spells, nothing would be more marvelous than their art, and we should be obliged to acknowledge that the power of the demon was greatly shown thereby. Pliny[168] relates that Appian evoked the spirit of Homer, to learn from him which was his country, and who were his parents. Philostratus says[169] that Apollonius of Tyana went to the tomb of Achilles, evoked his manes, and im[Pg 82]plored them to cause the figure of that hero to appear to him; the tomb trembled, and afterwards he beheld a young man, who at first appeared about five cubits, or seven feet and a half high—after which, the phantom dilated to twelve cubits, and appeared of a singular beauty. Apollonius asked him some frivolous questions, and as the young man jested indecently with him, he comprehended that he was possessed by a demon; this demon he expelled, and cured the young man. But all this is fabulous.

If we were to believe what poets say about the effects of magic and what magicians boast they can do with their spells, nothing would be more astonishing than their craft, and we would have to admit that the power of the demon was clearly evident. Pliny[168] recounts that Appian summoned the spirit of Homer to find out where he came from and who his parents were. Philostratus notes[169] that Apollonius of Tyana visited Achilles' tomb, summoned his spirit, and pleaded with it to make the figure of that hero appear to him; the tomb shook, and then he saw a young man who initially seemed about five cubits, or seven and a half feet tall—after that, the figure expanded to twelve cubits and appeared exceptionally beautiful. Apollonius asked him some trivial questions, and when the young man joked inappropriately, he realized that he was possessed by a demon; he expelled this demon and healed the young man. But all this is a myth.

Lactantius,[170] refuting the philosophers Democritus, Epicurus, and Dicearchus, who denied the immortality of the soul, says they would not dare to maintain their opinion before a magician, who, by the power of his art, and by his spells, possessed the secret of bringing souls from Hades, of making them appear, speak, and foretell the future, and give certain signs of their presence.

Lactantius,[170] countering the philosophers Democritus, Epicurus, and Dicearchus, who rejected the idea of the soul's immortality, claims they would hesitate to express their views in front of a magician. This magician, through his skills and spells, could summon souls from the underworld, making them appear, speak, predict the future, and provide clear signs of their presence.

St. Augustine,[171] always circumspect in his decisions, dare not pronounce whether magicians possess the power of evoking the spirits of saints by the might of their enchantments. But Tertullian[172] is bolder, and maintains that no magical art has power to bring the souls of the saints from their rest; but that all the necromancers can do is to call forth some phantoms with a borrowed shape, which fascinate the eyes, and make those who are present believe that to be a reality which is only appearance. In the same place he quotes Heraclius, who says that the Nasamones, people of Africa, pass the night by the tombs of their near relations to receive oracles from the latter; and that the Celts, or Gauls, do the same thing in the mausoleums of great men, as related by Nicander.

St. Augustine,[171] always careful in his choices, does not affirm whether magicians have the ability to summon the spirits of saints through their magic. However, Tertullian[172] is more assertive, claiming that no magical practice can bring the souls of the saints back from their rest; rather, all that necromancers can do is conjure illusions with borrowed forms that dazzle the eyes and lead those present to believe in a reality that is merely an appearance. In the same context, he references Heraclius, who states that the Nasamones, an African tribe, spend the night by the graves of their relatives to receive oracles from them; and that the Celts, or Gauls, do the same in the tombs of prominent figures, as noted by Nicander.

Lucan says[173] that the magicians, by their spells, cause thunder in the skies unknown to Jupiter; that they tear the moon from her sphere, and precipitate her to earth; that they disturb the course of nature, prolong the nights, and shorten the days; that the universe is obedient to their voice, and that the world is chilled as it were when they speak and command.[174] They were so well persuaded that the magicians possessed power to make the moon come down from the sky, and they so truly believed that she was evoked by magic art whenever she was eclipsed, that they made a great noise by striking on copper vessels, to prevent the voice which pronounced enchantments from reaching her.[175]

Lucan says[173] that the magicians use their spells to create thunder in the skies that even Jupiter doesn’t know about; they pull the moon from its orbit and crash it down to earth; they disrupt the natural order, make nights longer, and days shorter; the universe listens to their commands, and the world feels cold, as if in response to their words.[174] They were so convinced that the magicians could actually bring the moon down from the sky, and they truly believed that the moon was summoned by magic whenever it was eclipsed, that they created a loud noise by banging on copper pots to block the sound of the enchantments from reaching her.[175]

These popular opinions and poetical fictions deserve no credit, but they show the force of prejudice.[176] It is affirmed that, even at this day, the Persians think they are assisting the moon when eclipsed by striking violently on brazen vessels, and making a great uproar.

These widespread beliefs and poetic stories shouldn't be taken seriously, but they reveal how strong prejudice can be.[176] It's claimed that even today, Persians believe they are helping the moon during an eclipse by banging loudly on metal vessels and creating a huge noise.

Ovid[177] attributes to the enchantments of magic the evocation of the infernal powers, and their dismissal back to hell; storms, tempests, and the return of fine weather. They attributed to it the power of changing men into beasts by means of certain herbs, the virtues of which are known to them.[178]

Ovid[177] attributes the magical charms to summoning infernal powers and sending them back to hell; creating storms, tempests, and restoring good weather. They believed it could turn people into animals using certain herbs, the properties of which they understood.[178]

Virgil[179] speaks of serpents put to sleep and enchanted by the magicians. And Tibullus says that he has seen the enchantress bring down the stars from heaven, and turn aside the thunderbolt ready to fall upon the earth—and that she has opened the ground and made the dead come forth from their tombs.

Virgil[179] talks about serpents being put to sleep and enchanted by the magicians. And Tibullus mentions that he has seen the enchantress bring down stars from the sky and redirect the thunderbolt that was about to strike the earth—she has opened the ground and made the dead rise from their graves.

As this matter allows of poetical ornaments, the poets have vied with each other in endeavoring to adorn their pages with them, not that they were convinced there was any truth in what they said; they were the first to laugh at it when an opportunity presented itself, as well as the gravest and wisest men of antiquity. But neither princes nor priests took much pains to undeceive the people, or to destroy their prejudices on those subjects. The Pagan religion allowed them, nay, authorized them, and part of its practices were founded on similar superstitions.

As this topic allows for poetic embellishments, poets have competed to decorate their works with them, not because they truly believed in what they were expressing; they were often the first to laugh at it whenever they got the chance, along with the most serious and wisest figures of ancient times. However, neither rulers nor religious leaders made much effort to correct the people's misconceptions or to eliminate their biases on these topics. The Pagan religion permitted, even endorsed, these ideas, and part of its practices was based on similar superstitions.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[168] Plin. lib. iii. c. 2.

[168] Plin. book III, chapter 2.

[169] Philost. Vit. Apollon.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Philostrate. Life of Apollonius.

[170] Lactant. lib. vi. Divin. Instit. c. 13.

[170] Lactantius, Book VI, Divine Institutes, Chapter 13.

[171] Aug. ad Simplic.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Aug. on Simplicity.

[172] Tertull. de Animâ, c. 57.

[172] Tertull. on the Soul, ch. 57.

[173] Lucan. Pharsal. lib. vi. 450, et seq.

[173] Lucan. Pharsal. book vi. 450, and following.

[174]
"Cessavere vices rerum, dilataque longa,
Hæsit nocte dies; legi non paruit æther;
Torpuit et præceps audito carmine mundus;
Et tonat ignaro cœlum Jove."

[174]
"The changes in the world have ceased, and time has continued to drag on,
Day faded into night; the sky ignored the stars;
The world paused when it heard the song;
"And the sky thunders unknowingly with Jupiter."

[175]
"Cantat et e curro tentat deducere Lunam
Et faceret, si non æra repulsa sonent."
Tibull. lib. i. Eleg. ix. 21.

[175]
"He sings and tries to pull the Moon down from its path."
And it would succeed, if the bronze didn’t echo back in rejection.
Tibull. book i. Elegy ix. 21.

[176] Pietro della Valle, Voyage.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Pietro della Valle, Journey.

[177]
".... Obscurum verborum ambage nervorum
Ter novies carmen magico demurmurat ore.
Jam ciet infernas magico stridore catervas,
Jam jubet aspersum lacte referre pedem.
Cùm libet, hæc tristi depellit nubila cœlo;
Cùm libet, æstivo provocat orbe nives."
Ovid. Metamorph. 14.

[177]
"The intricate power of words controls the strings."
The magical song flows from my lips three times.
Now it rouses the hellish crowds with a magical scream,
Now it tells them to bring back their foot, sprinkled with milk.
Whenever it wants, it chases away the dark clouds in the sky;
"Whenever it wants, it confronts the snow in the summer space."
Ovid, Metamorphoses 14.

[178]
"Naïs nam ut cantu, nimiumque potentibus herbis
Verterit in tacitos juvenilia corpora pisces."

[178]
"Naïs, for the song, and the strong herbs __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__."
"Will turn the young bodies into quiet fish."

[179]
"Vipereo generi et graviter spirantibus hydris
Spargere qui somnos cantuque manque solebat,"

[179]
"To the family of snakes and the fiercely flowing waters,
"Who used to bring sleep with song and gentle light,"


CHAPTER XV.

OF THE PAGAN ORACLES.

If it were well proved that the oracles of pagan antiquity were the work of the evil spirit, we could give more real and palpable[Pg 84] proofs of the apparition of the demon among men than these boasted oracles, which were given in almost every country in the world, among the nations which passed for the wisest and most enlightened, as the Egyptians, Chaldeans, Persians, Syrians, even the Hebrews, Greeks, and Romans. Even the most barbarous people were not without their oracles.

If it were well established that the oracles of ancient pagan cultures were the work of an evil spirit, we could provide more concrete and undeniable evidence of the demon's presence among people than these claimed oracles, which appeared in nearly every country and among the nations considered the wisest and most enlightened, like the Egyptians, Chaldeans, Persians, Syrians, and even the Hebrews, Greeks, and Romans. Even the most primitive societies had their own oracles.

In the pagan religion there was nothing esteemed more honorable, or more complacently boasted of.

In the pagan religion, nothing was considered more honorable or proudly bragged about.

In all their great undertakings they had recourse to the oracle; by that was decided the most important affairs between town and town, or province and province. The manner in which the oracles were rendered was not everywhere the same. It is said[180] the bull Apis, whose worship was anciently established in Egypt, gave out his oracles on his receiving food from the hand of him who consulted. If he received it, say they, it was considered a good omen; if he refused it, this was a bad augury. When this animal appeared in public, he was accompanied by a troop of children, who sang hymns in his honor; after which these boys were filled with sacred enthusiasm, and began to predict future events. If the bull went quietly into his lodge, it was a happy sign;[181] if he came out, it was the contrary. Such was the blindness of the Egyptians.

In all their major endeavors, they turned to the oracle; this determined the most important matters between cities or regions. The way oracles were delivered varied by location. It’s said[180] that the bull Apis, who was worshiped in ancient Egypt, would give his oracles by receiving food from the person asking for guidance. If he accepted it, it was seen as a good sign; if he rejected it, it was viewed as a bad omen. When this bull appeared in public, he was surrounded by a group of children who sang hymns in his praise; afterward, these boys would become filled with divine inspiration and start to predict future events. If the bull entered his pen peacefully, it was a good sign;[181] if he came out, it meant the opposite. Such was the ignorance of the Egyptians.

There were other oracles also in Egypt:[182] as those of Mercury, Apollo, Hercules, Diana, Minerva, Jupiter Ammon, &c., which last was consulted by Alexander the Great. But Herodotus remarks that in his time there were neither priests nor priestesses who uttered oracles. They were derived from certain presages, which they drew by chance, or from the movements of the statues of the gods, or from the first voice which they heard after having consulted. Pausanias says[183] that he who consults whispers in the ear of Mercury what he requires to know, then he stops his ears, goes out of the temple, and the first words which he hears from the first person he meets are held as the answer of the god.

There were other oracles in Egypt as well:[182] like those of Mercury, Apollo, Hercules, Diana, Minerva, Jupiter Ammon, and others, the last of which was consulted by Alexander the Great. However, Herodotus notes that in his time there were no priests or priestesses who delivered oracles. Instead, they were based on specific signs drawn randomly, the movements of the statues of the gods, or the first voice they heard after making their inquiries. Pausanias states[183] that when someone seeks guidance, they whisper their question to Mercury, then cover their ears, leave the temple, and the first words they hear from the first person they encounter are considered the answer from the god.

The Greeks acknowledge that they received from the Egyptians both the names of their gods and their most ancient oracles; amongst others that of Dodona, which was already much resorted to in the time of Homer,[184] and which came from the oracle of Jupiter of Thebes: for the Egyptian priests related that two priestesses of that god had been carried off by Phœnician merchants, who had sold them, one into Libya and the other into Greece.[185] Those of Dodona related that two black doves had flown from Thebes of Egypt—that the one which had stopped at Dodona had perched upon a[Pg 85] beech-tree, and had declared in an articulate voice that the gods willed that an oracle of Jupiter should be established in this place; and that the other, having flown into Lybia, had there formed or founded the oracle of Jupiter Ammon. These origins are certainly very frivolous and very fabulous. The Oracle of Delphi is more recent and more celebrated. Phemonoé was the first priestess of Delphi, and began in the time of Acrisius, twenty-seven years before Orpheus, Musæus, and Linus. She is said to have been the inventress of hexameters.

The Greeks recognize that they got the names of their gods and their oldest oracles from the Egyptians; among these is Dodona, which was already popular during Homer's time,[184] and it originated from the oracle of Jupiter in Thebes. According to Egyptian priests, two priestesses of that god were taken by Phoenician merchants, one sold to Libya and the other to Greece.[185] The people of Dodona said that two black doves had flown from Thebes in Egypt; one that stopped at Dodona perched on a[Pg 85] beech tree and clearly announced that the gods wanted an oracle of Jupiter to be established there, while the other dove flew to Libya and founded the oracle of Jupiter Ammon. These origins are certainly quite trivial and mythical. The Oracle of Delphi is more recent and renowned. Phemonoé was the first priestess of Delphi, starting her role during the time of Acrisius, twenty-seven years before Orpheus, Musæus, and Linus. She is credited with inventing hexameters.

But I think I can remark vestiges of oracles in Egypt, from the time of the patriarch Joseph, and from the time of Moses. The Hebrews had dwelt for 215 years in Egypt, and having multiplied there exceedingly, had begun to form a separate people and a sort of republic. They had imbibed a taste for the ceremonies, the superstitions, the customs, and the idolatry of the Egyptians.

But I think I can point out traces of oracles in Egypt, from the time of the patriarch Joseph and from the time of Moses. The Hebrews had lived in Egypt for 215 years, and having greatly increased in number, they began to form a distinct community and a kind of republic. They had developed a liking for the ceremonies, superstitions, customs, and idolatry of the Egyptians.

Joseph was considered the cleverest diviner and the greatest expounder of dreams in Egypt. They believed that he derived his oracles from the inspection of the liquor which he poured into his cup. Moses, to cure the Hebrews of their leaning to the idolatry and superstitions of Egypt, prescribed to them laws and ceremonies which favored his design; the first, diametrically opposite to those of the Egyptians; the second, bearing some resemblance to theirs in appearance, but differing both in their aim and circumstances.

Joseph was seen as the smartest interpreter of dreams and the best diviner in Egypt. People thought he got his insights from examining the drink he poured into his cup. To help the Hebrews move away from the idolatry and superstitions of Egypt, Moses gave them laws and rituals that aligned with his purpose; the first were completely contrary to the Egyptian practices, while the second seemed similar in form but were different in intent and context.

For instance, the Egyptians were accustomed to consult diviners, magicians, interpreters of dreams, and augurs; all which things are forbidden to the Hebrews by Moses, on pain of rigorous punishment; but in order that they might have no room to complain that their religion did not furnish them with the means of discovering future events and hidden things, God, with condescension worthy of reverential admiration, granted them the Urim and Thummim, or the Doctrine and the Truth, with which the high-priest was invested according to the ritual in the principal ceremonies of religion, and by means of which he rendered oracles, and discovered the will of the Most High. When the ark of the covenant and the tabernacle were constructed, the Lord, consulted by Moses,[186] gave out his replies from between the two cherubim which were placed upon the mercy-seat above the ark. All which seems to insinuate that, from the time of the patriarch Joseph, there had been oracles and diviners in Egypt, and that the Hebrews consulted them.

For example, the Egyptians were used to seeking advice from diviners, magicians, dream interpreters, and augurs; all of which Moses forbade the Hebrews under strict penalties. However, so that they wouldn’t feel their religion lacked ways to reveal future events and hidden truths, God, in a display of humble generosity, provided them with the Urim and Thummim, or the Doctrine and the Truth. The high priest used these during key religious rituals to deliver oracles and understand the will of the Most High. When the ark of the covenant and the tabernacle were built, the Lord, consulted by Moses,[186] provided answers from between the two cherubim placed on the mercy seat above the ark. This suggests that, since the time of the patriarch Joseph, there had been oracles and diviners in Egypt, and that the Hebrews sought their guidance.

God promised his people to raise up a prophet[187] among them, who should declare to them his will: in fact, we see in almost all ages among them, prophets inspired by God; and the true prophets reproached them vehemently for their impiety, when instead of coming[Pg 86] to the prophets of the Lord, they went to consult strange oracles,[188] and divinities equally powerless and unreal.

God promised his people to raise up a prophet[187] among them who would declare his will: throughout history, we see many prophets inspired by God; and the true prophets strongly criticized them for their unfaithfulness when, instead of seeking guidance from the prophets of the Lord, they turned to foreign oracles,[188] and powerless, false gods.

We have spoken before of the teraphim of Laban, of the idols or pretended oracles of Micah and Gideon. King Saul, who, apparently by the advice of Samuel, had exterminated diviners and magicians from the land of Israel, desired in the last war to consult the Lord, who would not reply to him. He then afterwards addressed himself to a witch, who promised him she would evoke Samuel for him. She did, or feigned to do so, for the thing offers many difficulties, into which we shall not enter here.

We’ve previously talked about the teraphim of Laban, the idols or fake oracles of Micah and Gideon. King Saul, seemingly following Samuel's advice, had wiped out diviners and magicians from Israel. During the last war, he wanted to consult the Lord, but the Lord wouldn’t answer him. He then turned to a witch who promised to bring up Samuel for him. She did, or pretended to do so, as this raises many complications we won’t get into here.

The same Saul having consulted the Lord on another occasion, to know whether he must pursue the Philistines whom he had just defeated, God refused also to reply to him,[189] because his son Jonathan had tasted some honey, not knowing that the king had forbidden his army to taste anything whatever before his enemies were entirely overthrown.

The same Saul, after asking the Lord at another time whether he should chase the Philistines he had just defeated, received no answer from God,[189] because his son Jonathan had eaten some honey without knowing that the king had ordered his army not to eat anything until their enemies were completely defeated.

The silence of the Lord on certain occasions, and his refusal to answer sometimes when He was consulted, are an evident proof that He usually replied, and that they were certain of receiving instructions from Him, unless they raised an obstacle to it by some action which was displeasing to Him.

The Lord's silence at times, and His refusal to respond when consulted, clearly show that He typically answered and that they were sure they would get guidance from Him, unless they created a barrier to it through actions that annoyed Him.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[180] Plin. lib. viii. c. 48.

[180] Plin. book viii, chapter 48.

[181] Herodot. lib. ix.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Herodotus. book IX.

[182] Vide Joan. Marsham, Sæc. iv. pp. 62, 63.

[182] See Joan. Marsham, Sec. iv. pp. 62, 63.

[183] Pausan. lib. vii. p. 141.

[183] Pausan. vol. 7, p. 141.

[184] Homer, Iliad, xii. 2, 235.

[184] Homer, Iliad, xii. 2, 235.

[185] Herodot. lib. ii. c. 52, 55.

[185] Herodotus. book 2, chapters 52, 55.

[186] Exod. xxv. 22.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Exodus 25:22.

[187] Deut. xviii. 13.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Deut. 18:13.

[188] 2 Kings i. 2, 3, 16, &c.

[188] 2 Kings 1:2, 3, 16, etc.

[189] 1 Sam. xiv. 24.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Sam. 14:24.


CHAPTER XVI.

THE CERTAINTY OF THE EVENT PREDICTED IS NOT ALWAYS A PROOF THAT THE PREDICTION COMES FROM GOD.

Moses had foreseen that so untractable and superstitious a people as the Israelites would not rest satisfied with the reasonable, pious, and supernatural means which he had procured them for discovering future events, by giving them prophets and the oracle of the high-priest. He knew that there would arise among them false prophets and seducers, who would endeavor by their illusions and magical secrets to mislead them into error; whence it was that he said to them:[190] "If there should arise among you a prophet, or any one who boasts of having had a dream, and he foretells a wonder, or anything which surpasses the ordinary power of man, and what he predicts shall happen; and after that he shall say unto you, Come, let us go and serve the strange gods, which you have not known; you shall not hearken unto him, because the Lord your God will prove you, [Pg 87] to see whether you love Him with all your heart and with all your soul."

Moses anticipated that the Israelites, being so stubborn and superstitious, wouldn't be satisfied with the reasonable, pious, and extraordinary means he provided to help them predict the future through prophets and the oracle of the high priest. He understood that false prophets and deceivers would emerge among them, trying to lead them astray with their tricks and magical secrets; that’s why he said to them:[190] "If a prophet arises among you or someone claims to have had a dream, and they predict a miracle or anything beyond what humans can do, and what they predict actually happens; and then they tell you, 'Come, let us worship other gods you haven't known,' you must not listen to them, because the Lord your God is testing you to see if you truly love Him with all your heart and soul." [Pg 87]

Certainly, nothing is more likely to mislead us than to see what has been foretold by any one come to pass.

Certainly, nothing is more likely to mislead us than to witness the predictions of someone come true.

"Show the things that are to come," says Isaiah,[191] "that we may know that ye are gods. Let them come, let them foretell what is to happen, and what has been done of old, and we will believe in them," &c. Idoneum testimonium divinationis, says Turtullian,[192] veritas divinationis. And St. Jerome,[193] Confitentur magi, confitentur arioli, et omnis scientia sæcularis litteraturæ, præescientiam futurorum non esse hominum, sed Dei.

"Show us the things that are going to happen," says Isaiah,[191] "so we can know that you are gods. Let them come, let them predict what’s going to happen and what has happened in the past, and we will believe in them," & c. It is a fitting testimony of divination, says Tertullian,[192] the truth of divination. And St. Jerome,[193] The magicians confess, the diviners confess, and all secular knowledge attests that foreknowledge of the future does not belong to humans, but to God.

Nevertheless, we have just seen that Moses acknowledges that false prophets can predict things which will happen. And the Saviour warns us in the Gospel that at the end of the world several false prophets will arise, who will seduce many[194]—"They shall shew great signs and wonders, insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive even the elect." It is not, then, precisely either the successful issue of the event which decides in favor of the false prophet—nor the default of the predictions made by true prophets which proves that they are not sent by God.

Nevertheless, we have just seen that Moses acknowledges that false prophets can predict things that will happen. And the Savior warns us in the Gospel that at the end of the world, several false prophets will emerge, who will lead many astray[194]—"They will show great signs and wonders, so much so that, if possible, they would deceive even the chosen ones." So, it is not necessarily the successful outcome of an event that proves a false prophet is legitimate—nor does the failure of predictions made by true prophets indicate that they are not sent by God.

Jonah was sent to foretell the destruction of Nineveh,[195] which did not come to pass; and many other threats of the prophets were not put into execution, because God, moved by the repentance of the sinful, revoked or commuted his former sentence. The repentance of the Ninevites guarantied them against the last misfortune.

Jonah was sent to announce the destruction of Nineveh,[195] which never happened; and many other warnings from the prophets didn’t take effect, because God, touched by the repentance of the sinful, changed or lessened his earlier decision. The repentance of the Ninevites protected them from the final disaster.

Isaiah had distinctly foretold to King Hezekiah[196] that he would not recover from his illness: "Set thine house in order, for thou shalt die, and not live." Nevertheless, God, moved with the prayer of this prince, revoked the sentence of death; and before the prophet had left the court of the king's house, God commanded him to return and tell the king that God would add yet fifteen years to his life.

Isaiah had clearly warned King Hezekiah[196] that he wouldn’t recover from his illness: "Get your house in order, because you’re going to die, not live." However, God, moved by this king’s prayer, changed the death sentence; and before the prophet had even left the palace, God told him to go back and inform the king that He would add another fifteen years to his life.

Moses assigns the mark of a true prophet to be, when he leads us to God and his worship—and the mark of a false prophet is, when he withdraws us from the Lord, and inclines us to superstition and idolatry. Balaam was a true prophet, inspired by God, who foretold things which were followed up by the event; but his morals were very corrupt, and he was extremely self-interested. He did everything he could to deserve the recompense promised him by the king of Moab, and to curse and immolate Israel.[197] God did not permit him to do so; he put into his mouth blessings instead of curses; he did not induce the Israelites to forsake the Lord; but he advised the[Pg 88] Moabites to seduce the people of God, and cause them to commit fornication, and to worship the idols of the country, and by that means to irritate God against them, and draw upon them the effects of his vengeance. Moses caused the chiefs among the people, who had consented to this crime, to be hung; and caused to perish the Midianites who had led the Hebrews into it. And lastly, Balaam, who was the first cause of this evil, was also punished with death.[198]

Moses defines a true prophet as someone who guides us toward God and his worship, while a false prophet leads us away from the Lord and towards superstition and idolatry. Balaam was a true prophet, inspired by God, who predicted events that actually happened; however, he had very corrupt morals and was extremely self-serving. He did everything possible to earn the reward promised to him by the king of Moab and to curse and harm Israel.[197] God wouldn’t let him do that; instead, He filled his mouth with blessings. He couldn’t persuade the Israelites to abandon the Lord, but he advised the Moabites to tempt God’s people into immorality and to worship the local idols, which would provoke God’s anger and bring about His judgment. Moses ordered that the leaders among the people who took part in this sin be executed and destroyed the Midianites who had led the Hebrews into it. Finally, Balaam, who was the root of this evil, was also sentenced to death.[198]

In all the predictions of diviners or oracles, when they are followed by fulfilment, we can hardly disavow that the evil spirit intervenes, and discovers the future to those who consult him. St. Augustine, in his book de Divinatione Dæmonum,[199] or of predictions made by the evil spirit, when they are fulfilled, supposes that the demons are of an aërial nature, and much more subtile than bodies in general; insomuch that they surpass beyond comparison the lightness both of men and the swiftest animals, and even the flight of birds, which enables them to announce things that are passing in very distant places, and beyond the common reach of men. Moreover, as they are not subject to death as we are, they have acquired infinitely more experience than even those who possess the most among mankind, and are the most attentive to what happens in the world. By that means they can sometimes predict things to come, announce several things at a distance, and do some wonderful things; which has often led mortals to pay them divine honors, believing them to be of a nature much more excellent than their own.

In all the predictions made by diviners or oracles, when they come true, it's hard to deny that some evil spirit is involved and reveals the future to those who seek its counsel. St. Augustine, in his book de Divinatione Dæmonum,[199] suggests that demons are of an airy nature and much more subtle than physical bodies; they are far lighter than humans and even the fastest animals, and they can outpace birds in flight, allowing them to perceive events happening in distant places that are beyond human reach. Furthermore, since they aren't subject to death like we are, they have gained far more experience than anyone among us, being very attentive to what occurs in the world. This enables them to sometimes foresee future events, announce various happenings from afar, and perform extraordinary feats; which has often led people to give them divine honors, believing they are of a much higher nature than themselves.

But when we reflect seriously on what the demons predict, we may remark that often they announce nothing but what they are to do themselves.[200] For God permits them, sometimes, to cause maladies, corrupt the air, and produce in it qualities of an infectious nature, and to incline the wicked to persecute the worthy. They perform these operations in a hidden manner, by resources unknown to mortals, and proportionate to the subtilty of their own nature. They can announce what they have foreseen must happen by certain natural tokens unknown to men, like as a physician foresees by the secret of his art the symptoms and the consequences of a malady which no one else can. Thus, the demon, who knows our constitution and the secret tendency of our humors, can foretell the maladies which are the consequences of them. He can also discover our thoughts and our secret wishes by certain external motions, and by certain expressions we let fall by chance, whence he infers that men would do or undertake certain things consequent upon these thoughts or inclinations.

But when we seriously think about what the demons predict, we might notice that they often only announce what they plan to do themselves. For God sometimes allows them to cause illnesses, taint the air, and create conditions that are infectious, as well as to lead the wicked to persecute the righteous. They carry out these activities in a hidden way, using means that are unknown to humans and suited to the subtlety of their nature. They can predict what is bound to happen through certain natural signs that people don't recognize, similar to how a doctor can foresee the symptoms and outcomes of an illness that no one else can. Likewise, a demon, who understands our makeup and the hidden tendencies of our moods, can predict the illnesses that result from them. They can also uncover our thoughts and secret desires through specific gestures and expressions we let slip by chance, from which they conclude that people would act on those thoughts or inclinations.

But his predictions are far from being comparable with those[Pg 89] revealed to us by God, through his angels, or the prophets; these are always certain and infallible, because they have for their principle God, who is truth; while the predictions of the demons are often deceitful, because the arrangements on which they are founded can be changed and deranged, when they least expect it, by unforeseen and unexpected circumstances, or by the authority of superior powers overthrowing the first plans, or by a peculiar disposition of Providence, who sets bounds to the power of the prince of darkness. Sometimes, also, demons purposely deceive those who have the weakness to place confidence in them. But, usually, they throw the fault upon those who have taken on themselves to interpret their discourses and predictions.

But his predictions are nowhere near as reliable as those[Pg 89] given to us by God, through His angels or prophets; these are always certain and infallible because their source is God, who is truth. In contrast, the predictions of demons are often misleading, as they are based on plans that can be altered or disrupted unexpectedly due to unforeseen circumstances, the actions of higher powers changing the initial plans, or a specific intention of Providence, which limits the power of the prince of darkness. Sometimes, demons intentionally deceive those who are weak enough to trust them. But usually, they blame the misunderstanding on those who have taken it upon themselves to interpret their messages and predictions.

So says St. Augustine;[201] and although we do not quite agree with him, but hold the opinion that souls, angels and demons are disengaged from all matter or substance, still we can apply his reasoning to evil spirits, even upon the supposition that they are immaterial—and own that sometimes they can predict the future, and that their predictions may be fulfilled; but that is not a proof of their being sent by God, or inspired by his Spirit. Even were they to work miracles, we must anathematize them as soon as they turn us from the worship of the true God, or incline us to irregular lives.

So says St. Augustine;[201] and while we don't completely agree with him and believe that souls, angels, and demons are separate from all matter, we can still use his reasoning when talking about evil spirits, even if we assume they are immaterial. We acknowledge that sometimes they can predict the future and that their predictions may come true; however, that doesn’t prove they are sent by God or inspired by his Spirit. Even if they perform miracles, we must reject them as soon as they lead us away from worshiping the true God or encourage us to live irregular lives.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[190] Deut. xiii. 1, 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Deut. 13:1-2.

[191] Isaiah xli. 22, 23.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Isaiah 41:22-23.

[192] Tertull. Apolog. c. 20.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Tertullian. Apology. ch. 20.

[193] Hieronym. in Dan.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Hieronym. in Dan.

[194] Matt. xxiv. 11, 24.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 24:11, 24.

[195] Jonah i. 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Jonah 1:2.

[196] 2 Kings xx. 1. Isai. xxxviii. 1.

[196] 2 Kings 20:1. Isaiah 38:1.

[197] Numb. xxii. xxiii. xxiv.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Numb. 22. 23. 24.

[198] Numb. xxxi. 8.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Numb. 31:8.

[199] Aug. de Divinat. Dæmon. c. 3, pp. 507, 508, et seq.

[199] Aug. de Divinat. Dæmon. c. 3, pp. 507, 508, et seq.

[200] Idem. c. 5.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Same. c. 5.

[201] S. August. in his Retract. lib. ii. c. 30, owns that he advanced this too lightly.

[201] S. Augustine, in his Retract. book ii, chapter 30, admits that he put this forward too casually.


CHAPTER XVII.

REASONS WHICH LEAD US TO BELIEVE THAT THE GREATER PART OF THE ANCIENT ORACLES WERE ONLY IMPOSITIONS OF THE PRIESTS AND PRIESTESSES, WHO FEIGNED THAT THEY WERE INSPIRED BY GOD.

If it is true, as has been thought by many, both among the ancients and the moderns, that the oracles of pagan antiquity were only illusions and deceptions on the part of the priests and priestesses, who said that they were possessed by the spirit of Python, and filled with the inspiration of Apollo, who discovered to them internally things hidden and past, or present and future, I must not place them here in the rank of evil spirits. The devil has no other share in the matter than he has always in the crimes of men, and in that multitude of sins which cupidity, ambition, interest, and self-love produce in the world; the demon being always ready to seize an occasion to mislead us, and draw us into irregularity and error, em[Pg 90]ploying all our passions to lead us into these snares. If what he has foretold is followed by fulfilment, either by chance, or because he has foreseen certain circumstances unknown to men, he takes to himself all the credit of it, and makes use of it to gain our confidence and conciliate credit for his predictions; if the thing is doubtful, and he knows not what the issue of it will be, the demon, the priest, or priestess will pronounce an equivocal oracle, in order that at all events they may appear to have spoken true.

If it’s true, as many have believed—both ancient and modern—that the oracles of pagan times were just tricks and lies by the priests and priestesses, who claimed to be possessed by the spirit of Python and inspired by Apollo to reveal hidden truths about the past, present, and future, then I shouldn't categorize them as evil spirits. The devil’s only role here is the same as always in human wrongdoing and the countless sins driven by greed, ambition, self-interest, and ego; the demon is always ready to take advantage of situations to mislead us and lead us into mistakes, using our passions to ensnare us. If what he predicts comes true, either by chance or because he has foreseen certain circumstances unknown to people, he takes all the credit for it and uses it to gain our trust and lend credibility to his predictions. If the outcome is uncertain and he isn’t sure what will happen, the demon, priest, or priestess will deliver a vague oracle so that no matter what, they can seem to have been correct.

The ancient legislators of Greece, the most skillful politicians, and generals of armies, dexterously made use of the prepossession of the people in favor of oracles, to persuade them what they had concerted was approved of by the gods, and announced by the oracle. These things and these oracles were often followed by success, not because the oracle had predicted or ordained it, but because the enterprise being well concerted and well conducted, and the soldiers also perfectly persuaded that God was on their side, fought with more than ordinary valor. Sometimes they gained over the priestess by the aid of presents, and thus disposed her to give favorable replies. Demosthenes haranguing at Athens against Philip, King of Macedon, said that the priestess of Delphi Philipized, and only pronounced oracles conformable to the inclinations, advantage, and interest of that prince.

The ancient lawmakers of Greece, the most skilled politicians and military leaders, cleverly took advantage of the people's belief in oracles to convince them that their plans were approved by the gods and communicated through the oracle. These plans and oracles often led to success, not because the oracle had predicted it, but because the ventures were well organized and executed, and the soldiers, fully convinced that God was on their side, fought with exceptional bravery. Sometimes, they even influenced the priestess with gifts to ensure she gave positive responses. Demosthenes, speaking in Athens against Philip, King of Macedon, claimed that the priestess of Delphi was "Philipized" and only delivered oracles that aligned with the preferences, benefits, and interests of that prince.

Porphyry, the greatest enemy of the Christian name,[202] makes no difficulty of owning that these oracles were dictated by the spirit of falsehood, and that the demons are the true authors of enchantments, philtres, and spells; that they fascinate or deceive the eyes by the spectres and phantoms which they cause to appear; that they ambitiously desire to pass for gods; that their aërial and spiritual bodies are nourished by the smell and smoke of the blood and fat of the animals which are immolated to them; and that the office of uttering oracles replete with falsehood, equivocation, and deceit has devolved upon them. At the head of these demons he places Hecate and Serapis. Jamblichus, another pagan author, speaks of them in the same manner, and with as much contempt.

Porphyry, the biggest opponent of the Christian faith,[202] clearly admits that these oracles were inspired by the spirit of deception, and that the demons are the true source of enchantments, love potions, and spells; that they captivate or mislead the eyes with the apparitions and illusions they create; that they desperately want to be seen as gods; that their ethereal and spiritual forms are sustained by the smell and smoke of the blood and fat from the animals sacrificed to them; and that the role of delivering oracles filled with lies, ambiguity, and trickery has fallen to them. He identifies Hecate and Serapis as the leaders of these demons. Jamblichus, another pagan writer, talks about them in the same way, showing as much disdain.

The ancient fathers who lived so near the times when these oracles existed, several of whom had forsaken paganism and embraced Christianity, and who consequently knew more about the oracles than we can, speak of them as things invented, governed, and maintained by the demons. The most sensible among the heathens do not speak of them otherwise, but also they confess that often the malice, imposition, servility and interest of the priests had great share in the matter, and that they abused the simplicity, credulity and prepossessions of the people.

The early church leaders who lived close to the time when these oracles were around, many of whom turned away from paganism to embrace Christianity, knew more about the oracles than we can today. They described them as creations controlled and maintained by demons. The most rational among the non-Christians viewed them similarly, admitting that the malice, deception, greed, and influence of the priests played a significant role in the situation, and that they took advantage of the people's simplicity, gullibility, and biases.

[Pg 91]Plutarch says,[203] that a governor of Cilicia having sent to consult the oracle of Mopsus, as he was going to Malle in the same country, the man who carried the billet fell asleep in the temple, where he saw in a dream a handsome looking man, who said to him the single word black. He carried this reply to the governor, whose mysterious question he knew nothing about. Those who heard this answer laughed at it, not knowing what was in the billet: but the governor having opened it showed them these words written in it; shall I immolate to thee a black ox or a white one? and that the oracle had thus answered his question without opening the note. But who can answer for their not having deceived the bearer of the billet in this case, as did Alexander of Abonotiche, a town of Paphlagonia, in Asia Minor. This man had the art to persuade the people of his country that he had with him the god Esculapius, in the shape of a tame serpent, who pronounced oracles, and replied to the consultations addressed to him on divers diseases without opening the billets they placed on the altar of the temple of this pretended divinity; after which, without opening them, they found the next morning the reply written below. All the trick consisted in the seal being raised artfully by a heated needle, and then replaced after having written the reply at the bottom of the note, in an obscure and enigmatical style, after the manner of other oracles. At other times he used mastic, which being yet soft, took the impression of the seal, then when that was hardened he put on another seal with the same impression. He received about ten sols (five pence) per billet, and this game lasted all his life, which was a long one; for he died at the age of seventy, being struck by lightning, near the end of the second century of the Christian era: all which may be found more at length in the book of Lucian, entitled Pseudo Manes, or the false Diviner. The priest of the oracle of Mopsus could by the same secret open the billet of the governor who consulted him, and showing himself during the night to the messenger, declared to him the above-mentioned reply.

[Pg 91]Plutarch says,[203] that a governor of Cilicia sent someone to consult the oracle of Mopsus while he was traveling to Malle in the same region. The person who carried the message fell asleep in the temple and dreamed of a handsome man who simply said the word black. He took this reply back to the governor, completely unaware of the meaning behind the governor's mysterious question. Those who heard the answer laughed, not knowing what was written in the message. However, when the governor opened it, he showed them the words written on it: Shall I sacrifice to you a black ox or a white one? The oracle had answered his question without needing to read the note. But how can we be sure that they didn’t trick the messenger, like Alexander of Abonotiche did in Paphlagonia, Asia Minor? This man managed to convince his fellow citizens that he had the god Esculapius with him in the form of a tame serpent that delivered oracles and responded to inquiries about various illnesses without opening the messages placed on the altar of the supposed deity. The next morning, without opening the notes, they would find the response written below. The trick involved carefully raising the seal with a heated needle and putting it back after writing the response in a vague and cryptic style, similar to other oracles. At times, he used mastic that, while still soft, would take the impression of the seal; once hardened, he would place another seal with the same impression. He charged about ten sols (five pence) per message, and this scam lasted throughout his life, which was quite long; he died at seventy after being struck by lightning, near the end of the second century of the Christian era. You can find more details about this in Lucian's book titled Pseudo Manes, or The False Diviner. The priest of the oracle of Mopsus could also use the same trick to open the governor’s message and reveal the reply to the messenger during the night.

Macrobius[204] relates that the Emperor Trajan, to prove the oracle of Heliopolis in Phœnicia, sent him a well-sealed letter in which nothing was written; the oracle commanded that a blank letter should also be sent to the emperor. The priests of the oracle were much surprised at this, not knowing the reason of it. Another time the same emperor sent to consult this same oracle to know whether he should return safe from his expedition against the Parthians. The oracle commanded that they should send him some branches of a knotted vine, which was sacred in his temple. Neither the emperor nor any one else could guess what that meant; but his body, or rather his[Pg 92] bones, having been brought to Rome after his death, which happened during his journey, it was supposed that the oracle had intended to predict his death, and designate his fleshless bones, which somewhat resemble the branches of a vine.

Macrobius[204] tells us that Emperor Trajan, to test the oracle of Heliopolis in Phoenicia, sent him a sealed letter with nothing written inside. The oracle instructed that a blank letter should also be sent back to the emperor. The priests of the oracle were quite surprised by this, not understanding its significance. On another occasion, the same emperor consulted this oracle to find out if he would return safely from his campaign against the Parthians. The oracle instructed them to send him some branches of a knotted vine, which was sacred in its temple. Neither the emperor nor anyone else could figure out what this meant; however, after his body—or more accurately, his bones—were brought back to Rome following his death during his journey, it was believed that the oracle had meant to predict his death and refer to his fleshless bones, which somewhat resembled vine branches.

It is easy to explain this quite otherwise. If he had returned victorious, the vine being the source of wine which rejoices the heart of man, and is agreeable to both gods and men, would have typified his victory—and if the expedition had proved fruitless, the wood of the vine, which is useless for any kind of work, and only good for burning as firewood, might in that case signify the inutility of this expedition. It is allowed that the artifice, malice, and inventions of the heathen priests had much to do with the oracles; but are we to infer from this that the demon had no part in the matter?

It's easy to explain this in a different way. If he had come back as a winner, the vine—being the source of wine that cheers people up and is enjoyed by both gods and humans—would symbolize his success. But if the mission had turned out to be a failure, the wood from the vine, which is useless for anything except burning as firewood, might represent the worthlessness of that mission. It's true that the tricks, deceit, and schemes of the pagan priests played a big role in the oracles, but does that mean we should conclude that the demon wasn’t involved at all?

We must allow that as by degrees the light of the Gospel was spread in the world, the reign of the demon, ignorance, corruption of morals, and crime, diminished. The priests who pretended to predict, by the inspiration of the evil spirit, things concealed from mortal knowledge, or who misled the people by their illusions and impostures, were obliged to confess that the Christians imposed silence on them, either by the empire they exercised over the devil, or else by discovering the malice and knavishness of the priests, which the people had not dared to sound, from a blind respect which they had for this mystery of iniquity.

We have to acknowledge that as the message of the Gospel gradually spread throughout the world, the power of the demon—represented by ignorance, moral corruption, and crime—began to fade. The priests who claimed to foretell future events through the influence of evil spirits or who deceived the public with their tricks and lies had to admit that Christians silenced them. This happened either because of the authority Christians held over the devil or because they uncovered the deceitfulness and trickery of the priests, which the people had previously been too afraid to question due to their blind respect for this source of wickedness.

If in our days any one would deny that in former times there were oracles which were rendered by the inspiration of the demon, we might convince him of it by what is still practiced in Lapland, and by what missionaries[205] relate, that in India the demon reveals things hidden and to come, not by the mouth of idols, but by that of the priests, who are present when they interrogate either the statues or the demon. And they remark that there the demon becomes mute and powerless, in proportion as the light of the Gospel is spread among these nations. Thus then the silence of the oracles may be attributed—1. To a superhuman cause, which is the power of Jesus Christ, and the publication of the Gospel. 2. Mankind are become less superstitious, and bolder in searching out the cause of these pretended revelations. 3. To their having become less credulous, as Cicero says.[206] 4. Because princes have imposed silence on the oracles, fearing that they might inspire the nation with rebellious principles. For which reason, Lucan says, that princes feared to discover the future.[207]

If anyone today were to deny that in the past there were oracles inspired by demons, we could convince them by looking at the practices still observed in Lapland and what missionaries[205] report from India. There, demons reveal hidden and future things, not through idols, but through priests who are present when they question either the statues or the demons. They also note that the demons become silent and powerless as the light of the Gospel spreads among these nations. Thus, the silence of the oracles can be attributed to: 1. A superhuman cause, which is the power of Jesus Christ and the spread of the Gospel. 2. Humanity becoming less superstitious and bolder in investigating the roots of these supposed revelations. 3. Their becoming less gullible, as Cicero mentions.[206] 4. Because rulers have imposed silence on the oracles, fearing they might inspire rebellion among the people. For this reason, Lucan states that rulers feared to reveal the future.[207]

[Pg 93]Strabo[208] conjectures that the Romans neglected them because they had the Sibylline books, and their auspices (aruspices, or haruspices), which stood them instead of oracles. M. Vandale demonstrates that some remains of the oracles might yet be seen under the Christian emperors. It was then only in process of time that oracles were entirely abolished; and it may be boldly asserted that sometimes the evil spirit revealed the future, and inspired the ministers of false gods, by permission of the Almighty, who wished to punish the confidence of the infidels in their idols. It would be going too far, if we affirmed that all that was said of the oracles was only the effect of the artifices or the malice of the priests, who always imposed on the credulity of mankind. Read on this subject the learned reply of Father Balthus to the treatises of MM. Vandale and Fontenelle.

[Pg 93]Strabo[208] suggests that the Romans ignored them because they relied on the Sibylline books and their priests (aruspices or haruspices) instead of oracles. M. Vandale shows that some remnants of the oracles could still be found during the time of the Christian emperors. It took time for oracles to be completely eliminated; one could even claim that sometimes evil spirits predicted the future and inspired the followers of false gods, allowed by the Almighty, who wanted to punish the faith of the unbelievers in their idols. It would be an overstatement to say that everything attributed to the oracles was merely the result of tricks or the malice of priests, who constantly deceived human gullibility. For more on this topic, read the learned response of Father Balthus to the writings of MM. Vandale and Fontenelle.

 

Footnotes:

References:

[202] Porphr. apud Euseb. de Præpar. Evang. lib, iv. c. 5, 6.

[202] Porphr. in Eusebius, Preparing for the Gospel, book IV, chapters 5 and 6.

[203] Plutarch, de Defectu Oracul. p. 434.

[203] Plutarch, On the Failure of Oracles. p. 434.

[204] Macrob. Saturnal. lib. i. c. 23.

[204] Macrob. Saturnal. lib. i. c. 23.

[205] Lettres édifiantes, tom. x.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Edifying Letters, vol. x.

[206] Cicero, de Divinat. lib. ii. c. 57.

[206] Cicero, On Divination, Book II, Chapter 57.

[207]
"Reges timent futura
Et superos vetant loqui."
Lucan, Pharsal. lib. v. p. 112.

[207]
"Kings fear what’s ahead"
"And tell the gods not to speak."
Lucan, Pharsal. book 5, p. 112.

[208] Strabo, lib. xvii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Strabo, book 17.


CHAPTER XVIII.

ON SORCERERS AND SORCERESSES, OR WITCHES.

The empire of the devil nowhere shines forth with more lustre than in what is related of the Sabbath (witches' sabbath or assembly), where he receives the homage of those of both sexes who have abandoned themselves to him. It is there, the wizards and witches say, that he exercises the greatest authority, and appears in a visible form, but always hideous, misshapen, and terrible; always during the night in out-of-the-way places, and arrayed in a manner more gloomy than gay, rather sad and dull, than majestic and brilliant. If they pay their adoration in that place to the prince of darkness, he shows himself there in a despicable posture, and in a base, contemptible and hideous form; if people eat there, the viands of the feast are dirty, insipid, and destitute of solidity and substance—they neither satisfy the appetite, nor please the palate; if they dance there, it is without order, without skill, without propriety.

The empire of the devil shines brightest in what is said about the Sabbath (witches' sabbath or gathering), where he is worshipped by those of both genders who have surrendered themselves to him. It is said by wizards and witches that he holds the most power there and appears in a visible form, but always it's grotesque, misshapen, and terrifying; always at night in secluded spots, dressed in a way that’s more somber than festive, more sad and dull than grand and bright. When they show their devotion to the prince of darkness in that place, he appears in a despicable stance, in a base, contemptible, and repulsive form; if people eat there, the food is dirty, tasteless, and lacking in substance—it neither satisfies hunger nor delights the taste; if they dance there, it is chaotic, lacking skill and decorum.

To endeavor to give a description of the infernal sabbath, is to aim at describing what has no existence and never has existed, except in the craving and deluded imagination of sorcerers and sorceresses: the paintings we have of it are conceived after the reveries of those who fancy they have been transported through the air to the sabbath, both in body and soul.

Trying to describe the hellish sabbath is like trying to describe something that doesn’t exist and never has, except in the desires and fantasies of witches and wizards. The images we have of it are inspired by the daydreams of those who believe they have been taken through the air to the sabbath, both physically and spiritually.

People are carried thither, say they, sitting on a broom-stick, sometimes on the clouds or on a he-goat. Neither the place, the[Pg 94] time, nor the day when they assemble is fixed. It is sometimes in a lonely forest, sometimes in a desert, usually on the Wednesday or the Thursday night; the most solemn of all is that of the eve of St. John the Baptist: they there distribute to every sorcerer the ointment with which he must anoint himself when he desires to go to the sabbath, and the spell-powder he must make use of in his magic operations. They must all appear together in this general assembly, and he who is absent is severely ill-used both in word and deed. As to the private meetings, the demon is more indulgent to those who are absent for some particular reason.

People say they are taken there, sitting on a broomstick, sometimes on clouds or on a goat. The place, time, and day when they gather are never the same. It can be in a lonely forest, sometimes in a desert, usually on a Wednesday or Thursday night; the most important gathering is on the eve of St. John the Baptist. At this event, every sorcerer receives the ointment they need to anoint themselves when they want to attend the sabbath, along with the spell powder they need for their magical work. They all have to be there for this general assembly, and anyone who is absent is harshly treated in both words and actions. However, for private meetings, the demon is more lenient towards those who miss out for a specific reason.

As to the ointment with which they anoint themselves, some authors, amongst others, John Baptista Porta, and John Wierius,[209] boast that they know the composition. Amongst other ingredients there are many narcotic drugs, which cause those who make use of it to fall into a profound slumber, during which they imagine that they are carried to the sabbath up the chimney, at the top of which they find a tall black man,[210] with horns, who transports them where they wish to go, and afterwards brings them back again by the same chimney. The accounts given by these people, and the description which they give of their assemblies, are wanting in unity and uniformity.

As for the ointment they use to anoint themselves, some authors, including John Baptista Porta and John Wierius,[209] claim to know the recipe. Among other ingredients, there are several narcotic drugs that cause those who use it to fall into a deep sleep, during which they believe they're taken to the sabbath up the chimney, where they encounter a tall black man,[210] with horns, who transports them to their desired location and then brings them back through the same chimney. The stories told by these individuals and the descriptions of their gatherings lack consistency and coherence.

The demon, their chief, appears there, either in the shape of a he-goat, or as a great black dog, or as an immense raven; he is seated on an elevated throne, and receives there the homage of those present in a way which decency does not allow us to describe. In this nocturnal assembly they sing, they dance, they abandon themselves to the most shameful disorder; they sit down to table, and indulge in good cheer; while at the same time they see on the table neither knife nor fork, salt nor oil; they find the viands devoid of savor, and quit the table without their hunger being satisfied.

The demon, their leader, appears there, either as a male goat, a large black dog, or a huge raven; he sits on a raised throne and receives the admiration of those present in a way that decency doesn't allow us to describe. In this nighttime gathering, they sing, dance, and give in to the most disgraceful chaos; they sit down to eat and enjoy good food; yet, at the same time, they find neither knife nor fork, salt nor oil on the table; the food lacks flavor, and they leave the table still hungry.

One would imagine that the attraction of a better fortune, and a wish to enrich themselves, drew thither men and women. The devil never fails to make them magnificent promises, at least the sorcerers say so, and believe it, deceived, without doubt, by their imagination; but experience shows us that these people are always ragged, despised, and wretched, and usually end their lives in a violent and dishonorable manner.

One would think that the lure of a better life and the desire to get rich would bring people there. The devil always makes grand promises, or so the sorcerers claim, and they believe it, fooled, no doubt, by their own fantasies; but experience tells us that these individuals are always poor, looked down upon, and miserable, often ending their lives in a violent and disgraceful way.

When they are admitted for the first time to the sabbath, the demon inscribes their name and surname on his register, which he makes them sign; then he makes them forswear cream and baptism, makes them renounce Jesus Christ and his church; and, to give[Pg 95] them a distinctive character and make them known for his own, he imprints on their bodies a certain mark with the nail of the little finger of one of his hands; this mark, or character, thus impressed, renders the part insensible to pain. They even pretend that he impresses this character in three different parts of the body, and at three different times. The demon does not impress these characters, say they, before the person has attained the age of twenty-five.

When they're admitted to the Sabbath for the first time, the demon writes down their name and surname in his register, which he has them sign. Then he makes them take an oath to reject cream and baptism, renounce Jesus Christ and his church; and to mark them as his own, he puts a specific mark on their bodies using the nail from his little finger. This mark makes that area insensitive to pain. They even claim that he brands this mark in three different places on the body and at three separate times. According to them, the demon doesn’t mark these characters until the person turns twenty-five.

But none of these things deserve the least attention. There may happen to be in the body of a man, or a woman, some benumbed part, either from illness, or the effect of remedies, or drugs, or even naturally; but that is no proof that the devil has anything to do with it. There are even persons accused of magic and sorcery, on whom no part thus characterized has been found, nor yet insensible to the touch, however exact the search. Others have declared that the devil has never made any such marks upon them. Consult on this matter the second letter of M. de St. André, Physician to the King, in which he well develops what has been said about these characters of sorcerers.

But none of these things deserve the slightest attention. It’s possible for a man or woman to have a numb part of their body, either due to illness, the effects of medication, drugs, or even naturally; but that doesn’t prove that the devil is involved. There are even people accused of witchcraft and sorcery who have not shown any such characteristics, nor have they been insensible to touch, no matter how thorough the investigation. Others have claimed that the devil has never left any marks on them. Check out the second letter from M. de St. André, Physician to the King, where he explains well what has been said about these signs of witches.

The word sabbath, taken in the above sense, is not to be found in ancient writers; neither the Hebrews nor the Egyptians, the Greeks nor the Latins have known it.

The word sabbath, in the sense mentioned above, doesn’t appear in ancient writings; neither the Hebrews nor the Egyptians, the Greeks nor the Latins used it.

The thing itself, I mean the sabbath taken in the sense of a nocturnal assembly of persons devoted to the devil, is not remarked in antiquity, although magicians, sorcerers, and witches are spoken of often enough—that is to say, people who boasted that they exercised a kind of power over the devil, and by his means, over animals, the air, the stars, and the lives and fortunes of men.

The thing itself, meaning the sabbath understood as a night gathering of people devoted to the devil, isn’t noted in ancient times, although magicians, sorcerers, and witches are frequently mentioned—that is to say, people who claimed they had a kind of power over the devil, and through him, over animals, the air, the stars, and the lives and fortunes of people.

Horace[211] makes use of the word coticia to indicate the nocturnal meetings of the magicians—Tu riseris coticia; which he derives from Cotys, or Cotto, Goddess of Vice, who presided in the assemblies which were held at night, and where the Bacchantes gave themselves up to all sorts of dissolute pleasures; but this is very different from the witches' sabbath.

Horace[211] uses the term coticia to refer to the nighttime gatherings of magicians—Tu riseris coticia; he derives it from Cotys, or Cotto, the Goddess of Vice, who oversaw the assemblies that took place at night, where the Bacchantes indulged in all kinds of immoral pleasures; however, this is quite different from the witches' sabbath.

Others derive this term from Sabbatius, which is an epithet given to the god Bacchus, whose nocturnal festivals were celebrated in debauchery. Arnobius and Julius Firmicus Maternus inform us that in these festivals they slipped a golden serpent into the bosoms of the initiated, and drew it downwards; but this etymology is too far-fetched: the people who gave the name of sabbath to the assemblies of the sorcerers wished apparently to compare them in derision to those of the Jews, and to what they practiced in their synagogues on sabbath days.

Others believe this term comes from Sabbatius, which is a nickname for the god Bacchus, whose nighttime festivals were marked by excess. Arnobius and Julius Firmicus Maternus tell us that during these festivals, they placed a golden serpent into the bosoms of the initiates and pulled it downwards; however, this explanation seems a bit far-fetched. The people who named the gatherings of the sorcerers as sabbath apparently intended to mockingly compare them to the assemblies of the Jews and their practices in synagogues on sabbath days.

The most ancient monument in which I have been able to remark[Pg 96] any express mention of the nocturnal assemblies of the sorcerers is in the Capitularies,[212] wherein it is said that women led away by the illusions of the demons, say that they go in the night with the goddess Diana and an infinite number of other women, borne through the air on different animals, that they go in a few hours a great distance, and obey Diana as their queen. It was, therefore, to the goddess Diana, or the Moon, and not to Lucifer, that they paid homage. The Germans call witches' dances what we call the sabbath. They say that these people assemble on Mount Bructere.

The oldest record I've found that mentions the nighttime gatherings of witches is in the Capitularies,[212] where it’s stated that women, misled by demons, claim they fly through the night with the goddess Diana and many other women, riding on various animals. They can travel great distances in just a few hours and obey Diana as their queen. So, it was to the goddess Diana, or the Moon, and not to Lucifer, that they showed their respect. The Germans refer to witches’ gatherings as what we call the sabbath. They say these people meet on Mount Bructere.

The famous Agobard,[213] Archbishop of Lyons, who lived under the Emperor Louis the Debonair, wrote a treatise against certain superstitious persons in his time, who believed that storms, hail, and thunder were caused by certain sorcerers whom they called tempesters (tempestarios, or storm-brewers), who raised the rain in the air, caused storms and thunder, and brought sterility upon the earth. They called these extraordinary rains aura lavatitia, as if to indicate that they were raised by magic power. In this place the people still call these violent rains alvace. There were even persons sufficiently prejudiced to boast that they knew of tempêtiers, who had to conduct the tempests where they choose, and to turn them aside when they pleased. Agobard interrogated some of them, but they were obliged to own that they had not been present at the things they related.

The famous Agobard,[213] Archbishop of Lyons, who lived during the reign of Emperor Louis the Debonair, wrote a treatise against certain superstitious people of his time who believed that storms, hail, and thunder were caused by sorcerers they referred to as tempesters (tempestarios or storm-brewers), who created rain in the air, caused storms and thunder, and led to infertility on the earth. They called these extraordinary rains aura lavatitia, suggesting they were brought about by magical power. To this day, people still refer to these heavy rains as alvace. Some individuals were even biased enough to claim they knew of tempêtiers who could control storms at will and redirect them whenever they pleased. Agobard questioned some of them, but they had to admit that they hadn’t witnessed the events they described.

Agobard maintains that this is the work of God alone; that in truth, the saints, with the help of God, have often performed similar prodigies; but that neither the devil nor sorcerers can do anything like it. He remarks that there were among his people superstitious persons who would pay very punctually what they called canonicum, which was a sort of tribute which they offered to these tempest-brewers (tempêtiers), that they might not hurt them, while they refused the tithe to the priest and alms to the widow, orphan, and other indigent persons.

Agobard argues that this is solely the work of God, and that in reality, the saints, with God's help, have often performed similar miracles; however, neither the devil nor sorcerers can accomplish anything like it. He notes that among his people, there were superstitious individuals who would consistently pay what they referred to as canonicum, a type of tribute offered to these storm-bringers (tempêtiers), so they wouldn't harm them, while they neglected to give the tithe to the priest and charity to the widow, orphan, and other needy individuals.

He adds that he had of late found people sufficiently foolish enough to spread a report that Grimaldus, Duke of Benevento, had sent persons into France, carrying certain powders which they had scattered over the fields, mountains, meadows, and springs, and had thus caused the death of an immense number of animals. Several of these persons were taken up, and they owned that they carried such powders about with them and though they made them suffer various tortures, they could not force them to retract what they had said.

He adds that recently he discovered people naive enough to spread a rumor that Grimaldus, Duke of Benevento, had sent individuals into France with certain powders that they sprinkled over the fields, mountains, meadows, and springs, causing the death of a huge number of animals. Several of these individuals were arrested, and they admitted that they were carrying such powders, and although they were subjected to various tortures, they couldn’t be made to take back what they had said.

[Pg 97]Others affirmed that there was a certain country named Mangonia, where there were vessels which were borne through the air and took away the productions; that certain wizards had cut down trees to carry them to their country. He says, moreover, that one day three men and a woman were presented to him, who, they said, had fallen from these ships which floated in the air. They were kept some days in confinement, and at last having been confronted with their accusers, the latter were obliged, after contesting the matter, and making several depositions, to avow that they knew nothing certain concerning their being carried away, or of their pretended fall from the ship in the sky.

[Pg 97]Others claimed there was a country called Mangonia, where there were ships that floated in the air and took away goods; that certain wizards had cut down trees to transport them to their land. He also mentions that one day three men and a woman were brought to him, who, they said, had fallen from these flying ships. They were held for several days, and finally, after being confronted by their accusers, the accusers had to admit, after arguing the case and giving several statements, that they didn’t really know anything for sure about them being taken away or their supposed fall from the ship in the sky.

Charlemagne[214] in his Capitularies, and the authors of his time, speak also of these wizard tempest-brewers, enchanters, &c., and commanded that they should be reprimanded and severely chastised.

Charlemagne[214] in his Capitularies, and the writers of his era, also mention these wizard storm-makers, enchanters, etc., and ordered that they should be reprimanded and punished harshly.

Pope Gregory IX.[215] in a letter addressed to the Archbishop of Mayence, the Bishop of Hildesheim, and Doctor Conrad, in 1234, thus relates the abominations of which they accused the heretic Stadingians. "When they receive," says he, "a novice, and when he enters their assemblies for the first time, he sees an enormous toad, as big as a goose, or bigger. Some kiss it on the mouth, some kiss it behind. Then the novice meets a pale man with very black eyes, and so thin that he is only skin and bones. He kisses him, and feels that he is cold as ice. After this kiss, the novice easily forgets the Catholic faith; afterwards they hold a feast together, after which a black cat comes down behind a statue, which usually stands in the room where they assemble.

Pope Gregory IX.[215] in a letter to the Archbishop of Mayence, the Bishop of Hildesheim, and Doctor Conrad, in 1234, describes the shocking acts they accused the heretic Stadingians of. "When they welcome," he says, "a newcomer, and when he attends their meetings for the first time, he sees a huge toad, as big as a goose, or even larger. Some kiss it on the mouth, while others kiss it on the backside. Then the newcomer encounters a pale man with very dark eyes, so thin he looks like just skin and bones. He kisses him and realizes that he feels cold as ice. After this kiss, the newcomer easily forgets the Catholic faith; later they have a feast together, after which a black cat appears from behind a statue that usually stands in the room where they gather."

"The novice first of all kisses the cat on the back, then he who presides over the assembly, and the others who are worthy of it. The imperfect receive only a kiss from the master; they promise obedience; after which they extinguish the lights, and commit all sorts of disorders. They receive every year, at Easter, the Lord's Body, and carry it in their mouth to their own houses, when they cast it away. They believe in Lucifer, and say that the Master of Heaven has unjustly and fraudulently thrown him into hell. They believe also that Lucifer is the creator of celestial things, that will re-enter into glory after having thrown down his adversary, and that through him they will gain eternal bliss." This letter bears date the 13th of June, 1233.

"The novice starts by kissing the cat on the back, then he kisses the person leading the group, followed by others who are deserving of it. The imperfect ones only receive a kiss from the master; they pledge to obey; after which they turn off the lights and engage in all kinds of chaos. Every year at Easter, they receive the Lord's Body and take it home in their mouths, only to discard it later. They believe in Lucifer and claim that the Master of Heaven has unfairly and deceitfully sent him to hell. They also believe that Lucifer is the creator of heavenly things, who will rise to glory after defeating his opponent, and that through him they will achieve eternal happiness." This letter is dated June 13, 1233.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[209] Joan. Vier. lib. ii. c. 7.

[209] Joan. Four. book ii. c. 7.

[210] A remarkably fine print on this subject was published at Paris some years ago; if we remember right, it was suppressed.

[210] A really nice print on this topic was published in Paris a few years back; if we recall correctly, it was taken down.

[211] Horat. Epodon. xviii. 4.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Horace, Epodes, 18.4.

[212] "Quædam sceleratæ mulieres dæmonum illusionibus et phantasmatibus seductæ, credunt se et profitentur nocturnis horis cum Dianâ Paganorum deâ et innumerâ multitudine mulierum equitare super quasdam bestias et multa terrarum spalia intempestæ noctis silentio pertransire ejusque jussionibus veluti dominæ obedire."—Baluz. Capitular. fragment. c. 13. Vide et Capitul. Herardi, Episc. Turon.

[212] "Certain wicked women, seduced by the illusions and phantoms of demons, believe and claim that they ride at night with the Pagan goddess Diana and countless other women over certain beasts, traversing the spoils of the earth in the eerie silence of the night and obeying her commands as if she were their mistress."—Baluz. Capitular. fragment. c. 13. See also Capitul. Herardi, Episc. Turon.

[213] Agobard de Grandine.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Agobard of Lyon.

[214] Vide Baluzii in Agobard. pp. 68, 69.

[214] See Baluzii in Agobard. pp. 68, 69.

[215] Fleury, Hist. Eccles. tom. xvii. p. 53, ann. 1234.

[215] Fleury, Hist. Eccles. vol. 17, p. 53, year 1234.


CHAPTER XIX.

INSTANCES OF SORCERERS AND WITCHES BEING, AS THEY SAID, TRANSPORTED TO THE SABBATH.

All that is said about witches going to the sabbath is treated as a fable, and we have several examples which prove that they do not stir from their bed or their chamber. It is true that some of them anoint themselves with a certain grease or unguent, which makes them sleepy, and renders them insensible; and during this swoon they fancy that they go to the sabbath, and there see and hear what every one says is there seen and heard.

All the talk about witches going to the sabbath is seen as a myth, and we have plenty of examples that show they don't actually get out of bed or leave their rooms. It's true that some of them rub a special ointment on themselves that makes them drowsy and numb; while in this dazed state, they believe they're attending the sabbath and perceive everything everyone claims happens there.

We read, in the book entitled Malleus Maleficorum, or the Hammer of the Sorcerers, that a woman who was in the hands of the Inquisitors assured them that she repaired really and bodily whither she would, and that even were she shut up in prison and strictly guarded, and let the place be ever so far off.

We read in the book titled Malleus Maleficorum, or the Hammer of the Sorcerers, that a woman who was caught by the Inquisitors claimed she could truly and physically go wherever she wanted, even if she was locked up in prison and closely watched, no matter how far away the place was.

The Inquisitors ordered her to go to a certain place, to speak to certain persons, and bring back news of them; she promised to obey, and was directly locked up in a chamber, where she lay down, extended as if dead; they went into the room, and moved her; but she remained motionless, and without the least sensation, so that when they put a lighted candle to her foot and burnt it she did not feel it. A little after, she came to herself, and gave an account of the commission they had given her, saying she had had a great deal of trouble to go that road. They asked her what was the matter with her foot; she said it hurt her very much since her return, and knew not whence it came.

The Inquisitors told her to go to a specific place, talk to certain people, and bring back information about them; she agreed to comply and was immediately locked in a room, where she lay down, appearing almost lifeless. They entered the room and moved her, but she stayed completely still and showed no signs of feeling anything, so when they held a lit candle to her foot and burned it, she didn’t react. After a while, she regained her senses and reported back on the task they had given her, claiming it had taken her a lot of effort to travel that route. They asked her what was wrong with her foot; she replied that it hurt a lot since she got back and that she didn’t know where the pain was coming from.

Then the Inquisitors declared to her what had happened; that she had not stirred from her place, and that the pain in her foot was caused by the application of a lighted candle during her pretended absence. The thing having been verified, she acknowledged her folly, asked pardon, and promised never to fall into it again.

Then the Inquisitors told her what had happened; that she had not moved from her spot, and that the pain in her foot was caused by a lit candle during her fake absence. Once it was confirmed, she admitted her mistake, asked for forgiveness, and promised never to do it again.

Other historians relate[216] that, by means of certain drugs with which both wizards and witches anoint themselves, they are really and corporally transported to the sabbath. Torquemada relates, on the authority of Paul Grilland, that a husband suspecting his wife[Pg 99] of being a witch, desired to know if she went to the sabbath, and how she managed to transport herself thither. He watched her so narrowly, that he saw her one day anoint herself with a certain unguent, and then take the form of a bird and fly away, and he saw her no more till the next morning, when he found her by his side. He questioned her very much, without making her own anything; at last he told her what he had himself seen, and by dint of beating her with a stick, he constrained her to tell him her secret, and to take him with her to the sabbath.

Other historians report that, using certain drugs that both wizards and witches apply to themselves, they are actually transported, both physically and literally, to the sabbath. Torquemada recounts, based on Paul Grilland's account, that a husband who suspected his wife of being a witch wanted to find out if she attended the sabbath and how she managed to get there. He watched her so closely that he saw her one day apply a particular ointment, then transform into a bird and fly away, and he didn’t see her again until the next morning when he found her beside him. He questioned her extensively, without getting her to admit anything; finally, he revealed what he had witnessed, and by beating her with a stick, he forced her to share her secret and take him with her to the sabbath.

Arrived at this place, he sat down to table with the others; but as all the viands which were on the table were very insipid, he asked for some salt; they were some time before they brought any; at last, seeing a salt-cellar, he said—"God be praised, there is some salt at last!" At the same instant, he heard a very great noise, all the company disappeared, and he found himself alone and naked in a field among the mountains. He went forward and found some shepherds; he learned that he was more than three leagues from his dwelling. He returned thither as he could, and, having related the circumstance to the Inquisitors, they caused the woman and several others, her accomplices, to be taken up and chastised as they deserved.

When he arrived at the place, he sat down to eat with the others; but since all the food on the table was really bland, he asked for some salt. It took a while for them to bring any, and finally, when he spotted a saltshaker, he exclaimed, "Thank God, there's some salt at last!" At that moment, he heard a loud noise, all the guests vanished, and he found himself alone and naked in a field surrounded by mountains. He walked on and came across some shepherds; he discovered that he was over three leagues away from home. He made his way back as best as he could and, after explaining what happened to the Inquisitors, they had the woman and several of her accomplices arrested and punished as they deserved.

The same author relates that a woman, returning from the sabbath and being carried through the air by the evil spirit, heard in the morning the bell for the Angelus. The devil let her go immediately, and she fell into a quickset hedge on the bank of a river; her hair fell disheveled over her neck and shoulders. She perceived a young lad who after much entreaty came and took her out and conducted her to the next village, where her house was situated; it required most pressing and repeated questions on the part of the lad, before she would tell him truly what had happened to her; she made him presents, and begged him to say nothing about it, nevertheless the circumstance got spread abroad.

The same author shares that a woman, coming back from the Sabbath and being flown through the air by an evil spirit, heard the bell for the Angelus in the morning. The devil released her immediately, and she fell into a thorny hedge by the riverbank; her hair fell messily over her neck and shoulders. She noticed a young boy who, after a lot of pleading, came and helped her out and led her to the nearby village where her house was located; it took a lot of persistent questioning from the boy before she would honestly tell him what had happened to her; she gave him some gifts and asked him to keep it a secret, but the story eventually got around.

If we could depend on the truth of these stories, and an infinite number of similar ones, which books are full of, we might believe that sometimes sorcerers are carried bodily to the sabbath; but on comparing these stories with others which prove that they go thither only in mind and imagination, we may say boldly, that what is related of wizards and witches who go or think they go to the sabbath, is usually only illusion on the part of the devil, and seduction on the part of those of both sexes who fancy they fly and travel, while they in reality do not stir from their places. The spirit of malice and falsehood being mixed up in this foolish prepossession, they confirm themselves in their follies and engage others in the same impiety; for Satan has a thousand ways of deceiving mankind and of retaining them in error. Magic, impiety, enchantments, are[Pg 100] often the effects of a diseased imagination. It rarely happens that these kind of people do not fall into every excess of licentiousness, irreligion, and theft, and into the most outrageous consequences of hatred to their neighbors.

If we could trust the truth of these stories, along with countless similar ones found in books, we might believe that sometimes sorcerers are physically taken to the gathering. However, when we compare these stories to others that show they only go there in their minds and imaginations, we can confidently say that what is said about wizards and witches who believe they go to the gathering is usually just an illusion created by the devil, and a temptation from those of both genders who think they can fly and travel, while in reality, they don’t leave their spots. The spirit of malice and deceit is mixed up in this foolish belief, causing them to reinforce their delusions and draw others into the same wrongdoing; because Satan has countless ways of tricking people and keeping them in ignorance. Magic, impiety, and enchantments are[Pg 100] often the results of a disturbed imagination. It rarely happens that these types of people don’t fall into every excess of immorality, disrespect for religion, and theft, along with the most extreme acts of hatred toward their neighbors.

Some have believed that demons took the form of the sorcerers and sorceresses who were supposed to be at the sabbath, and that they maintained the simple creatures in their foolish belief, by appearing to them sometimes in the shape of those persons who were reputed witches, while they themselves were quietly asleep in their beds. But this belief contains difficulties as great, or perhaps greater, than the opinion we would combat. It is far from easy to understand that the demon takes the form of pretended sorcerers and witches, that he appears under this shape, that he eats, drinks, and travels, and does other actions to make simpletons believe that sorcerers go to the sabbath. What advantage does the devil derive from making idiots believe these things, or maintaining them in such an error? Nevertheless it is related[217] that St. Germain, Bishop of Auxerre, traveling one day, and passing through a village in his diocese, after having taken some refreshment there, remarked that they were preparing a great supper, and laying out the table anew; he asked if they expected company, and they told him it was for those good women who go by night. St. Germain well understood what was meant, and resolved to watch to see the end of this adventure.

Some have believed that demons took on the appearance of sorcerers and witches who were supposed to be at the sabbath, and that they kept the gullible people trapped in their foolish beliefs by sometimes appearing as those who were thought to be witches, while the witches themselves were peacefully asleep in their beds. But this belief brings about challenges as significant, or perhaps even greater, than the view we are arguing against. It’s not easy to grasp that the demon assumes the guise of fake sorcerers and witches, that he appears in this form, eats, drinks, travels, and performs other actions to convince simple-minded folks that sorcerers go to the sabbath. What does the devil gain from misleading naive people or keeping them in such a delusion? Nonetheless, it's said[217] that St. Germain, Bishop of Auxerre, was traveling one day and passed through a village in his diocese. After having some refreshments there, he noticed they were setting up a big feast and redoing the table. He asked if they were expecting guests, and they replied that it was for those good women who come by night. St. Germain understood well what they meant and decided to keep watch to see how this would unfold.

Some time after he beheld a multitude of demons who came in the form of men and women, and sat down to table in his presence. St. Germain forbade them to withdraw, and calling the people of the house, he asked them if they knew those persons: they replied, that they were such and such among their neighbors: "Go," said he, "and see if they are in their houses:" they went, and found them asleep in their beds. The saint conjured the demons, and obliged them to declare that it is thus they mislead mortals, and make them believe that there are sorcerers and witches who go by night to the sabbath; they obeyed, and disappeared, greatly confused.

Some time after he saw a crowd of demons who appeared as men and women, sitting at a table in front of him. St. Germain told them not to leave, and he called the people of the house, asking if they recognized these individuals. They replied that they were some of their neighbors. "Go," he instructed, "and check if they're at home." They went and found them asleep in their beds. The saint compelled the demons to reveal that this is how they mislead people, making them think that there are sorcerers and witches who go to the sabbath at night; they complied and vanished, looking very embarrassed.

This history may be read in old manuscripts, and is to be found in Jacques de Varasse, Pierre de Noëls, in St. Antonine, and in old Breviaries of Auxerre, as well printed, as manuscript. I by no means guarantee the truth of this story; I think it is absolutely apocryphal; but it proves that those who wrote and copied it believed that these nocturnal journeys of sorcerers and witches to the sabbath, were mere illusions of the demon. In fact, it is hardly possible to explain all that is said of sorcerers and witches going to the sabbath, without having recourse to the ministry of the demon; to[Pg 101] which we must add a disturbed imagination, with a mind misled, and foolishly prepossessed, and, if you will, a few drugs which affect the brain, excite the humors, and produce dreams relative to impressions already in their minds.

This history can be found in old manuscripts, and it's recorded in Jacques de Varasse, Pierre de Noëls, in St. Antonine, and in old Breviaries of Auxerre, both in print and handwritten. I don't guarantee the accuracy of this story; I believe it's completely made up; but it shows that those who wrote and copied it believed that these nighttime journeys of sorcerers and witches to the sabbath were simply illusions created by the demon. In fact, it's nearly impossible to explain all that is said about sorcerers and witches going to the sabbath without involving the influence of the demon; we must also consider a disturbed imagination, a misled mind, foolish biases, and possibly a few drugs that affect the brain, stir up emotions, and create dreams based on impressions they already have.

In John Baptist Porta Cardan, and elsewhere, may be found the composition of those ointments with which witches are said to anoint themselves, to be able to transport themselves to the sabbath; but the only real effect they produce is to send them to sleep, disturb their imagination, and make them believe they are going long journeys, while they remain profoundly sleeping in their beds.

In John Baptist Porta Cardan and other sources, you can find the recipe for the ointments that witches are supposed to use to anoint themselves so they can travel to their gatherings. However, the only real effect these ointments have is to make them fall asleep, disrupt their imagination, and convince them they are embarking on long journeys while they stay fast asleep in their beds.

The fathers of the council of Paris, of the year 829, confess that magicians, wizards, and people of that kind, are the ministers and instruments of the demon in the exercise of their diabolical art; that they trouble the minds of certain persons by beverages calculated to inspire impure love; that they are persuaded they can disturb the sky, excite tempests, send hail, predict the future, ruin and destroy the fruit, and take away the milk of cattle belonging to one person, in order to give it to cattle the property of another.

The leaders of the council of Paris in 829 admit that magicians, wizards, and similar individuals are the agents and tools of the demon in practicing their dark arts. They disturb the minds of some people with potions meant to incite unclean desires. They believe they can alter the weather, provoke storms, cause hail, predict the future, ruin crops, and take milk from one person's livestock to give it to another's.

The bishops conclude that all the rigor of the laws enacted by princes against such persons ought to be put in force against them, and so much the more justly, that it is evident they yield themselves up to the service of the devil.

The bishops conclude that all the strict laws imposed by rulers against such individuals should be enforced against them, and even more justly, since it is clear they are surrendering themselves to the service of the devil.

Spranger, in the Malleus Maleficorum, relates, that in Suabia, a peasant who was walking in his fields with his little girl, a child about eight years of age, complained of the drought, saying, "Alas! when will God give us some rain?" Immediately the little girl told him that she could bring him some down whenever he wished it. He answered,—"And who has taught you that secret?" "My mother," said she, "who has strictly forbidden me to tell any body of it."

Spranger, in the Malleus Maleficorum, recounts that in Suabia, a farmer walking in his fields with his young daughter, who was about eight years old, voiced his frustration about the drought, saying, "Oh no! When will God send us some rain?" The little girl then replied that she could bring him rain whenever he wanted it. He asked, "And who taught you that secret?" "My mom," she said, "who has strictly forbidden me from telling anyone about it."

"And what did she do to give you this power?"

"And what did she do to give you this power?"

"She took me to a master, who comes to me as many times as I call him."

"She took me to a master who comes to me whenever I call him."

"And have you seen this master?"

"And have you seen this master?"

"Yes," said she, "I have often seen men come to my mother's house; she has devoted me to one of them."

"Yes," she said, "I've often seen men come to my mom's house; she has promised me to one of them."

After this dialogue, the father asked her how she could do to make it rain upon his field only. She asked but for a little water; he led her to a neighboring brook, and the girl having called the water in the name of him to whom she had been devoted by her mother, they beheld directly abundance of rain falling on the peasant's field.

After this conversation, the father asked her how she could make it rain only on his field. She only asked for a little water; he took her to a nearby stream, and the girl, having called for the water in the name of the one her mother had dedicated her to, they saw an immediate downpour on the farmer’s field.

The father, convinced that his wife was a sorceress, accused her before the judges, who condemned her to be burnt. The daughter was baptized and vowed to God, but she then lost the power of making it rain at her will.

The father, believing that his wife was a witch, accused her in front of the judges, who sentenced her to be burned. The daughter was baptized and made a vow to God, but she then lost the ability to bring rain at her command.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[216] Alphons. à Castro ex Petro Grilland. Tract. de Hæresib.

[216] Alphons. à Castro from Petro Grilland. Treatise on Heresies.

[217] Bolland, 5 Jul. p. 287.

[217] Bolland, July 5. p. 287.


CHAPTER XX.

STORY OF LOUIS GAUFREDI AND MAGDALEN DE LA PALUD, OWNED BY THEMSELVES TO BE A SORCERER AND SORCERESS.

This is an unheard-of example; a man and woman who declared themselves to be a sorcerer and sorceress. Louis Gaufredi, Curé of the parish of Accouls, at Marseilles,[218] was accused of magic, and arrested at the beginning of the year 1611. Christopher Gaufredi, his uncle, of Pourrieres, in the neighborhood of Beauversas, sent him, six months before he (Christopher) died, a little paper book, in 16mo., with six leaves written upon; at the bottom of every leaf were two verses in French, and in the other parts were characters or ciphers, which contained magical mysteries. Louis Gaufredi at first thought very little of this book, and kept it for five years.

This is an unprecedented example: a man and woman who claimed to be a sorcerer and sorceress. Louis Gaufredi, the priest of the parish of Accouls in Marseilles,[218] was accused of practicing magic and was arrested at the beginning of 1611. Six months before his death, Christopher Gaufredi, his uncle from Pourrieres near Beauversas, sent him a small paper book, about the size of 16mo, with six written pages. Each page had two lines of poetry in French at the bottom, and the rest had symbols or ciphers that contained magical secrets. Louis Gaufredi initially thought very little of this book and kept it for five years.

At the end of that time, having read the French verses, the devil presented himself under a human shape, and by no means deformed, and told him that he was come to fulfil all his wishes, if he would give him credit for all his good works. Gaufredi agreed to the condition. He asked of the demon that he might enjoy a great reputation for wisdom and virtue among persons of probity, and that he might inspire with love all the women and young girls he pleased, by simply breathing upon them.

At the end of that time, after reading the French verses, the devil appeared in human form, looking quite normal, and told him he was there to make all his wishes come true, as long as he gave him credit for all his good deeds. Gaufredi agreed to the terms. He asked the demon to help him gain a great reputation for wisdom and virtue among honorable people, and to be able to inspire love in any women and young girls he desired, just by breathing on them.

Lucifer promised him all this in writing, and Gaufredi very soon saw the perfect accomplishment of his designs. He inspired with love a young lady named Magdalen, the daughter of a gentleman whose name was Mandole de la Palud. This girl was only nine years old, when Gaufredi, on pretence of devotion and spirituality, gave her to understand that, as her spiritual father, he had a right to dispose of her, and persuaded her to give herself to the devil; and some years afterwards, he obliged her to give a schedule, signed with her own blood, to the devil, to deliver herself up to him still more. It is even said that he made her give from that time seven or eight other schedules.

Lucifer promised him all of this in writing, and Gaufredi quickly saw his plans come to life. He instilled feelings of love in a young girl named Magdalen, the daughter of a gentleman named Mandole de la Palud. This girl was only nine years old when Gaufredi, under the guise of devotion and spirituality, led her to believe that as her spiritual father, he had the authority to control her. He convinced her to surrender herself to the devil; a few years later, he forced her to sign a document with her own blood to further commit herself to him. It’s even said that he made her sign seven or eight more documents after that.

After that, he breathed upon her, inspired her with a violent passion for himself, and took advantage of her; he gave her a familiar demon, who served her and followed her everywhere. One day he transported her to the witches' sabbath, held on a high mountain[Pg 103] near Marseilles; she saw there people of all nations, and in particular Gaufredi, who held there a distinguished rank, and who caused characters to be impressed or stamped on her head and in several other parts of her body. This girl afterwards became a nun of the order of St. Ursula, and passed for being possessed by the devil.

After that, he breathed on her, igniting a fierce passion for him, and exploited her; he gave her a familiar spirit that served and followed her everywhere. One day he took her to a witches' sabbath on a high mountain near Marseilles; there she saw people from all nations, especially Gaufredi, who held a prominent position and marked symbols on her head and in several other places on her body. This girl later became a nun in the order of St. Ursula and was thought to be possessed by the devil.

Gaufredi also inspired several other women with an irregular passion, by breathing on them; and this diabolical power lasted for six years. For at last they found out that he was a sorcerer and magician; and Mademoiselle de Mandole having been arrested by the Inquisition, and interrogated by father Michael Jacobin, owned a great part of what we have just told, and during the exorcisms discovered several other things. She was then nineteen years of age.

Gaufredi also inspired several other women with an unusual passion, by influencing them; and this strange power lasted for six years. Eventually, they uncovered that he was a sorcerer and magician; and Mademoiselle de Mandole, having been arrested by the Inquisition and questioned by Father Michael Jacobin, admitted to a large part of what we've just mentioned, and during the exorcisms revealed several other details. She was nineteen years old at the time.

All this made Gaufredi known to the Parliament of Provence. They arrested him; and proceedings against him commenced February, 1611. They heard in particular the deposition of Magdalen de la Palud, who gave a complete history of the magic of Gaufredi, and the abominations he had committed with her. That for the last fourteen years he had been a magician, and head of the magicians; and if he had been taken by the justiciary power, the devil would have carried him body and soul to hell.

All of this made Gaufredi known to the Parliament of Provence. They arrested him, and proceedings against him began in February 1611. They specifically heard the testimony of Magdalen de la Palud, who provided a full account of Gaufredi's magic and the terrible things he had done with her. For the past fourteen years, he had been a magician and the leader of the magicians; and if he had been captured by the legal authorities, the devil would have taken him straight to hell, body and soul.

Gaufredi had voluntarily gone to prison; and from the first examination which he underwent, he denied everything and represented himself as an upright man. But from the depositions made against him, it was shown that his heart was very corrupted, and that he had seduced Mademoiselle de Mandole, and other women whom he confessed. This young lady was heard juridically the 21st of February, and gave the history of her seduction, of Gaufredi's magic, and of the sabbath whither he had caused her to be transported several times.

Gaufredi had willingly gone to prison, and from the very first interrogation he faced, he denied everything and portrayed himself as a good man. However, the evidence presented against him revealed that he was deeply corrupt and had seduced Mademoiselle de Mandole and other women he admitted to. This young lady testified on February 21st, detailing her seduction, Gaufredi's magic, and the gatherings he had taken her to several times.

Some time after this, being confronted with Gaufredi, she owned that he was a worthy man, and that all which had been reported against him was imaginary, and retracted all she herself had avowed. Gaufredi on his part acknowledged his illicit connection with her, denied all the rest, and maintained that it was the devil, by whom she was possessed, that had suggested to her all she had said. He owned that, having resolved to reform his life, Lucifer had appeared to him, and threatened him with many misfortunes; that in fact he had experienced several; that he had burnt the magic book in which he had placed the schedules of Mademoiselle de la Palud and his own, which he had made with the devil; but that when he afterwards looked for them, he was much astonished not to find them. He spoke at length concerning the sabbath, and said there was, near the town of Nice, a magician, who had all sorts of garments ready for the use of the sorcerers; that on the day of the sabbath, there is a bell weighing a hundred pounds, four ells in width, and with a clapper of wood, which made the sound dull and lugubrious. He[Pg 104] related several horrors, impieties, and abominations which were committed at the sabbath. He repeated the schedule which Lucifer had given him, by which he bound himself to cast a spell on those women who should be to his taste.

Some time later, when Gaufredi confronted her, she admitted that he was a good man and that everything said against him was just made up, retracting everything she had previously claimed. Gaufredi, for his part, acknowledged that he had an inappropriate relationship with her, denied all the other accusations, and insisted that it was the devil, who possessed her, that led her to say all those things. He confessed that after deciding to turn his life around, Lucifer had appeared to him and threatened him with various misfortunes; in fact, he had experienced several. He stated that he had burned the magic book where he recorded the agreements between Mademoiselle de la Palud and himself that he had made with the devil, but to his surprise, he couldn't find it afterwards. He talked at length about the sabbath, mentioning that there was a magician near Nice who had all kinds of outfits ready for sorcerers; that on the day of the sabbath, there is a bell that weighs a hundred pounds, is four ells wide, and has a wooden clapper that makes a dull, mournful sound. He[Pg 104] described various horrific acts, impieties, and abominations occurring during the sabbath. He also repeated the agreement Lucifer had given him, which bound him to cast spells on women who caught his interest.

After this exposition of the things related above, the attorney-general drew his conclusions: As the said Gaufredi had been convicted of having divers marks in several parts of his body, where if pricked he has felt no pain, neither has any blood come; that he has been illicitly connected with Magdalen de la Palud, both at church and in her own house, both by day and by night, by letters in which were amorous or love characters, invisible to any other but herself; that he had induced her to renounce her God and her Church—and that she had received on her body several diabolical characters; that he has owned himself to be a sorcerer and a magician; that he had kept by him a book of magic, and had made use of it to conjure and invoke the evil spirit; that he has been with the said Magdalen to the sabbath, where he had committed an infinite number of scandalous, impious and abominable actions, such as having worshiped Lucifer:—for these causes, the said attorney-general requires that the said Gaufredi be declared attainted and convicted of the circumstances imputed to him, and as reparation of them, that he be previously degraded from sacred orders by the Lord Bishop of Marseilles, his diocesan, and afterwards condemned to make honorable amends one audience day, having his head and feet bare, a cord about his neck, and holding a lighted taper in his hands—to ask pardon of God, the king, and the court of justice—then, to be delivered into the hands of the executioner of the high court of law, to be taken to all the chief places and cross-roads of this city of Aix, and torn with red-hot pincers in all parts of his body; and after that, in the Place des Jacobins, burned alive, and his ashes scattered to the wind; and before being executed, let the question be applied to him, and let him be tormented as grievously as can be devised, in order to extract from him the names of his other accomplices. Deliberated the 18th of April, 1611, and the decree in conformity given the 29th of April, 1611.

After this explanation of the aforementioned matters, the attorney general reached his conclusions: Gaufredi had been found guilty of having various marks on different parts of his body, where if pricked he felt no pain and no blood flowed; that he had been illicitly involved with Magdalen de la Palud, both in church and at her home, both during the day and at night, through letters filled with romantic symbols visible only to her; that he had persuaded her to abandon her God and her Church—and that she had received several diabolical symbols on her body; that he had confessed to being a sorcerer and a magician; that he had possessed a book of magic and had used it to summon and invoke evil spirits; that he had attended a sabbath with Magdalen, where he committed countless scandalous, sinful, and abominable acts, including worshiping Lucifer:—for these reasons, the attorney general requests that Gaufredi be declared guilty of the charges against him, and as punishment for them, that he be first stripped of his sacred orders by the Lord Bishop of Marseilles, his bishop, and then ordered to make a public apology on a hearing day, with his head and feet bare, a noose around his neck, and holding a lit candle in his hands—to seek forgiveness from God, the king, and the court; next, to be handed over to the executioner of the high court of law, to be taken to all the main squares and intersections of this city of Aix, and pierced with red-hot pincers all over his body; and after that, in the Place des Jacobins, burned alive, with his ashes scattered to the wind; and before his execution, he should be subjected to questioning and tormented in the most severe ways possible to extract the names of his other accomplices. Decided on April 18, 1611, with the decree confirming it issued on April 29, 1611.

The same Gaufredi having undergone the question ordinary and extraordinary, declared that he had seen at the sabbath no person of his acquaintance except Mademoiselle de Mandole; that he had seen there also certain monks of certain orders, which he did not name, neither did he know the names of the monks. That the devil anointed the heads of the sorcerers with certain unguents, which quite effaced every thing from their memory.

The same Gaufredi, after being questioned normally and unusually, stated that he had only seen one person he knew at the sabbath, which was Mademoiselle de Mandole; he also mentioned seeing some monks from unnamed orders, but he didn’t know their names. He said that the devil smeared the heads of the sorcerers with certain ointments that completely wiped their memories clean.

Notwithstanding this decree of the Parliament of Provence, many people believed that Gaufredi was a sorcerer only in imagination; and the author from whom we derive this history says, that there are[Pg 105] some parliaments, amongst others the Parliament of Paris, which do not punish sorcerers when no other crimes are combined with magic; and that experience has proved that, in not punishing sorcerers, but simply treating them as madmen, it has been seen in time that they were no longer sorcerers, because they no longer fed their imagination with these ideas; while in those places where sorcerers were burnt, they saw nothing else, because everybody was strengthened in this prejudice. That is what this writer says.

Despite this decree from the Parliament of Provence, many people thought Gaufredi was a sorcerer only in their minds. The author from whom we get this story mentions that there are[Pg 105] some parliaments, including the Parliament of Paris, that don’t punish sorcerers unless they commit other crimes alongside their magical acts. Experience has shown that when sorcerers aren’t punished but instead treated as if they were mentally ill, over time they stop being seen as sorcerers because they no longer feed their minds with those ideas. In places where sorcerers were executed, however, that idea only became stronger, reinforcing the prejudice. That’s what this writer says.

But we cannot conclude from thence that God does not sometimes permit the demon to exercise his power over men, and lead them to the excess of malice and impiety, and shed darkness over their minds and corruption in their hearts, which hurry them into an abyss of disorder and misfortune. The demon tempted Job[219] by the permission of God. The messenger of Satan and the thorn in the flesh wearied St. Paul;[220] he asked to be delivered from them; but he was told that the grace of God would enable him to resist his enemies, and that virtue was strengthened by infirmities and trials. Satan took possession of the heart of Judas, and led him to betray Jesus Christ his Master to the Jews his enemies.[221] The Lord wishing to warn his disciples against the impostors who would appear after his ascension, says that, by God's permission, these impostors would work such miracles as might mislead the very elect themselves,[222] were it possible. He tells them elsewhere,[223] that Satan has asked permission of God to sift them as wheat, but that He has prayed for them that their faith may be steadfast.

But we can’t conclude that God doesn’t sometimes allow the demon to have power over people, leading them to extreme wickedness and disrespect, filling their minds with darkness and their hearts with corruption, which drives them into chaos and misfortune. The demon tempted Job[219] with God’s permission. The messenger of Satan and the thorn in the flesh troubled St. Paul;[220] he asked to be freed from them, but was told that God’s grace would help him resist his enemies, and that virtue is made stronger through weaknesses and trials. Satan took control of Judas’s heart and led him to betray Jesus Christ, his Master, to the Jews, his enemies.[221] The Lord, wanting to warn his disciples about the false prophets who would come after his ascension, says that, with God’s permission, these impostors would perform miracles that could mislead even the chosen ones,[222] if it were possible. He tells them in another place,[223] that Satan has asked God for permission to test them like wheat, but that He has prayed for them to keep their faith strong.

Thus then with permission from God, the devil can lead men to commit such excesses as we have just seen in Mademoiselle de la Palud and in the priest Louis Gaufredi, perhaps even so far as really to take them through the air to unknown spots, and to what is called the witches' sabbath; or, without really conducting them thither, so strike their imagination and mislead their senses, that they think they move, see, and hear, when they do not stir from their places, see no object and hear no sound.

So, with God's permission, the devil can lead people to do the extremes we've just witnessed with Mademoiselle de la Palud and the priest Louis Gaufredi. He can even take them through the air to unknown places and what’s known as the witches' sabbath. Or, without truly taking them there, he can so deeply influence their imagination and confuse their senses that they believe they are moving, seeing, and hearing, even though they remain in the same spot, seeing nothing and hearing no sound.

Observe, also, that the Parliament of Aix did not pass any sentence against even that young girl, it being their custom to inflict no other punishment on those who suffered themselves to be seduced and dishonored than the shame with which they were loaded ever after. In regard to the curé Gaufredi, in the account which they render to the chancellor of the sentence given by them, they say that this curé was in truth accused of sorcery; but that he had been condemned to the flames, as being arraigned and convicted of spiritual incest with Magdalen de la Palud, his penitent.[224]

Observe, too, that the Parliament of Aix did not pass any sentence against that young girl, as their custom was to impose no punishment on those who allowed themselves to be seduced and dishonored other than the shame they would carry from that point on. Regarding the curé Gaufredi, in the report they provided to the chancellor about the sentence they issued, they noted that this curé was indeed accused of sorcery; however, he was condemned to be burned for being charged and found guilty of spiritual incest with Magdalen de la Palud, his penitent.[224]

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[218] Causes Célèbres, tom. vi. p. 192.

[218] Famous Cases, vol. vi, p. 192.

[219] Job i. 12, 13, 22.

[219] Job i. 12, 13, 22.

[220] 2 Cor. xii. 7, 8.

[220] 2 Cor. xii. 7, 8.

[221] John xiii. 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] John 13:2.

[222] Matt. xxiv. 5.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 24:5.

[223] Luke xxi.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 21.

[224] The attentive reader of this horrible narrative will hardly fail to conclude that Gaufredi's fault was chiefly his seduction of Mademoiselle de la Palud, and that the rest was the effect of a heated imagination. The absurd proportions of the "Sabbath" bell will be sufficient to show this. If the bell were metallic, it would have weighed many tons, and a wooden bell of such dimensions, even were it capable of sounding, would weigh many hundred weight.

[224] A careful reader of this disturbing story will likely conclude that Gaufredi's main mistake was seducing Mademoiselle de la Palud, and that everything else resulted from an overactive imagination. The outrageous size of the "Sabbath" bell clearly demonstrates this. If the bell were made of metal, it would have weighed several tons, and a wooden bell of that size, even if it could make sound, would weigh hundreds of pounds.


CHAPTER XXI.

REASONS WHICH PROVE THE POSSIBILITY OF SORCERERS AND WITCHES BEING TRANSPORTED TO THE SABBATH.

All that has just been said is more fitted to prove that the going of sorcerers and witches to the sabbath is only an illusion and a deranged imagination on the part of these persons, and malice and deceit on that of the devil, who misleads them, and persuades them to yield themselves to him, and renounce true religion, by the lure of vain promises that he will enrich them, load them with honors, pleasures, and prosperity, rather than to convince us of the reality of the corporeal transportation of these persons to what they call the sabbath.

All that has been said proves that the idea of sorcerers and witches attending the sabbath is just an illusion and a distorted imagination of these individuals, along with the malice and deceit of the devil, who misguides them and convinces them to surrender to him and abandon true religion, lured by empty promises of wealth, honors, pleasures, and success, rather than convincing us of the actual physical transportation of these individuals to what they refer to as the sabbath.

Here are some arguments and examples which seem to prove, at least, that the transportation of sorcerers to the sabbath is not impossible; for the impossibility of this transportation is one of the strongest objections which is made to the opinion that supposes it.

Here are some arguments and examples that seem to demonstrate, at least, that transporting sorcerers to the sabbath is not impossible; because the idea that this transportation is impossible is one of the strongest objections raised against the view that suggests it.

There is no difficulty in believing that God may allow the demon to mislead men, and carry them on to every excess of irregularity, error, and impiety; and that he may also permit him to perform some things which to us appear astonishing, and even miraculous; whether the devil achieves them by natural power, or by the supernatural concurrence of God, who employs the evil spirit to punish his creature, who has willingly forsaken Him to yield himself up to his enemy. The prophet Ezekiel was transported through the air from Chaldea, where he was a captive, to Judea, and into the temple of the Lord, where he saw the abominations which the Israelites committed in that holy place; and thence he was brought back again to Chaldea by the ministration of angels, as we shall relate in another chapter.

It's easy to believe that God may let the devil deceive people and lead them into all kinds of wrongdoing, mistakes, and disrespect; and that He might also allow the devil to do things that seem astonishing, or even miraculous, to us, whether the devil does them by natural means or through God's supernatural intervention, which uses the evil spirit to punish His creation that has willingly turned away from Him to surrender to his enemy. The prophet Ezekiel was taken through the air from Chaldea, where he was a captive, to Judea, and into the temple of the Lord, where he witnessed the terrible things the Israelites were doing in that sacred place; and then he was returned to Chaldea by the service of angels, as we will describe in another chapter.

We know by the Gospel that the devil carried our Saviour to the[Pg 107] highest point of the temple at Jerusalem.[225] We know also that the prophet Habakkuk[226] was transported from Judea to Babylon, to carry food to Daniel in the lion's den. St. Paul informs us that he was carried up to the third heaven, and that he heard ineffable things; but he owns that he does not know whether it was in the body or only in the spirit. He therefore doubted not the possibility of a man's being transported in body and soul through the air. The deacon St. Philip was transported from the road from Gaza to Azotus in a very little time by the Spirit of God.[227] We learn by ecclesiastical history, that Simon the magician was carried by the demon up into the air, whence he was precipitated, through the prayers of St. Peter. John the Deacon,[228] author of the life of St. Gregory the Great, relates that one Farold having introduced into the monastery of St. Andrew, at Rome, some women who led disorderly lives, in order to divert himself there with them, and offer insult to the monks, that same night Farold having occasion to go out, was suddenly seized and carried up into the air by demons, who held him there suspended by his hair, without his being able to open his mouth to utter a cry, till the hour of matins, when Pope St. Gregory, the founder and protector of that monastery, appeared to him, reproached him for his profanation of that holy place, and foretold that he would die within the year—which did happen.

We know from the Gospel that the devil took our Savior to the[Pg 107] highest point of the temple in Jerusalem.[225] We also know that the prophet Habakkuk[226] was transported from Judea to Babylon to bring food to Daniel in the lion's den. St. Paul tells us that he was taken up to the third heaven and heard indescribable things; but he admits that he doesn’t know whether it was in the body or just in the spirit. He therefore didn't doubt the possibility of someone being transported in body and soul through the air. The deacon St. Philip was taken from the road from Gaza to Azotus in a very short time by the Spirit of God.[227] From church history, we learn that Simon the magician was carried by a demon into the air, from where he was thrown down due to the prayers of St. Peter. John the Deacon,[228] who wrote the life of St. Gregory the Great, recounts that one Farold brought some morally loose women into the monastery of St. Andrew in Rome to entertain himself and insult the monks. That same night, when Farold had to go out, he was suddenly seized and lifted into the air by demons, who held him suspended by his hair, unable to cry out until the morning matins. At that time, Pope St. Gregory, the founder and protector of that monastery, appeared to him, scolded him for his disrespect of the holy place, and predicted that he would die within the year—which indeed happened.

I have been told by a magistrate, as incapable of being deceived by illusions as of imposing any such on other people,[229] that on the 16th of October, 1716, a carpenter, who inhabited a village near Bar, in Alsace, called Heiligenstein, was found at five o'clock in the morning in the garret of a cooper at Bar. This cooper having gone up to fetch the wood for his trade that he might want to use during the day, and having opened the door, which was fastened with a bolt on the outside, perceived a man lying at full length upon his stomach, and fast asleep. He recognized him, and having asked him what he did there, the carpenter in the greatest surprise told him he knew neither by what means, nor by whom, he had been taken to that place.

I have been informed by a magistrate, who is completely incapable of being fooled by deceptions or tricking others into them,[229] that on October 16, 1716, a carpenter living in a village near Bar, in Alsace, called Heiligenstein, was found at five o'clock in the morning in the attic of a cooper in Bar. The cooper went up to get the wood he needed for work that day and, after opening the door, which was locked from the outside, saw a man lying face down and fast asleep. He recognized him, and when he asked what the carpenter was doing there, the carpenter, visibly shocked, replied that he had no idea how he ended up there or who brought him.

The cooper not believing this, told him that assuredly he was come thither to rob him, and had him taken before the magistrate of Bar, who having interrogated him concerning the circumstance just spoken of, he related to him with great simplicity, that, having set off about four o'clock in the morning to come from Heiligenstein to Bar—there being but a quarter of an hour's distance between those two places—he saw on a sudden, in a place covered with verdure[Pg 108] and grass, a magnificent feast, brightly illuminated, where a number of persons were highly enjoying themselves with a sumptuous repast and by dancing; that two women of his acquaintance, inhabitants of Bar, having asked him to join the company, he sat down to table and partook of the good cheer, for a quarter of an hour at the most; after that, one of the guests having cried out "Citò, Citò," he found himself carried away gently to the cooper's garret, without knowing how he had been transported there.

The cooper, not believing this, told him that he was definitely there to rob him and had him taken before the magistrate of Bar. After questioning him about what he had just said, he explained simply that, having set off around four in the morning to travel from Heiligenstein to Bar—only about a fifteen-minute distance between the two places—he suddenly saw, in a lush green spot filled with grass, a magnificent feast, beautifully lit, where a group of people were joyfully enjoying a lavish meal and dancing. Two women he knew, residents of Bar, invited him to join them, so he sat down at the table and enjoyed the delicious food for at most a quarter of an hour. After that, when one of the guests shouted, "Citò, Citò," he suddenly found himself gently carried away to the cooper's attic, without any idea of how he had gotten there.

This is what he declared in presence of the magistrate. The most singular circumstance of this history is, that hardly had the carpenter deposed what we read, than those two women of Bar who had invited him to join their feast hung themselves, each in her own house.

This is what he said in front of the magistrate. The strangest part of this story is that barely had the carpenter given his statement than those two women from Bar who had invited him to their feast each hanged themselves in their own homes.

The superior magistrates, fearing to carry things so far as to compromise perhaps half the inhabitants of Bar, judged prudently that they had better not inquire further; they treated the carpenter as a visionary, and the two women who hung themselves were considered as lunatics; thus the thing was hushed up, and the matter ended.

The higher authorities, worried about risking the safety of maybe half the people in Bar, wisely decided not to investigate further. They dismissed the carpenter as a dreamer, and the two women who took their own lives were seen as crazy. So, the issue was silenced, and that was that.

If this is what they call the witches' sabbath, neither the carpenter, nor the two women, nor apparently the other guests at the festival, had need to come mounted on a demon; they were too near their own dwellings to have recourse to superhuman means in order to have themselves transported to the place of meeting. We are not informed how these guests repaired to this feast, nor how they returned each one to their home; the spot was so near the town, that they could easily go and return without any extraneous assistance.

If this is what they call the witches' sabbath, neither the carpenter, nor the two women, nor apparently the other guests at the festival, needed to arrive on a demon; they were too close to their own homes to need superhuman help to get to the gathering. We aren't told how these guests got to the feast or how each of them returned home; the location was so close to the town that they could easily go and come back without any outside assistance.

But if secrecy was necessary, and they feared discovery, it is very probable that the demon transported them to their homes through the air before it was day, as he had transported the carpenter to the cooper's garret. Whatever turn may be given to this event, it is certainly difficult not to recognize a manifest work of the evil spirit in the transportation of the carpenter through the air, who finds himself, without being aware of it, in a well-fastened garret. The women who hung themselves, showed clearly that they feared something still worse from the law, had they been convicted of magic and witchcraft. And had not their accomplices also, whose names must have been declared, as much to fear?

But if they needed to keep things secret and were worried about being found out, it’s likely that the demon flew them back home before dawn, just like he had done with the carpenter to the cooper's attic. No matter how you look at this situation, it’s hard not to see the clear influence of an evil spirit in the carpenter being transported through the air, ending up unknowingly in a locked attic. The women who hanged themselves clearly showed that they were terrified of facing something even worse from the law if they had been found guilty of magic and witchcraft. And didn’t their accomplices, whose names would have had to be revealed, have just as much to fear?

William de Neubridge relates another story, which bears some resemblance to the preceding. A peasant having heard, one night as he was passing near a tomb, a melodious concert of different voices, drew near, and finding the door open, put in his head, and saw in the middle a grand feast, well lighted, and a well-covered table, round which were men and women making merry. One of the attendants having perceived him, presented him with a cup filled with liquor; he took it, and having spilled the liquor, he fled with[Pg 109] the cup to the first village, where he stopped. If our carpenter had done the same, instead of amusing himself at the feast of the witches of Bar, he would have spared himself much uneasiness.

William de Neubridge shares another story that is somewhat similar to the previous one. One night, a peasant passing by a tomb heard a beautiful concert of various voices. He approached and, noticing the door was open, peeked inside. To his surprise, he saw a lavish feast, well-lit, with a table set up where men and women were happily celebrating. One of the attendants noticed him and offered him a cup filled with drink; he took it, but in his nervousness, he spilled the drink and then ran with the cup to the nearest village, where he stopped. If our carpenter had done the same instead of enjoying himself at the witches' feast of Bar, he would have avoided a lot of stress.

We have in history several instances of persons full of religion and piety, who, in the fervor of their orisons, have been taken up into the air, and remained there for some time. We have known a good monk, who rises sometimes from the ground, and remains suspended without wishing it, without seeking to do so, especially on seeing some devotional image, or on hearing some devout prayer, such as "Gloria in excelsis Deo." I know a nun to whom it has often happened in spite of herself to see herself thus raised up in the air to a certain distance from the earth; it was neither from choice, nor from any wish to distinguish herself, since she was truly confused at it. Was it by the ministration of angels, or by the artifice of the seducing spirit, who wished to inspire her with sentiments of vanity and pride? Or was it the natural effect of Divine love, or fervor of devotion in these persons?

Throughout history, there have been several cases of deeply religious and devout individuals who, in their intense prayers, have been momentarily lifted into the air. We've heard of a good monk who sometimes rises off the ground and stays suspended without intending to or trying to do so, especially when he sees a sacred image or hears a heartfelt prayer, like "Gloria in excelsis Deo." I know of a nun who has often found herself unexpectedly lifted into the air, distanced from the ground; it wasn't by choice or out of a desire for attention, as she was genuinely embarrassed by it. Was it the work of angels, or the trickery of a misleading spirit trying to fill her with feelings of vanity and pride? Or was it just a natural result of Divine love or the intense devotion in these individuals?

I do not observe that the ancient fathers of the desert, who were so spiritual, so fervent, and so great in prayer, experienced similar ecstasies. These risings up in the air are more common among our new saints, as we may see in the Life[230] of St. Philip of Neri, where they relate his ecstasies and his elevations from earth into the air, sometimes to the height of several yards, and almost to the ceiling of his room, and this quite involuntarily. He tried in vain to hide it from the knowledge of those present, for fear of attracting their admiration, and feeling in it some vain complacency. The writers who give us these particulars do not say what was the cause, whether these ecstatic elevations from the ground were produced by the fervor of the Holy Spirit, or by the ministry of good angels, or by a miraculous favor of God, who desired thus to do honor to his servants in the eyes of men. God had moreover favored the same St. Philip de Neri, by permitting him to see the celestial spirits and even the demons, and to discover the state of holy spirits, by supernatural knowledge.

I don’t notice that the ancient desert fathers, who were so spiritual, passionate, and great at prayer, had similar ecstatic experiences. These rise-ups into the air are more common among our newer saints, as we can see in the Life[230] of St. Philip of Neri, which recounts his ecstasies and moments of being lifted off the ground, sometimes several yards high and almost to the ceiling of his room, and this happened completely involuntarily. He tried unsuccessfully to keep it from those around him, worried about attracting their admiration and feeling any sense of vain pride. The authors who share these details don’t explain what caused it, whether these ecstatic levitations were a result of the fervor of the Holy Spirit, the ministry of good angels, or a miraculous favor from God, who wanted to honor his servants in the eyes of people. Additionally, God favored St. Philip de Neri by allowing him to see celestial beings and even demons, and to understand the state of holy spirits through supernatural knowledge.

St. John Columbino, teacher of the Jesuits, made use of St. Catherine Columbine,[231] a maiden of extraordinary virtue, for the establishment of nuns of his order. It is related of her, that sometimes she remained in a trance, and raised up two yards from the ground, motionless, speechless, and insensible.

St. John Columbino, a teacher of the Jesuits, employed St. Catherine Columbine,[231] a young woman of remarkable virtue, to help found nuns of his order. It is said that sometimes she would be in a trance, lifted two yards off the ground, completely still, silent, and unresponsive.

The same thing is said of St. Ignatius de Loyola,[232] who remained entranced by God, and raised up from the ground to the height of two feet, while his body shone like light. He has been seen to[Pg 110] remain in a trance insensible, and almost without respiration, for eight days together.

The same thing is said about St. Ignatius de Loyola,[232] who was deeply captivated by God and lifted off the ground by two feet, with his body glowing like light. He has been observed to[Pg 110] stay in a trance, completely unresponsive and nearly without breathing, for a full eight days.

St. Robert de Palentin[233] rose also from the ground, sometimes to the height of a foot and a half, to the great astonishment of his disciples and assistants. We see similar trances and elevations in the Life of St. Bernard Ptolomei, teacher of the congregation of Notre Dame of Mount Olivet;[234] of St. Philip Benitas, of the order of Servites; of St. Cajetanus, founder of the Théatins;[235] of St. Albert of Sicily, confessor, who, during his prayers, rose three cubits from the ground; and lastly of St. Dominic, the founder of the order of Preaching Brothers.[236]

St. Robert de Palentin[233] also lifted off the ground, sometimes reaching a foot and a half in height, which greatly amazed his disciples and assistants. We see similar trances and elevations in the Life of St. Bernard Ptolomei, teacher of the congregation of Notre Dame of Mount Olivet;[234] of St. Philip Benitas, of the Servite order; of St. Cajetanus, founder of the Théatins;[235] of St. Albert of Sicily, a confessor, who rose three cubits off the ground while praying; and finally of St. Dominic, founder of the order of Preaching Brothers.[236]

It is related of St. Christina,[237] Virgin at S. Tron, that being considered dead, and carried into the church in her coffin, as they were performing for her the usual service, she arose suddenly, and went as high as the beams of the church, as lightly as a bird. Being returned into the house with her sisters, she related to them that she had been led first to purgatory, and thence to hell, and lastly to paradise, where God had given her the choice of remaining there, or of returning to this world and doing penance for the souls she had seen in purgatory. She chose the latter, and was brought back to her body by the holy angels. From that time she could not bear the effluvia of the human body, and rose up into trees and on the highest towers with incredible lightness, there to watch and pray. She was so light in running that she outran the swiftest dogs. Her parents tried in vain all they could do to stop her, even to loading her with chains, but she always escaped from them. So many other almost incredible things are related of this saint, that I dare not repeat them here.

It’s said that St. Christina,[237] a virgin at S. Tron, was thought to be dead and was taken into the church in her coffin. While they were performing the usual service for her, she suddenly rose up and flew up to the beams of the church, as light as a bird. After returning home with her sisters, she told them how she was first taken to purgatory, then to hell, and finally to paradise, where God let her choose to stay there or come back to the world to do penance for the souls she saw in purgatory. She chose the latter and was brought back to her body by holy angels. From that point on, she couldn’t stand the smell of the human body and would ascend into trees and the highest towers with incredible lightness to pray and watch. She was so swift that she could outrun the fastest dogs. Her parents tried everything to restrain her, even chaining her up, but she always managed to escape. There are so many other nearly unbelievable stories about this saint that I hesitate to share them here.

M. Nicole, in his letters, speaks of a nun named Seraphina, who, in her ecstasies, rose from the ground with so much impetuosity that five or six of the sisters could hardly hold her down.

M. Nicole, in his letters, talks about a nun named Seraphina, who, in her trances, lifted off the ground with such force that five or six of the other sisters could barely keep her from flying away.

This doctor, reasoning on the fact,[238] says, that it proves nothing at all for Sister Seraphina; but the thing well verified proves God and the devil—that is to say, the whole of religion; that the circumstance being proved, is of very great consequence to religion; that the world is full of certain persons who believe only what cannot be doubted; that the great heresy of the world is no longer Calvinism and Lutheranism, but atheism. There are all sorts of atheists—some real, others pretended; some determined, others vacillating, and others tempted to be so. We ought not to neglect this kind of people; the grace of God is all-powerful; we must not[Pg 111] despair of bringing them back by good arguments, and by solid and convincing proofs. Now, if these facts are certain, we must conclude that there is a God, or bad angels who imitate the works of God, and perform by themselves or their subordinates works capable of deceiving even the elect.

This doctor argues that it doesn’t prove anything for Sister Seraphina; however, the verified facts do prove the existence of God and the devil—that is, everything about religion. The verified circumstances are very significant for faith. The world is filled with people who only believe in what is irrefutable; the major heresy today isn’t Calvinism or Lutheranism, but atheism. There are various types of atheists—some genuine, others pretending, some resolute, others unsure, and some tempted to be atheists. We shouldn’t ignore these individuals; God’s grace is incredibly powerful; we shouldn’t lose hope in bringing them back through good arguments and solid, convincing evidence. If these facts are true, we must conclude that there is a God, or evil spirits imitating God's works, who can perform deeds that could even deceive the chosen ones.

One of the oldest instances I remark of persons thus raised from the ground without any one touching them, is that of St. Dunstan, Archbishop of Canterbury, who died in 988, and who, a little time before his death, as he was going up stairs to his apartment, accompanied by several persons, was observed to rise from the ground; and as all present were astonished at the circumstance, he took occasion to speak of his approaching death.[239]

One of the earliest examples I note of people being lifted off the ground without anyone touching them is the case of St. Dunstan, Archbishop of Canterbury, who died in 988. A little before his death, as he was going upstairs to his room, along with several others, he was seen to rise from the ground. Everyone present was amazed by this event, and he used the moment to talk about his impending death.[239]

Trithemius, speaking of St. Elizabeth, Abbess of Schonau, in the diocese of Treves, says that sometimes she was in an ecstatic trance, so that she would remain motionless and breathless during a long time. In these intervals, she learned, by revelation and by the intercourse she had with blessed spirits, admirable things; and when she revived, she would discourse divinely, sometimes in German, her native language, sometimes in Latin, though she had no knowledge of that language. Trithemius did not doubt her sincerity and the truth of her discourse. She died in 1165.

Trithemius, talking about St. Elizabeth, Abbess of Schonau, in the diocese of Treves, mentions that sometimes she would enter an ecstatic trance, remaining motionless and breathless for long stretches. During these moments, she received revelation and communicated with blessed spirits, learning amazing things; and when she came back to herself, she would speak divinely, sometimes in German, her native language, and sometimes in Latin, even though she had no knowledge of that language. Trithemius had no doubt about her sincerity and the truth of what she said. She died in 1165.

St. Richard, Abbot of S. Vanne de Verdun, appeared in 1036 elevated from the ground while he was saying mass in presence of the Duke Galizon, his sons, and a great number of lords and soldiers.

St. Richard, Abbot of S. Vanne de Verdun, appeared in 1036 lifted off the ground while he was saying mass in front of Duke Galizon, his sons, and a large crowd of nobles and soldiers.

In the last century, the reverend Father Dominic Carme Déchaux, was raised from the ground before the King of Spain, the queen, and all the court, so that they had only to blow upon his body to move it about like a soap-bubble.[240]

In the last century, Reverend Father Dominic Carme Déchaux was lifted off the ground in front of the King of Spain, the queen, and the entire court, so that they could just blow on his body to move it around like a soap bubble.[240]

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[225] Matt. iv. 5.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 4:5.

[226] Dan. xiv. 33, 34. Douay Version.

[226] Dan. xiv. 33, 34. Douay Version.

[227] Acts viii. 40.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 8:40.

[228] Joan. Diacon. Vit. Gregor. Mag.

[228] Joan. Diacon. Vit. Gregor. Mag.

[229] Lettre de M. G. P. R., 5th October, 1746.

[229] Letter from Mr. G. P. R., October 5, 1746.

[230] On the 26th of May, of the Bollandists, c. xx. n. 356, 357.

[230] On May 26th, of the Bollandists, c. xx. n. 356, 357.

[231] Acta S. J. Bolland. 3 Jul. p. 95.

[231] Acta S. J. Bolland. 3 Jul. p. 95.

[232] Ibid. 31 Jul. pp. 432, 663.

[232] Same source. 31 Jul. pp. 432, 663.

[233] Acta S. J. Bolland, 21 Aug. pp. 469, 481.

[233] Acta S. J. Bolland, 21 Aug. pp. 469, 481.

[234] Ibid. 18 Aug. p. 503.

Ibid. August 18, p. 503.

[235] Ibid. 17 Aug. p. 255.

[235] Ibid. 17 Aug. p. 255.

[236] Ibid. 4 Aug. p. 405.

[236] Ibid. 4 Aug. p. 405.

[237] Vita S. Christina. 24 Jul. Bolland. pp. 652, 653.

[237] Life of St. Christina. July 24. Bolland. pages 652, 653.

[238] Nicole, tom. i. Letters, pp. 203, 205. Letter xlv.

[238] Nicole, tom. i. Letters, pp. 203, 205. Letter xlv.

[239] Vita Sancti Dunstani, xi. 42.

[239] The Life of Saint Dunstan, xi. 42.

[240] It is worthy of remark, that in the cases which Calmet refers to of persons in his own time, and of his own acquaintance, being thus raised from the ground, he in no instance states himself to have been a witness of the wonder.

[240] It’s worth noting that in the cases Calmet mentions of people he knew during his own time who were raised from the ground, he never claims to have personally witnessed the miracle.


CHAPTER XXII.

CONTINUATION OF THE SAME SUBJECT.

We cannot reasonably dispute the truth of these ecstatic trances, the elevations of the body of some saints to a certain distance from the ground, since these circumstances are supported by so many[Pg 112] witnesses. To apply this to the matter we here treat of, might it not be said that sorcerers and witches, by the operation of the demon, and with God's permission, by the help of a lively and subtile temperament, are rendered light and rise into the air, where their heated imagination and prepossessed mind lead them to believe that they have done, seen, and heard, what has no reality except in their own brain?

We can’t reasonably argue against the reality of these intense trances, where some saints’ bodies are lifted off the ground, since there are so many[Pg 112] witnesses to these events. Relating this to our current discussion, could it be said that sorcerers and witches, through the influence of demons and with God’s permission, can become weightless and rise into the air? Their heated imagination and biased mindset might trick them into believing they have done, seen, and heard things that only exist in their own minds.

I shall be told that the parallel I make between the actions of saints, which can only be attributed to angels and the operation of the Holy Spirit, or to the fervor of their charity and devotion, with what happens to wizards and witches, is injurious and odious. I know how to make a proper distinction between them: do not the books of the Old and New Testament place in parallel lines the true miracles of Moses with those of the magicians of Pharaoh; those of antichrist and his subordinates with those of the saints and apostles; and does not St. Paul inform us that the angel of darkness often transforms himself into an angel of light?

I'm going to be told that comparing the actions of saints, which can only be credited to angels and the work of the Holy Spirit, or to the intensity of their love and devotion, with what happens to wizards and witches, is harmful and disgusting. I know how to clearly distinguish between them: don't the books of the Old and New Testaments compare the true miracles of Moses with those of Pharaoh's magicians; the actions of the antichrist and his followers with those of the saints and apostles; and doesn't St. Paul remind us that the angel of darkness often disguises himself as an angel of light?

In the first edition of this work, we spoke very fully of certain persons, who boast of having what they call "the garter," and by that means are able to perform with extraordinary quickness, in a very few hours, what would naturally take them several days journeying. Almost incredible things are related on that subject; nevertheless, the details are so circumstantial, that it is hardly possible there should not be some foundation for them; and the demon may transport these people in a forced and violent manner which causes them a fatigue similar to what they would have suffered, had they really performed the journey with more than ordinary rapidity.

In the first edition of this work, we discussed in detail certain individuals who claim to possess what they refer to as "the garter," which allows them to accomplish in just a few hours what would typically take several days of travel. Almost unbelievable stories are told about this, yet the specifics are so detailed that it’s hard to believe there isn’t some truth to them. It seems the demon can move these people in a forced and intense way that leaves them feeling as tired as if they had actually made the journey at an unusually fast pace.

For instance, the two circumstances related by Torquemada: the first of a poor scholar of his acquaintance, a clever man, who at last rose to be physician to Charles V.; when studying at Guadaloupe, was invited by a traveler who wore the garb of a monk, and to whom he had rendered some little service, to mount up behind him on his horse, which seemed a sorry animal and much tired; he got up and rode all night, without perceiving that he went at an extraordinary pace, but in the morning he found himself near the city of Granada; the young man went into the town, but the conductor passed onwards.

For example, Torquemada shares two stories: the first is about a poor scholar he knew, a smart guy who eventually became a physician to Charles V. While he was studying in Guadaloupe, a traveler dressed as a monk, someone he had helped a bit, invited him to ride behind him on his rather worn-out horse. He got on and rode all night, not realizing they were going at an incredible speed. By morning, he found himself close to the city of Granada; the young man entered the town, but the traveler continued on.

Another time, the father of a young man, known to the same Torquemada, and the young man himself, were going together to Granada, and passing through the village of Almeda, met a man on horseback like themselves and going the same way; after having traveled two or three leagues together, they halted, and the cavalier spread his cloak on the grass, so that there was no crease in the mantle; they all placed what provisions they had with them on this extended cloak, and let their horses graze. They drank and ate[Pg 113] very leisurely, and having told their servants to bring their horses, the cavalier said to them, "Gentlemen, do not hurry, you will reach the town early"—at the same time he showed them Granada, at not a quarter of an hour's distance from thence.

Another time, a young man's father, who was known to Torquemada, and the young man himself were traveling to Granada. As they passed through the village of Almeda, they encountered another man on horseback who was headed the same way. After riding together for two or three leagues, they stopped, and the man spread his cloak on the grass, smoothing it out. They all placed their provisions on the laid-out cloak and let their horses graze. They ate and drank[Pg 113] at a leisurely pace, and after asking their servants to bring their horses, the man said to them, "Gentlemen, take your time; you'll reach the town early." He then pointed out Granada, which was less than a quarter of an hour away.

Something equally marvelous is said of a canon of the cathedral of Beauvais. The chapter of that church had been charged for a long time to acquit itself of a certain personal duty to the Church of Rome; the canons having chosen one of their brethren to repair to Rome for this purpose, the canon deferred his departure from day to day, and set off after matins on Christmas day—arrived that same day at Rome, acquitted himself there of his commission, and came back from thence with the same dispatch, bringing with him the original of the bond, which obliged the canons to send one of their body to make this offering in person. However fabulous and incredible this story may appear, it is asserted that there are authentic proofs of it in the archives of the cathedral; and that upon the tomb of the canon in question may still be seen the figures of demons engraved at the four corners in memory of this event. They even affirm that the celebrated Father Mabillon saw the authentic voucher.

Something equally incredible is said about a canon from the cathedral of Beauvais. For a long time, the chapter of that church had been tasked with fulfilling a certain obligation to the Church of Rome. The canons chose one of their members to go to Rome for this purpose, but the canon kept postponing his departure. He finally set off after morning services on Christmas Day, arrived in Rome the same day, completed his mission, and returned just as quickly, bringing back the original document that required the canons to send someone in person to make this offering. While this story may seem far-fetched, it’s claimed that there is authentic proof of it in the cathedral archives, and that on the tomb of the canon in question, you can still see engravings of demons at the four corners to commemorate this event. They even say that the famous Father Mabillon saw the original document.

Now, if this circumstance and the others like it are not absolutely fabulous, we cannot deny that they are the effects of magic, and the work of the evil spirit.

Now, if this situation and similar ones aren't completely unbelievable, we can't ignore that they are the results of magic and the work of an evil spirit.

Peter, the venerable Abbot of Cluny,[241] relates so extraordinary a thing which happened in his time, that I should not repeat it here, had it not been seen by the whole town of Mâcon. The count of that town, a very violent man, exercised a kind of tyranny over the ecclesiastics, and against whatever belonged to them, without troubling himself either to conceal his violence, or to find a pretext for it; he carried it on with a high hand and gloried in it. One day, when he was sitting in his palace in company with several nobles and others, they beheld an unknown person enter on horseback, who advanced to the count and desired him to follow him. The count rose and followed him, and having reached the door, he found there a horse ready caparisoned; he mounts it, and is immediately carried up into the air, crying out, in a terrible tone to those who were present, "Here, help me!" All the town ran out at the noise, but they soon lost sight of him; and no doubt was entertained that the devil had flown away with him to be the companion of his tortures, and to bear the pain of his excesses and his violence.

Peter, the respected Abbot of Cluny,[241] shares an incredible event that took place during his time, which I wouldn’t mention if it hadn’t been witnessed by the entire town of Mâcon. The count of that town, a very aggressive man, showed a kind of tyranny over the clergy and anything related to them, without bothering to hide his brutality or look for an excuse; he acted boldly and took pride in it. One day, while he was sitting in his palace with several nobles and others, they saw an unknown person ride in on horseback, who approached the count and asked him to follow. The count stood up and followed him, and when they reached the door, he found a fully equipped horse waiting. He got on it, and was instantly lifted into the air, shouting in a terrifying voice to those present, "Help me!" The whole town rushed out at the sound, but they quickly lost sight of him; it was widely believed that the devil had taken him away to share in his torment and bear the consequences of his excesses and cruelty.

It is, then, not absolutely impossible that a person may be raised into the air and transported to some very high and distant place, by order or by permission of God, by good or evil spirits; but we[Pg 114] must own that the thing is of rare occurrence, and that in all that is related of sorcerers and witches, and their assemblings at the witches' sabbath, there is an infinity of stories, which are false, absurd, ridiculous, and even destitute of probability. M. Remi, attorney-general of Lorraine, author of a celebrated work entitled Demonology, who tried a great number of sorcerers and sorceresses, with which Lorraine was then infested, produces hardly any proof whence we can infer the truth and reality of witchcraft, and of wizards and witches being transported to the sabbath.

It’s not completely impossible for someone to be lifted into the air and taken to some very high and distant place, whether by God’s command or by the will of good or evil spirits; however, we must admit that this is quite rare, and among all the stories about sorcerers and witches and their gatherings at the witches' sabbath, there are countless tales that are false, absurd, ridiculous, and even lacking in plausibility. M. Remi, the attorney-general of Lorraine and author of a well-known work called Demonology, who tried many sorcerers and witches during a time when Lorraine was plagued by them, offers little evidence from which we can determine the truth and reality of witchcraft, or of wizards and witches being taken to the sabbath.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[241] Petrus Venerab. lib. ii. de Miraculis, c. 1, p. 1299.

[241] Petrus Venerab. book ii. on Miracles, chapter 1, page 1299.


CHAPTER XXIII.

OBSESSION AND POSSESSION OF THE DEVIL.

It is with reason that obsessions and possessions of the devil are placed in the rank of apparitions of the evil spirit among men. We call it obsession when the demon acts externally against the person whom he besets, and possession when he acts internally, agitates them, excites their ill humor, makes them utter blasphemy, speak tongues they have never learnt, discovers to them unknown secrets, and inspires them with the knowledge of the obscurest things in philosophy or theology. Saul was agitated and possessed by the evil spirit,[242] who at intervals excited his melancholy humor, and awakened his animosity and jealousy against David, or who, on occasion of the natural movement or impulsion of these dark moods, seized him, agitated him, and disturbed from his usual tenor of mind. Those whom the Gospel speaks of as being possessed,[243] and who cried aloud that Jesus was the Christ, and that he was come to torment them before the time, that he was the Son of God, are instances of possession. But the demon Asmodeus, who beset Sara, the daughter of Raguel,[244] and who killed her first seven husbands; those spoken of in the Gospel, who were simply struck with maladies or incommodities which were thought to be incurable; those whom the Scripture sometimes calls lunatics, who foamed at the mouth, who were convulsed, who fled the presence of mankind, who were violent and dangerous, so that they were obliged to be chained to prevent them from striking and maltreating other people; these kinds of persons were simply beset, or obseded by the devil.

It makes sense that obsessions and possessions by the devil are considered forms of evil spirits appearing among people. We refer to it as obsession when the demon influences the person from the outside, and possession when it affects them internally, stirring up negative emotions, causing them to blaspheme, speak in languages they haven't learned, revealing unknown secrets, and giving them insights into complex philosophical or theological concepts. Saul was troubled and possessed by an evil spirit,[242] which at times heightened his depression and turned him against David, or, during the natural fluctuations of his dark moods, seized and disturbed him, disrupting his usual state of mind. Those mentioned in the Gospel as being possessed,[243] and who shouted that Jesus was the Christ and that He had come to torment them before the appointed time, declaring He was the Son of God, are examples of possession. Then there’s the demon Asmodeus, who tormented Sara, the daughter of Raguel,[244] and who killed her first seven husbands. The people described in the Gospel, who suffered from diseases thought to be incurable; those the Scriptures sometimes call lunatics, who foamed at the mouth, had convulsions, avoided human contact, and were violent and dangerous, requiring chains to keep them from hurting others; these individuals were simply afflicted or obsessed by the devil.

Opinions are much divided on the matter of obsessions and pos[Pg 115]sessions of the devil. The hardened Jews, and the ancient enemies of the Christian religion, convinced by the evidence of the miracles which they saw worked by Jesus Christ, by his apostles, and by Christians, dared neither dispute their truth nor their reality; but they attributed them to magic, to the prince of the devils, or to the virtue of certain herbs, or of certain natural secrets.

Opinions are really divided on the issue of obsessions and possessions by the devil. The staunch Jews, along with the historical opponents of Christianity, who were convinced by the miracles they witnessed performed by Jesus Christ, his apostles, and Christians, didn’t challenge their truth or reality; instead, they attributed these events to magic, the prince of demons, or the properties of certain herbs and natural secrets.

St. Justin,[245] Tertullian, Lactantius, St. Cyprian, Minutius, and the other fathers of the first ages of the church, speak of the power which the Christian exorcists exercised over the possessed, so confidently and so freely, that we can doubt neither the certainty nor the evidence of the thing. They call upon their adversaries to bear witness, and pique themselves on making the experiment in their presence, and of forcing to come out of the bodies of the possessed, to declare their names, and acknowledge that those they adore in the pagan temples are but devils.

St. Justin,[245] Tertullian, Lactantius, St. Cyprian, Minutius, and the other early church fathers confidently discuss the power that Christian exorcists had over the possessed. Their testimonies are so assertive and open that we cannot doubt either the reality or the evidence of their claims. They challenge their opponents to witness these events and take pride in performing the exorcisms in front of them, compelling the demons to reveal their names and admit that the beings worshipped in pagan temples are merely devils.

Some opposed to the true miracles of the Saviour those of their false gods, their magicians, and their heroes of paganism, such as those of Esculapius, and the famous Apollonius of Tyana. The pretended freethinkers dispute them in our days upon philosophical principles; they attribute them to a diseased imagination, the prejudices of education, and hidden springs of the constitution; they reduce the expressions of Scripture to hyperbole; they maintain that Jesus Christ condescended to the understanding of the people, and their prepossessions or prejudices; that demons being purely spiritual substances could not by themselves act immediately upon bodies; and that it is not at all probable God should work miracles to allow of their doing so.

Some people who are opposed to the real miracles of the Saviour cite those of their false gods, magicians, and pagan heroes, like Esculapius and the well-known Apollonius of Tyana. Nowadays, the so-called freethinkers debate them using philosophical arguments; they claim these miracles come from a sick imagination, the biases of education, and hidden aspects of human nature. They interpret the expressions in Scripture as exaggerations; they argue that Jesus Christ simplified things to fit the understanding of the people and their biases; that demons, being purely spiritual beings, couldn’t directly influence physical bodies; and that it’s unlikely God would perform miracles to allow them to do so.

If we examine closely those who have passed for being possessed, we shall not perhaps find one amongst them, whose mind had not been deranged by some accident, or whose body was not attacked by some infirmity either known or hidden, which had caused some ferment in the blood or the brain, and which, joined to prejudice, or fear, had given rise to what was termed in their case obsession or possession.

If we take a close look at those who were believed to be possessed, we might not find anyone among them whose mind wasn't affected by some incident, or whose body wasn't struck by some known or hidden illness, which caused some disturbance in the blood or brain, and which, combined with bias or fear, led to what was called obsession or possession in their cases.

The possession of King Saul is easily explained by supposing that he was naturally an atrabilarian, and that in his fits of melancholy he appeared mad, or furious; therefore they sought no other remedy for his illness than music, and the sound of instruments proper to enliven or calm him. Several of the obsessions and possessions noted in the New Testament were simple maladies, or fantastic fancies, which made it believed that such persons were possessed by the devil. The ignorance of the people maintained this prejudice, and[Pg 116] their being totally unacquainted with physics and medicine served to strengthen such ideas.

The situation with King Saul is easily understood by considering that he was likely naturally melancholic, and during his bouts of sadness, he seemed insane or furious. So, instead of seeking other treatments for his condition, they relied on music and instruments to either lift his spirits or soothe him. Many of the cases of obsession and possession mentioned in the New Testament were actually simple ailments or wild imaginations, leading people to believe that those affected were possessed by the devil. The public's ignorance kept this belief alive, and their complete lack of knowledge about physics and medicine only reinforced these ideas.[Pg 116]

In one it was a sombre and melancholy temper, in another the blood was too fevered and heated; here the bowels were burnt up with heat, there a concentration of diseased humor, which suffocated the patient, as it happens with those subject to epilepsy and hypochondria, who fancy themselves gods, kings, cats, dogs, and oxen. There were others, who, disturbed at the remembrance of their crimes, fell into a kind of despair, and into fits of remorse, which irritated their mind and constitution, and made them believe that the devil pursued and beset them. Such, apparently, were those women who followed Jesus Christ, and who had been delivered by him from the unclean spirits that possessed them, and partly so Mary Magdalen, from whom he expelled seven devils. The Scripture often speaks of the spirit of impurity, of the spirit of falsehood, of the spirit of jealousy; it is not necessary to have recourse to a particular demon to excite these passions in us; St. James[246] tells us that we are enough tempted by our own concupiscence, which leads us to evil, without seeking after external causes.

In one case, there was a gloomy and sad mood, while in another, the blood was too heated and agitated; in this situation, the insides felt burned up with heat, and in that case, there was a buildup of unhealthy humor that suffocated the patient, like what happens with those who suffer from epilepsy and hypochondria, who think they are gods, kings, cats, dogs, or oxen. There were others who, haunted by the memory of their sins, fell into despair and fits of guilt that disturbed their minds and bodies, making them believe that the devil was chasing and tormenting them. Such were likely the women who followed Jesus Christ and were freed from the unclean spirits that had taken hold of them, including Mary Magdalen, from whom he cast out seven demons. Scripture often refers to the spirit of impurity, the spirit of falsehood, and the spirit of jealousy; it’s not necessary to call upon a specific demon to incite these feelings in us. St. James[246] tells us that we are sufficiently tempted by our own desires, which lead us to do wrong, without seeking outside influences.

The Jews attributed the greater part of their maladies to the demon: they were persuaded that they were a punishment for some crime either known or unrevealed. Jesus Christ and his apostles wisely supposed these prejudices, without wishing to attack them openly and reform the old opinions of the Jews; they cured the diseases, and chased away the evil spirits who caused them, or who were said to cause them. The real and essential effect was the cure of the patient; no other thing was required to confirm the mission of Jesus Christ, his divinity, and the truth of the doctrine which he preached. Whether he expelled the demon, or not, is not essentially necessary to his first design; it is certain that he cured the patient either by expelling the devil, if it be true that this evil spirit caused the malady, or by replacing the inward springs and humors in their regular and natural state, which is always miraculous, and proves the Divinity of the Saviour.

The Jews believed that most of their illnesses were caused by demons: they thought these were punishments for some sin, whether known or hidden. Jesus Christ and his apostles understood these beliefs but didn’t confront them directly or try to change the Jews' long-held views; instead, they healed the sick and cast out the evil spirits that were thought to be responsible for their ailments. The key outcome was the healing of the person; that was all that was needed to validate Jesus Christ's mission, his divinity, and the truth of his teachings. Whether he actually cast out a demon is not crucial to his initial purpose; what matters is that he healed the individual, either by driving out the devil—if it was true that the evil spirit caused the illness—or by restoring the body’s internal balance and humors to their normal state, which is always miraculous and demonstrates the Divinity of the Savior.

Although the Jews were sufficiently credulous concerning the operations of the evil spirit, they at the same time believed that in general the demons who tormented certain persons were nothing else than the souls of some wretches, who, fearing to repair to the place destined for them, took possession of the body of some mortal whom they tormented and endeavored to deprive of life.[247]

Although the Jews were fairly gullible about the actions of evil spirits, they also believed that, in general, the demons that tormented certain people were actually the souls of unfortunate individuals who, fearing the fate that awaited them, possessed the bodies of some mortals, whom they tormented and tried to drive to their deaths.[247]

Josephus the historian[248] relates that Solomon composed some charms against maladies, and some formulæ of exorcism to expel evil spirits. He says, besides, that a Jew named Eleazar cured in [Pg 117] the presence of Vespasian some possessed persons by applying under their nose a ring, in which was enchased a root, pointed out by that prince. They pronounced the name of Solomon with a certain prayer, and an exorcism; directly, the person possessed fell on the ground, and the devil left him. The generality of common people among the Jews had not the least doubt that Beelzebub, prince of the devils, had the power to expel other demons, for they said that Jesus Christ only expelled them in the name of Beelzebub.[249] We read in history that sometimes the pagans expelled demons; and the physicians boast of being able to cure some possessed persons, as they cure hypochondriacs, and imaginary disorders.

Josephus the historian[248] mentions that Solomon created some charms to treat illnesses and certain rituals to drive away evil spirits. He also states that a Jew named Eleazar healed some possessed individuals in [Pg 117] in front of Vespasian by holding up a ring that contained a root recommended by the prince. They recited Solomon's name along with a specific prayer and exorcism; immediately, the possessed person fell to the ground and the demon left. Most ordinary Jews believed that Beelzebub, the prince of demons, had the power to cast out other demons, claiming that Jesus Christ cast them out only in Beelzebub’s name.[249] Historical records show that sometimes pagans also expelled demons, and physicians take pride in their ability to treat some possessed individuals, similar to how they treat hypochondriacs and imagined disorders.

These are the most plausible things that are said against the reality of the possessions and obsessions of the devil.

These are the most believable arguments against the existence of the devil's possessions and obsessions.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[242] 1 Sam. xvi. 23.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Sam. 16:23.

[243] Matt. viii. 16; x. 11; xviii. 28.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 8:16; 10:11; 18:28.

[244] Tob. iii. 8.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Tob. iii. 8.

[245] Justin. Dialog. cum supplem. Tertull. de Corona Militis, c. 11; and Apolog. c. 23; Cyp. ad Demetriam, &c.; Minutius, in Octavio, &c.

[245] Justin. Dialog. with supplement. Tertull. on the Soldier's Crown, ch. 11; and Apology, ch. 23; Cyprian to Demetrius, etc.; Minutius, in Octavius, etc.

[246] James i. 14.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] James 1:14.

[247] Joseph. Antiq. lib. vii. c. 25.

[247] Joseph. Antiq. book 7, chapter 25.

[248] Ibid. lib. viii. c. 2.

Ibid. lib. 8. c. 2.

[249] Matt. xii. 24.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matthew 12:24.


CHAPTER XXIV.

THE TRUTH AND REALITY OF POSSESSION AND OBSESSION BY THE DEVIL PROVED FROM SCRIPTURE.

But the possibility, the verity and reality of the obsessions and possessions of the devil are indubitable, and proved by the Scripture and by the authority of the Church, the Fathers, the Jews, and the pagans. Jesus Christ and the apostles believed this truth, and taught it publicly. The Saviour gives us a proof of his mission that he cures the possessed; he refutes the Pharisees, who asserted that he expelled the demons only in the name of Beelzebub; and maintains that he expels them by the virtue of God.[250] He speaks to the demons; he threatens them, and puts them to silence. Are these equivocal marks of the reality of obsessions? The apostles do the same, as did the early Christians their disciples. All this was done before the eyes of the heathen, who could not deny it, but who eluded the force and evidence of these things, by attributing this power to other demons, or to certain divinities, more powerful than ordinary demons; as if the kingdom of Satan were divided, and the evil spirit could act against himself, or as if there were any collusion between Jesus Christ and the demons whose empire he had just destroyed.

But the presence, truth, and reality of the devil's obsessions and possessions are undeniable, supported by Scripture and the authority of the Church, the Church Fathers, the Jews, and the pagans. Jesus Christ and the apostles believed in this truth and taught it openly. The Savior proves his mission by healing the possessed; he counters the Pharisees, who claimed he cast out demons only by the name of Beelzebub, and asserts that he casts them out by the power of God. He speaks to the demons, threatens them, and silences them. Are these ambiguous signs of the reality of obsessions? The apostles did the same, as did the early Christians with their disciples. All of this happened in front of the pagans, who couldn't deny it but tried to escape the force and evidence of these events by attributing this power to other demons or to certain deities that were more powerful than ordinary demons; as if the kingdom of Satan were divided, and the evil spirit could work against itself, or as if there were any collusion between Jesus Christ and the demons whose dominion he had just shattered.

The seventy disciples on their return from their mission came to Jesus Christ[251] to give him an account of it, and tell him that the[Pg 118] demons themselves are obedient to them. After his resurrection,[252] the Saviour promises to his apostles that they shall work miracles in his name, that they shall cast out devils, and receive the gift of tongues. All which was literally fulfilled.

The seventy disciples returned from their mission and came to Jesus Christ[251] to report back, sharing that even the demons obeyed them. After his resurrection,[252] the Savior promised his apostles that they would perform miracles in his name, that they would cast out demons, and receive the gift of tongues. All of this came true.

The exorcisms used at all times in the Church against the demons are another proof of the reality of possessions; they show that at all times the Church and her ministers have believed them to be true and real, since they have always practiced these exorcisms. The ancient fathers defied the heathen to produce a demoniac before the Christians; they pride themselves on curing them, and expelling the demon. The Jewish exorcists employed even the name of Jesus Christ to cure demoniacs;[253] they found it efficacious in producing this effect; it is true that sometimes they employed the name of Solomon, and some charms said to have been invented by that prince, or roots and herbs to which they attributed the same virtues, like as a clever physician by the secret of his art can cure a hypochondriac or a maniac, or a man strongly persuaded that he is possessed by the devil, or as a wise confessor will restore the mind of a person disturbed by remorse, and agitated by the reflection of his sins, or the fear of hell. But we are speaking now of real possessions and obsessions which are cured only by the power of God, by the name of Jesus Christ, and by exorcisms. The son of Sceva, the Jewish priest,[254] having undertaken to expel a devil in the name of Jesus Christ, whom Paul preached, the demoniac threw himself upon him, and would have strangled him, saying that he knew Jesus Christ, and Paul, but that for him, he feared him not. We must then distinguish well between possessions and possessions, exorcists and exorcists. There may be found demoniacs who counterfeit the possessed, to excite compassion and obtain alms. There may even be exorcists who abuse the name and power of Jesus Christ to deceive the ignorant; and how do I know that there are not even impostors to be found, who would place pretended possessed persons in the way, in order to pretend to cure them, and thus gain a reputation?

The exorcisms performed by the Church throughout history against demons serve as proof of the reality of possessions. They demonstrate that the Church and its leaders have always believed in their existence because they have consistently practiced these exorcisms. The early Church fathers challenged pagans to produce someone possessed in front of Christians, boasting that they could heal and drive out demons. Jewish exorcists even used the name of Jesus Christ to cure those tormented by demons; they found it effective. It's true that sometimes they also used the name of Solomon or magical charms attributed to him, as well as roots and herbs believed to have similar powers, just as a skilled doctor can heal a hypochondriac or someone convinced they are possessed, or as a wise confessor can help someone struggling with guilt or the fear of hell. However, we are discussing actual possessions and obsessions, which can only be remedied through the power of God, by invoking the name of Jesus Christ, and through proper exorcisms. The son of Sceva, a Jewish priest, tried to cast out a devil using the name of Jesus Christ, whom Paul preached. The possessed person attacked him, saying he knew Jesus and Paul, but did not fear him. Therefore, we need to carefully distinguish between genuine possessions, false impressions of possession, and the motives of those performing exorcisms. Some individuals might pretend to be possessed, seeking sympathy and donations. There might even be exorcists who misuse the name and power of Jesus Christ to fool the uninformed. How do I know that there aren't impostors out there, staging fake possessions to pretend to cure them and gain fame?

I do not enter into longer details on this matter; I have treated it formerly in a particular dissertation on the subject, printed apart with other dissertations on Scripture, and I have therein replied to the objections which were raised on this subject.

I won't go into more detail on this topic; I've addressed it before in a separate paper on the subject, published alongside other papers on Scripture, where I responded to the objections that were raised about it.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[250] Luke viii. 21.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 8:21.

[251] Luke x. 17.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 10:17.

[252] Mark xvi. 27.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Mark 16:27.

[253] Mark ix. 36-38. Acts xi. 14.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Mark 9:36-38. Acts 11:14.

[254] Acts xix. 14.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 19:14.


CHAPTER XXV.

EXAMPLES OF REAL POSSESSIONS CAUSED BY THE DEVIL.

We must now report some of the most famous instances of the possession and obsession of the demon. Every body is talking at this time of the possession (by the devil) of the nuns of Loudun, on which such different opinions were given, both at the time and since. Martha Broissier, daughter of a weaver of Romorantin,[255] made as much noise in her time; but Charles Miron, Bishop of Orleans, discovered the fraud, by making her drink holy water as common water; by making them present to her a key wrapped up in red silk, which was said to be a piece of the true cross; and in reciting some lines from Virgil, which Martha Broissier's demon took for exorcisms, agitating her very much at the approach of the hidden key, and at the recital of the verses from Virgil. Henri de Gondi, Cardinal Bishop of Paris, had her examined by five of the faculty; three were of opinion that there was a great deal of imposture and a little disease. The parliament took notice of the affair, and nominated eleven physicians, who reported unanimously that there was nothing demoniacal in this matter.

We now need to talk about some of the most well-known cases of demonic possession and obsession. Everyone is currently discussing the possession of the nuns of Loudun, which has sparked various opinions both then and now. Martha Broissier, daughter of a weaver from Romorantin,[255] created quite a stir in her day. However, Charles Miron, the Bishop of Orleans, uncovered the deception by having her drink holy water as if it were regular water; presenting her with a key wrapped in red silk, claiming it was a piece of the true cross; and reciting lines from Virgil, which Martha Broissier's demon mistook for exorcisms, causing her to react strongly at the mention of the hidden key and the recitation of the verses from Virgil. Henri de Gondi, Cardinal Bishop of Paris, had her evaluated by five experts; three believed there was a lot of trickery and just a bit of illness. The parliament took notice of the situation and appointed eleven physicians, who all reported that there was nothing supernatural about this case.

In the reign of Charles IX.[256] or a little before, a young woman of the town of Vervins, fifteen or sixteen years of age, named Nicola Aubry, had different apparitions of a spectre, who called itself her grandfather, and asked her for masses and prayers for the repose of his soul.[257] Very soon after, she was transported to different places by this spectre, and sometimes even was carried out of sight, and from the midst of those who watched over her.

During the reign of Charles IX.[256] or shortly before, a young woman from the town of Vervins, around fifteen or sixteen years old, named Nicola Aubry, experienced several visions of a ghost who claimed to be her grandfather. This ghost asked her for masses and prayers for the peace of his soul.[257] Soon after, she found herself being taken to various places by this ghost, and at times, she was even carried out of sight from those who were watching over her.

Then, they had no longer any doubt that it was the devil, which they had a great deal of trouble to make her believe. The Bishop of Laon gave his power (of attorney) for conjuring the spirit, and commanded them to see that the proces-verbaux were exactly drawn up by the notaries nominated for that purpose. The exorcisms lasted more than three months, and only serve to prove more and[Pg 120] more the fact of the possession. The poor sufferer was torn from the hands of nine or ten men, who could hardly retain their hold of her; and on the last day of the exorcisms sixteen could not succeed in so doing. She had been lying on the ground, when she stood upright and stiff as a statue, without those who held her being able to prevent it. She spoke divers languages, revealed the most secret things, announced others at the moment they were being done, although at a great distance; she discovered to many the secret of their conscience, uttered at once three different voices, or tones, and spoke with her tongue hanging half a foot out of her mouth. After some exorcisms had been made at Vervins, they took her to Laon, where the bishop undertook her. He had a scaffolding erected for this purpose in the cathedral. Such immense numbers of people went there, that they saw in the church ten or twelve thousand persons at a time; some even came from foreign countries. Consequently, France could not be less curious; so the princes and great people, and those who could not come there themselves, sent persons who might inform them of what passed. The Pope's nuncios, the parliamentary deputies, and those of the university were present.

Then, they no longer doubted that it was the devil, which they had a hard time convincing her to believe. The Bishop of Laon authorized the exorcism and instructed them to ensure that the official records were accurately prepared by the appointed notaries. The exorcisms lasted over three months and only served to further confirm the possession. The poor victim was seized by nine or ten men, who struggled to keep her under control; on the final day of the exorcisms, even sixteen men couldn't succeed in holding her down. She had been lying on the ground when she suddenly stood up, stiff as a statue, unable to be restrained by those who held her. She spoke in various languages, revealed deeply personal secrets, and predicted events as they were happening, even from a distance. She uncovered many people's innermost thoughts, spoke in three distinct voices, and had her tongue hanging nearly a foot out of her mouth. After some exorcisms were conducted in Vervins, she was taken to Laon, where the bishop took charge of her. He had a platform built for this purpose in the cathedral. So many people attended that there were ten to twelve thousand in the church at a time; some even traveled from foreign countries. France was equally curious, so princes, nobility, and those who couldn't make it sent representatives to gather information about what was happening. The Pope's envoys, parliamentary delegates, and university officials were present.

The devil, forced by the exorcisms, rendered such testimony to the truth of the Catholic religion, and, above all, to the reality of the holy eucharist, and at the same time to the falsity of Calvinism, that the irritated Calvinists no longer kept within bounds. From the time the exorcisms were made at Vervins, they wanted to kill the possessed, with the priest who exorcised her, in a journey they made her take to Nôtre Dame de Liesse. At Laon, it was still worse; as they were the strongest in numbers there, a revolt was more than once apprehended. They so intimidated the bishop and the magistrates, that they took down the scaffold, and did not have the general procession usually made before exorcisms. The devil became prouder thereupon, insulted the bishop, and laughed at him. On the other hand, the Calvinists having obtained the suppression of the procession, and that she should be put in prison to be more nearly examined, Carlier, a Calvinist doctor, suddenly drew from his pocket something which was averred to be a most violent poison, which he threw into her mouth, and she kept it on her stomach whilst the convulsion lasted, but she threw it up of herself when she came to her senses.

The devil, pressured by the exorcisms, gave testimony to the truth of the Catholic faith, especially about the reality of the holy eucharist, and simultaneously confirmed the falsehood of Calvinism, which made the angry Calvinists lose control. Since the exorcisms took place in Vervins, they wanted to kill the possessed woman along with the priest who performed the exorcism during a trip they made to Nôtre Dame de Liesse. It got even worse in Laon; since they had greater numbers there, a rebellion was feared multiple times. They intimidated the bishop and the magistrates so much that they took down the scaffold and canceled the general procession usually held before exorcisms. The devil became bolder as a result, taunted the bishop, and mocked him. Meanwhile, the Calvinists, having succeeded in stopping the procession and ensuring she was imprisoned for closer examination, had Carlier, a Calvinist doctor, suddenly pull out something from his pocket that was claimed to be a very powerful poison. He forced it into her mouth, and she held it in her stomach while the convulsions continued, but she expelled it on her own when she regained her senses.

All these experiments decided them on recommencing the processions, and the scaffold was replaced. Then the outraged Calvinists conceived the idea of a writing from M. de Montmorency, forbidding the continuation of the exorcisms, and enjoining the king's officers to be vigilant. Thus they abstained a second time from the procession, and again the devil triumphed at it. Nevertheless, he discovered to the bishop the trick of this suppositious writing,[Pg 121] named those who had taken part in it, and declared that he had again gained time by this obedience of the bishop to the will of man rather than that of God. Besides that, the devil had already protested publicly that it was against his own will that he remained in the body of this woman; that he had entered there by the order of God; that it was to convert the Calvinists or to harden them, and that he was very unfortunate in being obliged to act and speak against himself.

All these experiments led them to start the processions again, and the scaffold was put back up. Then the outraged Calvinists came up with the idea of a letter from M. de Montmorency, banning the continuation of the exorcisms and ordering the king's officers to stay alert. So, they skipped the procession for a second time, allowing the devil to win again. However, he revealed to the bishop the trick behind this fake letter, named those involved in it, and claimed that he had bought time again because the bishop obeyed the will of man instead of God. Additionally, the devil had already publicly declared that staying in this woman's body was against his own will; that he entered there by God's order; that it was to either convert the Calvinists or harden them, and that he felt very unfortunate to have to act and speak against his own interests.

The chapter then represented to the bishop that it would be proper to make the processions and the conjurations twice a-day, to excite still more the devotion of the people. The prelate acquiesced in it, and everything was done with the greatest éclât, and in the most orthodox manner. The devil declared again more than once that he had gained time; once because the bishop had not confessed himself; another time because he was not fasting; and lastly, because it was requisite that the chapter and all the dignitaries should be present, as well as the court of justice and the king's officers, in order that there might be sufficient testimony; that he was forced to warn the bishop thus of his duty, and that accursed was the hour when he entered into the body of this person; at the same time, he uttered a thousand imprecations against the church, the bishop, and the clergy.

The chapter then suggested to the bishop that it would be appropriate to hold the processions and the rituals twice a day to further inspire the people's devotion. The bishop agreed, and everything was carried out with great flair and in the most proper way. The devil claimed more than once that he had gained time; first because the bishop hadn't gone to confession, another time because he wasn't fasting, and lastly, because it was necessary for the chapter and all the dignitaries to be present, along with the court of justice and the king's officials, to ensure there was enough evidence. He had to remind the bishop of his duty, and he cursed the moment he entered the body of this person; at the same time, he spewed a thousand curses against the church, the bishop, and the clergy.

Thus, at the last day of possession, everybody being assembled in the afternoon, the bishop began the last conjurations, when many extraordinary things took place; amongst others, the bishop desiring to put the holy eucharist near the lips of this poor woman, the devil in some way seized hold of his arm, and at the same moment raised this woman up, as it were, out of the hands of sixteen men who were holding her. But at last, after much resistance, he came out, and left her perfectly cured, and thoroughly sensible of the goodness of God. The Te Deum was sung to the sound of all the bells in the town; nothing was heard among the Catholics but acclamations of joy, and many of the Calvinists were converted, whose descendants still dwell in the town. Florimond de Raimond, counselor of the parliament of Bordeaux, had the happiness to be of the number, and has written the history of it. For nine days they made the procession, to return thanks to God; and they founded a perpetual mass, which is celebrated every year on the 8th of February, and they represented this story in bas-relief round the choir, where it may be seen at this day.

So, on the last day of possession, with everyone gathered in the afternoon, the bishop started the final rituals, during which many extraordinary events occurred. Among other things, when the bishop tried to bring the holy eucharist close to this poor woman’s lips, the devil somehow grabbed his arm and, at the same time, lifted the woman up as if she were being pulled away from the grip of sixteen men holding her. But eventually, after much struggle, the devil left her, and she was completely healed and fully aware of God’s goodness. The Te Deum was sung as all the bells in the town rang; joy was in the air among the Catholics, and many Calvinists converted, with their descendants still living in the town today. Florimond de Raimond, a counselor of the parliament of Bordeaux, was fortunate to be among them and wrote the history of these events. For nine days, they held a procession to give thanks to God, and they established a perpetual mass that is celebrated every year on February 8th. They also depicted this story in bas-relief around the choir, which can still be seen today.

In short, God, as if to put the finishing stroke to so important a work, permitted that the Prince of Condé, who had just left the Catholic religion, should be misled on this subject by those of his new communion. He sent for the poor woman, and also the Canon d'Espinois, who had never forsaken her during all the time of the[Pg 122] exorcisms. He interrogated them separately, and at several different times, and made every effort, not to discover if they had practiced any artifice, but to find out if there was any in the whole affair. He went so far as to offer the canon very high situations if he would change his religion. But what can you obtain in favor of heresy from sensible and upright people, to whom God has thus manifested the power of his church? All the efforts of the prince were useless; the firmness of the canon, and the simplicity of the poor woman, only served to prove to him still more the certainty of the event which displeased him, and he sent them both home.

In short, God, as if to complete such an important task, allowed the Prince of Condé, who had just left the Catholic faith, to be misled on this matter by those in his new community. He called in the poor woman and the Canon d'Espinois, who had never abandoned her during all the [Pg 122] exorcisms. He questioned them separately, several times, and made every effort not to find out if they had used any trickery, but to see if there was any deception in the whole situation. He even went so far as to offer the canon high-ranking positions if he would change his faith. But what can you gain for heresy from sensible and honest people who have seen the power of God's church? All the prince's efforts were in vain; the canon's resolve and the poor woman's honesty only reinforced the certainty of the event that troubled him, and he sent them both away.

Yet a return of ill-will caused him to have this woman again arrested, and he kept her in one of his prisons until her father and mother having entreated an inquiry into this injustice to King Charles IX., she was set at liberty by order of his majesty.[258]

Yet a return of spite led him to have this woman arrested again, and he kept her in one of his prisons until her father and mother pleaded for an investigation into this injustice to King Charles IX., and she was released by order of his majesty.[258]

An event of such importance, and so carefully attested, both on the part of the bishop and the chapter, and on that of the magistrates, and even by the violence of the Calvinistic party, ought not to be buried in silence. King Charles IX., on making his entry into Laon some time after, desired to be informed about it by the dean of the cathedral, who had been an ocular witness of the affair. His majesty commanded him to give publicity to the story, and it was then printed, first in French, then in Latin, Spanish, Italian, and German, with the approbation of the Sorbonne, supported by the rescripts of Pope Pius V. and Gregory XIII. his successor. And they made after that a pretty exact abridgment of it, by order of the Bishop of Laon, printed under the title of Le Triomphe du S. Sacrament sur le Diable.

An event of such significance, and so thoroughly verified by both the bishop and the chapter, as well as by the local authorities and even through the aggression of the Calvinist group, should not be ignored. King Charles IX., after entering Laon some time later, wanted to hear about it from the dean of the cathedral, who had witnessed the event firsthand. His majesty instructed him to make the story public, and it was subsequently published, first in French, then in Latin, Spanish, Italian, and German, with the backing of the Sorbonne, supported by the letters from Pope Pius V. and his successor Gregory XIII. After that, an accurate summary was created by order of the Bishop of Laon and published under the title of Le Triomphe du S. Sacrament sur le Diable.

These are facts which have all the authenticity that can be desired, and such as a man of honor cannot with any good-breeding affect to doubt, since he could not after that consider any facts as certain without being in shameful contradiction with himself.[259]

These are facts that have all the authenticity you could want, and a person of honor can't, with any sense of decency, pretend to doubt them, since he couldn't then consider any facts as certain without being in embarrassing contradiction with himself.[259]

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[255] Jean de Lorres, sur l'an 1599. Thuan. Hist. l. xii.

[255] Jean de Lorres, in the year 1599. Thuan. Hist. l. xii.

[256] Charles IX. died in 1574.

[256] Charles IX died in 1574.

[257] This story is taken from a book entitled "Examen et Discussion Critique de l'Histoire des Diables de Loudun, &c., par M. de la Ménardaye." A Paris, chez de Bure l'Ainé, 1749.

[257] This story is from a book called "Review and Critical Discussion of the History of the Devils of Loudun, etc., by Mr. de la Ménardaye." Published in Paris by de Bure l'Aîné, 1749.

[258] Trésor et entière Histoire de la Victime du Corps de Dieu, presentée au Pape, au Roi, au Chancelier de France, au Premier Président. A Paris, 4to. chez Chesnau. 1578.

[258] Complete History of the Victim of the Body of God, presented to the Pope, the King, the Chancellor of France, and the First President. In Paris, 4to. published by Chesnau. 1578.

[259] This account is one of the many in which the theory of possession was made use of to impugn the Protestant faith. The simplicity and credulity of Calmet are very remarkable.—Editor.

[259] This account is one of the many where the idea of possession was used to challenge the Protestant faith. The simplicity and gullibility of Calmet are quite notable.—Editor.


CHAPTER XXVI.

CONTINUATION OF THE SAME SUBJECT.

There was in Lorraine, about the year 1620, a woman, possessed (by the devil), who made a great noise in the country, but whose case is much less known among foreigners. I mean Mademoiselle Elizabeth de Ranfaing, the story of whose possession was written and printed at Nancy, in 1622, by M. Pichard, a doctor of medicine, and physician in ordinary to their highnesses of Lorraine. Mademoiselle de Ranfaing was a very virtuous person, through whose agency God established a kind of order of nuns of the Refuge, the principal object of which is to withdraw from profligacy the girls or women who have fallen into libertinism. M. Pichard's work was approved by doctors of theology, and authorized by M. de Porcelets, Bishop of Toul, and in an assembly of learned men whom he sent for to examine the case, and the reality of the possession. It was ardently attacked and loudly denied by a monk of the Minimite order, named Claude Pithoy, who had the temerity to say that he would pray to God to send the devil into himself, in case the woman whom they were exorcising at Nancy was possessed; and again, that God was not God if he did not command the devil to seize his body, if the woman they exorcised at Nancy was really possessed.

In Lorraine, around the year 1620, there was a woman believed to be possessed by the devil, whose situation caused quite a stir in the region, but she is much less known to outsiders. I’m talking about Mademoiselle Elizabeth de Ranfaing, whose story of possession was documented and printed in Nancy in 1622 by M. Pichard, a doctor of medicine and physician to the ruling family of Lorraine. Mademoiselle de Ranfaing was a very virtuous person, and through her influence, God established a sort of order of nuns called of the Refuge, aimed at helping girls or women who have fallen into a life of immorality. M. Pichard's work received approval from theologians and was authorized by M. de Porcelets, the Bishop of Toul, along with a gathering of scholars he summoned to investigate the case and the authenticity of the possession. However, it faced strong opposition from a monk of the Minimite order named Claude Pithoy, who boldly declared that he would pray for God to send the devil into himself if the woman being exorcised in Nancy was truly possessed. He also claimed that God would not be God if He did not command the devil to seize his own body if the woman being exorcised was genuinely possessed.

M. Pichard refutes him fully; but he remarks that persons who are weak minded, or of a dull and melancholy character, heavy, taciturn, stupid, and who are naturally disposed to frighten and disturb themselves, are apt to fancy that they see the devil, that they speak to him, and even that they are possessed by him; above all, if they are in places where others are possessed, whom they see, and with whom they converse. He adds that, thirteen or fourteen years ago, he remarked at Nancy a great number of this kind, and with the help of God he cured them. He says the same thing of atrabilarians, and women who suffer from furor uterine, who sometimes do such things and utter such cries, that any one would believe they were possessed.

M. Pichard completely disagrees with him; however, he notes that people who are weak-minded, or have dull and moody personalities—heavy, quiet, slow-witted, and who are naturally inclined to frighten and upset themselves—tend to believe they can see the devil, that they talk to him, and even that they are possessed by him. This is especially true if they are in places where others are clearly possessed and with whom they interact. He adds that about thirteen or fourteen years ago, he noticed a large number of such individuals in Nancy, and with God's help, he managed to cure them. He makes similar observations about melancholics and women suffering from furor uterine, who sometimes act and scream in ways that would make anyone believe they are possessed.

Mademoiselle Ranfaing having become a widow in 1617, was sought in marriage by a physician named Poviot. As she would not listen to his addresses, he first of all gave her philtres to make her love him, which occasioned strange derangements in her health.[Pg 124] At last he gave her some magical medicaments (for he was afterwards known to be a magician, and burnt as such by a judicial sentence). The physicians could not relieve her, and were quite at fault with her extraordinary maladies. After having tried all sorts of remedies, they were obliged to have recourse to exorcisms.

Mademoiselle Ranfaing became a widow in 1617 and was pursued for marriage by a physician named Poviot. When she ignored his advances, he first tried to make her fall in love with him by giving her potions, which caused unusual issues with her health.[Pg 124] Eventually, he gave her some magical medicines (he would later be known as a magician and was burned at the stake for it). The other doctors couldn't help her and were baffled by her unusual illnesses. After trying every remedy, they had to resort to exorcisms.

Now these are the principal symptoms which made it believed that Mademoiselle Ranfaing was really possessed. They began to exorcise her the 2d September, 1619, in the town of Remirémont, whence she was transferred to Nancy; there she was visited and interrogated by several clever physicians, who, after having minutely examined the symptoms of what happened to her, declared that the casualties they had remarked in her had no relation at all with the ordinary course of known maladies, and could only be the result of diabolical possession.

Now, these are the main symptoms that led people to believe Mademoiselle Ranfaing was actually possessed. They started her exorcism on September 2, 1619, in the town of Remirémont, and then she was moved to Nancy. There, she was examined and questioned by several skilled doctors who, after carefully looking into her symptoms, concluded that the issues they observed in her had no connection to any known illnesses and could only be the result of demonic possession.

After which, by order of M. de Porcelets, Bishop of Toul, they nominated for the exorcists M. Viardin, a doctor of divinity, counselor of state of the Duke of Lorraine, a Jesuit and Capuchin. Almost all the monks in Nancy, the said lord bishop, the Bishop of Tripoli, suffragan of Strasburg, M. de Sancy, formerly ambassador from the most Christian king at Constantinople, and then priest of the Oratoire, Charles de Lorraine, Bishop of Verdun; two doctors of the Sorbonne sent on purpose to be present at the exorcisms, often exorcised her in Hebrew, Greek, and Latin, and she always replied pertinently to them, she who could hardly read Latin.

After that, by the order of M. de Porcelets, Bishop of Toul, they nominated M. Viardin as one of the exorcists. He was a doctor of divinity, a counselor of state to the Duke of Lorraine, and affiliated with both the Jesuits and Capuchins. Almost all the monks in Nancy, the aforementioned bishop, the Bishop of Tripoli (a suffragan of Strasburg), M. de Sancy (who previously served as the ambassador for the most Christian king in Constantinople and was later a priest of the Oratoire), Charles de Lorraine, Bishop of Verdun; and two doctors from the Sorbonne who were sent specifically to observe the exorcisms, often performed exorcisms on her in Hebrew, Greek, and Latin. She consistently responded accurately to them, despite struggling to read Latin.

They report the certificate given by M. Nicolas de Harley, very well skilled in the Hebrew tongue, who avowed that Mademoiselle Ranfaing was really possessed, and had answered him from the movement of his lips alone, without his having pronounced any words, and had given several proofs of her possession. The Sieur Garnier, a doctor of the Sorbonne, having also given her several commands in Hebrew, she replied pertinently, but in French, saying that the compact was made that he should speak only in the usual tongue. The demon added, "Is it not enough that I show thee that I understand what thou sayest?" The same M. Garnier, speaking to him in Greek, inadvertently put one case for another; the possessed, or rather the devil, said to him, "Thou hast committed an error." The doctor said to him in Greek, "Point out my fault;" the devil replied, "Let it suffice thee that I point out an error; I shall tell thee no more concerning it." The doctor telling him in Greek to hold his tongue, he answered, "Thou commandest me to hold my tongue, and I will not do so."

They report the certificate from M. Nicolas de Harley, who is very skilled in Hebrew, stating that Mademoiselle Ranfaing was genuinely possessed. He claimed she responded to him just by reading his lips, without him saying a word, and provided several proofs of her possession. Sieur Garnier, a doctor from the Sorbonne, also gave her commands in Hebrew, to which she replied appropriately but in French, stating that the agreement was for him to speak only in the usual language. The demon added, "Is it not enough that I show you that I understand what you're saying?" The same M. Garnier, talking to the demon in Greek, accidentally mixed up one situation for another; the possessed, or rather the devil, said to him, "You have made a mistake." The doctor asked in Greek, "Point out my fault," and the devil replied, "Let it suffice that I point out a mistake; I will not tell you anything more about it." When the doctor told him in Greek to be quiet, he responded, "You command me to be quiet, and I will not do that."

M. Midot Ecolâtre de Toul said to him in the same language, "Sit down;" he replied, "I will not sit down." M. Midot said to him moreover in Greek, "Sit down on the ground and obey;" but as the demon was going to throw the possessed by force on the[Pg 125] ground, he said to him in the same tongue, "Do it gently;" he did so. He said in Greek, "Put out the right foot;" he extended it; he said also in the same language, "Cause her knees to be cold," the woman replied that she felt them very cold.

M. Midot Ecolâtre de Toul told him in the same language, "Sit down;" he answered, "I will not sit down." M. Midot then said to him in Greek, "Sit down on the ground and obey;" but as the demon was about to force the possessed individual onto the[Pg 125] ground, he instructed him in the same language, "Do it gently;" and he did so. He said in Greek, "Put out your right foot;" he extended it. He also said in the same language, "Make her knees cold," and the woman replied that she felt them very cold.

The Sieur Mince, a doctor of the Sorbonne, holding a cross in his hand, the devil whispered to him in Greek, "Give me the cross," which was heard by some persons who were near him. M. Mince desired to make the devil repeat the same sentence; he answered, "I will not repeat it all in Greek;" but he simply said in French, "Give me," and in Greek, "the cross."

The Sieur Mince, a doctor from the Sorbonne, was holding a cross in his hand when the devil whispered to him in Greek, "Give me the cross." Some people nearby heard him. M. Mince wanted the devil to say the same thing again; the devil replied, "I won't repeat it all in Greek," but then he just said in French, "Give me," and in Greek, "the cross."

The Reverend Father Albert, Capuchin, having ordered him in Greek to make the sign of the cross seven times with his tongue, in honor of the seven joys of the Virgin, he made the sign of the cross three times with his tongue, and then twice with his nose; but the holy man told him anew to make the sign of the cross seven times with his tongue; he did so; and having been commanded in the same language to kiss the feet of the Lord Bishop of Toul, he prostrated himself and kissed his feet.

The Reverend Father Albert, a Capuchin, instructed him in Greek to make the sign of the cross seven times with his tongue, honoring the seven joys of the Virgin. He crossed himself three times with his tongue, then twice with his nose. But the holy man told him again to make the sign of the cross seven times with his tongue; he complied. After that, when commanded in the same language to kiss the feet of the Lord Bishop of Toul, he knelt down and kissed his feet.

The same father having observed that the demon wished to overturn the Bénitier, or basin of holy water which was there, he ordered him to take the holy water and not spill it, and he obeyed. The Father commanded him to give marks of the possession; he answered, "The possession is sufficiently known;" he added in Greek, "I command thee to carry some holy water to the governor of the town." The demon replied, "It is not customary to exorcise in that tongue." The father answered in Latin, "It is not for thee to impose laws on us; but the church has power to command thee in whatever language she may think proper."

The same father noticed that the demon wanted to tip over the Bénitier, or the basin of holy water that was there, so he ordered him to take the holy water and not spill it, and he complied. The father instructed him to show signs of possession; he replied, "The possession is already well known;" and added in Greek, "I command you to bring some holy water to the governor of the town." The demon responded, "It’s not common to exorcise in that language." The father replied in Latin, "You don't get to set rules for us; the church has the authority to command you in whatever language it sees fit."

Then the demon took the basin of holy water and carried it to the keeper of the Capuchins, to the Duke Eric of Lorraine, to the Counts of Brionne, Remonville, la Vaux, and other lords.

Then the demon took the basin of holy water and brought it to the keeper of the Capuchins, Duke Eric of Lorraine, the Counts of Brionne, Remonville, la Vaux, and other nobles.

The physician, M. Pichard, having told him in a sentence, partly Hebrew, and partly Greek, to cure the head and eyes of the possessed woman; hardly had he finished speaking the last words, when the demon replied: "Faith, we are not the cause of it; her brain is naturally moist: that proceeds from her natural constitution;" then M. Pichard said to the assembly, "Take notice, gentlemen, that he replies to Greek and Hebrew at the same time." "Yes," replied the demon, "you discover the pot of roses, and the secret; I will answer you no more." There were several questions and replies in foreign languages, which showed that he understood them very well.

The doctor, M. Pichard, told him in a mix of Hebrew and Greek to heal the head and eyes of the possessed woman. As soon as he finished speaking, the demon responded, "Honestly, we’re not to blame; her brain is just naturally moist due to her constitution." Then M. Pichard addressed the group, saying, "Notice, gentlemen, that he answers in both Greek and Hebrew at the same time." "Yes," the demon replied, "you’ve uncovered the truth and the secret; I won’t answer you anymore." There were several questions and answers in foreign languages, which showed that he understood them quite well.

M. Viardin having asked him in Latin, "Ubi censebaris quandò mane oriebaris?" He replied, "Between the seraphim." They said to him, "Pro signo exhibe nobis patibulum fratris Cephæ;"[Pg 126] the devil extended his arms in the form of a St. Andrew's cross. They said to him, "Applica carpum carpo;" he did so, placing the wrist of one hand over the other; then, "Admove tarsum tarso et metatarsum metatarso;" he crossed his feet and raised them one upon the other. Then afterwards he said, "Excita in calcaneo qualitatem congregantem heterogenea;" the possessed said she felt her heel cold; after which, "Repræsenta nobis labarum Venetorum;" he made the figure of the cross. Afterwards they said, "Exhibe nobis videntum Deum benè precantem nepotibus ex salvatore Egypti;" he crossed his arms as did Jacob on giving his blessing to the sons of Joseph; and then, "Exhibe crucem conterebrantem stipiti," he represented the cross of St. Peter. The exorcist having by mistake said, "Per eum qui adversus te præliavit," the demon did not give him time to correct himself; he said to him, "O the ass! instead of præliatus est." He was spoken to in Italian and German, and he always answered accordingly.

M. Viardin asked him in Latin, "Where were you counted when you rose in the morning?" He replied, "Between the seraphim." They said to him, "Show us the sign of the brother Cephas on the gallows;"[Pg 126] the devil stretched out his arms like a St. Andrew's cross. They told him, "Place your hand on your wrist;" he did so, laying one wrist over the other; then, "Cross your feet and place your heel on your instep;" he crossed his feet and stacked them one on top of the other. Then he said, "Awaken in the heel the quality that gathers the heterogeneous;" the possessed woman said she felt her heel getting cold; after that, "Show us the standard of Venice;" he made the shape of a cross. Afterwards, they said, "Show us God who sees well, praying for the grandchildren from the savior of Egypt;" he crossed his arms like Jacob when he blessed Joseph’s sons; then, "Show us the crushing cross on the post," he represented the cross of St. Peter. The exorcist mistakenly said, "By him who battled against you," and the demon didn't give him a chance to correct it; he said, "Oh the fool! instead of battled." He was addressed in Italian and German, and he always responded accordingly.

They said to him one day, "Sume encolpium ejus qui hodiè functus est officio illius de quo cecinit Psaltes: pro patribus tuis nati sunt tibi filii;" he went directly and took the cross hanging round the neck and resting on the breast of the Prince Eric de Lorraine, who that same day had filled the office of bishop in giving orders, because the Bishop of Toul was indisposed. He discovered secret thoughts, and heard words that were said in the ear of some persons which he was not possibly near enough to overhear, and declared that he had known the mental prayer that a good priest had made before the holy sacrament.

They said to him one day, "Take the Cross of the one who has just fulfilled the duty that the Psalms sang about: for your fathers, sons have been born to you;" he went straight away and took the cross that hung around the neck and rested on the chest of Prince Eric de Lorraine, who that very day had taken on the role of bishop by giving orders, since the Bishop of Toul was unwell. He uncovered secret thoughts and heard words whispered to some people that he couldn't have possibly overheard, and he stated that he knew the silent prayer that a good priest had offered before the holy sacrament.

Here is a trait still more extraordinary. They said to the demon, speaking Latin and Italian in the same sentence: "Adi scholastrum seniorem et osculare ejus pedes, la cui scarpa ha più di sugaro;" that very moment he went and kissed the foot of the Sieur Juillet, ecolâtre of St. George, the Elder of M. Viardin, ecolâtre of the Primitiale. M. Juillet's right foot was shorter than the left, which obliged him to wear a shoe with a cork heel (or raised by a piece of cork, called in Italian sugaro).

Here’s a trait that’s even more extraordinary. They said to the demon, mixing Latin and Italian in the same sentence: "Kiss the foot of the old scholar, whose shoe has more than a cork." At that very moment, he went and kissed the foot of Mr. Juillet, the warden of St. George, the elder of Mr. Viardin, warden of the Primatial. Mr. Juillet's right foot was shorter than his left, which forced him to wear a shoe with a cork heel (or raised by a piece of cork, called in Italian sugaro).

They proposed to him very difficult questions concerning the Trinity, the Incarnation, the holy sacrament of the altar, the grace of God, free will, the manner in which angels and demons know the thoughts of men, &c., and he replied with much clearness and precision. She discovered things unknown to everybody, and revealed to certain persons, but secretly and in private, some sins of which they had been guilty.

They asked him very challenging questions about the Trinity, the Incarnation, the holy sacrament of the altar, the grace of God, free will, and how angels and demons understand people's thoughts, etc., and he answered with a lot of clarity and precision. She uncovered things that were unknown to anyone and privately revealed to certain individuals some sins they had committed.

The demon did not obey the voice only of the exorcists; he obeyed even when they simply moved their lips, or held their hand, or a handkerchief, or a book upon the mouth. A Calvinist having one day mingled secretly in the crowd, the exorcist, who was warned of[Pg 127] it, commanded the demon to go and kiss his feet; he went immediately, rushing through the crowd.

The demon didn't just listen to the exorcists' words; he also responded to their lip movements, hand gestures, or when they held a handkerchief or a book to their mouth. One day, a Calvinist secretly blended in with the crowd, and the exorcist, who was informed of [Pg 127] this, ordered the demon to go and kiss his feet; the demon complied right away, pushing his way through the crowd.

An Englishman having come from curiosity to the exorcist, the devil told him several particulars relating to his country and religion. He was a Puritan; and the Englishman owned that everything he had said was true. The same Englishman said to him in his language, "As a proof of thy possession, tell me the name of my master who formerly taught me embroidery;" he replied, "William." They commanded him to recite the Ave Maria; he said to a Huguenot gentleman who was present, "Do you say it, if you know it; for they don't say it amongst your people." M. Pichard relates several unknown and hidden things which the demon revealed, and that he performed several feats which it is not possible for any person, however agile and supple he may be, to achieve by natural strength or power; such as crawling on the ground without making use of hands or feet, appearing to have the hair standing erect like serpents.

An Englishman, driven by curiosity, approached the exorcist, and the devil shared several details about his country and religion. He was a Puritan, and the Englishman admitted that everything he said was true. The Englishman then asked in his own language, "As proof of your possession, tell me the name of my master who used to teach me embroidery;" the devil replied, "William." They asked him to recite the Ave Maria; he turned to a Huguenot gentleman present and said, "You say it if you know it, because your people don't say it." M. Pichard recounts several unknown and hidden things that the demon revealed, and mentions that he performed acts that no person, no matter how agile, could accomplish through natural strength or ability, like crawling on the ground without using hands or feet, and appearing to have his hair standing up like serpents.

After all the details concerning the exorcisms, marks of possession, questions and answers of the possessed, M. Pichard reports the authentic testimony of the theologians, physicians, of the bishops Eric of Lorraine, and Charles of Lorraine, Bishop of Verdun, of several monks of every order, who attest the said possession to be real and veritable; and lastly, a letter from the Rev. Father Cotton, a Jesuit, who certifies the same thing. The said letter bears date the 5th of June, 1621, and is in reply to the one which the Prince Eric of Lorraine had written to him.

After all the details about the exorcisms, signs of possession, and the questions and answers of the possessed, M. Pichard shares the genuine testimonies of theologians, doctors, Bishops Eric of Lorraine and Charles of Lorraine, Bishop of Verdun, as well as several monks from various orders, who confirm that the possession is real and true. Finally, there’s a letter from Rev. Father Cotton, a Jesuit, who verifies the same. This letter is dated June 5, 1621, and is in response to a letter that Prince Eric of Lorraine sent him.

I have omitted a great many particulars related in the recital of the exorcisms, and the proofs of the possession of Mademoiselle de Ranfaing. I think I have said enough to convince any persons who are sincere and unprejudiced that her possession is as certain as these things can be. The affair occurred at Nancy, the capital of Lorraine, in the presence of a great number of enlightened persons, two of whom were of the house of Lorraine, both bishops, and well informed; in presence and by the orders of my Lord de Porcelets, Bishop of Toul, a most enlightened man, and of distinguished merit; of two doctors of the Sorbonne, called thither expressly to judge of the reality of the possession; in presence of people of the so-called Reformed religion, and much on their guard against things of this kind. It has been seen how far Father Pithoy carried his temerity against the possession in question; he has been reprimanded by his diocesan and his superiors, who have imposed silence on him.

I have left out many details from the account of the exorcisms and the evidence of Mademoiselle de Ranfaing's possession. I believe I’ve provided enough information to convince anyone who is genuine and open-minded that her possession is as certain as these matters can be. This incident took place in Nancy, the capital of Lorraine, in front of a large group of knowledgeable people, including two members of the house of Lorraine, both bishops, who were well-informed; in the presence and by the orders of my Lord de Porcelets, Bishop of Toul, a very knowledgeable and distinguished man; and two doctors from the Sorbonne, who were specifically called to assess the reality of the possession; as well as individuals from the so-called Reformed religion, who are usually very cautious about such things. It has been noted how far Father Pithoy pushed the boundaries regarding the possession in question; he has been reprimanded by his bishop and superiors, who have silenced him.

Mademoiselle de Ranfaing is known to be personally a woman of extraordinary virtue, prudence, and merit. No reason can be imagined for her feigning a possession which has pained her in a thousand ways. The consequence of this terrible trial has been the[Pg 128] establishment of a kind of religious order, from which the church has received much edification, and from which God has providentially derived glory.

Mademoiselle de Ranfaing is recognized as an exceptionally virtuous, wise, and deserving woman. It’s hard to believe she would pretend to have a condition that has caused her so much suffering. As a result of this difficult experience, there has emerged[Pg 128] a sort of religious order that has greatly benefited the church and, by divine design, brought glory to God.

M. Nicolas de Harlay Sancy and M. Viardin are persons highly to be respected both for their personal merit, their talent, and the high offices they have filled; the first having been French ambassador at Constantinople, and the other resident of the good Duke Henry at the Court of Rome; so that I do not think I could have given an instance more fit to convince you of there being real and veritable possessions than this of Mademoiselle de Ranfaing.

M. Nicolas de Harlay Sancy and M. Viardin are both highly respected for their personal qualities, talents, and the significant roles they have held; the former served as the French ambassador in Constantinople, while the latter was a representative of the esteemed Duke Henry at the Court of Rome. Therefore, I believe I couldn't have provided a better example to demonstrate the existence of genuine and authentic possessions than that of Mademoiselle de Ranfaing.

I do not relate that of the nuns of Loudun, on which such various opinions have been given, the reality of which was doubted at the very time, and is very problematical to this day. Those who are curious to know the history of that affair will find it very well detailed in a book I have already cited, entitled, "Examen et Discussion Critique de l'Histoire des Diables de Loudun, &c., par M. de la Ménardaye," à Paris, chez de Bure Ainé, 1749.

I won't recount the story of the nuns of Loudun, which has sparked a lot of different opinions. People doubted its authenticity back then, and it remains questionable even today. Those interested in the details of that case will find it thoroughly explained in a book I've mentioned before, titled "Examen et Discussion Critique de l'Histoire des Diables de Loudun, &c., par M. de la Ménardaye," published in Paris by de Bure Ainé in 1749.


CHAPTER XXVII.

OBJECTIONS AGAINST THE OBSESSIONS AND POSSESSIONS OF THE DEMON—REPLY TO THE OBJECTIONS.

Several objections may be raised against the obsessions and possessions of demons; nothing is subject to greater difficulties than this matter, but Providence constantly and uniformly permits the clearest and most certain truths of religion to remain enveloped in some degree of obscurity; that facts the best averred and the most indubitable should be subject to doubts and contradictions; that the most evident miracles should be disputed by some incredulous persons on account of circumstances which appear to them doubtful and disputable.

Several objections can be made against the obsessions and possessions of demons; nothing is more challenging than this issue, but Providence consistently allows the clearest and most certain truths of religion to remain somewhat unclear; that the most well-supported and undeniable facts should be open to doubts and contradictions; that the most obvious miracles should be questioned by some skeptics due to circumstances they find doubtful and disputable.

All religion has its lights and shadows; God has permitted it to be so in order that the just may have somewhat to exercise their faith in believing, and the impious and incredulous persist in their wilful impiety and incredulity. The greatest mysteries of Christianity are to the one subjects of scandal, and to the others means of salvation; the one regarding the mystery of the cross as folly, and the others as the work of sublimest wisdom, and of the most admirable power of God. Pharaoh hardened his heart when he saw the wonders wrought by Moses; but the magicians of Egypt were at last obliged to recognize in them the hand of God. The Hebrews[Pg 129] on sight of these wonders take confidence in Moses and Aaron, and yield themselves to their guidance, without fearing the dangers to which they may be exposed.

All religions have their ups and downs; God has allowed it to be this way so that the faithful can have something to exercise their belief in, while the unfaithful and skeptical continue in their chosen disbelief. The biggest mysteries of Christianity are, for some, a source of scandal, and for others, a path to salvation; some see the mystery of the cross as nonsense, while others view it as the highest wisdom and incredible power of God. Pharaoh hardened his heart when he witnessed the miracles done by Moses, but eventually, the magicians of Egypt had to admit that these were acts of God. The Hebrews[Pg 129] saw these miracles and placed their trust in Moses and Aaron, following their lead without fearing the dangers they might face.

We have already remarked that the demon often seems to act against his own interest, and destroy his own empire, by saying that everything which is related of the return of spirits, the obsessions and possessions of the demon, of spells, magic, and sorcery, are only tales wherewith to frighten children; that they all have no existence except in weak and prejudiced minds. How can it serve the demon to maintain this, and destroy the general opinion of nations on all these things? If in all there is only falsehood and illusion, what does he gain by undeceiving people? and if there is any truth in them, why decry his own work, and take away the credit of his subordinates and his own operations?

We’ve already noted that the demon often seems to act against his own interests and undermine his own power by claiming that everything related to the return of spirits, demons haunting and possessing people, spells, magic, and sorcery are just stories meant to scare children; that they only exist in weak and biased minds. How does it benefit the demon to insist on this and diminish the widespread beliefs of nations about these matters? If everything is just lies and illusions, what does he gain by exposing the truth? And if there is any truth to them, why would he discredit his own work and take away the recognition from his followers and his own actions?

Jesus Christ in the Gospel refutes those who said that he expelled devils in the name of Beelzebub;[260] he maintains that the accusation is unfounded, because it was incredible that Satan should destroy his own work and his own empire. The reasoning is doubtless solid and conclusive, above all to the Jews, who thought that Jesus Christ did not differ from other exorcists who expelled demons, unless it was that he commanded the prince of devils, while the others commanded only the subaltern demons. Now, on this supposition, the prince of the demons could not expel his subalterns without destroying his own empire, without decrying himself, and without ruining the reputation of those who only acted by his orders.

Jesus Christ in the Gospel counters those who claimed he cast out demons in the name of Beelzebub;[260] he argues that the accusation doesn’t hold up because it’s hard to believe that Satan would destroy his own work and kingdom. The reasoning is definitely strong and convincing, especially to the Jews, who thought that Jesus did not stand out from other exorcists who drove out demons, except that he commanded the leader of demons while the others only dealt with lesser demons. Now, based on this assumption, the leader of the demons couldn’t get rid of his subordinates without harming his own kingdom, without undermining himself, and without damaging the reputation of those who only acted on his orders.

It may be objected to this argument, that Jesus Christ supposed, as did the Jews, that the demons whom he expelled really possessed those whom he cured, in whatever manner he might cure them; and consequently that the empire of the demons subsisted, both in Beelzebub, the prince of the demons, and in the other demons who were subordinate to him, and who obeyed his orders; thus, his empire was not entirely destroyed, supposing that Jesus Christ expelled them in the name of Beelzebub; that subordination, on the contrary, supposed that power or empire of the prince of the demons, and strengthened it.

It could be argued against this point that Jesus Christ believed, like the Jews, that the demons he cast out truly possessed those he healed, regardless of how he healed them. Therefore, the rule of the demons continued to exist, both in Beelzebub, the lord of the demons, and in the other demons who were under his command and followed his orders. As a result, his rule was not completely eradicated, even if Jesus expelled them in the name of Beelzebub; that hierarchy instead suggested that the power or rule of the lord of the demons persisted and was reinforced.

But Jesus Christ not only expelled demons by his own authority, without ever making mention of Beelzebub; he expelled them in spite of themselves, and sometimes they loudly complained that he was come to torment them before the time.[261] There was neither collusion between him and them, nor subordination similar to that which might be supposed to exist between Beelzebub and the other demons.

But Jesus Christ didn't just cast out demons on his own authority, without ever mentioning Beelzebub; he drove them out against their will, and sometimes they loudly complained that he had come to torment them before their time.[261] There was no collusion between him and them, nor a hierarchy like what might be assumed between Beelzebub and the other demons.

The Lord pursued them, not only in expelling them from bodies,[Pg 130] but also in overthrowing their bad maxims, by establishing doctrines and maxims quite contrary to their own; he made war upon every vice, error, and falsehood; he attacked the demon face to face, everywhere, unflinchingly; thus, it cannot be said that he spared him, or was in collusion with him. If the devil will sometimes pass off as chimeras and illusions all that is said of apparitions, obsessions and possessions, magic and sorcery; and if he appears so absolutely to overthrow his reign, even so far as to deny the most marked and palpable effects of his own power and presence, and impute them to the weakness of mind of men and their foolish prejudices; in all this he can only gain advantage for himself: for, if he can persuade people of the truth of what he advances, his power will only be more solidly confirmed by it, since it will no longer be attacked, and he will be left to enjoy his conquests in peace, and the ecclesiastical and secular powers interested in repressing the effects of his malice and cruelty will no longer take the trouble to make war upon him, and caution or put the nations on their guard against his stratagems and ambuscades. It will close the mouth of parliaments, and stay the hand of judges and powers; and the simple people will become the sport of the demon, who will not cease continuing to tempt, persecute, corrupt, deceive, and cause the perdition of those who shall no longer mistrust his snares and his malice. The world will relapse into the same state as when under paganism, given up to error, to the most shameful passions, and will even deny or doubt those truths which shall be the best attested, and the most necessary to our salvation.

The Lord pursued them, not just by casting them out of bodies,[Pg 130] but also by dismantling their harmful beliefs, establishing doctrines and principles that were completely opposite to their own; he fought against every vice, error, and falsehood; he confronted the demon head-on, everywhere, without hesitation; so it can't be said that he spared him or was collaborating with him. If the devil can sometimes dismiss everything said about apparitions, obsessions, possessions, magic, and sorcery as mere fantasies and illusions; and if he seems to entirely overthrow his own reign, even going so far as to deny the most obvious and visible effects of his power and presence, attributing them to human weakness and foolish beliefs; in all of this, he can only benefit himself: for if he can convince people of the truth of his claims, his power will only become more firmly established, since it will no longer be challenged, and he will be free to enjoy his victories in peace. Both the church and secular authorities, who should be working to suppress the effects of his malice and cruelty, will stop trying to combat him, and will no longer warn people about his tricks and traps. This will silence parliaments and halt the actions of judges and authorities; and ordinary people will become easy targets for the demon, who will continue to tempt, persecute, corrupt, deceive, and lead to the downfall of those who no longer distrust his traps and wickedness. The world will fall back into a state similar to that of paganism, consumed by errors, the most disgraceful passions, and will even deny or doubt those truths that are most well-supported and essential for our salvation.

Moses in the Old Testament well foresaw that the evil spirit would set every spring to work, to lead the Israelites into error and unruly conduct; he foresaw that in the midst of the chosen people he would instigate seducers, who would predict to them the hidden future, which predictions would come true and be followed up. He always forbids their listening to any prophet or diviners who wished to mislead them to impiety or idolatry.

Moses in the Old Testament clearly predicted that an evil spirit would start working every spring to lead the Israelites astray and into disobedience; he anticipated that within the chosen people, he would spark the rise of seducers who would make predictions about the hidden future, which would eventually come true and be acted upon. He always warned them not to listen to any prophets or diviners trying to mislead them into impiety or idol worship.

Tertullian, speaking of the delusions performed by demons, and the foresight they have of certain events, says,[262] that being spiritual in their nature, they find themselves in a moment in any place they may wish, and announce at a distance what they have seen and heard. All this is attributed to the Divinity, because neither the cause nor the manner is known; often, also, they boast of causing events, which they do but announce; and it is true that often they are themselves the authors of the evils they predict, but never of any good. Sometimes they make use of the knowledge they have[Pg 131] derived from the predictions of the prophets respecting the designs of God, and they utter them as coming from themselves. As they are spread abroad in the air, they see in the clouds what must happen, and thus foretell the rain which they were aware of before it had been felt upon earth. As to maladies, if they cure them, it is because they have occasioned them; they prescribe remedies which produce effect, and it is believed that they have cured maladies simply because they have not continued them. Quia desinunt lædere, curasse credentur.

Tertullian, talking about the tricks played by demons and their ability to foresee certain events, says,[262] that since they are spiritual beings, they can instantly be anywhere they want and communicate from a distance about what they have seen and heard. All of this is attributed to the divine, as neither the cause nor the method is understood; they often brag about causing events, which they merely announce. It's true that they are frequently the source of the evils they predict, but never of any good. Sometimes, they use the knowledge gained from the prophetic predictions about God's intentions and present them as their own. Being present in the air, they see in the clouds what is going to happen, allowing them to predict rain before it is felt on earth. As for illnesses, if they cure them, it’s because they caused them; they suggest remedies that work, and people believe they've cured illnesses simply because they've stopped them. Quia desinunt lædere, curasse credentur.

The demon can then foresee the future and what is hidden, and discover them by means of his votaries; he can also doubtlessly do wonderful things which surpass the usual and known powers of nature; but it is never done except to deceive us, and lead us into disorder and impiety. And even should he wear the semblance of leading to virtue and practising those things which are praiseworthy and useful to salvation, it would only be to win the confidence of such as would listen to his suggestions, to make them afterward fall into misfortune, and engage them in some sin of presumption or vanity: for as he is a spirit of malice and lies, it little imports to him by what means he surprises us, and establishes his reign among us.

The demon can see the future and what's hidden, using his followers to uncover them. He can also definitely perform amazing acts that go beyond the usual powers of nature; however, he only does this to deceive us and lead us into chaos and wrongdoing. Even if he appears to guide people toward virtue and engages in actions that seem commendable and beneficial for salvation, it's just to gain the trust of those who fall for his tricks, only to later lead them into misfortune and into some sin of pride or vanity. Since he is a spirit of malice and lies, it doesn't matter to him how he catches us off guard and establishes his control over us.

But he is very far from always foreseeing the future, or succeeding always in misleading us; God has set bounds to his malice. He often deceives himself, and often makes use of disguise and perversion, that he may not appear to be ignorant of what he is ignorant of, or he will appear unwilling to do what God will not allow him to do; his power is always bounded, and his knowledge limited. Often, also, he will mislead and deceive through malice, because he is the father of falsehood. He deceives men, and rejoices when he sees them doing wrong; but not to lose his credit amongst those who consult him directly or indirectly, he lays the fault on those who undertake to interpret his words, or the equivocal signs which he has given. For instance, if he is consulted whether to begin an enterprise, or give battle, or set off on a journey, if the thing succeeds, he takes all the glory and merit to himself; if it does not succeed, he imputes it to the men who have not well understood the sense of his oracle, or to the aruspices, who have made mistakes in consulting the entrails of the immolated animals, or the flight of birds, &c.

But he doesn’t always predict the future or succeed in tricking us; God has limited his malice. He often deceives himself and frequently uses disguise and distortion so that he doesn’t seem ignorant of what he truly doesn’t know, or he appears unwilling to do what God won’t let him do; his power is always restricted, and his knowledge is finite. He often misleads and deceives out of malice because he is the father of lies. He tricks people and takes pleasure in seeing them do wrong; however, to maintain his credibility with those who seek his advice, whether directly or indirectly, he blames those who try to interpret his words or the ambiguous signs he gives. For example, if he is asked whether to start a venture, go to war, or embark on a journey, if it goes well, he takes all the credit and praise. If it fails, he blames those who misunderstood his oracle’s meaning or the soothsayers who messed up when reading the entrails of the sacrificed animals, or the flight of birds, etc.

We must not, then, be surprised to find so many contradictions, doubts, and difficulties, in the matter of apparitions, angels, demons, and spirits. Man naturally loves to distinguish himself from the common herd, and rise above the opinions of the people; it is a sort of fashion not to suffer one's self to be drawn along by the torrent, and to desire to sound and examine everything. We know that there is an infinity of prejudices, errors, vulgar opinions, false miracles, illusions, and seductions in the world; we know that many[Pg 132] things are attributed to the devil which are purely natural, or that a thousand apocryphal stories are related. It is then right to hold one's self on one's guard, in order not to be deceived. It is very important for religion to distinguish between true and false miracles, certain or uncertain events, and works wrought by the hand of God, from those which are the work of the seducing spirit.

We shouldn't be surprised to encounter so many contradictions, doubts, and challenges regarding apparitions, angels, demons, and spirits. People naturally like to set themselves apart from the general crowd and rise above popular opinions; it's kind of trendy to resist being swept along by the majority and to want to question and explore everything. We know there are countless prejudices, mistakes, common beliefs, fake miracles, illusions, and traps in the world; many things attributed to the devil are actually just natural occurrences, or a thousand made-up stories are told. So, it’s wise to stay cautious to avoid being misled. It’s essential for religion to differentiate between genuine and false miracles, certain or uncertain events, and works created by God versus those that are the result of misleading spirits.

In all that he does, the demon mixes up a great many illusions amid some truths, in order that the difficulty of discerning the true from the false may make mankind take the side which pleases them most, and that the incredulous may always have some points to maintain them in their incredulity. Although the apparitions of spirits, angels, and demons, and their operations, may not, perhaps, always be miraculous, nevertheless, as the greater part appear above the common course of nature, many of the persons of whom we have just spoken, without giving themselves the trouble to examine the things, and seek for the causes of them, the authors, and the circumstances, boldly take upon themselves to deny them all. It is the shortest way, but neither the most sensible nor the most rational; for in what is said on this subject, there are effects which can be reasonably attributed to the Almighty power of God alone, who acts immediately, or makes secondary causes act to his glory, for the advancement of religion, and the manifestation of the truth; and other effects there are, which bear visibly the character of illusion, impiety, and seduction, and in which it would seem that, instead of the finger of God, we can observe only the marks of the spirit of deceit and falsehood.

In everything he does, the demon mixes a lot of illusions with some truths so that the challenge of telling right from wrong may lead people to choose what they prefer, and the skeptics will always have something to support their disbelief. While the appearances of spirits, angels, and demons, and their actions may not always be miraculous, many people we just mentioned, without bothering to investigate the matter and look for the causes, authors, and circumstances, confidently deny them all. This is the easiest route, but it's neither the smartest nor the most rational; because regarding this subject, there are effects that can reasonably be attributed only to the Almighty power of God, who acts directly or causes secondary causes to work for His glory, for the advancement of religion, and the revelation of the truth. There are also other effects that clearly show signs of illusion, impiety, and deception, where it seems that, instead of God's hand, we can only see the marks of deceit and falsehood.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[260] Matt. xii. 24-27. Luke xi. 15-18.

[260] Matt. xii. 24-27. Luke xi. 15-18.

[261] Matt. viii. 29.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matthew 8:29.

[262] Tertullian does not say so much in the passage cited; on the contrary, he affirms that we are ignorant of their nature: substantia ignoratur.

[262] Tertullian doesn't say much in the quoted passage; on the contrary, he states that we don’t understand their nature: substantia ignoratur.


CHAPTER XXVIII.

CONTINUATION OF OBJECTIONS AGAINST POSSESSIONS, AND SOME REPLIES TO THOSE OBJECTIONS.

We read in works, published and printed, composed by Catholic authors of our days,[263] that it is proved by reason, that possessions of the demon are naturally impossible, and that it is not true, in regard to ourselves and our ideas, that the demon can have any natural power over the corporeal world; that as soon as we admit in the created wills a power to act upon bodies, and to move them, it is impossible to set bounds to it, and that this power is truly infinite.

We find in contemporary works by Catholic authors[263] that it is logically proven that possession by demons is inherently impossible, and that it is not accurate, concerning ourselves and our concepts, to say that demons have any natural power over the physical world; that once we acknowledge a power in created wills to influence and move bodies, it becomes impossible to limit that power, which is indeed infinite.

[Pg 133]They maintain that the demon can act upon our souls simply by means of suggestion; that it is impossible the demon should be the physical cause of the least external effect; that all the Scripture tells us of the snares and stratagems of Satan signifies nothing more than the temptations of the flesh and concupiscence; and that to seduce us, the demon requires only mental suggestions. His is a moral, not a physical power; in a word, that the demon can do neither good nor harm; that his might is nought; that we do not know if God has given to any other spirit than the soul of man the power to move the body; that, on the contrary, we ought to presume that the wisdom of God has willed that pure spirits should have no commerce with the body; they maintain moreover that the pagans never knew what we call bad angels and demons.

[Pg 133]They argue that demons can influence our souls only through suggestion; that it's impossible for demons to physically cause even the smallest external effect; that everything Scripture says about the traps and schemes of Satan means nothing more than the temptations of the flesh and desire; and that to lead us astray, demons only need to suggest ideas to us. Their power is moral, not physical; in short, demon can't do good or harm; their power is nothing; we don’t know if God has given any spirit other than the human soul the ability to move the body; on the contrary, we should assume that God's wisdom intended for pure spirits to have no interaction with the body; they also claim that pagans never recognized what we call evil angels and demons.

All these propositions are certainly contrary to Scripture, to the opinions of the Fathers, and to the tradition of the Catholic Church. But these gentlemen do not trouble themselves about that; they affirm that the sacred writers have often expressed themselves according to the opinions of their time, whether because the necessity of making themselves understood forced them to conform to it, or that they themselves had adopted those opinions. There is, say they, more likelihood that several infirmities which the Scripture has ascribed to the demon had simply a natural cause; that in these places the sacred authors have spoken according to vulgar opinions; the error of this language is of no importance.

All these ideas clearly go against Scripture, the views of the Church Fathers, and the tradition of the Catholic Church. However, these individuals aren’t concerned about that; they claim that the sacred writers often reflected the beliefs of their time, either because they needed to be understood or because they actually agreed with those beliefs. They argue that it’s more likely that many ailments attributed to demons in Scripture had natural explanations; that in these instances, the sacred authors were just repeating common beliefs, and the mistake in this language doesn’t really matter.

The prophets of Saul, and Saul himself, were never what are properly termed Prophets; they might be attacked with those (fits) which the pagans call sacred. You must be asleep when you read, not to see that the temptation of Eve is only an allegory. It is the same with the permission given by God to Satan to tempt Job. Why wish to explain the whole book of Job literally, and as a true history, since its beginning is only a fiction? It is anything but certain that Jesus Christ was transported by the demon to the highest pinnacle of the temple.

The prophets of Saul, and Saul himself, were never truly Prophets; they could be affected by those (fits) that the pagans call sacred. You must be clueless when reading, not to notice that the temptation of Eve is just an allegory. The same goes for God's permission to Satan to tempt Job. Why try to explain the entire book of Job literally, as if it’s a true story, when its beginning is merely fiction? It’s far from certain that Jesus Christ was taken by the devil to the highest point of the temple.

The Fathers were prepossessed on one side by the reigning ideas of the philosophy of Pythagoras and Plato on the influences of mean intelligences, and on the other hand by the language of the holy books, which to conform to popular opinions often ascribed to the demon effects which were purely natural. We must then return to the doctrine of reason to decide on the submission which we ought to pay to the authority of the Scriptures and the Fathers concerning the power of the demons.

The Fathers were influenced on one side by the prevailing ideas of Pythagoras and Plato about the effects of lower intelligences, and on the other side by the language of the holy books, which often attributed purely natural phenomena to demon effects to align with popular beliefs. We need to go back to the doctrine of reason to determine how much authority we should give to the Scriptures and the Fathers regarding the power of demons.

The uniform method of the Holy Fathers in the interpretations of the Old Testament is human opinion, whence one can appeal to the tribunal of reason. They go so far as to say that the sacred authors were informed of the Metempsychosis, as the author of the[Pg 134] Book of Wisdom, chap. viii. 19, 20: "I was an innocent child, and I received a good spirit; and as I was already good, I entered into an uncorrupted body."

The consistent approach of the Holy Fathers in interpreting the Old Testament is based on human opinion, which allows for appeal to reason. They even claim that the sacred authors understood Metempsychosis, as indicated in the[Pg 134] Book of Wisdom, chapter viii, verses 19-20: "I was an innocent child, and I received a good spirit; and since I was already good, I entered into an uncorrupted body."

Persons of this temper will certainly not read this work of ours, or, if they do read it, it will be with contempt or pity. I do not think it necessary to refute those paradoxes here; the Bishop of Senez has done it with his usual erudition and zeal, in a long letter printed at Utrecht in 1736. I do not deny that the sacred writers may sometimes have spoken in a popular manner, and in accordance with the prejudice of the people. But it is carrying things too far to reduce the power of the demon to being able to act upon us only by means of suggestion; and it is a presumption unworthy of a philosopher to decide on the power of spirits over bodies, having no knowledge, either by revelation or by reason, of the extent of the power of angels and demons over matter and human bodies. We may exceed due measure by granting them excessive power, as well as in not according them enough. But it is of infinite importance to Religion to discern justly between what is natural, or supernatural, in the operations of angels and demons, that the simple may not be left in error, nor the wicked triumph over the truth, and make a bad use of their own wit and knowledge, to render doubtful what is certain, and deceiving both themselves and others by ascribing to chance or illusion of the senses, or a vain prepossession of the mind, what is said of the apparitions of angels, demons, and deceased persons; since it is certain that several of these apparitions are quite true, although there may be a great number of others that are very uncertain, and even manifestly false.

People with this mindset are definitely not going to read our work, or if they do, it will probably be with disdain or sympathy. I don't think it's necessary to refute those paradoxes here; the Bishop of Senez has done it with his typical knowledge and passion in a lengthy letter published in Utrecht in 1736. I admit that sacred authors may sometimes have spoken in a way that aligns with popular beliefs. However, it's going too far to limit the power of demons to only influencing us through suggestions; and it's arrogant for a philosopher to claim to understand the power of spirits over bodies without knowledge, whether through revelation or reason, of angels and demons' influence over matter and human bodies. We can go overboard by giving them too much power, just as we can by not granting them enough. It is crucial for Religion to clearly distinguish between what is natural and supernatural in the actions of angels and demons, so that the simple aren't misled, the wicked don't take advantage of the truth, and people don't misuse their intelligence and knowledge to cast doubt on what is certain. They might attribute the appearances of angels, demons, and deceased individuals to chance or sensory illusions, or to a baseless bias in their thinking, when it's clear that some of these appearances are quite real, even though many others are very uncertain or clearly false.

I shall therefore make no difficulty in owning that even miracles, at least things that appear such, the prediction of future events, movements of the body which appear beyond the usual powers of nature, to speak and understand foreign languages unknown before, to penetrate the thoughts, discover concealed things, to be raised up, and transported in a moment from one place to another, to announce truths, lead a good life externally, preach Jesus Christ, decry magic and sorcery, make an outward profession of virtue; I readily own that all these things may not prove invincibly that all who perform them are sent by God, or that these operations are real miracles; yet we cannot reasonably suppose the demon to be mixed up in them by God's permission, or that the demons or the angels do not act upon those persons who perform prodigies, and foretell things to come, or who can penetrate the thoughts of the heart, or that God himself does not produce these effects by the immediate action of his justice or his might.

I have no problem admitting that even miracles—at least things that seem like them—such as predicting future events, performing physical feats that appear beyond the normal capabilities of nature, speaking and understanding previously unknown foreign languages, reading thoughts, discovering hidden things, being lifted up and instantly transported from one place to another, declaring truths, living a virtuous life outwardly, preaching Jesus Christ, condemning magic and sorcery, and making an outward show of virtue; I readily acknowledge that none of these things necessarily prove that everyone who does them is sent by God, or that these acts are genuine miracles. However, we can’t reasonably assume that the demon is involved in them by God’s permission, or that demons or angels aren’t influencing those who perform wonders and predict the future, or that God himself isn’t causing these effects through His direct justice or power.

The examples which have been cited, or which may be cited hereafter, will never prove that man can of himself penetrate the senti[Pg 135]ments of another, or discover his secret thoughts. The wonders worked by the magicians of Pharaoh were only illusion; they appeared, however, to be true miracles, and passed for such in the eyes of the King of Egypt and all his court. Balaam, the son of Beor, was a true Prophet, although a man whose morals were very corrupt.

The examples mentioned so far, or any that may come up later, will never prove that a person can truly understand another's feelings or uncover their hidden thoughts. The feats performed by Pharaoh's magicians were just tricks; they seemed like real miracles and were regarded as such by the King of Egypt and his entire court. Balaam, the son of Beor, was indeed a genuine Prophet, even though he was a man of questionable morals.

Pomponatius writes that the wife of Francis Maigret, savetier of Mantua, spoke divers languages, and was cured by Calderon, a physician, famous in his time, who gave her a potion of Hellebore. Erasmus says also[264] that he had seen an Italian, a native of Spoletta, who spoke German very well, although he had never been in Germany; they gave him a medicine which caused him to eject a quantity of worms, and he was cured so as not to speak German any more.

Pomponatius mentions that the wife of Francis Maigret, a shoemaker from Mantua, spoke several languages and was treated by Calderon, a well-known physician of his time, who gave her a potion made from Hellebore. Erasmus also notes[264] that he had met an Italian from Spoletta who spoke German fluently, even though he had never been to Germany; they gave him a medicine that made him expel a lot of worms, and afterward, he no longer spoke German.

Le Loyer, in his Book of Spectres,[265] avows that all those things appear to him much to be doubted. He rather believes Fernel, one of the gravest physicians of his age, who maintains[266] that there is not such power in medicine, and brings forward as an instance the history of a young gentleman, the son of a Knight of the Order, who being seized upon by the demon, could be cured neither by potions, by medicines, nor by diet (i. e. fasting), but who was cured by the conjurations and exorcisms of the church.

Le Loyer, in his Book of Spectres,[265] claims that he has serious doubts about such things. He prefers to believe Fernel, one of the most respected doctors of his time, who argues[266] that medicine doesn’t have that kind of power. He cites the case of a young man, the son of a knight, who was possessed by a demon and could be cured by neither potions, medicine, nor diet (i. e. fasting), but was healed through the church's conjurations and exorcisms.

As to the reality of the return of souls, or spirits, and their apparitions, the Sorbonne, the most celebrated school of theology in France, has always believed that the spirits of the defunct returned sometimes, either by the order and power of God, or by his permission. The Sorbonne confessed this in its decisions of the year 1518, and still more positively the 23d of January, 1724. Nos respondemus vestræ petitioni animas defunctorum divinitus, seu divinâ virtute, ordinatione aut permissione interdum ad vivas redire exploratum esse. Several jurisconsults and several sovereign companies have decreed that the apparition of a deceased person in a house could suffice to break up the lease. We may count it for much, to have proved to certain persons that there is a God whose providence extends over all things past, present, and to come; that there is another life, that there are good and bad spirits, rewards for good works, and punishments after this life for sins; that Jesus Christ has ruined the power of Satan; that he exercised in himself, in his apostles, and continues to exercise in the ministers of his church, an absolute empire over the infernal powers; that the devil is now chained; he may bark and threaten, but he can[Pg 136] bite only those who approach him, and voluntarily give themselves up to him.

As for the reality of the return of souls or spirits and their appearances, the Sorbonne, the most renowned theological school in France, has always believed that the spirits of the deceased sometimes return, either by the command and power of God or by His permission. The Sorbonne acknowledged this in its decisions from the year 1518, and even more definitively on January 23, 1724. We respond to your request that the souls of the deceased, by divine power, order, or permission, sometimes return to the living. Several legal experts and sovereign bodies have ruled that the apparition of a deceased person in a home could be enough to terminate a lease. We find it significant to have demonstrated to certain individuals that there is a God whose providence oversees everything—past, present, and future; that there is an afterlife, that there are good and bad spirits, rewards for good deeds, and punishments for sins after this life; that Jesus Christ has defeated the power of Satan; that He exercised, in Himself, in His apostles, and continues to exercise in the ministers of His church, an absolute authority over infernal powers; that the devil is now restrained; he may snarl and threaten, but he can[Pg 136] only harm those who approach him and willingly surrender to him.

We have seen in these parts a woman who followed a band of mountebanks and jugglers, who stretched out her legs in such an extraordinary manner, and raised up her feet to her head, before and behind, with as much suppleness as if she had neither nerves nor joints. There was nothing supernatural in all that; she had exercised herself from extreme youth in these movements, and had contracted the habit of performing them.

We have seen in this area a woman who followed a group of entertainers and jugglers, stretching her legs in such an incredible way, raising her feet to her head, both in front and behind, with as much flexibility as if she had no nerves or joints. There was nothing supernatural about it; she had practiced these movements since she was very young and had developed the habit of performing them.

St. Augustine[267] speaks of a soothsayer whom he had known at Carthage, an illiterate man, who could discover the secrets of the heart, and replied to those who consulted him on secret and unknown affairs. He had himself made an experiment on him, and took to witness St. Alypius, Licentius, and Trygnius, his interlocutors, in his dialogue against the Academicians. They, like him, had consulted Albicerius, and had admired the certainty of his replies. He gives us an instance—a spoon which had been lost. They told him that some one had lost something; and he instantly, without hesitation, replied that such a thing was lost, that such a one had taken it, and had hid it in such a place, which was found to be quite true.

St. Augustine[267] talks about a soothsayer he knew in Carthage—a man who couldn’t read or write but had the ability to uncover what was hidden in people's hearts. He answered those who came to him with questions about secret matters. Augustine had even tested this soothsayer himself, with St. Alypius, Licentius, and Trygnius as witnesses in his discussion against the Academicians. They, like Augustine, had consulted Albicerius and were impressed by the accuracy of his answers. He shares an example—a lost spoon. They informed him that someone had lost something, and without any hesitation, he stated that item was indeed lost, naming the person who had taken it and where it was hidden, which turned out to be absolutely correct.

They sent him a certain quantity of pieces of silver; he who was charged to carry them had taken away some of them. He made the person return them, and perceived the theft before the money had been shown to him. St. Augustine was present. A learned and distinguished man, named Flaccianus, wishing to buy a field, consulted the soothsayer, who declared to him the name of the land, which was very extraordinary, and gave him all the details of the affair in question. A young student, wishing to prove Albicerius, begged of him to declare to him what he was thinking of; he told him he was thinking of a verse of Virgil; and, as he then asked him which verse it was, the diviner repeated it instantly, though he had never studied the Latin language.

They sent him a certain amount of silver pieces; the person tasked with delivering them had taken some for himself. He made the individual return the stolen coins and noticed the theft before the money was revealed to him. St. Augustine was there. A knowledgeable and distinguished man named Flaccianus, wanting to buy a piece of land, consulted a soothsayer, who gave him the name of the land, which was quite remarkable, and provided all the details about the situation. A young student, wanting to test Albicerius, asked him to tell him what he was thinking. He said he was thinking of a verse from Virgil; when the student asked which verse it was, the diviner repeated it immediately, even though he had never studied Latin.

This Albicerius was a scoundrel, as St. Augustine says, who calls him flagitiosum hominem. The knowledge which he had of hidden things was not, doubtless, a gift of heaven, any more than the Pythonic spirit which animated that maid in the Acts of the Apostles whom St. Paul obliged to keep silence.[268] It was then the work of the evil spirit.

This Albicerius was a rogue, as St. Augustine puts it, who refers to him as flagitiosum hominem. The knowledge he had of secrets wasn't, for sure, a divine gift, just like the Pythonic spirit that possessed the girl in the Acts of the Apostles whom St. Paul forced to be quiet.[268] It was, in fact, the work of an evil spirit.

The gift of tongues, the knowledge of the future, and power to divine the thoughts of others, are always adduced, and with reason, as solid proofs of the presence and inspiration of the Holy Spirit; but if the demon can sometimes perform the same things, he does[Pg 137] it to mislead and induce sin, or simply to render true prophecies doubtful; but never to lead to truth, the fear and love of God, and the edification of those around. God may allow such corrupt men as Balaam, and such rascals as Albicerius, to have some knowledge of the future, and secret things, and even of the hidden thoughts of men; but he never permits their criminality to remain unrevealed to the end, and so become a stumbling-block for simple or worthy people. The malice of these hypocritical and corrupt men will be made manifest sooner or later by some means; their malice and depravity will be found out, by which it will be judged, either that they are inspired only by the evil spirit, or that the Holy Spirit makes use of their agency to foretell some truth, as he prophesied by Balaam, and by Caïphas. Their morals and their conduct will throw discredit on them, and oblige us to be careful in discerning between their true predictions and their bad example. We have seen hypocrites who died with the reputation of being worthy people, and who at bottom were scoundrels—as for instance, that curé, the director of the nuns of Louviers, whose possession was so much talked of.

The ability to speak in tongues, predict the future, and know what others are thinking are often cited, and rightly so, as clear evidence of the Holy Spirit's presence and inspiration. However, if demons can sometimes do the same things, they do it to mislead and promote sin, or just to cast doubt on genuine prophecies; but they never lead to truth, the fear and love of God, or the betterment of those around them. God may allow corrupt individuals like Balaam and deceitful ones like Albicerius to have some insight into the future, secret matters, and even the hidden thoughts of people; but he never allows their wrongdoing to remain concealed in the end, becoming a stumbling block for innocent or virtuous individuals. The wickedness of these hypocritical and corrupt individuals will eventually be exposed in some way; their malice and depravity will be discovered, showing either that they are inspired solely by evil spirits or that the Holy Spirit uses them to communicate some truth, as He did through Balaam and Caïphas. Their morals and behavior will discredit them, forcing us to be cautious in distinguishing between their genuine predictions and their negative examples. We have seen hypocrites die with a reputation for being good people, while in reality, they were scoundrels—like that curé, the director of the nuns of Louviers, whose possession was widely discussed.

Jesus Christ, in the Gospel, tells us to be on our guard against wolves in sheep's clothing; and, elsewhere, he tells us that there will be false Christs and false prophets, who will prophesy in his name, and perform wonders capable of deceiving the very elect themselves, were it possible. But he refers us to their works to distinguish them.

Jesus Christ, in the Gospel, warns us to be cautious of wolves disguised as sheep; and, in another place, he tells us that there will be false Christs and false prophets who will speak in his name and perform impressive miracles that could fool even the chosen ones, if that were possible. But he directs us to examine their actions to tell them apart.

To apply all these things to the possessed nuns of Loudun, and to Mademoiselle de Ranfaing, even to that girl whose hypocrisy was unmasked by Mademoiselle Acarie, I appeal to their works, and their conduct both before and after.

To relate all this to the possessed nuns of Loudun and to Mademoiselle de Ranfaing, as well as to that girl whose deceit was exposed by Mademoiselle Acarie, I refer to their actions and behavior both before and after.


God will not allow those who sincerely seek the truth to be deceived.

God won't let those who genuinely seek the truth be misled.

A juggler will guess which card you have touched, or even simply thought of; but it is known that there is nothing supernatural in that, and that it is done by the combination of the cards according to mathematical rules. We have seen a deaf man who understood what they wished to say to him by simply observing the motion of the lips of those who spoke. There is nothing more miraculous in this than in two persons conversing together by signs upon which they have agreed.

A juggler will figure out which card you touched or even just thought about; but it's known that there's nothing supernatural about it, and it's done through the arrangement of the cards based on mathematical principles. We've seen a deaf person who understood what others wanted to say to him just by watching their lip movements. There's nothing more miraculous in this than when two people communicate using agreed-upon signs.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[263] See the letter of the Bishop of Senez, printed at Utrecht, in 1736, and the works that he therein cites and refutes.

[263] Check out the letter from the Bishop of Senez, published in Utrecht in 1736, along with the works he references and argues against.

[264] Erasm. Orat. de laudibus Medicinæ.

[264] Erasm. Speech on the Praise of Medicine.

[265] Le Loyer, lib. de Spec. cap. ii. p. 288.

[265] Le Loyer, book of Spec. chapter ii. p. 288.

[266] Fernel, de abditis Rerum Causis, lib. ii. c. 26.

[266] Fernel, On Hidden Causes of Things, book II, chapter 26.

[267] August. contra Academic. lib. ii. art. 17, 18.

[267] August. against Academic. book ii. article 17, 18.

[268] Acts xvi. 16.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 16:16.


CHAPTER XXIX.

OF FAMILIAR SPIRITS.

If all that is related of spirits which are perceived in houses, in the cavities of mountains, and in mines, is certain, we cannot disavow that they also must be placed in the rank of apparitions of the evil spirit; for, although they usually do neither wrong nor violence to any one, unless they are irritated or receive abusive words; nevertheless we do not read that they lead to the love or fear of God, to prayer, piety, or acts of devotion; it is known, on the contrary, that they show a distaste to those things, so that we shall place them in earnest among the spirits of darkness.

If everything said about spirits seen in houses, in mountain caves, and in mines is true, we can’t deny that they belong in the category of evil spirits. While they typically don’t harm or threaten anyone unless provoked or insulted, it's not reported that they inspire love or fear of God, prayer, piety, or acts of devotion. In fact, it's known that they generally have an aversion to those things, so we should seriously categorize them among the spirits of darkness.

I do not find that the ancient Hebrews knew anything of what we call esprits follets, or familiar spirits, which infest houses, or attach themselves to certain persons, to serve them, watch over and warn them, and guard them from danger; such as the demon of Socrates, who warned him to avoid certain misfortunes. Some other examples are also related of persons who said they had similar genii attached to their persons.

I don't believe the ancient Hebrews knew anything about what we now refer to as esprits follets, or familiar spirits, that haunt homes or attach themselves to certain individuals to serve, watch over, warn, and protect them from harm; like the demon of Socrates, who advised him to steer clear of certain misfortunes. There are also other accounts of people claiming to have similar spirits linked to them.

The Jews and Christians confess that every one of us has his good angel, who guides him from his early youth.[269] Several of the ancients have thought that we have also our evil angel, who leads us into error. The Psalmist[270] says distinctly that God has commanded his angels to guide us in all our ways. But this is not what we understand here under the name of esprits follets.

The Jews and Christians believe that each of us has a good angel who guides us from a young age.[269] Some ancient thinkers believed that we also have an evil angel that leads us astray. The Psalmist[270] clearly states that God has instructed His angels to guide us in all our paths. However, this is not what we mean here by the term esprits follets.

The prophets in some places speak of fauns, or hairy men, or satyrs, who have some resemblance to our elves.

The prophets in some places talk about fauns, or hairy men, or satyrs, who are somewhat similar to our elves.

Isaiah,[271] speaking of the state to which Babylon shall be reduced after her destruction, says that the ostriches shall make it their dwelling, and that the hairy men, pilosi, the satyrs, and goats, shall dance there. And elsewhere the same prophet says,[272] Occurrent dæmonia onocentauris et pilosus clamabit alter ad alterum, by which clever interpreters understand spectres which appear in the shape of goats. Jeremiah calls them fauns—the dragons with the fauns, which feed upon figs. But this is not the place for us to go more fully into the signification of the terms of the original; it suffices for us to show that in the Scripture, at least in the Vulgate, are[Pg 139] found the names of lamiæ, fauns, and satyrs, which have some resemblance to esprits follets.

Isaiah,[271] talks about how Babylon will be turned into a desolate place after its destruction, saying that ostriches will make it their home, and that hairy beings, pilosi, satyrs, and goats will dance there. In another part, the same prophet mentions,[272] Occurrent dæmonia onocentauris et pilosus clamabit alter ad alterum, which skilled interpreters believe refers to spirits that appear as goats. Jeremiah refers to them as fauns—the dragons alongside the fauns, who feed on figs. However, we won’t dive deeper into the meanings of the original terms here; it’s enough to point out that the Scripture, at least in the Vulgate, mentions[Pg 139] the names lamiæ, fauns, and satyrs, which have some resemblance to esprits follets.

Cassian,[273] who had studied deeply the lives of the fathers of the desert, and who had been much with the hermits or anchorites of Egypt, speaking of divers sorts of demons, mentions some which they commonly called fauns or satyrs, which the pagans regard as kinds of divinities of the fields or groves, who delighted, not so much in tormenting or doing harm to mankind, as in deceiving and fatiguing them, diverting themselves at their expense, and sporting with their simplicity.[274]

Cassian,[273] who had deeply studied the lives of the desert fathers and spent a lot of time with the hermits in Egypt, talks about different kinds of demons. He mentions some that people often called fauns or satyrs, which the pagans saw as types of divinities of the fields or groves. These beings were more interested in deceiving and tiring people out than in truly tormenting or harming them, enjoying themselves at humanity's expense and playing with their naivety.[274]

Pliny[275] the younger had a freed-man named Marcus, a man of letters, who slept in the same bed with his brother, who was younger than himself. It seemed to him that he saw a person sitting on the same bed, who was cutting off his hair from the crown of his head. When he awoke, he found his head shorn of hair, and his hair thrown on the ground in the middle of the chamber. A little time after, the same thing happened to a youth who slept with several others at a school. This one saw two men dressed in white come in at the window, who cut off his hair as he slept, and then went out by the same window: on awaking, he found his hair scattered about on the floor. To what can these things be attributed, if not to an elf?

Pliny[275] the Younger had a freedman named Marcus, a well-read man, who shared a bed with his younger brother. He thought he saw someone sitting on the bed, cutting hair from the top of his head. When he woke up, he found his hair cut and lying on the floor in the middle of the room. Shortly after, the same thing happened to a boy who slept with several others at a school. This boy saw two men in white coming in through the window, cutting his hair while he slept, and then leaving through the same window. When he woke up, he found his hair scattered across the floor. What could explain these occurrences, if not an elf?

Plotinus,[276] a Platonic philosopher, had, it is said, a familiar demon, who obeyed him from the moment he called him, and was superior in his nature to the common genii; he was of the order of gods, and Plotinus paid continual attention to this divine guardian. This it was which led him to undertake a work on the demon which belongs to each of us in particular. He endeavors to explain the difference between the genii which watch over men.

Plotinus,[276] a Platonic philosopher, was said to have a familiar spirit that obeyed him whenever he called. This spirit was more powerful than ordinary genies; it was of divine nature, and Plotinus continually focused on this divine guardian. This inspired him to write a work about the spirit that belongs to each of us individually. He tries to explain the differences between the spirits that watch over humanity.

Trithemius, in his Chronicon Hirsauginse,[277] under the year 1130, relates that in the diocese of Hildesheim, in Saxony, they saw for some time a spirit which they called in German heidekind, as if they would say rural genius, heide signifying vast country, kind, child (or boy). He appeared sometimes in one form, sometimes in another; and sometimes, without appearing at all, he did several things by which he proved both his presence and his power. He chose sometimes to give very important advice to those in power; and often he has been seen in the bishop's kitchen, helping the cooks and doing sundry jobs.

Trithemius, in his Chronicon Hirsauginse,[277] under the year 1130, mentions that in the diocese of Hildesheim, in Saxony, there was for a time a spirit they referred to in German as heidekind, which translates to rural genius, with heide meaning vast country and kind meaning child (or boy). He would sometimes appear in one form and sometimes in another; and at times, without appearing at all, he would perform various actions to demonstrate both his presence and his power. He often chose to give important advice to those in authority; and he has frequently been seen in the bishop's kitchen, assisting the cooks and doing various tasks.

[Pg 140]A young scullion, who had grown familiar with him, having offered him some insults, he warned the head cook of it, who made light of it, or thought nothing about it; but the spirit avenged himself cruelly. This youth having fallen asleep in the kitchen, the spirit stifled him, tore him to pieces, and roasted him. He carried his fury still further against the officers of the kitchen, and the other officers of the prince. The thing went on to such a point that they were obliged to proceed against him by (ecclesiastical) censures, and to constrain him by exorcisms to go out of the country.

[Pg 140]A young kitchen worker, who had become familiar with him, insulted him, prompting him to warn the head cook about it. The cook dismissed it or didn’t take it seriously, but the spirit sought revenge harshly. One day, the young man fell asleep in the kitchen, and the spirit suffocated him, tore him apart, and roasted him. The spirit's rage escalated against the kitchen staff and the other officers of the prince. It got to the point where they had to take action against him with ecclesiastical punishments and force him out of the country with exorcisms.

I think I may put amongst the number of elves the spirits which are seen, they say, in mines and mountain caves. They appear clad like the miners, run here and there, appear in haste as if to work and seek the veins of mineral ore, lay it in heaps, draw it out, turning the wheel of the crane; they seem to be very busy helping the workmen, and at the same time they do nothing at all.

I think I can include the spirits that are said to be seen in mines and mountain caves among the elves. They appear dressed like the miners, scurrying around as if they’re in a hurry to work and search for veins of mineral ore, piling it up, pulling it out, and turning the wheel of the crane; they seem very busy assisting the workers, but at the same time, they do nothing at all.

These spirits are not mischievous, unless they are insulted and laughed at; for then they fall into an ill humor, and throw things at those who offend them. One of these genii, who had been addressed in injurious terms by a miner, twisted his neck and placed his head the hind part before. The miner did not die, but remained all his life with his neck twisted and awry.

These spirits aren’t troublemakers, unless they’re insulted or mocked; then they get angry and throw things at those who upset them. One of these genies was insulted by a miner, so he twisted the miner’s neck and turned his head backward. The miner didn’t die, but he lived the rest of his life with his neck twisted and crooked.

George Agricola,[278] who has treated very learnedly on mines, metals, and the manner of extracting them from the bowels of the earth, mentions two or three sorts of spirits which appear in mines. Some are very small, and resemble dwarfs or pygmies; the others are like old men dressed like miners, having their shirts tucked up, and a leathern apron round their loins; others perform, or seem to perform, what they see others do, are very gay, do no harm to any one, but from all their labors nothing real results.

George Agricola,[278] who has extensively studied mines, metals, and how to extract them from the earth, mentions a few types of spirits that appear in mines. Some are quite small and look like dwarfs or pygmies; others resemble old men dressed as miners, with their shirts rolled up and a leather apron around their waists; still others mimic what they see others doing, are very lively, cause no harm to anyone, but ultimately produce nothing of substance from all their efforts.

In other mines are seen dangerous spirits, who ill-use the workmen, hunt them away, and sometimes kill them, and thus constrain them to forsake mines which are very rich and abundant. For instance, at Anneberg, in a mine called Crown of Rose, a spirit in the shape of a spirited, snorting horse, killed twelve miners, and obliged those who worked the mine to abandon the undertaking, though it brought them in a great deal. In another mine, called St. Gregory, in Siveberg, there appeared a spirit whose head was covered with a black hood, and he seized a miner, raised him up to a considerable height, then let him fall, and hurt him extremely.

In other mines, there are dangerous spirits that mistreat the workers, scare them off, and sometimes even kill them, forcing them to leave very rich and plentiful mines. For example, at Anneberg, in a mine called Crown of Rose, a spirit took the form of a fierce, snorting horse and killed twelve miners, leading the workers to abandon the mine despite its high yield. In another mine, called St. Gregory, in Siveberg, a spirit with a black hood appeared and grabbed a miner, lifted him up high, and then dropped him, causing serious injury.

Olaus Magnus[279] says that, in Sweden and other northern countries, they saw formerly familiar spirits, which, under the form of men or women, waited on certain persons. He speaks of certain nymphs[Pg 141] dwelling in caverns and in the depths of the forest, who announce things to come; some are good, others bad; they appear and speak to those who consult them. Travelers and shepherds also often see during the night divers phantoms which burn the spot where they appear, so that henceforward neither grass nor verdure are seen there.

Olaus Magnus[279] mentions that in Sweden and other northern countries, people used to encounter familiar spirits that took the form of men or women and attended to certain individuals. He talks about nymphs[Pg 141] living in caves and deep in the forest, who reveal future events; some of these predictions are positive, while others are negative. They appear and communicate with those who seek their advice. Travelers and shepherds often see various phantoms at night that scorch the ground where they appear, leaving the area devoid of grass or greenery from then on.

He says that the people of Finland, before their conversion to Christianity, sold the winds to sailors, giving them a string with three knots, and warning them that by untying the first knot they would have a gentle and favorable wind, at the second knot a stronger wind, and at the third knot a violent and dangerous gale. He says, moreover, that the Bothnians, striking on an anvil hard blows with a hammer, upon a frog or a serpent of brass, fall down in a swoon, and during this swoon they learn what passes in very distant places.

He mentions that before converting to Christianity, the people of Finland sold winds to sailors, giving them a string with three knots. They warned that untying the first knot would bring a gentle and favorable wind, the second knot would create a stronger wind, and the third knot would result in a violent and dangerous gale. He also adds that the Bothnians, by hitting a frog or a brass serpent hard on an anvil with a hammer, swoon, and during this swoon, they gain knowledge of events happening in very distant places.

But all those things have more relation to magic than to familiar spirits; and if what is said about them be true, it must be ascribed to the evil spirit.

But all those things are more related to magic than to familiar spirits; and if what people say about them is true, it has to be attributed to the evil spirit.

The same Olaus Magnus[280] says that in mines, above all in silver mines, from which great profit may be expected, six sorts of demons may be seen, who under divers forms labor at breaking the rocks, drawing the buckets, and turning the wheels; who sometimes burst into laughter, and play different tricks; all of which are merely to deceive the miners, whom they crush under the rocks, or expose to the most imminent dangers, to make them utter blasphemy, and swear and curse. Several very rich mines have been obliged to be disused through fear of these dangerous spirits.

The same Olaus Magnus[280] says that in mines, especially silver mines where large profits can be expected, six types of demons can be seen. They appear in various forms and work on breaking the rocks, pulling up buckets, and turning the wheels. Sometimes, they burst into laughter and play tricks, all to deceive the miners. They cause harm by crushing them under rocks or putting them in imminent danger, making them utter blasphemies, swear, and curse. Several very rich mines have had to be abandoned due to the fear of these dangerous spirits.

Notwithstanding all that we have just related, I doubt very much if there are any spirits in mountain caves or in mines. I have interrogated on the subject people of the trade and miners by profession, of whom there is a great number in our mountains, the Vosges, who have assured me that all which is related on that point is fabulous; that if sometimes they see these elves or grotesque figures, it must be attributed to a heated and prepossessed imagination; or else that the circumstance is so rare that it ought not to be repeated as something usual or common.

Even with everything we've just talked about, I really doubt there are any spirits in mountain caves or mines. I've asked a lot of people in the trade and miners, who are plentiful in our mountains, the Vosges. They've assured me that all those stories are just fantasy; that if they sometimes see these elves or strange figures, it’s just due to an overactive imagination, or the occurrences are so rare that they shouldn't be considered normal or ordinary.

A new "Traveler in the Northern Countries," printed at Amsterdam, in 1708, says that the people of Iceland are almost all conjurers or sorcerers; that they have familiar demons, whom they call troles, who wait upon them as servants, and warn them of the accidents or illnesses which are to happen to them; they awake them to go a-fishing when the season is favorable, and if they go for that purpose without the advice of these genii, they do not succeed.[Pg 142] There are some persons among these people who evoke the dead, and make them appear to those who wish to consult them: they also conjure up the appearance of the absent far from the spot where they dwell.

A new "Traveler in the Northern Countries," printed in Amsterdam in 1708, states that the people of Iceland are mostly conjurers or sorcerers; they have familiar demons, which they call troles, who serve them and warn them about upcoming events or illnesses. These spirits wake them up to go fishing when the season is right, and if they go fishing without the guidance of these spirits, they don’t succeed.[Pg 142] Some individuals among them can summon the dead and make them appear to those who seek to consult them; they can also bring forth the presence of the absent from far away.

Father Vadingue relates, after an old manuscript legend, that a lady named Lupa had had during thirteen years a familiar demon, who served her as a waiting-woman, and led her into many secret irregularities, and induced her to treat her servants with inhumanity. God gave her grace to see her fault, and to do penance for it, by the intercession of St. François d'Assise and St. Anthony of Padua, to whom she had always felt particular devotion.

Father Vadingue recounts, based on an old manuscript legend, that a woman named Lupa had a familiar demon for thirteen years, who acted as her maid and led her into many hidden misdeeds, urging her to mistreat her servants. God granted her the insight to recognize her wrongs and seek redemption, through the intercession of St. Francis of Assisi and St. Anthony of Padua, to whom she had always held a special devotion.

Cardan speaks of a bearded demon of Niphus, who gave him lessons of philosophy.

Cardan talks about a bearded demon from Niphus, who taught him philosophy.

Agrippa had a demon who waited upon him in the shape of a dog. This dog, says Paulus Jovius, seeing his master about to expire, threw himself into the Rhone.

Agrippa had a demon that served him in the form of a dog. This dog, according to Paulus Jovius, seeing his master about to die, jumped into the Rhone.

Much is said of certain spirits[281] which are kept confined in rings, that are bought, sold, or exchanged. They speak also of a crystal ring, in which the demon represented the objects desired to be seen.

Much is said about certain spirits[281] that are kept trapped in rings, which can be bought, sold, or traded. They also talk about a crystal ring, where the demon shows the objects that people want to see.

Some also speak highly of those enchanted mirrors,[282] in which children see the face of a robber who is sought for; others will see it in their nails; all which can only be diabolical illusions.

Some also praise those enchanted mirrors,[282] where children can see the face of a wanted robber; others see it in their nails; all of which can only be demonic illusions.

Le Loyer relates[283] that when he was studying the law at Thoulouse, he was lodged near a house where an elf never ceased all the night to draw water from the well, making the pulley creak all the while; at other times, he seemed to drag something heavy up the stairs; but he very rarely entered the rooms, and then he made but little noise.

Le Loyer recalls[283] that when he was studying law in Toulouse, he stayed near a house where an elf continually drew water from the well all night long, making the pulley creak continuously; at other times, it seemed like he was dragging something heavy up the stairs; however, he rarely entered the rooms, and when he did, he made very little noise.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[269] Matt. xviii. 10.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 18:10.

[270] Psalm xc. 11.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Psalm 90:11.

[271] Isai. xiii. 22. Pilosi saltabunt ibi.

[271] Isaiah 13:22. Wildcats will leap there.

[272] Isai. xxxiv. 15.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Isaiah. 34:15.

[273] Cassian, Collat. vii. c. 23.

[273] Cassian, Collat. vii. c. 23.

[274] "Quos seductores et joculatores esse manifestum est, cùm nequaquam tormentis eorum, quos prætereuntes potuerint decipere, oblectentur, sed de risu tantum modò et illusione contenti, fatigare potiùs, studeant, quám nocere."

[274] "It’s obvious that they are seducers and tricksters, since they are not satisfied with torturing those they could have deceived as they pass by, but rather they prefer to exhaust themselves striving for mere laughter and illusion than to cause actual harm."

[275] Plin. i. 7. Epist. 27, suiv.

[275] Plin. i. 7. Epist. 27, suiv.

[276] Life of Plotin. art. x.

[276] Life of Plotin. art. x.

[277] Chron. Hirsaug. ad ann. 1130.

[277] Chron. Hirsaug. in the year 1130.

[278] Geo. Agricola, de Mineral. Subterran. p. 504.

[278] Geo. Agricola, on Minerals. p. 504.

[279] Olaus Mag. lib. iii. Hist. 5, 9-14.

[279] Olaus Mag. book iii. History 5, 9-14.

[280] Olaus Mag. lib. vi. c. 9.

[280] Olaus Mag. book vi. chapter 9.

[281] Le Loyer, p. 474.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] The Rent, p. 474.

[282] Ibid. liv. ii. p. 258.

[282] Same source, volume two, page 258.

[283] Ibid. p. 550.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Same source. p. 550.


CHAPTER XXX.

SOME OTHER EXAMPLES OF ELVES.

On the 25th of August, 1746, I received a letter from a very worthy man, the curé of the parish of Walsche, a village situated in the mountains of Vosges, in the county of Dabo, or Dasburg, in Lower Alsatia, Diocese of Metz. In this letter, he tells me that the 10th of June, 1740, at eight o'clock in the morning, he being in his kitchen, with his niece and the servant, he saw on a sudden an iron pot that was placed on the ground turn round three or four times,[Pg 143] without its being set in motion by any one. A moment after, a stone, weighing about a pound, was thrown from the next room into the same kitchen, in presence of the same persons, without their seeing the hand which threw it. The next day, at nine o'clock in the morning, some panes of glass were broken, and through these panes were thrown some stones, with what appeared to them supernatural dexterity. The spirit never hurt anybody, and never did anything in the night time, but always during the day. The curé employed the prayers marked out in the ritual to bless his house, and thenceforth the genius broke no more panes of glass; but he continued to throw stones at the curé's people, without hurting them, however. If they fetched water from the fountain, he threw stones into the bucket; and afterwards he began to serve in the kitchen. One day, as the servant was planting some cabbages in the garden, he pulled them up as fast as she planted them, and laid them in a heap. It was in vain that she stormed, threatened, and swore in the German style; the genius continued to play his tricks.

On August 25, 1746, I got a letter from a very respectable man, the priest of the parish of Walsche, a village located in the Vosges mountains, in the county of Dabo, or Dasburg, in Lower Alsatia, Diocese of Metz. In this letter, he recounts that on June 10, 1740, at eight in the morning, while he was in his kitchen with his niece and the servant, he suddenly saw an iron pot that was sitting on the ground turn around three or four times, without anyone touching it. Moments later, a stone weighing about a pound was thrown from the next room into the kitchen, in front of the same witnesses, without them seeing who had thrown it. The next day, at nine in the morning, some window panes were broken, and stones were thrown through those panes with what seemed to be supernatural skill. The spirit never harmed anyone and only acted during the day, never at night. The priest used the prayers specified in the ritual to bless his house, and from then on, the spirit stopped breaking window panes; however, it continued to throw stones at the priest's people without injuring them. If they fetched water from the fountain, it would throw stones into the bucket; later, it started to help out in the kitchen. One day, while the servant was planting cabbages in the garden, the spirit pulled them out as fast as she planted them and piled them up. No matter how much she yelled, threatened, or swore in German, the spirit kept playing its tricks.

One day, when a bed in the garden had been dug and prepared, the spade was found thrust two feet deep into the ground, without any trace being seen of him who had thus stuck it in; but they observed that on the spade was a riband, and by the spade were two pieces of two soles, which the girl had locked up the evening before in a little box. Sometimes he took pleasure in displacing the earthenware and pewter, and putting it either all round the kitchen, or in the porch, or even in the cemetery, and always in broad daylight. One day he filled an iron pot with wild herbs, bran, and leaves of trees, and, having put some water in it, carried it to the ally or walk in the garden; another time he suspended it to the pot-hook over the fire. The servant having broken two eggs into a little dish for the curé's supper, the genius broke two more into it in his presence, the maid having merely turned to get some salt. The curé having gone to say mass, on his return found all his earthenware, furniture, linen, bread, milk, and other things scattered about over the house.

One day, after a bed in the garden had been dug and prepared, they found a spade buried two feet deep in the ground, with no sign of who had stuck it in. However, they noticed there was a ribbon on the spade, and beside it were two pieces of soles that the girl had locked away in a small box the night before. Sometimes, he enjoyed moving the dishes and pots around, placing them around the kitchen, in the porch, or even in the cemetery, and always in broad daylight. One day, he filled an iron pot with wild herbs, bran, and tree leaves, added some water, and took it to the garden path; another time, he hung it on the pot-hook over the fire. When the servant broke two eggs into a small dish for the curé's supper, the spirit broke two more into it while the maid had just turned to grab some salt. After the curé went to say mass, he returned to find all his dishes, furniture, linens, bread, milk, and other items scattered throughout the house.

Sometimes the spirit would form circles on the paved floor, at one time with stones, at another with corn or leaves, and in a moment, before the eyes of all present, all was overturned and deranged. Tired with these games, the curé sent for the mayor of the place, and told him he was resolved to quit the parsonage house. Whilst this was passing, the curé's niece came in, and told them that the genius had torn up the cabbages in the garden, and had put some money in a hole in the ground. They went there, and found things exactly as she had said. They picked up the money, which what the curé had put away in a place not locked up; and in a[Pg 144] moment after they found it anew, with some liards, two by two, scattered about the kitchen.

Sometimes the spirit would create circles on the paved floor, sometimes using stones, sometimes corn or leaves, and in an instant, everything would be turned upside down and disorganized before everyone’s eyes. Exhausted from these antics, the curé called for the mayor of the town and told him he was determined to leave the parsonage. While this was happening, the curé's niece came in and informed them that the spirit had uprooted the cabbages in the garden and buried some money in a hole in the ground. They went to check and found everything exactly as she had described. They picked up the money, which the curé had stored in an unlocked place; and a[Pg 144] moment later, they discovered it again, along with some liards, scattered in pairs around the kitchen.

The agents of the Count de Linange being arrived at Walsche, went to the curé's house, and persuaded him that it was all the effect of a spell; they told him to take two pistols, and fire them off at the place where he might observe there were any movements. The genius at the same moment threw out of the pocket of one of these officers two pieces of silver; and from that time he was no longer perceived in the house.

The agents of Count de Linange arrived in Walsche, went to the curé's house, and convinced him that everything was the result of a spell. They told him to grab two pistols and shoot them at any spot where he noticed any movements. At the same time, one of the officers accidentally dropped two pieces of silver from his pocket; after that, the spirit was no longer seen in the house.

The circumstances of two pistols terminating the scenes with which the elf had disturbed the good curé, made him believe that this tormenting imp was no other than a certain bad parishioner, whom the curé had been obliged to send away from his parish, and who to revenge himself had done all that we have related. If that be the case, he had rendered himself invisible, or he had had credit enough to send in his stead a familiar genius who puzzled the curé for some weeks; for, if he were not bodily in this house, what had he to fear from any pistol shot which might have been fired at him? And if he was there bodily, how could he render himself invisible?

The situation with the two pistols ending the disturbances caused by the elf led the good priest to believe that this annoying spirit was actually a troublesome parishioner he’d been forced to expel from his church. To get back at him, this parishioner must have done everything we’ve described. If that's true, he either made himself invisible or was clever enough to send in a familiar spirit that confused the priest for several weeks. After all, if he wasn't physically present in the house, what did he have to fear from any gunfire that might be aimed at him? And if he was really there, how could he possibly make himself invisible?

I have been told several times that a monk of the Cistercian order had a familiar genius who attended upon him, arranged his chamber, and prepared everything ready for him when he was coming back from the country. They were so accustomed to this, that they expected him home by these signs, and he always arrived. It is affirmed of another monk of the same order that he had a familiar spirit, who warned him, not only of what passed in the house, but also of what happened out of it; and one day he was awakened three times, and warned that some monks were quarreling, and were ready to come to blows; he ran to the spot, and put an end to the dispute.

I've been told several times that a monk from the Cistercian order had a familiar spirit that assisted him, organized his room, and got everything ready for him when he returned from the countryside. They were so accustomed to this that they could predict his arrival by these signs, and he always showed up. It's said of another monk from the same order that he had a familiar spirit who informed him not only about what was happening in the house but also about events outside of it. One day, he was awakened three times and warned that some monks were arguing and about to come to blows; he rushed to the scene and resolved the conflict.

St. Sulpicius Severus[284] relates that St. Martin often had conversations with the Holy Virgin, and other saints, and even with the demons and false gods of paganism; he talked with them, and learned from them many secret things. One day, when a council was being held at Nîmes, where he had not thought proper to be present, but the decisions of which he desired to know, being in a boat with St. Sulpicius, but apart from others, as usual with him, an angel appeared, and informed him what had passed in this assembly of bishops. Inquiry was made as to the day and hour when the council was held, and it was found to be at the same hour at which the angel had appeared to Martin.

St. Sulpicius Severus[284] recounts that St. Martin often spoke with the Holy Virgin, other saints, and even with demons and the false gods of paganism; he engaged them in conversation and learned many hidden truths from them. One day, while a council was taking place in Nîmes, which he chose not to attend but wanted to know about, he was in a boat with St. Sulpicius, apart from the others, as was his usual practice. An angel appeared and told him what had happened in the gathering of bishops. When they asked about the day and hour of the council, it turned out to be the exact time the angel had appeared to Martin.

We have been told several times that a young ecclesiastic, in a seminary at Paris, had a genius who waited upon him, and arranged[Pg 145] his room and his clothes. One day, when the superior was passing by the chamber of the seminarist, he heard him talking with some one; he entered, and asked who he was conversing with. The youth affirmed that there was no one in his room, and, in fact, the superior could neither see nor discover any one there. Nevertheless, as he had heard their conversation, the young man owned that for some years he had been attended by a familiar genius, who rendered him every service that a domestic could have done, and had promised him great advantages in the ecclesiastical profession. The superior pressed him to give some proofs of what he said. He ordered the genius to set a chair for the superior; the genius obeyed. Information of this was sent to the archbishop, who did not think proper to give it publicity. The young clerk was sent away, and this singular adventure was buried in silence.

We’ve heard a few times about a young churchman at a seminary in Paris who had a spirit that helped him out and organized his room and clothes. One day, while the superior was passing by the seminarian's room, he heard him talking to someone. He went in and asked who he was speaking with. The young man insisted that no one was in his room, and in fact, the superior couldn’t see or find anyone there. However, since he had heard their conversation, the young man admitted that for several years he had been accompanied by a familiar spirit who did everything a servant would do for him and had promised him great success in his religious career. The superior urged him to provide some evidence of what he claimed. He asked the spirit to set a chair for the superior; the spirit complied. This was reported to the archbishop, who decided not to make it public. The young clerk was dismissed, and this unusual incident was kept quiet.

Bodin[285] speaks of a person of his acquaintance who was still living at the time he wrote, which was in 1588. This person had a familiar who from the age of thirty-seven had given him good advice respecting his conduct, sometimes to correct his faults, sometimes to make him practice virtue, or to assist him; resolving the difficulties which he might find in reading holy books, or giving him good counsel upon his own affairs. He usually rapped at his door at three or four o'clock in the morning to awaken him; and as that person mistrusted all these things, fearing that it might be an evil angel, the spirit showed himself in broad day, striking gently on a glass bowl, and then upon a bench. When he desired to do anything good and useful, the spirit touched his right ear; but if it was anything wrong and dangerous, he touched his left ear; so that from that time nothing occurred to him of which he was not warned beforehand. Sometimes he heard his voice; and one day, when he found his life in imminent danger, he saw his genius, under the form of a child of extraordinary beauty, who saved him from it.

Bodin[285] talks about someone he knew who was still alive when he wrote in 1588. This person had a familiar who, starting at the age of thirty-seven, offered him great advice about his behavior, sometimes to correct his mistakes, sometimes to encourage him to embrace virtue, or to help him with various challenges. The familiar would usually knock on his door at three or four in the morning to wake him up. Since this person was suspicious of all this, worried it might be a malevolent spirit, the familiar would appear during the day, gently tapping on a glass bowl and then on a bench. When he wanted to do something good and helpful, the spirit would touch his right ear; but if he was thinking about something wrong or dangerous, it would touch his left ear. From that point on, he was forewarned about everything that happened. Occasionally, he would hear the spirit's voice, and one day, when his life was in serious danger, he saw his guiding spirit, appearing as an exceptionally beautiful child, who helped save him.

William, Bishop of Paris,[286] says that he knew a rope-dancer who had a familiar spirit which played and joked with him, and prevented him from sleeping, throwing something against the wall, dragging off the bed-clothes, or pulling him about when he was in bed. We know by the account of a very sensible person that it has happened to him in the open country, and in the day time, to feel his cloak and boots pulled at, and his hat thrown down; then he heard the bursts of laughter and the voice of a person deceased and well known to him, who seemed to rejoice at it.

William, Bishop of Paris,[286] recounts that he knew a tightrope walker who had a spirit companion that would play pranks on him, keeping him from sleeping by throwing things against the wall, yanking the bedcovers off, or tugging at him while he was in bed. We learn from a reliable person's account that he, too, experienced this in the open countryside during the day, feeling his cloak and boots being pulled and his hat knocked off; then he heard laughter and the voice of someone who had passed away and was familiar to him, seemingly enjoying the situation.

The discovery of things hidden or unknown, which is made in dreams, or otherwise, can hardly be ascribed to anything but to[Pg 146] familiar spirits. A man who did not know a word of Greek came to M. de Saumaise, senior, a counselor of the Parliament of Dijon, and showed him these words, which he had heard in the night, as he slept, and which he wrote down in French characters on awaking: "Apithi ouc osphraine tén sén apsychian." He asked him what that meant. M. de Saumaise told him it meant, "Save yourself; do you not perceive the death with which you are threatened?" Upon this hint, the man removed, and left his house, which fell down the following night.[287]

The discovery of hidden or unknown things, whether in dreams or otherwise, can hardly be attributed to anything other than familiar spirits. A man who didn’t know a word of Greek went to M. de Saumaise, a counselor in the Parliament of Dijon, and showed him these words he heard in his sleep, which he wrote down in French characters upon waking: "Apithi ouc osphraine tén sén apsychian." He asked what it meant. M. de Saumaise told him it meant, "Save yourself; don't you see the death that threatens you?" Following this advice, the man left his house, which collapsed the following night.[287]

The same story is related, with a little difference, by another author, who says that the circumstance happened at Paris;[288] that the genius spoke in Syriac, and that M. de Saumaise being consulted, replied, "Go out of your house, for it will fall in ruins to-day, at nine o'clock in the evening." It is but too much the custom in reciting stories of this kind to add a few circumstances by way of embellishment.

The same story is told, with a few differences, by another author, who claims that the event took place in Paris;[288] that the spirit spoke in Syriac, and when M. de Saumaise was asked about it, he responded, "Leave your house, because it will collapse today at nine o'clock in the evening." It's quite common in recounting stories like this to add some details for embellishment.

Gassendi, in the Life of M. Peiresch, relates that M. Peiresch, going one day to Nismes, with one of his friends, named M. Rainier, the latter, having heard Peiresch talking in his sleep in the night, waked him, and asked him what he said. Peiresch answered him, "I dreamed that, being at Nismes, a jeweler had offered me a medal of Julius Cæsar, for which he asked four crowns, and as I was going to count him down his money, you waked me, to my great regret." They arrived at Nismes, and going about the town, Peiresch recognized the goldsmith whom he had seen in his dream; and on his asking him if he had nothing curious, the goldsmith told him he had a gold medal, or coin, of Julius Cæsar. Peiresch asked him how much he esteemed it worth; he replied, four crowns. Peiresch paid them, and was delighted to see his dream so happily accomplished.

Gassendi, in the Life of M. Peiresch, shares that M. Peiresch, one day traveling to Nîmes with a friend named M. Rainier, was woken by Rainier after talking in his sleep. Rainier asked what he was saying. Peiresch replied, "I dreamed that I was in Nîmes and a jeweler offered me a medal of Julius Caesar for four crowns. Just as I was about to count him the money, you woke me, and I regretted it." Once they arrived in Nîmes and explored the town, Peiresch recognized the goldsmith from his dream. When he asked if the goldsmith had anything interesting, the goldsmith mentioned he had a gold medal of Julius Caesar. Peiresch inquired about its worth, and the goldsmith replied, four crowns. Peiresch paid the amount and was thrilled to see his dream come true.

Here is a dream much more singular than the preceding, although a little in the same style.[289] A learned man of Dijon, after having wearied himself all day with an important passage in a Greek poet, without being able to comprehend it at all, went to bed thinking of this difficulty. During his sleep, his genius transported him in spirit to Stockholm, introduced him into the palace of Queen Christina, conducted him into the library, and showed him a small volume, which was precisely what he sought. He opened it, read in it ten or twelve Greek verses, which absolutely cleared up the difficulty which had so long beset him; he awoke, and wrote down the[Pg 147] verses he had seen at Stockholm. On the morrow, he wrote to M. Descartes, who was then in Sweden, and begged of him to look in such a place, and in such a division of the library, if the book, of which he sent him the description, were there, and if the Greek verses which he sent him were to be read in it.

Here’s a dream that's even more unusual than the last one, though it’s somewhat similar. A knowledgeable guy from Dijon, after spending all day struggling with an important passage from a Greek poet without making any progress, went to bed still thinking about this issue. While he slept, his imagination took him to Stockholm, led him into Queen Christina's palace, showed him the library, and revealed a small book that was exactly what he needed. He opened it and read ten or twelve Greek verses that completely solved the problem he had been facing for so long. He woke up and wrote down the verses he had seen in Stockholm. The next day, he wrote to M. Descartes, who was in Sweden at the time, asking him to check a specific section of the library to see if the book he had described was there and if the Greek verses he had sent were included in it.

M. Descartes replied that he had found the book in question; and also the verses he had sent were in the place he pointed out; that one of his friends had promised him a copy of that work, and he would send it him by the first opportunity.

M. Descartes replied that he had found the book in question, and the verses he had sent were exactly where he indicated. He mentioned that one of his friends had promised him a copy of that work, and he would send it to him at the first opportunity.

We have already said something of the spirit, or familiar genius of Socrates, which prevented him from doing certain things, but did not lead him to do others. It is asserted[290] that, after the defeat of the Athenian army, commanded by Laches, Socrates, flying like the others, with this Athenian general, and being arrived at a spot where several roads met, Socrates would not follow the road taken by the other fugitives; and when they asked him the reason, he replied, because his genius drew him away from it. The event justified his foresight. All those who had taken the other road were either killed or made prisoners by the enemy's cavalry.

We've already mentioned something about the spirit, or personal intuition, of Socrates, which stopped him from doing certain things, but didn’t push him to do others. It’s reported[290] that after the Athenian army, led by Laches, was defeated, Socrates, like the others, fled with this Athenian general. When they reached a place where several roads branched off, Socrates chose not to follow the path taken by the other escapees. When they asked him why, he said it was because his intuition guided him away from that road. The outcome proved he was right. Everyone who took the other path was either killed or captured by the enemy cavalry.

It is doubtful whether the elves, of which so many things are related, are good or bad spirits; for the faith of the church admits nothing between these two kinds of genii. Every genius is either good or bad; but as there are in heaven many mansions, as the Gospel says,[291] and as there are among the blessed, various degrees of glory, differing from each other, so we may believe that there are in hell various degrees of pain and punishment for the damned and the demons.

It’s uncertain whether the elves, about which so much has been said, are good or bad spirits; because the church’s belief holds that there are only these two types of beings. Every spirit is either good or bad; but just as there are many rooms in heaven, as the Gospel states,[291] and among the blessed, various levels of glory that differ from one another, we can assume that there are also different levels of suffering and punishment in hell for the damned and the demons.

But are they not rather magicians, who render themselves invisible, and divert themselves in disquieting the living? Why do they attach themselves to certain spots, and certain persons, rather than to others? Why do they make themselves perceptible only during a certain time, and that sometimes a short space?

But aren't they more like magicians, who make themselves invisible and take pleasure in unsettling the living? Why do they stick to certain places and people instead of others? Why do they appear only at specific times, and sometimes for just a brief moment?

I could willingly conclude that what is said of them is mere fancy and prejudice; but their reality has been so often experienced by the discourse they have held, and the actions they have performed in the presence of many wise and enlightened persons, that I cannot persuade myself that among the great number of stories related of them there are not at least some of them true.

I could easily say that what people say about them is just imagination and bias; however, their existence has been witnessed too many times through their conversations and actions in front of many knowledgeable and open-minded individuals, so I can't convince myself that out of all the stories told about them, at least a few of them aren't true.

It may be remarked that these elves never lead one to anything good, to prayer, or piety, to the love of God, or to godly and serious actions. If they do no other harm, they leave hurtful doubts about the punishments of the damned, on the efficacy of prayer and exorcisms; if they hurt not those men or animals which are found on[Pg 148] the spot where they may be perceived, it is because God sets bounds to their malice and power. The demon has a thousand ways of deceiving us. All those to whom these genii attach themselves have a horror of them, mistrust and fear them; and it rarely happens that these familiar demons do not lead them to a dangerous end, unless they deliver themselves from them by grave acts of religion and penance.

It can be said that these elves never guide anyone to anything good, like prayer, faith, love for God, or righteous actions. Even if they don't do any other harm, they instill harmful doubts about the punishments of the damned, the effectiveness of prayer, and exorcisms; if they don't harm the people or animals found on[Pg 148] the spot where they can be seen, it's because God limits their malice and power. The demon has countless ways of deceiving us. Everyone who gets involved with these spirits feels disgust, distrust, and fear toward them; and it rarely happens that these familiar demons don't lead them to a dangerous end unless they free themselves through serious acts of faith and penance.

There is the story of a spirit, "which," says he who wrote it to me, "I no more doubt the truth of than if I had been a witness of it." Count Despilliers, the father, being a young man, and captain of cuirassiers, was in winter quarters in Flanders. One of his men came to him one day to beg that he would change his landlord, saying that every night there came into his bed-room a spirit, which would not allow him to sleep. The Count Despilliers sent him away, and laughed at his simplicity. Some days after, the same horseman came back and made the same request to him; the only reply of the captain would have been a volley of blows with a stick, had not the soldier avoided them by a prompt flight. At last, he returned a third time to the charge, and protested to his captain that he could bear it no longer, and should be obliged to desert if his lodgings were not changed. Despilliers, who knew the soldier to be brave and reasonable, said to him, with an oath, "I will go this night and sleep with you, and see what is the matter."

There's a story about a ghost that the person who told it to me insists is true, as if he had witnessed it himself. Count Despilliers, when he was a young man and a captain of cuirassiers, was stationed in winter quarters in Flanders. One day, one of his soldiers came to him asking to be switched to a different landlord, claiming that a ghost entered his bedroom every night and wouldn’t let him sleep. Count Despilliers dismissed him and laughed at his naivety. A few days later, the same soldier returned with the same request, and the captain would have responded with a beating if the soldier hadn’t quickly escaped. Finally, he returned a third time, insisting to his captain that he could no longer endure it and would have to desert if his living situation didn’t change. Despilliers, knowing the soldier was brave and sensible, said to him, swearing, “Tonight, I’ll sleep with you and see what’s going on.”

At ten o'clock in the evening, the captain repaired to his soldier's lodging, and having laid his pistols ready primed upon the table, he lay down in his clothes, his sword by his side, with his soldier, in a bed without curtains. About midnight he heard something which came into the room, and in a moment turned the bed upside down, covering the captain and the soldier with the mattress and paillasse. Despilliers had great trouble to disengage himself and find again his sword and pistols, and he returned home much confounded. The horse-soldier had a new lodging the very next day, and slept quietly in the house of his new host.

At ten o'clock in the evening, the captain went to his soldier's room. He laid his loaded pistols on the table, then got into bed with his clothes on, his sword by his side, sharing a bed without curtains. Around midnight, he heard something enter the room, and in an instant, it flipped the bed over, trapping both the captain and the soldier under the mattress and bedroll. Despilliers struggled to free himself and locate his sword and pistols, and he returned home feeling quite embarrassed. The cavalry soldier got a new place to stay the very next day and slept peacefully at his new host's house.

M. Despilliers related this adventure to any one who would listen to it. He was an intrepid man, who had never known what it was to fall back before danger. He died field-marshal of the armies of the Emperor Charles VI. and governor of the fortress of Ségedin. His son has confirmed this adventure to me within a short time, as having heard it from his father.

M. Despilliers shared this story with anyone willing to hear it. He was a fearless man who had never backed down from danger. He died as a field marshal in the armies of Emperor Charles VI and was the governor of the fortress of Ségedin. His son recently confirmed this story to me, saying he heard it from his father.

The person who writes to me adds: "I doubt not that spirits sometimes return; but I have found myself in a great many places which it was said they haunted. I have even tried several times to see them, but I have never seen any. I found myself once with more than four thousand persons, who all said they saw the spirit;[Pg 149] I was the only one in the assembly who saw nothing." So writes me a very worthy officer, this year, 1745, in the same letter wherein he relates the affair of M. Despilliers.

The person who writes to me says: "I have no doubt that spirits sometimes come back; but I've been to a lot of places that were said to be haunted. I’ve even tried several times to see them, but I’ve never seen any. Once, I was with over four thousand people, all of whom claimed to have seen the spirit; I was the only one in the group who saw nothing." This is what a very respectable officer wrote to me this year, 1745, in the same letter where he tells about the incident with M. Despilliers.[Pg 149]

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[284] St. Sulpit. Sever. Dialog. ii. c. 14, 15.

[284] St. Sulpit. Sever. Dialog. ii. c. 14, 15.

[285] Bodin Demonomania, lib. ii. c. 2.

[285] Bodin Demonomania, book 2, chapter 2.

[286] Guillelm. Paris, 2 Part. quæst. 2, c. 8.

[286] Guillelm. Paris, 2 Part. quest. 2, c. 8.

[287] Grot. Epist. Part. ii. Ep. 405.

[287] Grot. Epist. Part. ii. Ep. 405.

[288] They affirm that it happened at Dijon, in the family of the MM. Surmin, in which a constant tradition has perpetuated the memory of the circumstance.

[288] They confirm that it took place in Dijon, in the family of the MM. Surmin, where a long-standing tradition has kept the memory of the event alive.

[289] Continuation of the Count de Gabalis, at the Hague, 1708, p. 55.

[289] Continuation of the Count de Gabalis, in The Hague, 1708, p. 55.

[290] Cicero, de Divinat. lib. i.

[290] Cicero, On Divination, Book I.

[291] John xiv. 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] John 14:2.


CHAPTER XXXI.

SPIRITS THAT KEEP WATCH OVER TREASURE.

Everybody acknowledges that there is an infinity of riches buried in the earth, or lost under the waters by shipwrecks; they fancy that the demon, whom they look upon as the god of riches, the god Mammon, the Pluto of the pagans, is the depositary, or at least the guardian, of these treasures. He said to Jesus Christ,[292] when he tempted him in the wilderness, showing to him all the kingdoms of the earth, and their glory: "All these things will I give thee, if thou wilt fall down and worship me." We know also that the ancients very often interred vast treasures in the tombs of the dead; either that the dead might make use of them in the other world, or that their souls might keep guard over them in those gloomy places. Job seems to make allusion to this ancient custom, when he says,[293] "Would to God I had never been born: I should now sleep with the kings and great ones of the earth, who built themselves solitary places; like unto those who seek for treasure, and are rejoiced when they find a tomb;" doubtless because they hope to find great riches therein.

Everyone agrees that there's a treasure trove of riches buried in the earth or lost at sea due to shipwrecks. They believe that the demon, whom they see as the god of wealth—God Mammon, the pagan Pluto—holds or at least guards these treasures. When he tempted Jesus Christ in the wilderness, he showed him all the kingdoms of the earth and their glory, saying, "I will give you all these things if you fall down and worship me." We also know that ancient people often buried vast treasures in the graves of the dead, either for the deceased to use in the afterlife or for their souls to guard in those dark places. Job seems to reference this ancient practice when he says, "If only I had never been born: I would now be resting with the kings and the great ones of the earth, who built themselves lonely places; like those who search for treasure and rejoice upon finding a tomb," likely because they hope to discover great wealth inside.

There were very precious things in the tomb of Cyrus. Semiramis caused to be engraved on her own mausoleum that it contained great riches. Josephus[294] relates that Solomon placed great treasures in the tomb of David his father; and that the High-Priest Hyrcanus, being besieged in Jerusalem by King Antiochus, took thence three thousand talents. He says, moreover, that years after, Herod the Great having caused this tomb to be searched, took from it large sums. We see several laws against those who violate sepulchres to take out of them the precious things they contain. The Emperor Marcianus[295] forbade that riches should be hidden in tombs. If such things have been placed in the mausoleums of worthy and holy persons, and if they have been discovered through the revelation of the good spirits of persons who died in the faith and grace of God, we cannot conclude from those things that all hidden treasures are in[Pg 150] the power of the demon, and that he alone knows anything of them; the good angels know of them; and the saints may be much more faithful guardians of them than the demons, who usually have no power to enrich, or to deliver from the horrors of poverty, from punishment and death itself, those who yield themselves to them in order to receive some reward from them.

There were very valuable items in the tomb of Cyrus. Semiramis had it inscribed on her mausoleum that it held great riches. Josephus[294] recounts that Solomon placed significant treasures in the tomb of his father David; and that the High Priest Hyrcanus, during the siege of Jerusalem by King Antiochus, took out three thousand talents. He adds that years later, Herod the Great had this tomb searched and retrieved substantial sums from it. We see various laws against those who disturb graves to seize the valuable items within. Emperor Marcianus[295] prohibited hiding wealth in tombs. If such treasures have been placed in the mausoleums of honorable and holy individuals, and if they have been uncovered through the guidance of virtuous spirits of those who passed away in faith and in God’s grace, we cannot conclude from this that all hidden treasures are under the control of demons, and that they alone have knowledge of them; the good angels are aware of them, and the saints may be far more trustworthy guardians of them than the demons, who typically have no ability to enrich or to rescue from the miseries of poverty, punishment, and death itself those who submit to them in hopes of receiving some reward.

Melancthon relates[296] that the demon informed a priest where a treasure was hid; the priest, accompanied by one of his friends, went to the spot indicated; they saw there a black dog lying on a chest. The priest, having entered to take out the treasure, was crushed and smothered under the ruins of the cavern.

Melancthon recounts[296] that a demon told a priest where a treasure was hidden. The priest, along with a friend, went to the location marked. They found a black dog lying on top of a chest. When the priest tried to retrieve the treasure, he was crushed and suffocated by the cave's collapse.

M. Remy,[297] in his Demonology, speaks of several persons whose causes he had heard in his quality of Lieutenant-General of Lorraine, at the time when that country swarmed with wizards and witches; those amongst them who believed they had received money from the demon, found nothing in their purses but bits of broken pots, coals, or leaves of trees, or other things equally vile and contemptible.

M. Remy,[297] in his Demonology, talks about several people whose cases he heard while serving as the Lieutenant-General of Lorraine, during a time when that region was filled with wizards and witches. Those who thought they had received money from the demon found nothing in their pockets but scraps of broken pottery, lumps of coal, leaves from trees, or other equally worthless and disgusting items.

The Reverend Father Abram, a Jesuit, in his manuscript History of the University of Pont à Mousson, reports that a youth of good family, but small fortune, placed himself at first to serve in the army among the valets and serving men: from thence his parents sent him to school, but not liking the subjection which study requires, he quitted the school and returned to his former kind of life. On his way he met a man dressed in a silk coat, but ill-looking, dark, and hideous, who asked him where he was going to, and why he looked so sad: "I am able to set you at your ease," said this man to him, "if you will give yourself to me."

The Reverend Father Abram, a Jesuit, in his manuscript History of the University of Pont à Mousson, reports that a young man from a good family but with little money initially joined the army to work as a servant. Afterward, his parents sent him to school, but he didn't enjoy the discipline that studying required, so he dropped out and went back to his old way of life. On his way, he encountered a man wearing a silk coat, who looked unpleasant, dark, and ugly, and who asked him where he was headed and why he seemed so sad. "I can take away your troubles," the man said to him, "if you agree to come with me."

The young man, believing that he wished to engage him as a servant, asked for time to reflect upon it; but beginning to mistrust the magnificent promises which he made him, he looked at him more narrowly, and having remarked that his left foot was divided like that of an ox, he was seized with affright, made the sign of the cross, and called on the name of Jesus, when the spectre directly disappeared.

The young man, thinking he wanted to hire him as a servant, asked for some time to think it over. But as he started to doubt the grand promises being made, he looked closer and noticed that the man's left foot was split like an ox's. This terrified him, and he made the sign of the cross while calling on the name of Jesus, at which point the figure vanished completely.

Three days after, the same figure appeared to him again, and asked him if he had made up his mind; the young man replied that he did not want a master. The spectre said to him, "Where are you going?" "I am going to such a town," replied he. At that moment the demon threw at his feet a purse which chinked, and which he found filled with thirty or forty Flemish crowns, amongst which were about twelve which appeared to be gold, newly[Pg 151] coined, and as if from the stamps of the coiner. In the same purse was a powder, which the spectre said was of a very subtile quality.

Three days later, the same figure appeared to him again and asked if he had made a decision. The young man responded that he didn’t want a master. The specter asked him, "Where are you going?" "I'm heading to such a town," he replied. At that moment, the demon threw a jingling purse at his feet. He found it filled with thirty or forty Flemish crowns, among which about twelve looked like freshly minted gold coins, as if straight from the mint. Inside the same purse was a powder, which the specter claimed was of a very fine quality.[Pg 151]

At the same time, he gave him abominable counsels to satisfy the most shameful passions; and exhorted him to renounce the use of holy water, and the adoration of the host—which he called in derision that little cake. The boy was horrified at these proposals, and made the sign of the cross on his heart; and at the same time he felt himself thrown roughly down on the ground, where he remained for half an hour, half dead. Having got up again, he returned home to his mother, did penance, and changed his conduct. The pieces of money which looked like gold and newly coined, having been put in the fire, were found to be only of copper.

At the same time, he gave him terrible advice to satisfy the most shameful desires and urged him to give up using holy water and worshipping the host—which he mockingly called that little cake. The boy was horrified by these suggestions and crossed his heart. At that moment, he felt himself roughly thrown to the ground, where he lay for half an hour, nearly unconscious. When he got up again, he returned home to his mother, did penance, and changed his ways. The coins that looked like gold and freshly minted, when put in the fire, turned out to be just copper.

I relate this instance to show that the demon seeks only to deceive and corrupt even those to whom he makes the most specious promises, and to whom he seems to give great riches.

I share this example to illustrate that the demon only aims to deceive and corrupt, even those to whom he makes the most convincing promises and appears to offer great wealth.

Some years ago, two monks, both of them well informed and prudent men, consulted me upon a circumstance which occurred at Orbé, a village of Alsatia, near the Abbey of Pairis. Two men of that place told them that they had seen come out of the ground a small box or casket, which they supposed was full of money, and having a wish to lay hold of it, it had retreated from them and hidden itself again under ground. This happened to them more than once.

Some years ago, two monks, both knowledgeable and wise, asked me about a situation that happened in Orbé, a village in Alsatia, near the Abbey of Pairis. Two local men claimed they had seen a small box or casket emerge from the ground, which they believed was filled with money. Wanting to grab it, the box would then retreat from them and hide back underground. This happened to them more than once.

Theophanes, a celebrated and grave Greek historiographer, under the year of our era 408, relates that Cabades, King of Persia, being informed that between the Indian country and Persia there was a castle called Zubdadeyer, which contained a great quantity of gold, silver, and precious stones, resolved to make himself master of it; but these treasures were guarded by demons, who would not permit any one to approach it. He employed some of the magi and some Jews who were with him to conjure and exorcise them; but their efforts were useless. The king bethought himself of the God of the Christians—prayed to him, and sent for the bishop who was at the head of the Christian church in Persia, and begged of him to use his efforts to obtain for him these treasures, and to expel the demons by whom they were guarded. The prelate offered the holy sacrifice, participated in it, and going to the spot, drove away the demons who were guardians of these riches, and put the king in peaceable possession of the castle.

Theophanes, a renowned and serious Greek historian, in the year 408 of our era, recounts that Cabades, King of Persia, learned about a castle named Zubdadeyer located between India and Persia that held a vast amount of gold, silver, and precious stones. He decided to take control of it, but these treasures were protected by demons that wouldn’t allow anyone to approach. He enlisted some of the magi and some Jews with him to banish the demons, but their attempts were in vain. The king then thought of the God of the Christians—he prayed to Him and summoned the bishop leading the Christian church in Persia, asking for his help to retrieve the treasures and drive away the demons guarding them. The bishop performed the holy sacrifice, took part in it, and went to the location, successfully driving away the demons protecting the riches and granting the king peaceful possession of the castle.

Relating this story to a man of some rank,[298] he told me, that in the Isle of Malta, two knights having hired a slave, who boasted that he possessed the secret of evoking demons, and forcing them to discover the most hidden secrets, they led him into an old castle,[Pg 152] where it was thought that treasures were concealed. The slave performed his evocations, and at last the demon opened a rock whence issued a coffer. The slave would have taken hold of it, but the coffer went back into the rock. This occurred more than once; and the slave, after vain efforts, came and told the knights what had happened to him; but he was so much exhausted that he had need of some restorative; they gave him refreshment, and when he had returned they after a while heard a noise. They went into the cave with a light, to see what had happened, and they found the slave lying dead, and all his flesh full of cuts as of a penknife, in form of a cross; he was so covered with them that there was not room to place a finger where he was not thus marked. The knights carried him to the shore, and threw him into the sea with a great stone hung round his neck. We could name these persons and note the dates, were it necessary.

Relating this story to a certain man of some importance,[298] he shared that in the Isle of Malta, two knights hired a slave who claimed he could summon demons and make them reveal hidden secrets. They took him to an old castle,[Pg 152] where it was believed treasures were hidden. The slave carried out his summons, and finally, a demon opened a rock, from which a chest emerged. The slave tried to grab it, but the chest retreated back into the rock. This happened several times, and after many unsuccessful attempts, the slave returned to the knights to report what had happened. However, he was so exhausted that he needed some kind of restorative; they provided him with food and drink. After a while, they heard a noise. Curiosity led them to the cave with a light to see what had occurred, and they found the slave lying dead, covered in cross-shaped cuts all over his body, resembling knife wounds; there were so many that there was no spot left untouched. The knights took him to the shore and tossed him into the sea with a heavy stone tied around his neck. We could name these individuals and note the dates if necessary.

The same person related to us, at that same time, that about ninety years before, an old woman of Malta was warned by a genius that there was a great deal of treasure in her cellar, belonging to a knight of high consideration, and desired her to give him information of it; she went to his abode, but could not obtain an audience. The following night the same genius returned, and gave her the same command; and as she refused to obey, he abused her, and again sent her on the same errand. The next day she returned to seek this lord, and told the domestics that she would not go away until she had spoken to the master. She related what had happened to her; and the knight resolved to go to her dwelling, accompanied by people with the proper instruments for digging; they dug, and very shortly there sprung up such a quantity of water from the spot where they inserted their pickaxes that they were obliged to give up the undertaking.

The same person told us that about ninety years earlier, an old woman from Malta was warned by a spirit that there was a lot of treasure in her cellar, belonging to a respected knight, and she was urged to inform him about it. She went to his place, but couldn’t get a meeting. The next night, the same spirit came back and gave her the same message; when she refused to follow through, he insulted her and sent her back to do it again. The following day, she went back to find the lord and told his staff that she wouldn’t leave until she had a word with him. She explained what had happened to her, and the knight decided to visit her home with some people who had the right tools for digging. They started to dig, but quickly encountered so much water from the spot where they were digging that they had to abandon the effort.

The knight confessed to the Inquisitor what he had done, and received absolution for it; but he was obliged to inscribe the fact we have recounted in the Registers of the Inquisition.

The knight admitted to the Inquisitor what he had done and was granted forgiveness for it; however, he was required to record the event we have described in the Inquisition's Registers.

About sixty years after, the canons of the Cathedral of Malta, wishing for a wider space before their church, bought some houses which it was necessary to pull down, and amongst others that which had belonged to that old woman. As they were digging there, they found the treasure, consisting of a good many gold pieces of the value of a ducat, bearing the effigy of the Emperor Justinian the First. The Grand Master of the Order of Malta affirmed that the treasure belonged to him as sovereign of the isle; the canons contested the point. The affair was carried to Rome; the grand master gained his suit, and the gold was brought to him, amounting in value to about sixty thousand ducats; but he gave them up to the cathedral.

About sixty years later, the canons of the Cathedral of Malta, wanting a larger space in front of their church, bought some houses that had to be demolished, including one that had belonged to that old woman. While they were digging there, they discovered a treasure comprising many gold coins worth a ducat each, featuring the likeness of Emperor Justinian the First. The Grand Master of the Order of Malta claimed the treasure as his, since he was the ruler of the island; the canons disputed this. The matter was taken to Rome; the Grand Master won his case, and the gold, valued at around sixty thousand ducats, was handed over to him, but he returned it to the cathedral.

[Pg 153]Some time afterwards, the knight of whom we have spoken, who was then very aged, remembered what had happened to himself, and asserted that the treasure ought to belong to him; he made them lead him to the spot, recognized the cellar where he had formerly been, and pointed out in the Register of the Inquisition what had been written therein sixty years before. They did not permit him to recover the treasure; but it was a proof that the demon knew of and kept watch over this money. The person who told me this story has in his possession three or four of these gold pieces, having bought them of the canons.

[Pg 153]Some time later, the knight we mentioned, who was now quite old, recalled what had happened to him and claimed that the treasure should rightfully be his. He had them take him to the location, recognized the cellar he had been in before, and pointed out in the Inquisition's Register what had been written there sixty years earlier. They didn’t let him take the treasure, but it proved that the demon was aware of and watching over this money. The person who shared this story with me has three or four of these gold coins, which he bought from the canons.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[292] Matt. iv. 8.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 4:8.

[293] Job iii. 13, 14, 22.

[293] Job iii. 13, 14, 22.

[294] Joseph. Ant. lib. xiii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Joseph. Ant. lib. 13.

[295] Martian. lib. iv.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Martian. lib. 4.

[296] Le Loyer, liv. ii. p. 495.

[296] Le Loyer, vol. ii, p. 495.

[297] Remy, Demonol. c. iv. Ann. 1605.

[297] Remy, Demonol. c. iv. Ann. 1605.

[298] M. le Chevalier Guiot de Marre.

[298] Mr. Chevalier Guiot de Marre.


CHAPTER XXXII.

OTHER INSTANCES OF HIDDEN TREASURES WHICH WERE GUARDED BY GOOD OR BAD SPIRITS.

We read in a new work that a man, Honoré Mirable, having found in a garden near Marseilles a treasure consisting of several Portuguese pieces of gold, from the indication given him by a spectre, which appeared to him at eleven o'clock at night, near the Bastide, or country house called du Paret, he made the discovery of it in presence of the woman who farmed the land of this Bastide, and the farm-servant named Bernard. When he first perceived the treasure buried in the earth, and wrapt up in a bundle of old linen, he was afraid to touch it, for fear it should be poisoned and cause his death. He raised it by means of a hook made of a branch of the almond tree, and carried it into his room, where he undid it without any witness, and found in it a great deal of gold; to satisfy the wishes of the spirit who had appeared to him, he caused some masses to be said for him. He revealed his good fortune to a countryman of his, named Anquier, who lent him forty livres, and gave him a note by which he acknowledged he owed him twenty thousand livres and receipted the payment of the forty livres lent; this note bore date the 27th September, 1726.

We read in a new work that a man named Honoré Mirable found a treasure in a garden near Marseilles. This treasure was made up of several Portuguese gold coins, which he discovered after being guided by a ghost that appeared to him at eleven o'clock at night near the Bastide, or country house called du Paret. He made the discovery in front of the woman who farmed the land of this Bastide, and a farm worker named Bernard. When he first saw the treasure buried in the ground, wrapped in a bundle of old linen, he was afraid to touch it, worried it might be cursed and lead to his death. He used a hook made from an almond tree branch to lift it and took it to his room, where he unpacked it alone and found a lot of gold inside. To fulfill the wishes of the spirit that had appeared to him, he arranged for some masses to be said in his honor. He shared his good fortune with a fellow countryman named Anquier, who lent him forty livres and gave him a note acknowledging that he owed him twenty thousand livres while also confirming the repayment of the forty livres he had lent; this note was dated September 27, 1726.

Some time after, Mirable asked Anquier to pay the note. Anquier denied everything. A great lawsuit ensued; informations were taken and perquisitions held in Anquier's house; sentence was given on the 10th of September, 1727, importing that Anquier should be arrested, and have the question applied to him. An appeal was made to the Parliament of Aix. Anquier's note was declared a forgery. Bernard, who was said to have been present at the discovery of the treasure, was not cited at all; the other witnesses only[Pg 154] deposed from hearsay; Magdalen Caillot alone, who was present, acknowledged having seen the packet wrapped round with linen, and had heard a ringing as of pieces of gold or silver, and had seen one of them, a piece about as large as a piece of two liards.

Some time later, Mirable asked Anquier to pay the note. Anquier denied everything. A big lawsuit followed; information was gathered and searches were conducted at Anquier's house. A verdict was issued on September 10, 1727, stating that Anquier should be arrested and subjected to questioning. An appeal was made to the Parliament of Aix. Anquier's note was declared a forgery. Bernard, who was supposedly present at the discovery of the treasure, wasn't cited at all; the other witnesses only[Pg 154] testified based on what they heard; Magdalen Caillot alone, who was there, confirmed that she had seen the packet wrapped in linen, heard a sound like coins of gold or silver, and saw one of them, a piece about the size of a two-liard coin.

The Parliament of Aix issued its decree the 17th of February, 1728, by which it ordained that Bernard, farming servant at the Bastide du Paret, should be heard; he was heard on different days, and deposed that he had seen neither treasure, nor rags, nor gold pieces. Then came another decree of the 2d of June, 1728, which ordered that the attorney-general should proceed by way of ecclesiastical censures on the facts resulting from these proceedings.

The Parliament of Aix issued its decree on February 17, 1728, stating that Bernard, a farming servant at the Bastide du Paret, should be heard; he was questioned on different days and testified that he had seen neither treasure, nor rags, nor gold pieces. Then came another decree on June 2, 1728, which ordered the attorney-general to proceed with ecclesiastical censures based on the findings from these proceedings.

The indictment was published, fifty-three witnesses were heard; another sentence of the 18th of February, 1729, discharged Anquier from the courts and the lawsuit; condemned Mirable to the galleys to perpetuity after having previously undergone the question; and Caillot was to pay a fine of ten francs. Such was the end of this grand lawsuit. If we examine narrowly these stories of spectres who watch over treasures, we shall doubtless find, as here, a great deal of superstition, deception, and fancy.

The indictment was released, fifty-three witnesses were heard; another ruling on February 18, 1729, cleared Anquier of all charges and the lawsuit; sentenced Mirable to life in the galleys after having previously been tortured for information; and Caillot was ordered to pay a fine of ten francs. This was the conclusion of this major lawsuit. If we take a close look at these tales of ghosts guarding treasures, we will likely find, as in this case, a lot of superstition, trickery, and imagination.

Delrio relates some instances of people who have been put to death, or who have perished miserably as they searched for hidden treasures. In all this we may perceive the spirit of lying and seduction on the part of the demon, bounds set to his power, and his malice arrested by the will of God; the impiety of man, his avarice, his idle curiosity, the confidence which he places in the angel of darkness, by the loss of his wealth, his life, and his soul.

Delrio mentions some cases of people who were executed or who died painfully while looking for hidden treasures. In all of this, we can see the spirit of deception and temptation from the demon, limits on his power, and his wickedness restrained by God's will; the unbelief of humans, their greed, their idle curiosity, and the trust they place in the angel of darkness, leading to the loss of their wealth, their lives, and their souls.

John Wierus, in his work entitled "De Præstigiis Dæmonum," printed at Basle in 1577, relates that in his time, 1430, the demon revealed to a certain priest at Nuremberg some treasures hidden in a cavern near the town, and enclosed in a crystal vase. The priest took one of his friends with him as a companion; they began to dig up the ground in the spot designated, and they discovered in a subterranean cavern a kind of chest, near which a black dog was lying; the priest eagerly advanced to seize the treasure, but hardly had he entered the cavern, than it fell in, crushed the priest, and was filled up with earth as before.

John Wierus, in his work titled "De Præstigiis Dæmonum," published in Basle in 1577, tells us that back in 1430, a demon showed a priest in Nuremberg some treasures hidden in a cave near the town, contained in a crystal vase. The priest brought a friend along as a companion; they started digging in the indicated spot and found a kind of chest in an underground cavern, next to a black dog. The priest rushed to grab the treasure, but as soon as he stepped into the cavern, it collapsed, crushing the priest and filling back up with dirt like before.

The following is extracted from a letter, written from Kirchheim, January 1st, 1747, to M. Schopfflein, Professor of History and Eloquence at Strasburg. "It is now more than a year ago that M. Cavallari, first musician of my serene master, and by birth a Venetian, desired to have the ground dug up at Rothenkirchen, a league from hence, and which was formerly a renowned abbey, and was destroyed in the time of the Reformation. The opportunity was afforded him by an apparition, which showed itself more than once at noonday to the wife of the Censier of Rothenkirchen, and[Pg 155] above all, on the 7th of May for two succeeding years. She swears, and can make oath, that she has seen a venerable priest in pontifical garments embroidered with gold, who threw before her a great heap of stones; and although she is a Lutheran, and consequently not very credulous in things of that kind, she thinks nevertheless that if she had had the presence of mind to put down a handkerchief or an apron, all the stones would have become money.

The following is extracted from a letter, written from Kirchheim, January 1st, 1747, to M. Schopfflein, Professor of History and Eloquence at Strasbourg. "It’s been over a year since M. Cavallari, the chief musician of my calm master and originally from Venice, wanted to have the ground dug up at Rothenkirchen, a league away, which used to be a famous abbey but was destroyed during the Reformation. He was prompted by an apparition that appeared more than once at noon to the wife of the Censier of Rothenkirchen, especially on May 7th for two consecutive years. She swears, and can testify, that she saw an impressive priest in ceremonial robes embroidered with gold, who scattered a large pile of stones in front of her; and even though she is a Lutheran, and therefore not very gullible about such things, she still believes that if she had been quick enough to lay down a handkerchief or an apron, all the stones would have turned into money."

"M. Cavallari then asked leave to dig there, which was the more readily granted, because the tithe or tenth part of the treasure is due to the sovereign. He was treated as a visionary, and the matter of treasure was regarded as an unheard-of thing. In the mean time, he laughed at the anticipated ridicule, and asked me if I would go halves with him. I did not hesitate a moment to accept this offer; but I was much surprised to find there were some little earthen pots full of gold pieces, all these pieces finer than the ducats of the fourteenth and fifteenth century generally are. I have had for my share 666, found at three different times. There are some of the Archbishops of Mayence, Treves, and Cologne, of the towns of Oppenheim, Baccarat, Bingen, and Coblentz; there are some also of the Palatine Rupert, of Frederic, Burgrave of Nuremberg, some few of Wenceslaus, and one of the Emperor Charles IV., &c."

M. Cavallari then asked for permission to dig there, which was quickly granted since a tenth of any treasure found goes to the crown. People thought he was a dreamer, and the idea of treasure was seen as something out of the ordinary. Meanwhile, he laughed at the expected mockery and asked if I would split the find with him. I didn’t hesitate to accept his offer, but I was quite surprised to discover several small clay pots filled with gold coins, all of which were finer than the ducats from the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. I ended up with 666 coins, found in three different locations. There were some from the Archbishops of Mainz, Trier, and Cologne, as well as coins from the towns of Oppenheim, Baccarat, Bingen, and Coblentz; there were also a few from Palatine Rupert, Frederic, Burgrave of Nuremberg, a couple from Wenceslaus, and one from Emperor Charles IV, etc.

This shows that not only the demons, but also the saints, are sometimes guardians of treasure; unless you will say that the devil had taken the shape of the prelate. But what could it avail the demon to give the treasure to these gentlemen, who did not ask him for it, and scarcely troubled themselves about him? I have seen two of these pieces in the hands of M. Schopfflein.

This shows that not only demons but also saints can sometimes be guardians of treasure; unless you want to say that the devil took the form of the bishop. But what would the demon gain by giving the treasure to these gentlemen, who didn’t ask for it and hardly cared about him? I’ve seen two of these pieces in the possession of M. Schopfflein.

The story we have just related is repeated, with a little difference, in a printed paper, announcing a lottery of pieces found at Rothenkirchen, in the province of Nassau, not far from Donnersberg. They say in this, that the value of these pieces is twelve livres ten sols, French money. The lottery was to be publicly drawn the first of February, 1750. Every ticket cost six livres of French money. I repeat these details only to prove the truth of the circumstance.

The story we just shared is echoed, with some variations, in a printed notice about a lottery for items discovered at Rothenkirchen, in the province of Nassau, near Donnersberg. It states that the value of these items is twelve livres ten sols, in French currency. The lottery was scheduled to be publicly drawn on February 1, 1750. Each ticket cost six livres. I mention these details just to confirm the authenticity of the situation.

We may add to the preceding what is related by Bartholinus in his book on the cause of the contempt of death shown by the ancient Danes, (lib. ii. c. 2.) He relates that the riches concealed in the tombs of the great men of that country were guarded by the shades of those to whom they belonged, and that these shades or these demons spread terror in the souls of those who wished to take away those treasures, either by pouring forth a deluge of water, or by flames which they caused to appear around the monuments which enclosed those bodies and those treasures.

We can add to what was previously mentioned by Bartholinus in his book about the reasons behind the ancient Danes' disregard for death (lib. ii. c. 2.). He explains that the wealth hidden in the tombs of the prominent figures in that region was protected by the spirits of their owners. These spirits, or demons, instilled fear in the hearts of anyone attempting to steal those treasures, either by unleashing a flood of water or by creating flames around the monuments that housed those bodies and treasures.


CHAPTER XXXIII.

SPECTRES WHICH APPEAR, AND PREDICT THINGS UNKNOWN AND TO COME.

Both in ancient and modern writers, we find an infinite number of stories of spectres. We have not the least doubt that their apparitions are the work of the demon, if they are real. Now, it cannot be denied that there is a great deal of illusion and falsehood in all that is related by them. We shall distinguish two sorts of spectres: those which appear to mankind to hurt or deceive them, or to announce things to come, fortunate or unfortunate as circumstances may occur; the other spectres infest certain houses, of which they have made themselves masters, and where they are seen and heard. We shall treat of the latter in another chapter; and show that the greater number of these spectres and apparitions may be suspected of falsehood.

Both ancient and modern writers present countless stories about ghosts. We're completely sure that any real sightings of them are the work of demons. However, it’s undeniable that there’s a lot of illusion and deception in all the tales about them. We will identify two types of ghosts: those that appear to harm or trick people or to predict future events, whether good or bad, depending on the situation; and those that haunt specific homes, where they have taken control and can be seen and heard. We will discuss the latter in another chapter and demonstrate that most of these ghosts and sightings are likely false.

Pliny the younger, writing to his friend Sura on the subject of apparitions, testifies that he is much inclined to believe them true; and the reason he gives, is what happened to Quintus Curtius Rufus, who, having gone into Africa in the train of the quæstor or treasurer for the Romans, walking one day towards evening under a portico, saw a woman of uncommon height and beauty, who told him that she was Africa, and assured him that he would one day return into that same country as proconsul. This promise inspired him with high hopes; and by his intrigues, and help of friends, whom he had bribed, he obtained the quæstorship, and afterwards was prætor, through the favor of the Emperor Tiberius.

Pliny the Younger, writing to his friend Sura about ghosts, expresses his strong belief that they are real. He shares a story about Quintus Curtius Rufus, who traveled to Africa with the Roman treasurer. One evening, while walking under a portico, he saw a remarkably tall and beautiful woman who told him she was Africa and assured him that he would one day return to that same land as proconsul. This promise filled him with great hope, and through his scheming and the help of friends he had bribed, he secured the position of treasurer, and later became praetor, thanks to the favor of Emperor Tiberius.

This dignity having veiled the obscurity and baseness of his birth, he was sent proconsul to Africa, where he died, after having obtained the honors of the triumph. It is said that, on his return to Africa, the same person who had predicted his future grandeur appeared to him again at the moment of his landing at Carthage.

This dignity, which had concealed the lowly origins of his birth, led to his appointment as proconsul in Africa, where he eventually died, having achieved the honors of a triumph. It's said that when he returned to Africa, the same person who had predicted his future greatness appeared to him again as he landed in Carthage.

These predictions, so precise, and so exactly followed up, made Pliny the younger believe that predictions of this kind are never made in vain. The story of Curtius Rufus was written by Tacitus, long enough before Pliny's time, and he might have taken it from Tacitus.

These precise predictions, which were closely followed, led Pliny the Younger to believe that predictions like these aren't made without purpose. The tale of Curtius Rufus was written by Tacitus well before Pliny's era, so he could have drawn from Tacitus's account.

After the fatal death of Caligula, who was massacred in his palace, he was buried half burnt in his own gardens. The princesses,[Pg 157] his sisters, on their return from exile, had his remains burnt with ceremony, and honorably inhumed; but it was averred that before this was done, those who had to watch over the gardens and the palace had every night been disturbed by phantoms and frightful noises.

After Caligula's brutal assassination in his palace, he was buried half-burned in his own gardens. His sisters, the princesses,[Pg 157] returned from exile and had his remains cremated with ceremony and buried with respect. However, it was claimed that before this took place, the guards of the gardens and palace were haunted every night by disturbing apparitions and terrifying noises.

The following instance is so extraordinary that I should not repeat it if the account were not attested by more than one writer, and also preserved in the public monuments of a considerable town of Upper Saxony: this town is Hamelin, in the principality of Kalenberg, at the confluence of the rivers Hamel and Weser.

The following example is so remarkable that I wouldn't share it if it weren't recorded by multiple authors and also documented in the public monuments of a significant town in Upper Saxony: this town is Hamelin, located in the principality of Kalenberg, at the meeting point of the rivers Hamel and Weser.

In the year 1384, this town was infested by such a prodigious multitude of rats that they ravaged all the corn which was laid up in the granaries; everything was employed that art and experience could invent to chase them away, and whatever is usually employed against this kind of animals. At that time there came to the town an unknown person, of taller stature than ordinary, dressed in a robe of divers colors, who engaged to deliver them from that scourge for a certain recompense, which was agreed upon.

In 1384, this town was overrun by such a massive number of rats that they destroyed all the grain stored in the granaries. Everything that skill and knowledge could come up with was used to drive them away, along with whatever methods are typically used against these kinds of pests. During that time, an unknown individual arrived in town, taller than average and wearing a multicolored robe, who promised to free them from this plague for an agreed-upon fee.

Then he drew from his sleeve a flute, at the sound of which all the rats came out of their holes and followed him; he led them straight to the river, into which they ran and were drowned. On his return he asked for the promised reward, which was refused him, apparently on account of the facility with which he had exterminated the rats. The next day, which was a fête day, he chose the moment when the elder inhabitants of the burgh were at church, and by means of another flute which he began to play, all the boys in the town above the age of fourteen, to the number of a hundred and thirty, assembled around him: he led them to the neighboring mountain, named Kopfelberg, under which is a sewer for the town, and where criminals are executed; these boys disappeared and were never seen afterwards.

Then he pulled a flute from his sleeve, and the sound of it drew all the rats out of their hiding spots, following him. He led them straight to the river, where they jumped in and drowned. When he came back, he asked for the promised reward, but it was denied, apparently because he had gotten rid of the rats so easily. The next day, on a holiday, he waited until the older residents of the town were at church, and then he played another flute. This attracted all the boys in town over the age of fourteen, about one hundred and thirty of them, who gathered around him. He led them to the nearby mountain called Kopfelberg, which has a sewer for the town and is the site of executions for criminals; after that, the boys vanished and were never seen again.

A young girl, who had followed at a distance, was witness of the matter, and brought the news of it to the town.

A young girl, who had been watching from a distance, saw what happened and brought the news back to the town.

They still show a hollow in this mountain, where they say that he made the boys go in. At the corner of this opening is an inscription, which is so old that it cannot now be deciphered; but the story is represented on the panes of the church windows; and it is said, that in the public deeds of this town it is still the custom to put the dates in this manner—Done in the year ——, after the disappearance of our children.[299]

They still point out a hollow in this mountain, where they say he made the boys go inside. At the edge of this opening is an inscription that's so old it can't be read anymore; however, the story is depicted on the church windows, and it's said that in the official documents of this town, it's still common to note the dates like this—Done in the year ——, after the disappearance of our children.[299]

If this recital is not wholly fabulous, as it seems to be, we can[Pg 158] only regard this man as a spectre and an evil genius, who, by God's permission, punished the bad faith of the burghers in the persons of their children, although innocent of their parents' fault. It might be, that a man could have some natural secret to draw the rats together and precipitate them into the river; but only diabolical malice would cause so many innocent children to perish, out of revenge on their fathers.

If this performance isn't completely amazing, as it appears to be, we can[Pg 158] only see this man as a ghost and a wicked genius who, with God's allowance, punished the bad faith of the townspeople through their children, who were innocent of their parents' wrongdoing. It's possible that someone could have a natural ability to gather the rats and push them into the river; however, only pure evil would cause so many innocent children to die as revenge against their fathers.

Julius Cæsar[300] having entered Italy, and wishing to pass the Rubicon, perceived a man of more than ordinary stature, who began to whistle. Several soldiers having run to listen to him, this spectre seized the trumpet of one of them, and began to sound the alarm, and to pass the river. Cæsar at that moment, without further deliberation, said, "Let us go where the presages of the gods and the injustice of our enemies call upon us to advance."

Julius Caesar[300] entered Italy and, wanting to cross the Rubicon, noticed a man who was unusually tall and began to whistle. Several soldiers ran over to listen to him, and this figure took one of their trumpets, sounded the alarm, and started to cross the river. At that moment, without any more hesitation, Caesar said, "Let's go where the signs from the gods and the wrongdoing of our enemies urge us to move forward."

The Emperor Trajan[301] was extricated from the town of Antioch by a phantom, which made him go out at a widow, in the midst of that terrible earthquake which overthrew almost all the town. The philosopher Simonides[302] was warned by a spectre that his house was about to fall; he went out of it directly, and soon after it fell down.

The Emperor Trajan[301] was rescued from the town of Antioch by a ghost, which urged him to leave through a window during the devastating earthquake that destroyed nearly the entire town. The philosopher Simonides[302] was alerted by a spirit that his house was about to collapse; he exited immediately, and shortly after, it came crashing down.

The Emperor Julian, the apostate, told his friends that at the time when his troops were pressing him to accept the empire, being at Paris, he saw during the night a spectre in the form of a woman, as the genius of an empire is depicted, who presented herself to remain with him; but she gave him notice that it would be only for a short time. The same emperor related, moreover, that writing in his tent a little before his death, his familiar genius appeared to him, leaving the tent with a sad and afflicted air. Shortly before the death of the Emperor Constans, the same Julian had a vision in the night, of a luminous phantom, who pronounced and repeated to him, more than once, four Greek verses, importing that when Jupiter should be in the sign of the water-pot, or Aquarius, and Saturn in the 25th degree of the Virgin, Constans would end his life in Asia in a shocking manner.

The Emperor Julian, the apostate, told his friends that while he was in Paris and his troops were urging him to accept the empire, he saw a ghostly figure in the form of a woman during the night, resembling how the spirit of an empire is often depicted. She appeared to him, but warned that her presence would only be temporary. The same emperor also recounted that while writing in his tent shortly before his death, his familiar spirit appeared to him, leaving the tent looking sad and troubled. Just before Emperor Constans' death, Julian experienced a vision at night of a glowing phantom that repeatedly recited four Greek verses to him. These verses indicated that when Jupiter would be in the sign of Aquarius and Saturn in the 25th degree of Virgo, Constans would meet a terrible end in Asia.

The same Emperor Julian takes Jupiter[303] to witness that he has often seen Esculapius, who cured him of his sicknesses.

The same Emperor Julian brings Jupiter[303] to witness that he has often seen Asclepius, who healed him of his ailments.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[299] See Vagenseil Opera liborum Juvenil. tom. ii. p. 295, the Geography of Hubner, and the Geographical Dictionary of la Martinière, under the name Hamelen.

[299] See Vagenseil Opera liborum Juvenil. vol. ii. p. 295, the Geography of Hubner, and the Geographical Dictionary of la Martinière, under the name Hamelen.

[300] Sueton. in Jul. Cæsar.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Suetonius on Julius Caesar.

[301] Dio. Cassius. lib. lxviii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Dio. Cassius. book 68.

[302] Diogen. Laert. in Simon. Valer. Maxim. lib. xxiii.

[302] Diogen. Laert. in Simon. Valer. Maxim. lib. xxiii.

[303] Julian, apud Cyrill. Alex.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Julian, cited by Cyrill. Alex.


CHAPTER XXXIV.

OTHER APPARITIONS OF SPECTRES.

Plutarch, whose gravity and wisdom are well known, often speaks of spectres and apparitions. He says, for instance, that at the famous battle of Marathon against the Persians, several soldiers saw the phantom of Thesus, who fought for the Greeks against the enemy.

Plutarch, known for his serious demeanor and wisdom, often talks about ghosts and apparitions. He mentions, for example, that during the famous battle of Marathon against the Persians, several soldiers saw the ghost of Theseus, who fought for the Greeks against their enemy.

The same Plutarch, in the life of Sylla, says that that general saw in his sleep the goddess whom the Romans worshiped according to the rites of the Cappadocians (who were fire-worshipers), whether it might be Bellona or Minerva, or the moon. This divinity presented herself before Sylla, and put into his hand a kind of thunderbolt, telling him to launch it against his enemies, whom she named to him one after the other; at the same time that he struck them, he saw them fall and expire at his feet. There is reason to believe that this same goddess was Minerva, to whom, as to Jupiter Paganism attributes the right to hurl the thunder-bolt; or rather that it was a demon.

The same Plutarch, in the life of Sulla, mentions that the general had a dream about the goddess worshipped by the Romans according to the rites of the Cappadocians (who were fire-worshippers), whether it was Bellona, Minerva, or the moon. This goddess appeared before Sulla and offered him a kind of thunderbolt, instructing him to throw it at his enemies, whom she named one by one; as he struck them, he saw them fall and die at his feet. There's reason to believe that this goddess was Minerva, who, like Jupiter, is said to have the power to hurl thunderbolts in pagan belief; or perhaps it was a demon.

Pausanias, general of the Lacedemonians,[304] having inadvertently killed Cleonice, a daughter of one of the first families of Byzantium, was tormented night and day by the ghost of that maiden, who left him no repose, repeating to him angrily a heroic verse, the sense of which was, Go before the tribunal of justice, which punishes crime and awaits thee. Insolence is in the end fatal to mortals.

Pausanias, the general of the Spartans,[304] accidentally killed Cleonice, a daughter of one of the leading families of Byzantium, and he was haunted day and night by her ghost. She wouldn’t let him rest, angrily repeating a heroic verse that meant, Go before the court of justice, which punishes wrongdoing and is waiting for you. Arrogance ultimately brings doom to mortals.

Pausanias, always disturbed by this image, which followed him everywhere, retired to Heraclea in Elis, where there was a temple served by priests who were magicians, called Psychagogues, that is to say, who profess to evoke the souls of the dead. There Pausanias, after having offered the customary libations and funeral effusions, called upon the spirit of Cleonice, and conjured her to renounce her anger against him. Cleonice at last appeared, and told him that very soon, when he should be arrived at Sparta, he would be freed from his woes, wishing apparently by these mysterious words to indicate that death which awaited him there.

Pausanias, always troubled by this image that followed him everywhere, went to Heraclea in Elis, where there was a temple attended by priests who were magicians, called Psychagogues, meaning those who claim to summon the souls of the dead. There, Pausanias, after making the usual offerings and funeral libations, called on the spirit of Cleonice and urged her to let go of her anger toward him. Cleonice eventually appeared and told him that soon, when he arrived in Sparta, he would be free from his troubles, seemingly hinting at the death that awaited him there.

We see there the custom of evocations of the dead distinctly[Pg 160] pointed out, and solemnly practiced in a temple consecrated to these ceremonies; that demonstrates at least the belief and custom of the Greeks. And if Cleonice really appeared to Pausanias and announced his approaching death, can we deny that the evil spirit, or the spirit of Cleonice, is the author of this prediction, unless indeed it were a trick of the priests, which is likely enough, and as the ambiguous reply given to Pausanias seems to insinuate.

We clearly see the tradition of calling on the dead showcased [Pg 160] and solemnly practiced in a temple dedicated to these rituals; this at least shows the beliefs and customs of the Greeks. And if Cleonice actually appeared to Pausanias and warned him of his impending death, can we really say that the evil spirit, or Cleonice's spirit, is responsible for this prediction, unless it was just a trick by the priests, which is quite possible, as suggested by the ambiguous answer given to Pausanias.

Pausanias the historian[305] writes that, 400 years after the battle of Marathon, every night a noise was heard there of the neighing of horses, and cries like those of soldiers exciting themselves to combat. Plutarch speaks also of spectres which were seen, and frightful howlings that were heard in some public baths, where they had put to death several citizens of Chæronea, his native place; they had even been obliged to shut up these baths, which did not prevent those who lived near from continuing to hear great noises, and seeing from time to time spectres.

Pausanias the historian[305] writes that, 400 years after the battle of Marathon, a noise could be heard every night, like the neighing of horses and the shouts of soldiers gearing up for battle. Plutarch also mentions ghostly figures that were spotted and terrifying howls that echoed in certain public baths, where several citizens of Chæronea, his hometown, had been executed; they even had to close these baths, but that didn't stop those living nearby from hearing loud noises and occasionally seeing spirits.

Dion the philosopher, the disciple of Plato, and general of the Syracusans, being one day seated, towards the evening, very full of thought, in the portico of his house, heard a great noise, then perceived a terrible spectre of a woman of monstrous height, who resembled one of the furies, as they are depicted in tragedies; there was still daylight, and she began to sweep the house. Dion, quite alarmed, sent to beg his friends to come and see him, and stay with him all night; but this woman appeared no more. A short time afterwards, his son threw himself down from the top of the house, and he himself was assassinated by conspirators.

Dion, the philosopher and disciple of Plato, who was also a general for the Syracusans, was sitting in the portico of his house one evening, deep in thought, when he suddenly heard a loud noise. He then saw a terrifying apparition of a woman of enormous height, resembling one of the Furies as depicted in tragedies. It was still light out, and she began to sweep the house. Feeling very disturbed, Dion sent for his friends to come and keep him company for the night; however, the woman did not appear again. Shortly after this, his son jumped from the roof of the house, and Dion was later assassinated by conspirators.

Marcus Brutus, one of the murderers of Julius Cæsar, being in his tent during a night which was not very dark, towards the third hour of the night, beheld a monstrous and terrific figure enter. "Who art thou? a man or a God? and why comest thou here?" The spectre answered, "I am thine evil genius. Thou shalt see me at Philippi!" Brutus replied undauntedly, "I will meet thee there." And on going out, he went and related the circumstance to Cassius, who being of the sect of Epicurus, and a disbeliever in that kind of apparition, told him that it was mere imagination; that there were no genii or other kind of spirits which could appear unto men, and that even did they appear, they would have neither the human form nor the human voice, and could do nothing to harm us. Although Brutus was a little reassured by this reasoning, still it did not remove all his uneasiness.

Marcus Brutus, one of the killers of Julius Cæsar, was in his tent during a night that wasn't very dark, around the third hour of the night, when he saw a monstrous and terrifying figure enter. "Who are you? A man or a God? And why are you here?" The ghost replied, "I am your evil spirit. You will see me at Philippi!" Brutus responded fearlessly, "I will meet you there." Afterward, he went out and told Cassius about it. Cassius, who followed the Epicurean philosophy and didn't believe in such apparitions, told him it was just his imagination; that there were no spirits or other beings that could appear to humans, and even if they did, they wouldn't have a human form or voice, and couldn't harm us. Although Brutus felt a bit reassured by this reasoning, it didn't completely ease his uneasiness.

But the same Cassius, in the campaign of Philippi, and in the midst of the combat, saw Julius Cæsar, whom he had assassinated, who came up to him at full gallop: which frightened him so much[Pg 161] that at last he threw himself upon his own sword. Cassius of Parma, a different person from him of whom we have spoken above, saw an evil genius, who came into his tent, and declared to him his approaching death.

But the same Cassius, during the battle of Philippi, saw Julius Caesar, whom he had killed, come charging toward him. This terrified him so much[Pg 161] that he ultimately took his own life with his sword. Cassius of Parma, a different person than the one we mentioned earlier, encountered a malevolent spirit that entered his tent and told him about his impending death.

Drusus, when making war on the Germans (Allemani) during the time of Augustus, desiring to cross the Elbe, in order to penetrate farther into the country, was prevented from so doing by a woman of taller stature than common, who appeared to him and said, "Drusus, whither wilt thou go? wilt thou never be satisfied? Thy end is near—go back from hence." He retraced his steps, and died before he reached the Rhine, which he desired to recross.

Drusus, while waging war against the Germans (Allemani) during Augustus's time, wanted to cross the Elbe to explore deeper into the territory. However, a woman taller than usual appeared to him and said, "Drusus, where are you going? Will you never be satisfied? Your end is near—turn back." He then turned back and died before he could reach the Rhine, which he wanted to cross again.

St. Gregory of Nicea, in the Life of St. Gregory Thaumaturgus, says that, during a great plague which ravaged the city of Neocesarea, spectres were seen in open day, who entered houses, into which they carried certain death.

St. Gregory of Nicea, in the Life of St. Gregory Thaumaturgus, says that during a terrible plague that swept through the city of Neocesarea, ghosts were seen during the day, entering homes and bringing certain death.

After the famous sedition which happened at Antioch, in the time of the Emperor Theodosius, they beheld a kind of fury running about the town, with a whip, which she lashed about like a coachman who hastens on his horses.

After the well-known uprising that took place in Antioch during Emperor Theodosius's reign, people saw a kind of madness sweeping through the town, with a whip in hand, which she cracked like a driver urging on his horses.

St. Martin, Bishop of Tours, being at Trèves, entered a house, where he found a spectre which frightened him at first. Martin commanded him to leave the body which he possessed: instead of going out (of the place), he entered the body of another man who was in the same dwelling; and throwing himself upon those who were there, began to attack and bite them. Martin threw himself across his way, put his fingers in his mouth, and defied him to bite him. The demoniac retreated, as if a bar of red-hot iron had been placed in his mouth, and at last the demon went out of the body of the possessed, not by the mouth but behind.

St. Martin, Bishop of Tours, was in Trèves when he entered a house and encountered a specter that initially frightened him. Martin ordered it to leave the body it was inhabiting, but instead of leaving, it jumped into the body of another man in the same house. The spirit then attacked and bit those present. Martin stepped in their way, stuck his fingers in the spirit's mouth, and challenged it to bite him. The possessed person recoiled as if a red-hot iron had been shoved in his mouth, and eventually, the demon left the possessed's body, but not through the mouth—rather, it exited from the rear.

John, Bishop of Atria, who lived in the sixth century, in speaking of the great plague which happened under the Emperor Justinian, and which is mentioned by almost all the historians of that time, says that they saw boats of brass, containing black men without heads, which sailed upon the sea, and went towards the places where the plague was beginning its ravages; that this infection having depopulated a town of Egypt, so that there remained only seven men and a boy ten years of age, these persons, wishing to get away from the town with a great deal of money, fell down dead suddenly.

John, Bishop of Atria, who lived in the sixth century, talked about the terrible plague that broke out during Emperor Justinian's reign, and which is mentioned by almost all historians from that time. He claims that they saw boats made of brass, carrying headless black men, sailing on the sea towards the areas where the plague was starting to spread. This infection had wiped out a town in Egypt, leaving only seven men and a ten-year-old boy behind. These individuals, wanting to escape the town with a large sum of money, suddenly collapsed and died.

The boy fled without carrying anything with him, but at the gate of the town he was stopped by a spectre, who dragged him, in spite of his resistance, into the house where the seven dead men were. Some time after, the steward of a rich man having entered therein, to take away some furniture belonging to his master, who had gone to reside in the country, was warned by the same boy to go away—but he died suddenly. The servants who had accom[Pg 162]panied the steward ran away, and carried the news of all this to their master.

The boy ran away without taking anything with him, but at the town gate, he was stopped by a ghost, who pulled him, despite his struggles, into the house where the seven dead men were. Later, the steward of a wealthy man entered to collect some furniture belonging to his master, who had gone to live in the countryside. The same boy warned him to leave, but he suddenly died. The servants who were with the steward fled and took the news of everything back to their master.

The same Bishop John relates that he was at Constantinople during a very great plague, which carried off ten, twelve, fifteen, and sixteen thousand persons a-day, so that they reckon that two hundred thousand persons died of this malady—he says, that during this time demons were seen running from house to house, wearing the habits of ecclesiastics or monks, and who caused the death of those whom they met therein.

Bishop John mentions that he was in Constantinople during a massive plague that took the lives of ten, twelve, fifteen, and sixteen thousand people each day, leading to an estimated two hundred thousand deaths from this illness. He notes that during this period, demons were seen running from house to house, dressed as clergy or monks, and they caused the deaths of anyone they encountered inside.

The death of Carlostadt was accompanied by frightful circumstances, according to the ministers of Basle, his colleagues, who bore witness to it at the time. They[306] relate, that at the last sermon which Carlostadt preached in the temple of Basle, a tall black man came and seated himself near the consul. The preacher perceived him, and appeared disconcerted at it. When he left the pulpit, he asked who that stranger was who had taken his seat next to the chief magistrate; no one had seen him but himself. When he went home, he heard more news of the spectre. The black man had been there, and had caught up by the hair the youngest and most tenderly loved of his children. After he had thus raised the child from the ground, he appeared disposed to throw him down so as to break his head; but he contented himself with ordering the boy to warn his father that in three days he should return, and he must hold himself in readiness. The child having repeated to his father what had been said to him, Carlostadt was terrified. He went to bed in alarm, and in three days he expired. These apparitions of the demon's, by Luther's own avowal, were pretty frequent, in the case of the first reformers.

The death of Carlostadt was surrounded by terrifying events, according to the ministers of Basle, his colleagues, who witnessed it at the time. They[306] say that during the last sermon Carlostadt preached in the temple of Basle, a tall black man came and sat near the consul. The preacher noticed him and seemed unsettled. After leaving the pulpit, he asked who that stranger was sitting next to the chief magistrate; no one had seen him except for Carlostadt. When he got home, he heard more unsettling news about the apparition. The black man had been there and had grabbed the youngest and most beloved of his children by the hair. After lifting the child off the ground, he seemed about to throw him down to harm him but instead instructed the boy to tell his father that he would return in three days and that he needed to be ready. The child repeated what he had been told to Carlostadt, who was terrified. He went to bed in fear, and three days later, he died. These demonic appearances, as Luther himself admitted, were quite common among the early reformers.

These instances of the apparitions of spectres might be multiplied to infinity; but if we undertook to criticise them, there is hardly one of them very certain, or proof against a serious and profound examination. Here follows one, which I relate on purpose because it has some singular features, and its falsehood has at last been acknowledged.[307]

These examples of ghost sightings could go on forever, but if we tried to analyze them, almost none would hold up under serious scrutiny. Here’s one that I’m sharing on purpose because it has some unique aspects, and its untruth has finally been recognized. [307]

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[304] Plutarch in Cimone.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Plutarch in Cimon.

[305] Pausanias, lib. i. c. 324.

[305] Pausanias, book 1, chapter 324.

[306] Moshovius, p. 22.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Moshovius, p. 22.

[307] See the following chapter.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Check out the next chapter.


CHAPTER XXXV.

EXAMINATION OF THE APPARITION OF A PRETENDED SPECTRE.

Business[308] having led the Count d'Alais[309] to Marseilles, a most extraordinary adventure happened to him there: he desired Neuré to write to our philosopher (Gassendi) to know what he thought of it; which he did in these words: the count and countess being come to Marseilles, saw, as they were lying in bed, a luminous spectre; they were both wide awake. In order to be sure that it was not some illusion, they called their valets de chambre; but no sooner had these appeared with their flambeaux, than the spectre disappeared. They had all the openings and cracks which they found in the chamber stopped up, and then went to bed again; but hardly had the valets de chambre retired than it appeared again.

Business[308] had taken the Count d'Alais[309] to Marseilles, where an extraordinary adventure occurred. He asked Neuré to write to our philosopher (Gassendi) to get his thoughts on the event, and Neuré did so with these words: the count and countess, having arrived in Marseilles, saw a glowing specter while lying in bed; they were both fully awake. To confirm it wasn't just a hallucination, they called their valets de chambre. But as soon as the valets entered with their torches, the specter vanished. They sealed up all the openings and cracks in the room and went to bed again. However, barely had the valets left when the specter appeared once more.

Its light was less shining than that of the sun; but it was brighter than that of the moon. Sometimes this spectre was of an angular form, sometimes a circle, and sometimes an oval. It was easy to read a letter by the light it gave; it often changed its place, and sometimes appeared on the count's bed. It had, as it were, a kind of little bucklers, above which were characters imprinted. Nevertheless, nothing could be more agreeable to the sight; so that instead of alarming, it gave pleasure. It appeared every night whilst the count stayed at Marseilles. This prince, having once cast his hands upon it, to see if it was not something attached to the bed curtain, the spectre disappeared that night, and reappeared the next.

Its light was less brilliant than the sun's, but brighter than the moon's. Sometimes this figure had an angular shape, sometimes a circle, and sometimes an oval. It was easy to read a letter by its light; it often moved around and sometimes showed up on the count's bed. It seemed to have little shields with characters engraved on them. Still, it was incredibly pleasing to look at; instead of being scary, it brought joy. It appeared every night while the count was in Marseille. One time, when the prince reached out to see if it was something attached to the bed curtain, the figure disappeared that night and reappeared the next.

Gassendi being consulted upon this circumstance, replied on the 13th of the same month. He says, in the first place, that he knows not what to think of this vision. He does not deny that this spectre might be sent from God to tell them something. What renders this idea probable is the great piety of them both, and that this spectre had nothing frightful in it, but quite the contrary. What deserves our attention still more is this, that if God had sent it, he would have made known why he sent it. God does not jest; and since it cannot be understood what is to be hoped or feared, followed[Pg 164] up or avoided, it is clear that this spectre cannot come from him; otherwise his conduct would be less praiseworthy than that of a father, or a prince, or a worthy, or even a prudent man, who, being informed of somewhat which greatly concerned those in subjection to them, would not content themselves with warning them enigmatically.

Gassendi was consulted about this situation and replied on the 13th of that month. He first states that he doesn’t know what to make of this vision. He doesn’t deny that this apparition could be sent by God to convey a message. The likelihood of this idea is supported by the deep piety of both individuals, and the fact that this apparition wasn’t frightening at all—quite the opposite. What is even more noteworthy is that if God did send it, He would have clarified the reason for sending it. God doesn’t play tricks; and since it’s unclear what should be hoped for or feared, pursued or avoided, it’s evident that this apparition cannot be from Him; otherwise, His actions would be less commendable than those of a father, a prince, or a respectable, prudent person who, knowing something crucial that affects those under their care, would not be satisfied with giving them vague warnings.

If this spectre is anything natural, nothing is more difficult than to discover it, or even to find any conjecture which may explain it. Although I am well persuaded of my ignorance, I will venture to give my idea. Might it not be advanced that this light has appeared because the eye of the count was internally affected, or because it was so externally? The eye may be so internally in two ways. First, if the eye was affected in the same manner as that of the Emperor Tiberius always was when he awoke in the night and opened his eyes; a light proceeded from them, by means of which he could discern objects in the dark by looking fixedly at them. I have known the same thing happen to a lady of rank. Secondly, if his eyes were disposed in a certain manner, as it happens to myself when I awake: if I open my eyes, they perceive rays of light though there has been none. No one can deny that some flash may dart from our eyes which represents objects to us—which objects are reflected in our eyes, and leave their traces there. It is known that animals which prowl by night have a piercing sight, to enable them to discern their prey and carry it off; that the animal spirit which is in the eye, and which may be shed from it, is of the nature of fire, and consequently lucid. It may happen that the eyes being closed during sleep, this spirit heated by the eyelids becomes inflamed, and sets some faculty in motion, as the imagination. For, does it not happen that wood of different kinds, and fish bones, produce some light when their heat is excited by putrefaction? Why then may not the heat excited in this confined spirit produce some light? He proves afterwards that imagination alone may do it.

If this ghost is anything natural, then nothing is harder to figure out, or even to find a guess that might explain it. While I'm fully aware of my own ignorance, I'll take a shot at sharing my thoughts. Could it be suggested that this light showed up because the count's eye was somehow affected internally or externally? The eye can be affected internally in two ways. First, if the eye was impacted like Emperor Tiberius's was when he woke up at night and opened his eyes; a light came from them, allowing him to see things in the dark by staring intently at them. I’ve heard of a similar thing happening to a noblewoman. Second, if his eyes were positioned in a certain way, like mine when I wake up: if I open my eyes, I can see light rays even when there is none. No one can deny that a flash may come from our eyes that shows us objects—objects that are reflected in our eyes and leave their mark. It's known that nocturnal animals have sharp vision to spot their prey and catch it; the spirit in the eye, which can be emitted from it, is fiery in nature and thus illuminating. It’s possible that with the eyes closed during sleep, this spirit, heated by the eyelids, becomes agitated and activates some capability, like imagination. After all, doesn’t wood of various types and fish bones emit some light when their heat is stirred up by decay? Why then can’t the heat generated in this confined spirit create some light? He later demonstrates that imagination alone can achieve this.

The Count d'Alais having returned to Marseilles, and being lodged in the same apartment, the same spectre appeared to him again. Neuré wrote to Gassendi that they had observed that this spectre penetrated into the chamber by the wainscot; which obliged Gassendi to write to the count to examine the thing more attentively; and notwithstanding this discovery, he dare not yet decide upon it. He contents himself with encouraging the count, and telling him that if this apparition is from God, he will not allow him to remain long in expectation, and will soon make known his will to him; and also, if this vision does not come from him, he will not permit it to continue, and will soon discover that it proceeds from a natural cause. Nothing more is said of this spectre any where.

The Count d'Alais returned to Marseilles and stayed in the same room, where the same ghost appeared to him again. Neuré wrote to Gassendi that they had noticed this ghost entering the room through the paneling, which prompted Gassendi to advise the count to investigate the matter more closely. Despite this finding, he still felt unsure about it. He reassured the count, saying that if this apparition is from God, he won't let him wait too long and will quickly reveal His intentions. On the other hand, if this vision doesn't come from Him, it won't last and will soon be shown to have a natural explanation. There's no further mention of this ghost anywhere else.

[Pg 165]Three years afterwards, the Countess d'Alais avowed ingenuously to the count that she herself had caused this farce to be played by one of her women, because she did not like to reside at Marseilles; that her woman was under the bed, and that she from time to time caused a phosphoric light to appear. The Count d'Alais related this himself to M. Puger of Lyons, who told it, about thirty-five years ago, to M. Falconet, a medical doctor of the Royal Academy of Belle-Lettres, from whom I learnt it. Gassendi, when consulted seriously by the count, answered like a man who had no doubt of the truth of this apparition; so true it is that the greater number of these extraordinary facts require to be very carefully examined before any opinion can be passed upon them.

[Pg 165]Three years later, the Countess d'Alais honestly admitted to the count that she had orchestrated this farce with the help of one of her maids because she disliked living in Marseilles. She revealed that her maid was hiding under the bed and that she periodically created a phosphorescent glow. The Count d'Alais recounted this to M. Puger of Lyons, who shared it about thirty-five years ago with M. Falconet, a medical doctor at the Royal Academy of Belle-Lettres, from whom I learned of it. When consulted seriously by the count, Gassendi responded as someone who had no doubt about the truth of this apparition; it is indeed true that many of these extraordinary events require thorough examination before any conclusions can be drawn.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[308] Vie de Gassendi, tom. i. p. 258.

[308] Life of Gassendi, vol. 1, p. 258.

[309] Alais is a town in Lower Languedoc, the lords of which bear the title of prince, since this town has passed into the House of Angoulême and De Conty.

[309] Alais is a town in Lower Languedoc, whose lords hold the title of prince, as this town has become part of the House of Angoulême and De Conty.


CHAPTER XXXVI.

OF SPECTRES WHICH HAUNT HOUSES.

There are several kinds of spectres or ghosts which haunt certain houses, make noises, appear there, and disturb those who live in them: some are sprites, or elves, which divert themselves by troubling the quiet of those who dwell there; others are spectres or ghosts of the dead, who molest the living until they have received sepulture: some of them, as it is said, make the place their purgatory; others show themselves or make themselves heard, because they have been put to death in that place, and ask that their death may be avenged, or that their bodies may be buried. So many stories are related concerning those things that now they are not cared for, and nobody will believe any of them. In fact, when these pretended apparitions are thoroughly examined into, it is easy to discover their falsehood and illusion.

There are various types of ghosts or spirits that haunt certain houses, create noises, appear there, and disturb the people living in them: some are sprites or elves that entertain themselves by disrupting the peace of those who live there; others are the spirits of the dead who disturb the living until they receive a proper burial: some of them, as it's said, make the place their purgatory; others reveal themselves or make their presence known because they were killed there, seeking vengeance for their death or asking for their bodies to be buried. There are so many stories about these occurrences that they have lost significance, and hardly anyone believes them anymore. In fact, when these supposed sightings are closely investigated, it's easy to see their falsehood and deception.

Now, it is a tenant who wishes to decry the house in which he resides, to hinder others from coming who would like to take his place; then a band of coiners have taken possession of a dwelling, whose interest it is to keep their secret from being found out; or a farmer who desires to retain his farm, and wishes to prevent others from coming to offer more for it; in this place it will be cats or owls, or even rats, which by making a noise frighten the master and domestics, as it happened some years ago at Mosheim, where large rats amused themselves in the night by moving and setting in motion the machines with which the women bruise hemp and flax. An honest man who related it to me, desiring to behold the thing[Pg 166] nearer, mounted up to the garret armed with two pistols, with his servant armed in the same manner. After a moment of silence, they saw the rats begin their game; they let fire upon them, killed two, and dispersed the rest. The circumstance was reported in the country and served as an excellent joke.

Now, a tenant wants to criticize the house he lives in to keep others from coming in who might want to take his spot; then there's a group of counterfeiters who’ve taken over a place, wanting to keep their secret hidden; or a farmer who wants to hang onto his farm and prevent others from offering more for it. In this case, it could be cats or owls, or even rats that make noise and scare the owner and the servants, as happened a few years ago in Mosheim, where big rats entertained themselves at night by moving and setting in motion the machines the women used to crush hemp and flax. An honest guy who told me the story, wanting to see it for himself, climbed up to the attic with two pistols, and his servant was armed the same way. After a moment of silence, they watched the rats start their game; they fired at them, killed two, and scared off the rest. The story spread around the area and became a great joke.

I am about to relate some of these spectral apparitions upon which the reader will pronounce judgment for himself. Pliny[310] the younger says that there was a very handsome mansion at Athens which was forsaken on account of a spectre which haunted it. The philosopher Athenodorus, having arrived in the city, and seeing a board which informed the public that this house was to be sold at a very low price, bought it and went to sleep there with his people. As he was busy reading and writing during the night, he heard on a sudden a great noise, as if of chains being dragged along, and perceived at the same time something like a frightful old man loaded with iron chains, who drew near to him. Athenodorus continuing to write, the spectre made him a sign to follow him; the philosopher in his turn made signs to him to wait, and continued to write; at last he took his light and followed the spectre, who conducted him into the court of the house, then sank into the ground and disappeared.

I’m about to share some of these ghostly sightings for you to judge for yourself. Pliny the Younger mentions a really nice mansion in Athens that was abandoned because of a ghost that haunted it. The philosopher Athenodorus arrived in the city and saw a sign saying the house was for sale at a very low price, so he bought it and settled in with his crew. While he was reading and writing late at night, he suddenly heard a loud noise like chains being dragged and saw what looked like a terrifying old man weighed down with iron chains approaching him. Athenodorus kept writing, and the ghost signaled for him to follow. The philosopher gestured for him to wait and continued writing. Eventually, he took his lamp and followed the ghost, who led him into the courtyard of the house, then sank into the ground and vanished.

Athenodorus, without being frightened, tore up some of the grass to mark the spot, and on leaving it, went to rest in his room. The next day he informed the magistrates of what had happened; they came to the house and searched the spot he designated, and there found the bones of a human body loaded with chains. They caused him to be properly buried, and the dwelling house remained quiet.

Athenodorus, undeterred by fear, pulled up some grass to mark the spot, and after that, he went to relax in his room. The next day, he told the magistrates about what had happened; they came to the house and searched the area he pointed out, and there they discovered the bones of a human body wrapped in chains. They arranged for a proper burial, and the house remained peaceful afterwards.

Lucian[311] relates a very similar story. There was, says he, a house at Corinth which had belonged to one Eubatides, in the quarter named Cranaüs: a man named Arignotes undertook to pass the night there, without troubling himself about a spectre which was said to haunt it. He furnished himself with certain magic books of the Egyptians to conjure the spectre. Having gone into the house at night with a light, he began to read quietly in the court. The spectre appeared in a little while, taking sometimes the shape of a dog, then that of a bull, and then that of a lion. Arignotes very composedly began to pronounce certain magical invocations, which he read in his books, and by their power forced the spectre into a corner of the court, where he sank into the earth and disappeared.

Lucian[311] tells a very similar story. He mentions a house in Corinth that used to belong to a man named Eubatides, located in the area called Cranaüs. A man named Arignotes decided to spend the night there, not worrying about the ghost that was said to haunt it. He brought along some magic books from the Egyptians to help him deal with the spirit. After entering the house at night with a lamp, he began to read quietly in the courtyard. Shortly after, the ghost appeared, first taking the shape of a dog, then a bull, and finally a lion. Arignotes calmly started to recite certain magical spells from his books, and with their power, he forced the ghost into a corner of the courtyard, where it sank into the ground and vanished.

The next day Arignotes sent for Eubatides, the master of the house, and having had the ground dug up where the phantom had[Pg 167] disappeared, they found a skeleton, which they had properly interred, and from that time nothing more was seen or heard.

The next day, Arignotes called for Eubatides, the master of the house, and after digging up the ground where the ghost had[Pg 167] vanished, they discovered a skeleton, which they buried properly, and from that point on, nothing else was seen or heard.

It is Lucian, that is to say, the man in the world the least credulous concerning things of this kind, who makes Arignotes relate this event. In the same passage he says that Democritus, who believed in neither angels, nor demons, nor spirits, having shut himself up in a tomb without the city of Athens, where he was writing and studying, a party of young men, who wanted to frighten him, covered themselves with black garments, as the dead are represented, and having taken hideous disguises, came in the night, shrieking and jumping around the place where he was; he let them do what they liked, and without at all disturbing himself, coolly told them to have done with their jesting.

It’s Lucian, the least gullible person you’ll ever meet, who has Arignotes tell this story. In the same section, he mentions that Democritus, who didn’t believe in angels, demons, or spirits, locked himself in a tomb outside Athens to write and study. A group of young men, wanting to scare him, dressed in black like the dead and put on grotesque costumes. They came at night, screaming and jumping around his tomb. He let them do whatever they wanted, and without getting upset, calmly told them to stop their foolishness.

I know not if the historian who wrote the life of St. Germain l'Auxerrois[312] had in his eye the stories we have just related, and if he did not wish to ornament the life of the saint by a recital very much like them. The saint traveling one day through his diocese, was obliged to pass the night with his clerks in a house forsaken long before on account of the spirits which haunted it. The clerk who read to him during the night saw on a sudden a spectre, which alarmed him at first; but having awakened the holy bishop, the latter commanded the spectre in the name of Jesus Christ to declare to him who he was, and what he wanted. The phantom told him that he and his companion had been guilty of several crimes; that having died and been interred in that house, they disturbed those who lodged there until the burial rites should have been accorded them. St. Germain commanded him to point out where their bodies were buried, and the spectre led him thither. The next day he assembled the people in the neighborhood; they sought amongst the ruins of the building where the brambles had been disturbed, and they found the bones of two men thrown in a heap together, and also loaded with chains; they were buried, prayers were said for them, and they returned no more.

I don’t know if the historian who wrote about the life of St. Germain l'Auxerrois[312] had the stories we just mentioned in mind, or if he wanted to embellish the saint’s life with a tale very similar to them. One day, while traveling through his diocese, the saint had to spend the night with his clerks in a house that had been abandoned long ago because of the spirits that haunted it. The clerk who was reading to him during the night suddenly saw a ghost, which startled him at first; but after waking the holy bishop, St. Germain commanded the ghost in the name of Jesus Christ to reveal who he was and what he wanted. The ghost explained that he and his companion had committed several crimes and that after dying and being buried in that house, they disturbed anyone who stayed there until they received proper burial rites. St. Germain instructed him to show where their bodies were buried, and the ghost led him to the spot. The next day, he gathered the local people; they searched through the ruins of the building where the brambles had been disturbed, and they found the bones of two men piled together and also weighed down with chains. They were buried, prayers were said for them, and they never returned.

If these men were wretches dead in crime and impenitence, all this can be attributed only to the artifice of the devil, to show the living that the reprobate take pains to procure rest for their bodies by getting them interred, and to their souls by getting them prayed for. But if these two men were Christians who had expiated their crimes by repentance, and who died in communion with the church, God might permit them to appear, to ask for clerical sepulture and those prayers which the church is accustomed to say for the repose of defunct persons who die while yet some slight fault remains to be expiated.

If these men were wretches, dead in their crimes and unrepentant, this can only be blamed on the devil's trickery, meant to show the living that the damned work hard to find peace for their bodies by having them buried, and for their souls by getting people to pray for them. But if these two men were Christians who made up for their wrongs through repentance and died in good standing with the church, God might allow them to appear to ask for a church burial and for the prayers that the church typically offers for the souls of those who have died, even if they still have some minor faults left to atone for.

[Pg 168]Here is a fact of the same kind as those which precede, but which is attended by circumstances which may render it more credible. It is related by Antonio Torquemada, in his work entitled Flores Curiosas, printed at Salamanca in 1570. He says that a little before his own time, a young man named Vasquez de Ayola, being gone to Bologna with two of his companions to study the law there, and not having found such a lodging in the town as they wished to have, lodged themselves in a large and handsome house, which was abandoned by everybody, because it was haunted by a spectre which frightened away all those who wished to live in it; they laughed at such discourse, and took up their abode there.

[Pg 168]Here’s a fact similar to the ones mentioned earlier, but it's backed by circumstances that might make it more believable. It’s recounted by Antonio Torquemada in his book titled Flores Curiosas, published in Salamanca in 1570. He mentions that shortly before his own time, a young man named Vasquez de Ayola went to Bologna with two friends to study law. Not finding suitable lodging in the town, they ended up staying in a large and attractive house that everyone avoided because it was said to be haunted by a ghost that scared off anyone who tried to live there; they laughed at such talk and decided to settle in.

At the end of a month, as Ayola was sitting up alone in his chamber, and his companions sleeping quietly in their beds, he heard at a distance a noise as of several chains dragged along upon the ground, and the noise advanced towards him by the great staircase; he recommended himself to God, made the sign of the cross, took a shield and sword, and having his taper in his hand, he saw the door opened by a terrific spectre that was nothing but bones, but loaded with chains. Ayola conjured him, and asked him what he wished for; the phantom signed to him to follow, and he did so; but as he went down the stairs, his light blew out; he went back to light it, and then followed the spirit, which led him along a court where there was a well. Ayola feared that he might throw him into it, and stopped short. The spectre beckoned to him to continue to follow him; they entered the garden, where the phantom disappeared. Ayola tore up some handfuls of grass upon the spot, and returning to the house, related to his companions what had happened. In the morning he gave notice of this circumstance to the Principals of Bologna.

At the end of the month, while Ayola sat alone in his room and his friends were peacefully sleeping in their beds, he heard a noise in the distance that sounded like several chains dragging on the ground, getting closer as it came up the stairs. He prayed to God, made the sign of the cross, grabbed a shield and sword, and holding his candle, saw the door swing open to reveal a terrifying specter made entirely of bones, but weighed down by chains. Ayola summoned his courage and asked the ghost what it wanted. The phantom gestured for him to follow, and he obliged; however, as he descended the stairs, his candle blew out. He went back to relight it and then followed the spirit, which led him to a courtyard with a well. Ayola was afraid the ghost might throw him into it and hesitated. The specter motioned for him to keep following, and they entered the garden, where the phantom vanished. Ayola pulled up some handfuls of grass from the spot, and when he returned to the house, he told his friends what had happened. The next morning, he reported the incident to the authorities in Bologna.

They came to reconnoitre the spot, and had it dug up; they found there a fleshless body, but loaded with chains. They inquired who it could be, but nothing certain could be discovered, and the bones were interred with suitable obsequies, and from that time the house was never disquieted by such visits. Torquemada asserts that in his time there were still living at Bologna and in Spain some who had been witnesses of the fact; and that on his return to his own country, Ayola was invested with a high office, and that his son, before this narration was written, was President in a good city of the kingdom (of Spain).

They went to check out the place and had it dug up; they found a body with no flesh, but it was weighed down with chains. They asked who it could be, but nothing definite was found, and the bones were buried with proper ceremonies. From then on, the house was never troubled by such visits again. Torquemada claims that during his time, some people still lived in Bologna and Spain who had witnessed the event; and that when he returned to his own country, Ayola was given a high position, and that his son, before this account was written, was the President in a significant city in the kingdom of Spain.

Plautus, still more ancient than either Lucian or Pliny, composed a comedy entitled "Mostellaria," or "Monstellaria," a name derived from "Monstrum," or "Monstellum," from a monster, a spectre, which was said to appear in a certain house, and which on that account had been deserted. We agree that the foundation of this[Pg 169] comedy is only a fable, but we may deduce from it the antiquity of this idea among the Greeks and Romans.

Plautus, even older than Lucian or Pliny, wrote a comedy called "Mostellaria," or "Monstellaria," a name that comes from "Monstrum," or "Monstellum," referring to a monster, a ghost, that was said to haunt a certain house, which is why it had been abandoned. While we recognize that the basis of this [Pg 169] comedy is just a story, we can infer the ancient origins of this concept among the Greeks and Romans.

The poet[313] makes this pretended spirit say that, having been assassinated about sixty years before by a perfidious comrade who had taken his money, he had been secretly interred in that house; that the god of Hades would not receive him on the other side of Acheron, as he had died prematurely; for which reason he was obliged to remain in that house of which he had taken possession.

The poet[313] makes this supposed spirit say that, having been murdered about sixty years earlier by a treacherous friend who had stolen his money, he had been secretly buried in that house; that the god of the underworld wouldn’t accept him on the other side of Acheron because he died too soon; for this reason, he was forced to stay in that house that he had taken over.

"Hæc mihi dedita habitatio;
Nam me Acherontem recipere noluit,
Quia præmaturè vitâ careo."

"This home is dedicated to me;
For Acheron wouldn’t accept me,
"Because I am missing out on life too early."

 

The pagans, who had the simplicity to believe that the Lamiæ and evil spirits disquieted those who dwelt in certain houses and certain rooms, and who slept in certain beds, conjured them by magic verses, and pretended to drive them away by fumigations composed of sulphur and other stinking drugs, and certain herbs mixed with sea water. Ovid, speaking of Medea, that celebrated magician, says[314]—

The pagans, who naively believed that the Lamiæ and evil spirits troubled people living in specific houses, rooms, and sleeping in certain beds, would try to summon them with magic spells and claimed to chase them away with smoke made from sulfur and other foul-smelling substances, along with various herbs mixed with seawater. Ovid, in his discussion of Medea, that famous sorceress, says[314]—

"Terque senem flammâ, ter aquâ, ter sulphure lustrat."

"He cleanses the old man three times with fire, three times with water, and three times with sulfur."

And elsewhere he adds eggs:—

And elsewhere he adds eggs:—

"Adveniat quæ lustret anus lectumque locumque,
Deferat et tremulâ sulphur et ova manu."

"Let the old woman come and light up the bed and the area."
"Carrying the shaking sulfur and eggs in her hand."

 

In addition to this they adduce the instance of the archangel Raphael,[315] who drove away the devil Asmodeus from the chamber of Sarah by the smell of the liver of a fish which he burnt upon the fire. But the instance of Raphael ought not to be placed along with the superstitious ceremonies of magicians, which were laughed at by the pagans themselves; if they had any power, it could only be by the operation of the demon with the permission of God; whilst what is told of the archangel Raphael is certainly the work of a good spirit, sent by God to cure Sarah the daughter of Raguel, who was as much distinguished by her piety as the magicians are degraded by their malice and superstition.

In addition to this, they mention the example of the archangel Raphael, who drove away the devil Asmodeus from Sarah's room by burning the liver of a fish. However, Raphael's example should not be grouped with the superstitious rituals of magicians, which were ridiculed by the pagans themselves; if magicians had any power, it could only come from a demon with God's permission. In contrast, what is described about the archangel Raphael is clearly the work of a good spirit sent by God to heal Sarah, the daughter of Raguel, who was as renowned for her piety as the magicians are known for their wickedness and superstition.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[310] Plin. junior, Epist. ad Suram. lib. vii. cap. 27.

[310] Pliny the Younger, Letters to Sura, Book 7, Chapter 27.

[311] In Philo pseud. p. 840.

[311] In Philo pseud. p. 840.

[312] Bolland, 31 Jul. p. 211.

[312] Bolland, Jul 31. p. 211.

[313] Plaut. Mostell. act. ii. v. 67.

[313] Plaut. Mostell. act. ii. v. 67.

[314] Vide Joan. Vier. de Curat. Malific. c. 215.

[314] See Joan. Vier. de Curat. Malific. c. 215.

[315] Tob. viii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Tobit 8.


CHAPTER XXXVII.

OTHER INSTANCES OF SPECTRES WHICH HAUNT CERTAIN HOUSES.

Father Pierre Thyree,[316] a Jesuit, relates an infinite number of anecdotes of houses haunted by ghosts, spirits, and demons; for instance, that of a tribune, named Hesperius, whose house was infested by a demon who tormented the domestics and animals, and who was driven away, says St. Augustin,[317] by a good priest of Hippo, who offered therein the divine sacrifice of the body of our Lord.

Father Pierre Thyree,[316] a Jesuit, shares countless stories about houses that are haunted by ghosts, spirits, and demons. For example, there’s the case of a man named Hesperius, whose home was plagued by a demon that tormented both the household staff and the animals. This demon was driven away, according to St. Augustine,[317] by a good priest from Hippo who offered the divine sacrifice of the body of our Lord there.

St. Germain,[318] Bishop of Capua, taking a bath in one particular quarter of the town, found there Paschaus, a deacon of the Roman Church, who had been dead some time, and who began to wait upon him, telling him that he underwent his purgatory in that place for having favored the party of Laurentius the anti-pope, against Pope Symachus.

St. Germain,[318] Bishop of Capua, was taking a bath in a certain part of the town when he encountered Paschaus, a deacon of the Roman Church, who had been dead for a while. Paschaus began to serve him, explaining that he was enduring his purgatory there for having supported Laurentius, the anti-pope, against Pope Symachus.

St. Gregory of Nicea, in the life of St. Gregory of Neocæsarea, says that a deacon of this holy bishop, having gone into a bath where no one dared go after a certain hour in the evening, because all those who had entered there had been put to death, beheld spectres of all kinds, which threatened him in a thousand ways, but he got rid of them by crossing himself and invoking the name of Jesus.

St. Gregory of Nicea, in the account of St. Gregory of Neocæsarea, mentions that a deacon of this holy bishop went into a bath that no one dared enter after a certain hour in the evening, because everyone who had gone in there had been killed. He saw all kinds of scary figures threatening him in many ways, but he managed to dispel them by making the sign of the cross and calling on the name of Jesus.

Alexander ab Alexandro,[319] a learned Neapolitan lawyer of the fifteenth century, says that all the world knows that there are a number of houses at Rome so much out of repute on account of the ghosts which appear in them every night that nobody dares to inhabit them. Nicholas Tuba, his friend, a man well known for his probity and veracity, who came once with some of his comrades to try if all that was said of those houses was true, would pass the night in one of them with Alexander. As they were together, wide awake, and with plenty of light, they beheld a horrible spectre, which frightened them so much by its terrific voice and the great noise which it made, that they hardly knew what they did, nor what they said; "and by degrees, as we approached," says he, "with the[Pg 171] light, the phantom retreated; at last, after having thrown all the house into confusion, it disappeared entirely."

Alexander ab Alexandro,[319] a knowledgeable lawyer from Naples in the fifteenth century, states that everyone knows there are several houses in Rome that are so disreputable due to the ghosts that appear in them every night that no one dares to live in them. His friend Nicholas Tuba, who was well-respected for his honesty and truthfulness, once came with some friends to see if the stories about those houses were true, deciding to spend the night in one of them with Alexander. While they were awake and surrounded by light, they encountered a terrifying ghost that scared them so much with its horrific voice and loud noises that they could barely think straight or speak; “and gradually, as we moved closer,” he says, “with the[Pg 171] light, the phantom retreated; ultimately, after causing chaos throughout the house, it vanished completely.”

I might also relate here the spectre noticed by Father Sinson the Jesuit, which he saw, and to which he spoke at Pont-à-Mousson, in the cloister belonging to those fathers; but I shall content myself with the instance which is reported in the Causes Célèbres,[320] and which may serve to undeceive those who too lightly give credit to stories of this kind.

I might also mention the ghost observed by Father Sinson the Jesuit, which he saw and spoke to at Pont-à-Mousson, in the cloister belonging to those fathers; but I'll stick to the example reported in the Causes Célèbres,[320] which may help to disillusion those who too readily believe stories like this.

At the Château d' Arsillier, in Picardy, on certain days of the year, towards November, they saw flames and a horrible smoke proceeding thence. Cries and frightful howlings were heard. The bailiff, or farmer of the château, had got accustomed to this uproar, because he himself caused it. All the village talked of it, and everybody told his own story thereupon. The gentleman to whom the château belonged, mistrusting some contrivance, came there near All-saints' day with two gentlemen his friends, resolved to pursue the spirit, and fire upon it with a brace of good pistols. A few days after they arrived, they heard a great noise above the room where the owner of the château slept; his two friends went up thither, holding a pistol in one hand and a candle in the other; and a sort of black phantom with horns and a tail presented itself, and began to gambol about before them.

At the Château d'Arsillier in Picardy, on certain days in November, people noticed flames and terrible smoke coming from it. There were cries and awful howls. The bailiff, or steward of the château, had gotten used to this racket because he was the one making it. The whole village talked about it, and everyone had their own version of the story. The gentleman who owned the château, suspecting some trickery, came close to All Saints' Day with two of his friends, determined to confront the spirit and shoot at it with a couple of good pistols. A few days after they arrived, they heard a loud noise above the room where the château's owner was sleeping; his two friends went upstairs, one holding a pistol and the other a candle, and they encountered a sort of black phantom with horns and a tail that started to dance around in front of them.

One of them fired off his pistol; the spectre, instead of falling, turns and skips before him: the gentleman tries to seize it, but the spirit escapes by the back staircase; the gentleman follows it, but loses sight of it, and after several turnings, the spectre throws itself into a granary, and disappears at the moment its pursuer reckoned on seizing and stopping it. A light was brought, and it was remarked that where the spectre had disappeared there was a trapdoor, which had been bolted after it entered; they forced open the trap, and found the pretended spirit. He owned all his artifices, and that what had rendered him proof against the pistol shot was buffalo's hide tightly fitted to his body.

One of them fired his gun; instead of falling, the ghost turned and darted away from him. The man tried to grab it, but the spirit slipped away down the back staircase. He chased after it but lost track of it, and after several twists and turns, the ghost jumped into a granary and vanished just when he thought he had it cornered. A light was brought in, and they noticed that where the ghost had disappeared, there was a trapdoor that had been bolted shut after it entered. They pried open the trap and found out that the supposed spirit was just a man. He admitted to all his tricks, explaining that what had protected him from the gunshot was buffalo hide tightly fitted to his body.

Cardinal de Retz,[321] in his Memoirs, relates very agreeably the alarm which seized himself and those with him on meeting a company of black Augustine friars, who came to bathe in the river by night, and whom they took for a troop of quite another description.

Cardinal de Retz,[321] in his Memoirs, tells a very entertaining story about the panic that overtook him and his companions when they encountered a group of black Augustine friars bathing in the river at night, mistaking them for a completely different kind of group.

A physician, in a dissertation which he has given on spirits or ghosts, says that a maid servant in the Rue St. Victor, who had gone down into the cellar, came back very much frightened, saying she had seen a spectre standing upright between two barrels. Some persons who were bolder went down, and saw the same thing. It[Pg 172] was a dead body, which had fallen from a cart coming from the Hôtel-Dieu. It had slid down by the cellar window (or grating), and had remained standing between two casks. All these collective facts, instead of confirming one another, and establishing the reality of those ghosts which appear in certain houses, and keep away those who would willingly dwell in them, are only calculated, on the contrary, to render such stories in general very doubtful; for on what account should those people who have been buried and turned to dust for a long time find themselves able to walk about with their chains? How do they drag them? How do they speak? What do they want? Is it sepulture? Are they not interred? If they are heathens and reprobates, they have nothing to do with prayers. If they are good people, who died in a state of grace, they may require prayers to take them out of purgatory; but can that be said of the spectres spoken of by Pliny and Lucian? It is the devil, who sports with the simplicity of men? Is it not ascribing to him most excessive power, by making him the author of all these apparitions, which we conceive he cannot cause without the permission of God? And we can still less imagine that God will concur in the deceptions and illusions of the demon. There is then reason to believe that all the apparitions of this kind, and all these stories, are false, and must be absolutely rejected, as more fit to keep up the superstition and idle credulity of the people than to edify and instruct them.

A doctor, in a paper he presented about spirits or ghosts, mentions that a maid working in Rue St. Victor, after going down to the cellar, came back extremely scared, claiming she had seen a ghost standing between two barrels. Some braver individuals went down and saw the same thing. It[Pg 172] turned out to be a dead body that had fallen off a cart coming from the Hôtel-Dieu. It had slid down through the cellar window (or grating) and had ended up standing between two casks. Instead of backing up each other’s stories and proving the existence of the ghosts that appear in certain houses, which scare away those who would like to live in them, these collective facts actually make such tales seem very questionable; for why would people who have been buried and turned to dust for a long time be able to walk around with their chains? How do they drag them? How do they talk? What do they want? Is it burial? Are they not buried? If they are heathens and wicked, they have nothing to do with prayers. If they are good people who died in a state of grace, they might need prayers to help them out of purgatory; but can that be said of the ghosts mentioned by Pliny and Lucian? Is it the devil playing with the gullibility of humans? Isn’t it giving him way too much power to say he’s behind all these apparitions, which we think he couldn’t cause without God’s permission? And we can even less imagine that God would agree to the demon’s tricks and illusions. Therefore, it seems reasonable to believe that all these kinds of apparitions and stories are false and should be completely dismissed, as they are more likely to maintain the superstition and naive belief of the people than to educate and enlighten them.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[316] Thyræi Demoniaci cum locis infestis.

[316] Thyræi Demoniaci with cursed locations.

[317] S. Aug. de Civ. lib. xxii. 8.

[317] S. Aug. de Civ. lib. xxii. 8.

[318] S. Greg. Mag. Dial. cap. 39.

[318] S. Greg. Mag. Dial. cap. 39.

[319] Alexander ab Alexandro, lib. v. 23.

[319] Alexander ab Alexandro, book 5, section 23.

[320] Causes Célèbres, tom. xi. p. 374.

[320] Famous Cases, vol. xi, p. 374.

[321] Mém. de Cardinal de Retz, tom. i. pp. 43, 44

[321] Memoirs of Cardinal de Retz, vol. i, pp. 43, 44


CHAPTER XXXVIII.

PRODIGIOUS EFFECTS OF IMAGINATION IN THOSE MEN OR WOMEN WHO BELIEVE THEY HOLD INTERCOURSE WITH THE DEMON.

As soon as we admit it as a principle that angels and demons are purely spiritual substances, we must consider, not only as chimerical but also as impossible, all personal intercourse between a demon and a man, or a woman, and consequently regard as the effect of a depraved or deranged imagination all that is related of demons, whether incubi or succubi, and of the ephialtes of which such strange tales are told.

As soon as we accept the idea that angels and demons are purely spiritual beings, we must think of any personal interaction between a demon and a man or woman as both imaginary and impossible. Therefore, we should view all stories about demons, whether incubi or succubi, and the ephialtes associated with such bizarre accounts, as products of a corrupted or disturbed imagination.

The author of the Book of Enoch, which is cited by the fathers, and regarded as canonical Scripture by some ancient writers, has taken occasion, from these words of Moses,[322] "The children of God, seeing the daughters of men, who were of extraordinary beauty, took[Pg 173] them for wives, and begat the giants of them," of setting forth that the angels, smitten with love for the daughters of men, wedded them, and had by them children, which are those giants so famous in antiquity.[323] Some of the ancient fathers have thought that this irregular love of the angels was the cause of their fall, and that till then they had remained in the just and due subordination which they owed to their Creator.

The author of the Book of Enoch, which is referenced by early Church fathers and considered canonical Scripture by some ancient writers, has taken inspiration from Moses’s words,[322] "The children of God saw that the daughters of men were incredibly beautiful, and they took them as wives, and had children with them, who became the giants of old." He argues that the angels, infatuated with the daughters of men, married them and had children, who are the famous giants of ancient times.[323] Some early Church fathers believed that this improper love of the angels led to their downfall, and that before this, they had maintained the proper subordination they owed to their Creator.

It appears from Josephus that the Jews of his day seriously believed[324] that the angels were subject to these weaknesses like men. St. Justin Martyr[325] thought that the demons were the fruit of this commerce of the angels with the daughters of men.

It seems from Josephus that the Jews of his time genuinely believed[324] that angels had vulnerabilities like humans. St. Justin Martyr[325] believed that demons were the result of the angels' interactions with human women.

But these ideas are now almost entirely given up, especially since the belief in the spirituality of angels and demons has been adopted. Commentators and the fathers have generally explained the passage in Genesis which we have quoted as relating to the children of Seth, to whom the Scripture gives the name of children of God, to distinguish them from the sons of Cain, who were the fathers of those here called the daughters of men. The race of Seth having then formed alliances with the race of Cain, by means of those marriages before alluded to, there proceeded from these unions powerful, violent, and impious men, who drew down upon the earth the terrible effects of God's wrath, which burst forth at the universal deluge.

But these ideas are now mostly abandoned, especially since the belief in the spirituality of angels and demons has taken hold. Commentators and early church fathers have generally interpreted the passage in Genesis that we've quoted as referring to the children of Seth, who the Scripture calls the children of God, to set them apart from the sons of Cain, who are known here as the daughters of men. The descendants of Seth then formed alliances with the descendants of Cain through the marriages mentioned earlier, leading to the emergence of powerful, violent, and wicked individuals who brought about the terrible consequences of God's wrath, culminating in the great flood.

Thus, then, these marriages between the children of God and the daughters of men have no relation to the question we are here treating; what we have to examine is—if the demon can have personal commerce with man or woman, and if what is said on that subject can be connected with the apparitions of evil spirits amongst mankind, which is the principal object of this dissertation.

Thus, these marriages between the children of God and the daughters of men are not related to the question we are addressing; what we need to explore is whether demons can have personal interactions with men or women, and if the discussions about that topic can be linked to the appearances of evil spirits among people, which is the main focus of this dissertation.

I will give some instances of those persons who have believed that they held such intercourse with the demon. Torquemada relates, in a detailed manner, what happened in his time, and to his knowledge, in the town of Cagliari, in Sardinia, to a young lady, who suffered herself to be corrupted by the demon; and having been arrested by the Inquisition, she suffered the penalty of the flames, in the mad hope that her pretended lover would come and deliver her.

I will give some examples of people who believed they had interactions with the devil. Torquemada describes in detail what happened in his time, and what he knew, in the town of Cagliari, in Sardinia, involving a young woman who allowed herself to be corrupted by the devil; and after being captured by the Inquisition, she faced the punishment of fire, in a crazy hope that her supposed lover would come to rescue her.

In the same place he speaks of a young girl who was sought in marriage by a gentleman of good family; when the devil assumed the form of this young man, associated with the young lady for several months, made her promises of marriage, and took advantage of her. She was only undeceived when the young lord who sought her in marriage informed her that he was absent from town, and[Pg 174] more than fifty leagues off, the day that the promise in question had been given, and that he never had the slightest knowledge of it. The young girl, thus disabused, retired into a convent, and did penance for her double crime.

In the same place, he talks about a young girl who was pursued for marriage by a man from a respectable family. The devil took on the appearance of this young man, spent several months with the girl, made her promises of marriage, and exploited her. She only realized the truth when the young lord who wanted to marry her told her he was out of town and over fifty leagues away on the day the promise was made, and that he had no idea about it. After learning the truth, the young girl went to a convent and did penance for her mistakes.

We read in the life of St. Bernard, Abbot of Clairvaux,[326] that a woman of Nantes, in Brittany, saw, or thought she saw the demon every night, even when lying by her husband. She remained six years in this state; at the end of that period, having her disorderly life in horror, she confessed herself to a priest, and by his advice began to perform several acts of piety, as much to obtain pardon for her crime as to deliver herself from her abominable lover. But when the husband of this woman was informed of the circumstance, he left her, and would never see her again.

We read in the life of St. Bernard, Abbot of Clairvaux,[326] that a woman from Nantes, in Brittany, saw—or thought she saw—the demon every night, even while lying next to her husband. She was in this state for six years; at the end of that time, horrified by her disreputable life, she confessed to a priest. Following his advice, she started to do several acts of piety, both to seek forgiveness for her sins and to free herself from her horrific lover. However, when her husband learned about the situation, he left her and never wanted to see her again.

This unhappy woman was informed by the devil himself that St. Bernard would soon come to Nantes, but she must mind not to speak to him, for this abbot could by no means assist her; and if she did speak to him, it would be a great misfortune to her; and that from being her lover, he who warned her of it would become her most ardent persecutor.

This unhappy woman was told by the devil himself that St. Bernard would soon arrive in Nantes, but she needed to be careful not to talk to him, as this abbot couldn't help her in any way; and if she did speak to him, it would bring her great misfortune; and that, instead of being her lover, he who warned her would become her fiercest enemy.

The saint reassured this woman, and desired her to make the sign of the cross on herself on going to bed, and to place next her in the bed the staff which he gave her. "If the demon comes," said he, "let him do what he can." The demon came; but, without daring to approach the bed, he threatened the woman greatly, and told her that after the departure of St. Bernard he would come again to torment her.

The saint comforted the woman and told her to make the sign of the cross on herself before going to bed, and to keep the staff he had given her beside her in bed. "If the demon comes," he said, "let him do what he can." The demon arrived; however, without daring to come near the bed, he greatly threatened the woman and warned her that after St. Bernard left, he would return to torment her.

On the following Sunday, St. Bernard repaired to the Cathedral church, with the Bishop of Nantes and the Bishop of Chartres, and having caused lighted tapers to be given to all the people, who had assembled in a great crowd, the saint, after having publicly related the abominable action of the demon, exorcised and anathematized the evil spirit, and forbade him, by the authority of Jesus Christ, ever again to approach that woman, or any other. Everybody extinguished their tapers, and the power of the demon was annihilated.

On the following Sunday, St. Bernard went to the Cathedral church along with the Bishop of Nantes and the Bishop of Chartres. After distributing lit candles to the large crowd that had gathered, the saint publicly recounted the horrific actions of the demon. He exorcised and condemned the evil spirit, and, using the authority of Jesus Christ, prohibited it from ever approaching that woman or anyone else again. Everyone blew out their candles, and the demon's power was destroyed.

This example and the two preceding ones, related in so circumstantial a manner, might make us believe that there is some reality in what is said of demons incubi and succubi; but if we deeply examine the facts, we shall find that an imagination strongly possessed, and violent prejudice, may produce all that we have just repeated.

This example and the two before it, described in such detail, might lead us to think there’s some truth to the claims about incubi and succubi demons; however, if we closely analyze the facts, we’ll discover that a vivid imagination and strong bias can create everything we've just mentioned.

St. Bernard begins by curing the woman's mind, by giving her a stick, which she was to place by her side in the bed. This staff[Pg 175] sufficed for the first impression; but to dispose her for a complete cure, he exorcises the demon, and then anathematizes him, with all the éclat he possibly could: the bishops are assembled in the cathedral, the people repair thither in crowds; the circumstance is recounted in pompous terms; the evil spirit is threatened; the tapers are extinguished—all of them striking ceremonies: the woman is moved by them, and her imagination is restored to a healthy tone.

St. Bernard starts by healing the woman's mind by giving her a stick to keep beside her in bed. This staff[Pg 175] creates a good first impression, but to prepare her for complete healing, he drives out the demon and then curses him with as much ceremony as possible: the bishops gather in the cathedral, and crowds of people come to watch; the events are described in grand terms; the evil spirit is threatened; the candles are put out— all of these are striking rituals. The woman is affected by them, and her imagination is brought back to a healthy state.

Jerome Cardan[327] relates two singular examples of the power of imagination in this way; he had them from Francis Pico de Mirandola. "I know," says the latter, "a priest, seventy-five years of age, who lived with a pretended woman, whom he called Hermeline, with whom he slept, conversed, and conducted in the streets as if she had been his wife. He alone saw her, or thought he saw her, so that he was looked upon as a man who had lost his senses. This priest was named Benedict Beïna. He had been arrested by the Inquisition, and punished for his crimes; for he owned that in the sacrifice of the mass he did not pronounce the sacramental words, that he had given the consecrated wafer to women to make use of in sorcery, and that he had sucked the blood of children. He avowed all this while undergoing the question.

Jerome Cardan[327] shares two unique examples of the power of imagination, taken from Francis Pico de Mirandola. "I know," Pico says, "of a priest who was seventy-five years old and lived with a supposed woman he called Hermeline. He slept with her, talked to her, and walked the streets with her as if she were his wife. Only he could see her, or at least he thought he could, which led people to think he had lost his mind. This priest was named Benedict Beïna. He was arrested by the Inquisition and punished for his crimes; he admitted that during the sacrifice of the mass he did not say the sacramental words, that he had given the consecrated wafer to women for use in sorcery, and that he had drunk the blood of children. He confessed all this while being interrogated."

Another, named Pineto, held converse with a demon, whom he kept as his wife, and with whom he had intercourse for more than forty years. This man was still living in the time of Pico de Mirandola.

Another man, named Pineto, communicated with a demon, whom he took as his wife, and he had relations with her for over forty years. This man was still alive during the time of Pico de Mirandola.

Devotion and spirituality, when too contracted and carried to excess, have also their derangements of imagination. Persons so affected often believe they see, hear, and feel, what passes only in their brain, and which takes all its reality from their prejudices and self-love. This is less mistrusted, because the object of it is holy and pious; but error and excess, even in matters of devotion, are subject to very great inconveniences, and it is very important to undeceive all those who give way to this kind of mental derangement.

Devotion and spirituality, when taken too far and made too rigid, can lead to distorted imagination. People experiencing this often think they see, hear, and feel things that exist only in their minds, fueled by their biases and self-importance. This is less questioned because the focus is on something holy and virtuous; however, mistakes and excesses in devotion can lead to significant problems, making it crucial to help those who fall into this kind of mental distortion see the truth.

For instance, we have seen persons eminent for their devotion, who believed they saw the Holy Virgin, St. Joseph, the Saviour, and their guardian angel, who spoke to them, conversed with them, touched the wounds of the Lord, and tasted the blood which flowed from his side and his wounds. Others thought they were in company with the Holy Virgin and the Infant Jesus, who spoke to them and conversed with them; in idea, however, and without reality.

For example, we've seen people known for their devotion who believed they saw the Holy Virgin, St. Joseph, the Savior, and their guardian angel, who spoke to them, engaged in conversation with them, touched the wounds of the Lord, and tasted the blood that flowed from his side and wounds. Others believed they were in the presence of the Holy Virgin and the Infant Jesus, who spoke to them and interacted with them; but this was merely in their minds, not in reality.

In order to cure the two ecclesiastics of whom we have spoken, gentler and perhaps more efficacious means might have been made[Pg 176] use of than those employed by the tribunal of the Inquisition. Every day hypochondriacs, or maniacs, with fevered imaginations, diseased brains, or with the viscera too much heated, are cured by simple and natural remedies, either by cooling the blood, and creating a diversion in the humors thereof, or by striking the imagination through some new device, or by giving so much exercise of body and mind to those who are afflicted with such maladies of the brain that they may have something else to do or to think of, than to nourish such fancies, and strengthen them by reflections daily recurring, and having always the same end and object.

To help the two church officials we mentioned, softer and possibly more effective methods could have been used instead of those from the Inquisition. Every day, people with anxieties or delusions—whether they have heated imaginations, troubled minds, or overstimulated bodies—are treated with simple and natural remedies. These could involve cooling the blood and balancing the body's humors, distracting the mind with something new, or giving those affected plenty of physical and mental activities so they have other things to focus on rather than feeding their troubling thoughts, which only become stronger through constant reflection on the same issues.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[322] Gen. vi. 1, 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Genesis 6:1, 2.

[323] Athenagorus and Clem. Alex. lib. iii. & v. Strom. & lib. ii. Pedagog.

[323] Athenagoras and Clem. Alex. lib. iii. & v. Strom. & lib. ii. Pedagog.

[324] Joseph. Antiq. lib. i. c. 4.

[324] Joseph. Antiq. book 1, chapter 4.

[325] Justin. Apolog. utroque.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Justin. Apologize.

[326] Vita St. Bernard, tom. i. lib. 20.

[326] Life of St. Bernard, vol. i, book 20.

[327] Cardan, de Variet. lib. xv. c. lxxx. p. 290.

[327] Cardan, of Variet. book xv. ch. lxxx. p. 290.


CHAPTER XXXIX.

RETURN AND APPARITIONS OF SOULS AFTER THE DEATH OF THE BODY, PROVED FROM SCRIPTURE.

The dogma of the immortality of the soul, and of its existence after its separation from the body which it once animated, being taken for indubitable, and Jesus Christ having invincibly established it against the Sadducees, the return of souls and their apparition to the living, by the command or permission of God, can no longer appear so incredible, nor even so difficult.

The belief in the immortality of the soul and its existence after it separates from the body it once animated is taken as undeniable. Since Jesus Christ has firmly established this against the Sadducees, the idea of souls returning and appearing to the living, by God's command or permission, no longer seems so incredible or difficult.

It was a known and received truth among the Jews in the time of our Saviour; he assumed it as certain, and never pronounced a word which could give any one reason to think that he disapproved of, or condemned it; he only warned us that in common apparitions spirits have neither flesh nor bones, as he had himself after his resurrection. If St. Thomas doubted of the reality of the resurrection of his Master, and the truth of his appearance, it was because he was aware that those who suppose they see apparitions of spirits are subject to illusion; and that one strongly prepossessed will often believe he beholds what he does not see, and hear that which he hears not; and even had Jesus Christ appeared to his apostles, that would not prove that he was resuscitated, since a spirit can appear, while its body is in the tomb and even corrupted or reduced to dust and ashes.

It was a widely accepted belief among the Jews during the time of our Savior; he took it as a given and never said anything that would suggest he disagreed with or condemned it. He simply warned us that in typical ghostly appearances, spirits lack flesh and bones, just as he did after his resurrection. If St. Thomas doubted the reality of his Master’s resurrection and the truth of his appearance, it was because he knew that those who think they see spirits can be deceived; often, someone who is strongly convinced will believe they see something that isn't there or hear things that aren’t actually said. Even if Jesus Christ had appeared to his apostles, that wouldn't confirm that he was truly risen, since a spirit can appear while its body remains in the grave, even if it's decaying or turned to dust and ashes.

The apostles doubted not of the possibility of the apparition of spirits: when they saw the Saviour coming towards them, walking upon the waves of the Lake of Gennesareth,[328] they at first believed that it was a phantom.

The apostles did not doubt the possibility of spirits appearing: when they saw the Savior approaching them, walking on the waves of the Lake of Gennesareth,[328] they initially thought it was a ghost.

[Pg 177]After St. Peter had left the prison by the aid of an angel, and came and knocked at the door of the house where the brethren were assembled, the servant whom they sent to open it, hearing Peter's voice, thought it was his spirit, or an angel[329] who had assumed his form and voice. The wicked rich man, being in the flames of hell, begged of Abraham to send Lazarus to earth, to warn his brothers[330] not to expose themselves to the danger of falling like him in the extreme of misery: he believed, without doubt, that souls could return to earth, make themselves visible, and speak to the living.

[Pg 177]After St. Peter was freed from prison by an angel and came to knock at the door of the house where the other believers were gathered, the servant they sent to open it, upon hearing Peter's voice, thought it was his spirit or an angel who had taken on his appearance and voice. The greedy rich man, being in the flames of hell, pleaded with Abraham to send Lazarus back to earth to warn his brothers not to put themselves in the same peril he fell into in his extreme suffering: he certainly believed that souls could return to earth, appear in form, and communicate with the living.

In the transfiguration of Jesus Christ, Moses, who had been dead for ages, appeared on Mount Tabor with Elias, conversing with Jesus Christ then transfigured.[331] After the resurrection of the Saviour, several persons, who had long been dead, arose from their graves, went into Jerusalem and appeared unto many.[332]

In the transfiguration of Jesus Christ, Moses, who had been dead for ages, appeared on Mount Tabor with Elijah, talking with Jesus Christ as he was transfigured.[331] After the resurrection of the Savior, several people who had long been dead came back to life, went into Jerusalem, and showed themselves to many.[332]

In the Old Testament, King Saul addresses himself to the witch of Endor, to beg of her to evoke for him the soul of Samuel;[333] that prophet appeared and spoke to Saul. I know that considerable difficulties and objections have been formed as to this evocation and this apparition of Samuel. But whether he appeared or not—whether the Pythoness did really evoke him, or only deluded Saul with a false appearance—I deduce from it that Saul and those with him were persuaded that the spirits of the dead could appear to the living, and reveal to them things unknown to men.

In the Old Testament, King Saul goes to the witch of Endor, asking her to summon the soul of Samuel;[333] that prophet showed up and spoke to Saul. I know that there have been many doubts and objections about this summoning and Samuel’s appearance. But whether he actually appeared or not—whether the witch truly brought him forth or just tricked Saul with a false vision—I conclude that Saul and those with him believed that the spirits of the dead could appear to the living and reveal things unknown to people.

St. Augustine, in reply to Simplicius, who had proposed to him his difficulties respecting the truth of this apparition, says at first,[334] that it is no more difficult to understand that the demon could evoke Samuel by the help of a witch than it is to comprehend how that Satan could speak to God, and tempt the holy man Job, and ask permission to tempt the apostles; or that he could transport Jesus Christ himself to the highest pinnacle of the Temple of Jerusalem.

St. Augustine, in response to Simplicius, who raised questions about the truth of this apparition, initially states,[334] that it’s just as easy to understand how a demon could bring Samuel to life with the help of a witch as it is to grasp how Satan could talk to God, tempt the righteous Job, and request permission to test the apostles; or how he could take Jesus Christ himself to the highest point of the Temple in Jerusalem.

We may believe also that God, by a particular dispensation of his will, may have permitted the demon to evoke Samuel, and make him appear before Saul, to announce to him what was to happen to him, not by virtue of magic, not by the power of the demon alone, but solely because God willed it, and ordained it thus to be.

We might also think that God, through a specific decision of His will, allowed the demon to summon Samuel and make him appear before Saul to tell him what was going to happen, not through magic, not just because of the demon's power, but only because God wanted it to happen and planned it that way.

He adds that it may be advanced that it is not Samuel who appears to Saul, but a phantom, formed by the illusive power of the demon, and by the force of magic; and that the Scripture, in giving the name of Samuel to this phantom, has made use of ordinary language, which gives the name of things themselves to that which is but their image or representation in painting or in sculpture.

He suggests that it could be argued that it's not actually Samuel who appears to Saul, but rather a phantom created by the deceptive power of a demon and through magic; and that the Scripture, by calling this phantom Samuel, is using everyday language that refers to actual things when describing something that is merely its image or representation in art or sculpture.

If it should be asked how this phantom could discover the future, and predict to Saul his approaching death, we may likewise ask how the demon could know Jesus Christ for God alone, while the Jews knew him not, and the girl possessed with a spirit of divination, spoken of in the Acts of the Apostles,[335] could bear witness to the apostles, and undertake to become their advocate in rendering good testimony to their mission.

If someone were to ask how this ghost could foresee the future and predict Saul's impending death, we could also wonder how the demon recognized Jesus Christ as God when the Jews did not, and how the girl with a spirit of divination mentioned in the Acts of the Apostles,[335] was able to testify to the apostles and act as their supporter in confirming their mission.

Lastly, St. Augustine concludes by saying that he does not think himself sufficiently enlightened to decide whether the demon can, or cannot, by means of magical enchantments, evoke a soul after the death of the body, so that it may appear and become visible in a corporeal form, which may be recognized, and capable of speaking and revealing the hidden future. And if this potency be not accorded to magic and the demon, we must conclude that all which is related of this apparition of Samuel to Saul is an illusion and a false apparition made by the demon to deceive men.

Lastly, St. Augustine concludes by saying that he doesn’t believe he’s knowledgeable enough to decide whether a demon can or cannot use magical enchantments to bring back a soul after death, allowing it to appear and become visible in a physical form that can be recognized, capable of speaking and revealing the hidden future. And if this power isn’t granted to magic and the demon, we must conclude that everything said about Samuel's appearance to Saul is an illusion and a false apparition created by the demon to deceive people.

In the books of the Maccabees,[336] the High-Priest Onias, who had been dead several years before that time, appeared to Judas Maccabæus, in the attitude of a man whose hands were outspread, and who was praying for the people of the Lord: at the same time the Prophet Jeremiah, long since dead, appeared to the same Maccabæus; and Onias said to him, "Behold that holy man, who is the protector and friend of his brethren; it is he who prays continually for the Lord's people, and for the holy city of Jerusalem." So saying, he put into the hands of Judas a golden sword, saying to him, "Receive this sword as a gift from heaven, by means of which you shall destroy the enemies of my people Israel."

In the books of the Maccabees,[336] the High Priest Onias, who had died several years before, appeared to Judas Maccabeus with his hands raised, praying for the people of the Lord. At the same time, the Prophet Jeremiah, who had also long been deceased, appeared to Maccabeus. Onias said to him, "Look at that holy man, who is the protector and friend of his brothers; he is the one who constantly prays for the Lord's people and for the holy city of Jerusalem." As he spoke, he handed Judas a golden sword, saying, "Take this sword as a gift from heaven, with which you will defeat the enemies of my people Israel."

In the same second book of the Maccabees,[337] it is related that in the thickest of the battle fought by Timotheus, general of the armies of Syria, against Judas Maccabæus, they saw five men as if descended from heaven, mounted on horses with golden bridles, who were at the head of the army of the Jews, two of them on each side of Judas Maccabæus, the chief captain of the army of the Lord; they shielded him with their arms, and launched against the enemy such fiery darts and thunderbolts that they were blinded and mortally afraid and terrified.

In the same second book of the Maccabees,[337] it describes how during the fiercest battle between Timotheus, the general of the Syrian armies, and Judas Maccabæus, five men seemed to come down from heaven, riding horses adorned with golden bridles. They were positioned at the front of the Jewish army, with two on each side of Judas Maccabæus, the main leader of the Lord's army. They protected him with their arms and unleashed such fiery projectiles and thunderbolts upon the enemy that the foes were blinded and filled with mortal fear and dread.

These five armed horsemen, these combatants for Israel, are apparently no other than Mattathias, the father of Judas Maccabæus,[338] and four of his sons, who were already dead; there yet remained of his seven sons but Judas Maccabæus, Jonathan, and Simon. We may also understand it as five angels, who were sent by God to the assistance of the Maccabees. In whatever way we regard it, these are not doubtful apparitions, both on account of the certainty of the book[Pg 179] in which they are related, and the testimony of a whole army by which they were seen.

These five armed horsemen, fighters for Israel, are clearly none other than Mattathias, the father of Judas Maccabæus,[338] and four of his sons, who had already died; only three of his seven sons were still alive: Judas Maccabæus, Jonathan, and Simon. We could also interpret this as five angels sent by God to help the Maccabees. Regardless of how we see it, these are not uncertain visions, both because of the reliability of the book[Pg 179] in which they are described and the testimony of an entire army that witnessed them.

Whence I conclude, that the Hebrews had no doubt that the spirits of the dead could return to earth, that they did return in fact, and that they discovered to the living things beyond our natural knowledge. Moses expressly forbids the Israelites to consult the dead.[339] But these apparitions did not show themselves in solid and material bodies; the Saviour assures us of it when he says, "Spirits have neither flesh nor bones." It was often only an aërial figure which struck the senses and the imagination, like the images which we see in sleep, or that we firmly believe we hear and see. The inhabitants of Sodom were struck with a species of blindness,[340] which prevented them from seeing the door of Lot's house, into which the angels had entered. The soldiers who sought for Elisha were in the same way blinded in some sort,[341] although they spoke to him they were seeking for, who led them into Samaria without their perceiving him. The two disciples who went on Easter-day to Emmaus, in company with Jesus Christ their Master, did not recognize him till the breaking of the bread.[342]

From this, I conclude that the Hebrews were certain that the spirits of the dead could return to earth, that they actually did return, and that they revealed things to the living that go beyond our natural understanding. Moses clearly prohibits the Israelites from consulting the dead.[339] However, these apparitions did not present themselves as solid, physical bodies; Jesus confirms this when he says, "Spirits have neither flesh nor bones." Often, it was just an ethereal figure that affected the senses and imagination, similar to the images we see in dreams or what we strongly believe we hear and see. The residents of Sodom were struck with a kind of blindness,[340] which stopped them from seeing Lot's front door, where the angels had entered. The soldiers searching for Elisha were similarly blinded,[341] even though they were speaking to him, as he led them into Samaria without them even realizing it. The two disciples who traveled to Emmaus on Easter day, accompanied by their master Jesus Christ, did not recognize him until he broke the bread.[342]

Thus, the apparitions of spirits to mankind are not always in a corporeal form, palpable and real; but God, who ordains or permits them, often causes the persons to whom these apparitions appear, to behold, in a dream or otherwise, those spirits which speak to, warn, or threaten them; who makes them see things as if present, which in reality are not before their eyes, but only in their imagination; which does not prove these visions and warnings not to be sent from God, who, by himself, or by the ministration of his angels, or by souls disengaged from the body, inspired the minds of men with what he judges proper for them to know, whether in a dream, or by external signs, or by words, or else by certain impressions made on their senses, or in their imagination, in the absence of every external object.

So, the appearances of spirits to people aren’t always in a physical form that you can see and touch; instead, God, who allows or causes these experiences, often makes it so that those who see these spirits experience them in a dream or some other way. They perceive things as if they are right in front of them, even though they are only happening in their minds. This doesn’t mean that these visions and warnings aren’t sent by God, who, either Himself, through His angels, or through souls that have left their bodies, inspires people with what He deems necessary for them to understand—whether in a dream, through external signs, through words, or by specific impressions on their senses or imagination, without any actual external source.

If the apparitions of the souls of the dead were things in nature and of their own choice, there would be few persons who would not come back to visit the things or the persons which have been dear to them during this life. St. Augustine says it of his mother, St. Monica,[343] who had so tender and constant an affection for him, and who, while she lived, followed him and sought him by sea and land. The bad rich man would not have failed, either, to come in person to his brethren and relations to inform them of the wretched condition in which he found himself in hell. It is a pure favor of the mercy or the power of God, and which he grants to very few persons,[Pg 180] to make their appearance after death; for which reason we should be very much on our guard against all that is said, and all that we find written on the subject in books.

If the spirits of the dead could choose to appear in the natural world, there would be hardly anyone who wouldn't come back to see the things or people they loved in life. St. Augustine talks about his mother, St. Monica,[343] who had such a deep and unwavering love for him and who, during her life, searched for him across land and sea. Similarly, the rich man who suffered in hell would surely have come to warn his family and friends about the terrible fate he faced. It is a rare act of God's mercy or power that allows very few individuals to appear after death,[Pg 180] which is why we should be cautious about everything we hear and read on this topic.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[328] Matt. vi. 16. Mark vi. 43.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 6:16. Mark 6:43.

[329] Acts xii. 13, 14.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 12:13, 14.

[330] Luke xxi. 14, 15.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 21:14-15.

[331] Luke ix. 32.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 9:32.

[332] Matt. xxvii. 34.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 27:34.

[333] 1 Sam. xxviii. 7, ad finem.

[333] 1 Sam. xxviii. 7, to the end.

[334] Augustin de Diversis Quæst. ad Simplicium, Quæst. cxi.

[334] Augustin de Diversis Quæst. ad Simplicium, Quæst. cxi.

[335] Acts xxvi. 17.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 26:17.

[336] Macc. x. 29.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Macc. 10:29.

[337] 2 Macc. x. 29.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Macc. 10:29.

[338] 1 Macc. xi. 1.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Macc. 11:1.

[339] Deut. xviii. 11.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Deut. 18:11.

[340] Gen. xix. 11.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 19:11.

[341] 2 Kings vi. 19.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Kings 6:19.

[342] Luke xxvi. 16.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 26:16.

[343] Aug. de Curâ gerendâ pro Mortuis, c. xiii.

[343] Aug. on the Care of the Dead, c. xiii.


CHAPTER XL.

APPARITIONS OF SPIRITS PROVED FROM HISTORY.

St. Augustine[344] acknowledges that the dead have often appeared to the living, have revealed to them the spot where their body remained unburied, and have shown them that where they wished to be interred. He says, moreover, that a noise was often heard in churches where the dead were inhumed, and that dead persons have been seen often to enter the houses wherein they dwelt before their decease.

St. Augustine[344] recognizes that the dead have frequently appeared to the living, indicating the location of their unburied bodies and expressing where they wanted to be buried. He also mentions that there were often sounds heard in churches where the dead were buried, and that deceased individuals have been seen entering the homes they lived in before they died.

We read that in the Council of Elvira,[345] which was held about the year 300, it was forbidden to light tapers in the cemeteries, that the souls of the saints might not be disturbed. The night after the death of Julian the Apostate, St. Basil[346] had a vision in which he fancied he saw the martyr, St. Mercurius, who received an order from God to go and kill Julian. A little time afterwards the same saint Mercurius returned and cried out, "Lord, Julian is pierced and wounded to death, as thou commandedst me." In the morning St. Basil announced this news to the people.

We read that at the Council of Elvira,[345] which took place around the year 300, it was prohibited to light candles in cemeteries so that the souls of the saints would not be disturbed. The night after Julian the Apostate died, St. Basil[346] had a vision in which he thought he saw the martyr, St. Mercurius, who received a command from God to go and kill Julian. Shortly after, the same St. Mercurius returned and shouted, "Lord, Julian is pierced and wounded to death, just as you commanded me." In the morning, St. Basil shared this news with the people.

St. Ignatius, Bishop of Antioch, who suffered martyrdom in 107,[347] appeared to his disciples, embracing them, and standing near them; and as they persevered in praying with still greater fervor, they saw him crowned with glory, as if in perspiration, coming from a great combat, environed with light.

St. Ignatius, Bishop of Antioch, who was martyred in 107,[347] appeared to his followers, embracing them and standing close by. As they continued to pray with even more intensity, they saw him crowned in glory, as if from a great struggle, surrounded by light.

After the death of St. Ambrose, which happened on Easter Eve, the same night in which they baptized neophytes, several newly baptized children saw the holy bishop,[348] and pointed him out to their parents, who could not see him because their eyes were not purified—at least says St. Paulinus, a disciple of the saint, and who wrote his life.

After St. Ambrose died on Easter Eve, the same night they baptized new converts, several of the newly baptized children saw the holy bishop, and they pointed him out to their parents, who couldn't see him because their eyes weren't purified—at least that's what St. Paulinus, a disciple of the saint who wrote his biography, claims.

He adds that on the day of his death the saint appeared to several[Pg 181] holy persons dwelling in the East, praying with them and giving them the imposition of hands; they wrote to Milan, and it was found, on comparing the dates, that this occurred on the very day he died. These letters were still preserved in the time of Paulinus, who wrote all these things. This holy bishop was also seen several times after his death praying in the Ambrosian church at Milan, which he promised during his life that he would often visit. During the siege of Milan, St. Ambrose appeared to a man of that same city, and promised that the next day succor would arrive, which happened accordingly. A blind man having learnt in a vision that the bodies of the holy martyrs Sicineus and Alexander would come by sea to Milan, and that Bishop Ambrose was going to meet them, he prayed the same bishop to restore him to sight, in a dream. Ambrose replied; "Go to Milan; come and meet my brethren; they will arrive on such a day, and they will restore you to sight." The blind man went to Milan, where he had never been before, touched the shrine of the holy martyrs, and recovered his eyesight. He himself related the circumstance to Paulinus.

He adds that on the day he died, the saint appeared to several[Pg 181] holy people living in the East, praying with them and laying hands on them; they wrote to Milan, and upon checking the dates, it was found that this happened on the very day he died. These letters were still kept during Paulinus's time, who recorded all these events. This holy bishop was also seen multiple times after his death praying in the Ambrosian church in Milan, which he had promised to visit often while he was alive. During the siege of Milan, St. Ambrose appeared to a man from that same city and promised that help would arrive the next day, which indeed happened. A blind man learned in a vision that the bodies of the holy martyrs Sicineus and Alexander would come by sea to Milan, and that Bishop Ambrose was going to meet them; he prayed to the bishop in a dream to restore his sight. Ambrose replied, "Go to Milan; come and meet my brethren; they will arrive on such a day, and they will restore your sight." The blind man went to Milan, where he had never been before, touched the shrine of the holy martyrs, and regained his eyesight. He shared the experience with Paulinus.

The lives of the saints are full of apparitions of deceased persons; and if they were collected, large volumes might be filled. St. Ambrose, of whom we have just spoken, discovered after a miraculous fashion the bodies of St. Gervasius and St. Protasius,[349] and those of St. Nazairius and St. Celsus.

The lives of the saints are packed with sightings of people who have passed away; if all these accounts were gathered, they could fill many large books. St. Ambrose, whom we just mentioned, miraculously found the bodies of St. Gervasius and St. Protasius,[349] as well as those of St. Nazairius and St. Celsus.

Evodius, Bishop of Upsal in Africa,[350] a great friend of St. Augustine, was well persuaded of the reality of apparitions of the dead, from his own experience, and he relates several instances of such things which happened in his own time; as that of a good widow to whom a deacon appeared who had been dead for four years. He was accompanied by several of the servants of God, of both sexes, who were preparing a palace of extraordinary beauty. This widow asked him for whom they were making these preparations; he replied that it was for the youth who died the preceding day. At the same time, a venerable old man, who was in the same palace, commanded two young men, arrayed in white, to take the deceased young man out of his grave and conduct him to this place. As soon as he had left the grave, fresh roses and rose-beds sprang up; and the young man appeared to a monk, and told him that God had received him into the number of his elect, and had sent him to fetch his father, who in fact died four days after of slow fever.

Evodius, the Bishop of Upsal in Africa,[350] was a close friend of St. Augustine and strongly believed in the reality of appearances by the dead, based on his own experiences. He shared several stories of such occurrences from his own time, including one about a kind widow who saw a deacon who had been dead for four years. He was joined by several servants of God, both male and female, who were preparing a remarkably beautiful palace. The widow asked whom they were making these preparations for, and he replied that it was for the young man who had died the day before. At the same time, a wise old man in the same palace instructed two young men dressed in white to take the deceased young man out of his grave and bring him to this place. As soon as he left the grave, fresh roses and rose-beds bloomed. The young man then appeared to a monk and told him that God had accepted him among His chosen ones and had sent him to bring his father, who indeed died four days later from a slow fever.

Evodius asks himself diverse questions on this recital: If the soul on quitting its (mortal) body does not retain a certain subtile body, with which it appears, and by means of which it is transported from[Pg 182] one spot to another? If the angels even have not a certain kind of body?—for if they are incorporeal, how can they be counted? And if Samuel appeared to Saul, how could it take place if Samuel had no members? He adds, "I remember well that Profuturus, Privatus and Servitus, whom I had known in the monastery here, appeared to me, and talked with me after their decease; and what they told me, happened. Was it their soul which appeared to me, or was it some other spirit which assumed their form?" He concludes from this that the soul is not absolutely bodiless, since God alone is incorporeal.[351]

Evodius reflects on several questions regarding this account: If the soul, upon leaving its mortal body, doesn't keep a subtle body that allows it to appear and transport itself from one place to another? Do angels not have some kind of body?—because if they are incorporeal, how can we count them? And if Samuel appeared to Saul, how could that happen if Samuel had no physical form? He mentions, "I clearly remember that Profuturus, Privatus, and Servitus, whom I knew in the monastery here, appeared to me and spoke with me after they died; and what they told me actually happened. Was it their soul that appeared to me, or was it some other spirit that took on their form?" He concludes from this that the soul is not completely bodiless, since only God is truly incorporeal.[351]

St. Augustine, who was consulted on this matter by Evodius, does not think that the soul, after the death of the body, is clothed with any material substantial form; but he confesses that it is very difficult to explain how an infinite number of things are done, which pass in our minds, as well in our sleep as when we are awake, in which we seem to see, feel, and discourse, and do things which it would appear could be done only by the body, although it is certain that nothing bodily occurs. And how can we explain things so unknown, and so far beyond anything that we experience every day, since we cannot explain even what daily experience shows us.[352] Evodius adds that several persons after their decease have been going and coming in their houses as before, both day and night; and that in churches where the dead were buried, they often heard a noise in the night as of persons praying aloud.

St. Augustine, who was asked about this by Evodius, believes that after the body dies, the soul does not take on any physical form. However, he admits that it's really hard to explain how so many things happen in our minds—both while we're sleeping and when we're awake—where we seem to see, feel, talk, and do things that seem like they could only be done by our bodies, even though nothing physical is actually happening. How can we make sense of these unknown things that are so far outside our everyday experiences, especially since we can't even fully explain what we experience every day? [352] Evodius mentions that some people, after they died, have been seen coming and going in their homes just like before, both day and night; and in churches where the dead were buried, people often heard sounds at night that were like someone praying out loud.

St. Augustine, to whom Evodius writes all this, acknowledges that there is a great distinction to be made between true and false visions, and that he could wish he had some sure means of discerning them correctly. The same saint relates on this occasion a remarkable story, which has much connection with the matter we are treating upon. A physician named Gennadius, a great friend of St. Augustine's, and well known at Carthage for his great talent and his kindness to the poor, doubted whether there was another life. One day he saw, in a dream, a young man who said to him, "Follow me;" he followed him in spirit, and found himself in a city, where, on his right hand, he heard most admirable melody; he did not remember what he heard on his left.

St. Augustine, to whom Evodius writes all this, acknowledges that there is a significant difference between true and false visions, and wishes he had a reliable way to discern them accurately. The same saint shares a remarkable story that relates closely to the topic we are discussing. A physician named Gennadius, a close friend of St. Augustine and well-known in Carthage for his considerable skill and generosity to the poor, questioned whether there was an afterlife. One day, he dreamed of a young man who said to him, "Follow me;" he followed him in spirit and found himself in a city, where he heard the most beautiful music on his right side; he couldn’t recall what he heard on his left.

Another time he saw the same young man, who said to him, "Do you know me?" "Very well," answered he. "And whence comes it that you know me?" He related to him what he had showed him in the city whither he had led him. The young man added, "Was it in a dream, or awake, that you saw all that?" "In a dream?" he[Pg 183] replied. The young man then asked, "Where is your body now?" "In my bed," said he. "Do you know that now you see nothing with the eyes of your body?" "I know it," answered he. "Well, then, with what eyes do you behold me?" As he hesitated, and knew not what to reply, the young man said to him, "In the same way that you see and hear me now that your eyes are shut, and your senses asleep; thus after death you will live, you will see, you will hear, but with eyes of the spirit; so doubt not that there is another life after the present one."

Another time, he saw the same young man, who asked him, "Do you know me?" "Very well," he replied. "How is it that you know me?" The young man recounted what he had shown him in the city where he had taken him. The young man then asked, "Was it in a dream, or while you were awake, that you saw all that?" "In a dream?" he answered. The young man then inquired, "Where is your body now?" "In my bed," he said. "Do you realize that right now you see nothing with your physical eyes?" "I know it," he replied. "Then, with what eyes do you see me?" As he hesitated and didn’t know what to say, the young man told him, "In the same way you see and hear me now, even though your eyes are shut and your senses are asleep; after death, you will live, you will see, you will hear, but with the eyes of the spirit; so don't doubt that there is another life after this one."

The great St. Anthony, one day when he was wide awake, saw the soul of the hermit St. Ammon being carried into heaven in the midst of choirs of angels. Now, St. Ammon died that same day, at five days' journey from thence, in the desert of Nitria. The same St. Anthony saw also the soul of St. Paul Hermitus ascending to heaven surrounded by choirs of angels and prophets. St. Benedict beheld the spirit of St. Germain, Bishop of Capua, at the moment of his decease, who was carried into heaven by angels. The same saint saw the soul of his sister, St. Scholastica, rising to heaven in the form of a dove. We might multiply such instances without end. They are true apparitions of souls separated from their bodies.

The great St. Anthony, one day when he was fully awake, saw the soul of the hermit St. Ammon being carried into heaven amidst choirs of angels. St. Ammon died that same day, five days' journey away, in the desert of Nitria. St. Anthony also witnessed the soul of St. Paul Hermit ascending to heaven surrounded by choirs of angels and prophets. St. Benedict saw the spirit of St. Germain, Bishop of Capua, at the moment of his passing, being carried into heaven by angels. That same saint observed the soul of his sister, St. Scholastica, rising to heaven in the form of a dove. We could continue to list such instances endlessly. They are true apparitions of souls separated from their bodies.

St. Sulpicius Severus, being at some distance from the city of Tours, and ignorant of what was passing there, fell one morning into a light slumber; as he slept he beheld St. Martin, who appeared to him in a white garment, his countenance shining, his eyes sparkling, his hair of a purple color; it was, nevertheless, very easy to recognise him by his air and his face. St. Martin showed himself to him with a smiling countenance, and holding in his hand the book which St. Sulpicius Severus had composed upon his life. Sulpicius threw himself at his feet, embraced his knees, and implored his benediction, which the saint bestowed upon him. All this passed in a vision; and as St. Martin rose into the air, Sulpicius Severus saw still in the spirit the priest Clarus, a disciple of the saint, who went the same way and rose towards heaven. At that moment Sulpicius awoke, and a lad who served him, on entering, told him that two monks who were just arrived from Tours, had brought word that St. Martin was dead.

St. Sulpicius Severus was a bit far from the city of Tours and didn’t know what was happening there. One morning, he dozed off lightly; while he was asleep, he saw St. Martin appear to him. St. Martin was dressed in a white garment, his face shining, his eyes sparkling, and his hair a rich purple color. Still, it was easy to recognize him by his demeanor and face. St. Martin appeared to him with a smile, holding the book that St. Sulpicius Severus had written about his life. Sulpicius fell at his feet, hugged his knees, and begged for his blessing, which the saint graciously gave. This all happened in a vision; as St. Martin ascended into the air, Sulpicius Severus also saw in his spirit the priest Clarus, a disciple of the saint, who was also rising towards heaven. At that moment, Sulpicius woke up, and a young servant who came in told him that two monks just arrived from Tours had brought the news that St. Martin had died.

The Baron de Coussey, an old and respectable magistrate, has related to me more than once that, being at more than sixty leagues from the town where his mother died the night she breathed her last, he was awakened by the barking of a dog which laid at the foot of his bed; and at the same moment he perceived the head of his mother environed by a great light, who, entering by the window into his chamber, spoke to him distinctly, and announced to him various things concerning the state of his affairs.

The Baron de Coussey, an elderly and respected magistrate, has told me more than once that while he was over sixty leagues away from the town where his mother passed away, he was awakened by the barking of a dog lying at the foot of his bed. At that same moment, he saw his mother’s head surrounded by a bright light, entering his room through the window, and speaking to him clearly, revealing several details about the state of his affairs.

St. Chrysostom, in his exile,[353] and the night preceding his death,[Pg 184] saw the martyr St. Basilicus, who said to him—"Courage, brother John; to-morrow we shall be together." The same thing was foretold to a priest who lived in the same place. St. Basilicus said to him, "Prepare a place for my brother John; for, behold, he is coming."

St. Chrysostom, during his exile,[353] and on the night before his death,[Pg 184] saw the martyr St. Basilicus, who said to him, "Stay strong, brother John; tomorrow we’ll be together." The same message was given to a priest living in that area. St. Basilicus told him, "Get a place ready for my brother John; he’s coming soon."

The discovery of the body of St. Stephen, the first martyr, is very celebrated in the Church; this occurred in the year 415. St. Gamaliel, who had been the master of St. Paul before his conversion, appeared to a priest named Lucius, who slept in the baptistery of the Church at Jerusalem to guard the sacred vases, and told him that his own body and that of St. Stephen the proto-martyr were interred at Caphargamala, in the suburb named Dilagabis; that the body of his son named Abibas, and that of Nicodemus, reposed in the same spot. Lucius had the same vision three times following, with an interval of a few days between. John, the Patriarch of Jerusalem, who was then at the Council of Dioscopolis, repaired to the spot, made the discovery and translation of the relics, which were transported to Jerusalem, and a great number of miracles were performed there.

The discovery of the body of St. Stephen, the first martyr, is highly celebrated in the Church; this happened in the year 415. St. Gamaliel, who had been the teacher of St. Paul before his conversion, appeared to a priest named Lucius, who was sleeping in the baptistery of the Church in Jerusalem to guard the sacred vessels, and told him that his body and that of St. Stephen the proto-martyr were buried at Caphargamala, in the suburb called Dilagabis; that the body of his son named Abibas, and that of Nicodemus, rested in the same place. Lucius had the same vision three more times over the next few days. John, the Patriarch of Jerusalem, who was then at the Council of Dioscopolis, went to the site, made the discovery, and moved the relics, which were brought to Jerusalem, and many miracles were performed there.

Licinius, being in his tent,[354] thinking of the battle he was to fight on the morrow, saw an angel, who dictated to him a form of prayer which he made his soldiers learn by heart, and by means of which he gained the victory over the Emperor Maximian.

Licinius, sitting in his tent,[354] reflecting on the battle he was going to fight the next day, saw an angel who gave him a prayer to teach his soldiers. Using this prayer, he achieved victory over Emperor Maximian.

Mascezel, general of the Roman troops which Stilicho sent into Africa against Gildas, prepared himself for this war, in imitation of Theodosius the Great, by prayer and the intervention of the servants of God. He took with him in his vessel some monks, whose only occupation during the voyage was to pray, fast, and sing psalms. Gildas had an army of seventy thousand men; Mascezel had but five thousand, and did not think he could without rashness attempt to compete with an enemy so powerful and so far superior in the number of his forces. As he was pondering uneasily on these things, St. Ambrose, who died the year before, appeared to him by night, holding a staff in his hand, and struck the ground three times, crying, "Here, here, here!" Mascezel understood that the saint promised him the victory in that same spot three days after. In fact, the third day he marched upon the enemy, offering peace to the first whom he met; but an ensign having replied to him very arrogantly, he gave him a severe blow with his sword upon his arm, which made his standard swerve; those who were afar off thought that he was yielding, and that he lowered his standard in sign of submission, and they hastened to do the same. Paulinus, who wrote the life of St. Ambrose, assures us that he had these particulars from the lips of Mascezel himself; and Orosius heard them from those who had been eye-witnesses of the fact.

Mascezel, the general of the Roman troops that Stilicho sent to Africa against Gildas, prepared for this war, following the example of Theodosius the Great, through prayer and the help of God’s servants. He took some monks with him on his ship, whose only activities during the journey were to pray, fast, and sing psalms. Gildas commanded an army of seventy thousand men, while Mascezel had only five thousand and felt it would be reckless to try to compete with such a powerful enemy who vastly outnumbered his forces. As he anxiously considered these matters, St. Ambrose, who had died the year before, appeared to him at night, holding a staff, and struck the ground three times, exclaiming, "Here, here, here!" Mascezel understood that the saint was promising him victory in that exact spot three days later. Indeed, on the third day, he advanced toward the enemy, offering peace to the first person he encountered; but when an ensign responded to him quite arrogantly, he struck him hard with his sword on the arm, causing his standard to sway. Those who were far off thought he was giving in and lowering his standard in submission, so they rushed to follow suit. Paulinus, who wrote the life of St. Ambrose, claims he got these details from Mascezel himself, and Orosius learned them from eyewitnesses of the event.

[Pg 185]The persecutors having inflicted martyrdom on seven Christian virgins,[355] one of them appeared the following night to St. Theodosius of Ancyra, and revealed to him the spot where herself and her companions had been thrown into the lake, each one with a stone tied around her neck. As Theodosius and his people were occupied in searching for their bodies, a voice from heaven warned Theodosius to be on his guard against the traitor, meaning to indicate Polycronius, who betrayed Theodosius, and was the occasion of his being arrested and martyred.

[Pg 185]The persecutors had martyred seven Christian virgins. One of them appeared to St. Theodosius of Ancyra the next night, revealing where she and her companions had been thrown into the lake, each with a stone tied around her neck. While Theodosius and his group were searching for their bodies, a voice from heaven warned him to be careful of the traitor, referring to Polycronius, who had betrayed Theodosius and caused his arrest and martyrdom.

St. Potamienna,[356] a Christian virgin who suffered martyrdom at Alexandria, appeared after her death to several persons, and was the cause of their conversion to Christianity. She appeared in particular to a soldier named Basilidus, who, as he was conducting her to the place of execution, had protected her from the insults of the populace. This soldier, encouraged by Potamienna, who in a vision placed a garland upon his head, was baptized, and received the crown of martyrdom.

St. Potamienna,[356] a Christian virgin who was martyred in Alexandria, appeared to several people after her death, leading to their conversion to Christianity. She specifically appeared to a soldier named Basilidus, who, while escorting her to her execution, had defended her from the crowd's insults. Encouraged by Potamienna, who in a vision placed a crown on his head, this soldier was baptized and received the honor of martyrdom.

St. Gregory Thaumaturgus, Bishop of Neocæsarea in Pontus, being greatly occupied with certain theological difficulties, raised by heretics concerning the mysteries of religion, and having passed great part of the night in studying those matters, saw a venerable old man enter his room, having by his side a lady of august and divine form; he comprehended that these were the Holy Virgin and St. John the Evangelist. The Virgin exhorted St. John to instruct the bishop, and dissipate his embarrassment, by explaining clearly to him the mystery of the Trinity and the Divinity of the Verb or Word. He did so, and St. Gregory wrote it down instantly. It is the doctrine which he left to his church, and which they have to this very day.

St. Gregory Thaumaturgus, the Bishop of Neocæsarea in Pontus, was deeply focused on some theological issues raised by heretics regarding the mysteries of faith. After spending a significant part of the night studying these topics, he saw a wise old man enter his room, accompanied by a woman of noble and divine appearance. He realized that these figures were the Holy Virgin and St. John the Evangelist. The Virgin encouraged St. John to teach the bishop and help ease his confusion by clearly explaining the mystery of the Trinity and the Divinity of the Word. He did so, and St. Gregory quickly wrote it down. This became the doctrine he left to his church, which they still uphold today.

 

Footnotes:

References:

[344] Aug. de Curâ gerend. pro Mortuis, c. x.

[344] Aug. de Curâ gerend. pro Mortuis, c. x.

[345] Concil. Eliber, auno circiter 300.

[345] Council of Eliber, around the year 300.

[346] Amplilo. vita S. Basil. and Chronic. Alex. p. 692.

[346] Amplilo. life of St. Basil. and Chronicon. Alex. p. 692.

[347] Acta sincera Mart. pp. 11, 22. Edit. 1713.

[347] Authentic Acts March. pp. 11, 22. Edited 1713.

[348] Paulin. vit. S. Ambros. n. 47, 48.

[348] Paulin. vit. S. Ambros. n. 47, 48.

[349] Ambros. Epist. 22, p. 874; vid. notes, ibid.

[349] Ambros. Epist. 22, p. 874; see notes, ibid.

[350] Evod. Upsal. apud Aug. Epist. clviii. Idem, Aug. Epist. clix.

[350] Evod. Upsal. by Aug. Letter 158. Same, Aug. Letter 159.

[351] "Animan igitur omni corpore carere omnino non posse, illud, ut puto, ostendit quia Deus solus omni corpore semper caret."

[351] "Therefore, it shows that living beings cannot be completely without a body since, I believe, it proves that God is the only one who is always without a body."

[352] "Quid se præcipitat de rarissimis aut inexpertis quasi definitam ferre sententiam, cum quotidiana et continua non solvat?"

[352] "Why does one rush to give a fixed opinion on the rare or unknown, when the daily and ongoing is not resolved?"

[353] Palladius, Dialog, de Vita Chrysost. c. xi.

[353] Palladius, Dialogue on the Life of Chrysostom, chapter 11.

[354] Lactant. de Mort. Persec. c. 46.

[354] Lactantius. On the Death of the Persecutors, chapter 46.

[355] Acta sincera Martyr. passion. S. Theodos. M. pp. 343, 344.

[355] Acta sincera Martyr. passion. S. Theodos. M. pp. 343, 344.

[356] Euseb. Hist. Eccles. lib. vi. c. 8.

[356] Euseb. Hist. Eccles. book vi, chapter 8.


CHAPTER XLI.

MORE INSTANCES OF APPARITIONS.

Peter the Venerable, Abbot of Cluny, relates that a good priest named Stephen, having received the confession of a lord named Guy, who was mortally wounded in a combat, this lord appeared to him completely armed some time after his death, and[Pg 186] begged of him to tell his brother Anselm to restore an ox which he Guy had taken from a peasant, whom he named, and repair the damage which he had done to a village which did not belong to him, and which he had taxed with undue charges; that he had forgotten to declare these two sins in his last confession, and that he was cruelly tormented for it. "And as assurance of the truth of what I tell you," added he, "when you return home, you will find that you have been robbed of the money you intended for your expenses in going to St. Jacques." The curé, on his return to his house, found his money gone, but could not acquit himself of his commission, because Anselm was absent. A few days after, Guy appeared to him again, and reproached him for having neglected to perform what he had asked of him. The curé excused himself on account of the absence of Anselm; and at length went to him and told him what he was charged to do. Anselm answered him harshly that he was not obliged to do penance for his brother's sins.

Peter the Venerable, Abbot of Cluny, shares the story of a good priest named Stephen who heard the confession of a lord named Guy, who was mortally wounded in battle. Some time after his death, this lord appeared to him completely armed and[Pg 186] asked him to tell his brother Anselm to return an ox that Guy had taken from a peasant, whom he named, and to fix the damage he had caused to a village that didn’t belong to him, which he had unfairly taxed. Guy said he had forgotten to confess these two sins during his last confession and was suffering greatly for it. "To prove the truth of what I'm telling you," he added, "when you get home, you’ll find that the money you planned to use for your trip to St. Jacques is gone." When the priest returned home, he found his money missing but couldn’t carry out his task because Anselm was away. A few days later, Guy appeared again and criticized him for not doing what he had asked. The priest explained that he couldn’t help because Anselm was absent. He finally went to Anselm and told him what was requested. Anselm harshly replied that he was not responsible for making amends for his brother's sins.

The dead man appeared a third time, and implored the curé to assist him in this extremity; he did so, and restored the value of the ox; but as the rest exceeded his power, he gave alms, and recommended Guy to the worthy people of his acquaintance; and he appeared no more.

The dead man appeared for the third time and begged the priest to help him in this dire situation; the priest did help and restored the value of the ox. However, since the rest was beyond his ability, he gave to the needy and referred Guy to the good people he knew; then the dead man did not appear again.

Richer, a monk of Senones,[357] speaks of a spirit which returned in his time, in the town of Epinal, about the year 1212, in the house of a burgess named Hugh de la Cour, and who, from Christmas to Midsummer, did a variety of things in that same house, in sight of everybody. They could hear him speak, they could see all he did, but nobody could see him. He said he belonged to Cléxenteine, a village seven leagues from Epinal; and what is also remarkable is that, during the six months he was heard about the house, he did no harm to any one. One day, Hugh having ordered his domestic to saddle his horse, and the valet being busy about something else, deferred doing it, when the spirit did his work, to the great astonishment of all the household. Another time, when Hugh was absent, the spirit asked Stephen, the son-in-law of Hugh, for a penny, to make an offering of it to St. Goëric, the patron saint of Epinal. Stephen presented him with an old denier of Provence; but the spirit refused it, saying he would have a good denier of Thoulouse. Stephen placed on the threshold of the door a Thoulousian denier, which disappeared immediately; and the following night, a noise, as of a man who was walking therein, was heard in the church of St. Goëric.

Richer, a monk from Senones,[357] talks about a spirit that returned in his time, in the town of Epinal, around the year 1212, in the house of a local named Hugh de la Cour. From Christmas to Midsummer, this spirit did various things in that house, in front of everyone. They could hear him speak and see everything he did, but no one could actually see him. He claimed to be from Cléxenteine, a village seven leagues from Epinal; what's also interesting is that during the six months he was active, he didn’t harm anyone. One day, when Hugh asked his servant to saddle his horse but the servant got caught up with something else and delayed, the spirit did it instead, leaving the entire household astonished. Another time, while Hugh was away, the spirit asked Stephen, Hugh’s son-in-law, for a penny to make an offering to St. Goëric, the patron saint of Epinal. Stephen gave him an old denier from Provence, but the spirit rejected it, saying he wanted a proper denier from Toulouse. Stephen then placed a Toulouse denier on the front step, which vanished instantly; that night, a noise like a man walking was heard in the church of St. Goëric.

Another time, Hugh having bought some fish to make his family a repast, the spirit transported the fish to the garden which[Pg 187] was behind the house, put half of it on a tile (scandula), and the rest in a mortar, where it was found again. Another time, Hugh desiring to be bled, told his daughter to get ready some bandages. Immediately the spirit went into another room, and fetched a new shirt, which he tore up into several bandages, presented them to the master of the house, and told him to choose the best. Another day, the servant having spread out some linen in the garden to dry, the spirit carried it all up stairs, and folded them more neatly than the cleverest laundress could have done.

Another time, Hugh bought some fish to prepare a meal for his family. The spirit took the fish to the garden behind the house, placed half of it on a tile, and put the rest in a mortar, where it was found later. Another time, when Hugh wanted to get bled, he asked his daughter to prepare some bandages. Immediately, the spirit went into another room and brought back a new shirt, which he tore up into several bandages. He presented them to the master of the house and told him to choose the best. Another day, when the servant spread out some linen in the garden to dry, the spirit took it all upstairs and folded it more neatly than even the best laundress could have done.

A man named Guy de la Torre,[358] who died at Verona in 1306, at the end of eight days spoke to his wife and the neighbors of both sexes, to the prior of the Dominicians, and to the professor of theology, who asked him several questions in theology, to which he replied very pertinently. He declared that he was in purgatory for certain unexpatiated sins. They asked him how he possibly could speak, not having the organs of the voice; he replied that souls separated from the body have the faculty of forming for themselves instruments of the air capable of pronouncing words; he added that the fire of hell acted upon spirits, not by its natural virtue, but by the power of God, of which that fire is the instrument.

A man named Guy de la Torre,[358] who died in Verona in 1306, spoke to his wife and neighbors of both genders after eight days. He also talked to the prior of the Dominicans and the theology professor, who asked him several questions about theology, to which he gave very relevant answers. He stated that he was in purgatory for certain unatoned sins. They wondered how he could possibly speak without the ability to use vocal organs; he explained that souls separated from the body can create instruments in the air that are capable of producing words. He also mentioned that the fire of hell affects spirits not by its inherent ability but through the power of God, of which that fire is a tool.

Here follows another remarkable instance of an apparition, related by M. d'Aubigné. "I affirm upon the word of the king[359] the second prodigy, as being one of the three stories which he reiterated to us, his hair standing on end at the time, as we could perceive. This one is, that the queen having gone to bed at an earlier hour than usual, and there being present at her coucher, amongst other persons of note, the king of Navarre,[360] the Archbishop of Lyons, the Ladies de Retz, de Lignerolles, and de Sauve, two of whom have since confirmed this conversation. As she was hastening to bid them good night, she threw herself with a start upon her bolster, put her hands before her face, and crying out violently, she called to her assistance those who were present, wishing to show them, at the foot of the bed, the Cardinal (de Lorraine), who extended his hand towards her; she cried out several times, 'M. the Cardinal, I have nothing to do with you.' The King of Navarre at the same time sent out one of his gentlemen, who brought back word that he had expired at that same moment."

Here’s another striking account of a ghostly encounter, shared by M. d'Aubigné. "I swear on the king's word[359] that this is the second amazing story among the three he told us, his hair standing on end as we could see. The story goes that the queen went to bed earlier than usual, and those present at her bedside included the King of Navarre,[360] the Archbishop of Lyons, and the Ladies de Retz, de Lignerolles, and de Sauve, two of whom have since confirmed this account. As she rushed to say goodnight, she suddenly collapsed onto her pillow, covered her face with her hands, and cried out loudly, calling for help from those there, wanting to show them the Cardinal (de Lorraine) at the foot of the bed, who was reaching out his hand towards her; she shouted several times, 'Mr. Cardinal, I have nothing to do with you.' At the same time, the King of Navarre sent one of his attendants, who returned with the news that the Cardinal had just passed away."

I take from Sully's Memoirs,[361] which have just been reprinted in better order than they were before, another singular fact, which may be related with these. We still endeavor to find out what[Pg 188] can be the nature of that illusion, seen so often and by the eyes of so many persons in the Forest of Fontainebleau; it was a phantom surrounded by a pack of hounds, whose cries were heard, while they might be seen at a distance, but all disappeared if any one approached.

I took from Sully's Memoirs,[361] which have just been reprinted in a more organized way than before, another intriguing fact, which might be connected to these. We still try to understand what[Pg 188] the nature of that illusion is, seen so often by so many people in the Forest of Fontainebleau; it was a phantom surrounded by a pack of hounds, whose cries could be heard while they were visible at a distance, but all vanished if anyone got too close.

The note of M. d'Ecluse, editor of these Memoirs, enters into longer details. He observes that M. de Peréfixe makes mention of this phantom; and he makes him say, with a hoarse voice, one of these three sentences: Do you expect me? or, Do you hear me? or, Amend yourself. "And they believe," says he, "that these were sports of sorcerers, or of the malignant spirit." The Journal of Henry IV., and the Septenary Chronicle, speak of them also, and even assert that this phenomenon alarmed Henry IV. and his courtiers very much. And Peter Matthew says something of it in his History of France, tom. ii. p. 68. Bongars speaks of it as others do,[362] and asserts that it was a hunter who had been killed in this forest in the time of Francis I. But now we hear no more of this spectre, though there is still a road in this forest which retains the name of the Grand Veneur, in memory, it is said, of this visionary scene.

The note from M. d'Ecluse, the editor of these Memoirs, goes into more detail. He points out that M. de Peréfixe mentions this ghost and quotes it saying in a hoarse voice one of these three sentences: "Are you waiting for me?" or "Can you hear me?" or "Change your ways." "And they believe," he says, "that these were tricks of sorcerers, or of an evil spirit." The Journal of Henry IV. and the Septenary Chronicle also talk about it, even claiming that this phenomenon greatly frightened Henry IV. and his courtiers. Peter Matthew touches on it in his History of France, vol. ii, p. 68. Bongars refers to it like others do,[362] stating that it was a hunter who had been killed in this forest during Francis I's reign. But now we hear no more about this specter, although there is still a path in this forest that keeps the name of Grand Veneur, which is said to honor this ghostly incident.

A Chronicle of Metz,[363] under the date of the year 1330, relates the apparition of a spirit at Lagni sur Marne, six leagues from Paris. It was a good lady, who after her death spoke to more than twenty people—her father, sister, daughter, and son-in-law, and to her other friends—asking them to have said for her particular masses, as being more efficacious than the common mass. As they feared it might be an evil spirit, they read to it the beginning of the Gospel of St. John; and they made it say the Pater, credo, and confiteor. She said she had beside her two angels, one bad and one good; and that the good angel revealed to her what she ought to say. They asked her if they should go and fetch the Holy Sacrament from the altar. She replied it was with them, for her father, who was present, and several others among them, had received it on Christmas day, which was the Tuesday before.

A Chronicle of Metz,[363] from the year 1330, tells about the appearance of a spirit at Lagni sur Marne, six leagues from Paris. It was a good lady who, after her death, spoke to more than twenty people—including her father, sister, daughter, son-in-law, and other friends—asking them to have specific masses said for her since they were more effective than the usual mass. Fearing it might be an evil spirit, they read her the beginning of the Gospel of St. John and made her recite the Pater, credo, and confiteor. She said she had two angels with her, one good and one bad, and the good angel told her what to say. They asked her if they should go and bring the Holy Sacrament from the altar. She replied that it was already with them, as her father, who was present, and several others had received it on Christmas day, which was the Tuesday before.

Father Taillepied, a Cordelier, and professor of theology at Rouen,[364] who composed a book expressly on the subject of apparitions, which was printed at Rouen in 1600, says that one of his fraternity with whom he was acquainted, named Brother Gabriel, appeared to several monks of the convent at Nice, and begged of them to satisfy the demand of a shop-keeper at Marseilles, of whom he had taken a coat he had not paid for. On being asked why he made so much noise,[Pg 189] he replied that it was not himself, but a bad spirit who wished to appear instead of him, and prevent him from declaring the cause of his torment.

Father Taillepied, a Cordelier and theology professor in Rouen,[364] who wrote a book specifically about apparitions, printed in Rouen in 1600, mentions that a fellow member named Brother Gabriel appeared to several monks at the convent in Nice. He asked them to help fulfill the request of a shopkeeper in Marseille, from whom he had taken a coat without paying. When they questioned why he was making such a fuss,[Pg 189] he explained that it wasn't him making the disturbance, but a malevolent spirit trying to take his place and stop him from revealing the reason for his suffering.

I have been told by two canons of St. Diez, in our neighborhood, that three months after the death of M. Henri, canon of St. Diez, of their brotherhood, the canon to whom the house devolved, going with one of his brethren, at two o'clock in the afternoon, to look at the said house, and see what alterations it might suit him to make in it, they went into the kitchen, and both of them saw in the next room, which was large and very light, a tall ecclesiastic of the same height and figure as the defunct canon, who, turning towards them, looked them in the face for two minutes, then crossed the said room, and went up a little dark staircase which led to the garret.

I was informed by two canons from St. Diez, in our neighborhood, that three months after the death of M. Henri, a canon from St. Diez and a member of their brotherhood, the canon who inherited the house went with one of his fellow canons to look at the house in the afternoon at two o'clock and see what changes he might want to make. They entered the kitchen and both noticed in the next room, which was spacious and very bright, a tall clergyman who looked just like the deceased canon. He turned to face them, looked them in the eye for two minutes, then crossed the room and went up a dim staircase that led to the attic.

These two gentlemen, being much frightened, left the house instantly, and related the adventure to some of the brotherhood, who were of opinion that they ought to return and see if there was not some one hidden in the house; they went, they sought, they looked everywhere, without finding any one.

These two men, feeling very scared, left the house right away and told some members of the group about what happened. They thought they should go back and check if someone was hiding inside. They returned, searched, and looked everywhere, but didn’t find anyone.

We read in the History of the Bishops of Mans,[365] that in the time of Bishop Hugh, who lived in 1135, they heard, in the house of Provost Nicholas, a spirit who alarmed the neighbors and those who lived in the house, by uproar and frightful noises, as if he had thrown enormous stones against the walls, with a force which shook the roof, walls, and ceilings; he transported the dishes and the plates from one place to another, without their seeing the hand which moved them. This genius lighted a candle, though very far from the fire. Sometimes, when the meat was placed on the table, he would scatter bran, ashes, or soot, to prevent them from touching any of it. Amica, the wife of the Provost Nicholas, having prepared some thread to be made into cloth, the spirit twisted and raveled it in such a way that all who saw it could not sufficiently admire the manner in which it was done.

We read in the History of the Bishops of Mans,[365] that during Bishop Hugh’s time, who lived in 1135, a spirit was heard in Provost Nicholas's house, causing alarm for the neighbors and those living there with loud and frightening noises, as if it had thrown huge stones against the walls, shaking the roof, walls, and ceilings. It moved dishes and plates from one spot to another without anyone seeing the hand that did it. This spirit lit a candle even though it was far from the fire. Sometimes, when food was set on the table, it scattered bran, ashes, or soot to stop anyone from touching it. Amica, the wife of Provost Nicholas, had prepared some thread to make cloth, and the spirit twisted and unraveled it in such a way that everyone who saw it couldn't help but admire how it was done.

Priests were called in, who sprinkled holy water everywhere, and desired all those who were there to make the sign of the cross. Towards the first and second night, they heard as it were the voice of a young girl, who, with sighs that seemed drawn from the bottom of her heart, said, in a lamentable and sobbing voice, that her name was Garnier; and addressing itself to the provost, said, "Alas! whence do I come? from what distant country, through how many storms, dangers, through snow, cold, fire, and bad weather, have I arrived at this place! I have not received power to harm any one—but prepare yourselves with the sign of the cross against a band of evil spirits, who are here only to do you harm; have a mass of the[Pg 190] Holy Ghost said for me, and a mass for those defunct; and you, my dear sister-in-law, give some clothes to the poor, for me."

Priests were called in, who sprinkled holy water everywhere and asked everyone present to make the sign of the cross. On the first and second nights, they heard what seemed like the voice of a young girl, who, with sighs that sounded like they came from deep within her heart, said in a mournful and sobbing voice that her name was Garnier. Addressing the provost, she said, "Alas! Where do I come from? From what distant land, through how many storms, dangers, snow, cold, fire, and bad weather have I arrived at this place? I don’t have the power to harm anyone—but you should protect yourselves with the sign of the cross against a group of evil spirits who are here only to do you harm. Have a mass of the[Pg 190] Holy Ghost said for me, and a mass for those who have passed away; and you, my dear sister-in-law, please give some clothes to the poor, on my behalf."

They asked this spirit several questions on things past and to come, to which it replied very pertinently; it explained even the salvation and damnation of several persons; but it would not enter into any argument, nor yet into conference with learned men, who were sent by the Bishop of Mans; this last circumstance is very remarkable, and casts some suspicion on this apparition.

They asked this spirit several questions about the past and future, to which it responded very relevantly; it even explained the salvation and damnation of several individuals. However, it refused to engage in any debate or discussion with the learned men sent by the Bishop of Mans. This last point is quite notable and raises some doubt about this apparition.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[357] Richer Senon. in Chronic. m. (Hoc non exstat in impresso).

[357] Richer Senon. in Chronic. m. (This isn't found in the printed version).

[358] Herman Contraet. Chronic. p. 1006.

[358] Herman Contraet. Chronic. p. 1006.

[359] D'Aubigné, Hist. Univ. lib. ii. c. 12. Ap. 1574.

[359] D'Aubigné, Hist. Univ. lib. ii. c. 12. Ap. 1574.

[360] Henry IV.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Henry IV.

[361] Mém. de Sully, in 4to. tom. i. liv. x. p. 562, note 26. Or Edit. in 12mo. tom. iii. p. 321, note 26.

[361] Memoirs of Sully, in 4to. vol. i. book x. p. 562, note 26. Or edition in 12mo. vol. iii. p. 321, note 26.

[362] Bongars, Epist. ad Camerarium.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Bongars, Letters to the Chamberlain.

[363] Chronic. Metens. Anno, 1330.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Chronic. Meta. Year 1330.

[364] Taillepied, Traité de l'Apparition des Esprits, c. xv. p. 173.

[364] Taillepied, Treatise on the Appearance of Spirits, c. xv. p. 173.

[365] Anecdote Mabill, p. 320. Edition in fol.

[365] Anecdote Mabill, p. 320. Edition in fol.


CHAPTER XLII.

ON THE APPARITIONS OF SPIRITS WHO IMPRINT THEIR HANDS ON CLOTHES OR ON WOOD.

Within a short time, a work composed by a Father Prémontré, of the Abbey of Toussaints, in the Black Forest, has been communicated to me. His work is in manuscript, and entitled, "Umbra Humberti, hoc est historia memorabilis D. Humberti Birkii, mirâ post mortem apparitione, per A. G. N."

Within a short time, I've received a manuscript by Father Prémontré from the Abbey of Toussaints in the Black Forest. His work is titled "Umbra Humberti, or the Memorable History of D. Humberti Birkii, with a Remarkable Apparition After Death, by A. G. N."

This Humbert Birck was a burgess of note, in the town of Oppenheim, and master of a country house called Berenbach; he died in the month of November, 1620, a few days before the feast of St. Martin. On the Saturday which followed his funeral, they began to hear certain noises in the house where he had lived with his first wife; for at the time of his death he had married again.

This Humbert Birck was a well-known citizen in the town of Oppenheim and owned a country house called Berenbach. He passed away in November 1620, just a few days before the feast of St. Martin. On the Saturday after his funeral, people started hearing strange noises in the house where he had lived with his first wife; by the time he died, he had remarried.

The master of this house, suspecting that it was his brother-in-law who haunted it, said to him, "If you are Humbert, my brother-in-law, strike three times against the wall." At the same time, they heard three strokes only, for ordinarily he struck several times. Sometimes, also, he was heard at the fountain where they went for water, and he frightened all the neighborhood; he did not always utter articulate sounds, but he would knock repeatedly, make a noise, or a groan, or a shrill whistle, or sounds as a person in lamentation; all this lasted for six months, and then it suddenly ceased. At the end of a year he made himself heard more loudly than ever. The master of the house, and his domestics, the boldest amongst them, at last asked him what he wished for, and in what they could help him? He replied, but in a hoarse, low tone, "Let the curé come here next Saturday with my children." The curé being indisposed, could not go thither on the appointed day; but he went on the Monday following, accompanied by a good many people.

The owner of the house, suspecting that his brother-in-law was the one haunting it, said to him, "If you’re Humbert, my brother-in-law, knock three times on the wall." At that moment, they heard only three knocks, even though he usually knocked several times. Sometimes, he was also heard at the fountain where they went to fetch water, and he scared everyone in the neighborhood; he didn't always make clear sounds, but would knock repeatedly, make noise, groan, whistle sharply, or make sounds like someone mourning. This went on for six months and then suddenly stopped. A year later, he was heard louder than ever. The owner of the house, along with his bravest servants, finally asked him what he wanted and how they could help him. He answered, but in a hoarse, quiet voice, "Let the priest come here next Saturday with my children." The priest, feeling unwell, couldn’t go on the planned day; instead, he went the following Monday with a good number of people.

[Pg 191]Humbert received notice of this, and he answered in a very intelligible manner. They asked him if he required any masses to be said? He asked for three. Then they wished to know if alms should be given in his name? He said, "I wish them to give eight measures of corn to the poor, and that my widow may give something to all my children." He afterwards ordered that what had been badly distributed in his succession, which amounted to about twenty florins, should be set aside. They asked why he infested that house rather than another? He answered that he was forced to it by conjuration and maledictions. Had he received the sacraments of the Church? "I received them from the curé, your predecessor." He was made to say the Pater and the Ave; he recited them with difficulty, saying that he was prevented by an evil spirit, who would not let him tell the curé many other things.

[Pg 191]Humbert was informed about this, and he replied in a clear way. They asked him if he wanted any masses to be held for him. He requested three. Then they wanted to know if they should give alms in his name. He said, "I want them to donate eight measures of corn to the poor, and for my widow to give something to all my children." He later instructed that the amount that had been poorly distributed in his estate, which was about twenty florins, should be set aside. They asked why he haunted that particular house instead of another. He replied that he was compelled to do so by spells and curses. Had he received the sacraments of the Church? "I received them from the curé, your predecessor." He was asked to say the Pater and the Ave; he recited them with difficulty, saying that an evil spirit was preventing him from telling the curé many other things.

The curé, who was named Prémontré, of the abbey of Toussaints, came to the monastery on Tuesday the 12th of January, 1621, in order to take the opinion of the Superior on this singular affair; they let him have three monks to help him with their counsels. They all repaired to the house wherein Humbert continued his importunity; for nothing that he had requested had as yet been executed. A great number of those who lived near were assembled in the house. The master of it told Humbert to rap against the wall; he knocked very gently: then the master desired him to go and fetch a stone and knock louder; he deferred a little, as if he had been to pick up a stone, and gave a stronger blow upon the wall: the master whispered in his neighbor's ear as softly as he could that he should rap seven times, and directly he rapped seven times. He always showed great respect to the priests, and did not reply to them so boldly as to the laity; and when he was asked why—"It is," said he, "because they have with them the Holy Sacrament." However, they had it no otherwise than because they had said mass that day. The next day the three masses which he had required were said, and all was disposed for a pilgrimage, which he had specified in the last conversation they had with him; and they promised to give alms for him the first day possible. From that time Humbert haunted them no more.

The priest, named Prémontré, from the abbey of Toussaints, arrived at the monastery on Tuesday, January 12, 1621, to get the Superior's opinion on this unusual matter; they assigned him three monks to assist him with their advice. They all went to the house where Humbert was still being persistent; none of his requests had been fulfilled yet. A large number of local residents had gathered in the house. The master told Humbert to knock on the wall; he tapped very lightly. Then the master told him to go get a stone and knock louder; he hesitated a bit, as if he was looking for a stone, and then he hit the wall harder. The master whispered to his neighbor as quietly as possible to knock seven times, and right away, he knocked seven times. He always showed great respect to the priests and didn't respond to them as boldly as he did to the laypeople; when asked why, he said, "It’s because they have the Holy Sacrament with them." However, they only had it because they had said mass that day. The next day, the three masses he had requested were said, and everything was arranged for a pilgrimage he had mentioned in their last conversation with him; they promised to give alms for him as soon as possible. From that point on, Humbert no longer bothered them.

The same monk, Prémontré, relates that on the 9th of September, 1625, a man named John Steinlin died at a place called Altheim, in the diocese of Constance. Steinlin was a man in easy circumstances, and a common-councilman of his town. Some days after his death he appeared during the night to a tailor, named Simon Bauh, in the form of a man surrounded by a sombre flame, like that of lighted sulphur, going and coming in his own house, but without speaking. Bauh, who was disquieted by this sight, resolved to ask him what he could do to serve him. He found an opportunity to do[Pg 192] so the 17th of November in the same year, 1625; for, as he was reposing at night near his stove, a little after eleven o'clock, he beheld this spectre environed by fire like sulphur, who came into his room, going and coming, shutting and opening the windows. The tailor asked him what he desired. He replied, in a hoarse, interrupted voice, that he could help very much, if he would; "but," added he, "do not promise me to do so, if you are not resolved to execute your promises." "I will execute them, if they are not beyond my power," replied he.

The same monk, Prémontré, recounts that on September 9, 1625, a man named John Steinlin passed away in a place called Altheim, in the diocese of Constance. Steinlin was doing well financially and was a councilman in his town. A few days after his death, he appeared one night to a tailor named Simon Bauh, looking like a man surrounded by a dark flame, similar to burning sulfur, moving around in his own house without speaking. Bauh, disturbed by this vision, decided to ask him what he needed. He got the chance to do so on November 17 of the same year, 1625; while resting near his stove after eleven o'clock at night, he saw this fire-enveloped apparition coming into his room, going back and forth, opening and closing the windows. The tailor asked him what he wanted. The ghost replied in a hoarse, broken voice that he could indeed help a lot, if he was willing; "but," he added, "don't promise me you'll help if you're not serious about following through." "I will do what I can, as long as it’s within my ability," he replied.

"I wish, then," replied the spirit, "that you would cause a mass to be said in the chapel of the Virgin at Rotembourg; I made a vow to that intent during my life, and I have not acquitted myself of it. Moreover, you must have two masses said at Altheim, the one of the Defunct and the other of the Virgin; and as I did not always pay my servants exactly, I wish that a quarter of corn should be distributed to the poor." Simon promised to satisfy him on all these points. The spectre held out his hand, as if to ensure his promise; but Simon, fearing that some harm might happen to himself, tendered him the board which come to hand, and the spectre having touched it, left the print of his hand with the four fingers and thumb, as if fire had been there, and had left a pretty deep impression. After that, he vanished with so much noise that it was heard three houses off.

"I wish, then," said the spirit, "that you would have a mass said in the chapel of the Virgin at Rotembourg; I made a vow to do this during my life, and I have not fulfilled it. Also, you need to have two masses said at Altheim, one for the deceased and the other for the Virgin; and since I didn’t always pay my servants properly, I want a quarter of corn to be given to the poor." Simon promised to take care of all these matters. The ghost extended his hand, as if to secure his promise; but Simon, fearing something bad might happen to him, offered him a board that was nearby, and the ghost touched it, leaving the imprint of his hand with four fingers and a thumb, as if he had touched it with fire, leaving a significant mark. After that, he vanished with such a noise that it could be heard three houses away.

I related in the first edition of this dissertation on the return of spirits, an adventure which happened at Fontenoy on the Moselle, where it was affirmed that a spirit had in the same manner made the impression of its hand on a handkerchief, and had left the impress of the hand and of the palm well marked. The handkerchief is in the hands of one Casmar, a constable living at Toul, who received it from his uncle, the curé of Fontenoy; but, on a careful investigation of the thing, it was found that a young blacksmith, who courted a young girl to whom the handkerchief belonged, had forged an iron hand to print it on the handkerchief, and persuade people of the reality of the apparition.

I mentioned in the first edition of this dissertation about the return of spirits, an event that took place at Fontenoy on the Moselle. It was claimed that a spirit left its handprint on a handkerchief, with the imprint of the hand and palm clearly visible. The handkerchief is currently with Casmar, a constable living in Toul, who got it from his uncle, the priest of Fontenoy. However, after a thorough investigation, it turned out that a young blacksmith, who was interested in the girl that owned the handkerchief, had crafted an iron hand to press it onto the handkerchief and convince people of the apparition's authenticity.

At St. Avold, a town of German Lorraine, in the house of the curé, named M. Royer de Monelos, there was something very similar which appears to have been performed by a servant girl, sixteen years of age, who heard and saw, as she said, a woman who made a great noise in the house; but she was the only person who saw and heard her, although others heard also the noise which was made in the house. They saw also the young servant, as it were, pushed, dragged, and struck by the spirit, but never saw it, nor yet heard his voice. This contrivance began on the night of the 31st of January, 1694, and finished about the end of February the same year. The curé conjured the spirit in German and French. He made no reply[Pg 193] to the exorcisms in French but sighs; and as they terminated the German exorcism, saying, "Let every spirit praise the Lord," the girl said that the spirit had said, "And me also;" but she alone heard it.

At St. Avold, a town in German Lorraine, in the home of the priest, M. Royer de Monelos, something very similar happened, reportedly by a 16-year-old servant girl who claimed she heard and saw a woman making a loud commotion in the house. However, she was the only one who could see and hear her, although others also heard the noise coming from the house. They also witnessed the young servant seemingly being pushed, dragged, and struck by the spirit, but they never saw it or heard its voice. This episode began on the night of January 31, 1694, and ended around the end of February that same year. The priest performed the exorcism in both German and French. In response to the French exorcisms, the spirit offered no reply, only sighs; but as they concluded the German exorcism with "Let every spirit praise the Lord," the girl claimed the spirit had replied, "And me also;" though she was the only one who heard it.

Some monks of the abbey were requested to come also and exorcise the spirit. They came, and with them some burgesses of note of St. Avold; and neither before nor after the exorcisms did they see or hear anything, except that the servant girl seemed to be pushed violently, and the doors were roughly knocked at. By dint of exorcisms they forced the spirit, or rather the servant who alone heard and saw it, to declare that she was neither maid nor wife; that she was called Claire Margaret Henri; that a hundred and fifty years ago she had died at the age of twenty, after having lived servant at the curé of St. Avold's first of all for eight years, and that she had died at Guenviller of grief and regret for having killed her own child. At last, the servant maintaining that she was not a good spirit, she said to her, "Give me hold of your petticoat (or skirt)." She would do no such thing; at the same time the spirit said to her, "Look at your petticoat; my mark is upon it." She looked and saw upon her skirt the five fingers of the hand so distinctly that it did not appear possible for any living creature to have marked them better. This affair lasted about two months; and at this day, at St. Avold, as in all the country, they talk of the spirit of St. Avold as of a game played by that girl, in concert, doubtless, with some persons who wished to divert themselves by puzzling the good curé with his sisters, and all those who fell into the trap. They printed at Cusson's, at Nancy, in 1718, a relation of this event, which at first gained credence with a number of people, but who were quite undeceived in the end.

Some monks from the abbey were asked to come and exorcise the spirit. They arrived, accompanied by some prominent townsfolk from St. Avold; and neither before nor after the exorcisms did they see or hear anything, except that the servant girl appeared to be pushed forcefully, and there were loud knocks at the doors. Through the exorcisms, they compelled the spirit, or rather the servant who alone could hear and see it, to reveal that she was neither a maid nor a wife; her name was Claire Margaret Henri; she had died a hundred and fifty years ago at the age of twenty, after having served as a maid for the curé of St. Avold for eight years, and she had died at Guenviller from grief and regret for having killed her own child. Finally, the servant insisted that she was not a good spirit, and the spirit said to her, "Let me hold your petticoat." The servant refused; at the same time, the spirit told her, "Look at your petticoat; my mark is on it." She looked and saw on her skirt the distinct five fingerprints that seemed impossible for any living being to have made better. This situation lasted about two months; and to this day, in St. Avold, as in the entire region, people talk about the spirit of St. Avold as if it were a prank played by that girl, likely in coordination with some others who wanted to amuse themselves by tricking the good curé, his sisters, and anyone else who fell for the ruse. In 1718, a account of this event was published by Cusson in Nancy, which initially convinced many people, but ultimately led to their disillusionment.

I shall add to this story that which is related by Philip Melancthon,[366] whose testimony in this matter ought not to be doubted. He says that his aunt having lost her husband when she was enceinte and near her time, she saw one day, towards evening, two persons come into her house; one of them wore the form of her deceased husband, the other that of a tall Franciscan. At first she was frightened, but her husband reassured her, and told her that he had important things to communicate to her; at the same time he begged the Franciscan to pass into the next room, whilst he imparted his wishes to his wife. Then he begged of her to have some masses said for the relief of his soul, and tried to persuade her to give her hand without fear; as she was unwilling to give it, he assured her she would feel no pain. She gave him her hand, and her hand felt no pain when she withdrew it, but was so blackened that[Pg 194] it remained discolored all her life. After that, the husband called in the Franciscan; they went out, and disappeared. Melancthon believes that these were two spectres; he adds that he knows several similar instances related by persons worthy of credit.

I want to add to this story what Philip Melancthon relates,[366] and his account in this matter should be taken seriously. He shares that his aunt lost her husband while she was pregnant and close to giving birth. One evening, she saw two people enter her home; one looked like her deceased husband, and the other was a tall Franciscan. At first, she was scared, but her husband reassured her and said he had important things to discuss. He asked the Franciscan to step into the next room while he shared his wishes with his wife. He urged her to have some masses said for the relief of his soul and tried to convince her to take his hand without fear. When she hesitated, he assured her that it wouldn't hurt. She finally took his hand, and it didn’t hurt when she pulled it back, but it was so blackened that[Pg 194] it remained discolored for the rest of her life. After that, her husband called the Franciscan back in, and they both left and vanished. Melancthon believes these were two spirits and adds that he knows of several similar cases reported by trustworthy people.

If these two men were only spectres, having neither flesh nor bones, how could one of them imprint a black color on the hand of this widow? How could he who appeared to the tailor Bauh imprint his hand on the board which he presented to him? If they were evil genii, why did they ask for masses and order restitution? Does Satan destroy his own empire, and does he inspire the living with the idea of doing good actions and of fearing the pains which the sins of the wicked are punished by God?

If these two men were just ghosts, with no flesh or bones, how could one of them leave a black mark on this widow's hand? How could the one who appeared to the tailor Bauh press his hand onto the board he gave him? If they were evil spirits, why did they ask for masses and demand restitution? Does Satan really undermine his own realm, and does he encourage the living to commit good deeds and fear the consequences that the wicked face from God?

But on looking at the affair in another light, may not the demon in this kind of apparitions, by which he asks for masses and prayers, intend to foment superstition, by making the living believe that masses and prayers made for them after their death would free them from the pains of hell, even if they died in habitual crime and impenitence? Several instances are cited of rascals who have appeared after their death, asking for prayers like the bad rich man, and to whom prayers and masses can be of no avail from the unhappy state in which they died. Thus, in all this, Satan seeks to establish his kingdom, and not to destroy it or diminish it.

But if we look at this situation differently, could it be that the demon in these types of apparitions, asking for masses and prayers, is actually trying to encourage superstition? By convincing the living that prayers and masses offered for them after they die could save them from hell, even if they lived in constant sin and refused to repent? There are many examples of scoundrels who have shown up after their death, begging for prayers like the rich man in torment, yet for whom such prayers and masses can't possibly help them escape the miserable state they left this world in. In all of this, Satan aims to strengthen his influence, not weaken or destroy it.

We shall speak hereafter, in the Dissertation on Vampires, of apparitions of dead persons who have been seen, and acted like living ones in their own bodies.

We will discuss later, in the Dissertation on Vampires, the appearances of deceased individuals who have been seen and behaved like the living in their own bodies.

The same Melancthon relates that a monk came one day and rapped loudly at the door of Luther's dwelling, asking to speak to him; he entered and said, "I entertained some popish errors upon which I shall be very glad to confer with you." "Speak," said Luther. He at first proposed to him several syllogisms, to which he easily replied; he then proposed others, that were more difficult. Luther, being annoyed, answered him hastily, "Go, you embarrass me; I have something else to do just now besides answering you." However, he rose and replied to his arguments. At the same time, having remarked that the pretended monk had hands like the claws of a bird, he said to him, "Art not thou he of whom it is said, in Genesis, 'He who shall be born of woman shall break the head of the serpent?'" The demon added, "But thou shalt engulf them all." At these words the confused demon retired angrily and with much fracas; he left the room infested with a very bad smell, which was perceptible for some days.

The same Melancthon tells that one day a monk came and knocked loudly at the door of Luther's home, asking to speak with him. He entered and said, "I have some Catholic errors that I would really like to discuss with you." "Go ahead," said Luther. At first, the monk presented several syllogisms, to which Luther easily responded; then he brought up some more challenging ones. Luther, feeling annoyed, answered him quickly, "Go away, you're frustrating me; I have other things to do right now besides answering you." Nevertheless, he stood up and addressed the monk's arguments. At the same time, noticing that the supposed monk had hands like bird claws, he said, "Aren't you the one of whom it is said in Genesis, 'He who is born of a woman shall crush the head of the serpent?'" The demon added, "But you will swallow them all." At these words, the confused demon left angrily, making a lot of noise; he exited the room, leaving behind a really bad smell that lingered for several days.

Luther, who assumes so much the esprit fort, and inveighs with so much warmth against private masses wherein they pray for the souls of the defunct,[367] maintains boldly that all the apparitions of[Pg 195] spirits which we read in the lives of the saints, and who ask for masses for the repose of their souls, are only illusions of Satan, who appears to deceive the simple, and inspire them with useless confidence in the sacrifice of the mass. Whence he concludes that it is better at once to deny absolutely that there is any purgatory.

Luther, who presents himself as a strong thinker, passionately criticizes private masses that are said to be offered for the souls of the deceased,[367] boldly claims that all the appearances of spirits reported in the lives of saints, who request masses for their souls, are merely illusions created by Satan to mislead the naive and give them false hope in the effectiveness of the mass. Therefore, he concludes that it’s better to firmly deny the existence of purgatory altogether.

He, then, did not deny either apparitions or the operations of the devil; and he maintained that Ecolampadius died under the blows of the devil,[368] whose efforts he could not rebut; and, speaking of himself, he affirms that awaking once with a start in the middle of the night, the devil appeared, to argue against him, when he was seized with moral terror. The arguments of the demon were so pressing that they left him no repose of mind; the sound of his powerful voice, his overwhelming manner of disputing when the question and the reply were perceived at once, left him no breathing time. He says again that the devil can kill and strangle, and without doing all that, press a man so home by his arguments that it is enough to kill one; "as I," says he, "have experienced several times." After such avowals, what can we think of the doctrine of this chief of the innovators?

He didn't deny the existence of ghosts or the actions of the devil; he claimed that Ecolampadius died from the devil's attacks, which he couldn't counter. He also recounted that once, waking up suddenly in the middle of the night, the devil appeared to argue with him, filling him with deep moral fear. The demon's arguments were so intense that they left him no peace of mind; the power of his voice and his overwhelming way of debating, where he understood the question and answer at the same time, left him with no chance to catch his breath. He stated that the devil can kill or strangle, and even if he doesn't do that, he can weigh so heavily on a person with his arguments that it’s enough to be lethal; "as I," he said, "have experienced several times." After such admissions, what can we think about the beliefs of this leader among the reformers?

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[366] Philipp. Melancth. Theolog. c. i. Oper. fol. 326, 327.

[366] Philipp. Melancth. Theolog. c. i. Oper. fol. 326, 327.

[367] Martin Luther, de Abroganda Missa Privata, part. ii.

[367] Martin Luther, On the Abrogation of Private Mass, part. ii.

[368] Ibid. tom. vii. 226.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Ibid. vol. 7. 226.


CHAPTER XLIII.

OPINIONS OF THE JEWS, GREEKS, AND LATINS CONCERNING THE DEAD WHO ARE LEFT UNBURIED.

The ancient Hebrews, as well as the greater number of other nations, were very careful in burying their dead. That appears from all history; we see in the Scripture how much attention the patriarchs paid in that respect to themselves and those belonging to them; we know what praises are bestowed on the holy man Tobit, whose principal devotion consisted in giving sepulture to the dead.

The ancient Hebrews, like many other nations, took great care in burying their dead. This is evident throughout history; we see in the Scriptures how much attention the patriarchs devoted to burying themselves and their loved ones. We also know the praises given to the holy man Tobit, whose main devotion was in providing burial for the dead.

Josephus the historian[369] says that the Jews refused burial only to those who committed suicide. Moses commanded them[370] to give sepulture the same day and before sunset to any who were executed and hanged on a tree; "because," says he, "he who is hung upon the tree is accursed of God; you will take care not to pollute the land which the Lord your God has given you." That was practiced in regard to our Saviour, who was taken down from the cross the same day that he had been crucified, and a few hours after his death.

Josephus the historian[369] states that the Jews only denied burial to those who died by suicide. Moses instructed them[370] to bury anyone who was executed and hung on a tree before sunset on the same day; "because," he says, "anyone who is hung on a tree is cursed by God; you must not defile the land that the Lord your God has given you." This was also done for our Savior, who was taken down from the cross on the same day he was crucified, just a few hours after his death.

Homer,[371] speaking of the inhumanity of Achilles, who dragged the body of Hector after his car, says that he dishonored and outraged the earth by this barbarous conduct. The Rabbis write that the soul is not received into heaven until the gross body is interred, and entirely consumed. They believe, moreover, that after death the souls of the wicked are clothed with a kind of covering with which they accustom themselves to suffer the torments which are their due; and that the souls of the just are invested with a resplendent body and a luminous garment, with which they accustom themselves to the glory which awaits them.

Homer,[371] talks about the cruelty of Achilles, who dragged Hector's body behind his chariot, saying that he disrespected and offended the earth with such barbaric behavior. The Rabbis explain that a soul cannot enter heaven until the physical body is buried and completely decomposed. They also believe that after death, the souls of the wicked are given a type of covering to help them endure the suffering they deserve; meanwhile, the souls of the righteous are given a brilliant body and a shining garment to prepare them for the glory that awaits them.

Origen[372] acknowledges that Plato, in his Dialogue of the Soul, advances that the images and shades of the dead appeared sometimes near their tombs. Origen concludes from that, that those shades and those images must be produced by some cause; and that cause, according to him, can only be that the soul of the dead is invested with a subtile body like that of light, on which they are borne as in a car, where they appear to the living. Celsus maintained that the apparitions of Jesus Christ after his resurrection were only the effects of an imagination smitten and prepossessed, which formed to itself the object of its illusions according to its wishes. Origen refutes this solidly by the recital of the evangelists, of the appearance of our Saviour to Thomas, who would not believe it was truly our Saviour until he had seen and touched his wounds; it was not, then, purely the effect of his imagination.

Origen[372] acknowledges that Plato, in his Dialogue of the Soul, claims that the images and shadows of the dead sometimes appear near their tombs. Origen concludes that these shadows and images must come from some cause; and that cause, in his view, can only be that the soul of the dead is wrapped in a subtle body like light, which allows them to appear to the living. Celsus argued that the appearances of Jesus Christ after his resurrection were just products of a mind affected and biased, creating illusions based on its desires. Origen counters this convincingly by referencing the evangelists, specifically the appearance of our Savior to Thomas, who wouldn’t believe it was truly Him until he had seen and touched His wounds; it wasn’t just a product of his imagination.

The same Origen,[373] and Theophylact after him, assert that the Jews and pagans believe that the soul remained for some time near the body it had formerly animated; and that it is to destroy that futile opinion that Jesus Christ, when he would resuscitate Lazarus, cries with a loud voice, "Lazarus, come forth;" as if he would call from a distance the soul of this man who had been dead three days.

The same Origen,[373] and Theophylact after him, claim that Jews and pagans believe the soul stays near the body it previously animated for a while. To challenge that misguided belief, Jesus Christ, in raising Lazarus, calls out loudly, "Lazarus, come out," as if he’s summoning the soul of this man who has been dead for three days from afar.

Tertullian places the angels in the category of extension,[374] in which he places God himself, and maintains that the soul is corporeal. Origen believes also that the soul is material, and has a form;[375] an opinion which he may have taken from Plato. Arnobius, Lactantius, St. Hilary, several of the ancient fathers, and some theologians, have been of the same opinion; and Grotius is displeased with those who have absolutely spiritualized the angels, demons and souls separated from the body.

Tertullian categorizes angels as extensions, along with God himself, and argues that the soul is physical. Origen also thinks that the soul is made of matter and has a form, an idea he might have borrowed from Plato. Arnobius, Lactantius, St. Hilary, several early church fathers, and some theologians share this view, and Grotius is frustrated with those who have completely spiritualized angels, demons, and souls that have left the body.

The Jews of our days[376] believe that after the body of a man is interred, his spirit goes and comes, and departs from the spot where it is destined to visit his body, and to know what passes around[Pg 197] him; that it is wandering during a whole year after the death of the body, and that it was during that year of delay that the Pythoness of Endor evoked the soul of Samuel, after which time the evocation would have had no power over his spirit.

The Jews today[376] believe that after a person is buried, their spirit goes back and forth, leaving the place where it will eventually visit their body to see what’s happening around them[Pg 197]. They think it wanders for an entire year following the person's death, and it was during this year that the Witch of Endor summoned the soul of Samuel, after which the summoning would lose its power over his spirit.

The pagans thought much in the same manner upon it. Lucan introduces Pompey, who consults a witch, and commands her to evoke the soul of a dead man to reveal to him what success he would meet with in his war against Cæsar; the poet makes this woman say, "Shade, obey my spells, for I evoke not a soul from gloomy Tartarus, but one which hath gone down thither a little while since, and which is still at the gate of hell."[377]

The pagans had similar thoughts about it. Lucan introduces Pompey, who consults a witch and orders her to summon the soul of a dead man to reveal what success he would have in his war against Caesar; the poet has this woman say, "Shade, obey my spells, for I'm not calling up a soul from dark Tartarus, but one that has just recently gone down there and is still at the gate of hell."[377]

The Egyptians[378] believed that when the spirit of an animal is separated from its body by violence, it does not go to a distance, but remains near it. It is the same with the soul of a man who has died a violent death; it remains near the body—nothing can make it go away; it is retained there by sympathy; several have been seen sighing near their bodies which were interred. The magicians abuse their power over such in their incantations; they force them to obey, when they are masters of the dead body, or even part of it. Frequent experience taught them that there is a secret virtue in the body, which draws towards it the spirit which has once inhabited it; wherefore those who wish to receive or become the receptacles of the spirits of such animals as know the future, eat the principle parts of them, as the hearts of crows, moles, or hawks. The spirit of these creatures enters into them at the moment they eat this food, and makes them give out oracles like divinities.

The Egyptians believed that when an animal's spirit is violently separated from its body, it doesn’t go far; it stays close. The same goes for a person's soul after a violent death; it lingers near the body—nothing can drive it away; it’s tied there by emotion. It's been seen that some souls sigh near their buried bodies. Magicians exploit their power over these souls in their spells; they compel them to obey when they control the dead body or even a part of it. They learned from experience that there’s a hidden power in the body that attracts the spirit that once lived in it. That’s why those who want to connect with the spirits of animals that can foresee the future eat their vital parts, like the hearts of crows, moles, or hawks. When they consume this food, the spirit of these creatures enters them, allowing them to give prophecies like deities.

The Egyptians believed[379] that when the spirit of a beast is delivered from its body, it is rational and predicts the future, gives oracles, and is capable of all that the soul of man can do when disengaged from the body—for which reason they abstained from eating the flesh of animals, and worshiped the gods in the form of beasts.

The Egyptians believed[379] that when an animal's spirit leaves its body, it becomes wise, can foresee the future, provides prophecies, and is capable of everything a human soul can do after separating from the body. Because of this belief, they refrained from eating animal flesh and worshipped gods in the shape of animals.

At Rome and at Metz there were colleges of priests consecrated to the service of the manes,[380] lares, images, shades, spectres, Erebus, Avernus or hell, under the protection of the god Sylvanus; which demonstrates that the Latins and the Gauls recognized the return of souls and their apparition, and considered them as divinities to[Pg 198] whom sacrifices should be offered to appease them and prevent them from doing harm. Nicander confirms the same thing, when he says that the Celts or the Gauls watched near the tombs of their great men to derive from them knowledge concerning the future.

At Rome and Metz, there were groups of priests dedicated to serving the manes,[380] lares, images, shades, spectres, Erebus, Avernus, or hell, under the protection of the god Sylvanus. This shows that the Latins and Gauls believed in the return of souls and their appearances, and regarded them as deities to[Pg 198] whom sacrifices should be made to appease them and prevent them from causing harm. Nicander supports this idea when he states that the Celts or Gauls stayed near the graves of their great leaders to gain insights about the future.

The ancient northern nations were fully persuaded that the spectres which sometimes appear are no other than the souls of persons lately deceased, and in their country they knew no remedy so proper to put a stop to this kind of apparition as to cut off the head of the dead person, or to impale him, or pierce him through the body with a stake, or to burn it, as is now practiced at this day in Hungary and Moravia with regard to vampires.

The ancient northern nations were convinced that the ghosts that sometimes appear are nothing more than the souls of recently deceased people. In their country, they believed there was no better way to stop these kinds of appearances than to cut off the head of the dead person, impale them, stab them through the body with a stake, or burn them, as is still done today in Hungary and Moravia with regard to vampires.

The Greeks, who had derived their religion and theology from the Egyptians and Orientals, and the Latins, who took it from the Greeks, believed that the souls of the dead sometimes appeared to the living; that the necromancers evoked them, and thus obtained answers concerning the future, and instructions relating to the time present. Homer, the greatest theologian, and perhaps the most curious of the Grecian writers, relates several apparitions, both of gods and heroes, and of men after their death.

The Greeks, who got their religion and theology from the Egyptians and Orientals, and the Latins, who learned it from the Greeks, believed that the souls of the dead sometimes showed up to the living. They thought necromancers could summon them, gaining insights about the future and guidance for the present. Homer, the most renowned theologian and possibly the most inquisitive of the Greek writers, recounts various appearances of gods, heroes, and people after their death.

In the Odyssey,[381] Ulysses goes to consult the diviner Tyresias; and this sorcerer having prepared a grave full of blood to evoke the manes, Ulysses draws his sword, and prevents them from coming to drink this blood, for which they appear to thirst, and of which they would not permit them to taste before they had replied to what was asked of them; they (the Greeks and Latins) believed also that souls were not at rest, and that they wandered around the corpses, so long as they remained uninhumed.[382] When they gave burial to a body, they called that animam condere,[383] to cover the soul, put it under the earth and shelter it. They called it with a loud voice, and offered it libations of milk and blood. They also called that ceremony, hiding the shades,[384] sending them with their body under ground.

In the Odyssey,[381] Ulysses goes to see the seer Tyresias; and this sorcerer prepares a grave filled with blood to summon the spirits. Ulysses draws his sword to stop them from drinking the blood, which they seem to crave, and will not let them taste it until they answer his questions. They (the Greeks and Latins) also believed that souls were not at peace and wandered around their bodies as long as they remained unburied.[382] When they buried a body, they called it animam condere,[383] meaning to cover the soul, place it in the ground, and protect it. They called out loudly and offered libations of milk and blood. They also referred to that ceremony as hiding the shades,[384] sending them down with their body.

The sybil, speaking to Æneas, shows him the manes or shades wandering on the banks of the Acheron; and tells him that they[Pg 199] are souls of persons who have not received sepulture, and who wander about for a hundred years.[385]

The sybil, talking to Æneas, shows him the spirits or shades drifting along the banks of the Acheron, and informs him that they[Pg 199] are souls of people who haven't been buried, and who roam around for a hundred years.[385]

The philosopher Sallust[386] speaks of the apparitions of the dead around their tombs in dark bodies; he tries to prove thereby the dogma of the metempsychosis.

The philosopher Sallust[386] talks about the appearances of the dead around their graves in dark forms; he tries to support the belief in metempsychosis.

Here is a singular instance of a dead man, who refuses the rite of burial, acknowledging himself unworthy of it. Agathias relates[387] that some pagan philosophers, not being able to relish the dogma of the unity of a God, resolved to go from Constantinople to the court of Chosroes, King of Persia, who was spoken of as a humane prince, and one who loved learning. Simplicius of Silicia, Eulamius the Phrygian, Protanus the Lydian, Hermenes and Philogenes of Phœnicia, and Isidorus of Gaza, repaired then to the court of Chosroes, and were well received there; but they soon perceived that that country was much more corrupt than Greece, and they resolved to return to Constantinople, where Justinian then reigned.

Here is a unique case of a deceased man who refuses to be buried, considering himself unworthy of it. Agathias mentions that some pagan philosophers, unable to accept the idea of one God, decided to travel from Constantinople to the court of Chosroes, the King of Persia, known as a compassionate ruler who appreciated learning. Simplicius from Silicia, Eulamius the Phrygian, Protanus the Lydian, Hermenes and Philogenes from Phoenicia, and Isidorus from Gaza went to Chosroes's court and were welcomed there, but they quickly realized that the region was far more corrupt than Greece, prompting them to return to Constantinople, where Justinian was then ruling.

As they were on their way, they found an unburied corpse, took pity on it, and had it put in the ground by their own servants. The following night this man appeared to one of them, and told him not to inter him, who was not worthy of receiving sepulture; for the earth abhorred one who had defiled his own mother. The next day they found the same corpse cast out of the ground, and they comprehended that it was defiled by incest, which rendered it unworthy of the honor of receiving burial, although such crimes were known in Persia, and did not excite the same horror there as in other countries.

As they were traveling, they discovered an unburied corpse, felt sorry for it, and had their own servants bury it. That night, the man appeared to one of them and told him not to bury the body, saying it was not worthy of a proper grave because the earth rejected someone who had defiled his own mother. The next day, they found the same corpse dug up and realized it was unworthy of burial because of the incest, even though such crimes were recognized in Persia and didn’t cause the same horror there as in other places.

The Greeks and Latins believed that the souls of the dead came and tasted what was presented on their tombs, especially honey and wine; that the demons loved the smoke and odor of sacrifices, melody, the blood of victims, commerce with women; that they were attached for a time to certain spots or to certain edifices, which they haunted, and where they appeared; that souls separated from their terrestrial body, retained after death a subtile one, flexible, aërial, which preserved the form of that they once had animated during their life; that they haunted those who had done them wrong and whom they hated. Thus Virgil describes Dido, in a rage, threatening to haunt the perfidious Æneas.[388]

The Greeks and Romans believed that the souls of the dead would come and enjoy what was left on their graves, especially honey and wine; that demons loved the smoke and scent of sacrifices, music, the blood of offerings, and interactions with women; that they were connected to specific places or buildings, which they would haunt and where they would appear; that souls separated from their physical bodies after death retained a subtle, flexible, airy form that resembled the bodies they once animated during their lives; that they would haunt those who wronged them and whom they despised. Virgil illustrates this with Dido, in a fury, threatening to haunt the treacherous Aeneas.[388]

When the spirit of Patroclus appeared to Achilles,[389] it had his voice, his shape, his eyes, his garments, but not his palpable body. When Ulysses went down to the infernal regions, he saw there the divine Hercules,[390] that is to say, says Homer, his likeness; for he himself is with the immortal gods, seated at their feast. Æneas recognized his wife Creüsa, who appeared to him in her usual form, only taller and more majestic.[391]

When the spirit of Patroclus appeared to Achilles,[389] it had his voice, his shape, his eyes, and his clothes, but not his physical body. When Ulysses went down to the underworld, he saw the divine Hercules,[390] which, according to Homer, was just his likeness; because he himself is with the immortal gods, seated at their feast. Æneas recognized his wife Creüsa, who appeared to him in her usual form, only taller and more majestic.[391]

We might cite a quantity of passages from the ancient poets, even from the fathers of the church, who believed that spirits often appeared to the living. Tertullian[392] believes that the soul is corporeal, and that it has a certain figure. He appeals to the experience of those to whom the ghosts of dead persons have appeared, and who have seen them sensibly, corporeally, and palpably, although of an aërial color and consistency. He defines the soul[393] a breath sent from God, immortal, and having body and form. Speaking of the fictions of the poets, who have asserted that souls were not at rest while their bodies remain uninterred, he says all this is invented only to inspire the living with that care which they ought to take for the burial of the dead, and to take away from the relations of the dead the sight of an object which would only uselessly augment their grief, if they kept it too long in their houses; ut instantiâ funeris et honor corporum servetur et mœror affectuum temperetur.

We could mention several passages from ancient poets and the early church fathers who believed that spirits often appeared to the living. Tertullian[392] thinks that the soul is physical and has a specific form. He refers to the experiences of those who have seen the ghosts of the dead, perceiving them clearly and tangibly, though they have an ethereal appearance. He describes the soul[393] as a breath from God, immortal, and with body and shape. When discussing the myths of poets who claimed that souls are restless until their bodies are buried, he argues that this is all made up just to encourage the living to care for the burial of the dead, and to spare the relatives of the deceased from seeing something that would only unnecessarily increase their sorrow if they kept it in their homes too long; ut instantiâ funeris et honor corporum servetur et mœror affectuum temperetur.

St. Irenæus[394] teaches, as a doctrine received from the Lord, that souls not only subsist after the death of the body—without however passing from one body into another, as those will have it who admit the metempsychosis—but that they retain the form and remain near this body, as faithful guardians of it, and remember naught of what they have done or not done in this life. These fathers believed, then, in the return of souls, their apparition, and their attachment to their body; but we do not adopt their opinion on the corporeality of souls; we are persuaded that they can appear with God's permission, independently of all matter and of any corporeal substance which may belong to them.

St. Irenæus[394] teaches, based on doctrine from the Lord, that souls do not just exist after the body dies—without transitioning from one body to another, as those who believe in reincarnation suggest—but that they keep their form and remain near their body, acting as faithful guardians. They forget everything they did or didn’t do in this life. These early thinkers believed in the return of souls, their appearances, and their connection to their body; however, we don’t share their view on the physicality of souls. We believe that they can appear with God’s permission, without relying on any physical matter or substance associated with them.

As to the opinion of the soul being in a state of unrest while its body is not interred, that it remains for some time near the tomb of the body, and appears there in a bodily form; those are opinions which have no solid foundation, either in Scripture or in the traditions of the Church, which teach us that directly after death the soul is presented before the judgment-seat of God, and is there destined to the place that its good or bad actions have deserved.

As for the belief that the soul is restless until its body is buried, that it stays near the tomb and appears in a physical form; these ideas lack a solid basis in Scripture or in Church traditions. Instead, these teachings tell us that right after death, the soul stands before God's judgment seat and is sent to the place its good or bad deeds have earned it.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[369] Joseph Bell. Jud. lib. iii c. 25.

[369] Joseph Bell. Jud. lib. iii c. 25.

[370] Deut. xxi. 23.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Deut. 21:23.

[371] Homer, Iliad, XXIV.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Homer, Iliad, Book 24.

[372] Origenes contra Celsum, p. 97.

[372] Origen against Celsus, p. 97.

[373] Origenes in Joan. ix. &c. Theophylac. ibid.

[373] Origen in John 9, etc. Theophylact, ibid.

[374] Tertull. lib. de Anima.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Tertull. On the Soul.

[375] Origenes contra Cels. lib. ii.

[375] Origen against Celsus, book ii.

[376] Bereseith Rabbæ. c. 22. Vide Menasse de Resurrect. Mort.

[376] Genesis Rabbah. c. 22. See Menasseh on the Resurrection of the Dead.

[377]
"Parete precanti
Non in Tartareo latitantem poscimus antro,
Assuetamque diù tenebris; modò luce fugatâ
Descendentem animam primo pallentis hiatu
Hæret adhuc orci."  Lucan, Pharsal. 16.

[377]
"Singing the walls"
We’re not asking for it to be hidden away in a Tartarus cave,
Used to the darkness for so long; now that the light has disappeared.
The soul, moving down through the first vast emptiness,
"Still clings to the world of the dead." Lucan, Pharsal. 16.

[378] Porphyr. de Abstin. lib. ii. art. 47.

[378] Porphyr. de Abstin. lib. ii. art. 47.

[379] Demet. lib. iv. art. 10.

[379] Demet. lib. iv. art. 10.

[380] Gruter, p. lxiii. Mauric. Hist. de Metz, preface, p. 15.

[380] Gruter, p. 63. Mauric. History of Metz, preface, p. 15.

[381] Homer, Odyss. sub finem. Horat. lib. i. satyr. 8. Aug. de Civit. Dei, lib. vii. c. 35. Clem. Alex. Pædag. lib. ii. c. 1. Prudent. lib. iv. contra Symmach. Tertull. de Anim. Lactantius, lib. iii.

[381] Homer, Odyss. near the end. Horace. book i. satire 8. August. City of God, book vii. chapter 35. Clement of Alexandria, Pedagogue, book ii. chapter 1. Prudentius, book iv. against Symmachus. Tertullian on the Soul. Lactantius, book iii.

[382] Virgil, Æn. iii. 150, et seq.

"Proptereà jacet exanimum tibi corpus amici,
Heu nescis! totamque incestat funere classem.
Sedibus hunc refer ante suis et conde sepulcre."

[382] Virgil, Æn. iii. 150, et seq.

"That's why your friend's lifeless body is here,
"Oh, don’t you know? The entire fleet is marked by death."
"Take him back home and give him a proper burial."

[383]
"Animamque sepulchro
Condimus, et magnâ supremum voce ciemus."

[383]
"We lay the soul to rest"
"In the tomb, we call it forth one last time with a loud voice."

[384]
"Romulus ut tumulo fraternas condidit umbras,
Et malè veloci justa soluta Remo."

[384]
"Romulus buried his brother's spirit in a tomb,
"And justice was poorly served by swift Remus."

[385]
"Hæc omnis, quam cernis, inops inhumataque turba est.
Centum errant annos, volitantque hæc littora circum."

[385]
"This entire crowd you see is stranded and unburied."
"They wander for a hundred years, roaming these shores."

[386] Sallust. Philos. c. 19, 20.

[386] Sallust. Philos. c. 19, 20.

[387] Stolust. lib. ii. de Bella Persico, sub fin.

[387] Stolust. lib. ii. de Bella Persico, sub fin.

[388]
"Sequar atris ignibus absens;
Et cum frigida mors animæ subduxerit artus,
Omnibus umbra lecis adero: dubis, improbe, pœnas."

[388]
"I'll follow with dark flames from a distance;
And when cold death has separated the body from the soul,
"I will be there for all the shadows; for the uncertain, you will face punishment, evil one."

[389] Homer, Iliad, XXIII.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Homer, Iliad, 23.

[390] Ibid. Odyss. V.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Ibid. Odyssey. V.

[391]
"Infelix simulacrum etque ipsius umbra Creüsæ
Visa mihi ante oculos, et notâ major imago." Virgil, Æneid I.

[391]
"The unfortunate image and the shadow of Creüsæ"
"Appeared before me, and the larger image is labeled." Virgil, Æneid I.

[392] Tertull. de Anim.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Tertullian on the Soul.

[393] Ibid.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Same source.

[394] Iren. lib. ii. c. 34.

[394] Iren. book ii. chapter 34.


CHAPTER XLIV.

EXAMINATION OF WHAT IS REQUIRED OR REVEALED TO THE LIVING BY THE DEAD WHO RETURN TO EARTH.

The apparitions which are seen are those of good angels, or of demons, or the spirits of the dead, or of living persons to others still living.

The apparitions that are seen are those of good angels, demons, the spirits of the dead, or of living people to others who are still alive.

Good angels usually bring only good news, and announce nothing but what is fortunate; or if they do announce any future misfortunes, it is to persuade men to prevent them, or turn them aside by repentance, or to profit by the evils which God sends them by exercising their patience, and showing submission to his orders.

Good angels typically deliver only positive news and share nothing but what is favorable; or, if they do mention any upcoming troubles, it's to encourage people to avoid them, change course through repentance, or benefit from the hardships that God sends by practicing patience and demonstrating obedience to His will.

Bad angels generally foretell only misfortune; wars, the effect of the wrath of God on nations; and often even they execute the evils, and direct the wars and public calamities which desolate kingdoms, provinces, cities, and families. The spectres whose appearance to Brutus, Cassius, and Julian the Apostate we have related, are only bearers of the fatal orders of the wrath of God. If they sometimes promise any prosperity to those to whom they appear, it is only for the present time, never for eternity, nor for the glory of God, nor for the eternal salvation of those to whom they speak. It only extends to a temporal fortune, always of short duration, and very often deceitful.

Bad angels typically only predict misfortune; wars, the consequences of God's anger on nations; and often they carry out the evils, directing the wars and public disasters that devastate kingdoms, regions, cities, and families. The apparitions that appeared to Brutus, Cassius, and Julian the Apostate, as we've described, are merely messengers of God's wrath. If they sometimes promise prosperity to those who see them, it’s only for the moment, never for eternity, nor for God's glory, nor for the true salvation of those they speak to. Their promises are limited to temporary success, which is always short-lived and often deceptive.

The souls of the defunct, if these be Christians, ask very often that the sacrifice of the body and blood of Christ should be offered, according to the observation of St. Gregory the Great;[395] and, as experience shows, there is hardly any apparition of a Christian that does not ask for masses, pilgrimages, restitutions, or that alms should be distributed, or that they would satisfy those to whom the deceased died indebted. They also often give salutary advice for the salvation or correction of the morals, or good regulation of families. They reveal the state in which certain persons find themselves in the other world, in order to relieve their pain, or to put the living on their guard, that the like misfortune may not befall them. They talk of hell, paradise, purgatory, angels, demons, of the Supreme Judge, of the rigor of his judgments, of the goodness he exercises[Pg 202] towards the just, and the rewards with which he crowns their good works.

The souls of the deceased, if they are Christians, often request that the sacrifice of Christ’s body and blood be offered, according to St. Gregory the Great;[395] and as experience shows, there’s hardly any sighting of a Christian spirit that doesn’t ask for masses, pilgrimages, restitution, or for almsgiving, or for settling debts that the deceased left unpaid. They also frequently provide helpful advice for salvation or moral correction, or for the proper management of families. They reveal the circumstances in which certain individuals find themselves in the afterlife, to ease their suffering or to warn the living so that they don’t face the same misfortune. They discuss hell, paradise, purgatory, angels, demons, the Supreme Judge, the severity of His judgments, and the kindness He shows[Pg 202] towards the righteous, along with the rewards He grants for their good deeds.

But we must greatly mistrust those apparitions which ask for masses, pilgrimages and restitution. St. Paul warns us that the demon often transforms himself into an angel of light;[396] and St. John[397] warns us to distrust the "depths of Satan," his illusions, and deceitful appearances; that spirit of malice and falsehood is found among the true prophets to put into the mouth of the false prophets falsehood and error. He makes a wrong use of the text of the Scriptures, of the most sacred ceremonies, even of the sacraments and prayers of the church, to seduce the simple, and win their confidence, to share as much as in him lies the glory which is due to the Almighty alone, and to appropriate it to himself. How many false miracles has he not wrought? How many times has he foretold future events? What cures has he not operated? How many holy actions has he not counseled? How many enterprises, praiseworthy in appearance, has he not inspired, in order to draw the faithful into his snare?

But we must be very cautious of those apparitions that ask for masses, pilgrimages, and restitution. St. Paul warns us that the demon often disguises himself as an angel of light;[396] and St. John[397] cautions us to be wary of the "depths of Satan," his illusions, and deceptive appearances. That spirit of malice and falsehood exists among the true prophets to put lies and errors into the mouths of false prophets. He misuses the text of Scriptures, the most sacred ceremonies, and even the sacraments and prayers of the church, to mislead the simple and gain their trust, aiming to share in the glory that belongs to the Almighty alone and to claim it for himself. How many false miracles has he performed? How many times has he predicted future events? What cures has he not claimed to have done? How many holy actions has he not suggested? How many seemingly good projects has he not inspired to trap the faithful?

Boden, in his Demonology,[398] cites more than one instance of demons who have requested prayers, and have even placed themselves in the posture of persons praying over a grave, to point out that the dead persons wanted prayers. Sometimes it will be the demon in the shape of a wretch dead in crime, who will come and ask for masses, to show that his soul is in purgatory, and has need of prayers, although it may be certain that he finally died impenitent, and that prayers are useless for his salvation. All this is only a stratagem of a demon, who seeks to inspire the wicked with foolish and dangerous confidence in their being saved, notwithstanding their criminal life and their impenitence; and that they can obtain salvation by means of a few prayers, and a few alms, which shall be made after their death; not regarding that these good works can be useful only to those who died in a state of grace, although stained by some venial fault, since the Scripture informs us[399] that nothing impure will enter the kingdom of heaven.

Boden, in his Demonology,[398] mentions several cases of demons who asked for prayers and even took on the appearance of people praying over a grave to indicate that the deceased wanted prayers. Sometimes, it’s a demon in the form of a person who died in sin that comes and requests masses, suggesting that their soul is in purgatory and needs prayers, even though it’s clear they died unrepentant, meaning those prayers won’t help their salvation. All of this is just a trick by a demon, aimed at giving the wicked a false sense of security about being saved despite their sinful lives and lack of repentance; it convinces them they can achieve salvation with a few prayers and acts of charity after they die, ignoring the fact that these good deeds only help those who died in a state of grace, even if they had some minor faults, since Scripture tells us[399] that nothing unclean will enter the kingdom of heaven.

It is believed that the reprobate can sometimes return to earth by permission, as persons dead in idolatry, and consequently in sin, and excluded from the kingdom of God, have been seen to come to life again, be converted, and receive baptism. St. Martin was as yet only the simple abbot of his monastery of Ligugé,[400] when, in his absence, a catechumen who had placed himself under his discipline to be instructed in the truths of the Christian religion died without having been baptized. He had been three days deceased when the[Pg 203] saint arrived. He sent everybody away, prayed over the dead man, resuscitated him, and administered to him the baptismal rite.

It’s believed that those who are lost can sometimes return to Earth by permission. People who died in idolatry and sin, and are excluded from God's kingdom, have been seen to come back to life, be converted, and receive baptism. St. Martin was still just the simple abbot of his monastery in Ligugé,[400] when, during his absence, a catechumen who had been under his guidance to learn about the Christian faith passed away without being baptized. He had been dead for three days when the[Pg 203] saint arrived. He sent everyone away, prayed over the dead man, brought him back to life, and performed the baptism.

This catechumen related that he had been led before the tribunal of the Supreme Judge, who had condemned him to descend into the darkness with an infinity of other persons condemned like himself; but that two angels having represented to the Judge that it was this man for whom St. Martin interceded, God commanded the two angels to bring him back to earth, and restore him to Martin. This is an instance which proves what I have just said, that the reprobate can return to life, do penance, and receive baptism.

This person shared that he had been taken before the court of the Supreme Judge, who had sentenced him to go into darkness along with countless others in the same situation. However, two angels argued before the Judge that this was the man for whom St. Martin had intervened. God instructed the two angels to bring him back to earth and return him to Martin. This is an example that supports what I just mentioned, that those condemned can come back to life, repent, and receive baptism.

But as to what some have affirmed of the salvation of Falconila, procured by St. Thecla, of that of Trajan, saved by the prayers of St. Gregory, pope, and of some others who died heathens, this is all entirely contrary to the faith of the church and to the holy Scripture, which teach us that without faith it is impossible to please God, and that he who believes not and has not received baptism is already judged and condemned. Thus the opinions of those who accord salvation to Plato, Aristotle, Seneca, &c., because it may appear to them that they lived in a praiseworthy manner, according to the rules of a merely human and philosophical morality, must be considered as rash, erroneous, false, and dangerous.

But regarding what some have claimed about the salvation of Falconila, which was supposedly achieved through St. Thecla, and that of Trajan, who was saved by the prayers of St. Gregory, the pope, as well as others who died as pagans, this is all completely against the teachings of the church and holy Scripture. These texts teach us that without faith, it is impossible to please God, and that those who do not believe and have not received baptism are already judged and condemned. Therefore, the views of those who assign salvation to Plato, Aristotle, Seneca, and others because they believe these figures lived morally commendable lives according to human and philosophical standards should be regarded as reckless, mistaken, false, and dangerous.

Philip, Chancellor of the Church of Paris, maintained that it was permitted to one man to hold a plurality of benefices. Being on his death-bed, he was visited by William, Bishop of Paris, who died in 1248. This prelate urged the chancellor to give up all his benefices save one only; he refused, saying that he wished to try if the holding a plurality of livings was so wrong as it was said to be; and in this disposition of mind he died in 1237.

Philip, the Chancellor of the Church of Paris, argued that it was acceptable for one person to hold multiple benefices. On his deathbed, he was visited by William, the Bishop of Paris, who passed away in 1248. This bishop encouraged the chancellor to give up all his benefices except for one, but Philip refused, stating that he wanted to see if holding multiple positions was really as wrong as everyone claimed. He died in this mindset in 1237.

Some days after his decease, Bishop William, or Guillaume, praying by night, after matins, in his cathedral, beheld before him the hideous and frightful figure of a man. He made the sign of the cross, and said to him, "If you are sent by God, speak." He spoke, and said: "I am that wretched chancellor, and have been condemned to eternal punishment." The bishop having asked him the cause, he replied, "I am condemned, first, for not having distributed the superfluity of my benefices; secondly, for having maintained that it was allowable to hold several at once; thirdly, for having remained for several days in the guilt of incontinence."

A few days after his death, Bishop William, or Guillaume, was praying at night after matins in his cathedral when he saw a terrifying and grotesque figure of a man before him. He made the sign of the cross and said, "If you’re sent by God, speak." The figure spoke, saying: "I am that miserable chancellor, and I have been condemned to eternal punishment." When the bishop asked him why, he replied, "I am condemned, first, for not distributing the excess from my benefices; second, for believing it was okay to hold multiple benefices at once; third, for living in sin for several days."

The story was often preached by Bishop William to his clerks. It is related by the Bishop Albertus Magnus, who was a cotemporary, in his book on the sacraments; by William Durand, Bishop of Mande, in his book De Modo celebrandi Concilia; and in Thomas de Cantimpré, in his work Des Abeilles. He believed, then, that God sometimes permitted the reprobate to appear to the living.

The story was frequently told by Bishop William to his clerks. It’s recounted by Bishop Albertus Magnus, a contemporary, in his book on the sacraments; by William Durand, Bishop of Mande, in his book De Modo celebrandi Concilia; and in Thomas de Cantimpré's work Des Abeilles. He believed, then, that God sometimes allowed the damned to appear to the living.

Here is an instance of the apparition of a man and woman who[Pg 204] were in a state of reprobation. The Prince of Ratzivil,[401] in his Journey to Jerusalem, relates that when in Egypt he bought two mummies, had them packed up, and secretly as possible conveyed on board his vessel, so that only himself and his two servants were aware of it; the Turks making a great difficulty of allowing mummies to be carried away, because they fancy that the Christians make use of them for magical operations. When they were at sea, there arose at sundry times such a violent tempest that the pilot despaired of saving the vessel. A good Polish priest, of the suite of the Prince de Ratzivil, recited the prayers suitable to the circumstance; but he was tormented, he said, by two hideous black spectres, a man and a woman, who were on each side of him, and threatened to take away his life. It was thought at first that terror disturbed his mind.

Here’s a case of the appearance of a man and woman who[Pg 204] were in a state of damnation. The Prince of Ratzivil,[401] in his journey to Jerusalem, recounts that while in Egypt he bought two mummies, had them packed up, and secretly loaded onto his ship, so that only he and his two servants knew about it; the Turks were making a big fuss about allowing mummies to be taken away, because they believe that Christians use them for magic. When they were at sea, violent storms arose at various times to the point that the pilot lost hope of saving the ship. A good Polish priest, part of the prince's group, said the appropriate prayers, but he was tormented, as he described, by two hideous black specters, a man and a woman, who were on either side of him and threatened to take his life. At first, it was thought that fear was affecting his mind.

A calm coming on, he appeared tranquil; but very soon, the storm beginning again, he was more tormented than before, and was only delivered from these haunting spectres when the two mummies, which he had not seen, were thrown into the sea, and neither himself nor the pilot knew of their being in the ship. I will not deny the fact, which is related by a prince incapable of desiring to impose on any one. But how many reflections may we make on this event! Were they the souls of these two pagans, or two demons who assumed their form? What interest could the demon have in not permitting these bodies to come under the power of the Christians?

As he started to calm down, he seemed peaceful; but soon, as the storm flared up again, he became more tormented than before. He was finally free from these haunting figures when the two mummies, which he hadn’t seen, were thrown into the sea, and neither he nor the pilot knew they were on the ship. I won’t deny this fact, as told by a prince who has no reason to deceive anyone. But how many thoughts can we have about this situation! Were they the souls of these two pagans, or two demons taking on their shape? What possible reason would a demon have for not wanting these bodies to fall into the hands of the Christians?

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[395] Greg. Mag. lib. iv. Dialog. c. 55.

[395] Greg. Mag. lib. iv. Dialog. c. 55.

[396] Cor. xi. 14.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Cor. 11:14.

[397] Rev. xxi. 14.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Rev. 21:14.

[398] Bodin, Dæmon. tom. iii. c. 6.

[398] Bodin, Dæmon. vol. iii. ch. 6.

[399] Rev. xxi. 27.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Rev. 21:27.

[400] Sulpit. Sever. Vita St. Martin. c. 5.

[400] Sulpit. Sever. Life of St. Martin. ch. 5.

[401] Ratzivil, Peregrin, Jerosol. p. 218.

[401] Ratzivil, Peregrin, Jerosol. p. 218.


CHAPTER XLV.

APPARITIONS OF MEN STILL ALIVE, TO OTHER LIVING MEN, ABSENT, AND VERY DISTANT FROM EACH OTHER.

We find in all history, both sacred and profane, ancient and modern, an infinite number of examples of the apparition of persons alive to other living persons. The prophet Ezekiel says of himself,[402] "I was seated in my house, in the midst of the elders of my people, when on a sudden a hand, which came from a figure shining like fire, seized me by the hair; and the spirit transported me between heaven and earth, and took me to Jerusalem, where he placed me near the inner gate, which looks towards the north, where I saw the idol of jealousy" (apparently Adonis), "and I[Pg 205] there remarked the majesty of the Lord, as I had seen it in the field; he showed me the idol of jealousy, to which the Israelites burned incense; and the angel of the Lord said to me: Thou seest the abominations which the children of Israel commit, in turning away from my sanctuary; thou shalt see still greater.

We see throughout history, both sacred and secular, ancient and modern, countless examples of people appearing to others who are still alive. The prophet Ezekiel mentions himself,[402] "I was sitting in my house, surrounded by the elders of my community, when suddenly a hand, coming from a figure shining like fire, grabbed me by the hair; and the spirit lifted me between heaven and earth, bringing me to Jerusalem, where I was placed near the inner gate, facing north, where I saw the idol of jealousy" (likely Adonis), "and I[Pg 205] there recognized the majesty of the Lord, as I had seen it in the field; he showed me the idol of jealousy, where the Israelites burned incense; and the angel of the Lord said to me: You see the wickedness that the children of Israel commit by turning away from my sanctuary; you will see even greater things."

"And having pierced the wall of the temple, I saw figures of reptiles and animals, the abominations and idols of the house of Israel, and seventy men of the elders of Israel, who were standing before these figures, each one bearing a censer in his hand; after that the angel said to me, Thou shalt see yet something yet more abominable; and he showed me women who were mourning for Adonis. Lastly, having introduced me into the inner court of the temple, I saw twenty men between the vestibule and the altar, who turned their back upon the temple of the Lord, and stood with their faces to the east, and paid adoration to the rising sun."

"And after breaking through the wall of the temple, I saw images of reptiles and animals, the detestable idols of the house of Israel, and seventy of the elders of Israel standing before these images, each holding a censer in their hand. Then the angel said to me, 'You will see something even more shocking.' He showed me women crying for Adonis. Finally, when he took me into the inner court of the temple, I saw twenty men between the vestibule and the altar, who turned their backs to the temple of the Lord and faced the east, worshiping the rising sun."

Here we may remark two things; first, that Ezekiel is transported from Chaldæa to Jerusalem, through the air between heaven and earth by the hand of an angel; which proves the possibility of transporting a living man through the air to a very great distance from the place where he was.

Here are two things to note: first, Ezekiel is taken from Chaldea to Jerusalem, through the air between heaven and earth by an angel; this demonstrates that it's possible to transport a living person through the air over a considerable distance from where they originally were.

The second is, the vision or apparition of those prevaricators who commit even within the temple the greatest abominations, the most contrary to the majesty of God, the sanctity of the spot, and the law of the Lord. After all these things, the same angel brings back Ezekiel into Chaldæa; but it was not until after God had showed him the vengeance he intended to exercise upon the Israelites.

The second is the vision or apparition of those wrongdoers who commit the worst acts, even in the temple, that go against the greatness of God, the holiness of the place, and the law of the Lord. After all these things, the same angel brings Ezekiel back to Chaldæa; but this only happens after God shows him the punishment he plans to inflict on the Israelites.

It will, perhaps, be said that all this passed only in a vision; that Ezekiel thought that he was transported to Jerusalem and afterwards brought back again to Babylon; and that what he saw in the temple he saw only by revelation. I reply, that the text of this prophet indicates a real removal, and that he was transported by the hair of his head between heaven and earth. He was brought back from Jerusalem in the same way.

It might be said that all of this happened only in a vision; that Ezekiel believed he was taken to Jerusalem and then brought back to Babylon, and that what he saw in the temple was only revealed to him. I respond that the text of this prophet suggests a real movement, and that he was carried by the hair of his head between heaven and earth. He was returned from Jerusalem in the same manner.

I do not deny that the thing might have passed in a vision, and that Ezekiel might have seen in spirit what was passing in the temple of Jerusalem. But I shall still deduce from it a consequence which is favorable to my design, that is, the possibility of a living man being carried through the air to a very great distance from the place he was in, or at least that a living man can imagine strongly that he is being carried from one place to another, although this transportation may be only imaginary and in a dream or vision, as they pretend it happens in the transportation of sorcerers to the witches' sabbath.

I don't deny that this could have happened in a vision, and that Ezekiel might have experienced in spirit what was happening in the temple of Jerusalem. However, I will still draw a conclusion that supports my argument: the possibility of a living person being carried through the air over a great distance from their original location, or at least that a living person can vividly imagine being moved from one place to another, even if this movement is only imaginary and occurs in a dream or vision, just like they claim it happens with sorcerers at the witches' sabbath.

In short, there are true appearances of the living to others who[Pg 206] are also alive. How is this done? The thing is not difficult to explain in following the recital of the prophet, who is transferred from Chaldæa into Judea in his own body by the ministration of angels; but the apparitions related in St. Augustine and in other authors are not of the same kind: the two persons who see and converse with each other go not from their places; and the one who appears knows nothing of what is passing in regard to him to whom he appears, and to whom he explains several things of which he did not even think at that moment.

In short, there are genuine appearances of the living to others who[Pg 206] are also alive. How does this happen? It's not hard to explain by referencing the story of the prophet, who is taken from Chaldea to Judea in his own body through the help of angels; however, the apparitions described by St. Augustine and other authors are different. The two people who see and talk to each other don’t leave their places, and the one who appears knows nothing about what’s happening regarding the person he appears to, often explaining things he wasn’t even thinking about at that moment.

In the third book of Kings, Obadiah, steward of king Ahab, having met the prophet Elijah, who had for some time kept himself concealed, tells him that king Ahab had him sought for everywhere, and that not having been able to discover him anywhere, had gone himself to seek him out. Elijah desired him to go and tell the king that Elijah had appeared; but Obadiah replied, "See to what you expose me; for if I go and announce to Ahab that I have spoken to you, the spirit of God will transport you into some unknown place, and the king, not finding you, will put me to death."

In the third book of Kings, Obadiah, the steward of King Ahab, encounters the prophet Elijah, who had been hiding for some time. He informs Elijah that King Ahab has been searching for him everywhere and, unable to find him, has gone out to look for him himself. Elijah asks Obadiah to go and tell the king that Elijah has appeared. However, Obadiah responds, "Think about what you're asking me to do; if I go and tell Ahab that I’ve spoken to you, the Spirit of God might whisk you away to some unknown place, and when the king doesn’t find you, he’ll have me killed."

There again is an instance which proves the possibility of the transportation of a living man to a very distant spot. The same prophet, being on Mount Carmel, was seized by the Spirit of God, which transported him thence to Jezreel in very little time, not through the air, but by making him walk and run with a promptitude that was quite extraordinary.

Here’s another example that shows how a living person can be transported to a faraway place. The same prophet, while on Mount Carmel, was taken by the Spirit of God, which brought him to Jezreel in no time at all, not through the air, but by making him walk and run with an extraordinary speed.

In the Gospel, Elias[403] appeared with Moses on Mount Tabor, at the transfiguration of the Saviour. Moses had long been dead; but the Church believes that Elijah (or Elias) is still living. In the Acts of the Apostles,[404] Annanias appeared to St. Paul, and put his hands on him in a vision before he arrived at his house in Damascus.

In the Gospel, Elijah[403] showed up with Moses on Mount Tabor during the transfiguration of the Savior. Moses had been dead for a long time; however, the Church believes that Elijah is still alive. In the Acts of the Apostles,[404] Ananias came to St. Paul in a vision and laid his hands on him before he got to his house in Damascus.

Two men of the court of the Emperor Valens, wishing to discover by the aid of magical secrets who would succeed that emperor,[405] caused a table of laurel-wood to be made into a tripod, on which they placed a basin made of divers metals. On the border of this basin were engraved, at some distance from each other, the twenty-four letters of the Greek alphabet. A magician with certain ceremonies approached the basin, and holding in his hand a ring suspended by a thread, suffered it at intervals to fall upon the letters of the alphabet whilst they were rapidly turning the table; the ring falling on the different letters formed obscure and enigmatical verses like those pronounced by the oracle of Delphi.

Two men from the court of Emperor Valens wanted to use magical secrets to find out who would succeed him.[405] They had a laurel-wood table made into a tripod, on which they placed a basin made of various metals. Engraved on the rim of this basin, spaced out from each other, were the twenty-four letters of the Greek alphabet. A magician, performing certain rituals, approached the basin while holding a ring suspended by a thread. He let the ring fall onto the letters of the alphabet as they quickly spun the table; the ring landed on different letters, forming obscure and cryptic verses like those spoken by the oracle of Delphi.

At last they asked what was the name of him who should succeed to the Emperor Valens? The ring touched the four letters ΘΕΟΔ, which they interpreted of Theodosius, the second secretary[Pg 207] of the Emperor Valens. Theodosius was arrested, interrogated, convicted, and put to death; and with him all the culprits or accomplices in this operation; search was made for all the books of magic, and a great number were burnt. The great Theodosius, of whom they thought not at all, and who was at a great distance from the court, was the person designated by these letters. In 379, he was declared Augustus by the Emperor Gratian, and in coming to Constantinople in 380, he had a dream, in which it seemed to him that Melitus, Bishop of Antioch, whom he had never seen, and knew only by reputation, invested him with the imperial mantle and placed the diadem on his head.

Finally, they asked who would take over after Emperor Valens. The ring pointed to the four letters ΘΕΟΔ, which they interpreted as Theodosius, the second secretary of Emperor Valens. Theodosius was arrested, questioned, found guilty, and executed; along with him, all the guilty parties or accomplices in this scheme were punished as well. A search was conducted for all magical books, and many were burned. The great Theodosius, who was not even considered by them and was far away from the court, was actually the one indicated by those letters. In 379, he was named Augustus by Emperor Gratian, and when he arrived in Constantinople in 380, he had a dream in which Melitus, the Bishop of Antioch, whom he had never met and only knew by reputation, clothed him in the imperial robe and placed the crown on his head.

They were then assembling the Eastern bishops to hold the Council of Constantinople. Theodosius begged that Melitus might not be pointed out to him, saying that he should recognize him by the signs he had seen in his dream. In fact, he distinguished him amongst all the other bishops, embraced him, kissed his hands, and looked upon him ever after as his father. This was a distinct apparition of a living man.[406]

They were gathering the Eastern bishops to hold the Council of Constantinople. Theodosius requested that Melitus not be identified to him, stating that he should recognize him by the signs he had seen in his dream. In fact, he recognized him among all the other bishops, embraced him, kissed his hands, and regarded him from then on as his father. This was a clear appearance of a living man.[406]

St. Augustine relates[407] that a certain man saw, in the night before he slept, a philosopher, who was known to him, enter his house, and who explained to him some of Plato's opinions which he would not explain to him before. This apparition of the Platonician was merely fantastic; for the person to whom he had appeared having asked him why he would not explain to him at his house what he had come to explain to him when at home, the philosopher replied, "I did not do so, but I dreamt I did so." Here, then, are two persons both alive, one of whom, in his sleep and dreaming, speaks to another who is wide awake, and sees him only in imagination.

St. Augustine explains[407] that a man saw, the night before he went to sleep, a philosopher he recognized enter his house. The philosopher went on to explain some of Plato's ideas that he hadn't shared before. This appearance of the Platonist was just a fantasy; because when the man asked him why he didn’t explain those ideas while he was at home, the philosopher replied, "I didn’t do that, I just dreamed I did." So, here are two people, both alive—one of them is asleep and dreaming, while the other is fully awake and only sees the philosopher in his imagination.

The same St. Augustine[408] acknowledges in the presence of his people that he had appeared to two persons who had never seen him, and knew him only by reputation, and that he advised them to come to Hippo, to be there cured by the merit of the martyr St. Stephen:—they came there, and recovered their health.

The same St. Augustine[408] acknowledges in front of his community that he had shown himself to two people who had never met him and only knew him by name, and that he told them to come to Hippo to be healed through the merit of the martyr St. Stephen:—they came there and regained their health.

Evodius, teaching rhetoric at Carthage,[409] and finding himself puzzled concerning the sense of a passage in the books of the Rhetoric of Cicero, which he was to explain the next day to his scholars, was much disquieted when he went to bed, and could hardly get to sleep. During his sleep he fancied he saw St. Augustine, who was then at Milan, a great way from Carthage, who was not thinking of him at all, and was apparently sleeping very quietly in his bed at Milan, who came to him and explained the passage in question. St.[Pg 208] Augustine avows that he does not know how it happens; but in whatever way it may occur, it is very possible for us to see in a dream a dead person as we see a living one, without either one or the other knowing how, when, or where, these images are formed in our mind. It is also possible that a dead man may appear to the living without being aware of it, and discover to them secrets and hidden things, the result of which reveals their truth and reality. When a living man appears in a dream to another man, we do not say that his body or his spirit have appeared, but simply that such a one has appeared to him. Why can we not say that the dead appear without body and without soul, but simply that their form presents itself to the mind and imagination of the living person?

Evodius, who was teaching rhetoric in Carthage,[409] found himself puzzled by a passage in Cicero's Rhetoric that he was supposed to explain to his students the next day. This made him quite anxious, and he struggled to fall asleep. In his dreams, he imagined he saw St. Augustine, who was in Milan, far from Carthage, and was not thinking of him at all. Augustine appeared to be sleeping peacefully in his bed in Milan and came to him to explain the troubling passage. St. Augustine admits that he doesn't understand how this happens; however, regardless of how it occurs, it's certainly possible for us to see a deceased person in a dream just as we see a living one, without either party knowing how, when, or where these images come to our minds. It's also possible for a deceased person to appear to the living unaware and to reveal secrets and hidden truths, which ultimately validate their reality. When a living person shows up in someone else's dream, we don't say that his body or spirit has appeared, but merely that he has appeared to them. So why can't we say that the dead appear without body or soul, but simply that their image comes to the mind and imagination of the living?

St. Augustine, in the book which he has composed on the care which we ought to take of the dead,[410] says that a holy monk, named John, appeared to a pious woman, who ardently desired to see him. The saintly doctor reasons a great deal on this apparition;—whether this solitary foresaw what would happen to him; if he went in spirit to this woman; if it is his angel or his spirit in his bodily form which appeared to her in her sleep, as we behold in our dreams absent persons who are known to us. We should be able to speak to the monk himself, to know from himself how that occurred, if by the power of God, or by his permission; for there is little appearance that he did it by any natural power.

St. Augustine, in the book he wrote about the care we should take of the dead,[410] mentions that a holy monk named John appeared to a devout woman who desperately wanted to see him. The saintly doctor discusses this apparition a lot—whether this hermit knew what would happen to him, if he went to this woman in spirit, or if it was his angel or his spirit in his physical form that appeared to her in her dreams, just like we see familiar people in our sleep. We should be able to ask the monk directly to understand how it happened—whether it was by God's power, or by his permission; because it seems unlikely he did it through any natural ability.

It is said that St. Simeon Stylites[411] appeared to his disciple St. Daniel, who had undertaken the journey to Jerusalem, where he would have to suffer much for Jesus Christ's sake. St. Benedict[412] had promised to comply with the request of some architects, who had begged him to come and show them how he wished them to build a certain monastery; the saint did not go to them bodily, but he went thither in spirit, and gave them the plan and design of the house which they were to construct. These men did not comprehend that it was what he had promised them, and came to him again to ask what were his intentions relative to this edifice: he said to them, "I have explained it to you in a dream; you can follow the plan which you have seen."

It is said that St. Simeon Stylites appeared to his disciple St. Daniel, who had set out on a journey to Jerusalem, where he would have to endure many hardships for the sake of Jesus Christ. St. Benedict had promised to fulfill the request of some architects, who had asked him to come and show them how he wanted them to build a specific monastery; the saint didn’t go to them in person, but instead visited them in spirit and provided them with the plan and design for the building they were to create. These men didn't realize that this was what he had promised them and returned to ask about his intentions regarding the structure. He replied, "I explained it to you in a dream; you can follow the plan that you have seen."

The Cæsar Bardas, who had so mightily contributed to the deposition of St. Ignatius, patriarch of Constantinople, had a vision, which he thus related to Philothes his friend. "I thought I was that night going in procession to the high church with the Emperor Michael. When we had entered and were near the ambe, there appeared two eunuchs of the chamber, with a cruel and ferocious mien, one of whom, having bound the emperor, dragged[Pg 209] him out of the choir on the right side; the other dragged me in the same manner to the left. Then I saw on a sudden an old man seated on the throne of the sanctuary. He resembled the image of St. Peter, and two terrific men were standing near him, who looked like provosts. I beheld, at the knees of St. Peter, St. Ignatius weeping, and crying aloud, 'You have the keys of the kingdom of heaven; if you know the injustice which has been done me, console my afflicted old age.'

The Cæsar Bardas, who played a significant role in the removal of St. Ignatius, the patriarch of Constantinople, had a vision that he shared with his friend Philothes. "I thought I was in a procession that night with Emperor Michael, heading to the grand church. Once we entered and got close to the altar, two eunuchs appeared with a menacing and fierce look. One of them tied up the emperor and dragged[Pg 209] him out from the right side of the choir, while the other pulled me away to the left in the same way. Suddenly, I saw an old man sitting on the sanctuary throne. He looked like the image of St. Peter, and two intimidating men stood beside him, resembling provosts. I saw St. Ignatius at the feet of St. Peter, weeping and crying out, 'You have the keys to the kingdom of heaven; if you know the injustice done to me, please comfort my troubled old age.'"

"St. Peter replied, 'Point out the man who has used you ill.' Ignatius, turning round, pointed to me, saying, 'That is he who has done me most wrong.' St. Peter made a sign to the one at his right, and placing in his hand a short sword, he said to him aloud, 'Take Bardas, the enemy of God, and cut him in pieces before the vestibule.' As they were leading me to death, I saw that he said to the emperor, holding up his hand in a threatening manner, 'Wait, unnatural son!' after which I saw them cut me absolutely in pieces."

"St. Peter responded, 'Show me the person who has wronged you.' Ignatius turned around, pointed at me, and said, 'That's the one who has harmed me the most.' St. Peter gestured to the man on his right, handed him a short sword, and said loudly, 'Take Bardas, the enemy of God, and cut him into pieces right in front of the entrance.' As they were taking me to my death, I saw him tell the emperor, raising his hand in a threatening way, 'Hold on, unnatural son!' After that, I witnessed them completely dismembering me."

This took place in 866. The year following, in the month of April, the emperor having set out to attack the Isle of Crete, was made so suspicious of Bardas, that he resolved to get rid of him. He accompanied the Emperor Michael in this expedition. Bardas, seeing the murderers enter the emperor's tent, sword in hand, threw himself at his feet to ask his pardon; but they dragged him out, cut him in pieces, and in derision carried some of his members about at the end of a pike. This happened the 29th of April, 867.

This happened in 866. The following year, in April, the emperor set out to attack the Isle of Crete and became so suspicious of Bardas that he decided to eliminate him. Bardas joined Emperor Michael on this campaign. When Bardas saw assassins entering the emperor's tent with their swords drawn, he fell at the emperor's feet to plead for mercy; but they dragged him out, cut him into pieces, and mockingly displayed parts of his body on the end of a spear. This occurred on April 29, 867.

Roger, Count of Calabria and Sicily, besieging the town of Capua, one named Sergius, a Greek by birth, to whom he had given the command of 200 men, having suffered himself to be bribed, formed the design of betraying him, and of delivering the army of the count to the Prince of Capua, during the night. It was on the 1st of March that he was to execute his intention. St. Bruno, who then dwelt in the Desert of Squilantia, appeared to Count Roger, and told him to fly to arms promptly, if he would not be oppressed by his enemies. The count starts from his sleep, commands his people to mount their horses and see what is going on in the camp. They met the men belonging to Sergius, with the Prince of Capua, who having perceived them retired promptly into the town; those of Count Roger took 162 of them, from whom they learned all the secret of the treason. Roger went, on the 29th of July following, to Squilantia, and having related to Bruno what had happened to him, the saint said to him, "It was not I who warned you; it was the angel of God, who is near princes in time of war." Thus Count Roger relates the affair himself, in a privilege granted to St. Bruno.

Roger, Count of Calabria and Sicily, was besieging the town of Capua when a man named Sergius, a Greek by birth, whom he had put in charge of 200 men, allowed himself to be bribed. Sergius planned to betray him and hand over the Count's army to the Prince of Capua during the night. This was meant to happen on March 1st. St. Bruno, who was living in the Desert of Squilantia at that time, appeared to Count Roger and instructed him to prepare for battle immediately if he didn't want to be overcome by his enemies. Count Roger woke up, ordered his men to mount their horses, and check what was happening in the camp. They encountered Sergius's men along with the Prince of Capua, who quickly retreated into the town upon noticing them. Roger's men captured 162 of them, from whom they discovered the details of the betrayal. On July 29th, Roger went to Squilantia and, after explaining what had happened to Bruno, the saint told him, "It was not I who warned you; it was the angel of God, who is close to princes in times of war." Count Roger recounts this event himself in a privilege granted to St. Bruno.

A monk[413] named Fidus, a disciple of St. Euthymius, a celebrated[Pg 210] abbot in Palestine, having been sent by Martyrius, the patriarch of Jerusalem, on an important mission concerning the affairs of the church, embarked at Joppa, and was shipwrecked the following night; he supported himself above water for some time by clinging to a piece of wood, which he found by chance. Then he invoked the help of St. Euthymius, who appeared to him walking on the sea, and who said to him, "Know that this voyage is not pleasing to God, and will be of no utility to the mother of the Churches, that is to say, to Jerusalem. Return to him who sent you, and tell him from me not to be uneasy at the separation of the schismatics—union will take place ere long; for you, you must go to my laurel grove, and you must build there a monastery."

A monk named Fidus, a disciple of St. Euthymius, a well-known abbot in Palestine, was sent by Martyrius, the patriarch of Jerusalem, on an important mission regarding church matters. He set sail from Joppa but was shipwrecked that same night. He managed to stay afloat for a while by holding onto a piece of wood he found. Then he called for the help of St. Euthymius, who appeared to him walking on the water and said, "Know that this journey is not pleasing to God and won't benefit the mother of the Churches, which is Jerusalem. Go back to the one who sent you and tell him not to worry about the schismatics' separation—unity will come soon. As for you, go to my laurel grove and build a monastery there."

Having said this, he enveloped Fidus in his mantle, and Fidus found himself immediately at Jerusalem, and in his house, without knowing how he came there; he related it all to the Patriarch Martyrius, who remembered the prediction of St. Euthymius concerning the building in the laurel grove a monastery.

Having said this, he wrapped Fidus in his cloak, and Fidus suddenly found himself in Jerusalem, in his house, without knowing how he got there; he shared everything with Patriarch Martyrius, who recalled St. Euthymius's prophecy about constructing a monastery in the laurel grove.

Queen Margaret, in her memoirs, asserts that God protects the great in a particular manner, and that he lets them know, either in dreams or otherwise, what is to happen to them. "As Queen Catherine de Medicis, my mother," says she, "who the night before that unhappy day dreamt she saw the king, Henry II., my father, wounded in the eye, as it really happened; when she awoke she several times implored the king not to tilt that day.

Queen Margaret, in her memoirs, claims that God takes special care of the powerful and that He informs them, whether through dreams or other means, about what will happen to them. "As for my mother, Queen Catherine de Medici," she says, "the night before that tragic day, she dreamt she saw my father, King Henry II., injured in the eye, just as it actually occurred; when she woke up, she repeatedly urged the king not to participate in the tournament that day.

"The same queen being dangerously ill at Metz, and having around her bed the king (Charles IX.), my sister, and brother of Lorraine, and many ladies and princesses, she cried out as if she had seen the battle of Jarnac fought: 'See how they fly! my son has the victory! Do you see the Prince of Condè dead in that hedge?' All those who were present fancied she was dreaming; but the night after, M. de Losse brought her the news. 'I knew it well,' said she; 'did I not behold it the day before yesterday?'"

"The same queen was seriously ill in Metz, and around her bed were the king (Charles IX.), my sister, and the Duke of Lorraine, along with many ladies and princesses. She suddenly shouted as if she had witnessed the battle of Jarnac: 'Look how they’re fleeing! My son has won! Do you see the Prince of Condè dead in that hedge?' Everyone there thought she was just dreaming; but the next night, M. de Losse brought her the news. 'I knew it,' she said; 'didn’t I see it the day before yesterday?'"

The Duchess Philippa, of Gueldres, wife of the Duke of Lorraine, René II., being a nun at St. Claire du Pont-à-Mousson, saw during her orisons the unfortunate battle of Pavia. She cried out suddenly, "Ah! my sisters, my dear sisters, for the love of God, say your prayers; my son De Lambesc is dead, and the king (Francis I.) my cousin is made prisoner." Some days after, news of this famous event, which happened the day on which the duchess had seen it, was received at Nancy. Certainly, neither the young Prince de Lambesc nor the king Francis I. had any knowledge of this revelation, and they took no part in it. It was, then, neither their spirit nor their phantoms which appeared to the princess; it was apparently their angel, or God himself, who by his power struck[Pg 211] her imagination, and represented to her what was passing at that moment.

The Duchess Philippa of Gueldres, wife of Duke René II of Lorraine, was a nun at St. Claire du Pont-à-Mousson. While deep in prayer, she witnessed the tragic battle of Pavia. She suddenly exclaimed, “Oh! My sisters, my dear sisters, for the love of God, please pray; my son De Lambesc is dead, and my cousin, King Francis I, has been captured.” A few days later, news of this significant event, which occurred on the same day the duchess had seen it, arrived in Nancy. It's clear that neither the young Prince de Lambesc nor King Francis I were aware of this revelation, and they weren’t involved in it. It wasn’t their spirits or ghosts that appeared to the duchess; it seems it was their angel, or perhaps God Himself, who, with His power, captivated her imagination and showed her what was happening at that moment.

Mezeray affirms that he had often heard people of quality relate that the duke (Charles the Third) of Lorraine, who was at Paris when King Henry II. was wounded with the splinter of a lance, of which he died, told the circumstance often of a lady who lodged in his hotel having seen in a dream, very distinctly, that the king had been struck and brought to the ground by a blow from a lance.

Mezeray confirms that he frequently heard nobles talk about how the Duke of Lorraine (Charles the Third), who was in Paris when King Henry II was injured by a lance splinter, often recounted the story of a lady staying at his hotel who had vividly dreamed that the king was struck down by a blow from a lance.

To these instances of the apparition of living persons to other living persons in their sleep, we may add an infinite number of other instances of apparitions of angels and holy personages, or even of dead persons, to the living when asleep, to give them instructions, warn them of dangers which menace them, inspire them with salutary counsel relative to their salvation, or to give them aid; thick volumes might be composed on such matters. I shall content myself with relating here some examples of those apparitions drawn from profane authors.

To these examples of living people appearing to others in their sleep, we can add countless other instances of angels and holy figures, or even deceased individuals, appearing to the living while they sleep to provide instructions, warn them of looming dangers, inspire them with helpful advice regarding their salvation, or offer assistance; entire books could be written on these topics. I’ll just share a few examples of these apparitions from secular sources.

Xerxes, king of Persia, when deliberating in council whether he should carry the war into Greece, was strongly dissuaded from it by Artabanes, his paternal uncle. Xerxes took offence at this liberty, and uttered some very disobliging words to him. The following night he reflected seriously on the arguments of Artabanes, and changed his resolution. When he was asleep, he saw in a dream a man of extraordinary size and beauty, who said to him, "You have then renounced your intention of making war on the Greeks, although you have already given orders to the Persian chiefs to assemble your army. You have not done well to change your resolve, even should no one be of your opinion. Go forward; believe me. Follow your first design." Having said this, the vision disappeared. The next day he again assembled his council, and without speaking of his dream, he testified his regret for what he said in his rage the preceding day to his uncle Artabanes, and declared that he had renounced his design of making war upon the Greeks. Those who composed the council, transported with joy, prostrated themselves before him, and congratulated him upon it.

Xerxes, the king of Persia, was in a council debating whether to launch a war against Greece when his uncle Artabanes strongly advised against it. Xerxes took offense at this advice and said some unkind things to him. That night, he seriously thought about Artabanes' arguments and changed his mind. While he was asleep, he dreamed of a man who was exceptionally large and beautiful, who said to him, "So, you’ve decided not to go to war with the Greeks, even though you've already told the Persian leaders to get the army ready. You shouldn't change your mind, even if no one agrees with you. Go ahead; trust me. Stick to your original plan." After saying this, the vision vanished. The next day, he called his council again and without mentioning his dream, he expressed regret for the harsh words he had spoken to Artabanes the day before and announced that he had decided not to go to war with the Greeks. The council members, overjoyed, bowed before him and congratulated him on his decision.

The following night he had a second time the same vision, and the same phantom said to him, "Son of Darius, thou hast then abandoned thy design of declaring war against the Greeks, regardless of what I said to thee. Know that if thou dost not instantly undertake this expedition, thou wilt soon be reduced to a situation as low as that in which thou now findest thyself elevated." The king directly rose from his bed, and sent in all haste for Artabanes, to whom he related the two dreams which he had had two nights consecutively. He added, "I pray you to put on my royal ornaments, sit down on my throne, and then lie down in my bed. If the[Pg 212] phantom which appeared to me appears to you also, I shall believe that the thing is ordained by the decrees of the gods, and I shall yield to their commands."

The following night, he had the same vision again, and the same ghost said to him, "Son of Darius, you’ve given up your plan to declare war against the Greeks, despite what I told you. Know that if you don’t start this expedition right away, you’ll soon find yourself in a situation as low as the one you’re currently in." The king immediately got out of bed and hurriedly summoned Artabanes, to whom he shared the two dreams he had experienced on consecutive nights. He added, "I ask you to put on my royal attire, sit on my throne, and then lie down in my bed. If the[Pg 212] ghost that appeared to me shows up for you too, I will believe that this is destined by the gods, and I will follow their orders."

Artabanes would in vain have excused himself from putting on the royal ornaments, sitting on the king's throne, and lying down in his bed, alleging that all those things would be useless if the gods had resolved to let him know their will; that it would even be more likely to exasperate the gods, as if he desired to deceive them by external appearances. As for the rest, dreams in themselves deserve no attention, and usually they are only the consequences and representations of what is most strongly in the mind when awake.

Artabanes would have tried in vain to excuse himself from wearing the royal ornaments, sitting on the king's throne, and lying down in his bed, claiming that all those things would be pointless if the gods had already decided to reveal their will to him; that it would even be more likely to anger the gods, as if he were trying to fool them with mere appearances. Besides, dreams in themselves aren’t worth much attention, and they are usually just the result of what is most strongly on one's mind when awake.

Xerxes did not yield to his arguments, and Artabanes did what the king desired, persuaded that if the same thing should occur more than once, it would be a proof of the will of the gods, of the reality of the vision, and the truth of the dream. He then laid down in the king's bed, and the same phantom appeared to him, and said, "It is you, then, who prevent Xerxes from executing his resolve and accomplishing what is decreed by fate. I have already declared to the king what he has to fear if he disobeys my orders." At the same time it appeared to Artabanes that the spectre would burn his eyes with a red-hot iron. He directly sprang from the couch, and related to Xerxes what had appeared to him and what had been said to him, adding, "I now absolutely change my opinion, since it pleases the gods that we should make war, and that the Greeks be threatened with great misfortunes; give your orders and dispose everything for this war:"—which was executed immediately.

Xerxes wouldn’t listen to his arguments, and Artabanes did what the king wanted, believing that if the same thing happened again, it would prove the will of the gods, the truth of the vision, and the reality of the dream. He then laid down in the king's bed, and the same ghost appeared to him, saying, "So it’s you who are stopping Xerxes from following through with his plans and fulfilling what fate has decided. I've already warned the king about what he has to fear if he ignores my orders." At the same time, Artabanes had the vision of the specter threatening to burn his eyes with a red-hot iron. He jumped up from the couch and told Xerxes what he had seen and heard, adding, "I completely change my mind now, since it pleases the gods that we go to war and that the Greeks face great disasters; give your orders and organize everything for this war:"—which was done immediately.

The terrible consequences of this war, which was so fatal to Persia, and at last caused the overthrow of that famous monarchy, leads us to judge that this apparition, if a true one, was announced by an evil spirit, hostile to that monarchy, sent by God to dispose things for events predicted by the prophets, and the succession of great empires predestined by the decrees of the Almighty.

The terrible consequences of this war, which was so deadly for Persia, ultimately led to the downfall of that famous monarchy, making us believe that this apparition, if it was real, was sent by an evil spirit, against that monarchy, by God to set the stage for events foretold by the prophets and the rise and fall of great empires determined by the will of the Almighty.

Cicero remarks that two Arcadians, who were traveling together, arrived at Megara, a city of Greece, situated between Athens and Corinth. One of them, who could claim hospitality in the town, was lodged at a friend's, and the other at an inn. After supper, he who was at a friend's house retired to rest. In his sleep, it seemed to him that the man whom he had left at the inn appeared to him, and implored his help, because the innkeeper wanted to kill him. He arose directly, much alarmed at this dream, but having reassured himself, and fallen asleep again, the other again appeared to him, and told him that since he had not had the kindness to aid him, at least he must not leave his death unpunished; that the innkeeper, after having killed him, had hidden his body in a wagon, and co[Pg 213]vered it over with dung, and that he must not fail to be the next morning at the opening of the city gate, before the wagon went forth. Struck with this new dream, he went early in the morning to the city gate, saw the wagon, and asked the driver what he had got under the manure. The carter took flight directly, the body was extricated from the wagon, and the innkeeper arrested and punished.

Cicero notes that two Arcadians traveling together arrived in Megara, a city in Greece located between Athens and Corinth. One of them was able to stay with a friend, while the other checked into an inn. After dinner, the one at his friend's house went to bed. While he was sleeping, he dreamed that the man he left at the inn appeared to him and begged for his help, saying the innkeeper wanted to kill him. He woke up, feeling alarmed by the dream, but after calming himself down, he fell asleep again. The other man appeared once more, telling him that since he hadn't helped, he couldn't ignore the fact that he let him die. The innkeeper had killed him and hidden his body in a wagon, covering it with dung, and he must be at the city gate the next morning before the wagon left. Disturbed by this second dream, he went to the city gate early the next morning, saw the wagon, and asked the driver what was under the manure. The driver fled immediately, the body was retrieved from the wagon, and the innkeeper was arrested and punished.

Cicero relates also some other instances of similar apparitions which occurred in sleep; one is of Sophocles, the other of Simonides. The former saw Hercules in a dream, who told him the name of a robber who had taken a golden patera from his temple. Sophocles neglected this notice, as an effect of disturbed sleep; but Hercules appeared to him a second time, and repeated to him the same thing, which induced Sophocles to denounce the robber, who was convicted by the Areopagus, and from that time the temple was dedicated to Hercules the Revealer.

Cicero also shares some other examples of similar apparitions that happened in dreams; one is about Sophocles, and the other about Simonides. In the first case, Sophocles dreamed of Hercules, who revealed the name of a thief who had stolen a golden patera from his temple. At first, Sophocles shrugged this off as just a restless dream, but Hercules appeared to him again and told him the same thing. This prompted Sophocles to report the thief, who was convicted by the Areopagus, and from then on, the temple was dedicated to Hercules the Revealer.

The dream or apparition of Simonides was more useful to himself personally. He was on the point of embarking, when he found on the shore the corpse of an unknown person, as yet without sepulture. Simonides had him interred, from humanity. The next night the dead man appeared to Simonides, and, through gratitude, counseled him not to embark in the vessel then riding in the harbor, because he would be shipwrecked if he did. Simonides believed him, and a few days after, he heard of the wreck of the vessel in which he was to have embarked.

The dream or vision of Simonides was more beneficial to him personally. He was about to board a ship when he found the body of an unknown person on the shore, still unburied. Out of compassion, Simonides had him buried. The next night, the dead man appeared to Simonides and, out of gratitude, advised him not to board the ship that was anchored in the harbor, warning that he would be shipwrecked if he did. Simonides took his advice, and a few days later, he learned about the wreck of the ship he was supposed to join.

John Pico de la Mirandola assures us in his treatise, De Auro, that a man, who was not rich, finding himself reduced to the last extremity, and without any resources either to pay his debts or procure nourishment for a numerous family in a time of scarcity, overcome with grief and uneasiness, fell asleep. At the same time, one of the blessed appeared to him in a dream, taught him by some enigmatical words the means of making gold, and pointed out to him at the same moment the water he must make use of to succeed in it. On his awaking, he took some of that water, and made gold of it, in small quantity, indeed, but enough to maintain his family. He made some twice with iron, and three times with orpiment. "He has convinced me by my own eyes," says Pico de la Mirandola, "that the means of making gold artificially is not a falsehood, but a true art."

John Pico de la Mirandola tells us in his treatise, De Auro, that a man who was struggling financially found himself in a dire situation, without any way to pay his debts or feed his large family during a time of scarcity. Overwhelmed with worry and sadness, he fell asleep. In his dream, a blessed being appeared and, through some mysterious words, showed him how to make gold, also indicating the specific water he needed to use for it. When he woke up, he took some of that water and successfully created a small amount of gold—enough to support his family. He managed to do it twice with iron and three times with orpiment. "He has shown me with my own eyes," says Pico de la Mirandola, "that the ability to make gold artificially is not a myth, but a genuine skill."

Here is another sort of apparition of one living man to another, which is so much the more singular, because it proves at once the might of spells, and that a magician can render himself invisible to several persons, while he discovers himself to one man alone. The fact is taken from the Treatise on Superstitions, of the reverend[Pg 214] father Le Brun,[414] and is characterized by all which can render it incontestible. On Friday, the first day of May, 1705, about five o'clock in the evening, Denis Misanger de la Richardière, eighteen years of age, was attacked with an extraordinary malady, which began by a sort of lethargy. They gave him every assistance that medicine and surgery could afford. He fell afterwards into a kind of furor or convulsion, and they were obliged to hold him, and have five or six persons to keep watch over him, for fear that he should throw himself out of the windows, or break his head against the wall. The emetic which they gave him made him throw up a quantity of bile, and for four or five days he remained pretty quiet.

Here is another type of apparition of one living person to another, which is even more unusual because it demonstrates the power of spells and how a magician can make himself invisible to several people while revealing himself to just one. This fact is taken from the Treatise on Superstitions by the reverend[Pg 214] Father Le Brun,[414] and is marked by all that can make it undeniable. On Friday, May 1, 1705, around five o'clock in the evening, Denis Misanger de la Richardière, who was eighteen years old, experienced an unusual illness that began with a sort of lethargy. They provided him with every form of medical and surgical assistance available. He then fell into a kind of frenzy or convulsion, and they had to restrain him, requiring five or six people to keep watch over him, fearing that he might throw himself out of the windows or injure himself against the wall. The emetic they gave him caused him to vomit a significant amount of bile, and for four or five days, he remained relatively calm.

At the end of the month of May, they sent him into the country to take the air; and some other circumstances occurred, so unusual, that they judged he must be bewitched. And what confirmed this conjecture was that he never had any fever, and retained all his strength, notwithstanding all the pains and violent remedies which he had been made to take. They asked him if he had not had some dispute with a shepherd, or some other person suspected of sorcery or malpractices.

At the end of May, they sent him to the countryside to get some fresh air; and some other strange things happened that made them think he must be cursed. What supported this idea was that he never had a fever and kept all his strength, despite all the pain and harsh treatments he had undergone. They asked him if he had a disagreement with a shepherd or someone else suspected of witchcraft or wrongdoing.

He declared that on the 18th of April preceding, when he was going through the village of Noysi on horseback for a ride, his horse stopped short in the midst of the Rue Feret, opposite the chapel, and he could not make him go forward, though he touched him several times with the spur. There was a shepherd standing leaning against the chapel, with his crook in his hand, and two black dogs at his side. This man said to him, "Sir, I advise you to return home, for your horse will not go forward." The young La Richardière, continuing to spur his horse, said to the shepherd, "I do not understand what you say." The shepherd replied, in a low tone, "I will make you understand." In effect, the young man was obliged to get down from his horse, and lead it back by the bridle to his father's dwelling in the same village. Then the shepherd cast a spell upon him, which was to take effect on the 1st of May, as was afterwards known.

He said that on April 18th, when he was riding through the village of Noysi, his horse suddenly halted in the middle of the Rue Feret, in front of the chapel, and he couldn't get it to move forward, even after he kicked it a few times with the spur. There was a shepherd leaning against the chapel, holding a staff, with two black dogs by his side. The shepherd told him, "Sir, I suggest you go back home, because your horse won't go any further." Young La Richardière, still trying to urge his horse on, replied, "I don't understand what you're saying." The shepherd then said quietly, "I'll make you understand." Ultimately, the young man had no choice but to get off his horse and lead it back by the bridle to his father's house in the same village. Afterwards, the shepherd cast a spell on him that was set to take effect on May 1st, as was later revealed.

During this malady, they caused several masses to be said in different places, especially at St. Maur des Fossés, at St. Amable, and at St. Esprit. Young La Richardière was present at some of these masses which were said at St. Maur; but he declared that he should not be cured till Friday, the 26th of June, on his return from St. Maur. On entering his chamber, the key of which he had in his pocket, he found there that shepherd, seated in his arm-chair, with his crook, and his two black dogs. He was the only person who saw him; none other in the house could perceive him. He[Pg 215] said even that this man was called Damis, although he did not remember that any one had before this revealed his name to him. He beheld him all that day, and all the succeeding night. Towards six o'clock in the evening, as he felt his usual sufferings, he fell on the ground, exclaiming that the shepherd was upon him, and crushing him; at the same time he drew his knife, and aimed five blows at the shepherd's face, of which he retained the marks. The invalid told those who were watching over him that he was going to be very faint at five different times, and begged of them to help him, and move him violently. The thing happened as he had predicted.

During this illness, they had several masses held in different places, especially at St. Maur des Fossés, at St. Amable, and at St. Esprit. Young La Richardière attended some of these masses at St. Maur, but he stated that he wouldn't be cured until Friday, June 26, when he returned from St. Maur. Upon entering his room, the key of which he had in his pocket, he found the shepherd sitting in his armchair with his crook and his two black dogs. He was the only one who could see him; no one else in the house could perceive him. He even said that this man's name was Damis, although he didn't remember anyone telling him that name before. He saw him all day and throughout the following night. Around six o'clock in the evening, as he felt his usual pain, he fell to the ground, shouting that the shepherd was on him and crushing him; at the same time, he took out his knife and aimed five blows at the shepherd's face, from which he still had the marks. The patient informed those who were taking care of him that he was going to feel very faint at five different moments, and he asked them to help him and move him vigorously. The events unfolded just as he had predicted.

On Friday, the 26th of June, M. de la Richardière, having gone to the mass at St. Maur, asserted that he should be cured on that day. After mass, the priest put the stole upon his head and recited the Gospel of St. John, during which prayer the young man saw St. Maur standing, and the unhappy shepherd at his left, with his face bleeding from the five knife-wounds which he had given him. At that moment, the youth cried out, unintentionally, "A miracle! a miracle!" and asserted that he was cured, as in fact he was.

On Friday, June 26th, M. de la Richardière went to mass at St. Maur and claimed that he would be healed that day. After mass, the priest placed the stole on his head and read the Gospel of St. John. During that prayer, the young man saw St. Maur standing there, with the troubled shepherd on his left, his face bleeding from the five knife wounds inflicted by him. In that moment, the youth exclaimed, without thinking, "A miracle! A miracle!" and insisted that he was healed, which he truly was.

On the 29th of June, the same M. de la Richardière returned to Noysi, and amused himself with shooting. As he was shooting in the vineyards, the shepherd presented himself before him; he hit him on the head with the butt-end of his gun. The shepherd cried out, "Sir, you are killing me!" and fled. The next day, this man presented himself again before him, and asked his pardon, saying, "I am called Damis; it was I who cast a spell over you which was to have lasted a year. By the aid of masses and prayers which have been said for you, you have been cured at the end of eight weeks. But the charm has fallen back upon myself, and I can be cured of it only by a miracle. I implore you then to pray for me."

On June 29th, M. de la Richardière returned to Noysi and entertained himself by shooting. While he was targeting in the vineyards, a shepherd came up to him; he struck the shepherd on the head with the butt of his gun. The shepherd shouted, "Sir, you're killing me!" and ran away. The next day, the shepherd approached him again and asked for forgiveness, saying, "My name is Damis; I was the one who put a spell on you that was supposed to last a year. Thanks to the masses and prayers that were said for you, you've been healed in just eight weeks. But the charm has come back to me, and I can only be cured by a miracle. I beg you to pray for me."

During all these reports, the maré chausée had set off in pursuit of the shepherd; but he escaped them, having killed his two dogs and thrown away his crook. On Sunday, the 13th of September, he came to M. de la Richardière, and related to him his adventure; that after having passed twenty years without approaching the sacraments, God had given him grace to confess himself at Troyes; and that after divers delays he had been admitted to the holy communion. Eight days after, M. de la Richardière received a letter from a woman who said she was a relation of the shepherd's, informing him of his death, and begging him to cause a requiem mass to be said for him, which was done.

During all these reports, the maré chausée had set off in pursuit of the shepherd; but he managed to escape, having killed his two dogs and thrown away his crook. On Sunday, September 13th, he went to M. de la Richardière and shared his story with him; that after twenty years of staying away from the sacraments, God had given him the grace to confess at Troyes; and that after several delays he had been allowed to receive holy communion. Eight days later, M. de la Richardière got a letter from a woman who claimed to be a relative of the shepherd, informing him of his death and asking him to arrange a requiem mass for him, which was done.

How many difficulties may we make about this story! How could this wretched shepherd cast the spell without touching the person? How could he introduce himself into young M. de la Richardière's chamber without either opening or forcing the door?[Pg 216] How could he render himself visible to him alone, whilst none other beheld him? Can one doubt of his corporeal presence, since he received five cuts from a knife in his face, of which he afterwards bore the marks, when, by the merit of the holy mass and the intercession of the saints, the spell was taken off? How could St. Maur appear to him in his Benedictine habit, having the wizard on his left hand? If the circumstance is certain, as it appears, who shall explain the manner in which all passed or took place?

How many problems can we find in this story! How could this miserable shepherd cast a spell without touching the person? How could he get into young M. de la Richardière's room without either opening or breaking the door?[Pg 216] How could he make himself visible only to him while no one else saw him? Can anyone doubt his physical presence, considering he received five knife cuts to his face, which left marks afterwards, when the spell was lifted by the power of the holy mass and the intercession of the saints? How could St. Maur appear to him in his Benedictine robes, with the wizard on his left? If the situation is certain, as it seems, who can explain how everything happened?

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[402] Ezek. viii. 1, 2, &c.

[402] Ezek. viii. 1, 2, &c.

[403] Matt. xvii. 3.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 17:3.

[404] Acts ix. 10.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 9:10.

[405] Acts ix. 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 9:2.

[406] Ammian. Marcell. lib. xix. Sozomen. lib. vi. c. 35.

[406] Ammian. Marcell. lib. xix. Sozomen. lib. vi. c. 35.

[407] Aug. lib. viii. de Civit. c. 18.

[407] Aug. lib. viii. de Civit. c. 18.

[408] Aug. Serm. cxxiii. pp. 1277, 1278.

[408] Aug. Serm. cxxiii. pp. 1277, 1278.

[409] Aug. de curâ gerendâ pro Mortuis, c. 11, 12.

[409] Aug. on the care of the dead, c. 11, 12.

[410] Aug. de curâ gerend. pro Mort. c. xxvii. p. 529.

[410] Aug. on the management of care. for Death. c. xxvii. p. 529.

[411] Vita Daniel Stylit. xi. Decemb.

[411] Life of Daniel the Stylite. xi. December.

[412] Gregor. lib. ii. Dialog. c. xxii.

[412] Gregor. lib. ii. Dialog. c. xxii.

[413] Vita Sancti Euthym. pp. 86, 87.

[413] Life of Saint Euthymius. pp. 86, 87.

[414] Le Brun, Traité des Superstit. tom. i. pp. 281, 282, et seq.

[414] Le Brun, Treatise on Superstitions, vol. i, pp. 281, 282, and following.


CHAPTER XLVI.

ARGUMENTS CONCERNING APPARITIONS.

After having spoken at some length upon apparitions, and after having established the truth of them, as far as it has been possible for us to do so, from the authority of the Scripture, from examples, and by arguments, we must now exercise our judgment on the causes, means, and reasons for these apparitions, and reply to the objections which may be made to destroy the reality of them, or at least to raise doubts on the subject.

After discussing apparitions at length and establishing their truth as best as we can, based on Scripture, examples, and reasoning, we now need to evaluate the causes, methods, and reasons for these apparitions. We should also address any objections that might challenge their reality or at least create doubts about the topic.

We have supposed that apparitions were the work of angels, demons, or souls of the defunct; we do not talk of the appearance of God himself; his will, his operations, his power, are above our reach; we acknowledge that he can do all that he wills to do, that his will is all-powerful, and that he places himself, when he chooses, above the laws which he has made. As to the apparitions of the living to others also living, they are of a different nature from what we propose to examine in this place; we shall not fail to speak of them hereafter.

We have assumed that sightings are caused by angels, demons, or the souls of the deceased; we don’t discuss the appearance of God himself; his will, actions, and power are beyond our understanding; we recognize that he can do whatever he wants, that his will is all-powerful, and that he can place himself, whenever he chooses, above the laws he created. As for the appearances of the living to other living people, they are different from what we intend to explore here; we will certainly address them later.

Whatever system we may follow on the nature of angels, or demons, or souls separated from the body; whether we consider them as purely spiritual substances, as the Christian church at this day holds; whether we give them an aërial body, subtile, and invisible, as many have taught; it appears almost as difficult to render palpable, perceptible, and thick a subtile and aërial body, as it is to condense the air, and make it seem like a solid and perceptible body; as, when the angels appeared to Abraham and Lot, the angel Raphael to Tobias, whom he conducted into Mesopotamia; or when the demon appeared to Jesus Christ, and led him to a high mountain, and on the pinnacle of the Temple at Jerusalem; or when[Pg 217] Moses appeared with Elias on Mount Tabor: for those apparitions are certain from Scripture.

No matter what perspective we take on the nature of angels, demons, or souls that have left the body—whether we see them as purely spiritual beings, as the Christian church does today, or whether we assign them a subtle, invisible form, as many have suggested—it seems nearly as challenging to make a subtle and airy body tangible and visible as it is to compress air and make it feel like a solid, perceivable entity. This is evident when the angels appeared to Abraham and Lot, or when the angel Raphael showed up to Tobias and guided him into Mesopotamia, or when the demon tempted Jesus, leading him to a high mountain and to the pinnacle of the Temple in Jerusalem, or when Moses appeared with Elijah on Mount Tabor; these appearances are clearly established in Scripture.

If you will say that these apparitions were seen only in the imagination and mind of those who saw, or believed they saw angels, demons, or souls separated from the body, as it happens every day in our sleep, and sometimes when awake, if we are strongly occupied with certain objects, or struck with certain things which we desire ardently or fear exceedingly—as when Ajax, thinking he saw Ulysses and Agamemnon, or Menelaüs, threw himself upon some animals, which he killed, thinking he was killing those two men his enemies, and whom he was dying with the desire to wreak his vengeance upon—on this supposition, the apparition will not be less difficult to explain. There was neither prepossession nor disturbed imagination, nor any preceding emotion, which led Abraham to figure to himself that he saw three persons, to whom he gave hospitality, to whom he spoke, who promised him the birth of a son, of which he was scarcely thinking at that time. The three apostles who saw Moses conversing with Jesus Christ on Mount Tabor were not prepared for that appearance; there was no emotion of fear, love, revenge, ambition, or any other passion which struck their imagination, to dispose them to see Moses; as neither was there in Abraham, when he perceived the three angels who appeared to him.

If you claim that these visions were only seen in the minds and imaginations of those who thought they saw angels, demons, or souls separated from the body—similar to what happens every day in our dreams and sometimes even when we’re awake, especially when we’re intensely focused on certain things or deeply driven by desires or fears—like when Ajax believed he saw Ulysses and Agamemnon or Menelaus and ended up attacking some animals, thinking he was killing those two enemies he was desperate to take revenge on—then this assumption still makes the vision hard to explain. There was no preconceived notion, no disturbed imagination, and no prior emotion that caused Abraham to visualize three people whom he welcomed into his home, spoke to, and who promised him a son he wasn’t even thinking about at that moment. The three apostles who witnessed Moses talking with Jesus Christ on Mount Tabor weren’t expecting that sight; there were no feelings of fear, love, revenge, ambition, or any other passion that influenced their imagination to see Moses, just like Abraham had no such feelings when he recognized the three angels who appeared to him.

Often in our sleep we see, or we believe we see, what has struck our attention very much when awake; sometimes we represent to ourselves in sleep things of which we have never thought, which even are repugnant to us, and which present themselves to our mind in spite of ourselves. None bethink themselves of seeking the causes of these kinds of representations; they are attributed to chance, or to some disposition of the humors of the blood or of the brain, or even of the way in which the body is placed in bed; but nothing like that is applicable to the apparitions of angels, demons, or spirits, when these apparitions are accompanied and followed by converse, predictions and real effects preceded and predicted by those which appear.

Often while we sleep, we see, or at least think we see, things that caught our attention while we were awake; sometimes we dream about things we’ve never considered, which may even disturb us, and that come to our minds against our will. No one thinks to look for the reasons behind these kinds of dreams; they are usually blamed on chance, or on some imbalance in our blood or brain, or even on how our body is positioned in bed; but none of that explains the appearances of angels, demons, or spirits when these appearances are accompanied by conversations, predictions, and actual outcomes that were preceded and foretold by what we see.

If we have recourse to a pretended fascination of the eyes or the other senses, which sometimes make us believe that we see and hear what we do not, or that we neither see nor hear what is passing before our eyes, or which strikes our ears; as when the soldiers sent to arrest Elisha spoke to him and saw him before they recognized him, or when the inhabitants of Sodom could not discover Lot's door, although it was before their eyes, or when the disciples of Emmaus knew not that it was Jesus Christ who accompanied them and expounded the Scriptures; they opened their eyes and knew him only by the breaking of bread.

If we rely on a false sense of wonder in our eyes or other senses, which sometimes makes us think we see and hear things that aren’t really there, or that we overlook what’s right in front of us, like when the soldiers sent to arrest Elisha talked to him and saw him before they recognized who he was, or when the people of Sodom couldn’t find Lot's door even though it was right in front of them, or when the disciples in Emmaus didn’t realize it was Jesus Christ walking with them and explaining the Scriptures; they only recognized him when he broke the bread.

That fascination of the senses which makes us believe that we see[Pg 218] what we do not see, or that suspension of the exercise and natural functions of our senses which prevents us from seeing and recognizing what is passing before our eyes, is all of it hardly less miraculous than to condense the air, or rarefy it, or give solidity and consistence to what is purely spiritual and disengaged from matter.

That captivating effect on our senses that leads us to think we see[Pg 218] what we don't actually see, or that temporary halt in how our senses function that stops us from noticing and understanding what's right in front of us, is almost as miraculous as compressing air, thinning it out, or making something completely spiritual take on a tangible form.

From all this, it follows that no apparition can take place without a sort of miracle, and without a concurrence, both extraordinary and supernatural, of the power of God who commands, or causes, or permits an angel, or a demon, or a disembodied soul to appear, act, speak, walk, and perform other functions which belong only to an organized body.

From all this, it follows that no ghostly appearance can happen without some sort of miracle and without an extraordinary and supernatural involvement of God's power, which commands, causes, or allows an angel, a demon, or a disembodied soul to appear, act, speak, walk, and carry out other functions that only an organized body can perform.

I shall be told that it is useless to recur to the miraculous and the supernatural, if we have acknowledged in spiritual substances a natural power of showing themselves, whether by condensing the air, or by producing a massive and palpable body, or in raising up some dead body, to which these spirits give life and motion for a certain time.

I know some will say it’s pointless to bring up the miraculous and the supernatural if we’ve already accepted that spiritual beings have a natural ability to manifest themselves, whether by condensing air, creating a tangible and solid form, or temporarily animating a dead body with life and movement.

I own it all; but I dare maintain that that is not possible either to angel or demon, nor to any spiritual substance whatsoever. The soul can produce in herself thoughts, will, and wishes; she can give her impulsion to the movements of her body, and repress its sallies and agitations; but how does she do that? Philosophy can hardly explain it, but by saying that by virtue of the union between herself and the body, God, by an effect of his wisdom, has given her power to act upon the humors, its organs, and impress them with certain movements; but there is reason to believe that the soul performs all that only as an occasional cause, and that it is God as the first, necessary, immediate, and essential cause, which produces all the movements of the body that are made in a natural way.

I own everything; but I still argue that this isn't possible for angels or demons, or any spiritual being for that matter. The soul can generate thoughts, desires, and intentions; it can direct the actions of the body and control its impulses and disturbances. But how does it do that? Philosophy struggles to explain it, except by suggesting that due to the connection between the soul and the body, God, in His wisdom, has granted it the ability to influence the bodily humors and organs, causing specific movements. However, it's reasonable to believe that the soul only acts as an occasional cause, while God is the first, necessary, immediate, and essential cause behind all the body's natural movements.

Neither angel nor demon has more privilege in this respect over matter than the soul of man has over its own body. They can neither modify matter, change it, nor impress it with action and motion, save by the power of God, and with his concurrence both necessary and immediate; our knowledge does not permit us to judge otherwise; there is no physical proportion between the spirit and the body; those two substances cannot act mutually and immediately one upon the other; they can act only occasionally, by determining the first cause, in virtue of the laws which wisdom has judged it proper to prescribe to herself for the reciprocal action of the creatures upon each other, to give them being, to preserve it, and perpetuate movement in the mass of matter which composes the universe, in himself giving life to spiritual substances, and permitting them with his concurrence, as the First Cause, to act, the body on the soul, and the soul on the body, one on the other, as secondary causes.

Neither angels nor demons have any more privilege over matter than the human soul does over its own body. They cannot alter matter, change it, or cause it to move, except through the power of God, and with His necessary and immediate consent; our understanding does not allow us to see it differently. There is no direct connection between spirit and body; these two substances cannot interact directly and immediately with one another; they can only influence each other indirectly, by determining the first cause, according to the laws that wisdom has deemed appropriate for the mutual interaction of beings, to create them, maintain them, and sustain movement in the mass of matter that makes up the universe, while also giving life to spiritual beings and allowing them, with His consent, as the First Cause, to influence one another as secondary causes.

[Pg 219]Porphyry, when consulted by Anebo, an Egyptian priest, if those who foretell the future and perform prodigies have more powerful souls, or whether they receive power from some strange spirit, replies that, according to appearance, all these things are done by means of certain evil spirits that are naturally knavish, and take all sorts of shapes, and do everything that one sees happen, whether good or evil; but that in the end they never lead men to what is truly good.

[Pg 219]When Anebo, an Egyptian priest, asked Porphyry whether those who predict the future and perform wonders have stronger souls or if they gain power from some strange spirit, he replied that, on the surface, it seems that all these things are carried out by certain mischievous evil spirits that can take on various forms and cause everything that we see happen, whether it's good or bad; however, in the end, they never guide people towards what is genuinely good.

St. Augustine,[415] who cites this passage of Porphyry, lays much stress on his testimony, and says that every extraordinary thing which is done by certain tones of the voice, by figures or phantoms, is usually the work of the demon, who sports with the credulity and blindness of men; that everything marvellous which is transacted in nature, and has no relation to the worship of the true God, ought to pass for an illusion of the devil. The most ancient Fathers of the Church, Minutius Felix, Arnobius, St. Cyprian, attribute equally all these kinds of extraordinary effects to the evil spirit.

St. Augustine,[415] who references this passage from Porphyry, emphasizes his point and claims that every remarkable event caused by certain vocal tones, shapes, or apparitions is usually the work of a demon, who takes advantage of people's gullibility and ignorance. He argues that anything extraordinary happening in nature that isn’t connected to the worship of the true God should be seen as a trick of the devil. The earliest Fathers of the Church, including Minutius Felix, Arnobius, and St. Cyprian, also attribute all these types of extraordinary phenomena to the evil spirit.

Tertullian[416] had no doubt that the apparitions which are produced by magic, and by the evocation of souls, which, forced by enchantments, come out, say they, from the depth of hell (or Hades), are but pure illusions of the demon, who causes to appear to those present a fantastical form, which fascinates the eyes of those who think they see what they see not; "which is not more difficult for the demon," says he, "than to seduce and blind the souls which he leads into sin. Pharaoh thought he saw real serpents produced by his magicians: it was mere illusion. The truth of Moses devoured the falsehood of these impostors."

Tertullian[416] was certain that the apparitions created by magic and the summoning of souls, which, under enchantments, supposedly rise from the depths of hell (or Hades), are just illusions created by demons. These demons make a fantastical form appear to those present, captivating the eyes of those who believe they see something that isn’t really there. “This is no more challenging for the demon,” he says, “than to deceive and blind the souls that he leads into sin. Pharaoh believed he was seeing real serpents created by his magicians: it was just an illusion. The truth of Moses consumed the falsehood of these deceivers.”

Is it more easy to cause the fascination of the eyes of Pharaoh and his servants than to produce serpents, and can it be done without God's concurring thereto? And how can we reconcile this concurrence with the wisdom, independence, and truth of God? Has the devil in this respect a greater power than an angel and a disembodied soul? And if once we open the door to this fascination, everything which appears supernatural and miraculous will become uncertain and doubtful. It will be said that the wonders related in the Old and New Testament are in this respect, in regard both to those who are witnesses of them, and those to whom they happened, only illusions and fascinations: and whither may not these premises lead? It leads us to doubt everything, to deny everything; to believe that God in concert with the devil leads us into error, and fascinates our eyes and other senses, to make us believe that we see, hear, and know what is neither present to our eyes, nor known to our mind, nor supported by our reasoning power, since by that the principles of reasoning are overthrown.

Is it easier to capture the attention of Pharaoh and his servants than to create snakes, and can it happen without God's involvement? How do we make sense of this involvement alongside God's wisdom, independence, and truth? Does the devil have more power in this regard than an angel or a disembodied soul? Once we allow this kind of fascination, everything that seems supernatural or miraculous will become uncertain and questionable. People might claim that the wonders described in the Old and New Testament are merely illusions and fascinations for both witnesses and those who experienced them. Where could such reasoning lead us? It pushes us toward doubt about everything, denial of everything; it makes us believe that God, in collusion with the devil, misleads us, bewitches our eyes and senses, leading us to think we see, hear, and understand things that aren't actually in front of us, are not understood by our minds, and are not supported by our reasoning, since that would undermine the foundations of reasoning itself.

We must, then, have recourse to the solid and unshaken principles of religion, which teach us—

We must, then, turn to the solid and unwavering principles of religion, which teach us—

1. That angels, demons, and souls disembodied are pure spirit, free from all matter.

1. Angels, demons, and disembodied souls are pure spirit, free from all physical matter.

2. That it is only by the order or permission of God that spiritual substances can appear to men, and seem to them to be true and tangible bodies, in which and by which they perform what they are seen to do.

2. Spiritual beings can only show themselves to people and seem like real, physical bodies when God allows or commands it. It's through these bodies that they do what they appear to do.

3. That to make these bodies appear, and make them act, speak, walk, eat, &c., they must produce tangible bodies, either by condensing the air or substituting other terrestrial, solid bodies, capable of performing the functions we speak of.

3. To make these bodies show up and make them act, speak, walk, eat, etc., they need to create physical bodies, either by condensing the air or using other solid objects from the earth that can perform the functions we're talking about.

4. That the way in which this production and apparition of a perceptible body is achieved is absolutely unknown to us; that we have no proof that spiritual substances have a natural power of producing this kind of change when it pleases them, and that they cannot produce them independently of God.

4. We have no idea how this production and appearance of a visible body happens; we have no proof that spiritual substances can naturally create this kind of change whenever they want, and they cannot do so without God's involvement.

5. That although there may be often a great deal of illusion, prepossession, and imagination in what is related of the operations and apparitions of angels, demons, and disembodied souls, there is still some reality in many of these things; and we cannot reasonably doubt of them all, and still less deny them all.

5. While there might often be a lot of illusion, bias, and imagination in what people say about the actions and appearances of angels, demons, and spirits, there is still some truth in many of these things; we can't reasonably doubt all of them, and we definitely can't deny all of them.

6. That there are apparitions which bear about them the character and proof of truth, from the quality of him who relates them; from the circumstances which accompany them; from the events following those apparitions that announce things to come; which perform things impossible to the natural strength of man, and too much in opposition to the interest of the demon, and his malicious and deceitful character, for us to be able to suspect him to be the author or contriver of them. In short, these apparitions are certified by the belief, the prayers, and the practice of the church, which recognizes them, and supposes their reality.

6. There are ghostly sightings that have the mark and proof of truth because of who tells them; the circumstances surrounding them; the events that follow these sightings that predict future happenings; and the acts that are beyond what any person could do alone, which are too contrary to the interests of the demon, given his wicked and deceitful nature, for us to suspect him as the source or mastermind behind them. In short, these sightings are validated by the faith, prayers, and practices of the church, which acknowledges them and assumes they are real.

7. That although what appears miraculous is not so always, we must at least usually perceive in it some illusion and operation of the demon; consequently, that the demon can, with the permission of God, do many things which surpass our knowledge, and the natural power which we suppose him to have.

7. Although what seems miraculous isn't always so, we should usually recognize in it some illusion and the work of the devil; therefore, the devil can, with God's permission, do many things that go beyond our understanding and the natural abilities we think he has.

8. That those who wish to explain them by fascination of the eyes and other senses, do not resolve the difficulty, and throw themselves into still greater embarrassment than those who admit simply that apparitions appear by the order or the permission of God.

8. Those who want to explain them through the fascination of the eyes and other senses don't really solve the issue, and end up getting themselves into even greater embarrassment than those who just accept that apparitions happen by God's order or permission.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[415] Aug. de Civit. Dei, lib. x. c. 11, 12.

[415] Aug. de Civit. Dei, book x, chapters 11, 12.

[416] Tertull. de Animâ, c. 57.

[416] Tertullian on the Soul, Chapter 57.


CHAPTER XLVII.

OBJECTIONS AGAINST APPARITIONS, AND REPLIES TO THOSE OBJECTIONS.

The greatest objection that can be raised against the apparitions of angels, demons, and disembodied souls, takes its rise in the nature of these substances, which being purely spiritual, cannot appear with evident, solid, and palpable bodies, nor perform those functions which belong only to matter, and living or animated bodies.

The biggest objection to the appearances of angels, demons, and disembodied souls comes from the nature of these beings. Since they are purely spiritual, they can't appear with solid, physical bodies or carry out functions that only matter and living beings can perform.

For, either spiritual substances are united to the bodies which appear or not. If they are not united to them, how can they move them, and cause them to act, walk, speak, reason, and eat? If they are united to them, then they form but one individual; and how can they separate themselves from them, after being united to them? Do they take them and leave them at will, as we lay aside a habit or a mask? That would be to suppose that they are at liberty to appear or disappear, which is not the case, since all apparitions are solely by the order or permission of God. Are those bodies which appear only instruments which the angels, demons, or souls make use of to affright, warn, chastise, or instruct the person or persons to whom they appear? This is, in fact, the most rational thing that can be said concerning these apparitions; the exorcisms of the church fall directly on the agent and cause of these apparitions, and not on the phantom which appears, nor on the first author, which is God, who orders and permits it.

Either spiritual substances are connected to the bodies that appear or they aren't. If they aren't connected, how can they move them and make them act, walk, speak, reason, and eat? If they are connected, then they form just one individual; how can they separate from them after being united? Can they just take them off and leave them whenever they want, like setting aside a habit or a mask? That would imply they have the freedom to appear or disappear, which isn’t true, since all appearances happen only by God’s order or permission. Are those bodies that appear merely tools that angels, demons, or souls use to scare, warn, punish, or teach the people they show themselves to? This is honestly the most sensible explanation regarding these appearances; the church’s exorcisms target the agent and cause of these apparitions, not the phantom itself, nor the original source, which is God, who commands and allows it.

Another objection, both very common and very striking, is that which is drawn from the multitude of false stories and ridiculous reports which are spread amongst the people, of the apparitions of spirits, demons, and elves, of possessions and obsessions.

Another common and striking objection is based on the numerous false stories and absurd reports circulated among people about sightings of spirits, demons, and elves, as well as cases of possession and obsession.

It must be owned that, out of a hundred of these pretended appearances, hardly two will be found to be true. The ancients are not more to be credited on that point than the moderns, since they were, at least, equally as credulous as people are in our own age, or rather they were more credulous than we are at this day.

It must be acknowledged that, out of a hundred of these so-called appearances, hardly two will actually turn out to be true. The ancients are no more credible on this matter than modern people, as they were at least as gullible as people are today, or perhaps even more gullible than we are now.

I grant that the foolish credulity of the people, and the love of everything that seems marvelous and extraordinary, have produced an infinite number of false histories on the subject we are now treating of. There are here two dangers to avoid: a too great credulity, and an excessive difficulty in believing what is above the[Pg 222] ordinary course of nature; as likewise, we must not conclude what is general from what is particular, or make a general case of a particular one, nor say that all is false because some stories are so; also, we must not assert that such a particular history is a mere invention, because there are many stories of this latter kind. It is allowable to examine, prove, and select; we must never form our judgment but with knowledge of the case; a story may be false in many of its circumstances (as related), but true in its foundation.

I acknowledge that people's foolish gullibility and their fascination with anything that seems amazing or unusual have led to countless false stories on the topic we're discussing. There are two dangers we need to avoid: being too gullible and being overly skeptical about things that go beyond the ordinary course of nature. We also shouldn't generalize from a specific instance or assume that all tales are false just because some are. Additionally, we mustn't claim that a specific story is just made up because there are many that are. It's valid to investigate, verify, and choose wisely; we should only form our opinions based on a thorough understanding of the situation. A story may be false in many details but still have a true basis.

The history of the deluge, and that of the passage across the Red Sea, are certain in themselves, and in the simple and natural recital given of them by Moses. The profane historians, and some Hebrew writers, and even Christians, have added some embellishment which must militate against the story in itself. Josephus the historian has much embellished the history of Moses; Christian authors have added much to that of Josephus; the Mahometans have altered several points of the sacred history of the Old and New Testament. Must we, on this account, consider these histories as problematical? The life of St. Gregory Thaumaturgus is full of miracles, as are also those of St. Martin and St. Bernard. St. Augustine relates several miraculous cures worked by the relics of St. Stephen. Many extraordinary things are related in the life of St. Ambrose. Why not give faith to them after the testimony of these great men, and that of their disciples, who had lived with them, and had been witnesses of a good part of what they relate?

The history of the flood and the crossing of the Red Sea are clear in themselves, as told plainly and naturally by Moses. However, secular historians, some Hebrew writers, and even Christians have added embellishments that can undermine the original stories. Josephus, the historian, has greatly embellished Moses' story; Christian authors have added even more to Josephus' account; and the Muslims have altered various aspects of the sacred histories in the Old and New Testament. Should we therefore view these histories as questionable? The life of St. Gregory Thaumaturgus is filled with miracles, as are the lives of St. Martin and St. Bernard. St. Augustine recounts several miraculous healings performed by the relics of St. Stephen. Many extraordinary events are described in the life of St. Ambrose. Why shouldn't we trust these accounts based on the testimony of such great figures and their disciples who lived alongside them and witnessed much of what they report?

It is not permitted us to dispute the truth of the apparitions noted in the Old and New Testament; but we may be permitted to explain them. For instance, it is said that the Lord appeared to Abraham in the valley of Mamre;[417] that he entered Abraham's tent, and that he promised him the birth of a son; also, it is allowed that he received three angels, who went from thence to Sodom. St. Paul[418] notices it expressly in his Epistle to the Hebrews; angelis hospitio receptis. It is also said that the Lord appeared unto Moses, and gave him the law; and St. Stephen, in the Acts,[419] informs us that it was an angel who spoke to him from the burning bush, and on Mount Horeb; and St. Paul, writing to the Galatians, says, that the law was given by angels.[420]

We aren't allowed to question the truth of the visions mentioned in the Old and New Testament, but we can interpret them. For example, it’s reported that the Lord appeared to Abraham in the valley of Mamre;[417] he entered Abraham's tent and promised him the birth of a son. It’s also noted that he welcomed three angels, who then went to Sodom. St. Paul[418] specifically mentions this in his Epistle to the Hebrews; angelis hospitio receptis. Additionally, it is said that the Lord appeared to Moses and provided him with the law; St. Stephen, in the Acts,[419] tells us that it was an angel who spoke to him from the burning bush and on Mount Horeb; and St. Paul, in his letter to the Galatians, states that the law was given through angels.[420]

Sometimes, the name of angel of the Lord is taken for a prophet, a man filled with his Spirit, and deputed by him. It is certain that the Hebrew malae and the Greek angelos bear the same signification as our envoy. For instance, at the beginning of the Book of Judges,[421] it is said that there came an angel of the Lord from Gilgal to the place of tears (or Bochim), and that he there reproved[Pg 223] the Israelites for their infidelity and ingratitude. The ablest commentators[422] think that this angel of the Lord is no other than Phineas, or the then high priest, or rather a prophet, sent expressly to the people assembled at Gilgal.

Sometimes, the name of the angel of the Lord is used to refer to a prophet, someone filled with His Spirit and sent by Him. It's certain that the Hebrew malae and the Greek angelos mean the same thing as our envoy. For example, at the beginning of the Book of Judges,[421] it says that an angel of the Lord came from Gilgal to the place of tears (or Bochim) and reproached[Pg 223] the Israelites for their unfaithfulness and ingratitude. The most skilled commentators[422] believe that this angel of the Lord is none other than Phineas, or the high priest at the time, or perhaps a prophet sent specifically to the people gathered at Gilgal.

In the Scripture, the prophets are sometimes styled angels of the Lord.[423] "Here is what saith the envoy of the Lord, amongst the envoys of the Lord," says Haggai, speaking of himself.

In the Scriptures, the prophets are sometimes referred to as messengers of the Lord.[423] "This is what the messenger of the Lord says, among the messengers of the Lord," Haggai says about himself.

The prophet Malachi, the last of the lesser prophets, says that "the Lord will send his angel, who will prepare the way before his face."[424] This angel is St. John the Baptist, who prepares the way for Jesus Christ, who is himself styled the Angel of the Lord—"And soon the Lord whom ye demand, and the so much desired Angel of the Lord, will come into his temple." This same Saviour is designated by Moses under the name of a prophet:[425] "The Lord will raise up in the midst of your nation, a prophet like myself." The name of angel is given to the prophet Nathan, who reproved David for his sin. I do not pretend, by these testimonies, to deny that the angels have often appeared to men; but I infer from them that sometimes these angels were only prophets or other persons, raised up and sent by God to his people.

The prophet Malachi, the last of the minor prophets, states that "the Lord will send his angel, who will prepare the way before Him."[424] This angel is St. John the Baptist, who prepares the way for Jesus Christ, who is also referred to as the Angel of the Lord—"And soon the Lord whom you seek, and the desired Angel of the Lord, will come into His temple." This same Savior is referred to by Moses as a prophet:[425] "The Lord will raise up among your people a prophet like me." The title of angel is also given to the prophet Nathan, who confronted David about his sin. I don't mean to deny that angels have often appeared to people; however, I suggest that sometimes these angels were simply prophets or other individuals raised up and sent by God to His people.

As to apparitions of the demon, it is well to observe that in Scripture the greater part of public calamities and maladies are attributed to evil spirits; for example, it is said that Satan inspired David[426] with the idea of numbering his people; but in another place it is simply said that the anger of the Lord was inflamed[427] against Israel, and led David to cause his subjects to be numbered. There are several other passages in the Holy Books, where they relate what the demon said and what he did, in a popular manner, by the figure termed prosopopœia; for instance, the conversation between Satan and the first woman,[428] and the discourse which the demon holds in company with the good angels before the Lord, when he talks to him of Job,[429] and obtains permission to tempt and afflict him. In the New Testament, it appears that the Jews attributed to the malice of the demon and to his possession almost all the maladies with which they were afflicted. In St. Luke,[430] the woman who was bent and could not raise herself up, and had suffered this for eighteen years, "had," says the evangelist, "a spirit of infirmity;" and Jesus Christ, after having healed her, says "that Satan held her bound for eighteen years;" and in another place, it is said that a lunatic or epileptic person was possessed by the demon. It is clear, from what is said by St. Matthew and St. Luke,[431] that he was attacked by[Pg 224] epilepsy. The Saviour cured him of this evil malady, and by that means took from the demon the opportunity of tormenting him still more; as David, by dissipating with the sound of his harp the sombre melancholy of Saul, delivered him from the evil spirit, who abused the power of those inclinations which he found in him, to awaken his jealousy against David. All this means, that we often ascribed to the demon things of which he is not guilty, and that we must not lightly adopt all the prejudices of the people, nor take literally all that is related of the works of Satan.

Regarding the appearances of demons, it's important to note that in Scripture, most public disasters and illnesses are linked to evil spirits. For instance, it mentions that Satan influenced David[426] to take a census of his people; yet elsewhere, it simply states that the Lord's anger was directed[427] at Israel, which led David to count his subjects. There are several other instances in the Holy Books where the demons' words and actions are conveyed in a relatable way, using a literary device known as prosopopoeia; for example, the conversation between Satan and the first woman,[428] as well as the dialogue the demon has with the good angels before the Lord, discussing Job,[429] where he asks for permission to test and afflict him. In the New Testament, it seems the Jews attributed nearly all the illnesses they suffered from to the demon's malice and possession. In St. Luke,[430] a woman who had been bent over and unable to stand up for eighteen years is described by the evangelist as having "a spirit of infirmity;" and after healing her, Jesus says that "Satan had her bound for eighteen years." In another instance, it is mentioned that a person suffering from lunacy or epilepsy was possessed by a demon. From what St. Matthew and St. Luke[431] say, he was afflicted by[Pg 224] epilepsy. The Savior healed him of this serious condition, thus removing the demon's chance to torment him further; much like how David, by playing his harp, eased Saul's deep melancholy and freed him from the evil spirit, which took advantage of his feelings to incite jealousy against David. All this suggests that we often attribute things to demons that they are not responsible for, and we should be cautious not to uncritically accept all public biases or take literally everything said about the deeds of Satan.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[417] Gen. xviii. 10.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 18:10.

[418] Heb. xiii. 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Heb. 13:2.

[419] Acts vii. 30, 33.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 7:30, 33.

[420] Gal. iii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gal. 3.

[421] Judges ii. 1.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Judges 2:1.

[422] Vide commentar. in Judic. ii.

[422] See comments in Judicial II.

[423] Hagg. i. 13.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Haggai 1:13.

[424] Malac. iii. 1.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Malac. 3.1.

[425] Deut. xviii. 18.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Deut. 18:18.

[426] Chron. xxi. 1.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Chronicles 21:1.

[427] 2 Sam. xxiv. 1.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Samuel 24:1.

[428] Gen. iii. 2, 3.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 3:2-3.

[429] Job i. 7-9.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Job 7-9.

[430] Luke xiii. 16.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 13:16.

[431] Matt. xvii. 14. Luke ix. 37.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 17:14. Luke 9:37.


CHAPTER XLVIII.

SOME OTHER OBJECTIONS AND REPLIES.

In order to combat the apparitions of angels, demons, and disembodied souls, we still bring forward the effects of a prepossessed fancy, struck with an idea, and of a weak and timid mind, which imagine they see and hear what subsists only in idea; we advert to the inventions of the malignant spirits, who like to make sport of and to delude us; we call to our assistance the artifices of the charlatans, who do so many things which pass for supernatural in the eyes of the ignorant. Philosophers, by means of certain glasses, and what are called magic lanterns, by optical secrets, sympathetic powders, by their phosphorus, and lately by means of the electrical machine, show us an infinite number of things which the simpletons take for magic, because they know not how they are produced.

To tackle the appearances of angels, demons, and spirits, we still highlight the effects of an overly imaginative mind, influenced by a sudden thought, and of a weak and fearful mentality that believes they see and hear what exists only in imagination. We point to the tricks of wicked spirits, who enjoy toying with and deceiving us. We rely on the techniques of charlatans, who perform various feats that seem supernatural to the uninformed. Philosophers, using certain lenses and devices like magic lanterns, along with optical tricks, sympathetic powders, phosphorus, and more recently, electrical machines, reveal countless things that the naive take for magic simply because they don't understand how they are created.

Eyes that are diseased do not see things as others see them, or else behold them differently. A drunken man will see objects double; to one who has the jaundice, they will appear yellow; in the obscurity, people fancy they see a spectre, when they see only the trunk of a tree.

Eyes that are unhealthy don't perceive things the way others do, or they see them differently. A drunk person sees everything doubled; to someone with jaundice, everything looks yellow; in the dark, people think they see a ghost when they are just looking at a tree trunk.

A mountebank will appear to eat a sword; another will vomit coals or pebbles; one will drink wine and send it out again at his forehead; another will cut off his companion's head, and put it on again. You will think you see a chicken dragging a beam. The mountebank will swallow fire and vomit it forth, he will draw blood from fruit, he will send from his mouth strings of iron nails, he will put a sword on his stomach and press it strongly, and instead of running into him, it will bend back to the hilt; another will run a sword through his body without wounding himself; you will sometimes see a child without a head, then a head without a child, and[Pg 225] all of them alive. That appears very wonderful; nevertheless, if it were known how all those things are done, people would only laugh, and be surprised that they could wonder at and admire such things.

A trickster will pretend to eat a sword; another will spit out coals or pebbles; one will drink wine and then shoot it out from his forehead; another will decapitate his partner and then put the head back on. You might think you see a chicken dragging a beam. The trickster will swallow fire and spit it back out, he will draw blood from fruit, he will pull out strings of iron nails from his mouth, he will place a sword on his stomach and press down hard, and instead of piercing him, it will bend back to the hilt; another will run a sword through his body without getting hurt; sometimes you'll see a headless child, then a head without a child, and[Pg 225] all of them alive. That seems really amazing; however, if people knew how all these tricks were done, they would just laugh and be surprised that they ever wondered at and admired such things.

What has not been said for and against the divining-rod of Jacques Aimar? Scripture proves to us the antiquity of divination by the divining-rod, in the instance of Nebuchadnezzar,[432] and in what is said of the prophet Hosea.[433] Fable speaks of the wonders wrought by the golden rod of Mercury. The Gauls and Germans also used the rod for divination; and there is reason to believe that often God permitted that the rods should make known by their movements what was to happen; for that reason they were consulted. Every body knows the secret of Circé's wand, which changed men into beasts. I do not compare it with the rod of Moses, by means of which God worked so many miracles in Egypt; but we may compare it with those of the magicians of Pharaoh, which produced so many marvelous effects.

What hasn’t been said for and against Jacques Aimar’s divining rod? Scripture shows us that the practice of using a divining rod is ancient, as seen in the case of Nebuchadnezzar,[432] and in the mentions of the prophet Hosea.[433] Myths talk about the miracles accomplished by Mercury’s golden rod. The Gauls and Germans also used rods for divination, and there’s reason to believe that often God allowed the rods to reveal through their movements what was going to happen; that’s why people consulted them. Everyone knows the secret of Circe’s wand, which turned men into beasts. I’m not comparing it to Moses’ rod, through which God performed so many miracles in Egypt; however, we can compare it to the rods of Pharaoh’s magicians, which produced many astonishing effects.

Albertus Magnus relates that there had been seen in Germany two brothers, one of whom passing near a door securely locked, and presenting his left side, would cause it to open of itself; the other brother had the same virtue in the right side. St. Augustine says that there are men[434] who move their two ears one after another, or both together, without moving their heads; others, without moving it also, make all the skin of their head with the hair thereon come down over their forehead, and put it back as it was before; some imitate so perfectly the voices of animals, that it is almost impossible not to mistake them. We have seen men speak from the hollow of the stomach, and make themselves heard as if speaking from a distance, although they were close by. Others swallow an incredible quantity of different things, and by tightening their stomachs ever so little, throw up whole, as from a bag, whatever they please. Last year, in Alsatia, there was seen and heard a German who played on two French horns at once, and gave airs in two parts, the first and the second, at the same time. Who can explain to us the secret of intermitting fevers, of the flux and reflux of the sea, and the cause of many effects which are certainly all natural?

Albertus Magnus tells us about two brothers in Germany. One of them, when passing near a securely locked door and turning to his left side, could make it open by itself; the other brother had the same ability when he turned to his right side. St. Augustine mentions that there are people[434] who can move their ears one at a time or both together without moving their heads. Some can make the skin of their head and the hair on it slide down over their foreheads and then put it back like it was before, all without moving their heads. Others can mimic animal sounds so perfectly that it’s nearly impossible to tell the difference. We’ve seen people speak from deep in their stomachs, making their voices sound as if they were coming from far away, even when they were close by. Some can swallow an amazing amount of various things, and with just a slight tightening of their stomachs, they can regurgitate whatever they want, whole as if it came from a bag. Last year in Alsatia, there was a German who played two French horns at the same time, performing in both the first and second parts simultaneously. Who can explain the secret behind intermittent fevers, the ebb and flow of the sea, and the reasons for many effects that are undoubtedly all natural?

Galen relates[435] that a physician named Theophilus, having fallen ill, fancied that he saw near his bed a great number of musicians, whose noise split his head and augmented his illness. He cried out incessantly for them to send those people away. Having recovered his health and good sense, he perfectly well remembered all that had been said to him; but he could not get those players on musical[Pg 226] instruments out of his head, and he affirmed that they tired him to death.

Galen relates[435] that a doctor named Theophilus became ill and thought he saw a bunch of musicians near his bed, whose noise drove him crazy and worsened his condition. He kept shouting for them to make the musicians leave. Once he regained his health and clarity, he clearly remembered everything that had happened, but he couldn’t shake the image of those musicians from his mind, insisting that they completely exhausted him.

In 1629, Desbordes, valet-de-chambre of Charles IV., Duke of Lorraine, was accused of having hastened the death of the Princess Christina of Salms, wife of Duke Francis II., and mother of the Duke Charles IV., and of having inflicted maladies on different persons, which maladies the doctors attribute to evil spells. Charles IV. had conceived violent suspicions against Desbordes, since one day when in a hunting-party this valet-de-chambre had served a grand dinner to the duke and his company, without any other preparation than having to open a box with three shelves; and to wind up the wonders, he had ordered three robbers, who were dead and hung to a gibbet, to come down from it, and come and make their bow to the duke, and then to go back and resume their place at the gallows. It was said, moreover, that on another occasion he had commanded the personages in a piece of tapestry to detach themselves from it, and to come and present themselves in the middle of the room.

In 1629, Desbordes, the servant of Charles IV, Duke of Lorraine, was accused of causing the death of Princess Christina of Salms, who was the wife of Duke Francis II and the mother of Duke Charles IV. He was also accused of causing illnesses in various people, which doctors attributed to curses. Charles IV had developed strong suspicions about Desbordes after one day during a hunting trip when this servant prepared a lavish dinner for the duke and his guests with nothing but the effort of opening a box with three shelves. To top it off, he supposedly commanded the three dead robbers hanging from a gallows to come down, bow to the duke, and then return to their place. Additionally, it was said that on another occasion he made the characters in a tapestry detach themselves and come to the center of the room.

Charles IV. was not very credulous; nevertheless, he allowed Desbordes to be tried. He was, it is said, convicted of magic, and condemned to the flames; but I have since been assured[436] that he made his escape; and some years after, on presenting himself before the duke, and clearing himself, he demanded the restitution of his property, which had been confiscated; but he recovered only a very small part of it. Since the adventure of Desbordes, the partisans of Charles IV. wished to cast a doubt on the validity of the baptism of the Duchess Nichola, his wife, because she had been baptized by Lavallée, Chantre de St. George, a friend of Desbordes, and like him convicted of several crimes, which drew upon him similar condemnation. From a doubt of the baptism of the duchess, they wished to infer the invalidity of her marriage with Charles, which was then the grand business of Charles IV.

Charles IV wasn’t very gullible; still, he allowed Desbordes to stand trial. He was reportedly found guilty of witchcraft and sentenced to be burned; however, I’ve since been told[436] that he managed to escape. Years later, when he showed up in front of the duke and cleared his name, he asked for the return of his property that had been seized, but he only got back a tiny fraction of it. After the Desbordes incident, Charles IV's supporters wanted to cast doubt on the validity of the baptism of the Duchess Nichola, his wife, since she was baptized by Lavallée, the Chantre de St. George, who was a friend of Desbordes and also found guilty of several crimes that led to a similar punishment. Because of the uncertainty around the duchess's baptism, they aimed to question the legitimacy of her marriage to Charles, which was a major concern for Charles IV at the time.

Father Delrio, a Jesuit, says that the magician called Trois-Echelles, by his enchantments, detached in the presence of King Charles IX. the rings or links of a collar of the Order of the King, worn by some knights who were at a great distance from him; he made them come into his hand, and after that replaced them, without the collar appearing deranged.

Father Delrio, a Jesuit, states that the magician known as Trois-Echelles, through his magical tricks, removed the rings or links from a collar of the Order of the King that some knights were wearing from a long distance away in front of King Charles IX. He brought them into his hand and then put them back, all without the collar looking disturbed.

John Faust Cudlingen, a German, was requested, in a company of gay people, to perform in their presence some tricks of his trade; he promised to show them a vine loaded with grapes, ripe and ready to gather. They thought, as it was then the month of December, he could not execute his promise. He strongly recommended them not to stir from their places, and not to lift up their hands to cut[Pg 227] the grapes, unless by his express order. The vine appeared directly, covered with leaves and loaded with grapes, to the great astonishment of all present; every one took up his knife, awaiting the order of Cudlingen to cut some grapes; but after having kept them for some time in that expectation, he suddenly caused the vine and the grapes to disappear: then every one found himself armed with his knife and holding his neighbor's nose with one hand, so that if they had cut off a bunch without the order of Cudlingen, they would have cut off one another's noses.

John Faust Cudlingen, a German, was asked by a group of cheerful people to showcase some of his skills. He promised to show them a vine full of ripe grapes ready for picking. They thought that since it was December, he couldn't possibly deliver on that promise. He strongly advised them not to move from their spots or raise their hands to pick the grapes without his specific instructions. The vine appeared immediately, covered in leaves and brimming with grapes, which amazed everyone present. Everyone grabbed their knives, waiting for Cudlingen's command to cut some grapes; however, after keeping them in suspense for a while, he suddenly made the vine and grapes vanish. Then, everyone found themselves holding a knife and grasping their neighbor's nose with one hand, so if they had cut a bunch without Cudlingen's order, they would have ended up cutting each other's noses.

We have seen in these parts a horse which appeared gifted with wit and discernment, and to understand what his master said. All the secret consisted in the horse's having been taught to observe certain motions of his master; and from these motions he was led to do certain things to which he was accustomed, and to go to certain persons, which he would never have done but for the sign or motion which he saw his master make.

We have seen here a horse that seemed to have intelligence and the ability to understand what his owner was saying. The secret was that the horse had been trained to watch for specific signals from his owner; based on these signals, he would perform certain actions he was used to and approach certain people, actions he wouldn’t have taken without the gestures he observed from his owner.

A hundred other similar facts might be cited, which might pass for magical operations, if we did not know that they are simple contrivances and tricks of art, performed by persons well exercised in such things. It may be that sometimes people have ascribed to magic and the evil spirit operations like those we have just related, and that what have been taken for the spirits of deceased persons were often arranged on purpose by young people to frighten passers-by. They will cover themselves with white or black, and show themselves in a cemetery in the posture of persons requesting prayers; after that they will be the first to exclaim that they have seen a spirit: at other times it will be pick-pockets, or young men, who will hide their amorous intrigues, or their thefts and knavish tricks, under this disguise.

A hundred other similar facts could be mentioned that might seem like magical activities, if we didn’t know they were just simple tricks and techniques performed by people skilled in those areas. Sometimes, people may have attributed to magic and evil spirits actions similar to those we just described, and what were thought to be the spirits of the dead were often staged by young people to scare passersby. They would cover themselves in white or black and appear in a cemetery as if they were praying; then they would be the first to claim they saw a spirit. At other times, it would be pickpockets or young men who would hide their romantic escapades, thefts, and shady schemes behind this disguise.

Sometimes a widow, or heirs, from interested motives, will publicly declare that the deceased husband appears in his house, and is in torment; that he has asked or commanded such and such things, or such and such restitutions. I own that this may happen, and does happen sometimes; but it does not follow that spirits never return. The return of souls is infinitely more rare than the common people believe; I say the same of pretended magical operations and apparitions of the demon.

Sometimes a widow or heirs, out of self-interest, will publicly claim that the deceased husband appears in his home and is in torment; that he has asked for or demanded certain things, or certain restitutions. I acknowledge that this can happen and does happen occasionally; however, it doesn’t mean that spirits never return. The return of souls is much rarer than most people think; I feel the same about supposed magical practices and demon apparitions.

It is remarked that the greater the ignorance which prevails in a country, the more superstition reigns there; and that the spirit of darkness there exercises greater power, in proportion as the nations we plunged in irregularity, and into deeper moral darkness. Louis Vivez[437] testifies that, in the newly-discovered countries in America, nothing is more common than to see spirits which appear at noon[Pg 228]day, not only in the country, but in towns and villages, speaking, commanding, sometimes even striking men. Olaüs Magnus, Archbishop of Upsal, who has written on the antiquities of the northern nations, observes that in Sweden, Norway, Finland, Finmark, and Lapland, they frequently see spectres or spirits, which do many wonderful things; that there are even some amongst them who serve as domestics to men, and take the horses and other cattle to pasture.

It's noted that the more ignorance there is in a country, the more superstition thrives. The influence of darkness grows stronger in nations that are lost in chaos and deeper moral decline. Louis Vivez[437] reports that in the newly-discovered lands of America, it’s common to see spirits appearing at noon—not just in the countryside, but also in towns and villages—talking, giving orders, and sometimes even attacking people. Olaüs Magnus, Archbishop of Upsal, who has written about the history of northern nations, points out that in Sweden, Norway, Finland, Finmark, and Lapland, people often encounter specters or spirits that perform many extraordinary feats. Some of these spirits even act as servants, taking care of horses and other livestock.

The Laplanders, even at this day, as well those who have remained in idolatry as those who have embraced Christianity, believe the apparition of the manes or ghosts, and offer them a kind of sacrifice. I believe that prepossession, and the prejudices of childhood, have much more to do with this belief than reason and experience. In effect, among the Tartars, where barbarism and ignorance reign as much as in any country in the world, they talk neither of spirits nor of apparitions, no more than among the Mahometans, although they admit the apparitions of angels made to Abraham and the patriarchs, and that of the Archangel Gabriel to Mahomet himself.

The Laplanders, even today, both those who still practice idolatry and those who have converted to Christianity, believe in the appearance of spirits or ghosts and offer them some sort of sacrifice. I think that strong beliefs and childhood prejudices play a bigger role in this belief than reason and experience do. In fact, among the Tartars, where barbarism and ignorance are as prevalent as anywhere else in the world, they don't talk about spirits or apparitions, just like the Muslims, even though they acknowledge the appearances of angels to Abraham and the patriarchs, as well as the Archangel Gabriel’s appearance to Muhammad himself.

The Abyssinians, a very rude and ignorant people, believe neither in sorcerers, nor spells, nor magicians; they say that it is giving too much power to the demon, and by that they fall into the error of the Manichæans, who admit two principles, the one of good, which is God, and the other of evil, which is the devil. The Minister Becker, in his work entitled "The Enchanted World," (Le Monde Enchanté,) laughs at apparitions of spirits and evil angels, and ridicules all that is said of the effects of magic: he maintains that to believe in magic is contrary to Scripture and religion.

The Abyssinians, a quite rough and uneducated people, don’t believe in sorcerers, spells, or magicians; they think it gives too much power to evil forces, and in doing so, they fall into the mistake of the Manichaeans, who accept two principles: one of good, which is God, and one of evil, which is the devil. Minister Becker, in his book called "The Enchanted World," (Le Monde Enchanté), mocks claims of ghostly appearances and evil spirits, and he makes fun of everything said about magic’s effects: he argues that believing in magic goes against Scripture and religion.

But whence comes it, then, that the Scriptures forbid us to consult magicians, and that they make mention of Simon the magician, of Elymas, another magician, and of the works of Satan? What will become of the apparitions of angels, so well noted in the Old and New Testaments? What will become of the apparitions of Onias to Judas Maccabeus, and of the devil to Jesus Christ himself, after his fast of forty days? What will be said of the apparition of Moses at the transfiguration of the Saviour; and an infinity of other appearances made to all kinds of persons, and related by wise, grave, and enlightened authors? Are the apparitions of devils and spirits more difficult to explain and conceive than those of angels, which we cannot rationally dispute without overthrowing the entire Scriptures, and practices and belief of the churches?

But where does it say in the Scriptures that we shouldn't consult magicians, and why do they mention Simon the magician, Elymas, another magician, and the works of Satan? What about the visions of angels mentioned throughout the Old and New Testaments? What about the vision of Onias to Judas Maccabeus, and the devil appearing to Jesus Christ after his forty-day fast? How do we explain the appearance of Moses during the Savior's transfiguration, along with countless other appearances reported by wise, serious, and knowledgeable authors? Are the appearances of devils and spirits harder to understand and accept than those of angels, which we can't reasonably dispute without undermining the entire Scriptures and the practices and beliefs of the churches?

Does not the apostle tell us that the angel of darkness transforms himself into an angel of light? Is not the absolute renunciation of all belief in apparitions assaulting Christianity in its most sacred[Pg 229] authority, in the belief of another life, of a church still subsisting in another world, of rewards for good actions, and of punishments for bad ones; the utility of prayers for the dead, and the efficacy of exorcisms? We must then in these matters keep the medium between excessive credulity and extreme incredulity; we must be prudent, moderate, and enlightened; we must, according to the advice of St. Paul, test everything, examine everything, yield only to evidence and known truth.

Doesn't the apostle tell us that the angel of darkness can disguise himself as an angel of light? Isn't the complete rejection of any belief in apparitions attacking Christianity at its most sacred[Pg 229] authority, including the belief in an afterlife, a church that still exists in another world, rewards for good deeds, and punishments for bad ones; the value of prayers for the dead, and the effectiveness of exorcisms? We need to find a balance between being overly gullible and being completely skeptical; we should be careful, moderate, and informed; we should, following St. Paul's advice, test everything, examine everything, and only accept what is proven and true.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[432] Ezek. xxi. 21.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Ezek. 21:21.

[433] Hosea iv. 12.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Hosea 4:12.

[434] Aug. lib. xiv. de Civit. Dei, c. 24.

[434] Aug. lib. xiv. de Civit. Dei, c. 24.

[435] Galen. de Differ. Sympt.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Galen. On Differentiating Symptoms.

[436] By M. Fransquin Chanoine de Taul.

[436] By M. Fransquin, Canon of Taul.

[437] Ludov. Vives, lib. i. de Veritate Fidei, p. 540.

[437] Ludov. Vives, book 1, On the Truth of Faith, p. 540.


CHAPTER XLIX.

THE SECRETS OF PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY TAKEN FOR SUPERNATURAL THINGS.

It is possible to allege against my reasoning the secrets of physics and chemistry, which produce an infinity of wonderful effects, and appear beyond the power of natural agency. We have the composition of a phosphorus, with which they write; the characters do not appear by daylight, but in the dark we see them shine; with this phosphorus, figures can be traced which would surprise and even alarm during the night, as has been done more than once, apparently to cause maliciously useless fright. La poudre ardente is another phosphorus, which, provided it is exposed to the air, sheds a light both by night and by day. How many people have been frightened by those little worms which are found in certain kinds of rotten wood, and which give a brilliant flame by night.

It’s possible to challenge my reasoning with the secrets of physics and chemistry, which create countless amazing effects and seem beyond natural processes. Take phosphorus, for example; it’s used for writing, and the characters aren’t visible in daylight but shine in the dark. With this phosphorus, you can create figures that would surprise and even scare people at night, as has happened more than once, seemingly just to cause pointless fear. La poudre ardente is another type of phosphorus, which, when exposed to air, gives off light both at night and in the day. Many people have been scared by those little worms found in certain kinds of rotten wood, which emit a brilliant flame at night.

We have the daily experience of an infinite number of things, all of them natural, which appear above the ordinary course of nature,[438] but which have nothing miraculous in them, and ought not to be attributed to angels or demons; for instance, teeth and noses taken from other persons, and applied to those who have lost similar parts; of this we find many instances in authors. These teeth and noses fall off directly when the person from whom they were taken dies, however great the distance between these two persons may be.

We encounter a countless number of everyday things that seem extraordinary but are completely natural. These occurrences shouldn't be labeled as miraculous or attributed to angels or demons. For example, there are cases where teeth and noses from one person are attached to someone who has lost similar features; you can find many examples of this in various writings. Interestingly, these transplanted teeth and noses will fall off as soon as the original owner dies, regardless of how far apart the two individuals are.

The presentiments experienced by certain persons of what happens to their relations and friends, and even of their own death, are not at all miraculous. There are many instances of persons who are in the habit of feeling these presentiments, and who in the night, even when asleep, will say that such a thing has happened, or is about to happen; that such messengers are coming, and will announce to them such and such things.

The feelings some people have about what happens to their family and friends, or even about their own death, aren’t miraculous at all. There are many cases of people who frequently experience these feelings and who, even while asleep at night, will say that something has happened or is about to happen; that certain messengers are coming, and will tell them this or that.

[Pg 230]There are dogs that have the sense of smelling so keen that they scent from a good distance the approach of any person who has done them good or harm. This has been proved many times, and can only proceed from the diversity of organs in those animals, some of which have the scent much keener than others, and upon which the spirits which exhale from other bodies act more quickly and at a greater distance than in others. Certain persons have such an acute sense of hearing that they can hear what is whispered even in another chamber, of which the door is well closed. They cite as an example of this, a certain Marie Bucaille, to whom it was thought that her guardian angel discovered what was said at a great distance from her.

[Pg 230]Some dogs have such a keen sense of smell that they can detect from far away when a person who has helped or harmed them is approaching. This has been proven many times and is likely due to the differences in sensory organs among these animals, as some have a much sharper sense of smell than others, enabling them to pick up on the scents from other bodies more quickly and from a greater distance. There are also people with an extraordinary sense of hearing who can catch whispers from another room, even if the door is firmly shut. A well-known example of this is a woman named Marie Bucaille, who was said to have her guardian angel reveal what was being said from far away.

Others have the smell so keen that they distinguish by the odor all the men and animals they have ever seen, and scent their approach a long way off. Blind persons pretty often possess this faculty, as well as that of discerning the color of different stuffs by the touch, from horse-hair to playing-cards.

Others have such a keen sense of smell that they can identify all the people and animals they've ever encountered just by their scent, and they can detect their approach from far away. Blind people often have this ability, as well as the skill to recognize the color of various materials by touch, from horsehair to playing cards.

Others discern by the taste everything that composes a ragoût, better than the most expert cook could do. Others possess so piercing a sight that at the first glance they can distinguish the most confused and distant objects, and remark the least change which takes place in them.

Others can taste everything that makes up a stew better than the most skilled chef. Some have such sharp vision that at a first glance, they can identify even the most blurred and distant objects and notice the slightest changes that happen to them.

There are both men and women who, without intending to hurt, do a great deal of harm to children, and all the tender and delicate animals which they look at attentively, or which they touch. This happens particularly in hot countries; and many examples might be cited of it; from which arises what both ancients and moderns call fascination (or the evil eye); hence the precautions which were taken against these effects by amulets and preservatives, which were suspended to children's necks.

There are both men and women who, without meaning to cause harm, end up hurting children and all the gentle animals they watch closely or touch. This is especially common in hot climates, and many examples could be given; this leads to what both ancient and modern people refer to as fascination (or the evil eye). This is why precautions were taken against these effects with amulets and protective charms that were hung around children's necks.

There have been known to be men from whose eyes there proceeded such venomous spirits that they did harm to everybody or thing they looked at, even to the breast of nurses, which they caused to dry up—to plants, flowers, the leaves of trees, which were seen to wither and fall off. They dare not enter any place till they had warned the people beforehand to send away the children and nurses, new-born animals, and, generally speaking, everything which they could infect by their breath or their looks.

There have been men whose eyes emitted such toxic energy that they harmed everyone and everything they gazed upon, even causing nurses’ breasts to dry up. They affected plants, flowers, and tree leaves, which were observed to wither and fall off. They wouldn’t enter any place until they warned people to send away children, nurses, newborn animals, and, generally speaking, anything that could be contaminated by their breath or their gaze.

We should laugh, and with reason, at those who, to explain all these singular effects, should have recourse to charms, spells, to the operations of demons, or of good angels. The evaporation of corpuscles, or atoms, or the insensible perspiration of the bodies which produce all these effects, suffice to account for it. We have recourse neither to miracles, nor to superior causes, above all when these effects are produced near, and at a short distance; but when the distance is great, the exhalation of the spirits, or essence, and of[Pg 231] insensible corpuscles, does not equally satisfy us, no more than when we meet with things and effects which go beyond the known force of nature, such as foretelling future events, speaking unknown languages, i. e., languages unknown to the speaker, to be in such ecstasy that the person is beyond earthly feeling, to rise up from the ground, and remain so a long time.

We should really laugh at those who try to explain all these unusual effects with charms, spells, or the work of demons or angels. The evaporation of tiny particles or atoms, or the unseen perspiration from bodies that create these effects, is enough to explain it all. We don't need miracles or higher powers, especially when these effects happen nearby; however, when the distance is large, the release of spirits or essence, along with invisible particles, doesn’t fully satisfy us, just like when we encounter things and effects that go beyond the known laws of nature, such as predicting the future, speaking languages that the speaker doesn't know, experiencing such deep ecstasy that the person feels disconnected from earthly sensations, or levitating and staying in the air for a long time.

The chemists demonstrate that the or a sort of restoration or resurrection of animals, insects, and plants, is possible and natural. When the ashes of a plant are placed in a phial, these ashes rise, and arrange themselves as much as they can in the form which was first impressed on them by the Author of Nature.

The chemists show that the or a kind of restoration or revival of animals, insects, and plants is possible and natural. When the ashes of a plant are placed in a vial, these ashes rise and arrange themselves as much as they can into the form initially created by the Author of Nature.

Father Schol, a Jesuit, affirms that he has often seen a rose which was made to arise from its ashes every time they wished to see it done, by means of a little heat.

Father Schol, a Jesuit, claims that he has frequently witnessed a rose being brought back from its ashes whenever they wanted to see it happen, with just a little heat.

The secret of a mineral water has been found by means of which a dead plant which has its root can be made green again, and brought to the same state as if it were growing in the ground. Digby asserts that he has drawn from dead animals, which were beaten and bruised in a mortar, the representation of these animals, or other animals of the same species.

The secret of a mineral water has been discovered that can revive a dead plant with its roots, bringing it back to life as if it were growing in the ground. Digby claims he has extracted representations of dead animals, which were crushed and ground in a mortar, including those of the same species.

Duchesne, a famous chemist, relates that a physician of Cracow preserved in phials the ashes of almost every kind of plant, so that when any one from curiosity desired to see, for instance, a rose in these phials, he took that in which the ashes of the rose-bush were preserved, and placing it over a lighted candle, as soon as it felt a little warmth, they saw the ashes stir and rise like a little dark cloud, and, after some movements, they represented a rose as beautiful and fresh as if newly gathered from the rose-tree.

Duchesne, a well-known chemist, shares that a doctor in Cracow kept the ashes of nearly every kind of plant in small vials. So, whenever someone was curious and wanted to see, for example, a rose, he would take the vial containing the ashes of the rosebush. When he held it over a lit candle, as soon as it warmed up a bit, the ashes would start to swirl and rise like a small dark cloud. After some movement, they would form a rose that looked as beautiful and fresh as if it had just been picked from the rosebush.

Gaffard assures us that M. de Cleves, a celebrated chemist, showed every day plants drawn from their own ashes. David Vanderbroch affirms that the blood of animals contains the idea of their species as well as their seed; he relates on this subject the experiment of M. Borelli, who asserts that the human blood, when warm, is still full of its spirits or sulphurs, acid and volatile, and that, being excited in cemeteries and in places where great battles are fought by some heat in the ground, the phantoms or ideas of the persons who are there interred are seen to rise; that we should see them as well by day as by night, were it not for the excess of light which prevents us even from seeing the stars. He adds that by this means we might behold the idea, and represent by a lawful and natural necromancy the figure or phantom of all the great men of antiquity, our friends and our ancestors, provided we possess their ashes.

Gaffard tells us that M. de Cleves, a famous chemist, displayed plants grown from their own ashes every day. David Vanderbroch claims that the blood of animals carries the essence of their species along with their seed; he mentions an experiment by M. Borelli, who states that human blood, when warm, is still rich in its spirits or volatile acids. He suggests that in cemeteries and battlefields, the warmth of the ground can cause the spirits or ideas of those buried there to rise, and that we could see them both day and night if the excess light didn’t obscure even the stars. He adds that in this way, we might witness these essences and represent, through a lawful and natural form of necromancy, the figures or spirits of all the great men of antiquity, our friends, and our ancestors, as long as we have their ashes.

These are the most plausible objections intended to destroy or obviate all that is said of the apparitions of spirits. Whence some conclude that these are either very natural phenomena and exhala[Pg 232]tions produced by the heat of the earth imbued with blood and the volatile spirit of the dead, above all, those dead by violence; or that they are the consequences of a stricken and prepossessed fancy, or simply illusions of the mind, or sports of persons who like to divert themselves by the panics into which they terrify others; or, lastly, movements produced naturally by men, rats, monkeys, and other animals; for it is true that the oftener we examine into what have been taken for apparitions, nothing is found that is real, extraordinary, or supernatural; but to conclude from thence that all the apparitions and operations attributed to angels, spirits or souls, and demons are chimerical, is carrying things to excess; it is to conclude that we mistake always, because we mistake often.

These are the most likely arguments meant to disprove or dismiss everything said about the appearances of spirits. Some people conclude that these are either very natural phenomena and exhalations caused by the heat of the earth mixed with blood and the volatile spirit of the dead, especially those who died violently; or that they result from a disturbed and biased imagination, or simply illusions of the mind, or tricks played by people who enjoy scaring others; or, finally, movements caused naturally by humans, rats, monkeys, and other animals. The truth is that the more we investigate what has been considered apparitions, the less we find that is real, extraordinary, or supernatural. However, to deduce from this that all the appearances and actions attributed to angels, spirits, souls, and demons are imaginary is taking things too far; it suggests that we are always wrong just because we are often wrong.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[438] M. de S. André, Lett. iii. sur les Maléfices.

[438] M. de S. André, Letters iii. on Witchcraft.


CHAPTER L.

CONCLUSION OF THE TREATISE ON APPARITIONS.

After having made this exposition of my opinion concerning the apparitions of angels, demons, souls of the dead, and even of one living person to another, and having spoken of magic, of oracles, of obsessions and possessions of the demon; of sprites and familiar spirits; of sorcerers and witches; of spectres which predict the future; of those which haunt houses—after having stated the objections which are made against apparitions, and having replied to them in as weighty a manner as I possibly could, I think I may conclude that although this matter labors still under very great difficulties, as much respecting the foundation of the thing—I mean as regards the truth and reality of apparitions in general—as for the way in which they are made, still we cannot reasonably disallow that there may be true apparitions of all the kinds of which we have spoken, and that there may be also a great number very disputable, and some others which are manifestly the work of knavery, of maliciousness, of the art of charlatans, and flexibility of those who play sleight of hand tricks.

After sharing my views on the appearances of angels, demons, spirits of the deceased, and even living individuals appearing to one another, and after discussing magic, oracles, demon possessions and obsessions; sprites and familiar spirits; sorcerers and witches; spirits that predict the future; and those that haunt places—after presenting the objections made against these apparitions and responding to them as thoroughly as I could, I believe I can conclude that, while this topic still faces significant challenges, both in terms of its foundational aspects—I mean the truth and reality of apparitions in general—and in how they occur, we cannot reasonably dismiss the possibility that true apparitions of all kinds exist, along with a considerable number that are highly debatable, and some that are clearly the result of deceit, malice, the tricks of charlatans, and the sleight of hand of those who perform illusions.

I acknowledge, moreover, that imagination, prepossession, simplicity, superstition, excess of credulity, and weakness of mind have given rise to several stories which are related; that ignorance of pure philosophy has caused to be taken for miraculous effects, and black magic, what is the simple effect of white magic, and the secrets of a philosophy hidden from the ignorant and common herd[Pg 233] of men. Moreover, I confess that I see insurmountable difficulties in explaining the manner or properties of apparitions, whether we admit with several ancients that angels, demons, and disembodied souls have a sort of subtile transparent body of the nature of air, whether we believe them purely spiritual and disengaged from all matter, visible, gross, or subtile.

I also recognize that imagination, bias, simplicity, superstition, excessive belief, and a lack of critical thinking have led to many stories being told. The lack of understanding of true philosophy has resulted in what are really simple effects of white magic being mistaken for miraculous phenomena and black magic, along with the secrets of a philosophy that are hidden from the ignorant and general populace[Pg 233]. Furthermore, I admit that I face insurmountable challenges in explaining the nature or characteristics of apparitions, whether we accept, as some ancient thinkers did, that angels, demons, and spirits have a kind of subtle, transparent body similar to air, or whether we believe they are purely spiritual and separate from all forms of matter, whether visible, coarse, or subtle.

I lay down as a principle that to explain the affair of apparitions, and to give on this subject any certain rules, we should—

I believe that to explain the matter of apparitions and to provide clear guidelines on this topic, we should—

1st. Know perfectly the nature of spirits, angels and souls, and demons. We should know whether souls by nature are so spiritualized that they have no longer any relation to matter; or if they have, again, any alliance with an aërial, subtile, invisible body, which they still govern after death; or whether they exert any power over the body they once animated, to impel it to certain movements, as the soul which animates us gives to our bodies such impulsions as she thinks proper; or whether the soul determines simply by its will, as occasional or secondary cause, the first cause, which is God, to put in motion the machine which it once animated.

1st. Understand the true nature of spirits, angels, souls, and demons. We should know if souls are so spiritual that they no longer have any connection to matter, or if they are linked to a subtle, invisible body that they still control after death; or whether they have any influence over the body they once inhabited, moving it in certain ways as our soul directs our bodies as it sees fit; or if the soul merely uses its will as a secondary cause to prompt the primary cause, which is God, to activate the body it once animated.

2d. If after death the soul still retains that power over its own body, or over others; for instance, over the air and other elements.

2d. If, after death, the soul still has control over its own body or over others; for example, over the air and other elements.

3d. If angels and demons have respectively the same power over sublunary bodies—for instance, to thicken air, inflame it, produce in it clouds and storms; to make phantoms appear in it; to spoil or preserve fruits and crops; to cause animals to perish, produce maladies, excite tempests and shipwrecks at sea; or even to fascinate the eyes and deceive the other senses.

3d. If angels and demons have the same power over earthly bodies—for example, to thicken air, ignite it, create clouds and storms; to make illusions appear in it; to damage or protect fruits and crops; to cause animals to die, create diseases, stir up storms and shipwrecks at sea; or even to captivate the eyes and mislead the other senses.

4th. If they can do all these things naturally, and by their own virtue, as often as they think proper; or if there must be a particular order, or at least permission from God, for them to do what we have just said.

4th. If they can do all these things naturally and of their own accord, whenever they feel it's right; or if there needs to be a specific order, or at least permission from God, for them to do what we just mentioned.

5th. Lastly, we should know exactly what power is possessed by these substances which we suppose to be purely spiritual, and how far the power of the angels, demons, and souls separated from their gross bodies, extends, in regard to the apparitions, operations and movements attributed to them. For whilst we are ignorant of the power which the Creator has given or left to disembodied souls, or to demons, we can in no way define what is miraculous, or prescribe the just bound to which may extend, or within which may be limited, the natural operations of spirits, angels, and demons.

5th. Lastly, we need to understand exactly what kind of power these substances, which we believe to be purely spiritual, actually have, and how far the power of angels, demons, and souls that have separated from their physical bodies extends when it comes to the appearances, actions, and movements attributed to them. Because as long as we remain unaware of the power that the Creator has assigned or left to disembodied souls or to demons, we cannot define what is miraculous, or set the proper limits on the natural actions of spirits, angels, and demons.

If we accord the demon the faculty of fascinating our eyes when it pleases him, or of disposing the air so as to form the appearance of a phantom, or phenomenon; or of restoring movement to a body which is dead but not entirely corrupted; or of disturbing the living by ill dreams, or terrific representations, we should no longer admire many things which we admire at present, nor regard as miracles[Pg 234] certain cures and certain apparitions, if they are only the natural effects of the power of souls, angels and demons.

If we give the demon the ability to capture our attention whenever he wants, or to manipulate the air to create the illusion of a ghost or phenomenon; or to bring movement back to a body that's dead but not completely decayed; or to disturb the living with bad dreams or terrifying visions, we wouldn't be so impressed by a lot of things we currently admire, nor would we consider certain healings and apparitions to be miracles if they are just the natural effects of the powers of souls, angels, and demons.[Pg 234]

If a man invested with his body produced such effects of himself, we should say with reason that they are supernatural operations, because they exceed the known ordinary and natural power of the living man; but if a man held commerce with a spirit, an angel, or a demon, whom by virtue of some compact, explicit or implicit, he commanded to perform certain things which would be above his natural powers, but not beyond the powers of the spirit whom he commanded, would the effect resulting from it be miraculous or supernatural? No, without doubt, supposing that the spirit which produced the result did nothing that was above his natural powers and faculties.

If a person performed such actions through their body, we would justifiably call them supernatural because they go beyond the usual abilities of a living human. However, if someone interacted with a spirit, an angel, or a demon, which they had some kind of agreement with, whether explicit or implied, to do things that exceeded their natural abilities but were still within the spirit’s capabilities, would the outcome still be considered miraculous or supernatural? No, certainly not, assuming the spirit that caused the result didn't do anything outside of its natural abilities and powers.

But would it be a miracle if a man had anything to do with an angel or a demon, and that he should make an explicit and implicit compact with them, to oblige them on certain conditions, and with certain ceremonies, to produce effects which would appear externally, and in our minds, to be beyond the power of man? For instance, in the operations of certain magicians who boast of having an explicit compact with the devil, and who by this means raise tempests, or go with extraordinary haste when they walk, or cause the death of animals, and to men incurable maladies; or who enchant arms; or in other operations, as in the use of the divining rod, and in certain remedies against the maladies of men and horses, which having no natural proportion to these maladies do not fail to cure them, although those who use these remedies protest that they have never thought of contracting any alliance with the devil.

But would it really be surprising if a person had any connection with an angel or a demon, and made a formal and informal agreement with them, to require them under certain conditions and rituals to produce effects that would seem, both outwardly and in our minds, to be beyond human ability? For example, in the practices of certain magicians who claim to have a direct pact with the devil, which allows them to create storms, move at incredible speeds when they walk, cause the deaths of animals, or inflict incurable diseases on people; or who enchant weapons; or in other practices, like using a divining rod, and in certain remedies for the ailments of humans and horses, which, despite lacking any natural connection to these ailments, still manage to cure them, even though those applying these remedies insist they never intended to make any deal with the devil.

To reply to this question, the difficulty always recurs to know if there is between living and mortal man a proportion or natural relation, which renders him capable of contracting an alliance with the angel or the demon, by virtue of which these spirits obey him and exert, under his empire over them, by virtue of the preceding compact, a power which is natural to them; for if in all that there is nothing beyond the ordinary force of nature, either on the side of man, or on that of angels and demons, there is nothing miraculous in one or the other; neither is there either in God's permitting secondary causes to act according to their natural faculties, of which he is nevertheless always the principle, and the absolute master, to limit, stop, suspend, extend, or augment them, according to his good pleasure.

To answer this question, the challenge always comes back to whether there is a natural connection between living humans and mortals that allows them to form a bond with either angels or demons. This connection would enable these spirits to obey them and exercise the powers that naturally belong to them under the influence of this agreement. If everything involved is simply the usual force of nature, whether concerning humans or angels and demons, then nothing miraculous exists on either side. Additionally, there is nothing remarkable about God allowing secondary causes to function according to their natural abilities, where He remains the ultimate source and complete authority to limit, pause, suspend, extend, or increase those abilities as He sees fit.

But as we know not, and it seems even impossible that we should know by the light of reason, the nature and natural extent of the power of angels, demons, and disembodied souls, it seems that it would be rash to decide in this matter, as deriving consequences of causes by their effects, or effects by causes. For instance, to say[Pg 235] that souls, demons, and angels have sometimes appeared to men—then they have naturally the faculty of returning and appearing, is a bold and rash proposition. For it is very possible that angels and demons appear only by the particular will of God, and not in consequence of his general will, and by virtue of his natural and physical concurrence with his creatures.

But since we don't know, and it even seems unlikely that we could know through reason, the true nature and extent of the power of angels, demons, and disembodied souls, it would be unwise to make any decisions on this topic by inferring causes from effects or effects from causes. For example, to say[Pg 235] that souls, demons, and angels have sometimes appeared to people—therefore they must naturally have the ability to return and appear—is a bold and reckless claim. It’s entirely possible that angels and demons only appear at the specific will of God, not as a result of his general will or through his natural and physical connection with his creatures.

In the first case, these apparitions are miraculous, as being above the natural power of the agents in question; in the second case, there is nothing supernatural in them except the permission which God rarely grants to souls to return, to angels and demons to appear, and to produce the effects of which we have spoken.

In the first case, these appearances are miraculous, as they exceed the natural abilities of the agents involved; in the second case, there’s nothing supernatural about them except for the rare permission that God gives to souls to return, and to angels and demons to show themselves, and to create the effects we've mentioned.

According to these principles we may advance without temerity—

According to these principles, we can move forward confidently—

1st. That angels and demons have often appeared unto men, that souls separated from the body have often returned, and that both the one and the other may do the same thing again.

1st. That angels and demons have often shown themselves to people, that souls separated from their bodies have frequently returned, and that both can do the same again.

2d. That the manner of these apparitions, and of these returns to earth, is perfectly unknown, and given up by God to the discussions and researches of mankind.

2d. The way these apparitions and returns to earth happen is completely unknown and left by God for people to discuss and explore.

3d. That there is some likelihood that these kinds of apparitions are not absolutely miraculous on the part of the good and evil angels, but that God allows them sometimes to take place, for reasons the knowledge of which is reserved to himself alone.

3d. That there is a chance that these types of apparitions are not entirely miraculous from the good and evil angels, but that God sometimes permits them to happen, for reasons that only he knows.

4th. That no certain rule on this point can be given, nor any demonstrative argument formed, for want of knowing perfectly the nature and extent of the power of the spiritual beings in question.

4th. That no specific rule on this matter can be established, nor can any conclusive argument be made, due to the lack of complete understanding of the nature and extent of the power of the spiritual beings involved.

5th. That we should reason upon those apparitions which appear in dreams otherwise than upon those which appear when we are awake; differently also upon apparitions wearing solid bodies, speaking, walking, eating and drinking, and those which seem like a shade, or a nebulous and aërial body.

5th. That we should think about those visions that come in dreams differently from those that occur when we're awake; also differently regarding visions that take on solid forms, that talk, walk, eat, and drink, and those that appear like a shadow or a misty, airy figure.

6th. Thus it would be rash to lay down principles, and raise uniform arguments, and all these things in common, every species of apparition demanding its own particular explanation.

6th. Therefore, it would be unwise to establish general principles and uniform arguments, as every type of apparition requires its own specific explanation.


CHAPTER LI.

WAY OF EXPLAINING APPARITIONS.

Apparitions in dreams, for instance, that of the angel[439] who told St. Joseph to carry the infant Jesus into Egypt because King He[Pg 236]rod wished to put him to death; there are two things appertaining to this apparition—the first is, the impression made on the mind of St. Joseph that an angel appeared to him; the second is, the prediction or revelation of the ill-will of Herod. Both these are above the ordinary powers of our nature, but we know not if they be above the power of angels; it is certain that it could not have been done except by the will and command of God.

Apparitions in dreams, like the one where the angel[439] told St. Joseph to take the baby Jesus to Egypt because King Herod wanted to kill him; there are two key aspects of this apparition—the first is the impact it had on St. Joseph’s mind, believing that an angel appeared to him; the second is the warning about Herod’s malicious intentions. Both of these exceed the ordinary capabilities of humans, but we don’t know if they exceed the powers of angels; it’s clear that this could only have happened through God’s will and command.

The apparitions of a spirit, or of an angel and a demon, which show themselves clothed in an apparent body, and only as a shadow or a phantom, as that of the angel who showed himself to Manoah the father of Samson, and vanished with the smoke of the sacrifice, and of him who extricated St. Peter from prison, and disappeared in the same way after having conducted him the length of a street; the bodies which these angels assumed, and which we suppose to have been only apparent and aërial, present great difficulties; for either those bodies were their own, or they were assumed or borrowed.

The appearances of a spirit, or an angel and a demon, that show up in a visible form, but only as a shadow or a ghost, like the angel who appeared to Manoah, Samson's father, and disappeared with the smoke of the sacrifice, or the one who freed St. Peter from prison and vanished after leading him partway down the street; the bodies that these angels took on, which we assume were only illusions or made of air, pose significant challenges; because either those bodies were their own, or they were taken on or borrowed.

If those forms were their own, and we suppose with several ancient and some new writers that angels, demons, and even human souls have a kind of subtile, transparent, and aërial body, the difficulty lies in knowing how they can condense the transparent body, and render it visible when it was before invisible; for if it was always and naturally evident to the senses and visible, there would be another kind of continual miracle to render it invisible, and hide it from our sight; and if of its nature it is invisible, what might can render it visible? On whatever side we regard this object it seems equally miraculous, whether to make evident to the senses that which is purely spiritual, or to render invisible that which in its nature is palpable and corporeal.

If those forms exist on their own, and we consider what some ancient and modern writers suggest about angels, demons, and even human souls having a kind of subtle, transparent, and airy body, the challenge is understanding how they can solidify this transparent body and make it visible when it was previously unseen. Because if it were always and naturally visible to our senses, there would need to be another type of constant miracle to make it invisible and hide it from our sight. And if it's naturally invisible, what power could make it visible? No matter how we look at this, it seems equally miraculous, whether it’s making something purely spiritual clear to our senses or making something that is inherently tangible and physical disappear.

The ancient fathers of the church, who gave to angels subtile bodies of an airy nature, explained, according to their principles, more easily the predictions made by the demons, and the wonderful operations which they cause in the air, in the elements, in our bodies, and which are far beyond what the cleverest and the most learned men can know, predict, and perform. They likewise conceived more easily that evil angels can cause maladies, render the air impure and contagious, that they inspire the wicked with wrong thoughts and unjust desires, that they can penetrate our thoughts and wishes, that they foresee tempests and changes in the air, and derangements in the seasons; all that can be explained with much more facility on the hypothesis that demons have bodies composed of very fine and subtile air.

The early church leaders, who believed that angels had delicate bodies made of a light substance, found it easier to explain the predictions made by demons and the amazing things they can do in the air, in nature, and within our bodies—things that are far beyond what even the smartest and most knowledgeable people can understand, predict, or achieve. They also found it more straightforward to believe that evil angels can cause illnesses, make the air dirty and infectious, inspire wrongdoing in people, invade our thoughts and desires, predict storms and changes in the atmosphere, and disrupt the seasons; all of this was much easier to explain if we assume that demons have bodies made of very fine and subtle air.

St. Augustine[440] had written that they could also discover what is[Pg 237] passing in our mind, and at the bottom of our heart, not only by our words, but also by certain signs and movements, which escape from the most circumspect; but reflecting on what he had advanced in this passage, he retracted, and owned that he had spoken too affirmatively upon a subject but little known, and that the manner in which the evil angels penetrate our thoughts is a very hidden thing, and very difficult for men to discover and explain; thus he preferred suspending his judgment upon it, and remaining in doubt.

St. Augustine[440] had said that they could also find out what is[Pg 237] going on in our minds and at the core of our hearts, not just through our words, but also through certain signs and gestures that even the most careful among us might miss. However, after thinking about what he had stated in this passage, he took it back and admitted that he had been too certain about a topic that is poorly understood, and that the way evil angels invade our thoughts is very obscure and hard for people to uncover and explain; therefore, he chose to hold off on making a judgment about it, remaining uncertain.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[439] Matt. ii. 13,14.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 2:13-14.

[440] S. Aug. lib. ii. retract. c. 30.

[440] S. Aug. lib. ii. retract. c. 30.


CHAPTER LII.

THE DIFFICULTY OF EXPLAINING THE MANNER IN WHICH APPARITIONS MAKE THEIR APPEARANCE, WHATEVER SYSTEM MAY BE PROPOSED ON THE SUBJECT.

The difficulty is much greater, if we suppose that these spirits are absolutely disengaged from any kind of matter; for how can they assemble about them a certain quantity of matter, clothe themselves with it, give it a human form, which can be discerned; is capable of acting, speaking, conversing, eating and drinking, as did the angels who appeared to Abraham,[441] and the one who appeared to the young Tobias,[442] and conducted him to Ragés! Is all that accomplished by the natural power of these spirits? Has God bestowed on them this power in creating them, and has he engaged himself by virtue of his natural laws, and by a consequence of his acting intimately and essentially on the creature, in his quality of Creator, to impress on occasion at the will of these spirits certain motions in the air, and in the bodies which they would move, condense, and cause to act, in the same manner proportionally that he has willed by virtue of the union of the soul with a living body, that that soul should impress on that body motions proportioned to its own will, although, naturally, there is no natural proportion between matter and spirit, and, according to the laws of physics, the one cannot act upon the other, unless the first cause, the Creator, has chosen to subject himself to create this movement, and to produce these effects at the will of man, movements which without that would pass for superhuman (supernatural).

The challenge is much greater if we assume that these spirits are completely separate from any kind of matter. How can they gather a certain amount of matter around them, take on a physical form that can be seen, and act, speak, engage in conversation, eat, and drink, just like the angels who appeared to Abraham, and the one who showed up for the young Tobias and guided him to Ragés? Is all of this achieved by the natural abilities of these spirits? Did God give them this power when he created them? And has He committed to, through His natural laws and as a result of His essential connection with creation as the Creator, allowing these spirits to influence the air and the bodies they want to move, condense, and set in motion? This resembles how, through the union of soul and living body, the soul can direct the body’s movements according to its will, despite the natural lack of connection between matter and spirit. According to the laws of physics, one cannot directly affect the other unless the first cause, the Creator, has chosen to make this movement possible and produce these results at human request—movements that would otherwise be considered superhuman (supernatural).

Or shall we say, with some new philosophers,[443] that although we may have ideas of matter and thought, perhaps we shall never be capable of knowing whether a being purely material thinks or not,[Pg 238] because it is impossible for us to discover by the contemplative powers of our own minds without revelation, if God has not given to some collections of matter, disposed as he thinks proper, the power to perceive and to think, or whether he has joined and united to the matter thus arranged, an immaterial substance which thinks? Now in relation to our notions, it is not less easy for us to conceive that God can add to our idea of matter the faculty of thinking, since we know not in what thought consists, and to what species of substance that Almighty being has judged proper to grant this faculty, which could exist in no created being except by virtue of the goodness and the will of the Creator.

Or should we say, as some new philosophers do,[443] that even though we might have ideas about matter and thought, we may never truly know if something that is purely material can think or not,[Pg 238] because it’s impossible for us to find out through the reflective abilities of our own minds, without revelation, whether God has given certain arrangements of matter, organized as He sees fit, the ability to perceive and think, or if He has connected an immaterial substance that thinks to the matter in this specific arrangement. Regarding our concepts, it’s not hard for us to imagine that God can give our idea of matter the ability to think, since we don’t understand what thought actually is, and what type of of substance that Almighty being has deemed appropriate to grant this ability, which could only exist in any created being through the goodness and will of the Creator.

This system certainly embraces great absurdities, and greater to my mind than those it would fain avoid. We conceive clearly that matter is divisible, and capable of motion; but we do not conceive that it is capable of thought, nor that thought can consist of a certain configuration or a certain motion of matter. And even could thought depend on an arrangement, or on a certain subtility, or on a certain motion of matter, as soon as that arrangement should be disturbed, or the motion interrupted, or this heap of subtile matter dispersed, thought would cease to be produced, and consequently that which constitutes man, or the reasoning animal, would no longer subsist; thus all the economy of our religion, all our hopes of a future life, all our fears of eternal punishment would vanish; even the principles of our philosophy would be overthrown.

This system definitely includes some major absurdities, and in my opinion, they're greater than the ones it tries to avoid. We clearly understand that matter can be divided and set in motion; however, we can't wrap our heads around the idea that matter is capable of thought, nor that thought could just be a specific arrangement or motion of matter. Even if thought were dependent on a particular arrangement, a certain fineness, or a specific movement of matter, as soon as that arrangement is disturbed, or the movement stops, or this collection of fine matter is scattered, thought would stop happening. Consequently, everything that defines us as humans, or reasoning beings, would cease to exist; as a result, the foundation of our religion, all our hopes for an afterlife, and our fears of eternal punishment would disappear; even the basic principles of our philosophy would be thrown into chaos.

God forbid that we should wish to set bounds to the almighty power of God; but that all-powerful Being having given us as a rule of our knowledge the clearness of the ideas which we form of everything, and not being permitted to affirm that which we know but indistinctly, it follows that we ought not to assert that thought can be attributed to matter. If the thing were known to us through revelation, and taught by the authority of the Scriptures, then we might impose silence on human reason, and make captive our judgment in obedience to faith; but it is owned that the thing is not at all revealed; neither is it demonstrated, either by its cause, or by its effects. It must, then, be considered as a simple system, invented to do away certain difficulties which result from the opinion opposed to it.

God forbid that we should try to limit the all-powerful nature of God; however, since this all-powerful Being has given us the clarity of ideas as a standard for our understanding, and since we aren't allowed to claim knowledge of things we perceive only vaguely, we should not say that thought can be ascribed to matter. If this knowledge came to us through revelation and was taught by the authority of the Scriptures, we could silence human reasoning and bind our judgment in obedience to faith; however, it is acknowledged that this matter is not revealed at all, nor is it proven by its cause or effects. Therefore, it must be seen as a simple theory created to resolve certain challenges that arise from the opposing view.

If the difficulty of explaining how the soul acts upon our bodies appears so great, how can we comprehend that the soul itself should be material and extended? In the latter case will it act upon itself, and give itself the impulsion to think, or will this movement or impulsion be thought itself, or will it produce thought? Will this thinking matter think on always, or only at times; and when it has ceased to think, who will make it think anew? Will it be God, will it be itself? Can so simple an agent as the soul act upon itself,[Pg 239] and reproduce it in some sort by thinking, after it has ceased to think?

If it’s so hard to explain how the soul interacts with our bodies, how can we understand that the soul itself is material and has physical extension? In this case, will it act on itself and start the process of thinking, or will this movement or impulse be the act of thinking itself, or will it create thoughts? Will this thinking matter always think, or only sometimes? And when it stops thinking, who will make it think again? Will it be God, or will it be itself? Can such a simple entity as the soul act on itself,[Pg 239] and somehow recreate itself through thought after it has stopped thinking?

My reader will say that I leave him here embarrassed, and that instead of giving him any light on the subject of the apparition of spirits, I cast doubt and uncertainty on the subject. I own it; but I better like to doubt prudently, than to affirm that which I know not. And if I hold by what my religion teaches me concerning the nature of souls, angels, and demons, I shall say that being purely spiritual, it is impossible that they should appear clothed with a body except through a miracle; always in the supposition that God has not created them naturally capable of these operations, with subordination to his sovereignly powerful will, which but rarely allows them to use this faculty of showing themselves corporeally to mortals.

My reader might say that I’m leaving him feeling confused, and that instead of shedding light on the topic of spirit appearances, I’m introducing doubt and uncertainty. I admit that’s true; I prefer to approach doubt cautiously rather than to claim knowledge about something I don’t fully understand. If I stick to what my faith teaches me about the nature of souls, angels, and demons, I would argue that since they are purely spiritual beings, it’s impossible for them to appear in physical form without a miracle. This is assuming that God hasn’t created them to naturally perform such actions under His supreme will, which rarely allows them to reveal themselves physically to humans.

If sometimes angels have eaten, spoken, acted, walked, like men, it was not from any need they had to drink or eat to sustain themselves and to be able to live, but to execute the designs of God, whose will it was that they should appear to men acting, drinking, and eating, as the angel Raphael observes,[444]—"When I was staying with you, I was there by the will of God; I seemed to you to eat and drink, but for my part I make use of an invisible nourishment which is unknown to men."

If angels have sometimes eaten, spoken, acted, and walked like humans, it wasn't because they needed to drink or eat to survive. They did this to fulfill God's plans, as it was His will for them to appear to humans while acting, drinking, and eating. As the angel Raphael notes,[444]—"When I was with you, I was there by God's will; it seemed to you that I ate and drank, but I actually draw from an invisible nourishment that is unknown to humans."

It is true that we know not what may be the food of angels who are substances which are purely spiritual, nor what became of that food which Raphael and the angels that Abraham entertained in his tent, took, or seemed to take, in the company of men. But there are so many other things in nature which are unknown and incomprehensible to us, that we may very well console ourselves for not knowing how it is that the apparitions of angels, demons, and disembodied souls are made to appear.

It’s true that we don’t know what food angels eat since they are purely spiritual beings, nor do we know what happened to the food that Raphael and the angels enjoyed with Abraham in his tent, or if they actually ate at all while with humans. But there are so many other things in nature that we don’t understand or can’t comprehend that we can easily find comfort in not knowing how the appearances of angels, demons, and spirits happen.

 

Footnotes:

References:

[441] Gen. xviii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 18.

[442] Tob. xii. 19.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Tob. 12:19.

[443] M. Lock. de Intellectu Human. lib. iv. c. 3.

[443] M. Lock. de Intellectu Human. lib. iv. c. 3.

[444] Tob. xii. 18, 19.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Tob. 12:18-19.

 

[Pg 240]

[Pg 240]

 


DISSERTATION

ON THE GHOSTS WHO RETURN TO EARTH BODILY,

THE EXCOMMUNICATED,

THE OUPIRES OR VAMPIRES, VROUCOLACAS, ETC.

 

[Pg 242]

[Pg 242]

 


PREFACE.

Every age, every nation, every country has its prejudices, its maladies, its customs, its inclinations, which characterize them, and which pass away, and succeed to one another; often that which has appeared admirable at one time, becomes pitiful and ridiculous at another. We have seen that in some ages all was turned towards a certain kind of devotion, of studies and of exercises. It is known that, for more than one century, the prevailing taste of Europe was the journey to Jerusalem. Kings, princes, nobles, bishops, ecclesiastics, monks, all pressed thither in crowds. The pilgrimages to Rome were formerly very frequent and very famous. All that is fallen away. We have seen provinces over-run with flagellants, and now none of them remain except in the brotherhoods of penitents which are still found in several parts.

Every era, every nation, every place has its biases, issues, customs, and tendencies that define them, and these elements fade away, only to be replaced by others; often what seemed great at one time appears pathetic and ridiculous at another. We've seen that in some periods, everything was focused on a specific type of devotion, study, and practices. It's well-known that for over a century, the dominant trend in Europe was the pilgrimage to Jerusalem. Kings, princes, nobles, bishops, clergy, and monks all flocked there in large numbers. Pilgrimages to Rome used to be very frequent and well-known. All that has diminished. We've witnessed regions overwhelmed by flagellants, and now they exist only within the brotherhoods of penitents still found in various areas.

We have seen in these countries jumpers and dancers, who every moment jumped and danced in the streets, squares or market-places, and even in the churches. The convulsionaries of our own days seem to have revived them; posterity will be surprised at them, as we laugh at them now. Towards the end of the sixteenth and at the beginning of the seventeenth century, nothing was talked of in Lorraine but wizards and witches. For a long time we have heard nothing of them. When the philosophy of M. Descartes appeared, what a vogue it had! The ancient philosophy was despised; nothing was talked of but experiments in physics, new systems, new discoveries. M. Newton appears; all minds turn to him. The system of M. Law, bank notes, the rage of the Rue Quinquampoix, what movements did they not cause in the kingdom? A sort of convulsion had seized on the French. In this age, a new scene presents[Pg 244] itself to our eyes, and has done for about sixty years in Hungary, Moravia, Silesia, and Poland: they see, it is said, men who have been dead for several months, come back to earth, talk, walk, infest villages, ill use both men and beasts, suck the blood of their near relations, make them ill, and finally cause their death; so that people can only save themselves from their dangerous visits and their hauntings by exhuming them, impaling them, cutting off their heads, tearing out the heart, or burning them. These revenans are called by the name of oupires or vampires, that is to say, leeches; and such particulars are related of them, so singular, so detailed, and invested with such probable circumstances and such judicial information, that one can hardly refuse to credit the belief which is held in those countries, that these revenans come out of their tombs and produce those effects which are proclaimed of them.

We’ve seen in these countries people jumping and dancing in the streets, squares, and marketplaces, and even in churches. The convulsionists of our time seem to have brought them back; future generations will be surprised by them, just as we laugh at them now. Towards the end of the 16th century and the start of the 17th, all anyone talked about in Lorraine was wizards and witches. We haven't heard much about them for a long time. When M. Descartes’ philosophy came out, it became extremely popular! The old philosophy was looked down upon; everyone focused on experiments in physics, new systems, and new discoveries. Then M. Newton appeared, and everyone's attention turned to him. The system of M. Law, banknotes, the excitement on Rue Quinquampoix, what turmoil did they create in the kingdom? A sort of upheaval gripped the French. In this era, a new spectacle has been unfolding for about sixty years in Hungary, Moravia, Silesia, and Poland: they say that men who have been dead for several months return to Earth, talk, walk, haunt villages, mistreat both people and animals, drain the blood of their relatives, make them sick, and eventually cause their death; so the only way to protect themselves from these dangerous visits and hauntings is to exhume them, impale them, decapitate them, tear out their hearts, or burn them. These revenants are called oupires or vampires, meaning leeches; and the details told about them are so peculiar, so intricate, and backed by such plausible circumstances and legal accounts, that it’s hard to dismiss the belief held in those countries that these revenants rise from their graves and cause the effects attributed to them.

Antiquity certainly neither saw nor knew anything like it. Let us read through the histories of the Hebrews, the Egyptians, the Greeks, and the Latins; nothing approaching to it will be met with.

Antiquity definitely didn’t see or know anything like it. Let’s go through the histories of the Hebrews, the Egyptians, the Greeks, and the Latins; you won’t find anything close to it.

It is true that we remark in history, though rarely, that certain persons after having been some time in their tombs and considered as dead, have returned to life. We shall see even that the ancients believed that magic could cause death and evoke the souls of the dead. Several passages are cited, which prove that at certain times they fancied that sorcerers sucked the blood of men and children, and caused their death. They saw also in the twelfth century in England and Denmark, some revenans similar to those of Hungary. But in no history do we read anything so usual or so pronounced, as what is related to us of the vampires of Poland, Hungary, and Moravia.

It’s true that, though rarely, we notice in history that some people, after being in their graves for a while and considered dead, have returned to life. We’ll also see that the ancients believed magic could cause death and summon the souls of the dead. There are several references that show at certain times they thought sorcerers drained the blood of men and children, leading to their deaths. They also saw in the twelfth century in England and Denmark some revenans similar to those in Hungary. However, there’s no record in history that is as common or as distinct as the tales we hear about the vampires of Poland, Hungary, and Moravia.

Christian antiquity furnishes some instances of excommunicated persons who have visibly come out of their tombs and left the churches, when the deacon commanded the excommunicated, and those who did not partake of the communion, to retire. For several centuries nothing like this has been seen, although it is known that the bodies of several excommunicated persons who died while under sentence of excommunication and censure of the Church are buried in churches.

Christian history gives us some examples of excommunicated individuals who reportedly rose from their graves and left the churches when the deacon instructed the excommunicated and those not receiving communion to leave. For many centuries, there haven't been any similar occurrences, even though it's known that the bodies of several excommunicated individuals who died while facing excommunication and the Church's punishment are buried in churches.

The belief of the modern Greeks, who will have it that the bodies[Pg 245] of the excommunicated do not decay in their tombs or graves, is an opinion which has no foundation, either in antiquity, in good theology, or even in history. This idea seems to have been invented by the modern Greek schismatics, only to authorize and confirm them in their separation from the church of Rome. Christian antiquity believed, on the contrary, that the incorruptibility of a body was rather a probable mark of the sanctity of the person and a proof of the particular protection of God, extended to a body which during its lifetime had been the temple of the Holy Spirit, and of one who had retained in justice and innocence the mark of Christianity.

The belief among modern Greeks that the bodies[Pg 245] of those excommunicated do not decay in their tombs or graves is an idea with no basis in ancient times, sound theology, or even historical fact. This notion appears to have been created by modern Greek schismatics as a way to justify and reinforce their separation from the Church of Rome. In contrast, early Christianity believed that the incorruptibility of a body was more likely a sign of that person's holiness and evidence of God's special protection for a body that had been the temple of the Holy Spirit during life and had maintained the principles of justice and innocence associated with Christianity.

The vroucolacas of Greece and the Archipelago are again revenans of a new kind. We can hardly persuade ourselves that a nation so witty as the Greeks could fall into so extraordinary an opinion. Ignorance or prejudice, must be extreme among them since neither an ecclesiastic nor any other writer has undertaken to undeceive them.

The vroucolacas of Greece and the Archipelago are now a new kind of revenant. It’s hard to believe that a nation as clever as the Greeks could hold such a strange belief. Their ignorance or prejudice must be really strong, as neither a church leader nor any other writer has tried to correct them.

The imagination of those who believe that the dead chew in their graves, with a noise similar to that made by hogs when they eat, is so ridiculous that it does not deserve to be seriously refuted. I undertake to treat here on the matter of the revenans or vampires of Hungary, Moravia, Silesia, and Poland, at the risk of being criticised however I may discuss it; those who believe them to be true, will accuse me of rashness and presumption, for having raised a doubt on the subject, or even of having denied their existence and reality; others will blame me for having employed my time in discussing this matter which is considered as frivolous and useless by many sensible people. Whatever may be thought of it, I shall be pleased with myself for having sounded a question which appeared to me important in a religious point of view. For if the return of vampires is real, it is of import to defend it, and prove it; and if it is illusory, it is of consequence to the interests of religion to undeceive those who believe in its truth, and destroy an error which may produce dangerous effects.

The idea that the dead chew in their graves, making a noise like pigs when they eat, is so absurd that it doesn't even warrant serious debate. I’m going to discuss the topic of the revenans or vampires from Hungary, Moravia, Silesia, and Poland, knowing I might face criticism no matter how I approach it; those who believe in them will call me reckless and arrogant for questioning their existence or denying their reality; others will think I’m wasting my time on something they see as trivial and pointless. Regardless of what people think, I will be satisfied for having raised a question that I find important from a religious perspective. If the return of vampires is real, it’s crucial to defend and prove it; if it’s just an illusion, it’s essential for the sake of religion to correct those who believe in it and to eliminate a misconception that could have harmful consequences.

 

[Pg 246]

[Pg 246]

 


DISSERTATION

ON THE GHOSTS WHO RETURN TO EARTH BODILY,

THE EXCOMMUNICATED,

THE OUPIRES OR VAMPIRES, VROUCOLACAS, ETC.

 

CHAPTER I.

THE RESURRECTION OF A DEAD PERSON IS THE WORK OF GOD ONLY.

After having treated in a separate dissertation on the matter of the apparitions of angels, demons, and disembodied souls, the connection of the subject invites me to speak also of the ghosts and excommunicated persons, whom, it is said, the earth rejects from her bosom; of the vampires of Hungary, Silesia, Bohemia, Moravia, and Poland; and of the vroucolacas of Greece. I shall report first of all, what has been said and written of them; then I shall deduce some consequences, and bring forward the reasons or arguments that may be adduced for, and against, their existence and reality.

After discussing the appearances of angels, demons, and disembodied souls in a separate essay, the topic also leads me to talk about ghosts and excommunicated individuals, who are said to be rejected by the earth; the vampires from Hungary, Silesia, Bohemia, Moravia, and Poland; and the vroucolacas from Greece. First, I will summarize what has been said and written about them; then, I will draw some conclusions and present the reasons or arguments that might support or oppose their existence and reality.

The revenans of Hungary, or vampires, which form the principal object of this dissertation, are men who have been dead a considerable time, sometimes more, sometimes less; who leave their tombs, and come and disturb the living, sucking their blood, appearing to them, making a racket at their doors, and in their houses, and lastly, often causing their death. They are named vampires, or oupires, which signifies, they say, in Sclavonic, a leech. The only way to be delivered from their haunting, is to disinter them, cut off their head, impale them, burn them, or pierce their heart.

The revenans of Hungary, or vampires, which are the main focus of this dissertation, are people who have been dead for a significant amount of time, sometimes more, sometimes less. They leave their graves and disrupt the living by sucking their blood, appearing to them, making noise at their doors and in their homes, and often leading to their deaths. They are called vampires or oupires, which supposedly means a leech in Slavic. The only way to get rid of their haunting is to dig them up, cut off their heads, impale them, burn them, or pierce their hearts.

Several systems have been propounded to explain the return, and these apparitions of the vampires. Some persons have denied and rejected them as chimerical, and as an effect of the prepossession and ignorance of the people of those countries, where they are said to come back or return.

Several systems have been proposed to explain the return and these sightings of vampires. Some people have dismissed them as imaginary and a result of the assumptions and ignorance of the populations in those regions where these beings are said to return.

Others have thought that these people were not really dead, but[Pg 248] that they had been interred alive, and returned naturally to themselves, and came out of their tombs.

Others have thought that these people weren't really dead, but[Pg 248] that they had been buried alive, and naturally returned to themselves, finally coming out of their tombs.

Others believe that these people are very truly dead, but that God, by a particular permission, or command, permits or commands them to come back to earth, and resume for a time their own body; for when they are exhumed, their bodies are found entire, their blood vermilion and fluid, and their limbs supple and pliable.

Others think that these people are really dead, but that God, with special permission or a command, allows them to return to earth and take on their own body for a while; because when they are dug up, their bodies are found intact, their blood bright red and liquid, and their limbs flexible and soft.

Others maintain that it is the demon who causes these revenans to appear, and by their means does all the harm he occasions both men and animals.

Others argue that it is the demon who brings these revenans to life, and through them, he inflicts all the damage he causes to both humans and animals.

In the supposition that vampires veritably resuscitate, we may raise an infinity of difficulties on the subject. How is this resurrection accomplished? It is by the strength of the revenant, by the return of his soul into his body? Is it an angel, is it a demon who reanimates it? Is it by the order, or by the permission of God that he resuscitates? Is this resurrection voluntary on his part, and by his own choice? Is it for a long time, like that of the persons who were restored to life by Jesus Christ? or that of persons resuscitated by the Prophets and Apostles? Or is it only momentary, and for a few days and a few hours, like the resurrection operated by St. Stanislaus upon the lord who had sold him a field; or that spoken of in the life of St. Macarius of Egypt, and of St. Spiridion, who made the dead to speak, simply to bear testimony to the truth, and then left them to sleep in peace, awaiting the last, the judgment day.

If we assume that vampires can really come back to life, we can raise a ton of questions on the topic. How does this resurrection happen? Is it through the power of the revenant, with the return of their soul into their body? Is it an angel or a demon that brings them back? Is this resurrection done by God's order or with His permission? Is it something they choose to do themselves? Is it a long-term return, like those who were brought back to life by Jesus Christ, or those resurrected by the Prophets and Apostles? Or is it just temporary, lasting a few days or hours, like the resurrection performed by St. Stanislaus on the lord who sold him a field, or the account of St. Macarius of Egypt and St. Spiridion, who made the dead speak just to testify to the truth, and then let them rest in peace, waiting for the final judgment day?

First of all, I lay it down as an undoubted principle, that the resurrection of a person really dead is effected by the power of God alone. No man can either resuscitate himself, or restore another man to life, without a visible miracle.

First of all, I establish it as an undeniable principle that the resurrection of a truly deceased person is accomplished solely by the power of God. No one can bring themselves back to life or restore someone else to life without a clear miracle.

Jesus Christ resuscitated himself, as he had promised he would; he did it by his own power; he did it with circumstances which were all miraculous. If he had returned to life as soon as he was taken down from the cross, it might have been thought that he was not quite dead, that there remained yet in him some remains of life, that they might have been revived by warming him, or by giving him cordials and something capable of bringing him back to his senses.

Jesus Christ brought himself back to life, just as he had promised; he did it by his own power and under completely miraculous circumstances. If he had come back to life right after being taken down from the cross, people might have thought he wasn't really dead, that there was still some life left in him, and that he could have been revived by warming him up or giving him some kind of stimulant to snap him back to consciousness.

But he revives only on the third day. He had, as it were, been killed after his death, by the opening made in his side with a lance, which pierced him to the heart, and would have put him to death, if he had not then been beyond receiving it.

But he comes back to life only on the third day. He had, in a sense, been killed again after his death, by the wound made in his side with a spear, which pierced his heart and would have killed him, if he hadn’t already been beyond the point of feeling it.

When he resuscitated Lazarus,[445] he waited until he had been four days in the tomb, and began to show corruption; which is the most[Pg 249] certain mark that a man is really deceased, without a hope of returning to life, except by supernatural means.

When he brought Lazarus back to life,[445] he waited until Lazarus had been in the tomb for four days and had started to decay, which is the clearest sign that a person is truly dead, with no chance of coming back to life unless by supernatural means.[Pg 249]

The resurrection which Job so firmly expected,[446] and that of the man who came to life, on touching the body of the prophet Elisha in his tomb;[447] and the child of the widow of Shunem, whom the same Elisha restored to life;[448] that army of skeletons, whose resurrection was predicted by Ezekiel,[449] and which in spirit he saw executed before his eyes, as a type and pledge as the return of the Hebrews from their captivity at Babylon;—in short, all the resurrections related in the sacred books of the Old and New Testament, are manifestly miraculous effects, and attributed solely to the Almighty power of God. Neither angels, nor demons, nor men, the holiest and most favored of God, could by their own power restore to life a person really dead. They can do it by the power of God alone, who when he thinks proper so to do, is free to grant this favor to their prayers and intercession.

The resurrection that Job so confidently anticipated,[446] along with the man who came back to life when he touched the body of the prophet Elisha in his tomb;[447] and the child of the widow of Shunem, whom Elisha also brought back to life;[448] that army of skeletons whose resurrection Ezekiel predicted,[449] which he saw in spirit being fulfilled before him as a sign of the return of the Hebrews from their captivity in Babylon;—in summary, all the resurrections mentioned in the sacred texts of the Old and New Testament are clearly miraculous events attributed solely to the Almighty power of God. Neither angels, demons, nor even the holiest and most favored of God can, by their own power, bring someone who is truly dead back to life. They can only do so through God's power alone, who, when He deems it appropriate, is free to grant this favor in response to their prayers and intercession.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[445] John xi. 39.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] John 11:39.

[446] Job xxi. 25.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Job 21:25.

[447] 1 Kings xiii. 21, 22.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Kings 13:21, 22.

[448] 2 Kings iv.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Kings 4.

[449] Ezek. xxxvii. 1, 2, 3.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Ezek. 37:1-3.


CHAPTER II.

ON THE REVIVAL OF PERSONS WHO WERE NOT REALLY DEAD.

The resuscitation of some persons who were believed to be dead, and who were not so, but simply asleep, or in a lethargy; and of those who were supposed to be dead, having been drowned, and who came to life again through the care taken of them, or by medical skill. Such persons must not pass for being really resuscitated; they were not dead, or were so only in appearance.

The revival of some people who were thought to be dead but were actually just asleep or in a stupor; and of those who were presumed dead after drowning but came back to life through proper care or medical intervention. These individuals should not be considered truly resuscitated; they were not really dead, or they were only dead in appearance.

We intend to speak in this place of another order of resuscitated persons, who had been buried sometimes for several months, or even several years; who ought to have been suffocated in their graves, had they been interred alive, and in whom are still found signs of life: the blood in a liquid state, the flesh entire, the complexion fine and florid, the limbs flexible and pliable. Those persons who return either by night or by day, disturb the living, suck their blood, kill them, appear in their clothes, in their families, sit down to table, and do a thousand other things; then return to their graves without any one seeing how they re-enter them. This is a kind of momentary resurrection, or revival; for whereas the other dead persons spoken of in Scripture have lived, drank, eaten and[Pg 250] conversed with other men after their return to life, as Lazarus, the brother of Mary and Martha,[450] and the son of the widow of Shunem, resuscitated by Elisha.[451] These appeared during a certain time, in certain places, in certain circumstances; and appear no more as soon as they have been impaled, or burned, or have had their heads cut off.

We plan to discuss here another type of revived individuals, who may have been buried for several months or even years; they should have suffocated in their graves if they had been buried alive, yet they still show signs of life: their blood is liquid, their flesh is intact, their skin is healthy and rosy, their limbs are flexible and supple. These individuals who return, whether at night or during the day, disturb the living, feed on their blood, kill them, show up in their clothes and families, join them at the table, and do countless other things; then they go back to their graves without anyone noticing how they re-enter. This is a kind of temporary resurrection or revival; while the other deceased mentioned in Scripture lived, drank, ate, and interacted with others after returning to life, like Lazarus, the brother of Mary and Martha,[450] and the son of the widow of Shunem, revived by Elisha.[451] They appeared for a certain time, in specific places, under certain circumstances; and they are no longer seen as soon as they have been impaled, burned, or had their heads cut off.

If this last order of resuscitated persons were not really dead, there is nothing wonderful in their revisiting the world, except the manner in which it is done, and the circumstances by which that return is accompanied. Do these revenans simply awaken from their sleep, or do they recover themselves like those who fall down in syncope, in fainting fits, or in swoons, and who at the end of a certain time come naturally to themselves when the blood and animal spirits have resumed their natural course and motion.

If these last people who were brought back to life weren't truly dead, there's nothing extraordinary about their returning to the world, except for how it happens and the circumstances surrounding that return. Do these revenans just wake up from their sleep, or do they come back to themselves like those who pass out in a faint or fainting spells, and who eventually regain consciousness when their blood and energy flow resumes its normal state?

But how can they come out of their graves without opening the earth, and how re-enter them again without its appearing? Have we ever seen lethargies, or swoons, or syncopes last whole years together? If people insist on these resurrections being real ones, did we ever see dead persons resuscitate themselves, and by their own power?

But how can they rise from their graves without the ground opening up, and how can they return without it being obvious? Have we ever seen people in comas or fainting spells that last for years? If people really believe these resurrections are genuine, have we ever witnessed dead people coming back to life on their own?

If they are not resuscitated by themselves, is it by the power of God that they have left their graves? What proof is there that God has anything to do with it? What is the object of these resurrections? Is it to show forth the works of God in these vampires? What glory does the Divinity derive from them? If it is not God who drags them from their graves, is it an angel? is it a demon? is it their own spirit? Can the soul when separated from the body re-enter it when it will, and give it new life, were it but for a quarter of an hour? Can an angel or a demon restore a dead man to life? Undoubtedly not, without the order, or at least the permission of God. This question of the natural power of angels and demons over human bodies has been examined in another place, and we have shown that neither revelation nor reason throws any certain light on the subject.

If they can’t bring themselves back to life, did they leave their graves by the power of God? What evidence do we have that God is involved? What’s the purpose of these resurrections? Is it to demonstrate God’s works in these beings? What glory does the Divine gain from them? If it’s not God pulling them from their graves, is it an angel? A demon? Their own spirit? Can the soul, when separated from the body, return to it whenever it wants and give it new life, even if just for fifteen minutes? Can an angel or a demon bring someone back to life? Definitely not, without God’s command or at least His permission. The question of the natural abilities of angels and demons over human bodies has been discussed elsewhere, and we’ve shown that neither revelation nor reason provides any clear answers on this matter.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[450] 1 John xii. 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 John 12:2.

[451] 2 Kings viii. 5.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Kings 8:5.


CHAPTER III.

REVIVAL OF A MAN WHO HAD BEEN INTERRED FOR THREE YEARS, AND WAS RESUSCITATED BY ST. STANISLAUS.

All the lives of the saints are full of resurrections of the dead; thick volumes might be composed on the subject.

All the stories of the saints are filled with accounts of people coming back to life; you could easily write lengthy books about it.

These resurrections have a manifest relation to the matter which we are here treating of, since it relates to persons who are dead, or held to be so, who appear bodily and animated to the living, and who live after their return to life. I shall content myself with relating the history of St. Stanislaus, Bishop of Cracow, who restored to life a man that had been dead for three years, attended by such singular circumstances, and in so public a manner, that the thing is beyond the severest criticism. If it is really true, it must be regarded as one of the most unheard of miracles which are read of in history. They assert that the life of this saint was written either at the time of martyrdom,[452] or a short time afterwards, by different well-informed authors; for the martyrdom of the saint, and, above all, the restoration to life of the dead man of whom we are about to speak, were seen and known by an infinite number of persons, by all the court of king Boleslaus. And this event having taken place in Poland, where vampires are frequently met with even in our days, it concerns, for that reason, more particularly the subject we are treating.

These resurrections clearly relate to the topic we’re discussing since they involve people who are dead, or thought to be dead, who appear physically and lively to the living, and who continue to live after coming back to life. I will focus on the story of St. Stanislaus, Bishop of Cracow, who brought a man back to life after he had been dead for three years, accompanied by such unique circumstances and in such a public way that it withstands the strictest scrutiny. If it is true, it should be seen as one of the most incredible miracles recorded in history. They claim that the account of this saint’s life was written either at the time of his martyrdom, [452] or shortly after, by various knowledgeable authors; for the saint’s martyrdom, and especially the revival of the dead man we are about to discuss, were witnessed by countless people, including all of King Boleslaus's court. Since this event occurred in Poland, where vampires are still reported even today, it is particularly relevant to our subject.

The bishop, St. Stanislaus, having bought of a gentleman, named[Pg 252] Pierre, an estate situated on the banks of the Vistula, in the territory of Lublin, for the profit of his church at Cracow, gave the price of it to the seller, in the presence of witnesses, and with the solemnities requisite in that country, but without written deeds, for they then wrote but seldom in Poland on the occasion of sales of this kind; they contented themselves with having witnesses. Stanislaus took possession of this estate by the king's authority, and his church enjoyed it peaceably for about three years.

The bishop, St. Stanislaus, purchased an estate from a gentleman named[Pg 252]Pierre, located along the banks of the Vistula River in the region of Lublin, for the benefit of his church in Cracow. He paid the seller in front of witnesses and followed the necessary formalities of that time, but without any written contracts, as they rarely documented such sales in Poland back then; they simply relied on witnesses. Stanislaus took possession of this estate with the king's authority, and his church enjoyed it peacefully for about three years.

In the interim, Pierre, who had sold it, happened to die. The king of Poland, Boleslaus, who had conceived an implacable hatred against the holy bishop, because he had freely reproved him for his excesses, seeking occasion to cause him trouble, excited against him the three sons of Pierre, and his heirs, and told them to claim the estate which their father had sold, on pretence of its not having been paid for. He promised to support their demand, and to cause it to be restored to them. Thus these three gentlemen had the bishop cited to appear before the king, who was then at Solech, occupied in rendering justice under some tents in the country, according to the ancient custom of the land, in the general assembly of the nation. The bishop was cited before the king, and maintained that he had bought and paid for the estate in question. The day was beginning to close, and the bishop ran great risk of being condemned by the king and his counselors. Suddenly, as if inspired by the Divine Spirit, he promised the king to bring him in three days Pierre, of whom he had bought it, and the condition was accepted mockingly, as a thing impossible to be executed.

In the meantime, Pierre, who had sold the estate, happened to die. The king of Poland, Boleslaus, who had developed a deep hatred for the holy bishop because the bishop had openly criticized his excesses, took the opportunity to cause trouble. He encouraged Pierre's three sons and his heirs to claim the estate that their father had sold, pretending it hadn't been fully paid for. He promised to support their claim and ensure it was returned to them. So, these three gentlemen summoned the bishop to appear before the king, who was at Solech, engaged in administering justice under some tents in the countryside, following the ancient customs of the land during the national assembly. The bishop was called before the king and maintained that he had bought and paid for the estate in question. The day was starting to end, and the bishop faced a real risk of being condemned by the king and his advisors. Suddenly, as if inspired by the Divine Spirit, he promised the king that he would bring Pierre, from whom he had purchased the estate, within three days, and this condition was mockingly accepted as something impossible to fulfill.

The holy bishop repairs to Pictravin, remains in prayer, and keeps fast with his household for three days; on the third day he goes in his pontifical robes, accompanied by his clergy and a multitude of people, causes the grave-stone to be raised, and makes them dig until they found the corpse of the defunct all fleshless and corrupted. The saint commands him to come forth and bear witness to the truth before the king's tribunal. He rises; they cover him with a cloak; the saint takes him by the hand, and leads him alive to the feet of the king. No one had the boldness to interrogate him; but he took the word, and declared that he had in good faith sold the estate to the prelate, and that he had received the value of it; after which he severely reprimanded his sons, who had so maliciously accused the holy bishop.

The holy bishop goes to Pictravin, spends three days in prayer and fasting with his household; on the third day, he puts on his ceremonial robes, accompanied by his clergy and a large crowd, has the gravestone raised, and orders them to dig until they find the corpse of the deceased, completely skeletal and decayed. The saint commands him to rise and testify to the truth before the king's court. He stands up; they drape a cloak over him; the saint takes his hand and leads him alive to the feet of the king. No one had the courage to question him; but he spoke up and stated that he had honestly sold the estate to the bishop and had received the payment for it; after that, he harshly scolded his sons for so maliciously accusing the holy bishop.

Stanislaus asked Pierre if he wished to remain alive to do penance. He thanked him, and said he would not anew expose himself to the danger of sinning. Stanislaus reconducted him to his tomb, and being arrived there, he again fell asleep in the Lord. It may be supposed that such a scene had an infinite number of witnesses, and that all Poland was quickly informed of it. The king was only[Pg 253] the more irritated against the saint. He some time after killed him with his own hand, as he was coming from the altar, and had his body cut into seventy-two parts, in order that they might never more be collected together in order to pay them the worship which was due to them as the body of a martyr for the truth and for pastoral liberty.

Stanislaus asked Pierre if he wanted to stay alive to atone for his sins. Pierre thanked him and said he wouldn’t put himself in danger of sinning again. Stanislaus brought him back to his tomb, and once they arrived, he fell asleep in the Lord again. It’s likely that many people witnessed such a scene, and all of Poland soon learned about it. The king was only[Pg 253] more furious with the saint. Some time later, he killed him with his own hands as he was leaving the altar and had his body cut into seventy-two pieces so that they could never be gathered together again and honored as the body of a martyr for the truth and for pastoral freedom.

Now then let us come to that which is the principal subject of these researches, the vampires, or revenans, of Hungary, Moravia, and similar ones, which appear only for a little time in their natural bodies.

Now, let’s get to the main topic of this study: the vampires, or revenans, of Hungary, Moravia, and places like them, which only show up briefly in their natural forms.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[452] The reverend fathers the Bollandists, believed that the life of St. Stanislaus, which they had printed, was very old, and nearly of the time of the martyrdom of the saint; or at least that it was taken from a life by an author almost his cotemporary, and original. But since the first edition of this dissertation it has been observed to me that the thing was by no means certain; that M. Baillet, on the 7th of May, in the critical table of authors, asserts that the life of St. Stanislaus was only written 400 years after his death, from uncertain and mutilated memoirs. And in the life of the saint he owns that it is only the tradition of the writers of the country which can render credible the account of the resurrection of Pierre. The Abbé Fleuri, tom. xiii. of the Ecclesiastical History, l. 62, year 1079, does not agree either to what is written in that life or to what has followed it. At any rate, the miracle of the resurrection of Pierre is related as certain in a discourse of John de Polemac, delivered at the Council of Constance, 1433; tom. xii. Councils, p. 1397.

[452] The Bollandist fathers believed that the account of St. Stanislaus's life that they published was very ancient, almost from the time of the saint's martyrdom; or at least that it was derived from a biography by an author who was nearly his contemporary and original. However, since the first edition of this dissertation, it has been pointed out to me that this is not necessarily true; M. Baillet, on May 7th, in his critical table of authors, claims that the life of St. Stanislaus was only written 400 years after his death, based on unreliable and incomplete memoirs. In the saint’s biography, he admits that only local tradition can support the credibility of the account of Pierre's resurrection. Abbé Fleuri, in tom. xiii. of the Ecclesiastical History, l. 62, year 1079, also disagrees with what is written in that biography and what has followed it. Regardless, the miracle of Pierre’s resurrection is stated as certain in a speech by John de Polemac, delivered at the Council of Constance in 1433; tom. xii. Councils, p. 1397.


CHAPTER IV.

CAN A MAN WHO IS REALLY DEAD APPEAR IN HIS OWN BODY?

If what is related of vampires were certainly true, the question here proposed would be frivolous and useless; they would reply to us directly—In Hungary, Moravia, and Poland, persons who were dead and interred a long time, have been seen to return, to appear, and torment men and animals, suck their blood, and cause their death.

If the stories about vampires were actually true, the question being asked would be pointless and silly; they would just answer us directly—In Hungary, Moravia, and Poland, people who had been dead and buried for a long time have been reported to come back, show up, and torment both humans and animals, drain their blood, and cause their deaths.

These persons come back to earth in their own bodies; people see them, know them, exhume them, try them, impale them, cut off their heads, burn them. It is then not only possible, but very true and very real, that they appear in their own bodies.

These people return to Earth in their own bodies; others see them, recognize them, dig them up, put them on trial, stab them, decapitate them, and burn them. It is then not just possible, but completely true and very real, that they show up in their own bodies.

It might be added in support of this belief, that the Scriptures themselves give instances of these apparitions: for example, at the Transfiguration of our Saviour, Elias and Moses appeared on Mount Tabor,[453] there conversing with Jesus Christ. We know that Elias is still alive. I do not cite him as an instance; but in regard to Moses, his death is not doubtful; and yet he appeared bodily talking with Jesus Christ. The dead who came out of their graves at the resurrection of the Saviour,[454] and who appeared to many persons in Jerusalem, had been in their sepulchres for several years; there was no doubt of their being dead; and nevertheless they appeared and bore testimony to the resurrection of the Saviour.

It can be added to support this belief that the Scriptures themselves provide examples of these sightings: for instance, during the Transfiguration of our Savior, Elijah and Moses appeared on Mount Tabor,[453] speaking with Jesus Christ. We know that Elijah is still alive. I’m not using him as an example; but regarding Moses, his death is not in question; and yet he appeared in body, talking with Jesus Christ. The dead who came out of their graves at the resurrection of the Savior,[454] and who were seen by many people in Jerusalem, had been in their graves for several years; there was no doubt that they were dead; and nonetheless, they appeared and testified to the resurrection of the Savior.

When Jeremiah appeared to Judas Maccabæus,[455] and placed in his hand a golden sword, saying to him, "Receive this sword as a gift from God, with which you will vanquish the enemies of my people of Israel;" it was apparently this prophet in his own person[Pg 254] who appeared to him and made him that present, since by his mien he was recognized as the prophet Jeremiah.

When Jeremiah showed up to Judas Maccabæus,[455] and handed him a golden sword, saying, "Take this sword as a gift from God, with which you will defeat the enemies of my people Israel;" it was clearly the prophet himself[Pg 254] who appeared to him and gave him that gift, as he was recognized by his appearance as the prophet Jeremiah.

I do not speak of those persons who were really restored to life by a miracle, as the son of the widow of Shunem resuscitated by Elijah; nor of the dead man who, on touching the coffin of the same prophet, rose upon his feet and revived; nor of Lazarus, to whom Jesus Christ restored life in a way so miraculous and striking. Those persons lived, drank, ate, and conversed with mankind, after, as before their death and resurrection.

I’m not talking about people who were truly brought back to life by a miracle, like the son of the widow of Shunem who was brought back by Elijah; or the dead man who stood up and came back to life after touching the coffin of the same prophet; or Lazarus, who Jesus Christ brought back to life in such a miraculous and impressive way. Those people lived, drank, ate, and interacted with others after their death and resurrection, just as they did before.

It is not of such persons that we now speak. I speak, for instance, of Pierre resuscitated by Stanislaus for a few hours; of those persons of whom I made mention in the treatise on the Apparitions of Spirits, who appeared, spoke, and revealed hidden things, and whose resurrection was but momentary, and only to manifest the power of God, in order to bear witness to truth and innocence, or to maintain the credit of the church against obstinate heretics, as we read in various instances.

We’re not talking about those kinds of people right now. I'm referring, for example, to Pierre, who was brought back to life by Stanislaus for just a few hours; to those individuals I mentioned in the treatise on the Apparitions of Spirits, who appeared, spoke, and revealed hidden truths, and whose return was only temporary, meant to showcase the power of God, to testify to truth and innocence, or to uphold the church's credibility against stubborn heretics, as we see in various cases.

St. Martin, being newly made Archbishop of Tours, conceived some suspicions against an altar which the bishops his predecessors had erected to a pretended martyr, of whom they knew neither the name nor the history, and of whom none of the priests or ministers of the chapel could give any certain account. He abstained for some time from going to this spot, which was not far from the city; but one day he repaired thither accompanied by a few monks, and having prayed, he besought God to let him know who it was that was interred there. He then perceived on his left a hideous and dirty-looking apparition; and having commanded it to tell him who he was, the spectre declared his name, and confessed to him that he was a robber, who had been put to death for his crimes and acts of violence, and that he had nothing in common with the martyrs. Those who were present heard distinctly what he said, but saw no one. St. Martin had the tomb overthrown, and cured the ignorant people of their superstitions.

St. Martin, recently appointed Archbishop of Tours, became suspicious about an altar that the bishops before him had set up for a supposed martyr, of whom they didn't know either the name or the story, and none of the priests or ministers at the chapel could provide any clear details. He avoided going to that place, which wasn’t far from the city, for a while; but one day he went there with a few monks. After praying, he asked God to reveal the identity of the person buried there. Then, he noticed a grotesque and filthy apparition on his left; when he demanded to know who it was, the specter revealed his name and admitted that he was a robber, executed for his crimes and acts of violence, and that he had nothing in common with the martyrs. Everyone present heard him clearly, but nobody saw a thing. St. Martin had the tomb destroyed and cleared the ignorant people of their superstitions.

The philosopher Celsus, writing against the Christians, maintained that the apparitions of Jesus Christ to his apostles were not real, but that they were simply shadowy forms which appeared. Origen, retorting his reasoning, tells him[456] that the pagans give an account of various apparitions of Æsculapius and Apollo, to which they attribute the power of predicting future events. If these appearances are admitted to be real, because they are attested by some, why not receive as true those of Jesus Christ, which are related by ocular witnesses, and believed by millions of persons?

The philosopher Celsus, writing against Christians, argued that the appearances of Jesus Christ to his apostles were not real but were just shadowy forms that showed up. Origen, responding to his argument, points out to him[456] that pagans recount various appearances of Æsculapius and Apollo, which they claim can predict future events. If these appearances are accepted as real because some people testify to them, then why shouldn’t we also accept as true the appearances of Jesus Christ, as reported by eyewitnesses and believed by millions?

He afterwards relates this history. Aristeus, who belonged to[Pg 255] one of the first families of Proconnesus, having one day entered a foulon shop, died there suddenly. The having locked the door, ran directly to inform the relations of the deceased; but as the report was instantly spread in the town, a man of Cyzica, who came from Astacia, affirmed that it could not be, because he had met Aristeus on the road from Cyzica, and had spoken to him, which he loudly maintained before all the people of Proconnesus.

He later tells this story. Aristeus, who was part of[Pg 255] one of the oldest families in Proconnesus, suddenly died one day in a foulon shop. The shopkeeper locked the door and immediately went to inform the deceased's family; however, as the news quickly spread throughout the town, a man from Cyzica, who had come from Astacia, insisted that it couldn't be true because he had seen Aristeus on the road from Cyzica and had talked to him, which he loudly claimed in front of everyone in Proconnesus.

Thereupon the relations arrive at the foulon's, with all the necessary apparatus for carrying away the body; but when they entered the house, they could not find Aristeus there, either dead or alive. Seven years after, he showed himself in the very town of Proconnesus; made there those verses which are termed Arimaspean, and then disappeared for the second time. Such is the story related of him in those places.

Thereupon, the relatives arrived at the mill's location, equipped with everything needed to take the body away; however, when they entered the house, they couldn't find Aristeus, either dead or alive. Seven years later, he reappeared in the town of Proconnesus, composed the verses known as Arimaspean, and then vanished for a second time. This is the tale told about him in those areas.

Three hundred and forty years after that event, the same Aristeus showed himself in Metapontus, in Italy, and commanded the Metapontines to build an altar to Apollo, and afterwards to erect a statue in honor of Aristeus of Proconnesus, adding that they were the only people of Italy whom Apollo had honored with his presence; as for himself who spoke to them, he had accompanied that god in the form of a crow; and having thus spoken he disappeared.

Three hundred and forty years after that event, the same Aristeus appeared in Metapontus, Italy, and instructed the Metapontines to build an altar to Apollo. He also told them to erect a statue in honor of Aristeus of Proconnesus, mentioning that they were the only people in Italy whom Apollo had honored with his presence. He claimed that he was there speaking to them as a companion of that god in the form of a crow. After saying this, he vanished.

The Metapontines sent to consult the oracle of Delphi concerning this apparition; the Delphic oracle told them to follow the counsel which Aristeus had given them, and it would be well for them; in fact, they did erect a statue to Apollo, which was still to be seen there in the time of Herodotus;[457] and at the same time, another statue to Aristeus, which stood in a small plantation of laurels, in the midst of the public square of Metapontus. Celsus made no difficulty of believing all that on the word of Herodotus, though Pindar and he refused credence to what the Christians taught of the miracles wrought by Jesus Christ, related in the Gospel and sealed with the blood of martyrs. Origen adds, What could Providence have designed in performing for this Proconnesian the miracles we have just mentioned? What benefit could mankind derive from them? Whereas, what the Christians relate of Jesus Christ serves to confirm a doctrine which is beneficial to the human race. We must, then, either reject this story of Aristeus as fabulous, or ascribe all that is told of it as the work of the evil spirit.

The people of Metapontum went to consult the oracle at Delphi about this apparition; the oracle advised them to follow the advice Aristeus had given them, and everything would go well. They actually did build a statue of Apollo, which was still visible during Herodotus’s time;[457] and they also erected another statue of Aristeus, located in a small grove of laurels in the middle of the public square of Metapontus. Celsus had no problem believing all this based on Herodotus's account, even though he and Pindar dismissed the claims made by Christians about the miracles performed by Jesus Christ, as told in the Gospel and affirmed by the blood of martyrs. Origen questions, what could Providence have intended by granting this Proconnesian those miracles we just mentioned? What good could come from them for humanity? Meanwhile, the accounts Christians provide about Jesus Christ help to confirm a doctrine that benefits mankind. Therefore, we must either reject the story of Aristeus as a legend or attribute everything said about it to the influence of an evil spirit.

 

Footnotes:

References:

[453] Matt. ix. 34.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matthew 9:34.

[454] Matt. xxvii. 53.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 27:53.

[455] Macc. xiv. 14, 15.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Macc. 14:14-15.

[456] Origen. contra Celsum, lib. i. pp. 123, 124.

[456] Origen. Against Celsus, Book I, pp. 123, 124.

[457] Herodot. lib. iv.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Herodotus. book four.


CHAPTER V.

REVIVAL OR APPARITION OF A GIRL WHO HAD BEEN DEAD SOME MONTHS.

Phlegonus, freed-man of the Emperor Adrian,[458] in the fragment of the book which he wrote on wonderful things, says that at Tralla, in Asia, a certain man named Machates, an innkeeper, was connected with a girl named Philinium, the daughter of Demostrates and Chariton. This girl being dead, and placed in her grave, continued to come every night for six months to see her gallant, to drink, eat, and sleep with him. One day this girl was recognized by her nurse, when she was sitting by Machates. The nurse ran to give notice of this to Chariton, the girl's mother, who, after making many difficulties, came at last to the inn; but as it was very late, and everybody gone to bed, she could not satisfy her curiosity. However, she recognized her daughter's clothes, and thought she recognized the girl herself in bed with Machates. She returned the next morning, but having missed her way, she no longer found her daughter, who had already withdrawn. Machates related everything to her; how, since a certain time, she had come to him every night; and in proof of what he said, he opened his casket and showed her the gold ring which Philinium had given him, and the band with which she covered her bosom, and which she had left with him the preceding night.

Phlegonus, a freedman of Emperor Adrian,[458] in the fragment of his book on remarkable events, writes about a man named Machates, who was an innkeeper in Tralla, Asia. He was involved with a girl named Philinium, the daughter of Demostrates and Chariton. After she died and was buried, she returned every night for six months to see her lover, to eat, drink, and sleep with him. One day, her nurse recognized her while she was sitting with Machates. The nurse hurried to tell Chariton, the girl's mother, who, after some reluctance, finally visited the inn. However, since it was very late and everyone was asleep, she couldn't satisfy her curiosity. Still, she recognized her daughter's clothes and believed she saw her in bed with Machates. The next morning, she came back, but since she got lost, she couldn't find her daughter, who had already left. Machates explained everything to her, about how Philinium had been coming to him every night for some time. To prove what he said, he opened his chest and showed her the gold ring that Philinium had given him, along with the band she used to cover her chest, which she had left with him the night before.

Chariton, who could no longer doubt the truth of the circumstance, now gave way to cries and tears; but as they promised to inform her the following night, when Philinium should return, she went away home. In the evening the girl came back as usual, and Machates sent directly to let her father and mother know, for he began to fear that some other girl might have taken Philinium's clothes from the sepulchre, in order to deceive him by the illusion.

Chariton, who couldn't deny the truth of what had happened, broke down in tears. However, since they promised to update her the next night when Philinium returned, she went home. That evening, the girl came back as usual, and Machates immediately contacted her parents, as he started to worry that another girl might have taken Philinium's clothes from the grave to trick him.

Demostrates and Chariton, on arriving, recognized their daughter and ran to embrace her; but she cried out, "Oh, father and mother, why have you grudged me my happiness, by preventing me from remaining three days longer with this innkeeper without injury to any one? for I did not come here without permission from the gods, that is to say, from the demon, since we cannot attribute to God, or[Pg 257] to a good spirit, a thing like that. Your curiosity will cost you dear." At the same time, she fell down stiff and dead, and extended on the bed.

Demostrates and Chariton, upon arriving, recognized their daughter and rushed to embrace her; but she exclaimed, "Oh, Mom and Dad, why have you held back my happiness by stopping me from staying three more days with this innkeeper without harming anyone? I didn’t come here without the gods’ permission, I mean, from the demon, since we can't attribute something like that to God or to a good spirit. Your curiosity is going to cost you a lot." At that moment, she collapsed, stiff and lifeless, lying on the bed.

Phlegon, who had some command in the town, stayed the crowd and prevented a tumult. The next day, the people being assembled at the theatre, they agreed to go and inspect the vault in which Philinium, who had died six months before, had been laid. They found there the corpses of her family arranged in their places, but they found not the body of Philinium. There was only an iron ring, which Machates had given her, with a gilded cup, which she had also received from him. Afterwards they went back to the dwelling of Machates, where the body of the girl remained lying on the ground.

Phlegon, who had some authority in the town, calmed the crowd and stopped any chaos. The next day, as the people gathered at the theater, they decided to go check the vault where Philinium, who had passed away six months earlier, had been laid to rest. They found the bodies of her family arranged in their places, but Philinium’s body was missing. The only things left were an iron ring, which Machates had given her, and a gilded cup that she had also received from him. They then returned to Machates' house, where the girl's body lay on the ground.

They consulted a diviner, who said that she must be interred beyond the limits of the town; they must appease the furies and terrestrial Mercury, make solemn funeral ceremonies to the god Manes, and sacrifice to Jupiter Hospitaller, to Mercury, and Mars. Phlegon adds, speaking to him to whom he was writing: "If you think proper to inform the emperor of it, write to me, that I may send you some of those persons who were eye-witnesses of all these things."

They talked to a fortune teller, who said that she needed to be buried outside the town limits; they had to pacify the furies and earthly Mercury, hold formal funeral ceremonies for the god Manes, and make sacrifices to Jupiter Hospitaller, Mercury, and Mars. Phlegon adds, addressing the person he was writing to: "If you think it's a good idea to inform the emperor about this, let me know so I can send you some of the people who witnessed everything."

Here is the fact circumstantially related, and invested with all the marks which can make it pass for true. Nevertheless, how numerous are the difficulties it presents! Was this young girl really dead, or only sleeping? Was her resurrection effected by her own strength and will, or was it a demon who restored her to life? It appears that it cannot be doubted that it was her own body; all the circumstances noted in the recital of Phlegon persuade us of it. If she was not dead, and all she did was merely a game and a play which she performed to satisfy her passion for Machates, there is nothing in all this recital very incredible. We know what illicit love is capable of, and how far it may lead any one who is devoured by a violent passion. The same Phlegon says that a Syrian soldier of the army of Antiochus, after having been killed at Thermopylæ, appeared in open day in the Roman camp, where he spoke to several persons.

Here’s the fact surrounding the situation, marked with all the signs that could make it seem true. Still, the challenges it presents are numerous! Was this young girl actually dead or just in a deep sleep? Did she come back to life through her own strength and will, or was it a demon that brought her back? It seems clear that it was indeed her own body; all the details noted in Phlegon’s account support this. If she wasn’t really dead and what she did was just a performance to indulge her feelings for Machates, then the story isn’t all that unbelievable. We know what forbidden love can drive a person to do and how far it can take someone who is consumed by intense desire. Phlegon also mentions a Syrian soldier from Antiochus's army who, after being killed at Thermopylæ, appeared in broad daylight in the Roman camp and spoke to several people.

Haralde, or Harappe, a Dane, who caused himself to be buried at the entrance of his kitchen, appeared after his death, and was wounded by one Olaüs Pa, who left the iron of his lance in the wound. This Dane, then, appeared bodily. Was it his soul which moved his body, or a demon which made use of this corpse to disturb and frighten the living? Did he do this by his own strength, or by the permission of God? And what glory to God, what advantage to men, could accrue from these apparitions? Shall we deny all these facts, related in so circumstantial a manner by en[Pg 258]lightened authors, who have no interest in deceiving us, nor any wish to do so?

Haralde, or Harappe, a Dane, had himself buried at the entrance of his kitchen. After his death, he appeared and was wounded by one Olaüs Pa, who left the iron tip of his lance in the wound. This Dane then appeared in the flesh. Was it his soul that animated his body, or was it a demon using this corpse to disturb and frighten the living? Did he do it by his own power, or with God's permission? And what glory for God, what benefit for people, could come from these apparitions? Should we deny all these facts, presented in such detail by enlightened authors, who have no reason to deceive us, nor any desire to do so?

St. Augustine relates that, during his abode at Milan,[459] a young man had a suit instituted against him by a person who repeated his demand for a debt already paid the young man's father, but the receipt for which could not be found. The ghost of the father appeared to the son, and informed him where the receipt was which occasioned him so much trouble.

St. Augustine shares that while he was in Milan,[459] a young man was sued by someone demanding payment for a debt that had already been settled by the young man's father, but the receipt was lost. The father’s ghost appeared to the son and told him where the receipt was, which had caused him so much trouble.

St. Macarius, the Egyptian, made a dead man[460] speak who had been interred some time, in order to discover a deposit which he had received and hidden unknown to his wife. The dead man declared that the money was slipt down at the foot of his bed.

St. Macarius, the Egyptian, made a dead man[460] speak, who had been buried for some time, to find out about a stash he had received and hidden without telling his wife. The dead man revealed that the money was tucked away at the foot of his bed.

The same St. Macarius, not being able to refute in any other way a heretic Eunomian, according to some, or Hieracitus, according to others, said to him, "Let us go to the grave of a dead man, and ask him to inform us of the truth which you will not agree to." The heretic dared not present himself at the grave; but St. Macarius went thither, accompanied by a multitude of persons. He interrogated the dead, who replied from the depth of the tomb, that if the heretic had appeared in the crowd he should have arisen to convince him, and to bear testimony to the truth. St. Macarius commanded him to fall asleep again in the Lord, till the time when Jesus Christ should awaken him in his place at the end of the world.

The same St. Macarius, unable to refute a heretic named Eunomian, according to some, or Hieracitus, according to others, said to him, "Let's go to the grave of a dead man and ask him to tell us the truth you refuse to accept." The heretic was too afraid to go to the grave, but St. Macarius went there, accompanied by a crowd of people. He spoke to the dead, who responded from the depths of the tomb, saying that if the heretic had shown up in the crowd, he would have risen to convince him and testify to the truth. St. Macarius told him to rest again in the Lord until the time when Jesus Christ would awaken him at the end of the world.

The ancients, who have related the same fact, vary in some of the circumstances, as is usual enough when those things are related only from memory.

The ancients, who have recounted the same fact, differ in some of the details, which is common when things are remembered and reported.

St. Spiridion, Bishop of Trinitontis, in Egypt,[461] had a daughter named Irene, who lived in virginity till her death. After her decease, a person came to Spiridion and asked him for a deposit which he had confided to Irene unknown to her father. They sought in every part of the house, but could find nothing. At last Spiridion went to his daughter's tomb, and calling her by her name, asked her where the deposit was. She declared the same, and Spiridion restored it.

St. Spiridion, Bishop of Trinitontis in Egypt,[461] had a daughter named Irene, who remained a virgin until her death. After she passed away, someone approached Spiridion and asked him about a deposit that he had given to Irene without her father's knowledge. They searched every corner of the house but found nothing. Finally, Spiridion went to his daughter's tomb and, calling her by name, asked her where the deposit was. She revealed its location, and Spiridion retrieved it.

A holy abbot named Erricles resuscitated for a moment a man who had been killed,[462] and of whose death they accused a monk who was perfectly innocent. The dead man did justice to the accused, and the Abbot Erricles said to him, "Sleep in peace, till the Lord shall come at the last day to resuscitate you to all eternity."

A holy abbot named Erricles brought a man back to life for a moment, who had been killed,[462] and they blamed a completely innocent monk for his death. The dead man cleared the accused's name, and Abbot Erricles told him, "Rest in peace, until the Lord returns on the last day to bring you back to life for eternity."

All these momentary resurrections may serve to explain how the revenans of Hungary come out of their graves, then return to them, after having caused themselves to be seen and felt for some time.[Pg 259] But the difficulty will always be to know, 1st, If the thing be true; 2d, If they can resuscitate themselves; and, 3d, If they are really dead, or only asleep. In what way soever we regard this circumstance, it always appears equally impossible and incredible.

All these brief returns to life might help explain how the revenans of Hungary rise from their graves and then go back, after making themselves visible and felt for a while.[Pg 259] But the challenge will always be to determine, first, if it's true; second, if they can bring themselves back to life; and third, if they are actually dead or just in a deep sleep. No matter how we look at this situation, it always seems equally impossible and unbelievable.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[458] Phlegon. de Mirabilib. 18. Gronov. Antiq. Græc. p. 2694.

[458] Phlegon. de Mirabilib. 18. Gronov. Antiq. Græc. p. 2694.

[459] Aug. de Curâ pro Mortuis.

[459] Aug. de Curâ pro Mortuis.

[460] Rosweid. vit. P. P. lib. ii. p. 480.

[460] Rosweid. vit. P. P. lib. ii. p. 480.

[461] Sozomen, Hist. Eccl. lib. i. c. 11.

[461] Sozomen, Ecclesiastical History, book 1, chapter 11.

[462] Vit. P. P. lib. ii. p. 650.

[462] Vit. P. P. lib. ii. p. 650.


CHAPTER VI.

A WOMAN TAKEN ALIVE FROM HER GRAVE.

We read in a new work, a story which has some connection with this subject. A shopkeeper of the Rue St. Honoré, at Paris, had promised his daughter to one of his friends, a shopkeeper like himself, residing also in the same street. A financier having presented himself as a husband for this young girl, was accepted instead of the young man to whom she had been promised. The marriage was accomplished, and the young bride falling ill, was looked upon as dead, enshrouded and interred. The first lover having an idea that she had fallen into a lethargy or a trance, had her taken out of the ground during the night; they brought her to herself and he espoused her. They crossed the channel, and lived quietly in England for some years. At the end of ten years, they returned to Paris, where the first husband having recognized his wife in a public walk, claimed her in a court of justice; and this was the subject of a great law suit.

We came across a new story that connects with this topic. A shopkeeper on Rue St. Honoré in Paris promised his daughter to one of his friends, who was also a shopkeeper in the same street. When a financier came forward wanting to marry the young girl, he was accepted instead of her original fiancé. The marriage took place, but the young bride fell ill and was considered dead, wrapped in a shroud and buried. The first lover suspected she had simply entered a deep sleep or trance, so he had her exhumed during the night; they revived her, and he married her. They crossed the Channel and lived quietly in England for several years. After ten years, they returned to Paris, where the first husband recognized his wife while they were out in public and claimed her in court, leading to a major lawsuit.

The wife and her (second) husband defended themselves on the ground that death had broken the bonds of the first marriage. The first husband was even accused of having caused his wife to be too precipitately interred. The lovers foreseeing that they might be non-suited, again withdrew to a foreign land, where they ended their days. This circumstance is so singular that our readers will have some difficulty in giving credence to it. I only give it as it is told. It is for those who advance the fact to guarantee and prove it.

The wife and her second husband claimed they were justified because the first marriage was ended by death. The first husband was even blamed for having his wife buried too quickly. Anticipating that they might lose the case, the couple moved to another country, where they spent the rest of their lives. This situation is so unusual that readers may find it hard to believe. I'm just sharing it as it's been told to me. It's up to those who present this story to support and verify it.

Who can say that, in the story of Phlegon, the young Philinium was not thus placed in the vault without being dead, and that every night she came to see her lover Machates? That was much easier for her than would have been the return of the Parisian woman, who had been enshrouded, buried, and remained covered with earth, and enveloped in linen, during a pretty long time.

Who can say that, in Phlegon's story, the young Philinium wasn't placed in the tomb while still alive, and that every night she visited her lover Machates? That was much easier for her than it would have been for the Parisian woman, who had been wrapped up, buried, and remained under the ground, covered in linen, for quite a long time.

The other example related in the same work, is of a girl who fell into a trance and was regarded as dead, and became enceinte during this interval, without knowing the author of her pregnancy. It was[Pg 260] a monk, who, having made himself known, asserted that his vows should be annulled, he having been forced into the sacred profession. A great lawsuit ensued upon it, of which the documents are preserved to this day. The monk obtained a dispensation from his vows, and married the young girl.

The other example mentioned in the same work is about a girl who fell into a trance and was thought to be dead. During this time, she became pregnant without knowing who the father was. It turned out to be a monk, who revealed his identity and claimed that his vows should be canceled because he had been forced into the clergy. A significant legal battle followed, and the documents are still kept today. The monk was granted a dispensation from his vows and married the young girl.

This instance may be adduced with that of Philinium, and the young woman of the Rue St. Honoré. It is possible that these persons might not be dead, and consequently not restored to life.

This example can be compared to that of Philinium and the young woman from Rue St. Honoré. It's possible that these individuals might still be alive and, therefore, not in need of being brought back to life.


CHAPTER VII.

LET US NOW EXAMINE THE FACT OF THE REVENANS OR VAMPIRES OF MORAVIA.

I have been told by the late Monsieur de Vassimont, counsellor of the Chamber of the Counts of Bar, that having been sent into Moravia by his late Royal Highness Leopold, first Duke of Lorraine, for the affairs of my Lord the Prince Charles his brother, Bishop of Olmutz and Osnaburgh, he was informed by public report that it was common enough in that country to see men who had died some time before, present themselves in a party, and sit down to table with persons of their acquaintance without saying anything; but that nodding to one of the party, he would infallibly die some days afterwards. This fact was confirmed by several persons, and amongst others by an old curé, who said he had seen more than one instance of it.

I was told by the late Monsieur de Vassimont, counselor of the Chamber of the Counts of Bar, that after being sent to Moravia by his late Royal Highness Leopold, the first Duke of Lorraine, for the affairs of his brother, the Bishop of Olmutz and Osnaburgh, he heard from public rumor that it was fairly common in that region to see men who had died some time ago appear in a group and sit down to eat with acquaintances without saying a word. But if one of the group nodded to him, he would definitely die a few days later. Several people confirmed this fact, including an old parish priest, who stated he had witnessed more than one instance of it.

The bishops and priests of the country consulted Rome on so extraordinary a fact; but they received no answer, because, apparently, all those things were regarded there as simple visions, or popular fancies. They afterwards bethought themselves of taking up the corpses of those who came back in that way, of burning them, or of destroying them in some other manner. Thus they delivered themselves from the importunity of these spectres, which are now much less frequently seen than before. So said that good priest.

The bishops and priests of the country consulted Rome about such an unusual occurrence; however, they received no response, as it seemed that all these events were viewed there as mere visions or common misconceptions. They later decided to exhume the bodies of those who returned in that manner, either burning them or disposing of them in some other way. This way, they freed themselves from the bothersome presence of these spirits, which are now much less commonly seen than before. So said that good priest.

These apparitions have given rise to a little work, entitled Magia Posthuma, printed at Olmutz, in 1706, composed by Charles Ferdinand de Schertz, dedicated to Prince Charles, of Lorraine, Bishop of Olmutz and Osnaburgh. The author relates that, in a certain village, a woman being just dead, who had taken all her sacraments, she was buried in the usual way in the cemetery. Four days after her decease, the inhabitants of this village heard a great noise and[Pg 261] extraordinary uproar, and saw a spectre, which appeared sometimes in the shape of a dog, sometimes in the form of a man, not to one person only, but to several, and caused them great pain, grasping their throats, and compressing their stomachs, so as to suffocate them. It bruised almost the whole body, and reduced them to extreme weakness, so that they became pale, lean and attenuated.

These apparitions led to a small work called Magia Posthuma, printed in Olmutz in 1706, by Charles Ferdinand de Schertz, dedicated to Prince Charles of Lorraine, Bishop of Olmutz and Osnaburgh. The author recounts that in a certain village, a woman had just died after receiving all her sacraments, and she was buried in the usual manner in the cemetery. Four days after her death, the villagers heard a loud noise and an extraordinary uproar, and saw a ghost that appeared sometimes as a dog and other times as a man, showing up to multiple people. It caused them great distress, gripping their throats and pressing on their stomachs to the point of suffocation. It bruised nearly all of their bodies and left them extremely weak, making them pale, thin, and emaciated.

The spectre attacked even the animals, and some cows were found debilitated and half dead. Sometimes it tied them together by their tails. These animals gave sufficient evidence by their bellowing of the pain they suffered. The horses seemed overcome with fatigue, all in a perspiration, principally on the back; heated, out of breath, covered with foam, as they are after a long and rough journey. These calamities lasted several months.

The ghost even targeted the animals, and some cows were discovered weak and nearly dead. At times, it tied them together by their tails. These animals clearly expressed their suffering through their loud cries. The horses appeared completely exhausted, sweating heavily, especially on their backs; they seemed hot, out of breath, and covered in foam, just like they do after a long and difficult journey. These troubles went on for several months.

The author whom I have mentioned examines the affair in a lawyer-like way, and reasons much on the fact and the law. He asks if, supposing that those disturbances, those noises and vexations proceeded from that person who is suspected of causing them, they can burn her, as is done to other ghosts who do harm to the living. He relates several instances of similar apparitions, and of the evils which ensued; as of a shepherd of the village of Blow, near the town of Kadam, in Bohemia, who appeared during some time, and called certain persons, who never failed to die within eight days after. The peasants of Blow took up the body of this shepherd, and fixed it in the ground with a stake which they drove through it.

The author I mentioned explores the situation like a lawyer, analyzing both the facts and the law. He questions whether, if those disturbances, noises, and annoyances are indeed caused by the person suspected of causing them, they could burn her, much like how other harmful spirits are dealt with. He shares several examples of similar hauntings and the troubles that followed, including a shepherd from the village of Blow, near the town of Kadam in Bohemia, who appeared for a while and called out to certain people, who would then inevitably die within eight days. The villagers of Blow exhumed this shepherd's body and drove a stake through it, securing it in the ground.

This man, when in that condition, derided them for what they made him suffer, and told them they were very good to give him thus a stick to defend himself from the dogs. The same night he got up again, and by his presence alarmed several persons, and strangled more amongst them than he had hitherto done. Afterwards, they delivered him into the hands of the executioner, who put him in a cart to carry him beyond the village and there burn him. This corpse howled like a madman, and moved his feet and hands as if alive. And when they again pierced him through with stakes he uttered very loud cries, and a great quantity of bright vermilion blood flowed from him. At last he was consumed, and this execution put an end to the appearance and hauntings of this spectre.

This man, when in that state, mocked them for what they made him endure and told them they were generous to give him a stick to defend himself from the dogs. That same night, he got up again, alarming several people with his presence, and ended up strangling more of them than before. Eventually, they handed him over to the executioner, who put him in a cart to take him out of the village and burn him. His corpse screamed like a madman and moved his feet and hands as if he were alive. When they stabbed him again with stakes, he let out loud cries, and a lot of bright red blood gushed from him. Finally, he was consumed, and this execution brought an end to the sightings and hauntings of this specter.

The same has been practiced in other places, where similar ghosts have been seen; and when they have been taken out of the ground they have appeared red, with their limbs supple and pliable, without worms or decay; but not without a great stink. The author cites divers other writers, who attest what he says of these spectres, which still appear, he says, pretty often in the mountains of Silesia and Moravia. They are seen by night and by day; the things which[Pg 262] once belonged to them are seen to move themselves and change their place without being touched by any one. The only remedy for these apparitions is to cut off the heads and burn the bodies of those who come back to haunt people.

The same thing has been done in other places, where similar ghosts have been spotted; and when they've been dug up, they've appeared reddish, with flexible and soft limbs, without worms or decay; but definitely not without a terrible stink. The author mentions various other writers who confirm what he says about these specters, which still, he claims, frequently appear in the mountains of Silesia and Moravia. They can be seen both at night and during the day; things that once belonged to them are observed moving and changing positions without anyone touching them. The only way to deal with these apparitions is to decapitate the bodies and burn them of those who come back to haunt the living.

At any rate, they do not proceed to this without a form of justicial law. They call for and hear the witnesses; they examine the arguments; they look at the exhumed bodies, to see if they can find any of the usual marks which lead them to conjecture that they are the parties who molest the living, as the mobility and suppleness of the limbs, the fluidity of the blood, and the flesh remaining uncorrupted. If all these marks are found, then these bodies are given up to the executioner, who burns them. It sometimes happens that the spectres appear again for three or four days after the execution. Sometimes the interment of the bodies of suspicious persons is deferred for six or seven weeks. When they do not decay, and their limbs remain as supple and pliable as when they were alive, then they burn them. It is affirmed as certain that the clothes of these persons move without any one living touching them; and within a short time, continues our author, a spectre was seen at Olmutz, which threw stones, and gave great trouble to the inhabitants.

At any rate, they do not proceed without following some form of judicial law. They call in and hear witnesses; they examine the arguments; they look at the exhumed bodies to see if they can find any of the typical signs that suggest these are the individuals who disturb the living, such as the flexibility and liveliness of the limbs, the fluidity of the blood, and the flesh remaining uncorrupted. If all these signs are present, the bodies are handed over to the executioner, who burns them. Sometimes, the spirits make an appearance again for three or four days after the execution. Occasionally, the burial of the bodies of suspicious individuals is postponed for six or seven weeks. If they do not decay and their limbs remain as flexible and pliable as when they were alive, they are burned. It is said with certainty that the clothes of these individuals move on their own without anyone alive touching them; and shortly after, our author notes that a specter was seen in Olmutz, throwing stones and causing considerable trouble for the residents.


CHAPTER VIII.

DEAD PERSONS IN HUNGARY WHO SUCK THE BLOOD OF THE LIVING.

About fifteen years ago, a soldier who was billeted at the house of a Haidamagne peasant, on the frontiers of Hungary, as he was one day sitting at table near his host, the master of the house saw a person he did not know come in and sit down to table also with them. The master of the house was strangely frightened at this, as were the rest of the company. The soldier knew not what to think of it, being ignorant of the matter in question. But the master of the house being dead the very next day, the soldier inquired what it meant. They told him that it was the body of the father of his host, who had been dead and buried for ten years, which had thus come to sit down next to him, and had announced and caused his death.

About fifteen years ago, a soldier staying with a Haidamagne peasant near the Hungarian border was having a meal with his host. One day, a stranger walked in and sat down at the table with them. The host was suddenly terrified, and the rest of the group felt the same way. The soldier didn’t understand what was happening since he was unaware of the situation. However, after the host died the very next day, the soldier asked about it. They told him that the stranger was the ghost of his host's father, who had been dead and buried for ten years, and that his appearance had predicted the death.

The soldier informed the regiment of it in the first place, and the regiment gave notice of it to the general officers, who commissioned the Count de Cabreras, captain of the regiment of Alandetti infantry, to make information concerning this circumstance. Having gone to the place, with some other officers, a surgeon and an auditor, they[Pg 263] heard the depositions of all the people belonging to the house, who attested unanimously that the ghost was the father of the master of the house, and that all the soldier had said and reported was the exact truth, which was confirmed by all the inhabitants of the village.

The soldier first informed the regiment, and then the regiment notified the general officers, who assigned Captain de Cabreras of the Alandetti infantry regiment to investigate the situation. He went to the location with some other officers, a surgeon, and an auditor, and they[Pg 263] listened to the testimonies of everyone in the house. All of them agreed that the ghost was the father of the homeowner and confirmed that everything the soldier had said was completely true, as verified by all the villagers.

In consequence of this, the corpse of this spectre was exhumed, and found to be like that of a man who has just expired, and his blood like that of a living man. The Count de Cabreras had his head cut off, and caused him to be laid again in his tomb. He also took information concerning other similar ghosts, amongst others, of a man dead more than thirty years, who had come back three times to his house at meal time. The first time he had sucked the blood from the neck of his own brother, the second time from one of his sons, and the third from one of the servants in the house; and all three died of it instantly and on the spot. Upon this deposition the commissary had this man taken out of his grave, and finding that, like the first, his blood was in a fluid state, like that of a living person, he ordered them to run a large nail into his temple, and then to lay him again in the grave.

As a result, the body of this ghost was dug up and found to be like that of a man who has just died, with blood similar to that of a living person. The Count de Cabreras had the head removed and placed the body back in its tomb. He also gathered information about other similar ghosts, including one of a man who had died over thirty years ago but had returned to his house three times during mealtime. The first time, he drained the blood from his own brother's neck; the second time, from one of his sons; and the third time, from a servant in the house. All three died instantly and on the spot. Based on this testimony, the commissioner had this man taken from his grave, and upon finding, like the first, that his blood was still fluid, resembling that of a living person, he ordered a large nail to be driven into his temple, and then the body was placed back in the grave.

He caused a third to be burnt, who had been buried more than sixteen years, and had sucked the blood and caused the death of two of his sons. The commissary having made his report to the general officers, was deputed to the court of the emperor, who commanded that some officers, both of war and justice, some physicians and surgeons, and some learned men, should be sent to examine the causes of these extraordinary events. The person who related these particulars to us had heard them from Monsieur the Count de Cabreras, at Fribourg en Brigau, in 1730.

He had a third person burned, who had been buried for over sixteen years, and who had fed on the blood and caused the deaths of two of his sons. The commissioner submitted his report to the high-ranking officials and was sent to the emperor's court, where the emperor ordered that some military and judicial officers, along with some doctors and scholars, be sent to investigate the reasons behind these extraordinary events. The person who shared this information with us heard it from Monsieur the Count de Cabreras in Fribourg en Brigau in 1730.


CHAPTER IX.

ACCOUNT OF A VAMPIRE, TAKEN FROM THE JEWISH LETTERS (LETTRES JUIVES); LETTER 137.

This is what we read in the "Lettres Juives," new edition, 1738, Letter 137.

This is what we read in the "Lettres Juives," new edition, 1738, Letter 137.

We have just had in this part of Hungary a scene of vampirism, which is duly attested by two officers of the tribunal of Belgrade, who went down to the places specified; and by an officer of the emperor's troops at Graditz, who was an ocular witness of the proceedings.

We recently experienced a vampire incident in this region of Hungary, confirmed by two officials from the Belgrade tribunal who visited the specific locations, along with an officer from the emperor's troops in Graditz, who witnessed the events firsthand.

In the beginning of September there died in the village of Kiv[Pg 264]siloa, three leagues from Graditz, an old man who was sixty-two years of age. Three days after he had been buried, he appeared in the night to his son, and asked him for something to eat; the son having given him something, he ate and disappeared. The next day the son recounted to his neighbors what had happened. That night the father did not appear; but the following night he showed himself, and asked for something to eat. They know not whether the son gave him anything or not; but the next day he was found dead in his bed. On the same day, five or six persons fell suddenly ill in the village, and died one after the other in a few days.

In early September, an old man, aged sixty-two, passed away in the village of Kivsiloa, three leagues from Graditz. Three days after his burial, he appeared at night to his son and asked for something to eat. The son gave him some food, and he ate it before vanishing. The next day, the son told his neighbors what had happened. That night, the father didn’t show up, but the night after, he appeared again and asked for food. It’s unclear if the son gave him anything, but the following day, he was found dead in his bed. On that same day, five or six people in the village suddenly fell ill and died one after another within a few days.

The officer or bailiff of the place, when informed of what had happened, sent an account of it to the tribunal of Belgrade, which dispatched to the village two of these officers and an executioner to examine into this affair. The imperial officer from whom we have this account repaired thither from Graditz, to be witness of a circumstance which he had so often heard spoken of.

The officer or bailiff of the area, when he learned what had happened, sent a report to the court in Belgrade, which sent two officers and an executioner to the village to investigate the situation. The imperial officer, who provided us with this account, traveled from Graditz to witness an event he had heard about many times.

They opened the graves of those who had been dead six weeks. When they came to that of the old man, they found him with his eyes open, having a fine color, with natural respiration, nevertheless motionless as the dead; whence they concluded that he was most evidently a vampire. The executioner drove a stake into his heart; they then raised a pile and reduced the corpse to ashes. No mark of vampirism was found either on the corpse of the son or on the others.

They opened the graves of those who had been dead for six weeks. When they reached the old man's grave, they found him with his eyes open, looking healthy, with natural breathing, yet completely still like the dead. From this, they concluded that he was clearly a vampire. The executioner drove a stake into his heart, then they built a pyre and burned the corpse to ashes. No signs of vampirism were found on the son’s body or the others.

Thanks be to God, we are by no means credulous. We avow that all the light which physics can throw on this fact discovers none of the causes of it. Nevertheless, we cannot refuse to believe that to be true which is juridically attested, and by persons of probity. We will here give a copy of what happened in 1732, and which we inserted in the Gleaner (Glaneur), No. XVIII.

Thanks to God, we are certainly not gullible. We acknowledge that all the insight physics can provide on this matter reveals none of its causes. However, we cannot deny the validity of what is legally confirmed and attested by trustworthy people. Here, we will provide a copy of what occurred in 1732, which we included in the Gleaner (Glaneur), No. XVIII.


CHAPTER X.

OTHER INSTANCES OF GHOSTS—CONTINUATION OF THE GLEANER.

In a certain canton of Hungary, named in Latin Oppida Heidanum, beyond the Tibisk, vulgo Teiss, that is to say, between that river which waters the fortunate territory of Tokay and Transylvania, the people known by the name of Heyducqs[463] believe that cer[Pg 265]tain dead persons, whom they call vampires, suck all the blood from the living, so that these become visibly attenuated, whilst the corpses, like leeches, fill themselves with blood in such abundance that it is seen to come from them by the conduits, and even oozing through the pores. This opinion has just been confirmed by several facts which cannot be doubted, from the rank of the witnesses who have certified them. We will here relate some of the most remarkable.

In a certain region of Hungary, known in Latin as Oppida Heidanum, beyond the Tibisk, commonly referred to as Teiss, which lies between the river that flows through the fortunate land of Tokay and Transylvania, the people called Heyducqs[463] believe that certain dead individuals, whom they refer to as vampires, drain all the blood from the living, causing them to visibly weaken, while the corpses, like leeches, fill up with blood to such an extent that it can be seen leaking from their veins and even seeping through their skin. This belief has recently been backed by several facts that cannot be disputed, given the high status of the witnesses who have reported them. We will recount some of the most notable cases here.

About five years ago, a certain Heyducq, inhabitant of Madreiga, named Arnald Paul, was crushed to death by the fall of a wagonload of hay. Thirty days after his death four persons died suddenly, and in the same manner in which according to the tradition of the country, those die who are molested by vampires. They then remembered that this Arnald Paul had often related that in the environs of Cassovia, and on the frontiers of Turkish Servia, he had often been tormented by a Turkish vampire; for they believe also that those who have been passive vampires during life become active ones after their death, that is to say, that those who have been sucked suck also in their turn; but that he had found means to cure himself by eating earth from the grave of the vampire, and smearing himself with his blood; a precaution which, however, did not prevent him from becoming so after his death, since, on being exhumed forty days after his interment, they found on his corpse all the indications of an arch-vampire. His body was red, his hair, nails, and beard had all grown again, and his veins were replete with fluid blood, which flowed from all parts of his body upon the winding-sheet which encompassed him. The hadnagi, or bailli of the village, in whose presence the exhumation took place, and who was skilled in vampirism, had, according to custom, a very sharp stake driven into the heart of the defunct Arnald Paul, and which pierced his body through and through, which made him, as they say, utter a frightful shriek, as if he had been alive: that done, they cut off his head, and burnt the whole body. After that they performed the same on the corpses of the four other persons who died of vampirism, fearing that they in their turn might cause the death of others.

About five years ago, a man named Arnald Paul, who lived in Madreiga, was crushed to death by a falling wagon full of hay. Thirty days after his death, four people suddenly died in the same way that, according to local tradition, people who are bothered by vampires do. They remembered that Arnald Paul had often told stories about being tormented by a Turkish vampire near Cassovia, on the borders of Turkish Servia; they also believed that those who were victimized by vampires in life could become vampires themselves after they died. In other words, those who were drained could then drain others in turn. Arnald had claimed he cured himself by eating dirt from the vampire's grave and covering himself with its blood. However, this didn’t stop him from becoming a vampire after his death, because when they dug him up forty days later, they found all the signs of a powerful vampire on his corpse. His body was red, his hair, nails, and beard had all grown back, and his veins were filled with fresh blood that flowed out from everywhere onto the shroud around him. The hadnagi, or village bailiff, who oversaw the exhumation and was knowledgeable about vampirism, drove a sharp stake through Arnald Paul's heart, which reportedly made him let out a horrifying scream as if he were still alive. Once that was done, they decapitated him and burned the entire body. Following this, they did the same to the corpses of the four others who died from vampirism, worried they might cause more deaths.

All these performances, however, could not prevent the recommencement of these fatal prodigies towards the end of last year, that is to say, five years after, when several inhabitants of the same village perished miserably. In the space of three months, seventeen persons of different sexes and different ages died of vampirism; some without being ill, and others after languishing two or three days. It is reported, amongst other things, that a girl named Stanoska, daughter of the Heyducq Jotiützo, who went to bed in perfect health, awoke in the middle of the night all in a tremble, uttering terrible shrieks, and saying that the son of the Heyducq Millo[Pg 266] who had been dead nine weeks, had nearly strangled her in her sleep. She fell into a languid state from that moment, and at the end of three days she died. What this girl had said of Millo's son made him known at once for a vampire: he was exhumed, and found to be such. The principal people of the place, with the doctors and surgeons, examined how vampirism could have sprung up again after the precautions they had taken some years before.

All these events, however, couldn’t stop the return of these deadly occurrences towards the end of last year, which means five years later, when several people from the same village suffered tragic deaths. In just three months, seventeen people of various ages and genders died from vampirism; some without showing any illness, and others after lingering for two or three days. It’s reported that a girl named Stanoska, daughter of the Heyducq Jotiützo, went to bed perfectly healthy but woke up in the middle of the night trembling, screaming, and saying that the son of the Heyducq Millo, who had been dead for nine weeks, nearly strangled her in her sleep. From that moment, she fell into a weak state, and after three days, she died. What she said about Millo’s son immediately marked him as a vampire: he was exhumed and found to be one. The leading figures of the town, along with doctors and surgeons, examined how vampirism could have resurfaced after the precautions they had taken years earlier.

They discovered at last, after much search, that the defunct Arnald Paul had killed not only the four persons of whom we have spoken, but also several oxen, of which the new vampires had eaten, and amongst others the son of Millo. Upon these indications they resolved to disinter all those who had died within a certain time, &c. Amongst forty, seventeen were found with all the most evident signs of vampirism; so they transfixed their hearts and cut off their heads also, and then cast their ashes into the river.

They finally figured out, after a lot of searching, that the deceased Arnald Paul had killed not just the four people we've mentioned, but also several oxen, which the new vampires had consumed, including Millo’s son. Based on this information, they decided to dig up everyone who had died within a certain period, etc. Among forty bodies, seventeen showed clear signs of vampirism; so they pierced their hearts and beheaded them, and then threw their ashes into the river.

All the informations and executions we have just mentioned were made juridically, in proper form, and attested by several officers who were garrisoned in the country, by the chief surgeons of the regiments, and by the principal inhabitants of the place. The verbal process of it was sent towards the end of last January to the Imperial Counsel of War at Vienna, which had established a military commission to examine into the truth of all these circumstances.

All the information and actions we just mentioned were carried out legally, in the proper way, and confirmed by several officials who were stationed in the area, by the chief surgeons of the regiments, and by the main local residents. The detailed account of this was sent at the end of last January to the Imperial Council of War in Vienna, which had set up a military commission to investigate the accuracy of all these events.

Such was the declaration of the Hadnagi Barriarar and the ancient Heyducqs; and it was signed by Battuer, first lieutenant of the regiment of Alexander of Wurtemburg, Clickstenger, surgeon-in-chief of the regiment of Frustemburch, three other surgeons of the company, and Guoichitz, captain at Stallach.

Such was the statement of the Hadnagi Barriarar and the ancient Heyducqs; and it was signed by Battuer, first lieutenant of the regiment of Alexander of Wurtemburg, Clickstenger, chief surgeon of the regiment of Frustemburch, three other surgeons of the company, and Guoichitz, captain at Stallach.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[463] This story is apparently the same which we related before under the name of Haidamaque, and which happened in 1729 or 1730.

[463] This story is basically the same one we shared earlier under the name of Haidamaque, which took place in 1729 or 1730.


CHAPTER XI.

ARGUMENTS OF THE AUTHOR OF THE "LETTRES JUIVES," ON THE SUBJECT OF THESE PRETENDED GHOSTS.

There are two different ways of effacing the opinion concerning these pretended ghosts, and showing the impossibility of the effects which are made to be produced by corpses entirely deprived of sensation. The first is, to explain by physical causes all the prodigies of vampirism; the second is, to deny totally the truth of these stories; and the latter means, without doubt, is the surest and the wisest. But as there are persons to whom the authority of a certificate given by people in a certain place appears a plain demonstra[Pg 267]tion of the reality of the most absurd story, before I show how little they ought to rely on the formalities of the law in matters which relate solely to philosophy, I will for a moment suppose that several persons do really die of the disease which they term vampirism.

There are two ways to dismiss the opinion about these supposed ghosts and to prove that the effects attributed to corpses that are completely devoid of sensation are impossible. The first is to explain all the so-called miracles of vampirism through physical causes; the second is to completely deny the truth of these stories, which is undoubtedly the safest and smartest approach. However, since some people consider the authority of a certificate issued by individuals in a specific location as clear proof of the reality of the most ridiculous tales, before I demonstrate how little they should rely on legal formalities regarding issues that are strictly philosophical, I will momentarily assume that several individuals actually die from what they call vampirism.

I lay down at first this principle, that it may be that there are corpses which, although interred some days, shed fluid blood through the conduits of their body. I add, moreover, that it is very easy for certain people to fancy themselves sucked by vampires, and that the fear caused by that fancy should make a revolution in their frame sufficiently violent to deprive them of life. Being occupied all day with the terror inspired by these pretended ghosts or revenans, is it very extraordinary, that during their sleep the idea of these phantoms should present itself to their imagination and cause them such violent terror? that some of them die of it instantaneously, and others a short time afterwards? How many instances have we not seen of people who expired with fright in a moment? and has not joy itself sometimes produced an equally fatal effect?

I start with this principle: there might be corpses that, even after being buried for a few days, can still bleed through their bodies. I also point out that it's pretty easy for some people to believe they're being drained by vampires, and that the fear from this belief can cause such a violent reaction in their bodies that it leads to their death. If they're consumed all day by the fear of these so-called ghosts or revenants, is it really surprising that in their sleep, the thought of these phantoms pops into their minds and terrifies them? Some of them die suddenly from it, while others pass away shortly after. How many times have we seen people die from fright in an instant? And hasn't joy, at times, caused an equally deadly reaction?

I have seen in the Leipsic journals[464] an account of a little work entitled, Philosophicæ et Christianæ Cogitationes de Vampiriis, à Joanne Christophoro Herenbergio; "Philosophical and Christian Thoughts upon Vampires, by John Christopher Herenberg," at Gerolferliste, in 1733, in 8vo. The author names a pretty large number of writers who have already discussed this matter; he speaks, en passant, of a spectre which appeared to him at noonday. He maintains that the vampires do not cause the death of the living, and that all that is said about them ought to be attributed only to the troubled fancy of the invalids; he proves by divers experiments that the imagination is capable of causing very great derangements in the body, and the humors of the body; he shows that in Sclavonia they impaled murderers, and drove a stake through the heart of the culprit; that they used the same chastisement for vampires, supposing them to be the authors of the death of those whose blood they were said to suck. He gives some examples of this punishment exercised upon them, the one in the year 1337, and the other in 1347. He speaks of the opinion of those who believe that the dead eat in their tombs; a sentiment of which he endeavors to prove the antiquity by the authority of Tertullian, at the beginning of his book on the Resurrection, and by that of St. Augustine, b. viii. c. 27, on the City of God, and in Sermon xv. on the Saints.

I have seen in the Leipzig journals[464] a mention of a small work titled, Philosophicæ et Christianæ Cogitationes de Vampiriis, à Joanne Christophoro Herenbergio; "Philosophical and Christian Thoughts on Vampires, by John Christopher Herenberg," published in Gerolferliste in 1733, in 8vo. The author references a fairly large number of writers who have already tackled this topic; he casually mentions a specter that appeared to him at noon. He asserts that vampires do not cause the death of the living, and that everything said about them should be attributed solely to the disturbed imaginations of the ill; he demonstrates through various experiments that the mind can cause significant disruptions in the body and its humors. He notes that in Slovakia, murderers were impaled and a stake was driven through their hearts; they applied the same punishment to vampires, believing them to be responsible for the deaths of those whose blood they were thought to have sucked. He provides examples of this punishment being carried out, one in 1337 and another in 1347. He discusses the belief that the dead eat in their graves; a notion he seeks to validate by citing Tertullian at the beginning of his book on the Resurrection, and St. Augustine in book viii, chapter 27, of the City of God, as well as in Sermon xv on the Saints.

Such are nearly the contents of the work of M. Herenberg on vampires. The passage of Tertullian[465] which he cites, proves very well that the pagans offered food to their dead, even to those whose[Pg 268] bodies had been burned, believing that their spirits regaled themselves with it: Defunctis parentant, et quidem impensissimo studio, pro moribus eorum pro temporibus esculentorum, ut quos sentire quicquam negant escam desiderare prœsumant. This concerns only the pagans.

Here are almost all the details from M. Herenberg's work on vampires. The excerpt from Tertullian[465] that he quotes clearly shows that the pagans used to offer food to their dead, even to those whose[Pg 268] bodies had been cremated, believing that their spirits enjoyed it: Defunctis parentant, et quidem impensissimo studio, pro moribus eorum pro temporibus esculentorum, ut quos sentire quicquam negant escam desiderare prœsumant. This only applies to the pagans.

But St. Augustine, in several places, speaks of the custom of the Christians, above all those of Africa, of carrying to the tombs meats and wine, which they placed upon them as a repast of devotion, and to which the poor were invited, in whose favor these offerings were principally instituted. This practice is founded on the passage of the book of Tobit;—"Place your bread and wine on the sepulchre of the just, and be careful not to eat or drink of it with sinners." St. Monico, the mother of St. Augustine,[466] having desired to do at Milan what she had been accustomed to do in Africa, St. Ambrose, bishop of Milan, testified that he did not approve of this practice, which was unknown in his church. The holy woman restrained herself to carrying thither a basket full of fruits and wine, of which she partook very soberly with the women who accompanied her, leaving the rest for the poor. St. Augustine remarks, in the same passage, that some intemperate Christians abused these offerings by drinking wine to excess: Ne ulla occasio se ingurgitandi daretur ebriosis.

But St. Augustine, in several places, talks about the tradition among Christians, especially those in Africa, of bringing food and wine to the graves as an act of devotion. They would set these out as a meal for the dead and invite the poor to share in it, as these offerings were mainly intended for them. This practice is based on a passage from the book of Tobit: "Place your bread and wine on the sepulchre of the just, and be careful not to eat or drink of it with sinners." St. Monica, St. Augustine's mother, wanted to do the same in Milan that she had done back in Africa. However, St. Ambrose, the bishop of Milan, expressed his disapproval of this custom, which was not known in his church. The holy woman settled for bringing a basket of fruits and wine, which she shared modestly with the women who were with her, leaving the rest for the poor. St. Augustine notes in the same passage that some excessive Christians misused these offerings by drinking too much wine: Ne ulla occasio se ingurgitandi daretur ebriosis.

St. Augustine,[467] however, by his preaching and remonstrances, did so much good, that he entirely uprooted this custom, which was common throughout the African Church, and the abuse of which was too general. In his books on the City of God,[468] he avows that this usage is neither general nor approved in the Church, and that those who practice it content themselves with offering this food upon the tombs of the martyrs, in order that through their merits these offerings should be sanctified; after which they carry them away, and make use of them for their own nourishment and that of the poor: Quicumque suas epulas eò deferant, quad quidem à melioribus Christianis non fit, et in plerisque terrarum nulla talis est consuetudo; tamen quicumque id faciunt, quas cùm appossuerint, orant, et auferunt, ut vescantur vel ex eis etiam indigentibus largiantur. It appears, from two sermons which have been attributed to St. Augustine,[469] that in former times this custom had crept in at Rome, but did not subsist there any time, and was blamed and condemned.

St. Augustine,[467] however, through his preaching and protests, did so much good that he completely eliminated this practice, which was widespread in the African Church, and the misuse of which was common. In his writings on the City of God,[468] he states that this practice is neither common nor accepted in the Church, and that those who do it are only willing to offer this food at the graves of the martyrs, hoping that through their merits, these offerings will be blessed; after that, they take them and use them for their own meals and for the poor: Quicumque suas epulas eò deferant, quad quidem à melioribus Christianis non fit, et in plerisque terrarum nulla talis est consuetudo; tamen quicumque id faciunt, quas cùm appossuerint, orant, et auferunt, ut vescantur vel ex eis etiam indigentibus largiantur. It seems that from two sermons attributed to St. Augustine,[469] this custom had once appeared in Rome, but it did not last long there and was criticized and condemned.

[Pg 269]Now, if it were true that the dead could eat in their tombs, and that they had a wish or occasion to eat, as is believed by those of whom Tertullian speaks, and as it appears may be inferred from the custom of carrying fruit and wine to be placed on the graves of martyrs and other Christians, I think even that I have good proof that in certain places they placed near the bodies of the dead, whether buried in the cemeteries or the churches, meat, wine, and other liquors. I have in our study several vases of clay and glass, and even plates, where may be seen small bones of pig and fowls, all found deep underground in the church of the Abbey of St. Mansuy, near the town of Toul.

[Pg 269]Now, if it were true that the dead could eat in their tombs and had a desire or reason to eat, as those talked about by Tertullian believe, and as it seems to be suggested by the practice of bringing fruit and wine to place on the graves of martyrs and other Christians, I think I also have solid evidence that in certain locations, they would leave meat, wine, and other drinks near the bodies of the dead, whether buried in cemeteries or churches. In our study, I have several clay and glass vases, as well as plates, which contain small bones of pigs and fowl, all discovered deep underground in the church of the Abbey of St. Mansuy, near the town of Toul.

It has been remarked to me that these vestiges found in the ground were plunged in virgin earth which had never been disturbed, and near certain vases or urns filled with ashes, and containing some small bones which the flames could not consume; and as it is known that the Christians did not burn their dead, and that these vases we are speaking of are placed beneath the disturbed earth, in which the graves of Christians are found, it has been inferred, with much semblance of probability, that these vases with the food and beverage buried near them, were intended not for Christians but for heathens. The latter, then, at least, believed that the dead ate in the other life. There is no doubt that the ancient Gauls[470] were persuaded of this; they are often represented on their tombs with bottles in their hands, and baskets and other comestibles, or drinking vessels and goblets;[471] they carried with them even the contracts and bonds for what was due to them, to have it paid to them in Hades. Negotiorum ratio, etiam exactio crediti deferebatur ad inferos.

It has been pointed out to me that these remnants found in the ground were buried in untouched soil that had never been disturbed, and near certain vases or urns filled with ashes and containing some small bones that the flames couldn’t burn; and since it is known that Christians did not cremate their dead, and that these vases we are talking about are placed beneath the disturbed earth where Christian graves are found, it has been concluded, with a good deal of likelihood, that these vases with food and drink buried near them were not meant for Christians but for pagans. The latter, at least, believed that the dead consumed food in the afterlife. There is no doubt that the ancient Gauls were convinced of this; they are often depicted on their tombs holding bottles, baskets, and other food items, or drinking vessels and goblets; they even brought with them the contracts and bonds for what was owed to them, expecting to have it paid to them in Hades. Negotiorum ratio, etiam exactio crediti deferebatur ad inferos.

Now, if they believed that the dead ate in their tombs, that they could return to earth, visit, console, instruct, or disturb the living, and predict to them their approaching death, the return of vampires is neither impossible nor incredible in the opinion of these ancients.

Now, if they believed that the dead could eat in their tombs, return to earth, visit, console, instruct, or disturb the living, and predict their impending death, the return of vampires is neither impossible nor unbelievable in the view of these ancients.

But as all that is said of dead men who eat in their graves and out of their graves is chimerical and beyond all likelihood, and the thing is even impossible and incredible, whatever may be the number and quality of those who have believed it, or appeared to believe it, I shall always say that the return (to earth) of the vampires is unmaintainable and impracticable.

But everything said about dead people who eat in their graves and out of their graves is imaginary and extremely unlikely, and it is even impossible and unbelievable, no matter how many people believe it or seem to believe it. I will always say that the return of vampires to Earth is unsustainable and unworkable.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[464] Supplem. ad visu Erudit. Lips. an. 1738, tom. ii.

[464] Supplem. ad visu Erudit. Lips. an. 1738, tom. ii.

[465] Tertull. de Resurrect. initio.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Tertullian. On the Resurrection. beginning.

[466] Aug. Confess. lib. vi. c. 2.

[466] Aug. Confess. lib. vi. c. 2.

[467] Aug. Epist. 22, ad Aurel. Carthag. et Epist. 29, ad Alipi. Item de Moribus Eccl. c. 34.

[467] Aug. Epist. 22, to Aurel. Carthag. and Epist. 29, to Alipi. Also on the Conduct of the Church, c. 34.

[468] Aug. lib. viii. de Civit. Dei, c. 27.

[468] Aug. lib. 8. on the City of God, c. 27.

[469] Aug. Serm. 35, de Sanctis, nunc in Appendice, c. 5. Serm. cxc. cxci. p. 328.

[469] Aug. Serm. 35, on the Saints, now in the Appendix, ch. 5. Serm. cxc. cxci. p. 328.

[470] Antiquité expliquée, tom. iv. p. 86.

[470] Ancient history explained, vol. iv, p. 86.

[471] Mela. lib. ii. c. 4.

[471] Mela. lib. ii. c. 4.


CHAPTER XII.

CONTINUATION OF THE ARGUMENT OF THE "DUTCH GLEANERS," OR "GLANEUR HOLLANDAIS."

On examining the narrative of the death of the pretended martyrs of vampirism, I discover the symptoms of an epidemical fanaticism; and I see clearly that the impression made upon them by fear is the true cause of their being lost. A girl named Stanoska, say they, daughter of the Heyducq Sovitzo, who went to bed in perfect health, awoke in the middle of the night all in a tremble, and shrieking dreadfully, saying that the son of the Heyducq Millo, who had been dead for nine weeks, had nearly strangled her in her sleep. From that moment she fell into a languishing state, and at the end of three days died.

Upon examining the story of the supposed martyrs of vampirism, I see signs of a widespread fanaticism; and it's obvious to me that the fear they experienced is the real reason for their demise. A girl named Stanoska, they say, the daughter of Heyducq Sovitzo, who went to bed healthy, woke up in the middle of the night shaking and screaming in terror, claiming that the son of Heyducq Millo, who had been dead for nine weeks, had almost choked her in her sleep. From that moment on, she spiraled into a weak state, and three days later, she died.

For any one who has eyes, however little philosophical they may be, must not this recital alone clearly show him that this pretended vampirism is merely the result of a stricken imagination? There is a girl who awakes and says that some one wanted to strangle her, and who nevertheless has not been sucked, since her cries have prevented the vampire from making his repast. She apparently was not so served afterwards either, since, doubtlessly, they did not leave her by herself during the other nights; and if the vampire had wished to molest her, her moans would have warned those of it who were present. Nevertheless, she dies three days afterwards. Her fright and lowness, her sadness and languor, evidently show how strongly her imagination had been affected.

For anyone with eyes, no matter how little they may understand philosophy, doesn't this story clearly show that this supposed vampirism is just a product of an overactive imagination? There’s a girl who wakes up saying someone tried to strangle her, yet she wasn’t actually drained of blood since her screams scared the vampire away. It seems she wasn’t harmed afterward either, because they likely didn't leave her alone during the following nights; and if the vampire had wanted to attack her, her cries would have alerted those nearby. Still, she dies three days later. Her fear and weakness, her sadness and fatigue, clearly indicate how deeply her imagination had been impacted.

Those persons who find themselves in cities afflicted with the plague, know by experience how many people lose their lives through fear. As soon as a man finds himself attacked with the least illness, he fancies that he is seized with the epidemical disease, which idea occasions him so great a sensation, that it is almost impossible for the system to resist such a revolution. The Chevalier de Maifin assured me, when I was at Paris, that being at Marseilles during the contagion which prevailed in that city, he had seen a woman die of the fear she felt at a slight illness of her servant, whom she believed attacked with the pestilence. This woman's daughter was sick and near dying.

Those people who find themselves in cities hit by the plague know from experience how many lives are lost due to fear. As soon as someone feels even the slightest illness, they convince themselves they have the deadly disease, and that overwhelming thought makes it nearly impossible for their body to fight back. The Chevalier de Maifin told me, when I was in Paris, that while he was in Marseilles during the outbreak there, he witnessed a woman die from the fear she felt over a minor illness her servant had, believing that the servant was suffering from the plague. This woman’s daughter was also sick and close to death.

Other persons who were in the same house went to bed, sent for[Pg 271] a doctor, and assured him they had the plague. The doctor, on arriving, visited the servant, and the other patients, and none of them had the epidemical disorder. He tried to calm their minds, and ordered them to rise, and live in their usual way; but his care was useless as regarded the mistress of the family, who died in two days of the fright alone.

Other people in the same house went to bed, called for[Pg 271] a doctor, and insisted they had the plague. When the doctor arrived, he checked on the servant and the other patients, and none of them had the contagious illness. He tried to soothe their fears and told them to get up and go about their normal lives; however, his efforts were in vain for the lady of the house, who died from sheer panic just two days later.

Reflect upon the second narrative of the death of a passive vampire, and you will see most evident proofs of the terrible effects of fear and prejudice. (See the preceding chapter.) This man, three days after he was buried, appears in the night to his son, asks for something to eat, eats, and disappears. On the morrow, the son relates to his neighbors what had happened to him. That night the father does not appear; but the following night they find the son dead in his bed. Who cannot perceive in these words the surest marks of prepossession and fear? The first time these act upon the imagination of the pretended victim of vampirism they do not produce their entire effect, and not only dispose his mind to be more vividly struck by them; that also does not fail to happen, and to produce the effect which would naturally follow.

Think about the second story about the death of a passive vampire, and you'll see clear evidence of the terrible impact of fear and prejudice. (See the previous chapter.) This man, three days after being buried, appears at night to his son, asks for something to eat, eats, and then vanishes. The next day, the son tells his neighbors what happened. That night, the father doesn’t show up; but the following night, they find the son dead in his bed. Who can’t see from these words the unmistakable signs of bias and fear? The first time these feelings affect the mind of the supposed victim of vampirism, they don’t have their full impact, and not only do they make him more susceptible to being affected by them, but that also happens and leads to the natural consequences that follow.

Notice well that the dead man did not return on the night of the day that his son communicated his dream to his friends, because, according to all appearances, these sat up with him, and prevented him from yielding to his fear.

Notice that the dead man did not come back on the night of the day his son shared his dream with his friends because, apparently, they stayed up with him and helped him resist his fear.

I now come to those corpses full of fluid blood, and whose beard, hair and nails had grown again. One may dispute three parts of these prodigies, and be very complaisant if we admit the truth of a few of them. All philosophers know well enough how much the people, and even certain historians, enlarge upon things which appear but a little extraordinary. Nevertheless, it is not impossible to explain their cause physically.

I now come to those bodies full of fluid blood, and whose beard, hair, and nails have grown back. One could argue about three aspects of these phenomena and be quite agreeable if we accept the truth in some of them. All philosophers understand how much people, and even some historians, exaggerate things that seem just a bit extraordinary. Still, it’s not impossible to explain their cause scientifically.

Experience teaches us that there are certain kinds of earth which will preserve dead bodies perfectly fresh. The reasons of this have been often explained, without my giving myself the trouble to make a particular recital of them. There is at Thoulouse a vault in a church belonging to some monks, where the bodies remain so entirely perfect that there are some which have been there nearly two centuries, and appear still living.

Experience teaches us that there are certain types of soil that can keep dead bodies perfectly preserved. The reasons for this have been explained many times, so I won’t go into details here. In Toulouse, there’s a vault in a church owned by some monks, where the bodies are so well preserved that some have been there for almost two hundred years and still look alive.

They have been ranged in an upright posture against the wall, and are clothed in the dress they usually wore. What is very remarkable is, that the bodies which are placed on the other side of this same vault become in two or three days the food of worms.

They have been positioned upright against the wall and are dressed in the clothes they usually wore. What is particularly notable is that the bodies on the other side of this same vault become food for worms within two or three days.

As to the growth of the nails, the hair and the beard, it is often perceived in many corpses. While there yet remains a great deal of moisture in the body, it is not surprising that during some time we[Pg 272] see some augmentation in those parts which do not demand a vital spirit.

As for the growth of nails, hair, and beards, it's often observed in many corpses. While there is still a lot of moisture in the body, it's not surprising that for some time we[Pg 272] see some growth in those parts that don’t need a vital spirit.

The fluid blood flowing through the canals of the body seems to form a greater difficulty; but physical reasons may be given for this. It might very well happen that the heat of the sun warming the nitrous and sulphureous particles which are found in those earths that are proper for preserving the body, those particles having incorporated themselves in the newly interred corpses, ferment, decoagulate, and melt the curdled blood, render it liquid, and give it the power of flowing by degrees through all the channels.

The blood moving through the body’s veins creates a bigger challenge, but there are physical explanations for this. It’s possible that the sun’s heat warms the nitrogen and sulfur particles found in the earth that’s suitable for preserving the body. These particles, having mixed into the freshly buried corpses, can ferment, break down, and liquefy the clotted blood, allowing it to gradually flow through all the vessels.

This opinion appears so much the more probable from its being confirmed by an experiment. If you boil in a glass or earthen vessel one part of chyle, or milk, mixed with two parts of cream of tartar, the liquor will turn from white to red, because the tartaric salt will have rarified and entirely dissolved the most oily part of the milk, and converted it into a kind of blood. That which is formed in the vessels of the body is a little redder, but it is not thicker; it is, then, not impossible that the heat may cause a fermentation which produces nearly the same effects as this experiment. And this will be found easier, if we consider that the juices of the flesh and bones resemble chyle very much, and that the fat and marrow are the most oily parts of the chyle. Now all these particles in fermenting must, by the rule of the experiment, be changed into a kind of blood. Thus, besides that which has been discoagulated and melted, the pretended vampires shed also that blood which must be formed from the melting of the fat and marrow.

This opinion seems even more likely to be true because it's backed by an experiment. If you boil one part of chyle or milk mixed with two parts of cream of tartar in a glass or earthen vessel, the liquid will change from white to red. This happens because the tartaric salt has thinned out and completely dissolved the oily part of the milk, turning it into a kind of blood. What forms in the body’s vessels is a bit redder, but it isn't thicker; it’s therefore not impossible that heat could cause a fermentation that produces effects similar to this experiment. It’s easier to see this when we consider that the juices from meat and bones closely resemble chyle and that fat and marrow are the oiliest parts of chyle. In fermenting, all these particles must, according to the experiment, transform into a kind of blood. So, besides what has been liquefied and melted, the so-called vampires also release that blood which is created from the melting of fat and marrow.


CHAPTER XIII.

NARRATION EXTRACTED FROM THE "MERCURE GALENT" OF 1693 AND 1694, CONCERNING GHOSTS.

The public memorials of the years 1693 and 1694 speak of oupires, vampires or ghosts, which are seen in Poland, and above all in Russia. They make their appearance from noon to midnight, and come and suck the blood of living men or animals in such abundance that sometimes it flows from them at the nose, and principally at the ears, and sometimes the corpse swims in its own blood oozed out in its coffin.[472] It is said that the vampire has a sort of hunger, which makes him eat the linen which envelops him. This[Pg 273] reviving being, or oupire, comes out of his grave, or a demon in his likeness, goes by night to embrace and hug violently his near relations or his friends, and sucks their blood so much as to weaken and attenuate them, and at last cause their death. This persecution does not stop at one single person; it extends to the last person of the family, if the course be not interrupted by cutting off the head or opening the heart of the ghost, whose corpse is found in his coffin, yielding, flexible, swollen, and rubicund, although he may have been dead some time. There proceeds from his body a great quantity of blood, which some mix up with flour to make bread of; and that bread eaten in ordinary protects them from being tormented by the spirit, which returns no more.

The public memorials from 1693 and 1694 mention oupires, vampires or ghosts, that are seen in Poland, especially in Russia. They appear from noon to midnight and come to suck the blood from living people or animals in such quantity that it sometimes flows from their noses and especially from their ears, and sometimes the corpse lies in its own blood oozing out in its coffin.[472] It is said that the vampire has a kind of hunger that causes it to eat the linen wrapping it. This[Pg 273] revived being, or oupire, rises from its grave, or a demon resembling it, and at night goes to embrace and violently hug its relatives or friends, sucking their blood to the point of weakening and emaciating them, ultimately leading to their death. This torment does not stop at one person; it continues to the last member of the family unless interrupted by cutting off the head or opening the heart of the ghost, whose body is found in its coffin, yielding, flexible, swollen, and red, even after being dead for some time. A large amount of blood flows from its body, which some mix with flour to make bread; eating that bread protects them from being tormented by the spirit, which then does not return.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[472] V. Moréri on the word stryges.

[472] V. Moréri on the term stryges.


CHAPTER XIV.

CONJECTURES OF THE "GLANEUR DE HOLLANDE," DUTCH GLEANER, IN 1733.—NO. IX.

The Dutch Gleaner, who is by no means credulous, supposes the truth of these facts as certain, having no good reason for disputing them, and reasons upon them in a way which shows he thinks lightly of the matter; he asserts that the people, amongst whom vampires are seen, are very ignorant and very credulous, so that the apparitions we are speaking of are only the effects of a prejudiced fancy. The whole is occasioned and augmented by the bad nourishment of these people, who, the greater part of their time, eat only bread made of oats, roots, and the bark of trees—aliments which can only engender gross blood, which is consequently much disposed to corruption, and produces dark and bad ideas in the imagination.

The Dutch Gleaner, who isn’t easily fooled, believes these facts are true since there’s no solid reason to dispute them. He reflects on them in a way that suggests he doesn’t take the matter seriously; he claims that the people who claim to see vampires are very ignorant and gullible, indicating that these sightings are simply the result of an overactive imagination. This whole situation is caused and worsened by their poor diet, as most of the time they eat only bread made from oats, roots, and tree bark—foods that can only produce thick blood, which makes people more prone to corruption and leads to dark and negative thoughts.

He compares this disease to the bite of a mad dog, which communicates its venom to the person who is bitten; thus, those who are infected by vampirism communicate this dangerous poison to those with whom they associate. Thence the wakefulness, dreams, and pretended apparitions of vampires.

He compares this disease to the bite of a rabid dog, which passes its venom to the person who is bitten; likewise, those infected by vampirism share this dangerous poison with the people they surround themselves with. Hence the sleeplessness, dreams, and fake sightings of vampires.

He conjectures that this poison is nothing else than a worm, which feeds upon the purest substance of man, constantly gnaws his heart, makes the body die away, and does not forsake it even in the depth of the grave. It is certain that the bodies of those who have been poisoned, or who die of contagion, do not become stiff after their death, because the blood does not congeal in the veins; on the contrary, it rarifies and bubbles much the same as in vampires, whose[Pg 274] beard, hair, and nails grow, whose skin is rosy, who appear to have grown fat, on account of the blood which swells and abounds in them everywhere.

He speculates that this poison is actually a worm that feeds on the purest parts of a person, constantly eating away at their heart, causing the body to deteriorate, and never leaving, even in death. It's a fact that the bodies of those who have been poisoned or who die from an infection don’t become stiff after death because their blood doesn’t clot in their veins; instead, it thins and bubbles just like in vampires, whose[Pg 274] beard, hair, and nails continue to grow, whose skin is rosy, and who seem to have gained weight because the blood swells and fills them everywhere.

As to the cry uttered by the vampires when the stake is driven through their heart, nothing is more natural; the air which is there confined, and thus expelled with violence, necessarily produces that noise in passing through the throat. Dead bodies often do as much without being touched. He concludes that it is only an imagination that is deranged by melancholy or superstition, which can fancy that the malady we have just spoken of can be produced by vampire corpses, which come and suck away, even to the last drop, all the blood in the body.

As for the scream made by vampires when a stake is driven through their heart, it's completely natural; the air trapped inside is forcefully expelled, creating that sound as it passes through the throat. Dead bodies can often produce similar sounds without any contact. He concludes that it's just a misguided imagination, warped by sadness or superstition, that can believe the illness we just discussed can be caused by vampire corpses that come and drain every last drop of blood from a body.

A little before, he says that in 1732 they discovered again some vampires in Hungary, Moravia, and Turkish Servia; that this phenomenon is too well averred for it to be doubted; that several German physicians have composed pretty thick volumes in Latin and German on this matter; that the Germanic Academies and Universities still resound with the names of Arnald Paul, of Stanoska, daughter of Sovitzo, and of the Heyducq Millo, all famous vampires of the quarter of Médreiga, in Hungary.

A little earlier, he mentions that in 1732, more vampires were discovered in Hungary, Moravia, and Turkish Serbia; that this phenomenon is too well established to be questioned; that several German doctors have written substantial volumes in Latin and German on this topic; and that the German Academies and Universities still echo with the names of Arnald Paul, Stanoska, daughter of Sovitzo, and Heyducq Millo, all famous vampires from the area of Médreiga in Hungary.

Here is a letter which has been written to one of my friends, to be communicated to me; it is on the subject of the ghosts of Hungary;[473] the writer thinks very differently from the Gleaner on the subject of vampires.

Here is a letter that was written to one of my friends to be shared with me; it talks about the ghosts of Hungary;[473] the author has a very different opinion about vampires compared to the Gleaner.

"In reply to the questions of the Abbé dom Calmet concerning vampires, the undersigned has the honor to assure him that nothing is more true or more certain than what he will doubtless have read about it in the deeds or attestations which have been made public, and printed in all the Gazettes in Europe. But amongst all these public attestations which have appeared, the Abbé must fix his attention as a true and notorious fact on that of the deputation from Belgrade, ordered by his late Majesty Charles VI., of glorious memory, and executed by his Serene Highness the late Duke Charles Alexander of Wirtemberg, then Viceroy or Governor of the kingdom of Servia; but I cannot at present cite the year or the day, for want of papers which I have not now by me.

"In response to the questions from Abbé dom Calmet about vampires, I want to assure him that there is nothing more true or certain than what he has probably read about it in the records or reports that have been made public and printed in all the newspapers across Europe. However, among all these public reports, the Abbé should pay special attention to the one from the delegation from Belgrade, which was ordered by his late Majesty Charles VI, of glorious memory, and carried out by his Serene Highness the late Duke Charles Alexander of Württemberg, who was then the Viceroy or Governor of the Kingdom of Serbia; but I can't currently provide the year or the exact date, as I do not have the relevant documents with me."

"That prince sent off a deputation from Belgrade, half consisting of military officers and half of civil, with the auditor-general of the kingdom, to go to a village where a famous vampire, several years deceased, was making great havoc amongst his kin; for note well, that it is only in their family and amongst their own relations that these blood-suckers delight in destroying our species. This deputa[Pg 275]tion was composed of men and persons well known for their morality and even their information, of irreproachable character; and there were even some learned men amongst the two orders: they were put to the oath, and accompanied by a lieutenant of the grenadiers of the regiment of Prince Alexander of Wirtemberg, and by twenty-four grenadiers of the said regiment.

"That prince sent a delegation from Belgrade, half made up of military officers and half of civilians, along with the auditor-general of the kingdom, to go to a village where a notorious vampire, who had died several years before, was wreaking havoc among his family; it’s important to note that these blood-suckers only enjoy preying on their own relatives. This delegation included men and individuals well-known for their integrity and knowledge, all of irreproachable character; there were even some scholars among the two groups: they took an oath and were accompanied by a lieutenant of the grenadiers from Prince Alexander of Wirtemberg’s regiment, along with twenty-four grenadiers from that regiment."

"All that were most respectable, and the duke himself, who was then at Belgrade, joined this deputation in order to be ocular spectators of the veracious proof about to be made.

"Everyone who was respectable, including the duke himself, who was then in Belgrade, joined this delegation to witness the true evidence that was about to be presented."

"When they arrived at the place, they found that in the space of a fortnight the vampire, uncle of five persons, nephews and nieces, had already dispatched three of them and one of his own brothers. He had begun with his fifth victim, the beautiful young daughter of his niece, and had already sucked her twice, when a stop was put to this sad tragedy by the following operations.

"When they arrived at the location, they discovered that within two weeks the vampire, who was the uncle of five nephews and nieces, had already killed three of them and one of his own brothers. He had started with his fifth victim, the beautiful young daughter of his niece, and had already drained her blood twice when the following actions intervened to end this tragic saga."

"They repaired with the deputed commissaries to a village not far from Belgrade, and that publicly, at night-fall, and went to the vampire's grave. The gentleman could not tell me the time when those who had died had been sucked, nor the particulars of the subject. The persons whose blood had been sucked found themselves in a pitiable state of languor, weakness, and lassitude, so violent is the torment. He had been interred three years, and they saw on this grave a light resembling that of a lamp, but not so bright.

They went with the assigned officers to a village not far from Belgrade, and they did this openly at sunset, heading to the vampire's grave. The man couldn’t tell me when those who had died had been drained of blood or the details of the case. The people whose blood had been taken were left in a miserable state of fatigue, weakness, and exhaustion, so intense is the suffering. He had been buried for three years, and they saw a light on this grave that looked like a lamp, but not as bright.

"They opened the grave, and found there a man as whole and apparently as sound as any of us who were present; his hair, and the hairs on his body, the nails, teeth, and eyes as firmly fast as they now are in ourselves who exist, and his heart palpitating.

"They opened the grave and found a man who was as whole and seemingly as healthy as any of us who were there; his hair, body hair, nails, teeth, and eyes were as intact as they are in us who are alive, and his heart was beating."

"Next they proceeded to draw him out of his grave, the body in truth not being flexible, but wanting neither flesh nor bone; then they pierced his heart with a sort of round, pointed, iron lance; there came out a whitish and fluid matter mixed with blood, but the blood prevailing more than the matter, and all without any bad smell. After that they cut off his head with a hatchet, like what is used in England at executions; there came out also a matter and blood like what I have just described, but more abundantly in proportion to what had flowed from the heart.

"Next, they dragged him out of his grave. The body wasn't flexible, but it had neither flesh nor bone. Then they pierced his heart with a kind of round, pointed iron lance. A whitish, fluid substance mixed with blood came out, but the blood was more prevalent than the fluid, and there was no bad smell. After that, they chopped off his head with a hatchet, like the ones used in England for executions. A similar substance and blood flowed out, but more abundantly than what had come from the heart."

"And after all this they threw him back again into his grave, with quick-lime to consume him promptly; and thenceforth his niece, who had been twice sucked, grew better. At the place where these persons are sucked a very blue spot is formed; the part whence the blood is drawn is not determinate, sometimes it is in one place and sometimes in another. It is a notorious fact, attested by the most authentic documents, and passed or executed in sight of more than 1,300 persons, all worthy of belief.

"And after all this, they threw him back into his grave, using quicklime to speed up the decomposition; from that point on, his niece, who had been twice drained, started to recover. At the spot where these people have been drained, a dark blue mark appears; the area from which the blood is taken isn’t consistent, sometimes it’s in one location and other times it’s in another. It's a well-known fact, confirmed by the most reliable documents and witnessed by over 1,300 people, all of whom are credible."

"But I reserve, to satisfy more fully the curiosity of the learned[Pg 276] Abbé dom Calmet, the pleasure of detailing to him more at length what I have seen with my own eyes on this subject, and will give it to the Chevalier de St. Urbain to send to him; too glad in that, as in everything else, to find an occasion of proving to him that no one is with such perfect veneration and respect as his very humble, and very obedient servant, L. de Beloz, ci-devant Captain in the regiment of his Serene Highness the late Prince Alexander of Wirtemberg, and his Aid-de-Camp, and at this time first Captain of grenadiers in the regiment of Monsieur the Baron Trenck."

"But I want to satisfy the curiosity of the knowledgeable Abbé dom Calmet by sharing in more detail what I have personally witnessed on this matter. I'll give this information to Chevalier de St. Urbain to send to him; I'm eager, as always, to show him that no one holds as much veneration and respect as his very humble and obedient servant, L. de Beloz, formerly Captain in the regiment of his Serene Highness the late Prince Alexander of Württemberg, and his Aid-de-Camp, and currently the first Captain of grenadiers in the regiment of Monsieur the Baron Trenck."

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[473] There is reason to believe that this is only a repetition of what has already been said in Chapter X.

[473] There's reason to think that this is just reiterating what was already mentioned in Chapter X.


CHAPTER XV.

ANOTHER LETTER ON GHOSTS.

In order to omit nothing which can throw light on this matter, I shall insert here the letter of a very honest man, who is well informed respecting ghosts. This letter was written to a relation.

To ensure I leave nothing out that could shed light on this issue, I'll include a letter from a very honest person who knows a lot about ghosts. This letter was written to a family member.

"You wish, my dear cousin, to be exactly informed of what takes place in Hungary concerning ghosts who cause the death of many people in that country. I can write to you learnedly upon it, for I have been several years in those quarters, and I am naturally curious. I have heard in my lifetime an infinite number of stories, true, or pretended to be such, concerning spirits and sorceries, but out of a thousand I have hardly believed a single one. We cannot be too circumspect on this point without running the risk of being duped. Nevertheless, there are certain facts so well attested that one cannot help believing them. As to the ghosts of Hungary, the thing takes place in this manner: A person finds himself attacked with languor, loses his appetite, grows visibly thinner, and, at the end of eight or ten days, sometimes a fortnight, dies, without fever, or any other symptom than thinness and drying up of the blood.

You want, my dear cousin, to be fully informed about what's happening in Hungary regarding ghosts that cause the deaths of many people in that country. I can share my insights on this because I've spent several years in that region, and I'm naturally curious. Throughout my life, I've heard countless stories, whether true or claimed to be true, about spirits and sorcery, but out of a thousand, I've hardly believed any of them. We must be careful with this topic, or we risk being fooled. Still, there are certain facts that are so well-supported that it's hard not to believe them. As for the ghosts in Hungary, here's how it goes: a person starts feeling weak, loses their appetite, becomes noticeably thinner, and after eight to ten days, sometimes two weeks, they die, without fever or any other symptoms besides weight loss and the drying up of their blood.

"They say in that country that it is a ghost which attaches itself to such a person and sucks his blood. Of those who are attacked by this malady the greater part think they see a white spectre which follows them everywhere as the shadow follows the body. When we were quartered among the Wallachians, in the ban of Temeswar, two horsemen of the company in which I was cornet, died of this malady, and several others, who also were attacked by it, would have died in the same manner, if a corporal of our company had not put a stop to the disorder by employing the remedy used by the people of the country in such case. It is very remarkable, and although infallible, I never read it in any ritual. This is it:—

"They say in that country that a ghost attaches itself to a person and drains their blood. Most of those affected by this illness believe they see a white specter that follows them everywhere, just like a shadow follows a body. When we were stationed among the Wallachians in the area of Temeswar, two horsemen from my unit died from this illness, and several others who were also affected would have perished in the same way if a corporal from our group hadn't intervened with the local remedy used in such cases. It's quite remarkable, and even though it works every time, I've never seen it mentioned in any official text. Here it is:—

[Pg 277]"They choose a boy young enough to be certain that he is innocent of any impurity; they place him on an unmutilated horse, which has never stumbled, and is absolutely black. They make him ride about the cemetery and pass over all the graves; that over which the animal refuses to pass, in spite of repeated blows from a switch that is delivered to his rider, is reputed to be filled by a vampire. They open this grave, and find therein a corpse as fat and handsome as if he were a man happily and quietly sleeping. They cut the throat of this corpse with the stroke of a spade, and there flows forth the finest vermilion blood in a great quantity. One might swear that it was a healthy living man whose throat they were cutting. That done, they fill up the grave, and we may reckon that the malady will cease, and that all those who had been attacked by it will recover their strength by degrees, like people recovering from a long illness, and who have been greatly extenuated. That happened precisely to our horsemen who had been seized with it. I was then commandant of the company, my captain and my lieutenant being absent. I was piqued at that corporal's having made the experiment without me, and I had all the trouble in the world to resist the inclination I felt to give him a severe caning—a merchandize which is very cheap in the emperor's troops. I would have given the world to be present at this operation; but I was obliged to make myself contented as it was."

[Pg 277]"They choose a boy young enough to ensure he is completely innocent; they put him on a flawless black horse that has never stumbled. They make him ride around the cemetery and over all the graves; the grave that the horse refuses to cross, no matter how many times the rider strikes it with a switch, is believed to belong to a vampire. They dig it up and find a corpse as plump and handsome as if he were just peacefully sleeping. They slash the throat of this corpse with a spade, and blood like the finest red paint flows out in large amounts. It’s hard to believe it isn’t a healthy living man whose throat they are cutting. Once that’s done, they refill the grave, and we can expect the illness to stop, with everyone who was affected gradually regaining their strength, like people recovering from a long sickness. That’s exactly what happened to our horsemen who had fallen ill. I was the acting commander since my captain and lieutenant were away. I was annoyed that the corporal conducted the operation without me, and I had a tough time holding back my urge to give him a good beating—a common practice in the emperor’s army. I would have done anything to be there for this, but I had to settle for just watching from a distance."

A relation of this same officer has written me word, the 17th of October, 1746, that his brother, who has served during twenty years in Hungary, and has very curiously examined into everything which is said there concerning ghosts, acknowledges that the people of that country are more credulous and superstitious than other nations, and they attribute the maladies which happen to them to spells. That as soon as they suspect a dead person of having sent them this illness, they inform the magistrate of it, who, on the deposition of some witnesses, causes the dead body to be exhumed. They cut off the head with a spade, and if a drop of blood comes from it, they conclude that it is the blood which he has sucked from the sick person. But the person who writes appears to me very far from believing what is thought of these things in that country.

A relative of this same officer wrote to me on October 17, 1746, saying that his brother, who has spent twenty years in Hungary and has looked into everything related to ghosts, admits that the people there are more gullible and superstitious than other nations. They believe that the illnesses they experience are due to curses. As soon as they suspect that a dead person has caused their sickness, they report it to the magistrate, who, based on witness testimony, orders the body to be dug up. They chop off the head with a spade, and if a drop of blood comes out, they take it as evidence that the deceased has been draining blood from the sick person. However, the writer seems quite skeptical of the beliefs surrounding these matters in that country.

At Warsaw, a priest having ordered a saddler to make him a bridle for his horse, died before the bridle was made, and as he was one of those whom they call vampires in Poland, he came out of his grave dressed as the ecclesiastics usually are when inhumed, took his horse from the stable, mounted it, and went in the sight of all Warsaw to the saddler's shop, where at first he found only the saddler's wife, who was frightened, and called her husband; he came, and the priest having asked for his bridle, he replied, "But you are dead, Mr. Curé." To which he answered, "I am going to show[Pg 278] you I am not," and at the same time struck him so hard that the poor saddler died a few days after, and the priest returned to his grave.

In Warsaw, a priest had a saddler make a bridle for his horse but died before it was completed. Since he was one of those called vampires in Poland, he rose from his grave dressed in the usual burial attire of clergy, took his horse from the stable, rode through the streets of Warsaw to the saddler's shop. Initially, he found only the saddler’s wife, who was terrified and called for her husband. When he arrived, the priest asked for his bridle, to which the saddler replied, "But you’re dead, Mr. Curé." The priest responded, "I'll show you I’m not," and struck him so hard that the poor saddler died a few days later, and the priest returned to his grave.

The steward of Count Simon Labienski, starost of Posnania, being dead, the Countess Dowager de Labienski wished, from gratitude for his services, to have him inhumed in the vault of the lords of that family. This was done; and some time after, the sexton, who had the care of the vault, perceived that there was some derangement in the place, and gave notice of it to the , who desired, according to the received custom in Poland, that the steward's head might be cut off, which was done in the presence of several persons, and amongst others of the Sieur Jouvinski, a Polish officer, and governor of the young Count Simon Labienski, who saw that when the sexton took this corpse out of his tomb to cut off his head, he ground his teeth, and the blood came from him as fluidly as that of a person who died a violent death, which caused the hair of all those who were present to stand on end; and they dipped a white pocket-handkerchief in the blood of this corpse, and made all the family drink some of the blood, that they might not be tormented.

The steward of Count Simon Labienski, the governor of Posnania, had died. Out of gratitude for his service, the Dowager Countess Labienski wanted him buried in the family vault. This was carried out, but some time later, the sexton responsible for the vault noticed something unusual. He reported it to the authorities, who requested, following the custom in Poland, that the steward's head be severed. This was done in front of several witnesses, including Sieur Jouvinski, a Polish officer and the governor of young Count Simon Labienski. When the sexton removed the body from the tomb to behead it, he observed that the corpse’s teeth were grinding, and blood flowed from it as if the person had died a violent death, which terrified everyone present. They soaked a white handkerchief in the blood of the corpse and made the family drink some of it to prevent them from suffering.


CHAPTER XVI.

PRETENDED VESTIGES OF VAMPIRISM IN ANTIQUITY.

Some learned men have thought they discovered some vestiges of vampirism in the remotest antiquity; but all that they say of it does not come near what is related of the vampires. The lamiæ, the strigæ, the sorcerers whom they accused of sucking the blood of living persons, and of thus causing their death, the magicians who were said to cause the death of new-born children by charms and malignant spells, are nothing less than what we understand by the name of vampires; even were it to be owned that these lamiæ and strigæ have really existed, which we do not believe can ever be well proved.

Some scholars believe they have found early traces of vampirism in ancient history, but what they describe doesn't really compare to what is known about vampires. The lamiæ, the strigæ, and the sorcerers accused of draining the blood of the living and causing their deaths, as well as the magicians said to harm newborns with spells and curses, are essentially what we consider vampires today; even if it were accepted that these lamiæ and strigæ truly existed, which we don’t think can be convincingly proven.

I own that these terms are found in the versions of Holy Scripture. For instance, Isaiah, describing the condition to which Babylon was to be reduced after her ruin, says that she shall become the abode of satyrs, lamiæ, and strigæ (in Hebrew, lilith). This last term, according to the Hebrews, signifies the same thing, as the Greeks express by strix and lamiæ, which are sorceresses or magicians, who seek to put to death new-born children. Whence it comes[Pg 279] that the Jews are accustomed to write in the four corners of the chamber of a woman just delivered, "Adam, Eve, begone from hence lilith."

I admit that these terms appear in the versions of the Holy Scripture. For example, Isaiah describes how Babylon will be reduced after her fall, stating that it will become the home of satyrs, lamiæ, and strigæ (in Hebrew, lilith). This last term, according to the Hebrews, carries the same meaning as the Greek terms strix and lamiæ, which refer to sorceresses or witches who try to kill newborns. That's why the Jews traditionally write in the four corners of the room of a recently delivered woman, "Adam, Eve, begone from here lilith."

The ancient Greeks knew these dangerous sorceresses by the name of lamiæ, and they believed that they devoured children, or sucked away all their blood till they died.[474]

The ancient Greeks knew these dangerous sorceresses as lamiæ, and they believed that they devoured children, or drained all their blood until they died.[474]

The Seventy, in Isaiah, translate the Hebrew lilith by lamia. Euripides and the Scholiast of Aristophanes also make mention of it as a fatal monster, the enemy of mortals. Ovid, speaking of the strigæ, describes them as dangerous birds, which fly by night, and seek for infants to devour them and nourish themselves with their blood.[475]

The Seventy, in Isaiah, translate the Hebrew lilith as lamia. Euripides and the Scholiast of Aristophanes also refer to it as a deadly monster, the foe of humans. Ovid, talking about the strigæ, describes them as harmful birds that fly at night, looking for infants to eat and feed on their blood.[475]

These prejudices had taken such deep root in the minds of the barbarous people that they put to death persons suspected of being strigæ, or sorceresses, and of eating people alive. Charlemagne, in his Capitularies, which he composed for his new subjects,[476] the Saxons, condemns to death those who shall believe that a man or a woman are sorcerers (striges esse) and eat living men. He condemns in the same manner those who shall have them burnt, or give their flesh to be eaten, or shall eat of it themselves.

These prejudices had taken such a strong hold on the minds of the savage people that they executed individuals suspected of being witches or of cannibalism. Charlemagne, in his Capitularies, which he wrote for his new subjects,[476] the Saxons, sentenced to death anyone who believes that a man or woman is a witch and eats living people. He also condemns those who burn them, provide their flesh for consumption, or partake of it themselves.

Wherein it may be remarked, first of all, that they believed there were people who ate men alive; that they killed and burnt them; that sometimes their flesh was eaten, as we have seen that in Russia they eat bread kneaded with the blood of vampires; and that formerly their corpses were exposed to wild beasts, as is still done in countries where these ghosts are found, after having impaled them, or cut off their head.

Where it can be noted, first of all, that they believed there were people who ate men alive; that they killed and burned them; that sometimes their flesh was eaten, as we've seen in Russia where they eat bread mixed with the blood of vampires; and that in the past their bodies were left out for wild animals, as is still done in places where these spirits are found, after they were impaled or decapitated.

The laws of the Lombards, in the same way, forbid that the servant of another person should be put to death as a witch, strix, or masca. This last word, masca, whence mask, has the same signification as the Latin larva, a spirit, a phantom, a spectre.

The laws of the Lombards also prohibit the execution of someone else's servant as a witch, strix, or masca. The term masca, which is where we get the word mask, has the same meaning as the Latin larva, referring to a spirit, phantom, or specter.

We may class in the number of ghosts the one spoken of in the Chronicle of Sigibert, in the year 858.

We can include among the ghosts the one mentioned in the Chronicle of Sigibert, in the year 858.

Theodore de Gaza[477] had a little farm in Campania, which he had cultivated by a laborer. As he was busy digging up the ground,[Pg 280] he discovered a round vase, in which were the ashes of a dead man; directly, a spectre appeared to him, who commanded him to put this vase back again in the ground, with what it contained, or if he did not do so he would kill his eldest son. The laborer gave no heed to these threats, and in a few days his eldest son was found dead in his bed. A little time after, the same spectre appeared to him again, reiterating the same order, and threatening to kill his second son. The laborer gave notice of all this to his master, Theodore de Gaza, who came himself to his farm, and had everything put back into its place. This spectre was apparently a demon, or the spirit of a pagan interred in that spot.

Theodore de Gaza[477] had a small farm in Campania that he worked with the help of a laborer. While he was busy digging up the ground,[Pg 280] he found a round vase containing the ashes of a dead man. Suddenly, a ghost appeared to him, commanding him to bury the vase and its contents again, threatening that if he didn’t, he would kill his oldest son. The laborer ignored these threats, and a few days later, his oldest son was found dead in his bed. Shortly after, the same ghost appeared again, repeating the same command and threatening to kill his second son. The laborer informed his master, Theodore de Gaza, who personally came to the farm and had everything restored to its original place. This ghost seemed to be a demon or the spirit of a pagan buried in that location.

Michael Glycas[478] relates that the emperor Basilius, having lost his beloved son, obtained by means of a black monk of Santabaren, power to behold his said son, who had died a little while before; he saw him, and held him embraced a pretty long time, until he vanished away in his arms. It was, then, only a phantom which appeared in his son's form.

Michael Glycas[478] tells us that Emperor Basilius, after losing his beloved son, managed to see him again through the help of a black monk from Santabaren. He saw his son, hugged him for a good while, until he eventually disappeared in his arms. It was, in the end, just a phantom that took the shape of his son.

In the diocese of Mayence, there was a spirit that year which made itself manifest first of all by throwing stones, striking against the walls of a house, as if with strong blows of a mallet; then talking, and revealing unknown things; the authors of certain thefts, and other things fit to spread the spirit of discord among the neighbors. At last he directed his fury against one person in particular, whom he liked to persecute and render odious to all the neighborhood, proclaiming that he it was who excited the wrath of God against all the village. He pursued him in every place, without giving him the least moment of relaxation. He burnt all his harvest collected in his house, and set fire to all the places he entered.

In the diocese of Mayence, there was a spirit that year that first made its presence known by throwing stones, hitting the walls of a house as if with strong blows from a hammer; then it started talking and revealing hidden information, like the identities of certain thieves and other matters that would stir up conflict among the neighbors. Eventually, it focused its wrath on one person in particular, whom it liked to torment and make detestable to everyone around, claiming that this person was the reason for God's anger against the entire village. It followed him everywhere, never allowing him a moment of peace. It burned all his gathered crops stored in his house and set fire to every place it entered.

The priests exorcised, said their prayers, dashed holy water about. The spirit threw stones at them, and wounded several persons. After the priests had withdrawn, they heard him bemoaning himself, and saying that he had hidden himself under the hood of a priest, whom he named, and accused of having seduced the daughter of a lawyer of the place. He continued these troublesome hauntings for three years, and did not leave off till he had burnt all the houses in the village.

The priests performed exorcisms, said their prayers, and splashed holy water around. The spirit threw stones at them and injured several people. After the priests left, they heard him lamenting, saying he had hidden under the hood of a priest he named, accusing him of having seduced a local lawyer's daughter. He continued these annoying hauntings for three years and didn't stop until he had burned down all the houses in the village.

Here follows an instance which bears connection with what is related of the ghosts of Hungary, who come to announce the death of their near relations. Evodius, Bishop of Upsala, in Africa, writes to St. Augustine, in 415,[479] that a young man whom he had with him, as a writer, or secretary, and who led a life of rare innocence and purity, having just died at the age of twenty-two, a virtuous widow[Pg 281] saw in a dream a certain deacon who, with other servants of God, of both sexes, ornamented a palace which seemed to shine as if it were of silver. She asked who they were preparing it for, and they told her it was for a young man who died the day before. She afterwards beheld in the same palace an old man, clad in white, who commanded two persons to take this young man out of his tomb and lead him to heaven.

Here’s a story connected to the ghosts of Hungary, who come to announce the death of their loved ones. Evodius, Bishop of Upsala in Africa, wrote to St. Augustine in 415,[479] about a young man he had with him as a writer or secretary, who lived a life of extraordinary innocence and purity. After he died at the age of twenty-two, a virtuous widow[Pg 281] dreamed of a deacon along with other servants of God, both male and female, who were decorating a palace that seemed to shine as if it were made of silver. She asked who they were preparing it for, and they told her it was for a young man who had died the previous day. In her dream, she then saw an old man dressed in white, ordering two people to take this young man out of his tomb and bring him to heaven.

In the same house where this young man died, an aged man, half asleep, saw a man with a branch of laurel in his hand, upon which something was written.

In the same house where this young man died, an old man, half asleep, saw a man holding a branch of laurel in his hand, with something written on it.

Three days after the death of the young man, his father, who was a priest named Armenius, having retired to a monastery to console himself with the saintly old man, Theasus, Bishop of Manblosa, the deceased son appeared to a monk of this monastery, and told him that God had received him among the blessed, and that he had sent him to fetch his father. In effect, four days after, his father had a slight degree of fever, but it was so slight that the physician assured him there was nothing to fear. He nevertheless took to his bed, and at the same time, as he was yet speaking, he expired.

Three days after the young man passed away, his father, a priest named Armenius, went to a monastery to find comfort with the holy old man, Theasus, Bishop of Manblosa. The deceased son appeared to a monk from this monastery and told him that God had welcomed him among the blessed and had sent him to bring his father back. Four days later, his father developed a mild fever, but it was so minor that the doctor said there was nothing to worry about. Still, he went to bed, and while he was still talking, he died.

It was not of fright that he died, for it does not appear that he knew anything of what the monk had seen in his dream.

He didn’t die from fear, as it seems he wasn’t aware of what the monk had witnessed in his dream.

The same bishop, Evodius, relates that several persons had been seen after their death to go and come in their houses as during their lifetime, either in the night, or even in open day. "They say also," adds Evodius, "that in the places where bodies are interred, and especially in the churches, they often hear a noise at a certain hour of the night like persons praying aloud. I remember," continues Evodius, "having heard it said by several, and, amongst others, by a holy priest, who was witness to these apparitions, that they had seen coming out of the baptistry a great number of these spirits, with shining bodies of light, and had afterwards heard them pray in the middle of the church." The same Evodius says, moreover, that Profuturus, Privus, and Servilius, who had lived very piously in the monastery, had talked with himself since their death, and what they had told him had come to pass.

The same bishop, Evodius, shares that several people have been seen after their death moving around their homes as they did in life, either at night or even during the day. "They also say," adds Evodius, "that in the places where bodies are buried, especially in churches, you can often hear a noise at a certain hour of the night that sounds like people praying out loud. I remember," Evodius continues, "hearing it said by many, including a holy priest who witnessed these apparitions, that he saw a large number of these spirits coming out of the baptistry, their bodies shining with light, and then he heard them praying in the middle of the church." Evodius also mentions that Profuturus, Privus, and Servilius, who had lived very piously in the monastery, had spoken with him after their death, and what they told him came true.

St. Augustine, after having related what Evodius said, acknowledges that a great distinction is to be made between true and false visions, and testifies that he could wish to have some sure means of justly discerning between them.

St. Augustine, after sharing what Evodius mentioned, recognizes that there is a significant difference between true and false visions, and he expresses a desire to have a reliable way to accurately distinguish between the two.

But who shall give us the knowledge necessary for such discerning, so difficult and yet so requisite, since we have not even any certain and demonstrative marks by which to discern infallibly between true and false miracles, or to distinguish the works of the Almighty from the illusions of the angel of darkness.

But who will provide us with the knowledge needed for such discernment, which is so challenging yet so essential, since we don’t even have clear and conclusive signs to reliably tell the difference between true and false miracles, or to separate the works of the Almighty from the deceptions of the angel of darkness.

 

Footnotes:

References:

[474]
"Neu pransæ lamiæ vivum puerum ex trahat alvo."
Horat. Art. Poet. 340.

[474]
"A new type of witch draws life energy from a child's belly."
Horace. Art. Poet. 340.

[475]
"Carpere dicuntur lactentia viscera rostris,
Et plenum poco sanguine guttur habent,
Est illis strigibus nomen."

[475]
"They are said to peck at the soft flesh with their beaks,
And their throat is full of blood,
"Their name comes from these stripes."

[476] Capitul. Caroli Magni pro partibus Saxoniæ, i. 6:—"Si quis à Diabolo deceptus crediderit secundùm morem Paganorum, virum aliquem aut fœminam strigem esse, et homines comedere; et propter hoc ipsum incenderit, vel carnem ejus ad comedendum dederit, vel ipsam comederit capitis sententià puniatur."

[476] Capitul. Caroli Magni pro partibus Saxoniæ, i. 6:—"If anyone, deceived by the Devil, believes according to the customs of the Pagans that a man or woman is a witch that eats people, and for this reason sets them on fire, or gives their flesh to be eaten, or eats it themselves, they shall be punished with the death penalty."

[477] Le Loyer, des Spectres, lib. ii. p. 427.

[477] Le Loyer, des Spectres, vol. ii, p. 427.

[478] Mich. Glycas, part iv. Annal.

[478] Mich. Glycas, part iv. Annal.

[479] Aug. Epist. 658, and Epist. 258, p. 361.

[479] Aug. Epist. 658, and Epist. 258, p. 361.


CHAPTER XVII.

OF GHOSTS IN THE NORTHERN COUNTRIES.

Thomas Bartholin, the son, in his treatise entitled "Of the Causes of the contempt of Death felt by the Ancient Danes while yet Gentiles," remarks[480] that a certain Hordus, an Icelander, saw spectres with his bodily eyes, fought against them and resisted them. These thoroughly believed that the spirits of the dead came back with their bodies, which they afterwards forsook and returned to their graves. Bartholinus relates in particular that a man named Asmond, son of Alfus, having had himself buried alive in the same sepulchre with his friend Asvitus, and having had victuals brought there, was taken out from thence some time after covered with blood, in consequence of a combat he had been obliged to maintain against Asvitus, who had haunted him and cruelly assaulted him.

Thomas Bartholin, the son, in his treatise titled "Of the Causes of the Contempt of Death Felt by the Ancient Danes While Yet Gentiles," mentions[480] that a man named Hordus, an Icelander, saw ghosts with his own eyes, fought against them, and resisted them. They firmly believed that the spirits of the dead returned with their bodies, which they later abandoned and went back to their graves. Bartholin specifically recounts that a man named Asmond, son of Alfus, had himself buried alive in the same tomb as his friend Asvitus, and after having food brought to him, was pulled out later, covered in blood, due to a struggle he had to endure against Asvitus, who had tormented him and attacked him brutally.

He reports after that what the poets teach concerning the vocation of spirits by the power of magic, and of their return into bodies which are not decayed although a long time dead. He shows that the Jews have believed the same—that the souls came back from time to time to revisit their dead bodies during the first year after their decease. He demonstrates that the ancient northern nations were persuaded that persons recently deceased often made their bodily appearance; and he relates some examples of it: he adds that they attacked these dangerous spectres, which haunted and maltreated all who had any fields in the neighborhood of their tombs; that they cut off the head of a man named Gretter, who also returned to earth. At other times they thrust a stake through the body and thus fixed them to the ground.

He reports after that what poets say about the role of spirits through magic and their return to bodies that haven't decayed even after a long time dead. He shows that the Jews believed the same—that souls would return from time to time to visit their dead bodies during the first year after they died. He demonstrates that ancient northern nations were convinced that recently deceased people often reappeared in bodily form; and he shares some examples of this. He adds that they confronted these dangerous spirits, which haunted and attacked anyone with fields in the neighborhood of their graves. They decapitated a man named Gretter, who also came back to earth. At other times, they drove a stake through the body and secured it to the ground.

"Nam ferro secui mox caput ejus,
Perfodique nocens stipite corpus."

"Then I quickly beheaded him with iron."
"And I drove the stake into his guilty body."

Formerly, they took the corpse from the tomb and reduced it to ashes; they did thus towards a spectre named Gardus, which they believed the author of all the fatal apparitions that had appeared during the winter.

Previously, they took the body from the tomb and turned it to ashes; they did this to a ghost named Gardus, who they believed was responsible for all the deadly sightings that had occurred during the winter.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[480] Thomas Bartolin, de Causis Contemptûs Mortis à Danis, lib. ii. c. 2.

[480] Thomas Bartolin, On the Causes of Contempt for Death from the Danes, book II, chapter 2.


CHAPTER XVIII.

GHOSTS IN ENGLAND.

William of Malmsbury says[481] that in England they believed that the wicked came back to earth after their death, and were brought back in their own bodies by the devil, who governed them and caused them to act; Nequam hominis cadaver post mortem dæmone agente discurrere.

William of Malmsbury says[481] that in England, people believed that the wicked returned to earth after they died and were brought back in their own bodies by the devil, who controlled them and made them act; Nequam hominis cadaver post mortem dæmone agente discurrere.

William of Newbridge, who flourished after the middle of the twelfth century, relates that in his time was seen in England, in the county of Buckingham, a man who appeared bodily, as when alive, three succeeding nights to his wife, and after that to his nearest relatives. They only defended themselves from his frightful visits by watching and making a noise when they perceived him coming. He even showed himself to a few persons in the day time. Upon that, the Bishop of Lincoln assembled his council, who told him that similar things had often happened in England, and that the only known remedy against this evil was to burn the body of the ghost. The bishop was averse to this opinion, which appeared cruel to him: he first of all wrote a schedule of absolution, which was placed on the body of the defunct, which was found in the same state as if he had been buried that very day; and from that time they heard no more of him.

William of Newbridge, who lived after the middle of the twelfth century, recounts that during his time in England, specifically in Buckinghamshire, a man who looked just like he did when he was alive appeared three consecutive nights to his wife and then to his closest relatives. They could only protect themselves from his terrifying visits by staying alert and making noise when they sensed he was coming. He even appeared to a few people during the day. In response, the Bishop of Lincoln called a council, and they informed him that similar events had frequently occurred in England, and the only known solution to this problem was to burn the ghost’s body. The bishop found this suggestion cruel and unacceptable: instead, he prepared a certificate of absolution, which was placed on the deceased's body, which was found to be in the same condition as if he had just been buried. After that, they never heard from him again.

The author of this narrative adds, that this sort of apparitions would appear incredible, if several instances had not occurred in his time, and if they did not know several persons who believed in them.

The author of this story adds that these kinds of sightings would seem unbelievable if he hadn’t seen several instances himself and if he didn't know people who believed in them.

The same Newbridge says, in the following chapter, that a man who had been interred at Berwick, came out of his grave every night and caused great confusion in all the neighborhood. It was even said that he had boasted that he should not cease to disturb the living till they had reduced him to ashes. Then they selected ten bold and vigorous young men, who took him up out of the ground, cut his body to pieces, and placed it on a pile, whereon it was burned to ashes; but beforehand, some one amongst them having said that he could not be consumed by fire until they had torn out his heart,[Pg 284] his side was pierced with a stake, and when they had taken out his heart through the opening, they set fire to the pile; he was consumed by the flames and appeared no more.

The same Newbridge says in the following chapter that a man who had been buried in Berwick rose from his grave every night and created a lot of chaos in the neighborhood. It was even said that he claimed he wouldn’t stop disturbing the living until they turned him to ashes. Then, they picked ten brave and strong young men who dug him up, cut his body into pieces, and placed it on a pyre where it was set on fire; but before that, someone among them mentioned that he couldn’t be burned until they had removed his heart. So, they stabbed his side with a stake, and after taking out his heart through the wound, they set fire to the pile; he was consumed by the flames and was never seen again.

The pagans also believed that the bodies of the dead rested not, neither were they safe from magical evocations, so long as they remained unconsumed by fire, or undecayed underground.

The pagans also believed that the bodies of the dead did not rest and were not safe from magical summons as long as they remained unburned by fire or undisturbed underground.

"Tali tua membra sepulchro,
Talibus exuram Stygio cum carmine Sylvis,
Ut nullos cantata Magos exaudiat umbra,"

"Your limbs in the grave,"
With a song like that, I'll be burning in the Styx,
"So that no shadows can hear the magic being sung,"

said an enchantress, in Lucan, to a spirit she evoked.

said a sorceress, in Lucan, to a spirit she summoned.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[481] William of Malms. lib. ii. c. 4.

[481] William of Malms. book II, chapter 4.


CHAPTER XIX.

GHOSTS IN PERU.

The instance we are about to relate occurred in Peru, in the country of the Ititans. A girl named Catharine died at the age of sixteen an unhappy death, and she had been guilty of several sacrilegious actions. Her body immediately after her decease was so putrid that they were obliged to put it out of the dwelling in the open air, to escape from the bad smell which exhaled from it. At the same time they heard as it were dogs howling; and a horse which before then was very gentle began to rear, to prance, strike the ground with its feet, and break its bonds; a young man who was in bed was pulled out of bed violently by the arm; a servant maid received a kick on the shoulder, of which she bore the marks for several days. All that happened before the body of Catharine was inhumed. Some time afterwards, several inhabitants of the place saw a great quantity of tiles and bricks thrown down with a great noise in the house where she died. The servant of the house was dragged about by the foot, without any one appearing to touch her, and that in the presence of her mistress and ten or twelve other women.

The story we’re about to share took place in Peru, in the land of the Ititans. A girl named Catharine died at the age of sixteen under unfortunate circumstances, and she had committed several sacrilegious acts. Immediately after her death, her body was so decomposed that they had to remove it from the house to the outdoors to escape the foul odor coming from it. At the same time, it sounded like dogs were howling; a horse that had been very gentle before started to rear up, prance, stomp the ground, and break free from its restraints; a young man who was in bed was yanked out of bed forcefully by his arm; and a maid was kicked in the shoulder, leaving her with marks for several days. All of this happened before Catharine's body was buried. Some time later, several locals heard a loud crash as a large number of tiles and bricks fell in the house where she had died. The housemaid was pulled around by her foot, with no one visible touching her, all in front of her mistress and about ten or twelve other women.

The same servant, on entering a room to fetch some clothes, perceived Catharine, who rose up to seize hold of an earthen pot; the girl ran away directly, but the spectre took the vase, dashed it against the wall, and broke it into a thousand pieces. The mistress, who ran thither on hearing the noise, saw that a quantity of bricks were thrown against the wall. The next day an image of the crucifix fixed against the wall was all on a sudden torn from its place in the presence of them all, and broken into three pieces.

The same servant, when entering a room to grab some clothes, noticed Catharine, who stood up to grab an earthen pot. The girl ran away immediately, but the ghost took the vase, smashed it against the wall, and shattered it into a thousand pieces. The mistress, who rushed over upon hearing the noise, saw that a bunch of bricks had been thrown against the wall. The next day, a crucifix mounted on the wall was suddenly ripped from its spot in front of everyone and broken into three pieces.


CHAPTER XX.

GHOSTS IN LAPLAND.

Vestiges of these ghosts are still found in Lapland, where it is said they see a great number of spectres, who appear among those people, speak to them, and eat with them, without their being able to get rid of them; and as they are persuaded that these are the manes or shades of their relations who thus disturb them, they have no means of guarding against their intrusions more efficacious than to inter the bodies of their nearest relatives under the hearthstone, in order, apparently, that there they may be sooner consumed. In general, they believe that the manes, or spirits, which come out of bodies, or corpses, are usually malevolent till they have re-entered other bodies. They pay some respect to the spectres, or demons, which they believe roam about rocks, mountains, lakes, and rivers, much as in former times the Romans paid honor to the fauns, the gods of the woods, the nymphs, and the tritons.

Signs of these ghosts can still be found in Lapland, where it's said that many specters appear among the people, engaging with them and sharing their meals, without anyone being able to get rid of them. Since they believe these are the spirits or shades of their relatives causing the disturbances, they have no better way to prevent these intrusions than to bury the bodies of their closest relatives under the hearthstone, seemingly so that they can be consumed more quickly. Generally, they think that the spirits or souls that emerge from bodies or corpses are usually malevolent until they inhabit other bodies again. They also show some respect to the specters or demons believed to roam around rocks, mountains, lakes, and rivers, similar to how the Romans once honored the fauns, the gods of the woods, the nymphs, and the tritons.

Andrew Alciat[482] says that he was consulted concerning certain women whom the Inquisition had caused to be burnt as witches for having occasioned the death of some children by their spells, and for having threatened the mothers of other children to kill these also; and in fact they did die the following night of disorders unknown to the physicians. Here we again see those strigæ, or witches, who delight in destroying children.

Andrew Alciat[482] states that he was consulted about certain women whom the Inquisition had burned as witches for supposedly causing the deaths of some children with their spells, and for threatening the mothers of other children with death as well; indeed, those children died the next night from ailments unknown to doctors. Here we see once again those strigæ, or witches, who take pleasure in harming children.

But all this relates to our subject very indirectly. The vampires of which we are discoursing are very different from all those just mentioned.

But all this is only loosely connected to our topic. The vampires we're discussing are quite different from all those previously mentioned.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[482] Andr. Alciat. Parergon Juris, viii. c. 22.

[482] Andr. Alciat. Parergon Juris, viii. c. 22.


CHAPTER XXI.

REAPPEARANCE OF A MAN WHO HAD BEEN DEAD FOR SOME MONTHS.

Peter, the venerable[483] abbot of Clugni, relates the conversation which he had in the presence of the bishops of Oleron and of Osma, [Pg 286] in Spain, together with several monks, with an old monk named Pierre d'Engelbert, who, after living a long time in his day in high reputation for valor and honor, had withdrawn from the world after the death of his wife, and entered the order of Clugni. Peter the Venerable having come to see him, Pierre d'Engelbert related to him that one day when in his bed and wide awake, he saw in his chamber, whilst the moon shone very brightly, a man named Sancho, whom he had several years before sent at his own expense to the assistance of Alphonso, king of Arragon, who was making war on Castile. Sancho had returned safe and sound from this expedition, but some time after he fell sick and died in his house.

Peter, the respected abbot of Clugni, shares the conversation he had in front of the bishops of Oleron and Osma, [Pg 286] in Spain, along with several monks, with an old monk named Pierre d'Engelbert. After living for a long time with a strong reputation for bravery and honor, he withdrew from the world following his wife’s death and joined the order of Clugni. When Peter the Venerable came to visit him, Pierre d'Engelbert told him that one day, while he was awake in bed, he saw a man named Sancho in his room, with the moon shining brightly. Sancho was someone he had sent several years earlier at his own expense to help Alphonso, the king of Aragon, who was fighting against Castile. Sancho returned safe and sound from that mission, but some time later, he fell ill and died at home.

Four months after his death, Sancho showed himself to Pierre d'Engelbert, as we have said. Sancho was naked, with the exception of a rag for mere decency round him. He began to uncover the burning wood, as if to warm himself, or that he might be more distinguishable. Peter asked him who he was. "I am," replied he, in a broken and hoarse voice, "Sancho, your servant." "And what do you come here for?" "I am going," said he, "into Castile, with a number of others, in order to expiate the harm we did during the last war, on the same spot where it was committed: for my own part, I pillaged the ornaments of a church, and for that I am condemned to take this journey. You can assist me very much by your good works; and madame, your spouse, who owes me yet eight sols for the remainder of my salary, will oblige me infinitely if she will bestow them on the poor in my name." Peter then asked him news of one Pierre de Fais, his friend, who had been dead a short time. Sancho told him that he was saved.

Four months after his death, Sancho appeared to Pierre d'Engelbert, as we mentioned. Sancho was naked, except for a rag wrapped around him for modesty. He started to uncover the burning wood, as if to warm himself or make himself more visible. Peter asked him who he was. "I am," he replied in a shaky, hoarse voice, "Sancho, your servant." "And what are you here for?" "I am going," he said, "to Castile, along with others, to make amends for the harm we caused during the last war, right at the same place it happened: as for me, I looted the decorations of a church, and for that, I'm condemned to take this journey. You can really help me with your good deeds; and madame, your wife, who still owes me eight sols for the rest of my pay, would do me a huge favor if she gave them to the poor in my name." Peter then asked him for news of one Pierre de Fais, his friend, who had recently passed away. Sancho told him that he was saved.

"And Bernier, our fellow-citizen, what is become of him?" "He is damned," said he, "for having badly performed his office of judge, and for having troubled and plundered the widow and the innocent."

"And Bernier, our fellow citizen, what happened to him?" "He's doomed," he said, "for having poorly fulfilled his duties as a judge and for having disturbed and robbed the widow and the innocent."

Peter added, "Could you tell me any news of Alphonso, king of Arragon, who died a few years ago?"

Peter added, "Can you give me any updates on Alphonso, the king of Aragon, who passed away a few years back?"

Then another spectre, that Peter had not before seen, and which he now observed distinctly by the light of the moon, seated in the recess of the window, said to him—"Do not ask him for news of King Alphonso; he has not been with us long enough to know anything about him. I, who have been dead five years, can give you news of him. Alphonso was with us for some time, but the monks of Clugni extricated him from thence. I know not where he is now." Then, addressing himself to his companion, Sancho, "Come," said he, "let us follow our companions; it is time to set off." Sancho reiterated his entreaties to Peter, his lord, and went out of the house.

Then another ghost that Peter hadn't seen before, and which he now clearly noticed in the moonlight, sitting in the window recess, said to him, "Don't ask him about King Alphonso; he hasn't been with us long enough to know anything about him. I, who have been dead for five years, can tell you about him. Alphonso was with us for a while, but the monks of Clugni got him out of here. I don't know where he is now." Then, turning to his companion, Sancho, he said, "Come on, let’s catch up with our friends; it’s time to leave." Sancho repeated his pleas to Peter, his lord, and went out of the house.

Peter waked his wife who was lying by him, and who had neither[Pg 287] seen nor heard anything of all this dialogue, and asked her the question, "Do not you owe something to Sancho, that domestic who was in our service, and died a little while ago?" She answered, "I owe him still eight sols." From this, Peter had no more doubt of the truth of what Sancho had said to him, gave these eight sols to the poor, adding a large sum of his own, and caused masses and prayers to be said for the soul of the defunct. Peter was then in the world and married; but when he related this to Peter the Venerable, he was a monk of Clugni.

Peter woke his wife, who was lying next to him and had neither[Pg 287] seen nor heard any of their conversation, and asked her, "Don't you owe something to Sancho, the servant who worked for us and passed away recently?" She replied, "I still owe him eight sols." From this, Peter had no doubt about the truth of what Sancho had told him, so he gave these eight sols to the needy, adding a large amount of his own, and arranged for masses and prayers to be said for the soul of the deceased. At that time, Peter was alive and married; however, when he shared this with Peter the Venerable, he was a monk of Cluny.

St. Augustine relates that Sylla,[484] on arriving at Tarentum, offered there sacrifices to the gods, that is to say, to the demons; and having observed on the upper part of the liver of the victim a sort of crown of gold, the aruspice assured him that this crown was the presage of a certain victory, and told him to eat alone that liver whereon he had seen the crown.

St. Augustine shares that Sylla,[484] upon reaching Tarentum, made sacrifices to the gods, which means to the demons; and after noticing a gold-like crown on the upper part of the victim's liver, the diviner assured him that this crown signified certain victory and instructed him to eat that liver by himself, where he had seen the crown.

Almost at the same moment, a servitor of Lucius Pontius came to him and said, "Sylla, I am come from the goddess Bellona. The victory is yours; and as a proof of my prediction, I announce to you that, ere long, the capitol will be reduced to ashes." At the same time, this man left the camp in great haste, and on the morrow he returned with still more eagerness, and affirmed that the capitol had been burnt, which was found to be true.

Almost simultaneously, a servant of Lucius Pontius approached him and said, "Sylla, I've come from the goddess Bellona. The victory is yours; as proof of my prediction, I tell you that soon, the Capitol will be reduced to ashes." At that moment, this man left the camp in a hurry, and the next day, he returned even more eager, confirming that the Capitol had been burned, which turned out to be true.

St. Augustine had no doubt but that the demon who had caused the crown of gold to appear on the liver of the victim had inspired this diviner, and that the same bad spirit having foreseen the conflagration of the capitol had announced it after the event by that same man.

St. Augustine was certain that the demon that made the crown of gold show up on the victim's liver had influenced this diviner, and that the same evil spirit, having anticipated the fire at the capitol, had revealed it afterward through that same man.

The same holy doctor relates,[485] after Julius Obsequens, in his Book of Prodigies, that in the open country of Campania, where some time after the Roman armies fought with such animosity during the civil war, they heard at first loud noises like soldiers fighting; and afterwards several persons affirmed that they had seen for some days two armies, who joined battle; after which they remarked in the same part as it were vestiges of the combatants, and the marks of horses' feet, as if the combat had really taken place there. St. Augustine doubts not that all this was the work of the devil, who wished to reassure mankind against the horrors of civil warfare, by making them believe that their gods being at war amongst themselves, mankind need not be more moderate, nor more touched by the evils which war brings with it.

The same holy doctor mentions,[485] following Julius Obsequens in his Book of Prodigies, that in the open countryside of Campania, where not long after the Roman armies fought fiercely during the civil war, people initially heard loud sounds like soldiers battling; and later, several individuals claimed that they had seen two armies engaged in combat for several days. Afterward, they noted signs in the same area that looked like traces of the fighters and horse footprints, as if an actual battle had occurred there. St. Augustine is certain that all of this was the work of the devil, who wanted to comfort humanity against the horrors of civil war by making them believe that their gods were at war with each other, so people wouldn't feel the need to be more moderate or more affected by the suffering that war brings.

The abbot of Ursperg, in his Chronicle, year 1123, says that in the territory of Worms they saw during many days a multitude of armed men, on foot and on horseback, going and coming with great[Pg 288] noise, like people who are going to a solemn assembly. Every day they marched, towards the hour of noon, to a mountain, which appeared to be their place of rendezvous. Some one in the neighborhood bolder than the rest, having guarded himself with the sign of the cross, approached one of these armed men, conjuring him in the name of God to declare the meaning of this army, and their design. The soldier or phantom replied, "We are not what you imagine; we are neither vain phantoms, nor true soldiers; we are the spirits of those who were killed on this spot a long time ago. The arms and horses which you behold are the instruments of our punishment, as they were of our sins. We are all on fire, though you can see nothing about us which appears inflamed." It is said that they remarked in this company the Count Emico, who had been killed a few years before, and who declared that he might be extricated from that state by alms and prayers.

The abbot of Ursperg, in his Chronicle, year 1123, says that in the area of Worms, they observed for several days a large group of armed men, both on foot and on horseback, coming and going with a lot of noise, like people heading to a formal gathering. Every day, around noon, they marched to a mountain that seemed to be their meeting point. Someone nearby, bolder than the rest and protected by the sign of the cross, approached one of these armed men, urging him in the name of God to explain the purpose of this army and their intentions. The soldier or apparition responded, "We are not what you think; we are neither empty ghosts nor true soldiers; we are the spirits of those who died here long ago. The arms and horses you see are the instruments of our punishment, just as they were of our sins. We are all in torment, even though you can’t see anything visibly aflame around us." It is reported that among this group was Count Emico, who had been killed a few years earlier, and he stated that he could be freed from this state through alms and prayers.

Trithemius, in his Annales Hirsauginses, year 1013,[486] asserts that there was seen in broad day, on a certain day in the year, an army of cavalry and infantry, which came down from a mountain and ranged themselves on a neighboring plain. They were spoken to and conjured to speak, and they declared themselves to be the spirits of those who a few years before had been killed, with arms in their hands, in that same spot.

Trithemius, in his Annales Hirsauginses, year 1013,[486] claims that during the day, on a certain day that year, an army of cavalry and infantry appeared, coming down from a mountain and forming up on a nearby plain. They were addressed and urged to speak, and they revealed themselves to be the spirits of those who had been killed a few years earlier, armed and at that same location.

The same Trithemius relates elsewhere[487] the apparition of the Count of Spanheim, deceased a little while before, who appeared in the fields with his pack of hounds. This count spoke to his curé, and asked his prayers.

The same Trithemius mentions elsewhere[487] the appearance of the Count of Spanheim, who had passed away shortly before, showing up in the fields with his pack of hounds. This count spoke to his priest and asked for his prayers.

Vipert, Archdeacon of the Church of Toul, cotemporary author of the Life of the holy Pope Leo IX., who died 1059, relates[488] that, some years before the death of this holy pope, an infinite multitude of persons, habited in white, was seen to pass by the town of Narni, advancing from the eastern side. This troop defiled from the morning until three in the afternoon, but towards evening it notably diminished. At this sight all the population of the town of Narni mounted upon the walls, fearing they might be hostile troops, and saw them defile with extreme surprise.

Vipert, the Archdeacon of the Church of Toul and contemporary author of the Life of the holy Pope Leo IX, who died in 1059, recounts[488] that, a few years before the death of this holy pope, a vast number of people dressed in white was seen passing through the town of Narni, coming from the east. This group moved through from morning until three in the afternoon, but by evening, their numbers noticeably decreased. At this sight, the entire town of Narni climbed onto the walls, worried they might be hostile forces, and watched them march by in astonishment.

One burgher, more resolute than the others, went out of the town, and having observed in the crowd a man of his acquaintance, called to him by name, and asked him the meaning of this multitude of travelers: he replied, "We are spirits which not having yet expiated all our sins, and not being as yet sufficiently pure to enter the kingdom of heaven, we are going into holy places in a spirit of repentance; we are now coming from visiting the tomb of St. Martin, and[Pg 289] we are going straight to Notre-Dame de Farse." The man was so frightened at this vision that he was ill for a twelvemonth—it was he who recounted the circumstance to Pope Leo IX. All the town of Narni was witness to this procession, which took place in broad day.

One townsman, more determined than the others, left the town and, spotting a familiar face in the crowd, called out to him by name. He asked what all these travelers were about. The man replied, "We are spirits who haven't yet atoned for all our sins and aren't pure enough to enter the kingdom of heaven. We're going to holy places in a spirit of repentance. We just came from visiting the tomb of St. Martin, and [Pg 289] we're heading straight to Notre-Dame de Farse." The man was so shocked by this vision that he fell ill for a year—it was he who later shared the story with Pope Leo IX. The entire town of Narni witnessed this procession, which took place in broad daylight.

The night preceding the battle which was fought in Egypt between Mark Antony and Cæsar,[489] whilst all the city of Alexandria was in extreme uneasiness in expectation of this action, they saw in the city what appeared a multitude of people, who shouted and howled like bacchanals, and they heard a confused sound of instruments in honor of Bacchus, as Mark Antony was accustomed to celebrate this kind of festivals. This troop, after having run through the greater part of the town, went out of it by the door leading to the enemy, and disappeared.

The night before the battle fought in Egypt between Mark Antony and Caesar,[489] while the entire city of Alexandria was extremely anxious about the upcoming event, they witnessed what looked like a crowd of people in the city, shouting and screaming like party-goers, and they heard a mix of instruments playing in honor of Bacchus, as Mark Antony was known to celebrate these kinds of festivals. This group, after moving through most of the town, exited through the gate leading to the enemy and vanished.

That is all which has come to my knowledge concerning the vampires and ghosts of Hungary, Moravia, Silesia, and Poland, and of the other ghosts of France and Germany. We will explain our opinion after this on the reality, and other circumstances of these sorts of revived and resuscitated beings. Here follows another species, which is not less marvelous—I mean the excommunicated, who leave the church and their graves with their bodies, and do not re-enter till after the sacrifice is completed.

That’s everything I know about the vampires and ghosts of Hungary, Moravia, Silesia, and Poland, as well as other spirits from France and Germany. We’ll share our thoughts later on the reality and other aspects of these types of revived beings. Next is another type, which is equally fascinating—I’m talking about the excommunicated, who leave the church and their graves with their bodies and don’t return until after the sacrifice is finished.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[483] Betrus Venerab. Abb. Cluniac. de miracul. lib. i. c. 28. p. 1293.

[483] Betrus Venerab. Abb. Cluniac. de miracul. lib. i. c. 28. p. 1293.

[484] Lib. ii. de Civ. Dei, cap. 24.

[484] Lib. ii. de Civ. Dei, cap. 24.

[485] Aug. lib. ii. de Civ. Dei, c. 25.

[485] Aug. lib. ii. de Civ. Dei, c. 25.

[486] Trith. Chron. Hirs. p. 155, ad an. 1013.

[486] Trith. Chron. Hirs. p. 155, ad an. 1013.

[487] Idem, tom. ii. Chron. Hirs. p. 227.

[487] Same source, vol. ii. Chron. Hirs. p. 227.

[488] Vita S. Leonis Papæ.

Vita of Pope Saint Leo.

[489] Plutarch, in Anton.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Plutarch, in Antony.


CHAPTER XXII.

EXCOMMUNICATED PERSONS WHO GO OUT OF THE CHURCHES.

St. Gregory the Great relates[490] that St. Benedict having threatened to excommunicate two nuns, these nuns died in that state. Some time after, their nurse saw them go out of the church, as soon as the deacon had cried out, "Let all those who do not receive the communion withdraw." The nurse having informed St. Benedict of the circumstance, that saint sent an oblation, or a loaf, in order that it might be offered for them in token of reconciliation; and from that time the two nuns remained in quiet in their sepulchres.

St. Gregory the Great shares[490] that St. Benedict threatened to excommunicate two nuns, and they died while still under that threat. Some time later, their nurse saw them leave the church right after the deacon announced, "Let all those who do not receive communion withdraw." When the nurse told St. Benedict about this, he sent an offering, or a loaf of bread, to be given for them as a sign of reconciliation; from that time on, the two nuns rested peacefully in their graves.

St. Augustine says[491] that the names of martyrs were recited in the diptychs not to pray for them, and the names of the virgin nuns deceased to pray for them. "Perhibet præclarissimum testimonium ecclesiastica auctoritas, in quâ fidelibus notum est quo loco[Pg 290] martyres et que defunctæ sanctimoniales ad altaris sacramenta recitantur." It was then, perhaps, when they were named at the altar, that they left the church. But St. Gregory says expressly, that it was when the deacon cried aloud, "Let those who do not receive the communion retire."

St. Augustine says[491] that the names of martyrs were mentioned in the diptychs not to pray for them, and the names of deceased virgin nuns were mentioned to pray for them. "The church authority provides a remarkable testimony, in which it is known to the faithful where the martyrs and the deceased holy women are named at the altar's sacraments." It was maybe when they were named at the altar that they left the church. But St. Gregory clearly states that it was when the deacon called out, "Let those who do not receive communion leave."

The same St. Gregory relates that a young priest of the same St. Benedict,[492] having gone out of his monastery without leave and without receiving the benediction of the abbot, died in his disobedience, and was interred in consecrated ground. The next day they found his body out of the grave: the relations gave notice of it to St. Benedict, who gave them a consecrated wafer, and told them to place it with proper respect on the breast of the young priest; it was placed there, and the earth no more rejected him from her bosom.

The same St. Gregory recounts that a young priest from St. Benedict's monastery, having left without permission and without the abbot's blessing, died in his disobedience and was buried in consecrated ground. The next day, they found his body outside the grave. His relatives informed St. Benedict, who gave them a consecrated wafer and instructed them to place it respectfully on the young priest's chest. Once it was placed there, the earth accepted him back.

This usage, or rather this abuse, of placing the holy wafer in the grave with the dead, is very singular; but it was not unknown to antiquity. The author of the Life of St. Basil[493] the Great, given under the name of St. Amphilochus, says that that saint reserved the third part of a consecrated wafer to be interred with him; he received it and expired while it was yet in his mouth; but some councils had already condemned this practice, and others have since then proscribed it, as contrary to the institutions of Jesus Christ.[494]

This practice, or rather this misuse, of placing the holy wafer in the grave with the deceased is quite unusual; however, it was not unheard of in ancient times. The writer of the Life of St. Basil[493] the Great, attributed to St. Amphilochus, mentions that this saint kept a portion of a consecrated wafer to be buried with him; he received it and died while it was still in his mouth. Yet, some councils had already condemned this practice, and others have since prohibited it, viewing it as contradictory to the teachings of Jesus Christ.[494]

Still, they did not omit in a few places putting holy wafers in the tombs or graves of some persons who were remarkable for their sanctity, as in the tomb of St. Othmar, abbot of St. Gal,[495] wherein were found under his head several round leaves, which were indubitably believed to be the Host.

Still, they did not skip putting holy wafers in the tombs or graves of some people known for their holiness, like in the tomb of St. Othmar, abbot of St. Gal,[495] where several round leaves, which were certainly believed to be the Host, were found under his head.

In the Life of St. Cuthbert, Bishop of Lindisfarn,[496] we read that a quantity of consecrated wafers were found on his breast. Amalarius cites of the Venerable Bede, that a holy wafer was placed on the breast of this saint before he was inhumed; "oblata super sanctum pectus positâ."[497] This particularity is not noted in Bede's History, but in the second Life of St. Cuthbert. Amalarius remarks that this custom proceeds doubtless from the Church of Rome, which had communicated it to the English; and the Reverend Father Menard[498] maintains that it is not this practice which is condemned by the above-mentioned Councils, but that of giving the communion[Pg 291] to the dead by insinuating the holy wafer into their mouths. However it may be regarding this practice, we know that Cardinal Humbert,[499] in his reply to the of the patriarch Michael Cerularius, reproves the Greeks for burying the Host, when there remained any of it after the communion of the faithful.

In the Life of St. Cuthbert, Bishop of Lindisfarne,[496] it mentions that a number of consecrated wafers were found on his chest. Amalarius references the Venerable Bede, noting that a holy wafer was placed on the saint's chest before he was buried; "oblata super sanctum pectus positâ."[497] This detail isn't mentioned in Bede's History, but it does appear in the second Life of St. Cuthbert. Amalarius points out that this custom likely originated from the Church of Rome, which shared it with the English. The Reverend Father Menard[498] argues that it is not this practice that the aforementioned Councils condemned, but rather the act of giving communion to the dead by placing the holy wafer into their mouths. Regardless of the stance on this practice, we know that Cardinal Humbert,[499] in his response to the patriarch Michael Cerularius, criticized the Greeks for burying the Host if there was any left after the communion of the faithful.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[490] Greg. Magn. lib. ii. Dialog. c. 23.

[490] Greg. Magn. lib. ii. Dialog. c. 23.

[491] Aug. de St. Virgin. c. xlv. 364.

[491] Aug. de St. Virgin. c. xlv. 364.

[492] Greg. lib. ii. Dialog. c. 34.

[492] Greg. lib. ii. Dialog. c. 34.

[493] Amphil. in Vit. S. Basilii.

[493] Amphil. in Vit. S. Basilii.

[494] Vide Balsamon. ad Canon. 83. Concil. in Trullo, et Concil. Carthagin. III. c. 6. Hippon. c. 5. Antissiod. c. 12.

[494] See Balsamon. on Canon. 83. Council in Trullo, and Council of Carthage III. c. 6. Hippo c. 5. Auxerre c. 12.

[495] Vit. S. Othmari, c. 3.

[495] Life of St. Othmar, chapter 3.

[496] Vit. S. Cuthberti, lib. iv. c. 2. apud Bolland. 26 Martii.

[496] Vit. S. Cuthberti, lib. iv. c. 2. apud Bolland. 26 Martii.

[497] Amalar. de Offic. Eccles. lib. iv. c. 41.

[497] Amalar. de Offic. Eccles. lib. iv. c. 41.

[498] Menard. not. in Sacrament. S. Greg. Magn. pp. 484, 485.

[498] Menard. not. in Sacrament. S. Greg. Magn. pp. 484, 485.

[499] Humbert. Card. Bibliot. P. P. lib. xviii. et tom. iv. Concil.

[499] Humbert. Card. Bibliot. P. P. lib. xviii. et tom. iv. Concil.


CHAPTER XXIII.

SOME OTHER INSTANCES OF EXCOMMUNICATED PERSONS BEING CAST OUT OF CONSECRATED GROUND.

We see again in history, several other examples of the dead bodies of excommunicated persons being cast out of consecrated earth; for instance, in the life of St. Gothard, Bishop of Hildesheim,[500] it is related that this saint having excommunicated certain persons for their rebellion and their sins, they did not cease, in spite of his excommunications, to enter the church, and remain there though forbidden by the saint, whilst even the dead, who had been interred there years since, and had been placed there without their sentence of excommunication being removed, obeyed him, arose from their tombs, and left the church. After mass, the saint, addressing himself to these rebels, reproached them for their hardness of heart, and told them those dead people would rise against them in the day of judgment. At the same time, going out of the church, he gave absolution to the excommunicated dead, and allowed them to re-enter it, and repose in their graves as before. The Life of St. Gothard was written by one of his disciples, a canon of his cathedral; and this saint died on the 4th of May, 938.

We see again in history several examples of the bodies of excommunicated people being removed from consecrated ground. For instance, in the life of St. Gothard, Bishop of Hildesheim,[500] it's noted that this saint excommunicated certain individuals for their rebellion and sins. Despite his excommunications, they continued to enter the church and stay there, even though they were forbidden by the saint. Meanwhile, the deceased who had been buried there for years, without their excommunication being lifted, obeyed the saint, rose from their graves, and left the church. After mass, the saint confronted these rebels, criticizing them for their stubbornness and warning them that those dead would stand against them on Judgment Day. At the same time, as he was leaving the church, he granted absolution to the excommunicated dead, allowing them to re-enter and rest in their graves as before. The Life of St. Gothard was written by one of his disciples, a canon of his cathedral, and this saint died on May 4, 938.

In the second Council, held at Limoges,[501] in 1031, at which a great many bishops, abbots, priests and deacons were present, they reported the instances which we had just cited from St. Benedict, to show the respect in which sentences of excommunication, pronounced by ecclesiastical superiors, were held. Then the Bishop of Cahors, who was present, related a circumstance which had happened to him a short time before. "A cavalier of my diocese, having been killed in excommunication, I would not accede to the prayers of his friends, who implored to grant him absolution; I desired to make an example of him, in order to inspire others with fear. But he was in[Pg 292]terred by soldiers or gentlemen (milites) without my permission, without the presence of the priests, in a church dedicated to St. Peter. The next morning his body was found out of the ground, and thrown naked far from the spot; his grave remaining entire, and without any sign of having been touched. The soldiers or gentlemen (milites) who had interred him, having opened the grave, found in it only the linen in which he had been wrapped; they buried him again, and covered him with an enormous quantity of earth and stones. The next day they found the corpse outside the tomb, without its appearing that any one had worked at it. The same thing happened five times; at last they buried him as they could, at a distance from the cemetery, in unconsecrated ground; which filled the neighboring seigneurs with so much terror that they all came to me to make their peace. That is a fact, invested with everything which can render it incontestable."

In the second Council, held in Limoges,[501] in 1031, where many bishops, abbots, priests, and deacons were present, they referred to the examples we just mentioned from St. Benedict to demonstrate how seriously sentences of excommunication from church leaders were taken. Then the Bishop of Cahors, who was there, shared an incident that had happened to him recently. "A knight from my diocese was killed while under excommunication, and I refused the requests of his friends who begged me to grant him absolution; I wanted to set an example to frighten others. But he was buried by soldiers or nobles (milites) without my permission and without the priests present, in a church dedicated to St. Peter. The next morning, his body was discovered above the ground, thrown naked far from the grave; the grave itself was untouched and intact. The soldiers or nobles (milites) who buried him reopened the grave and found only the linen he had been wrapped in; they buried him again, covering him with a huge amount of earth and stones. The next day, they found the body outside the tomb, as if nobody had disturbed it. This happened five times; finally, they buried him as best as they could, away from the cemetery, in unholy ground, which terrified the local lords so much that they all came to me to make amends. That is a fact, backed by everything that makes it indisputable."

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[500] Vit. S. Gothardi, Sæcul. vi. Bened. parte c. p. 434.

[500] Vit. S. Gothardi, Sæcul. vi. Bened. parte c. p. 434.

[501] Tom. ix. Concil. an 1031, p. 702.

[501] Tom. ix. Concil. an 1031, p. 702.


CHAPTER XXIV.

AN INSTANCE OF AN EXCOMMUNICATED MARTYR BEING CAST OUT OF THE EARTH.

We read in the menées of the Greeks, on the 15th of October, that a monk of the Desert of Sheti, having been excommunicated by him who had the care of his conduct, for some act of disobedience, he left the desert, and came to Alexandria, where he was arrested by the governor of the city, despoiled of his conventual habit, and ardently solicited to sacrifice to false gods. The solitary resisted nobly, and was tormented in various ways, until at last they cut off his head, and threw his body outside of the city, to be devoured by dogs. The Christians took it away in the night, and having embalmed it and enveloped it in fine linen, they interred it in the church as a martyr, in an honorable place; but during the holy sacrifice, the deacon having cried aloud, as usual, that the catechumens and those who did not take the communion were to withdraw, they suddenly beheld the martyr's tomb open of itself, and his body retire into the vestibule of the church; after the mass, it returned to its sepulchre.

We read in the menées of the Greeks that on October 15th, a monk from the Desert of Sheti, after being excommunicated by the person responsible for his discipline due to an act of disobedience, left the desert and went to Alexandria. There, he was arrested by the city governor, stripped of his monastic clothing, and pressured to sacrifice to false gods. The monk stood firm and faced various tortures until they ultimately beheaded him, discarding his body outside the city for dogs to eat. Christians retrieved his body at night, embalmed it, wrapped it in fine linen, and buried it in the church as a martyr, in a place of honor. During the holy sacrifice, when the deacon called out, as usual, for catechumens and non-communicants to leave, they suddenly saw the martyr's tomb open by itself, and his body move into the entrance of the church; after the mass, it returned to its grave.

A pious person having prayed for three days, learnt by the voice of an angel that this monk had incurred excommunication for having disobeyed his superior, and that he would remain bound until that same superior had given him absolution. Then they went to the desert directly, and brought the saintly old man, who caused[Pg 293] the coffin of the martyr to be opened, and absolved him, after which he remained in peace in his tomb.

A devout person prayed for three days and heard from an angel that this monk had been excommunicated for disobeying his superior, and he would stay bound until that same superior granted him absolution. They then went straight to the desert and brought the holy old man, who had the coffin of the martyr opened and absolved him, after which he rested peacefully in his tomb.

This instance appears to me rather suspicious. 1. In the time that the Desert of Sheti was peopled with solitary monks, there were no longer any persecutors at Alexandria. They troubled no one there, either concerning the profession of Christianity, or on the religious profession—they would sooner have persecuted these idolators and pagans. The Christian religion was then dominant and respected throughout all Egypt, above all, in Alexandria. 2. The monks of Sheti were rather hermits than cenobites, and a monk had no authority there to excommunicate his brother. 3. It does not appear that the monk in question had deserved excommunication, at least major excommunication, which deprives the faithful of the entry of the church, and the participation of the holy mysteries. The bearing of the Greek text is simply, that he remained obedient for some time to his spiritual father, but that having afterwards fallen into disobedience, he withdrew from the hands of the old man without any legitimate cause, and went away to Alexandria. All that deserves doubtlessly even major excommunication, if this monk had quitted his profession and retired from the monastery to lead a secular life; but at that time the monks were not, as now, bound by vows of stability and obedience to their regular superiors, who had not a right to excommunicate them with grand excommunication. We will speak of this again by-and-by.

This situation seems pretty suspicious to me. 1. Back when the Desert of Sheti was inhabited by solitary monks, there were no persecutors in Alexandria anymore. They didn’t bother anyone there about their Christian faith or any other religious beliefs—they would have preferred to target idolaters and pagans instead. Christianity was the major religion and was respected throughout all of Egypt, especially in Alexandria. 2. The monks in Sheti were more like hermits than members of a community, and a monk didn’t have the authority to excommunicate another monk there. 3. It doesn’t seem that the monk in question was deserving of excommunication, at least not major excommunication, which would bar a believer from entering the church and participating in the holy rites. The Greek text suggests that he initially obeyed his spiritual father, but later disobeyed and left the elder without any valid reason and went to Alexandria. That might generally warrant major excommunication, especially if this monk abandoned his vows and left the monastery to live a regular life; however, at that time, monks weren't, like they are now, bound by vows of stability and obedience to their superiors, who did not have the authority to impose major excommunication. We’ll discuss this further later on.


CHAPTER XXV.

A MAN REJECTED FROM THE CHURCH FOR HAVING REFUSED TO PAY TITHES.

John Brompton, Abbot of Sornat in England,[502] says that we may read in very old histories that St. Augustin, the Apostle of England, wishing to persuade a gentleman to pay the tithes, God permitted that this saint having said before all the people, before the commencement of the mass, that no excommunicated person should assist at the holy sacrifice, they saw a man who had been interred for 150 years leave the church.

John Brompton, Abbot of Sornat in England,[502] states that we can find in very old histories that St. Augustine, the Apostle of England, wanting to convince a man to pay his tithes, was granted by God the opportunity to announce to everyone, before the mass began, that no one excommunicated should attend the holy sacrifice. They then witnessed a man who had been buried for 150 years rise from his grave and leave the church.

After mass, St. Augustin, preceded by the cross, went to ask this dead man why he went out? The dead man replied that it was because he had died in a state of excommunication. The saint asked him, where was the sepulchre of the priest who had pro[Pg 294]nounced against him the sentence of excommunication? They went thither; St. Augustin commanded him to rise; he came to life, and avowed that he had excommunicated the man for his crimes, and particularly for his obstinacy in refusing to pay tithes; then, by order of St. Augustin, he gave him absolution, and the dead man returned to his tomb. The priest entreated the saint to permit him also to return to his sepulchre, which was granted him. This story appears to me still more suspicious than the preceding one. In the time of St. Augustin, the Apostle of England, there was no obligation as yet to pay tithes on pain of excommunication, and much less a hundred and fifty years before that time—above all in England.

After mass, St. Augustine, followed by the cross, went to ask this dead man why he had come back. The dead man answered that it was because he had died while being excommunicated. The saint asked him where the grave of the priest who had declared his excommunication was located. They went there; St. Augustine commanded him to rise; he came back to life and admitted that he had excommunicated the man for his sins, especially for his stubbornness in refusing to pay tithes. Then, at St. Augustine's command, he gave him absolution, and the dead man returned to his tomb. The priest begged the saint to allow him to return to his grave as well, which was granted. This story seems even more questionable to me than the previous one. In St. Augustine's time, the Apostle of England, there was no obligation to pay tithes under the threat of excommunication, and even less so a hundred and fifty years before that—especially in England.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[502] John Brompton, Chronic. vide ex Bolland. 26 Maii, p. 396.

[502] John Brompton, Chronic. see ex Bolland. May 26, p. 396.


CHAPTER XXVI.

INSTANCES OF PERSONS WHO HAVE SHOWN SIGNS OF LIFE AFTER THEIR DEATH, AND WHO HAVE DRAWN BACK FROM RESPECT, TO MAKE ROOM OR GIVE PLACE TO SOME WHO WERE MORE WORTHY THAN THEMSELVES.

Tertullian relates[503] an instance to which he had been witness—de meo didici. A woman who belonged to the church, to which she had been given as a slave, died in the prime of life, after being once married only, and that for a short time, was brought to the church. Before putting her in the ground, the priest offering the sacrifice and raising his hands in prayer, this woman, who had her hands extended at her side, raised them at the same time, and put them together as a supplicant; then, when the peace was given, she replaced herself in her former position.

Tertullian recounts an experience he witnessed—de meo didici. A woman who was part of the church, to which she had been given as a slave, died in the prime of her life. She had been married only once, and for a short time. Her body was brought to the church. Before she was buried, the priest offered a sacrifice and raised his hands in prayer. At that moment, the woman, who had her hands extended at her sides, raised them simultaneously and brought them together, as if in prayer. After the peace was given, she returned to her original position.

Tertullian adds that another body, dead, and buried in a cemetery, withdrew on one side to give place to another corpse which they were about to inter near it. He relates these instances as a suite to what was said by Plato and Democritus, that souls remained some time near the dead bodies they had inhabited, which they preserved sometimes from corruption, and often caused their hair, beard, and nails to grow in their graves. Tertullian does not approve of the opinion of these; he even refutes them pretty well; but he owns that the instances I have just spoken of are favorable enough to that opinion, which is also that of the Hebrews, as we have before seen.

Tertullian mentions that another body, which was dead and buried in a cemetery, moved aside to make room for another corpse that was about to be buried nearby. He shares these examples as a follow-up to what Plato and Democritus said, that souls linger near the bodies they once inhabited, sometimes preventing them from decaying, and often causing their hair, beard, and nails to grow in their graves. Tertullian doesn't agree with these views; he even effectively counters them. However, he acknowledges that the examples I've just mentioned lend some support to that belief, which is also held by the Hebrews, as we’ve seen before.

[Pg 295]It is said that after the death of the celebrated Abelard,[504] who was interred at the Monastery of the Paraclete, the Abbess Heloisa, his spouse, being also deceased, and having requested to be buried in the same grave, at her approach Abelard extended his arms and received her into his bosom: elevatis brachiis illam recepit, et ita eam amplexatus brachia sua strinxit. This circumstance is certainly neither proved nor probable; the Chronicle whence it is extracted had probably taken it from some popular rumor.

[Pg 295]It is said that after the death of the famous Abelard,[504] who was buried at the Monastery of the Paraclete, the Abbess Heloisa, his partner, also passed away and requested to be buried in the same grave. When she approached, Abelard opened his arms and welcomed her into his embrace: elevatis brachiis illam recepit, et ita eam amplexatus brachia sua strinxit. This story is certainly neither proven nor likely; the Chronicle from which it is taken likely sourced it from some popular rumor.

The author of the Life of St. John the Almoner,[505] which was written immediately after his death by Leontius, Bishop of Naples, a town in the Isle of Cyprus, relates that St. John the Almoner being dead at Amatunta, in the same island, his body was placed between that of two bishops, who drew back on each side respectfully to make room for him in sight of all present; non unus, neque decem, neque centum viderunt, sed omnis turba, quæ convenit ad ejus sepulturam, says the author cited. Metaphrastes, who had read the life of the saint in Greek, repeats the same fact.

The author of the Life of St. John the Almoner,[505] written right after his death by Leontius, Bishop of Naples, a town on the Isle of Cyprus, tells that when St. John the Almoner died in Amatunta, also on that island, his body was placed between two bishops, who respectfully stepped back on each side to make space for him in front of everyone present; not one, not ten, not a hundred saw it, but the entire crowd that gathered for his burial, says the cited author. Metaphrastes, who read the saint's life in Greek, confirms the same detail.

Evagrius de Pont[506] says, that a holy hermit named Thomas, and surnamed Salus, because he counterfeited madness, dying in the hospital of Daphné, near the city of Antioch, was buried in the strangers' cemetery, but every day he was found out of the ground at a distance from the other dead bodies, which he avoided. The inhabitants of the place informed Ephraim, Bishop of Antioch, of this, and he had him solemnly carried into the city and honorably buried in the cemetery, and from that time the people of Antioch keep the feast of his translation.

Evagrius de Pont[506] mentions that a holy hermit named Thomas, nicknamed Salus because he pretended to be crazy, died in the hospital of Daphné, near the city of Antioch. He was buried in the cemetery for strangers, but every day he was found outside of the ground, away from the other bodies, which he avoided. The local people told Ephraim, the Bishop of Antioch, about this, and he had him respectfully transported to the city and buried honorably in the cemetery. Since then, the people of Antioch have celebrated the feast of his translation.

John Mosch[507] reports the same story, only he says that it was some women who were buried near Thomas Salus, who left their graves through respect for the saint.

John Mosch[507] shares a similar story, but he mentions that it was some women buried close to Thomas Salus who got out of their graves out of respect for the saint.

The Hebrews ridiculously believe that the Jews who are buried without Judea will roll underground at the last day, to repair to the Promised Land, as they cannot come to life again elsewhere than in Judea.

The Hebrews absurdly believe that Jews who are buried outside of Judea will roll underground on the last day to reach the Promised Land, since they can't come back to life anywhere other than in Judea.

The Persians recognize also a transporting angel, whose care it is to assign to dead bodies the place and rank due to their merits: if a worthy man is buried in an infidel country, the transporting angel leads him underground to a spot near one of the faithful, while he casts into the sewer the body of any infidel interred in holy ground. Other Mahometans have the same notion; they believe that the transporting angel placed the body of Noah, and afterwards that of Ali, in the grave of Adam. I relate these fantastical ideas only to[Pg 296] show their absurdity. As to the other stories related in this same chapter, they must not be accepted without examination, for they require confirmation.

The Persians also believe in a transporting angel whose job is to assign dead bodies their appropriate place and status based on their merits. If a righteous person is buried in a non-believer's land, the transporting angel guides him underground to a spot near a believer, while he throws the body of any non-believer buried in sacred ground into the sewer. Other Muslims share this belief; they think that the transporting angel placed Noah's body, and later Ali's, in Adam's grave. I mention these fanciful ideas just to show how absurd they are. As for the other stories told in this same chapter, they shouldn't be accepted without scrutiny because they need to be verified.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[503] Tertull. de Animo, c. 5. p. 597. Edit. Pamelii.

[503] Tertullian, On the Soul, ch. 5, p. 597. Edited by Pamelius.

[504] Chronic. Turon. inter opera Abælardi, p. 1195.

[504] Chronic. Turon. in the works of Abælard, p. 1195.

[505] Bolland. tom. ii. p. 315, 13 Januar.

[505] Bolland. vol. II. p. 315, January 13.

[506] Evagrius Pont. lib. iv. c. 53.

[506] Evagrius Pont. book iv, chapter 53.

[507] Jean Mosch. pras. spirit. c. 88.

[507] Jean Mosch. pras. spirit. c. 88.


CHAPTER XXVII.

OF PERSONS WHO PERFORM A PILGRIMAGE AFTER THEIR DEATH.

A scholar of the town of Saint Pons, near Narbonne,[508] having died in a state of excommunication, appeared to one of his friends, and begged of him to go to the city of Rhodes, and ask the bishop to grant him absolution. He set off in snowy weather; the spirit, who accompanied him without being seen by him showed him the road and cleared away the snow. On arriving at Rhodes, he asked and obtained for his friend the required absolution, when the spirit reconducted him to Saint Pons, gave him thanks for this service, and took leave, promising to testify to him his gratitude.

A scholar from the town of Saint Pons, near Narbonne,[508] died while excommunicated and appeared to one of his friends, asking him to go to the city of Rhodes and request the bishop for his absolution. He set off in snowy weather; the spirit, who was with him unseen, guided him along the path and cleared the snow away. Upon reaching Rhodes, he requested and obtained the needed absolution for his friend, after which the spirit brought him back to Saint Pons, thanked him for his help, and took his leave, promising to show his gratitude.

Here follows a letter written to me on the 5th of April, 1745, and which somewhat relates to what we have just seen. "Something has occurred here within the last few days, relatively to your Dissertation upon Ghosts, which I think I ought to inform you of. A man of Letrage, a village a few miles from Remiremont, lost his wife at the beginning of February last, and married again the week before Lent. At eleven o'clock in the evening of his wedding-day, his wife appeared and spoke to his new spouse; the result of the conversation was to oblige the bride to perform seven pilgrimages for the defunct. From that day, and always at the same hour, the defunct appeared, and spoke in presence of the curé of the place and several other persons; on the 15th of March, at the moment that the bride was preparing to repair to St. Nicholas, she had a visit from the defunct, who told her to make haste, and not to be alarmed at any pain or trouble which she might undergo on her journey.

Here's a letter that was written to me on April 5, 1745, and it relates somewhat to what we've just seen. "Something happened here in the last few days concerning your Dissertation on Ghosts, which I think I should let you know about. A man from Letrage, a village a few miles from Remiremont, lost his wife at the beginning of February and got remarried the week before Lent. On the night of his wedding, at eleven o'clock, his late wife appeared and spoke to his new wife; as a result of their conversation, the bride was required to make seven pilgrimages for the deceased. From that day on, and always at the same hour, the deceased appeared and spoke in front of the local priest and several other people. On March 15, just as the bride was getting ready to go to St. Nicholas, she received a visit from the deceased, who told her to hurry and not to be alarmed by any pain or trouble she might experience on her journey."

This woman with her husband and her brother and sister-in-law, set off on their way, not expecting that the dead wife would be of the party; but she never left them until they were at the door of the Church of St. Nicholas. These good people, when they were arrived at two leagues' distance from St. Nicholas, were obliged to put up at a little inn called the Barracks. There the wife found herself so ill, that the two men were obliged to carry her to the burgh[Pg 297] of St. Nicholas. Directly she was under the church porch, she walked easily, and felt no more pain. This fact has been reported to me by the sacristan and the four persons. The last thing that the defunct said to the bride was, that she should neither speak to nor appear to her again until half the pilgrimages should be accomplished. The simple and natural manner in which these good people related this fact to us makes me believe that it is certain.

This woman, along with her husband and her brother and sister-in-law, set out on their journey, not expecting that the deceased wife would join them; but she didn’t leave them until they reached the door of the Church of St. Nicholas. Once they arrived about two leagues away from St. Nicholas, they had to stay at a small inn called the Barracks. There, the wife became so ill that the two men had to carry her to the town of St. Nicholas. As soon as she was under the church porch, she walked easily and felt no more pain. This was reported to me by the sacristan and four other people. The last thing the deceased said to the bride was that she shouldn't speak to or appear to her again until half of the pilgrimages were completed. The straightforward and natural way in which these good people shared this story with us makes me believe it’s true.

It is not said that this young woman had incurred excommunication, but apparently she was bound by a vow or promise which she had made, to accomplish these pilgrimages, which she imposed upon the other young wife who succeeded her. Also, we see that she did not enter the Church of St. Nicholas; she only accompanied the pilgrims to the church door.

It’s not mentioned that this young woman was excommunicated, but it seems she was bound by a vow or promise she made to carry out these pilgrimages, which she then imposed on the other young wife who followed her. Additionally, we see that she didn’t enter the Church of St. Nicholas; she just accompanied the pilgrims to the church door.

We may here add the instance of that crowd of pilgrims who, in the time of Pope Leo IX., passed at the foot of the wall of Narne, as I have before related, and who performed their purgatory by going from pilgrimage to pilgrimage.

We can also mention the example of the group of pilgrims who, during the time of Pope Leo IX, walked by the wall of Narne, as I’ve mentioned before, and who served their time in purgatory by going from one pilgrimage to another.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[508] Melchior. lib. de Statu Mortuorum.

[508] Melchior. book on the State of the Dead.


CHAPTER XXVIII.

ARGUMENT CONCERNING THE EXCOMMUNICATED WHO QUIT CHURCHES.

All that we have just reported concerning the bodies of persons who had been excommunicated leaving their tombs during mass, and returning into them after the service, deserves particular attention.

All that we've just mentioned about the bodies of people who were excommunicated leaving their graves during mass and returning to them after the service deserves special attention.

It seems that a thing which passed before the eyes of a whole population in broad day, and in the midst of the most redoubtable mysteries, can be neither denied nor disputed. Nevertheless, it may be asked, How these bodies came out? Were they whole, or in a state of decay? naked, or clad in their own dress, or in the linen and bandages which had enveloped them in the tomb? Where, also, did they go?

It seems that something that happened right before the eyes of an entire population in broad daylight, surrounded by the most formidable mysteries, can't be denied or disputed. Still, one might wonder: How did these bodies come out? Were they intact or decaying? Naked or dressed in their own clothing, or wrapped in the linen and bandages that had covered them in the tomb? And where did they go?

The cause of their forthcoming is well noted; it was the major excommunication. This penalty is decreed only to mortal sin.[509] Those persons had, then, died in the career of deadly sin, and were consequently condemned and in hell; for if there is naught in question but a minor excommunication, why should they go out of the church after death with such terrible and extraordinary circumstances, since that ecclesiastical excommunication does not deprive[Pg 298] one absolutely of communion with the faithful, or of entrance to church?

The reason for their upcoming departure is well known; it was the major excommunication. This penalty is only applied to serious sins.[509] Those individuals had died while committing grave sins and were therefore condemned to hell; because if it were just a minor excommunication, why would they leave the church after death under such horrifying and extraordinary circumstances, since that type of ecclesiastical excommunication doesn't completely cut someone off from the community of believers or from entering the church?

If it be said that the crime was remitted, but not the penalty of excommunication, and that these persons remained excluded from church communion until after their absolution, given by the ecclesiastical judge, we ask if a dead man can be absolved and be restored to communion with the church, unless there are unequivocal proofs of his repentance and conversion preceding his death.

If it's said that the crime was forgiven, but the penalty of excommunication still applied, and that these individuals remained excluded from church membership until they were absolved by the ecclesiastical judge, we question whether a dead person can be absolved and be restored to communion with the church unless there is clear evidence of their repentance and conversion before their death.

Moreover, the persons just cited as instances do not appear to have been released from crime or guilt, as might be supposed. The texts which we have cited sufficiently note that they died in their guilt and sins; and what St. Gregory the Great says in the part of his Dialogues there quoted, replying to his interlocutor, Peter, supposes that these nuns had died without doing penance.

Moreover, the individuals mentioned earlier do not seem to have been freed from their crimes or guilt, as one might think. The texts we've referenced clearly state that they died in their guilt and sins; and what St. Gregory the Great says in the section of his Dialogues quoted here, in response to his conversation partner, Peter, implies that these nuns died without having done penance.

Besides, it is a constant rule of the church that we cannot communicate or have communion with a dead man, whom we have not had any communication with during his lifetime. "Quibus viventibus non communicavimus, mortuis, communicare non possumus," says Pope St. Leo.[510] At any rate, it is allowed that an excommunicated person who has given signs of sincere repentance, although there may not have been time for him to confess himself, can be reconciled to the church[511] and receive ecclesiastical sepulture after his death. But, in general, before receiving absolution from sin, they must have been absolved from the censures and excommunication, if such have been incurred: "Absolutio ab excommunicatione debet præcedere absolutionem à peccatis; quia quandiu aliquis est excommunicatus, non potest recipere aliquod Ecclesiæ Sacramentum," says St. Thomas.[512]

Besides, it's a long-standing rule of the church that we cannot interact or share communion with someone who has died if we didn't have any connection with them while they were alive. "Quibus viventibus non communicavimus, mortuis, communicare non possumus," says Pope St. Leo.[510] In any case, an excommunicated person who shows genuine signs of repentance can be reconciled with the church, even if they didn't have the chance to confess before their death.[511] However, generally, before receiving forgiveness for their sins, they must be released from any censures and excommunication they have faced: "Absolutio ab excommunicatione debet præcedere absolutionem à peccatis; quia quandiu aliquis est excommunicatus, non potest recipere aliquod Ecclesiæ Sacramentum," says St. Thomas.[512]

Following this decision, it would have been necessary to absolve these persons from their excommunication, before they could receive absolution from the guilt of their sins. Here, on the contrary, they are supposed to be absolved from their sins as to their criminality, in order to be able to receive absolution from the censures of the church.

Following this decision, it would have been necessary to lift the excommunication of these individuals before they could be forgiven for their sins. Here, on the other hand, they are expected to be forgiven for their sins in terms of their wrongdoing, so that they can receive forgiveness from the church's penalties.

I do not see how these difficulties can be resolved.

I don't see how these issues can be fixed.

1. How can you absolve the dead? 2. How can you absolve him from excommunication before he has received absolution from sin? 3. How can he be absolved without asking for absolution, or its appearing that he hath requested it? 4. How can people be absolved who died in mortal sin, and without doing penance? 5. Why do these excommunicated persons return to their tombs after[Pg 299] mass? 6. If they dared not stay in the church during the mass, when were they?

1. How can you free the dead from guilt? 2. How can you lift his excommunication before he’s been forgiven for his sins? 3. How can he be forgiven without asking for it, or without it being clear that he asked for it? 4. How can people who died in serious sin, without doing penance, be forgiven? 5. Why do these excommunicated individuals go back to their graves after[Pg 299]mass? 6. If they couldn't stay in the church during the mass, where were they?

It appears certain that the nuns and the young monk spoken of by St. Gregory died in their sins, and without having received absolution from them. St. Benedict, probably, was not a priest, and had not absolved them as regards their guilt.

It seems clear that the nuns and the young monk mentioned by St. Gregory died in their sins without receiving absolution. St. Benedict likely was not a priest and did not absolve them of their guilt.

It may be said that the excommunication spoken of by St. Gregory was not major, and in that case the holy abbot could absolve them; but would this minor and regular excommunication deserve that they should quit the church in so miraculous and public a manner? The persons excommunicated by St. Gothard, and the gentleman mentioned at the Council of Limoges, in 1031, had died unrepentant, and under sentence of excommunication; consequently in mortal sin; and yet they are granted peace and absolution after their death, at the simple entreaty of their friends.

It could be argued that the excommunication mentioned by St. Gregory wasn't serious, which would mean the holy abbot could forgive them; but does such a minor and standard excommunication really warrant leaving the church in such a miraculous and public way? The people excommunicated by St. Gothard, as well as the man referred to at the Council of Limoges in 1031, died without repenting and while under excommunication; therefore, they were in a state of mortal sin. Yet, despite this, they were still granted peace and forgiveness after their death, simply at the request of their friends.

The young solitary spoken of in the acta sanctorum of the Greeks, who after having quitted his cell through incontinency and disobedience, had incurred excommunication, could he receive the crown of martyrdom in that state? And if he had received it, was he not at the same time reconciled to the church? Did he not wash away his fault with his blood? And if his excommunication was only regular and minor, would he deserve after his martyrdom to be excluded from the presence of the holy mysteries?

The young hermit mentioned in the acta sanctorum of the Greeks, who, after leaving his cell due to lack of self-control and disobedience, had faced excommunication, could he still receive the crown of martyrdom in that condition? And if he did receive it, was he not also reconciled to the church? Did he not cleanse his sin with his blood? And if his excommunication was only a standard and minor one, would he deserve to be kept away from the holy mysteries after his martyrdom?

I see no other way of explaining these facts, if they are as they are related, than by saying that the story has not preserved the circumstances which might have deserved the absolution of these persons, and we must presume that the saints—above all, the bishops who absolved them—knew the rules of the church, and did nothing in the matter but what was right and conformable to the canons.

I don't see any other way to explain these facts, if they are connected as described, other than to say that the story hasn't kept the details that might have justified forgiving these individuals. We have to assume that the saints—especially the bishops who granted absolution—understood the church's rules and acted in a way that was appropriate and aligned with the guidelines.

But it results from all that we have just said, that as the bodies of the wicked withdraw from the company of the holy through a principle of veneration and a feeling of their own unworthiness, so also the bodies of the holy separate themselves from the wicked, from opposite motives, that they may not appear to have any connection with them, even after death, or to approve of their bad life. In short, if what is just related be true, the righteous and the saints feel deference for one another, and honor each other ever in the other world; which is probable enough.

But it follows from everything we've just discussed that just as the bodies of the wicked distance themselves from the company of the holy out of respect and a sense of their own unworthiness, the bodies of the holy also separate from the wicked for the opposite reasons, so they won’t seem to have any connection with them, even after death, or endorse their sinful lives. In short, if what has just been said is true, the righteous and the saints have respect for one another and honor each other in the afterlife, which seems quite likely.

We are about to see some instances which seem to render equivocal and uncertain, as a proof of sanctity, the uncorrupted state of the body of a just man, since it is maintained that the bodies of the excommunicated do not rot in the earth until the sentence of excommunication pronounced against them be taken off.

We are about to see some examples that seem to make the idea of the uncorrupted state of a righteous person's body unclear and uncertain as proof of holiness, since it's claimed that the bodies of those who are excommunicated don't decompose in the ground until the excommunication is lifted.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[509] Concil. Meli. in Can. Nemo. 41, n. 43. D. Thom. iv. distinct. 18, 9. 2, art. 1. quæstiuncula in corpore, &c.

[509] Council of Melitene in Canon. No one. 41, note 43. St. Thomas Aquinas, Volume 4, Distinction 18, Question 9, Article 1, question within the body, etc.

[510] S. Leo canone Commun. 1. a. 4. 9. 2. See also Clemens III. in Capit. Sacris, 12. de Sepult. Eccl.

[510] S. Leo canon Commun. 1. a. 4. 9. 2. See also Clemens III. in Capit. Sacris, 12. de Sepult. Eccl.

[511] Eveillon, traité des Excommunicat. et Manitoires.

[511] Eveillon, treatise on Excommunications and Manitoires.

[512] D. Thom. in iv. Sentent. dist. 1. qu. 1. art. 3. quæstiunc. 2. ad. 2.

[512] D. Thom. in iv. Sentent. dist. 1. qu. 1. art. 3. quæstiunc. 2. ad. 2.


CHAPTER XXIX.

DO THE EXCOMMUNICATED ROT IN THE GROUND?

It is a very ancient opinion that the bodies of the excommunicated do not decompose; it appears in the Life of St Libentius, Archbishop of Bremen, who died on the 4th of January, 1013. That holy prelate having excommunicated some pirates, one of them died, and was buried in Norway; at the end of seventy years they found his body entire and without decay, nor did it fall to dust until after absolution received from Archbishop Alvaridius.

It is a very old belief that the bodies of those who are excommunicated do not decompose. This idea appears in the Life of St. Libentius, Archbishop of Bremen, who died on January 4, 1013. That holy bishop excommunicated some pirates, and when one of them died, he was buried in Norway. After seventy years, they found his body completely intact and without decay, and it didn’t turn to dust until he received absolution from Archbishop Alvaridius.

The modern Greeks, to authorize their schism, and to prove that the gift of miracles, and the power of binding and unbinding, subsist in their church even more visibly and more certainly than in the Latin and Roman church, maintain that amongst themselves the bodies of those who are excommunicated do not decay, but become swollen extraordinarily, like drums, and can neither be corrupted nor reduced to ashes till after they have received absolution from their bishops or their priests. They relate divers instances of this kind of dead bodies, found uncorrupted in their graves, and which are afterwards reduced to ashes as soon as the excommunication is taken off. They do not deny, however, that the uncorrupted state of a body is sometimes a mark of sanctity,[513] but they require that a body thus preserved should exhale a good smell, be white or reddish, and not black, offensive and swollen.

The modern Greeks, to justify their split and to show that the ability to perform miracles, along with the authority to bind and loose, exists in their church even more clearly and surely than in the Latin and Roman churches, argue that among them, the bodies of those who are excommunicated do not decompose, but instead swell up like drums. They claim these bodies cannot be corrupted or turned to ashes until they receive absolution from their bishops or priests. They recount various cases of these uncorrupted bodies found in their graves, which turn to ashes as soon as the excommunication is lifted. However, they do acknowledge that an uncorrupted body can sometimes be a sign of sanctity,[513] but they insist that a body preserved in this way should emit a pleasant smell, be white or reddish, and not black, foul, and swollen.

It is affirmed that persons who have been struck dead by lightning do not decay, and for that reason the ancients neither burnt them nor buried them. That is the opinion of the physician Zachias; but Paré, after Comines, thinks that the reason they are not subject to corruption is because they are, as it were, embalmed by the sulphur of the thunderbolt, which serves them instead of salt.

It is said that people who have been killed by lightning do not decompose, and for that reason, ancient people neither burned them nor buried them. This is the view of the physician Zachias; however, Paré, following Comines, believes that they don't decay because they are, in a way, preserved by the sulfur from the thunderbolt, which acts as a substitute for salt.

In 1727, they discovered in the vault of an hospital near Quebec the unimpaired corpses of five nuns, who had been dead for more than twenty years; and these corpses, though covered with quicklime, still contained blood.

In 1727, they found in the vault of a hospital near Quebec the well-preserved bodies of five nuns, who had been dead for over twenty years; and these bodies, although covered with quicklime, still had blood in them.

 

Footnotes:

Citations:

[513] Goar, not. in Eucholog. p. 688.

[513] Goar, not. in Eucholog. p. 688.


CHAPTER XXX.

INSTANCES TO DEMONSTRATE THAT THE EXCOMMUNICATED DO NOT DECAY, AND THAT THEY APPEAR TO THE LIVING.

The Greeks relate[514] that under the Patriarch of Constantinople Manuel, or Maximus, who lived in the fifteenth century, the Turkish Emperor of Constantinople wished to know the truth of what the Greeks asserted concerning the uncorrupted state of those who died under sentence of excommunication. The patriarch caused the tomb of a woman to be opened; she had had a criminal connection with an archbishop of Constantinople; her body was whole, black, and much swollen. The Turks shut it up in a coffin, sealed with the emperor's seal; the patriarch said his prayer, gave absolution to the dead woman, and at the end of three days the coffin or box being opened they found the body fallen to dust.

The Greeks tell us[514] that during the time of the Patriarch of Constantinople Manuel, or Maximus, who lived in the fifteenth century, the Turkish Emperor of Constantinople wanted to know the truth behind what the Greeks claimed about the uncorrupted state of those who died under excommunication. The patriarch had a woman's tomb opened; she had been involved in a scandalous relationship with an archbishop of Constantinople. Her body was intact, black, and significantly swollen. The Turks placed it in a coffin, which was sealed with the emperor's seal. The patriarch said his prayer, granted absolution to the deceased woman, and after three days, when the coffin or box was opened, they found the body had turned to dust.

I see no miracle in this: everybody knows that bodies which are sometimes found quite whole in their tombs fall to dust as soon as they are exposed to the air. I except those which have been well embalmed, as the mummies of Egypt, and bodies which are buried in extremely dry spots, or in an earth replete with nitre and salt, which dissipate in a short time all the moisture there may be in the dead bodies, either of men or animals; but I do not understand that the Archbishop of Constantinople could validly absolve after death a person who died in deadly sin and bound by excommunication. They believe also that the bodies of these excommunicated persons often appear to the living, whether by day or by night, speaking to them, calling them, and molesting them. Leon Allatius enters into long details on this subject; he says that in the Isle of Chio the inhabitants do not answer to the first voice that calls them, for fear that it should be a spirit or ghost; but if they are called twice, it is not a vroucolaca,[515] which is the name they give those spectres. If any one answers to them at the first sound, the spectre disappears; but he who has spoken to it infallibly dies.

I don’t see anything miraculous about this: everyone knows that bodies which are sometimes found perfectly intact in their graves turn to dust as soon as they are exposed to air. I make an exception for those that have been well-embalmed, like the mummies of Egypt, and bodies that are buried in extremely dry locations or in soil rich in salt and nitre, which quickly removes all moisture from the dead bodies, whether they’re human or animal. However, I don’t understand how the Archbishop of Constantinople could validly absolve a person who died in a state of mortal sin and under excommunication after their death. They also believe that the bodies of these excommunicated people often appear to the living, calling to them, speaking to them, and disturbing them, whether during the day or at night. Leon Allatius goes into great detail on this topic; he mentions that in the Isle of Chio, the residents don’t respond to the first voice that calls them, out of fear that it might be a spirit or ghost. But if they are called twice, it’s not a vroucolaca,[515] which is what they call those spirits. If someone responds to the first call, the specter disappears; but the person who spoke to it is guaranteed to die.

There is no other way of guarding against these bad genii than by[Pg 302] taking up the corpse of the person who has appeared, and burning it after certain prayers have been recited over it; then the body is reduced to ashes, and appears no more. They have then no doubt that these are the bodies of criminal and malevolent men, which come out of their graves and cause the death of those who see and reply to them; or that it is the demon, who makes use of their bodies to frighten mortals, and cause their death.

There’s no way to protect yourself from these evil spirits except by[Pg 302] taking the body of the person who has appeared and burning it after specific prayers have been said over it. Once the body is reduced to ashes, it won’t come back. They believe these are the bodies of guilty and malicious people that rise from their graves to cause the deaths of those who see and respond to them; or that it’s a demon using their bodies to scare humans and lead them to their deaths.

They know of no means more certain to deliver themselves from being infested by these dangerous apparitions than to burn and hack to pieces these bodies, which served as instruments of malice, or to tear out their hearts, or to let them putrefy before they are buried, or to cut off their heads, or to pierce their temples with a large nail.

They don't know of any way more sure to free themselves from these dangerous spirits than to burn and chop up these bodies, which were used for harm, or to rip out their hearts, or to let them decay before burying them, or to behead them, or to drive a large nail through their temples.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[514] Vide Malva. lib. i. Turco-græcia, pp. 26, 27.

[514] See Malva. book i. Turco-Greece, pages 26, 27.

[515] Vide Bolland. mense Augusto, tom. ii. pp. 201-203, et Allat. Epist. ad Zachiam, p. 12.

[515] See Bolland. August, vol. ii, pp. 201-203, and Allat. Letter to Zachias, p. 12.


CHAPTER XXXI.

INSTANCE OF THE REAPPEARANCES OF THE EXCOMMUNICATED.

Ricaut, in the history he has given us of the present state of the Greek church, acknowledges that this opinion, that the bodies of excommunicated persons do not decay, is general, not only among the Greeks of the present day, but also among the Turks. He relates a fact which he heard from a Candiote caloyer, who had affirmed the thing to him on oath; his name was Sophronius, and he was well known and highly respected at Smyrna. A man who died in the Isle of Milo, had been excommunicated for some fault which he had committed in the Morea, and he was interred without any funeral ceremony in a spot apart, and not in consecrated ground. His relations and friends were deeply moved to see him in this plight; and the inhabitants of the isle were every night alarmed by baneful apparitions, which they attributed to this unfortunate man.

Ricaut, in his account of the current state of the Greek church, notes that the belief that the bodies of excommunicated individuals don't decay is widespread, not only among modern Greeks but also among Turks. He shares a story he heard from a Candiote monk named Sophronius, who was well-known and respected in Smyrna. A man who died on the Isle of Milo had been excommunicated for a wrongdoing in the Morea, and he was buried without any funeral rites in a separate area, not in consecrated ground. His family and friends were deeply saddened to see him treated this way, and the islanders were disturbed every night by haunting apparitions, which they believed were due to this unfortunate man's presence.

They opened his grave, and found his body quite entire, with the veins swollen with blood. After having deliberated upon it, the caloyers were of opinion that they should dismember the body, hack it to pieces, and boil it in wine; for it is thus they treat the bodies of revenans.

They opened his grave and found his body completely intact, with the veins swollen with blood. After discussing it, the monks decided that they should dismember the body, chop it into pieces, and boil it in wine; this is how they handle the bodies of revenants.

But the relations of the dead man, by dint of entreaties, succeeded in deferring this execution, and in the mean time sent in all haste to Constantinople, to obtain the absolution of the young man from the patriarch. Meanwhile, the body was placed in the church, and every day prayers were offered up for the repose of his soul. One[Pg 303] day when the caloyer Sophronius, above mentioned, was performing divine service, all on a sudden a great noise was heard in the coffin; they opened it, and found his body decayed as if he had been dead seven years. They observed the moment when the noise was heard, and it was found to be precisely at that hour that his absolution had been signed by the patriarch.

But the deceased man's family, through persistent requests, managed to postpone the execution and hurriedly sent a message to Constantinople to get the young man absolved by the patriarch. In the meantime, the body was placed in the church, and every day prayers were said for his soul. One[Pg 303] day, while the monk Sophronius was conducting the divine service, a sudden loud noise was heard coming from the coffin; they opened it and found that his body had decayed as though he had been dead for seven years. They noted that the noise occurred precisely at the moment when his absolution was signed by the patriarch.

M. le Chevalier Ricaut, from whom we have this narrative, was neither a Greek, nor a Roman Catholic, but a staunch Anglican; he remarks on this occasion that the Greeks believe that an evil spirit enters the bodies of the excommunicated, and preserves them from putrefaction, by animating them, and causing them to act, nearly as the soul animates and inspires the body.

M. le Chevalier Ricaut, from whom we have this story, was neither Greek nor Roman Catholic, but a devoted Anglican. He notes that the Greeks believe that an evil spirit enters the bodies of those who are excommunicated, keeping them from decaying by giving them life and making them act, much like the soul animates and inspires the body.

They imagine, moreover, that these corpses eat during the night, walk about, digest what they have eaten, and really nourish themselves—that some have been found who were of a rosy hue, and had their veins still fully replete with the quantity of blood; and although they had been dead forty days, have ejected, when opened, a stream of blood as bubbling and fresh as that of a young man of sanguine temperament would be; and this belief so generally prevails that every one relates facts circumstantially concerning it.

They believe, moreover, that these corpses eat during the night, walk around, digest what they’ve eaten, and actually nourish themselves—that some have been found with a rosy color, and their veins still filled with blood; and even though they had been dead for forty days, when opened, they released a stream of blood as bubbly and fresh as that of a young man with a healthy disposition would be; and this belief is so widespread that everyone shares detailed stories about it.

Father Theophilus Reynard, who has written a particular treatise on this subject, maintains that this return of the dead is an indubitable fact, and that there are very certain proofs and experience of the same; but that to pretend that those ghosts who come to disturb the living are always those of excommunicated persons, and that it is a privilege of the schismatic Greek church to preserve from decay those who incurred excommunication, and have died under censure of their church, is an untenable assumption; since it is certain that the bodies of the excommunicated decay like others, and there are some which have died in communion with the church, whether the Greek or the Latin, who remain uncorrupted. Such are found even among the Pagans, and amongst animals, of which the dead bodies are sometimes found in an uncorrupted state, both in the ground, and in the ruins of old buildings.[516]

Father Theophilus Reynard, who has written a specific treatise on this topic, argues that the return of the dead is an undeniable fact, backed by solid evidence and experience. However, he contends that claiming that the ghosts disturbing the living are always those of excommunicated individuals is a flawed assumption. He suggests that it's a false privilege of the schismatic Greek church to claim they can prevent the decay of excommunicated individuals who have died under their church’s condemnation. In reality, it's clear that the bodies of the excommunicated decay like any others. There are also individuals who died in good standing with the church—whether Greek or Latin—whose remains have been found intact. Such instances can even be observed among Pagans and animals, where uncorrupted bodies are sometimes discovered both in the ground and in the remains of ancient buildings.[516]

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[516] See, concerning the bodies of the excommunicated which are affirmed to be exempt from decay, Father Goar, Ritual of the Greeks, pp. 687, 688; Matthew Paris, History of England, tom. ii. p. 687; Adam de Brême, c. lxxv.; Albert de Stade, on the year 1050, and Monsieur du Cange, Glossar. Latinit. at the word imblocatus.

[516] Regarding the bodies of the excommunicated that are said to be free from decay, refer to Father Goar, Ritual of the Greeks, pp. 687, 688; Matthew Paris, History of England, vol. ii, p. 687; Adam de Brême, ch. lxxv.; Albert de Stade, concerning the year 1050, and Monsieur du Cange, Glossar. Latinit. under the term imblocatus.


CHAPTER XXXII.

VROUCOLACA EXHUMED IN PRESENCE OF MONSIEUR DE TOURNEFORT.

Monsieur Pitton de Tournefort relates the manner in which they exhumed a pretended vroucolaca, in the Isle of Micon, where he was on the 1st of January, 1701. These are his own words: "We saw a very different scene, (in the same Isle of Micon,) on the occasion of one of those dead people, whom they believe to return to earth after their interment. This one, whose history we shall relate, was a peasant of Micon, naturally sullen and quarrelsome; which is a circumstance to be remarked relatively to such subjects; he was killed in the country, no one knows when, or by whom. Two days after he had been inhumed in a chapel in the town, it was rumored that he was seen by night walking very fast; that he came into the house, overturning the furniture, extinguishing the lamps, throwing his arms around persons from behind, and playing a thousand sly tricks.

Monsieur Pitton de Tournefort describes how they dug up a supposed vroucolaca on the Isle of Micon, where he was on January 1, 1701. Here are his own words: "We witnessed a completely different scene (on the Isle of Micon) regarding one of those dead people believed to return to earth after being buried. This particular person, whose story we will share, was a peasant from Micon, naturally gloomy and argumentative; which is an important detail in relation to such cases. He was killed in the countryside, though no one knows when or by whom. Two days after he was buried in a chapel in town, rumors spread that he was seen at night walking quickly; that he entered homes, overturned furniture, put out lamps, grabbed people from behind, and played a hundred mischievous tricks."

"At first people only laughed at it; but the affair began to be serious, when the most respectable people in the place began to complain: the priests even owned the fact, and doubtless they had their reasons. People did not fail to have masses said; nevertheless the peasant continued to lead the same life without correcting himself. After several assemblies of the principal men of the city, with priests and monks, it was concluded that they must, according to some ancient ceremonial, await the expiration of nine days after burial.

"At first, people just laughed it off; but things got serious when the most respected individuals in the community started to complain: even the priests acknowledged the situation, and they surely had their reasons. People didn’t hesitate to hold masses; still, the peasant went on living his life without making any changes. After several meetings with the city’s leaders, including priests and monks, they decided that, according to some ancient customs, they needed to wait for nine days after the burial."

"On the tenth day a mass was said in the chapel where the corpse lay, in order to expel the demon which they believed to have inclosed himself therein. This body was taken up after mass, and they began to set about tearing out his heart; the butcher of the town, who was old, and very awkward, began by opening the belly instead of the breast; he felt for a long time in the entrails without finding what he sought. At last some one told him that he must pierce the diaphragm; then the heart was torn out, to the admiration of all present. The corpse, however, gave out such a bad smell, that they were obliged to burn incense; but the vapor, mixed with the exhalations of the carrion, only augmented the stink, and began to heat the brain of these poor people.

"On the tenth day, a mass was held in the chapel where the body was laid to rest, to drive out the demon they believed was trapped inside. After the mass, they started to remove his heart; the town's butcher, who was elderly and quite clumsy, began by cutting open the belly instead of the chest. He fumbled around in the intestines for a long time without finding what he was looking for. Finally, someone told him he needed to cut through the diaphragm; then the heart was pulled out, to the amazement of everyone there. However, the body emitted such a terrible odor that they had to burn incense, but the smoke, mixed with the smell of the decaying flesh, only made the stench worse and began to overwhelm the minds of those poor people."

"Their imagination, struck with the spectacle, was full of visions;[Pg 305] some one thought proper to say that a thick smoke came from this body. We dared not say that it was the vapor of the incense. They only exclaimed "Vroucolacas," in the chapel, and in the square before it. (This is the name which they give to these pretended Revenans.) The rumor spread and was bellowed in the street, and the noise seemed likely to shake the vaulted roof of the chapel. Several present affirmed that the blood of this wretched man was quite vermilion; the butcher swore that the body was still quite warm; whence it was concluded that the dead man was very wrong not to be quite dead, or, to express myself better, to suffer himself to be reanimated by the devil. This is precisely the idea of a vroucolaca; and they made this name resound in an astonishing manner. At this time there entered a crowd of people, who protested aloud that they clearly perceived this body was not stiff when they brought it from the country to the church to bury it, and that consequently it was a true vroucolaca; this was the chorus.

Their imagination, captivated by the scene, was filled with visions; [Pg 305] someone claimed that thick smoke was coming from this body. We couldn’t say it was the incense vapor. They only shouted "Vroucolacas" in the chapel and in the square outside. (That’s the name they give to these so-called Revenans.) The rumor spread and echoed in the street, and the noise felt like it could shake the chapel's vaulted ceiling. Several people present insisted that the blood of this unfortunate man was bright red; the butcher swore the body was still warm; from this, it was concluded that the dead man was definitely mistaken in thinking he was totally dead, or better put, that he was allowing himself to be brought back to life by the devil. This is exactly what a vroucolaca is, and they made this name resonate remarkably. At that moment, a crowd of people entered, loudly declaring that they clearly noticed the body wasn’t stiff when they brought it from the countryside to the church to bury it, and so it was definitely a true vroucolaca; this was the chorus.

"I have no doubt that they would have maintained it did not stink, if we had not been present; so stupefied were these poor people with the circumstance, and infatuated with the idea of the return of the dead. For ourselves, who got next to the corpse in order to make our observations exactly, we were ready to die from the offensive odor which proceeded from it. When they asked us what we thought of this dead man, we replied that we believed him thoroughly dead; but as we wished to cure, or at least not to irritate their stricken fancy, we represented to them that it was not surprising if the butcher had perceived some heat in searching amidst entrails which were decaying; neither was it extraordinary that some vapor had proceeded from them; since such will issue from a dunghill that is stirred up; as for this pretended red blood, it still might be seen on the butcher's hands that it was only a very fœtid mud.

"I have no doubt they would have insisted it didn’t smell bad if we hadn’t been there; these poor people were so dazed by the situation and obsessed with the idea of the dead returning. As for us, who got close to the corpse to make our observations accurately, we were about to gag from the awful stench coming from it. When they asked what we thought of this dead man, we said we believed he was completely dead; but since we wanted to ease or at least not aggravate their troubled minds, we suggested it wasn’t surprising if the butcher felt some warmth while searching through the rotting entrails; nor was it unusual for some vapor to rise from them; just like what happens when you stir up a pile of manure; and as for the so-called red blood, it was clear on the butcher’s hands that it was nothing more than really foul mud."

"After all these arguments, they bethought themselves of going to the marine, and burning the heart of the dead man, who in spite of this execution was less docile, and made more noise than before. They accused him of beating people by night, of breaking open the doors and even terraces, of breaking windows, tearing clothes, and emptying jugs and bottles. He was a very thirsty dead man; I believe he only spared the consul's house, where I was lodged. In the mean time I never saw anything so pitiable as the state of this island.

"After all these arguments, they considered going to the beach and burning the heart of the dead man, who, despite this punishment, was even more restless and noisy than before. They blamed him for attacking people at night, breaking down doors and even climbing onto roofs, shattering windows, ripping clothes, and spilling jugs and bottles. He was an incredibly thirsty dead man; I think he only left the consul's house, where I was staying, alone. In the meantime, I’ve never seen anything as tragic as the condition of this island."

"Everybody seemed to have lost their senses. The most sensible people appeared as phrenzied as the others; it was a veritable brain fever, as dangerous as any mania or madness. Whole families were seen to forsake their houses, and coming from the ends of the town, bring their flock beds to the market-place to pass the night there. Every one complained of some new insult; you heard[Pg 306] nothing but lamentations at night-fall; and the most sensible people went into the country.

"Everyone seemed to have lost their minds. The most reasonable people acted just as frenzied as the rest; it was a true frenzy, as risky as any madness. Families were seen leaving their homes, bringing their mattresses to the town square to sleep there for the night. Everyone complained about some new outrage; all you heard[Pg 306] were cries of despair at dusk, and even the most rational people headed out to the countryside."

"Amidst such a general prepossession we made up our minds to say nothing; we should not only have been considered as absurd, but as infidels. How can you convince a whole people of error? Those who believed in their own minds that we had our doubts of the truth of the fact, came and reproached us for our incredulity, and pretended to prove that there were such things as vroucolacas, by some authority which they derived from Father Richard, a Jesuit missionary. It is Latin, said they, and consequently you ought to believe it. We should have done no good by denying this consequence. They every morning entertained us with the comedy of a faithful recital of all the new follies which had been committed by this bird of night; he was even accused of having committed the most abominable sins.

"Amidst such a widespread belief, we decided to stay silent; we wouldn’t just be seen as ridiculous, but as disbelievers. How do you convince an entire population they are wrong? Those who were certain of their views that we doubted the truth of the claims came to scold us for our disbelief, claiming to prove the existence of vroucolacas based on the authority of Father Richard, a Jesuit missionary. 'It's Latin,' they said, 'so you should believe it.' Denying that wouldn’t have helped. Every morning, they entertained us with a detailed recounting of the latest absurdities attributed to this nocturnal creature; he was even accused of committing the most heinous sins."

"The citizens who were most zealous for the public good believed that they had missed the most essential point of the ceremony. They said that the mass ought not to be celebrated until after the heart of this wretched man had been torn out; they affirmed that with that precaution they could not have failed to surprise the devil, and doubtless he would have taken care not to come back again; instead of which had they begun by saying mass, he would have had, said they, plenty of time to take flight, and to return afterwards at his leisure.

The citizens who were most passionate about the public good believed they had overlooked the most important part of the ceremony. They insisted that the mass shouldn't be held until after the heart of this miserable man had been removed; they claimed that by doing this, they would have caught the devil off guard, and surely he wouldn't have dared to return. Instead, they argued, if they started with the mass, he would have had plenty of time to escape and then come back whenever he pleased.

"After all these arguments they found themselves in the same embarrassment as the first day it began; they assembled night and morning; they reasoned upon it, made processions which lasted three days and three nights; they obliged the priests to fast; they were seen running about in the houses with the asperser or sprinkling brush in their hands, sprinkling holy water and washing the doors with it; they even filled the mouth of that poor vroucolaca with holy water. We so often told the administration of the town that in all Christendom people would not fail in such a case to watch by night, to observe all that was going forward in the town, that at last they arrested some vagabonds, who assuredly had a share in all these disturbances. Apparently they were not the principal authors of them, or they were too soon set at liberty; for two days after, to make themselves amends for the fast they had kept in prison, they began again to empty the stone bottles of wine belonging to those persons who were silly enough to forsake their houses at night. Thus, then, they were again obliged to have recourse to prayers.

"After all these arguments, they found themselves in the same awkward position as the first day it all started; they gathered day and night, reasoning about it, holding processions that lasted three days and three nights. They made the priests fast and were seen running around the houses with holy water sprinklers in their hands, sprinkling holy water and washing the doors with it. They even filled the mouth of that poor creature with holy water. We kept telling the town administration that in all of Christendom, people would make sure to watch at night and observe everything happening in the town, so eventually, they arrested some vagrants who surely had some part in all these disturbances. Apparently, they weren't the main culprits, or they were released too quickly, because two days later, to make up for the fast they had kept in jail, they started drinking the wine from the stone bottles belonging to those who were foolish enough to leave their homes at night. So, once again, they had to turn to prayer."

"One day as certain orisons were being recited, after having stuck I know not how many naked swords upon the grave of this corpse, which was disinterred three or four times a day, according to the caprice of the first comer, an Albanian, who chanced to be at Mico[Pg 307] accidentally, bethought himself of saying in a sententious tone, that it was very ridiculous to make use of the swords of Christians in such a case. Do you not see, blind as ye are, said he, that the hilt of these swords, forming a cross with the handle, prevents the devil from coming out of that body? why do you not rather make use of the sabres of the Turks? The advice of this clever man was of no use; the vroucolaca did not appear more tractable, and everybody was in a strange consternation; they no longer knew to which saint to pay their vows; when, with one voice, as if the signal word had been given, they began to shout in all parts of the town that they had waited too long: that the vroucolaca ought to be burnt altogether; that after that, they would defy the devil to return and ensconce himself there; that it would be better to have recourse to that extremity than to let the island be deserted. In fact, there were whole families who were packing up in the intention of retiring to Sira or Tina.

"One day, while some prayers were being said, after someone had stuck I don't know how many naked swords on the grave of this corpse, which was dug up three or four times a day based on the whim of whoever happened to show up, an Albanian who was at Mico[Pg 307] by chance, decided to say in a wise-sounding tone that it was pretty ridiculous to use Christian swords in this situation. Don’t you see, you blind people, he said, that the hilt of these swords forming a cross with the handle keeps the devil from coming out of that body? Why not use Turkish sabers instead? The suggestion from this clever guy didn’t help; the vroucolaca wasn’t any easier to deal with, and everyone was in a weird panic. They didn’t even know which saint to pray to anymore. Then, all at once, as if a signal had been given, they started shouting all over town that they had waited too long: that the vroucolaca should be completely burned; that after that, they would dare the devil to come back and settle there; that it would be better to take that extreme step than to let the island be abandoned. In fact, there were whole families packing up, planning to leave for Sira or Tina."

"So they carried the vroucolaca, by order of the administration, to the point of the Island of St. George, where they had prepared a great pile made up with a mixture of tow, for fear that wood, however dry it might be, would not burn quickly enough by itself. The remains of this unfortunate corpse were thrown upon it and consumed in a very little time; it was on the first day of January, 1701. We saw this fire as we returned from Delos: it might be called a real feu de joie; since then, there have been no more complaints against the vroucolaca. They contented themselves with saying that the devil had been properly caught that time, and they made up a song to turn him into ridicule.

"So they transported the vroucolaca, as directed by the administration, to the point of the Island of St. George, where they had set up a large pile made of a mix of tow, fearing that even the driest wood might not burn fast enough on its own. The remains of this unfortunate corpse were placed on it and quickly consumed; this happened on January 1st, 1701. We saw this fire as we returned from Delos: it could be called a real feu de joie; since then, there have been no more complaints about the vroucolaca. They were satisfied to say that the devil had been properly caught that time and even made up a song to mock him."

"Throughout the Archipelago, the people are persuaded that it is only the Greeks of the Greek church whose corpses are reanimated by the devil. The inhabitants of the Isle of Santorin have great apprehensions of these bugbears; those of Maco, after their visions were dissipated, felt an equal fear of being punished by the Turks and by the Bishop of Tina. None of the papas would be present at St. George when this body was burned, lest the bishop should exact a sum of money for having disinterred and burned the dead body without his permission. As for the Turks, it is certain that at their first visit they did not fail to make the community of Maco pay the price of the blood of this poor devil, who in every way became the abomination and horror of his country. After this, must we not own that the Greeks of to-day are not great Greeks, and that there is only ignorance and superstition among them?"[517]

"Across the Archipelago, people believe that only the Greeks of the Greek church have their corpses brought back to life by the devil. The residents of Santorini are particularly fearful of these ghosts; those in Maco, once their visions faded, were equally scared of being punished by the Turks and the Bishop of Tinos. None of the priests would attend the St. George service when this body was burned, fearing the bishop would demand money for having disinterred and cremated the corpse without his consent. As for the Turks, it’s clear that on their first visit, they made the people of Maco pay for the blood of this unfortunate man, who became a source of shame and fear for his community. After all this, can we really say that today's Greeks are truly great Greeks, or is it just ignorance and superstition that prevails among them?"[517]

So says Monsieur de Tournefort.

So says Mr. de Tournefort.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[517] This took place nearly a hundred and fifty years ago.

[517] This happened almost one hundred and fifty years ago.


CHAPTER XXXIII.

HAS THE DEMON POWER TO CAUSE ANY ONE TO DIE AND THEN TO RESTORE THE DEAD TO LIFE?

Supposing the principle which we established as indubitable at the commencement of this dissertation—that God alone is the sovereign arbitrator of life and death; that he alone can give life to men, and restore it to them after he has taken it from them—the question that we here propose appears unseasonable and absolutely frivolous, since it concerns a supposition notoriously impossible.

Supposing the principle we established as undeniable at the beginning of this dissertation—that God alone is the ultimate judge of life and death; that only He can give life to people and restore it after taking it away—the question we raise here seems out of place and completely ridiculous, since it deals with a situation that is obviously impossible.

Nevertheless, as some learned men have believed that the demon has power to restore life, and to preserve from corruption, for a time, certain bodies which he makes use of to delude mankind and frighten them, as it happens with the ghosts of Hungary, we shall treat of it in this place, and relate a remarkable instance furnished by Monsieur Nicholas Remy, procureur-general of Lorraine, and which occurred in his own time;[518] that is to say, in 1581, at Dalhem, a village situated between the Moselle and the Sare. A goatherd of this village, named Pierron, a married man and father of a boy, conceived a violent passion for a girl of the village. One day, when his thoughts were occupied with this young girl, she appeared to him in the fields, or the demon in her likeness. Pierron declared his love to her; she promised to reply to it on condition that he would give himself up to her, and obey her in all things. Pierron consented to this, and consummated his abominable passion with this spectre. Some time afterwards, Abrahel, which was the name assumed by the demon, asked of him as a pledge of his love, that he would sacrifice to her his only son, and gave him an apple for this boy to eat, who, on tasting it, fell down dead. The father and mother, in despair at this fatal and to both unexpected accident, uttered lamentations, and were inconsolable.

Nevertheless, some scholars have believed that demons have the power to restore life and temporarily preserve certain bodies to deceive and frighten people, like the ghosts in Hungary. We will discuss this here and share a notable case provided by Monsieur Nicholas Remy, the procureur-general of Lorraine, that took place during his lifetime; that is to say, in 1581, in Dalhem, a village between the Moselle and the Sare. A goatherd from this village, named Pierron, who was married and had a son, developed a strong obsession with a girl from the village. One day, while he was thinking about her, she appeared to him in the fields, or the demon took her form. Pierron confessed his love to her; she promised to respond but only if he surrendered himself to her and obeyed her in everything. Pierron agreed to this and fulfilled his twisted desire with this specter. Some time later, Abrahel, the name the demon took, asked him as proof of his love to sacrifice his only son and gave him an apple for the boy to eat. After tasting it, the boy fell down dead. The father and mother, in their despair over this tragic and unexpected event, cried out in grief and were utterly inconsolable.

Abrahel appeared again to the goatherd, and promised to restore the child to life if the father would ask this favor of him by paying him the kind of adoration due only to God. The peasant knelt down, worshiped Abrahel, and immediately the boy began to revive. He opened his eyes; they warmed him, chafed his limbs, and at last he began to walk and to speak. He was the same as before,[Pg 309] only thinner, paler, and more languid; his eyes heavy and sunken, his movements slower and less free, his mind duller and more stupid. At the end of a year, the demon that had animated him quitted him with a great noise; the youth fell backwards, and his body, which was fœtid and stunk insupportably, was dragged with a hook out of his father's house, and buried in a field without any ceremony.

Abrahel appeared again to the goatherd and promised to bring the child back to life if the father would ask this favor of him by giving him the kind of worship that should only be reserved for God. The peasant knelt down, worshiped Abrahel, and immediately the boy began to come back to life. He opened his eyes; they warmed him, rubbed his limbs, and finally, he started to walk and talk. He was the same as before,[Pg 309] only thinner, paler, and more lethargic; his eyes heavy and sunken, his movements slower and less free, his mind duller and more vacant. At the end of a year, the demon that had possessed him left with a loud noise; the young man fell backward, and his body, which was foul-smelling and stank unbearably, was dragged out of his father's house with a hook and buried in a field without any ceremony.

This event was reported at Nancy, and examined into by the magistrates, who informed themselves exactly of the circumstance, heard the witnesses, and found that the thing was such as has been related. For the rest, the story does not say how the peasant was punished, nor whether he was so at all. Perhaps his crime with the demon could not be proved; to that there was probably no witness. In regard to the death of his son, it was difficult to prove that he was the cause of it.

This event was reported in Nancy and looked into by the local authorities, who got the details straight, listened to the witnesses, and confirmed that what was shared was accurate. However, the account doesn't mention how the peasant was punished, if at all. It's possible that there was no proof of his wrongdoing with the demon; there likely were no witnesses to that. As for the death of his son, it was hard to prove that he was responsible for it.

Procopius, in his secret history of the Emperor Justinian, seriously asserts that he is persuaded, as well as several other persons, that that emperor was a demon incarnate. He says the same thing of the Empress Theodora his wife. Josephus, the Jewish historian, says that the souls of the wicked enter the bodies of the possessed, whom they torment, and cause to act and speak.

Procopius, in his secret history of Emperor Justinian, strongly claims that he believes, along with several others, that this emperor was a demon in human form. He makes the same accusation about his wife, Empress Theodora. Josephus, the Jewish historian, mentions that the souls of the wicked inhabit the bodies of the possessed, tormenting them and making them act and speak.

We see by St. Chrysostom that in his time many Christians believed that the spirits of persons who died a violent death were changed into demons, and that the magicians made use of the spirit of a child they had killed for their magical operations, and to discover the future. St. Philastrius places among heretics those persons who believed that the souls of worthless men were changed into demons.

We see from St. Chrysostom that during his time, many Christians thought that the spirits of people who died violently turned into demons, and that magicians used the spirit of a child they had killed for their magic and to predict the future. St. Philastrius categorizes those who believed that the souls of undeserving people became demons as heretics.

According to the system of these authors, the demon might have entered into the body of the child of the shepherd Pierron, moved it and maintained it in a kind of life whilst his body was uncorrupted and the organs underanged; it was not the soul of the boy which animated it, but the demon which replaced his spirit.

According to these authors' system, the demon could have entered the body of the shepherd Pierron's child, moving it and keeping it in a sort of life while his body remained uncorrupted and the organs undisturbed; it wasn't the boy's soul that animated it, but the demon that took the place of his spirit.

Philo believed that as there are good and bad angels, there are also good and bad souls or spirits, and that the souls which descend into the bodies bring to them their own good or bad qualities.

Philo believed that just like there are good and bad angels, there are also good and bad souls or spirits, and that the souls that enter bodies bring their own good or bad qualities with them.

We see by the Gospel that the Jews of the time of our Saviour believed that one man could be animated by several souls. Herod imagined that the spirit of John the Baptist, whom he had beheaded, had entered into Jesus Christ,[519] and worked miracles in him. Others fancied that Jesus Christ was animated by the spirit of Elias,[520] or of Jeremiah, or some other of the ancient prophets.

We see from the Gospel that the Jews during the time of our Savior believed that one person could have multiple souls. Herod thought that the spirit of John the Baptist, whom he had beheaded, had entered into Jesus Christ,[519] and was performing miracles through him. Others believed that Jesus Christ was possessed by the spirit of Elijah,[520] or of Jeremiah, or some other ancient prophets.

 

Footnotes:

References:

[518] Art. ii. p. 14.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Art. II, p. 14.

[519] Mark vi. 16, 17.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Mark 16:16-17.

[520] Matt. xvi. 14.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 16:14.


CHAPTER XXXIV.

EXAMINATION OF THE OPINION WHICH CONCLUDES THAT THE DEMON CAN RESTORE MOTION TO A DEAD BODY.

We cannot approve these opinions of Jews which we have just shown. They are contrary to our holy religion, and to the dogmas of our schools. But we believe that the spirit which once inspired Elijah, for instance, rested on Elisha, his disciple; and that the Holy Spirit which inspired the first animated the second also, and even St. John the Baptist, who, according to the words of Jesus Christ, came in the power of Elijah to prepare a highway for the Messiah. Thus, in the prayers of the Church, we pray to God to fill his faithful servants with the spirit of the saints, and to inspire them with a love for that which they loved, and a detestation of that which they hated.

We cannot support the views of Jews that we've just presented. They go against our holy religion and the teachings of our schools. However, we believe that the spirit that once inspired Elijah, for example, was also present in Elisha, his disciple; and that the Holy Spirit that empowered the first also inspired the second, as well as St. John the Baptist, who, according to Jesus Christ, came in the spirit and power of Elijah to prepare the way for the Messiah. Therefore, in the Church’s prayers, we ask God to fill His faithful servants with the spirit of the saints and to inspire them with a love for what they loved and a disdain for what they hated.

That the demon, and even a good angel by the permission or commission of God, can take away the life of a man appears indubitable. The angel which appeared to Zipporah,[521] as Moses was returning from Midian to Egypt, and threatened to slay his two sons because they were not circumcised; as well as the one who slew the first-born of the Egyptians,[522] and the one who is termed in Scripture the Destroying Angel, and who slew the Hebrew murmurers in the wilderness;[523] and the angel who was near slaying Balaam and his ass;[524] the angel who killed the soldiers of Sennacherib, he who smote the first seven husbands of Sara, the daughter of Raguel;[525] and, finally, the one with whom the Psalmist menaces his enemies, all are instances in proof of this.[526]

That demons, and even good angels acting with God's permission or task, can take a man's life is clearly evident. The angel that appeared to Zipporah,[521] as Moses was heading back from Midian to Egypt, threatened to kill his two sons because they weren't circumcised; the one who struck down the firstborn of the Egyptians,[522]; the one referred to in Scripture as the Destroying Angel, who killed the Hebrew complainers in the wilderness;[523]; the angel who was about to kill Balaam and his donkey;[524]; the angel who killed the soldiers of Sennacherib; the one who struck down the first seven husbands of Sara, daughter of Raguel;[525] and lastly, the one the Psalmist threatens to use against his enemies—these are all examples that support this claim.[526]

Does not St. Paul, speaking to the Corinthians of those who took the Communion unworthily,[527] say that the demon occasioned them dangerous maladies, of which many died? Will it be believed that those whom the same Apostle delivered over to Satan[528] suffered nothing bodily; and that Judas, having received from the Son of God a bit of bread dipped in the dish,[529] and Satan having entered into[Pg 311] him, that bad spirit did not disturb his reason, his imagination, and his heart, until at last he led him to destroy himself, and to hang himself in despair?

Doesn't St. Paul, while addressing the Corinthians about those who took Communion unworthily,[527] say that the demon caused them serious illnesses, resulting in many deaths? Can it be believed that those whom the same Apostle handed over to Satan[528] experienced no physical suffering; and that Judas, after receiving a piece of bread dipped in the dish from the Son of God,[529] and with Satan having entered into[Pg 311] him, was not disturbed in his mind, imagination, and heart, ultimately leading him to ruin himself and hang himself in despair?

We may believe that all these angels were evil angels, although it cannot be denied that God employs sometimes the good angels also to exercise his vengeance against the wicked, as well as to chastise, correct, and punish those to whom God desires to be merciful; as he sends his Prophets to announce good and bad tidings, to threaten punishment, and excite to repentance.

We might think that all these angels were evil, but it's undeniable that God sometimes uses the good angels to carry out His vengeance against the wicked, as well as to discipline, correct, and punish those He wants to show mercy to; just as He sends His Prophets to deliver both good and bad news, to warn of punishment, and to inspire repentance.

But nowhere do we read that either the good or the evil angels have of their own authority alone either given life to any person or restored it. This power is reserved to God alone.[530] The demon, according to the Gospel,[531] in the last days, and before the last Judgment, will perform, either by his own power or that of Antichrist and his subordinates, such wonders as would, were it possible, lead the elect themselves into error. From the time of Jesus Christ and his Apostles, Satan raised up false Christs and false Apostles, who performed many seeming miracles, and even resuscitated the dead. At least, it was maintained that they had resuscitated some: St. Clement of Alexandria and Hegesippus make mention of a few resurrections operated by Simon the magician;[532] it is also said that Apollonius of Thyana brought to life a girl they were carrying to be buried. If we may believe Apuleius,[533] Asclepiades, meeting a funeral convoy, resuscitated the body they were carrying to the pile. It is asserted that Æsculapius restored to life Hippolytus, the son of Theseus; also Glaucus, the son of Minos, and Campanes, killed at the assault of Thebes, and Admetus, King of Phera in Thessaly. Elian[534] attests that the same Æsculapius joined on again the head of a woman to her corpse, and restored her to life.

But nowhere do we see that either good or evil angels have the authority to give life to anyone or bring it back on their own. This power belongs solely to God. According to the Gospel, in the last days and before the final Judgment, the demon will perform wonders—either by his own power or that of Antichrist and his followers—that could potentially mislead even the elect. Since the time of Jesus Christ and his Apostles, Satan has raised up false Christs and false Apostles who have performed many apparent miracles, including bringing the dead back to life. At least, it's said that they did: St. Clement of Alexandria and Hegesippus mention a few resurrections done by Simon the magician; it’s also said that Apollonius of Tyana revived a girl who was being taken to her burial. If we are to believe Apuleius, Asclepiades revived a body that was being carried to the funeral pyre. It is claimed that Æsculapius brought Hippolytus, the son of Theseus, back to life, as well as Glaucus, the son of Minos, and Campanes, who died during the assault on Thebes, and Admetus, King of Phera in Thessaly. Elian asserts that the same Æsculapius reattached a woman’s head to her corpse and restored her to life.

But if we possessed the certainty of all these events which we have just cited—I mean to say, were they attested by ocular witnesses, well-informed and disinterested, which is not the case—we ought to know the circumstances attending these events, and then we should be better able to dispute or assent to them. For there is every appearance that the dead people resuscitated by Æsculapius were only persons who were dangerously ill, and restored to health by that skillful physician. The girl revived by Apollonius of Thyana was not really dead; even those who were carrying her to the funeral pile had their doubts if she were deceased. What is said of Simon the magician is anything but certain; and even if that impostor by his magical secrets could have performed some wonders on dead[Pg 312] persons, it should be imputed to his delusions and to some artifice, which may have substituted living bodies or phantoms for the dead bodies which he boasted of having recalled to life. In a word, we hold it as indubitable that it is God only who can impart life to a person really dead, either by power proceeding immediately from himself, or by means of angels or of demons, who perform his behests.

But if we had definite proof of all these events we just mentioned—I mean, if they were confirmed by eye witnesses who were knowledgeable and unbiased, which they aren't—we should know the details surrounding these events, and then we would be better able to argue for or against them. It seems that the people brought back to life by Æsculapius were just those who were seriously ill and returned to health through that skilled physician. The girl revived by Apollonius of Thyana wasn’t actually dead; even those who were carrying her to the funeral pyre had their doubts about whether she had died. What's said about Simon the magician is far from certain; and even if that fraud could have performed some tricks on dead people through his magical secrets, it should be attributed to his deceptions and some cleverness, which might have involved using living bodies or illusions instead of the dead bodies he claimed to have brought back to life. In short, we firmly believe that only God can give life to someone who is truly dead, either through His own power directly or through angels or demons who carry out His commands.

I own that the instance of that boy of Dalhem is perplexing. Whether it was the spirit of the child that returned into his body to animate it anew, or the demon who replaced his soul, the puzzle appears to me the same; in all this circumstance we behold only the work of the evil spirit. God does not seem to have had any share in it. Now, if the demon can take the place of a spirit in a body newly dead, or if he can make the soul by which it was animated before death return into it, we can no longer dispute his power to restore a kind of life to a dead person; which would be a terrible temptation for us, who might be led to believe that the demon has a power which religion does not permit us to think that God shares with any created being.

I admit that the case of that boy from Dalhem is confusing. Whether it was the child's spirit that returned to his body to bring it back to life, or the demon that took over his soul, the mystery feels the same to me; in all of this, we only see the work of an evil spirit. God doesn’t seem to be involved at all. Now, if the demon can take the place of a spirit in a recently deceased body, or if he can cause the soul that animated it before death to return, we can no longer argue about his ability to give a sort of life back to a dead person; which would be a terrible temptation for us, possibly leading us to believe that the demon has a power that religion tells us God doesn’t share with any created being.

I would then say, supposing the truth of the fact, of which I see no room to doubt, that God, to punish the abominable crime of the father, and to give an example of his just vengeance to mankind, permitted the demon to do on this occasion what he perhaps had never done, nor ever will again—to possess a body, and serve it in some sort as a soul, and give it action and motion whilst he could retain the body without its being too much corrupted.

I would then say, assuming this fact is true, which I see no reason to doubt, that God, to punish the terrible crime of the father and to show humanity an example of His just vengeance, allowed the demon to do something he might never have done before and may never do again—to possess a body, act as if he were a soul, and give it action and movement as long as he could keep the body from becoming too corrupted.

And this example applies admirably to the ghosts of Hungary and Moravia, whom the demon will move and animate—will cause to appear and disturb the living, so far as to occasion their death. I say all this under the supposition that what is said of the vampires is true; for if it all be false and fabulous, it is losing time to seek the means of explaining it.

And this example fits perfectly with the ghosts of Hungary and Moravia, whom the demon will move and bring to life—will make them appear and disturb the living to the point of causing their death. I say all this assuming that what is said about vampires is true; because if it’s all false and made-up, it’s a waste of time to try to explain it.

For the rest, several of the ancients, as Tertullian[535] and Lactantius, believed that the demons were the only authors of all the magicians do when they evoke the souls of the dead. They cause borrowed bodies or phantoms to appear, say they, and fascinate the eyes of those present, to make them believe that to be real which is only seeming.

For the others, several ancient writers, like Tertullian[535] and Lactantius, believed that demons were the sole creators of everything that magicians do when they summon the souls of the dead. They claim that demons make borrowed bodies or phantoms appear and captivate the eyes of everyone there, convincing them that what is merely an illusion is actually real.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[521] Exod. iv. 24, 25.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Exod. 4:24-25.

[522] Exod. xii. 12.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Exodus 12:12.

[523] 1 Cor. x. 10; Judith viii. 25.

[523] 1 Cor. 10:10; Judith 8:25.

[524] Numb. xxii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Numb. 22.

[525] Tob. iii. 7.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Tob. iii. 7.

[526] Psa. xxxiv. 7.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Psalm 34:7.

[527] 1 Cor. xi. 30.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Cor. 11:30.

[528] 1 Tim. i. 20.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Tim. 1:20.

[529] John xiii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] John 13.

[530] 1 Sam. ii. 6.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Sam. 2:6.

[531] Matt. xxiv. 24.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Matt. 24:24.

[532] Clem. Alex. Itinerario; Hegesippus de Excidio Jerusalem, c. 2.

[532] Clem. Alex. Itinerary; Hegesippus on the Destruction of Jerusalem, c. 2.

[533] Apulei Flondo. lib. ii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Apuleius' The Golden Ass, Book 2.

[534] Ælian, de Animalib. lib. ix. c. 77.

[534] Ælian, On Animals, Book 9, Chapter 77.

[535] Tertull. de Anim. c. 22.

[535] Tertullian, On the Soul, Chapter 22.


CHAPTER XXXV.

INSTANCES OF PHANTOMS WHICH HAVE APPEARED TO BE ALIVE, AND HAVE GIVE MANY SIGNS OF LIFE.

Le Loyer, in his book upon spectres, maintains[536] that the demon can cause the possessed to make extraordinary and involuntary movements. He can then, if allowed by God, give motion to a dead and insensible man.

Le Loyer, in his book on ghosts, claims[536] that the demon can make the possessed perform extraordinary and involuntary movements. If permitted by God, he can also give movement to a dead and unresponsive person.

He relates the instance of Polycrites, a magistrate of Ætolia, who appeared to the people of Locria nine or ten months after his death, and told them to show him his child, which being born monstrous, they wished to burn with its mother. The Locrians, in spite of the remonstrance of the spectre of Polycrites, persisting in their determination, Polycrites took his child, tore it to pieces and devoured it, leaving only the head, while the people could neither send him away nor prevent him; after that, he disappeared. The Ætolians were desirous of sending to consult the Delphian oracle, but the head of the child began to speak, and foretold the misfortunes which were to happen to their country and to his own mother.

He shares the story of Polycrites, a magistrate from Ætolia, who appeared to the people of Locria nine or ten months after his death and asked them to show him his child, which was born deformed, and they planned to burn it along with its mother. Despite the protests from the ghost of Polycrites, the Locrians were determined to go through with it. Polycrites then took his child, tore it apart, and consumed it, leaving only the head behind, while the people could neither send him away nor stop him; after that, he vanished. The Ætolians wanted to send a message to the Delphian oracle, but then the head of the child started to speak, predicting the disasters that would befall their country and his mother.

After the battle between King Antiochus and the Romans, an officer named Buptages, left dead on the field of battle, with twelve mortal wounds, rose up suddenly, and began to threaten the Romans with the evils which were to happen to them through the foreign nations who were to destroy the Roman empire. He pointed out in particular, that armies would come from Asia, and desolate Europe, which may designate the irruption of the Turks upon the domains of the Roman empire.

After the battle between King Antiochus and the Romans, an officer named Buptages, who was left dead on the battlefield with twelve fatal wounds, suddenly rose up and started threatening the Romans with the disasters that would come to them from foreign nations that would destroy the Roman Empire. He specifically pointed out that armies would come from Asia and devastate Europe, likely referring to the Turkish invasion of the Roman Empire’s territories.

After that, Buptages climbed up an oak tree, and foretold that he was about to be devoured by a wolf, which happened. After the wolf had devoured the body, the head again spoke to the Romans, and forbade them to bury him. All that appears very incredible, and was not accomplished in fact. It was not the people of Asia, but those of the north, who overthrew the Roman empire.

After that, Buptages climbed an oak tree and predicted that he would be eaten by a wolf, which came true. Once the wolf had eaten the body, the head spoke to the Romans again and told them not to bury him. This all seems very unbelievable and didn't actually happen. It wasn't the people of Asia, but those from the north, who brought down the Roman empire.

In the war of Augustus against Sextus Pompey, son of the great Pompey,[537] a soldier of Augustus, named Gabinius, had his head cut[Pg 314] off by order of young Pompey, so that it only held on to the neck by a narrow strip of flesh. Towards evening they heard Gabinius lamenting; they ran to him, and he said that he had returned from hell to reveal very important things to Pompey. Pompey did not think proper to go to him, but he sent one of his men, to whom Gabinius declared that the gods on high had decreed the happy destiny of Pompey, and that he would succeed in all his designs. Directly Gabinius had thus spoken, he fell down dead and stiff. This pretended prediction was falsified by the facts. Pompey was vanquished, and Cæsar gained all the advantage in this war.

In the war between Augustus and Sextus Pompey, the son of the famous Pompey,[537] a soldier of Augustus named Gabinius had his head chopped off on the orders of young Pompey, with only a thin strip of flesh holding it to his neck. In the evening, they heard Gabinius crying out; they rushed to him, and he claimed he had returned from hell to share some important news with Pompey. Pompey didn’t go to him but sent one of his men instead. Gabinius told this man that the gods had declared a great fate for Pompey and that he would succeed in all his plans. As soon as Gabinius finished speaking, he fell dead and stiff. This supposed prophecy was proven wrong by the events that followed. Pompey was defeated, and Cæsar gained all the advantages in this war.

A certain female juggler had died, but a magician of the band put a charm under her armpits, which gave her power to move; but another wizard having looked at her, cried out that it was only vile carrion, and immediately she fell down dead, and appeared what she was in fact.

A female juggler had died, but a magician from the group placed a charm under her armpits, which allowed her to move; however, another magic user looked at her and shouted that she was just disgusting dead flesh, and instantly she collapsed dead again, revealing what she truly was.

Nicole Aubri, a native of Vervius, being possessed by several devils, one of these devils, named Baltazo, took from the gibbet the body of a man who had been hanged near the plain of Arlon, and in this body went to the husband of Nicole Aubri, promising to deliver his wife from her possession if he would let him pass the night with her. The husband consulted the schoolmaster, who practiced exorcising, and who told him on no account to grant what was asked of him. The husband and Baltazo having entered the church, the woman who was possessed called him by his name, and immediately this Baltazo disappeared. The schoolmaster conjuring the possessed, Beelzebub, one of the demons, revealed what Baltazo had done, and that if the husband had granted what he asked, he would have flown away with Nicole Aubri, both body and soul.

Nicole Aubri, originally from Vervius, was possessed by multiple demons. One of these demons, named Baltazo, took the body of a man who had been hanged near the plain of Arlon and used it to approach Nicole's husband, promising to free his wife from her possession if he allowed him to spend the night with her. The husband sought advice from the schoolmaster, who practiced exorcisms, and he warned the husband not to agree to Baltazo's request under any circumstances. When the husband and Baltazo entered the church, the possessed woman called out his name, and instantly, Baltazo vanished. While the schoolmaster was exorcising the possessed woman, Beelzebub, one of the demons, disclosed what Baltazo had done, revealing that if the husband had consented, he would have taken Nicole Aubri away, both body and soul.

Le Loyer again relates[538] four other instances of persons whom the demon had seemed to restore to life, to satisfy the brutal passion of two lovers.

Le Loyer again relates[538] four other cases of people whom the demon appeared to bring back to life, to satisfy the savage desires of two lovers.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[536] Le Loyer, des Spectres, lib. ii. pp. 376, 392, 393.

[536] Le Loyer, The Specters, vol. ii, pp. 376, 392, 393.

[537] Pliny, lib. vii. c. 52.

[537] Pliny, book 7, chapter 52.

[538] Le Loyer, pp. 412-414.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] The Rent, pp. 412-414.


CHAPTER XXXVI.

DEVOTING TO DEATH, A PRACTICE AMONG THE PAGANS.

The ancient heathens, both Greeks and Romans, attributed to magic and to the demon the power of occasioning the destruction of any person by a manner of devoting them to death, which consisted in forming a waxen image as much as possible like the[Pg 315] person whose life they wished to take. They devoted him or her to death by their magical secrets: then they burned the waxen statue, and as that by degrees was consumed, so the doomed person became languid and at last died. Theocritus[539] makes a woman transported with love speak thus: she invokes the image of the shepherd, and prays that the heart of Daphnis, her beloved, may melt like the image of wax which represents him.

The ancient pagans, both Greeks and Romans, believed that magic and demons had the power to bring about someone’s death by a method called "devotion." This involved creating a wax figure that closely resembled the person they wanted to harm. They would use their magical rituals to dedicate this figure to death, then burn the wax statue. As it gradually melted away, the person it represented would weaken and eventually die. Theocritus makes a woman, overwhelmed by love, express her feelings: she calls upon the image of the shepherd and prays that the heart of Daphnis, her beloved, may soften like the wax figure of him.

Horace[540] brings forward two enchantresses, who evoke the shades to make them announce the future. First of all, the witches tear a sheep with their teeth, shedding the blood into a grave, in order to bring those spirits from whom they expect an answer; then they place next to themselves two statues, one of wax, the other of wool; the latter is the largest, and mistress of the other. The waxen image is at its feet, as a suppliant, and awaiting only death. After divers magical ceremonies, the waxen image was inflamed and consumed.

Horace[540] introduces two sorceresses who summon the spirits to reveal the future. To start, the witches rip apart a sheep with their teeth, spilling the blood into a grave to attract the spirits they seek answers from; then they set up two statues beside themselves, one made of wax and the other of wool. The wool statue is the bigger one and dominates the other. The wax figure sits at its feet, acting as a supplicant, waiting for death. After a series of magical rituals, the wax figure is ignited and completely burned away.

He speaks of this again elsewhere; and after having with a mocking laugh made his complaints to the enchantress Canidia, saying that he is ready to make her honorable reparation, he owns that he feels all the effects of her too-powerful art, as he himself has experienced it to give motion to waxen figures, and bring down the moon from the sky.[541]

He talks about this again in another place, and after mockingly laughing while venting to the enchantress Canidia, he admits that he's willing to make things right with her. He confesses that he feels all the impacts of her overwhelming magic, which he has seen work on wax figures and even pull the moon down from the sky.[541]

Virgil also speaks[542] of these diabolical operations, and these waxen images, devoted by magic art.

Virgil also talks about these wicked actions and these wax figures, created through magical art.

There is reason to believe that these poets only repeat these things to show the absurdity of the pretended secrets of magic, and the vain and impotent ceremonies of sorcerers.

There’s reason to think that these poets just recite these things to highlight the absurdity of the supposed secrets of magic and the useless and powerless rituals of sorcerers.

But it cannot be denied that, idle as all these practices may be, they have been used in ancient times; that many have put faith in them, and foolishly dreaded those attempts.

But it's undeniable that, no matter how pointless these practices may seem, they were used in ancient times; many people believed in them and foolishly feared those attempts.

Lucian relates the effects[543] of the magic of a certain Hyperborean, who, having formed a Cupid with clay, infused life into it, and sent it to fetch a girl named Chryseïs, with whom a young man had[Pg 316] fallen in love. The little Cupid brought her, and on the morrow, at dawn of day, the moon, which the magician had brought down from the sky, returned thither. Hecate, whom he had evoked from the bottom of hell, fled away, and all the rest of the scene disappeared. Lucian, with great reason, ridicules all this, and observes that these magicians, who boast of having so much power, ordinarily exercise it only upon contemptible people, and are such themselves.

Lucian describes the effects[543] of the magic of a certain Hyperborean who crafted a Cupid out of clay, gave it life, and sent it to fetch a girl named Chryseïs, whom a young man had fallen in love with[Pg 316]. The little Cupid brought her back, and the next morning, at dawn, the moon, which the magician had brought down from the sky, returned there. Hecate, whom he had summoned from the depths of hell, fled, and the rest of the scene vanished. Lucian rightly mocks all of this and notes that these magicians, who claim to have so much power, typically only use it on insignificant people and are just as ridiculous themselves.

The oldest instances of this dooming are those which are set down in Scripture, in the Old Testament. God commands Moses to devote to anathema the Canaanites of the kingdom of Arad.[544] He devotes also to anathema all the nations of the land of Canaan.[545] Balac, King of Moab,[546] sends to the diviner Balaam to engage him to curse and devote the people of Israel. "Come," says he to him, by his messenger, "and curse me Israel; for I know that those whom you have cursed and doomed to destruction shall be cursed, and he whom you have blessed shall be crowned with blessings."

The earliest examples of this cursing are found in the Bible, in the Old Testament. God tells Moses to completely destroy the Canaanites in the kingdom of Arad.[544] He also orders the destruction of all the nations in the land of Canaan.[545] Balak, the King of Moab,[546] sends for the diviner Balaam to have him curse and condemn the people of Israel. "Come," he says through his messenger, "and curse me Israel; for I know that whoever you curse and condemn will be cursed, and whoever you bless will be blessed."

We have in history instances of these devotings and maledictions, and evocations of the tutelary gods of cities by magic art. The ancients kept very secret the proper names of towns,[547] for fear that if they came to the knowledge of the enemy, they might make use of them in their invocations, which to their mind had no might unless the proper name of the town was expressed. The usual names of Rome, Tyre, and Carthage, were not their true and secret names. Rome, for instance, was called Valentia, a name known to very few persons, and Valerius Soranus was severely punished for having revealed it.

We have seen examples in history of these dedicatory acts, curses, and summonings of the protective gods of cities through magic. The ancients kept the true names of towns very secret,[547] fearing that if their enemy learned them, they could use them in their rituals, which they believed were powerless without the specific name of the town. The commonly used names for Rome, Tyre, and Carthage were not their real and hidden names. For example, Rome was known as Valentia, a name very few people knew, and Valerius Soranus was harshly punished for revealing it.

Macrobius[548] has preserved for us the formula of a solemn devoting or dooming of a city, and of imprecations against her, by devoting her to some hurtful and dangerous demon. We find in the heathen poets a great number of these invocations and magical doomings, to inspire a dangerous passion, or to occasion maladies. It is surprising that these superstitious and abominable practices should have gained entrance among Christians, and have been dreaded by persons who ought to have known their vanity and impotency.

Macrobius[548] has preserved for us the ritual for formally dedicating or cursing a city, along with curses against it, by dedicating it to a harmful and dangerous demon. We find a lot of these invocations and magical curses in the works of pagan poets, meant to inspire dangerous desires or cause illnesses. It's shocking that these superstitious and horrible practices have been accepted among Christians and have been feared by people who should understand their emptiness and powerlessness.

Tacitus relates[549] that at the death of Germanicus, who was said to have been poisoned by Piso and Plautina, there were found in the ground and in the walls bones of human bodies, doomings, and charms, or magic verses, with the name of Germanicus engraved upon thin plates of lead steeped in corrupted blood, half-burnt ashes, and other charms, by virtue of which it was believed that spirits could be evoked.

Tacitus reports[549] that when Germanicus died, allegedly poisoned by Piso and Plautina, bones of human bodies, curses, and charms, or magical verses, were discovered in the ground and walls. The name Germanicus was engraved on thin plates of lead soaked in tainted blood, half-burnt ashes, and other charms, which were thought to have the power to summon spirits.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[539] Theocrit Idyl. ii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Theocritus, Idyl. 2.

[540]
"Lanea et effigies erat, altera cerea major
Lanea, que pœnis compesceret inferiorem.
Cerea suppliciter stabat, servilibus ut quæ
Jam peritura modis....
Et imagine cereâ
Largior arserit ignis."

[540]
"There was a wax figure, one bigger than the other."
that secured the lower part with chains.
The wax figure stood modestly, like one
about to perish in every way...
And the wax figure
blazed with a bigger fire."

[541]
"An quæ movere cereas imagines,
Ut ipse curiosus, et polo
Deripere lunam."

[541]
"And those who manipulate wax figures,
As if he were curious himself, looking down from the sky.
"To grab the moon."

[542]
"Limus ut hic durescit, et hæc ut cera liquescit.
Uno eodemque igni; sic nostro Daphnis amore."—Virgil, Eclog.

[542]
"As the clay sets here, and the wax melts there."
"With the same passion; just like our love for Daphnis." — Virgil, Eclog.

[543] Lucian in Philops.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Lucian in Philops.

[544] Numb. xxi. 3.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Numb. 21:3.

[545] Deut. vii. 2, 3; xii. 1-3, &c.

[545] Deut. 7:2, 3; 12:1-3, etc.

[546] Numb. xxii. 5, &c.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Numb. 22:5, etc.

[547] Peir. lib. iii. c. 5; xxviii. c. 2.

[547] Peir. lib. iii. c. 5; xxviii. c. 2.

[548] Macrobius, lib. iii. c. 9.

[548] Macrobius, book 3, chapter 9.

[549] Tacit. Ann. lib. ii. art. 69.

[549] Tacit. Ann. lib. ii. art. 69.


CHAPTER XXXVII.

INSTANCES OF DEVOTING OR DOOMING AMONGST CHRISTIANS.

Hector Boëthius,[550] in his History of Scotland, relates that Duffus, king of that country, falling ill of a disorder unknown to the physicians, was consumed by a slow fever, passed his nights without sleep, and insensibly wasted away; his body melted in perspiration every night; he became weak, languid, and in a dying state, without, however, his pulse undergoing any alteration. Everything was done to relieve him, but uselessly. His life was despaired of, and those about him began to suspect some evil spell. In the mean time, the people of Moray, a county of Scotland, mutinied, supposing that the king must soon sink under his malady.

Hector Boëthius,[550] in his History of Scotland, reports that Duffus, the king of that country, became ill with a mysterious illness that doctors couldn't identify. He suffered from a slow fever, couldn't sleep at night, and gradually deteriorated; he sweated profusely every night, grew weak and lethargic, and appeared to be dying, even though his pulse didn’t change. Everything was tried to help him, but nothing worked. His life seemed to be in jeopardy, and those around him started to suspect that he was under some kind of evil spell. Meanwhile, the people of Moray, a county in Scotland, revolted, believing that the king would soon succumb to his illness.

It was whispered abroad that the king had been bewitched by some witches who lived at Forres, a little town in the north of Scotland. People were sent there to arrest them, and they were surprised in their dwellings, where one of them was basting an image of King Duffus, made of wax, turning on a wooden spit before a large fire, before which she was reciting certain magical prayers; and she affirmed that as the figure melted the king would lose his strength, and at last he would die when the figure should be entirely melted. These women declared that they had been hired to perform these evil spells by the principal men of the county of Moray, who only awaited the king's decease to burst into open revolt.

People were talking about how the king had been cursed by some witches living in Forres, a small town in northern Scotland. Authorities were sent there to arrest them, and they were found in their home, where one of the witches was roasting a wax figure of King Duffus over a large fire, reciting certain magical prayers. She claimed that as the figure melted, the king would lose his strength, and ultimately, he would die when the figure was completely melted. The witches said they had been paid to cast these evil spells by the key figures in Moray, who were just waiting for the king to die so they could openly rebel.

These witches were immediately arrested and burnt at the stake. The king was much better, and in a few days he perfectly recovered his health. This account is found also in the History of Scotland by Buchanan, who says he heard it from his elders.

These witches were quickly arrested and executed by burning. The king got much better, and in just a few days, he fully regained his health. This story is also found in the History of Scotland by Buchanan, who claims he heard it from his elders.

He makes the King Duffus live in 960, and he who has added notes to the text of these historians, says that this custom of melting waxen images by magic art, to occasion the death of certain persons, was not unknown to the Romans, as appears from Virgil and Ovid; and of this we have related a sufficient number of instances. But it must be owned that all which is related concerning it is very doubtful; not that wizards and witches have not been found who[Pg 318] have attempted to cause the death of persons of high rank by these means, and who attributed the effect to the demon, but there is little appearance that they ever succeeded in it. If magicians possessed the secret of thus occasioning the death of any one they pleased, where is the prince, prelate, or lord who would be safe? If they could thus roast them slowly to death, why not kill them at once, by throwing the waxen image in the fire? Who can have given such power to the devil? Is it the Almighty, to satisfy the revenge of an insignificant woman, or the jealousy of lovers of either sex?

He says King Duffus lived in 960, and the person who added notes to these historians points out that the practice of melting wax figures through magic to cause the deaths of certain individuals was known to the Romans, as seen in the works of Virgil and Ovid; we have provided a sufficient number of examples of this. However, it must be acknowledged that everything related to this practice is quite dubious; not that there haven't been witches and wizards who have tried to cause the deaths of high-ranking individuals using these methods, crediting the results to demons, but there is little evidence that they ever succeeded. If magicians really had the secret to causing anyone's death at will, where would anyone—princes, bishops, or lords—be safe? If they could slowly burn someone to death like that, why not just kill them instantly by throwing the wax figure into the fire? Who could possibly have given such power to the devil? Is it the Almighty, just to satisfy the petty revenge of a woman or the jealousy of lovers of either gender?

M. de St. André, physician to the king, in his Letters on Witchcraft, would explain the effects of these devotings, supposing them to be true, by the evaporation of animal spirits, which, proceeding from the bodies of the wizards or witches, and uniting with the atoms which fall from the wax, and the atoms of the fire, which render them still more pungent, should fly towards the person they desire to bewitch, and cause in him or her sensations of heat or pain, more or less violent according to the action of the fire. But I do not think that this clever man finds many to approve of his idea. The shortest way, in my opinion, would be, to deny the effects of these charms; for if these effects are real, they are inexplicable by physics, and can only be attributed to the devil.

M. de St. André, the king's physician, in his Letters on Witchcraft, tries to explain how these rituals work, assuming they're real, by suggesting that animal spirits evaporate from the bodies of wizards or witches. These spirits mix with the particles that come from the wax and the fire, making them even stronger. They supposedly fly towards the person being cursed, causing sensations of heat or pain, which can vary in intensity depending on the fire's action. However, I doubt this clever man has many supporters for his theory. In my view, the simplest approach would be to deny that these charms have any real effects; because if these effects are real, they can't be explained by physical means and must be attributed to the devil.

We read in the History of the Archbishops of Treves that Eberard, archbishop of that church, who died in 1067, having threatened to send away the Jews from his city, if they did not embrace Christianity, these unhappy people, being reduced to despair, suborned an ecclesiastic, who for money baptized for them, by the name of the bishop, a waxen image, to which they tied wicks or wax tapers, and lighted them on Holy Saturday (Easter Eve), as the prelate was going solemnly to administer the baptismal rite.

We read in the History of the Archbishops of Treves that Eberard, the archbishop of that church, who died in 1067, threatened to expel the Jews from his city if they didn't convert to Christianity. These unfortunate people, driven to despair, bribed a clergyman who, for money, baptized a wax figure in the name of the bishop. They attached wicks or wax candles to it and lit them on Holy Saturday (Easter Eve), just as the prelate was preparing to perform the baptism ceremony.

Whilst he was occupied in this holy function, the statue being half consumed, Eberard felt himself extremely ill; he was led into the vestry, where he soon after expired.

While he was engaged in this sacred duty, the statue nearly burnt out, Eberard felt very unwell; he was taken into the vestry, where he soon passed away.

The Pope John XXII., in 1317, complained, in public letters, that some scoundrels had attempted his life by similar operations; and he appeared persuaded of their power, and that he had been preserved from death only by the particular protection of God. "We inform you," says he, "that some traitors have conspired against us, and against some of our brothers the cardinals, and have prepared beverages and images to take away our life, which they have sought to do on every occasion; but God has always preserved us." The letter is dated the 27th of July.

Pope John XXII, in 1317, publicly expressed in letters that some criminals had tried to assassinate him through similar tactics. He seemed convinced of their power and believed that he had been saved from death only by the special protection of God. "We inform you," he stated, "that some traitors have plotted against us and some of our fellow cardinals, and have prepared drinks and objects to end our lives, which they have attempted to do on every occasion; but God has always kept us safe." The letter is dated July 27th.

From the 27th of February, the pope had issued a commission to inform against these poisoners; his letter is addressed to Bartholomew, Bishop of Fréjus, who had succeeded the pope in that[Pg 319] see, and to Peter Tessier, doctor en decret, afterwards cardinal. The pope says therein, in substance—We have heard that John de Limoges, Jacques de Crabançon, Jean d'Arrant, physician, and some others, have applied themselves, through a damnable curiosity, to necromancy and other magical arts, on which they have books; that they have often made use of mirrors, and images consecrated in their manner; that, placing themselves within circles, they have often invoked the evil spirits to occasion the death of men by the might of their enchantments, or by sending maladies which abridge their days. Sometimes they have enclosed demons in mirrors, or circles, or rings, to interrogate them, not only on the past, but on the future, and made predictions. They pretend to have made many experiments in these matters, and fearlessly assert, that they can not only by means of certain beverages, or certain meats, but by simple words, abridge or prolong life, and cure all sorts of diseases.

Starting on February 27th, the pope issued a commission to report on these poisoners; his letter was addressed to Bartholomew, Bishop of Fréjus, who succeeded the pope in that[Pg 319] position, and to Peter Tessier, doctor en decret, who later became a cardinal. In essence, the pope states—We have heard that John de Limoges, Jacques de Crabançon, Jean d'Arrant, a physician, and several others have engaged, through a wicked curiosity, in necromancy and other magical practices, for which they possess books; that they have frequently used mirrors and images consecrated in their own way; that, by putting themselves within circles, they have often called upon evil spirits to cause the death of people through their enchantments or by sending diseases that shorten their lives. Sometimes, they have trapped demons in mirrors, circles, or rings to question them, not only about the past but also about the future, and have made predictions. They claim to have conducted numerous experiments in these matters and boldly assert that they can, through certain drinks or foods, and even just by speaking certain words, shorten or extend life and cure all kinds of illnesses.

The pope gave a similar commission, April 22d, 1317, to the Bishop of Riés, to the same Pierre Tessier, to Pierre Després, and two others, to inquire into the conspiracy formed against him and against the cardinals; and in this commission he says:—"They have prepared beverages to poison us, and not having been able conveniently to make us take them, they have had waxen images, made with our names, to attack our lives, by pricking these images with magical enchantments, and innovations of demons; but God has preserved us, and caused three of these images to fall into our hands."

The pope issued a similar commission on April 22, 1317, to the Bishop of Riés, to Pierre Tessier, Pierre Després, and two others, to investigate the conspiracy against him and the cardinals. In this commission, he states: "They have prepared poisons to kill us, and since they couldn't easily force us to drink them, they created wax figures with our names to threaten our lives by piercing these figures with magical spells and demonic innovations; but God has protected us and allowed us to obtain three of these figures."

We see a description of similar charms in a letter, written three years after, to the Inquisitor of Carcassone, by William de Godin, Cardinal-Bishop of Sabina, in which he says:—"The pope commands you to inquire and proceed against those who sacrifice to demons, worship them, or pay them homage, by giving them for a token a written paper, or something else, to bind the demon, or to work some charm by invoking him; who, abusing the sacrament of baptism, baptize images of wax, or of other matters with invocation of demons; who abuse the eucharist, or consecrated wafer, or other sacraments, by exercising their evil spells. You will proceed against them with the prelates, as you do in matters of heresy; for the pope gives you the power to do so." The letter is dated from Avignon, the 22d of August, 1320.

We see a description of similar charms in a letter written three years later to the Inquisitor of Carcassonne by William de Godin, Cardinal-Bishop of Sabina. He states: “The pope commands you to investigate and take action against those who sacrifice to demons, worship them, or pay them respect by giving them a written paper or something else as a token to control the demon or to perform some charm by invoking him; who, misusing the sacrament of baptism, baptize wax figures or other objects while invoking demons; who abuse the Eucharist, consecrated wafers, or other sacraments by practicing their evil spells. You will act against them with the prelates, just as you do in cases of heresy; for the pope grants you the authority to do so.” The letter is dated from Avignon, August 22, 1320.

At the trial of Enguerrand de Marigni, they brought forward a wizard whom they had surprised making waxen images, representing King Louis le Hutin and Charles de Valois, and meaning to kill them by pricking or melting these images.

At the trial of Enguerrand de Marigni, they presented a wizard they had caught creating wax figures of King Louis le Hutin and Charles de Valois, intending to harm them by pricking or melting these figures.

It is related also that Cosmo Rugieri, a Florentine, a great atheist and pretended magician, had a secret chamber, where he shut himself up alone, and pricked with a needle a wax image representing[Pg 320] the king, after having loaded it with maledictions and devoted it to destruction by horrible enchantments, hoping thus to cause the prince to languish away and die.

It is also said that Cosmo Rugieri, a Florentine who was a notorious atheist and claimed to be a magician, had a secret room where he would isolate himself. There, he would stab a wax figure of the king with a needle after cursing it and binding it to awful spells, hoping to make the prince weaken and eventually die.

Whether these conjurations, these waxen images, these magical words, may have produced their effects or not, it proves at any rate the opinion that was entertained on the subject—the ill will of the wizards, and the fear in which they were held. Although their enchantments and imprecations might not be followed by any effect, it is apparently thought that experience on that point made them dreaded, whether with reason or not.

Whether these spells, these wax figures, or these magical words actually worked or not, it still shows the belief people had about them—the hatred towards the wizards and the fear they inspired. Even if their magic and curses didn’t produce any real results, it seems that past experiences led to their being feared, regardless of whether that fear was justified or not.

The general ignorance of physics made people at that time take many things to be supernatural which were simply the effects of natural causes; and as it is certain, as our faith teaches us, that God has often permitted demons to deceive mankind by prodigies, and do them injury by extraordinary means, it was supposed without examining into the matter that there was an art of magic and sure rules for discovering certain secrets, or causing certain evils by means of demons; as if God had not always been the Supreme Master, to permit or to hinder them; or as if He would have ratified the compacts made with evil spirits.

The general lack of understanding of physics back then led people to believe that many things were supernatural when they were really just natural occurrences. It is clear, as our faith teaches us, that God has often allowed demons to mislead humanity with miraculous events and to harm them through extraordinary means. This led to the assumption, without proper investigation, that there was a specific art of magic and established methods to uncover certain secrets or inflict harm using demons. This perspective ignored the fact that God has always been the Supreme Master, able to allow or prevent such actions, and that He would not endorse agreements made with evil spirits.

But on examining closely this pretended magic, we have found nothing but poisonings, attended by superstition and imposture. All that we have just related of the effects of magic, enchantments, and witchcraft, which were pretended to cause such terrible effects on the bodies and the possessions of mankind, and all that is recounted of doomings, evocations, and magic figures, which, being consumed by fire, occasioned the death of those who were destined or enchanted, relate but very imperfectly to the affair of vampires, which we are treating of in this volume; unless it may be said that those ghosts are raised and evoked by magic art, and that the persons who fancy themselves strangled and finally stricken with death by vampires, only suffer these miseries through the malice of the demon, who makes their deceased parents or relations appear to them, and produces all these effects upon them; or simply strikes the imagination of the persons to whom it happens, and makes them believe that it is their deceased relations, who come to torment and kill them; although in all this it is only an imagination strongly affected which acts upon them.

But when we take a closer look at this so-called magic, we find nothing but poisonings, driven by superstition and deceit. Everything we’ve just described about the supposed effects of magic, enchantments, and witchcraft, which were claimed to cause terrible outcomes for people's bodies and belongings, and all the tales of doom, evocations, and magical symbols that, when burned, caused the deaths of those who were cursed or bewitched, barely relates to the subject of vampires that we’re discussing in this book. Unless we consider that these spirits are conjured through magical means, and that those who believe they are being strangled and ultimately killed by vampires are only suffering these horrors due to the malice of a demon. This demon makes them see their deceased family or friends and brings about all these effects, or it simply affects the imagination of those experiencing it, leading them to believe it's their dead relatives who are coming to torment and kill them. In the end, it’s merely a strongly influenced imagination that acts upon them.

We may also connect with the history of ghosts what is related of certain persons who have promised each other to return after their death, and to reveal what passes in the other world, and the state in which they find themselves.

We can also link the history of ghosts to certain people who have promised each other to come back after they die and share what happens in the afterlife and what their situation is like.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[550] Hector Boëthius, Hist. Scot. lib. xi. c. 216, 219.

[550] Hector Boëthius, Hist. Scot. book xi. chapter 216, 219.


CHAPTER XXXVIII.

INSTANCES OF PERSONS WHO HAVE PROMISED TO GIVE EACH OTHER NEWS OF THE OTHER WORLD AFTER THEIR DEATH.

The story of the Marquis de Rambouillet, who appeared after his death to the Marquis de Précy, is very celebrated. These two lords, conversing on the subject of the other world, like people who were not very strongly persuaded of the truth of all that is said upon it, promised each other that the first of the two who died should bring the news of it to the other. The Marquis de Rambouillet set off for Flanders, where the war was then carried on; and the Marquis de Précy remained at Paris, detained by a low fever. Six weeks after, in broad day, he heard some one undraw his bed-curtains, and turning to see who it was, he perceived the Marquis de Rambouillet, in buff-leather jacket and boots. He sprang from his bed to embrace his friend; but Rambouillet, stepping back a few paces, told him that he was come to keep his word as he had promised—that all that was said of the next life was very certain—that he must change his conduct, and in the first action wherein he was engaged he would lose his life.

The story of the Marquis de Rambouillet, who appeared to the Marquis de Précy after his death, is quite well-known. These two nobles, discussing the afterlife as if they were not entirely convinced of everything said about it, promised each other that the first to die would inform the other about what happens next. The Marquis de Rambouillet went off to Flanders, where the war was ongoing, while the Marquis de Précy stayed in Paris, held back by a mild fever. Six weeks later, in broad daylight, he heard someone pull back his bed curtains, and when he turned to see who it was, he found the Marquis de Rambouillet, dressed in a leather jacket and boots. He jumped out of bed to embrace his friend, but Rambouillet stepped back a bit and told him he had come to honor their promise—that everything said about the afterlife was very real—that he needed to change his ways, and that in the first action he engaged in, he would lose his life.

Précy again attempted to embrace his friend, but he embraced only empty air. Then Rambouillet, seeing that his friend was incredulous as to what he said, showed him where he had received the wound in his side, whence the blood still seemed to flow. Précy soon after received, by the post, confirmation of the death of the Marquis de Rambouillet; and being himself some time after, during the civil wars, at the battle of the Faubourg of St. Antoine, he was there killed.

Précy tried once more to hug his friend, but ended up embracing only empty air. Then Rambouillet, noticing that his friend doubted what he was saying, showed him the wound in his side, from which blood still appeared to be flowing. Soon after, Précy received confirmation by mail of the death of the Marquis de Rambouillet; and later, during the civil wars, he was killed at the battle of the Faubourg of St. Antoine.

Peter the Venerable, Abbot of Clugni,[551] relates a very similar story. A gentleman named Humbert, son of a lord named Guichard de Belioc, in the diocese of Macon, having declared war against the other principal men in his neighborhood, a gentleman named Geoffrey d'Iden received in the mélée a wound of which he died immediately.

Peter the Venerable, Abbot of Clugni,[551] shares a very similar story. A man named Humbert, son of a lord named Guichard de Belioc from the diocese of Macon, declared war against the other prominent men in his area. During the conflict, a man named Geoffrey d'Iden was wounded, which led to his immediate death.

About two months afterwards, this same Geoffrey appeared to a gentleman named Milo d'Ansa, and begged him to tell Humbert de[Pg 322] Belioc, in whose service he had lost his life, that he was tormented for having assisted him in an unjust war, and for not having expiated his sins by penance before he died; that he begged him to have compassion on him, and on his own father, Guichard, who had left him great wealth, of which he made a bad use, and of which a part had been badly acquired. That in truth Guichard, the father of Humbert, had embraced a religious life at Clugni; but that he had not time to satisfy the justice of God for the sins of his past life; that he conjured him to have mass performed for him and for his father, to give alms, and to employ the prayers of good people, to procure them both a prompt deliverance from the pains they endured. He added, "Tell him, that if he will not mind what you say, I shall be obliged to go to him myself, and announce to him what I have just told you."

About two months later, this same Geoffrey appeared to a guy named Milo d'Ansa and asked him to let Humbert de[Pg 322] Belioc know, since he had died serving him, that he was suffering because he had helped Humbert in an unjust war and hadn’t atoned for his sins with penance before he died. He pleaded for Humbert to show mercy toward him and his father, Guichard, who had left him a lot of wealth, which he misused, including some that was obtained unethically. In truth, Guichard, Humbert's father, had taken on a religious life at Clugni, but he hadn’t had time to make up for his past sins before his death. He urged Humbert to have mass said for him and his father, to give to the poor, and to get the prayers of good people to help them both escape the suffering they were enduring. He added, "Tell him that if he doesn’t take your message seriously, I’ll have to go to him myself and tell him what I just told you."

Milo d'Ansa acquitted himself faithfully of his commission; Humbert was frightened at it, but it did not make him better. Still, fearing that Guichard, his father, or Geoffrey d'Iden might come and disturb him, above all during the night, he dare not remain alone, and would always have one of his people by him.

Milo d'Ansa fulfilled his duty faithfully; Humbert was scared by it, but it didn’t improve his situation. Still, worried that Guichard, his father, or Geoffrey d'Iden might come and interrupt him, especially at night, he couldn’t stay alone and always had one of his men with him.

One morning, then, as he was lying awake in his bed, he beheld in his presence Geoffrey, armed as in a day of battle, who showed him the mortal wound he had received, and which appeared yet quite fresh. He reproached him keenly for his want of pity towards his own father, who was groaning in torment. "Take care," added he, "that God does not treat you rigorously, and refuse to you that mercy which you refuse to us; and, above all, take care not to execute your intention of going to the wars with Count Amedeus. If you go, you will there lose both life and property."

One morning, as he lay awake in bed, he saw Geoffrey in front of him, dressed like he was ready for battle, showing him the serious wound he had suffered, which still looked fresh. He scolded him harshly for his lack of compassion towards his own father, who was in pain. "Be careful," he added, "that God doesn't punish you and deny you the mercy you refuse to us; and above all, be careful not to go to war with Count Amedeus. If you do, you’ll lose both your life and your wealth."

He said, and Humbert was about to reply, when the Squire Vichard de Maracy, Humbert's counselor, arrived from mass, and immediately the dead man disappeared. From that moment, Humbert endeavored seriously to relieve his father Geoffrey, and resolved to take a journey to Jerusalem to expiate his sins. Peter the Venerable had been well informed of all the details of this story, which occurred in the year he went into Spain, and made a great noise in the country. The Cardinal Baronius,[552] a very grave and respectable man, says that he had heard from several very sensible people, and who have often heard it preached to the people, and in particular from Michael Mercati, Prothonotary of the Holy See, a man of acknowledged probity and well informed, above all in the platonic philosophy, to which he applied himself unweariedly with Marsilius Ficin, his friend, as zealous as himself for the doctrine of Plato.

He said this just as Humbert was about to respond, when Squire Vichard de Maracy, Humbert's advisor, returned from mass, and at that moment, the dead man vanished. From then on, Humbert made a serious effort to help his father Geoffrey, deciding to take a trip to Jerusalem to atone for his sins. Peter the Venerable had been fully informed about all the details of this story, which took place in the year he went to Spain and created quite a stir in the country. Cardinal Baronius,[552] a very serious and respectable man, mentioned that he heard it from several sensible people, who had often preached it to the public, particularly from Michael Mercati, Prothonotary of the Holy See, a man of proven integrity and well-informed, especially in Platonic philosophy, which he diligently studied alongside his friend Marsilius Ficin, who was equally dedicated to the teachings of Plato.

[Pg 323]One day, these two great philosophers were conversing on the immortality of the soul, and if it remained and existed after the death of the body. After having had much discourse on this matter, they promised each other, and shook hands upon it, that the first of them who quitted this world should come and tell the other somewhat of the state of the other life.

[Pg 323]One day, these two great philosophers were discussing the immortality of the soul and whether it continues to exist after the body dies. After a lengthy conversation on this topic, they agreed and shook hands that whichever one of them passed away first would come back and share some insights about the afterlife.

Having thus separated, it happened some time afterwards that the same Michael Mercati, being wide awake and studying, one morning very early, the same philosophical matters, heard on a sudden a noise like a horseman who was coming hastily to his door, and at the same he heard the voice of his friend Marsilius Ficin, who cried out to him, "Michael, Michael, nothing is more true than what is said of the other life." At the same, Michael opened his window, and saw Marsilius mounted on a white horse, who was galloping away. Michael cried out to him to stop, but he continued his course till Michael could no longer see him.

After they had parted ways, some time later, Michael Mercati was wide awake and studying early one morning when he suddenly heard a noise that sounded like a horseman rushing to his door. At the same moment, he heard his friend Marsilius Ficin calling out to him, “Michael, Michael, nothing is truer than what’s said about the afterlife.” Michael then opened his window and saw Marsilius on a white horse, galloping away. Michael shouted for him to stop, but he kept going until Michael could no longer see him.

Marsilius Ficin was at that time dwelling at Florence, and died there at the same hour that he had appeared and spoken to his friend. The latter wrote directly to Florence, to inquire into the truth of the circumstance; and they replied to him that Marsilius had died at the same moment that Michael had heard his voice and the noise of his horse at his door. Ever after that adventure, Michael Mercati, although very regular in his conduct before then, became quite an altered man, and lived in so exemplary a manner that he became a perfect model of Christian life. We find a great many such instances in Henri Morus, and in Joshua Grandville, in his work entitled "Sadduceeism Combated."

Marsilius Ficino was living in Florence at that time and passed away at the exact moment he had spoken to his friend. The friend wrote to Florence right away to verify this, and they confirmed that Marsilius had died at the same instant that Michael had heard his voice and the sound of his horse outside his door. After that event, Michael Mercati, who had previously led a very regular life, changed significantly and lived in such an exemplary way that he became a perfect example of Christian living. We see many similar cases in Henri Morus and in Joshua Grandville's work titled "Sadduceeism Combated."

Here is one taken from the life of B. Joseph de Lionisse, a missionary capuchin.[553] One day, when he was conversing with his companion on the duties of religion, and the fidelity which God requires of those who have consecrated themselves to them, of the reward reserved for those who are perfectly religious, and the severe justice which he exercises against unfaithful servants, Brother Joseph said to him, "Let us promise each other mutually that the one who dies the first will appear to the other, if God allows him so to do, to inform him of what passes in the other world, and the condition in which he finds himself." "I am willing," replied the holy companion; "I give you my word upon it." "And I pledge you mine," replied Brother Joseph.

Here is one taken from the life of B. Joseph de Lionisse, a Capuchin missionary.[553] One day, while he was discussing with his companion the responsibilities of faith and the commitment that God expects from those dedicated to Him, the rewards for those who are truly devout, and the strict justice He shows towards unfaithful servants, Brother Joseph said to him, "Let’s promise each other that the first one to die will come back to inform the other, if God permits, about what happens in the afterlife and the state he's in." "I agree," replied the holy companion; "I give you my word." "And I give you mine," replied Brother Joseph.

Some days after this, the pious companion was attacked by a malady which brought him to the tomb. Brother Joseph felt this the more sensibly, because he knew better than the others all the virtues of this holy monk. He had no doubt of the fulfilment of[Pg 324] their agreement, or that the deceased would appear to him, when he least thought of it, to acquit himself of his promise.

Some days later, the devoted friend fell ill and was brought to the tomb. Brother Joseph felt this more deeply than the others, as he understood the virtues of this holy monk better than they did. He had no doubt that their agreement would be honored, and that the deceased would show up unexpectedly to fulfill his promise.

In effect, one day when Brother Joseph had retired to his room, in the afternoon, he saw a young capuchin enter horribly haggard, with a pale thin face, who saluted him with a feeble, trembling voice. As, at the sight of this spectre, Joseph appeared a little disturbed, "Don't be alarmed," it said to him; "I am come here as permitted by God, to fulfill my promise, and to tell you that I have the happiness to be amongst the elect through the mercy of the Lord. But learn that it is even more difficult to be saved than is thought in this world; that God, whose wisdom can penetrate the most secret folds of the heart, weighs exactly the actions which we have done during life, the thoughts, wishes, and motives, which we propose to ourselves in acting; and as much as he is inexorable in regard to sinners, so much is he good, indulgent, and rich in mercy, towards those just souls who have served him in this life." At these words, the phantom dissappeared.

One day, when Brother Joseph had gone to his room in the afternoon, he saw a young Capuchin enter, looking extremely worn out, with a pale, thin face. He greeted Joseph with a weak, trembling voice. At the sight of this ghostly figure, Joseph seemed a bit unsettled. "Don't be afraid," it said to him; "I have come here, allowed by God, to keep my promise and to tell you that I have the joy of being among the chosen ones through the Lord's mercy. But know that it is even harder to be saved than people think in this world. God, whose wisdom can see into the deepest corners of the heart, carefully considers the actions we have taken throughout our lives, as well as the thoughts, wishes, and motives we have when we act. And just as He is unforgiving towards sinners, so He is good, forgiving, and rich in mercy towards those righteous souls who have served Him in this life." At these words, the apparition vanished.

Here follows an instance of a spirit which comes after death to visit his friend without having made an agreement with him to do so.[554] Peter Garmate, Bishop of Cracow, was translated to the archbishopric of Gnesnes, in 1548, and obtained a dispensation from Paul III. to retain still his bishopric of Cracow. This prelate, after having led a very irregular life during his youth, began towards the end of his life, to perform many charitable actions, feeding every day a hundred poor, to whom he sent food from his own table. And when he traveled, he was followed by two wagons, loaded with coats and shirts, which he distributed amongst the poor according as they needed them.

Here’s an example of a spirit that comes after death to visit a friend without having made any prior agreement. [554] Peter Garmate, Bishop of Cracow, was appointed to the archbishopric of Gnesnes in 1548 and received permission from Paul III to keep his bishopric in Cracow. This bishop, after living quite a disordered life in his youth, started to do many charitable acts towards the end of his life, feeding a hundred poor people every day with food from his own table. When he traveled, he was accompanied by two wagons filled with coats and shirts, which he distributed to the poor as needed.

One day, when he was preparing to go to church, towards evening, (it being the eve of a festival,) and he was alone in his closet, he suddenly beheld before him a gentleman named Curosius, who had been dead some time, with whom he had formerly been too intimately associated in evil doing.

One day, while he was getting ready to go to church in the evening (it was the night before a festival), and he was alone in his room, he suddenly saw in front of him a man named Curosius, who had been dead for a while, and with whom he had previously been too closely involved in wrongdoing.

The Archbishop Gamrate was at first affrighted, but the defunct reassured him and told him that he was of the number of the blessed. "What!" said the prelate to him; "after such a life as you led! For you know the excesses which both you and myself committed in our youth." "I know it," replied the defunct; "but this is what saved me. One day, when in Germany, I found myself with a man who uttered blasphemous discourse, most injurious to the Holy Virgin. I was irritated at it, and gave him a blow; we drew our swords; I killed him; and for fear of being arrested and punished as a[Pg 325] homicide, I took flight without reflecting much on the action I had committed. But at the hour of death, I found myself most terribly disturbed by remorse on my past life, and I only expected certain destruction; when the Holy Virgin came to my aid, and made such powerful intercession for me with her Son, that she obtained for me the pardon of my sins; and I have the happiness to enjoy beatitude. For yourself, who have only six months to live, I am sent to warn you, that in consideration of your alms, and your charity to the poor, God will show you mercy, and expects you to do penance. Profit while it is time, and expiate your past sins." After having said this, he disappeared; and the archbishop, bursting into tears, began to live in so Christianly a manner that he was the edification of all who knew him. He related the circumstance to his most intimate friends, and died in 1545, after having directed the Church of Gnesnes for about five years.

The Archbishop Gamrate was initially scared, but the deceased reassured him, saying he was one of the blessed. "What!" the prelate exclaimed. "After the life you've led! You know the excesses both you and I committed in our youth." "I know," the deceased replied, "but that's what saved me. One day, while I was in Germany, I was with a man who spoke blasphemously, disrespecting the Holy Virgin. I got angry and struck him; we drew our swords, and I killed him. Fearing arrest and punishment for murder, I fled without thinking much about what I had done. But when I was dying, I was horrified by remorse for my past life and expected nothing but destruction when the Holy Virgin came to my aid. She interceded so powerfully with her Son that she obtained pardon for my sins, and I now enjoy happiness in bliss. As for you, with only six months left to live, I’ve been sent to warn you that because of your charity and alms to the poor, God will show you mercy, but you need to do penance. Take advantage of this time and atone for your past sins." After saying this, he vanished, and the archbishop, in tears, began to live so righteously that he became an inspiration to everyone around him. He shared this experience with his closest friends and died in 1545 after leading the Church of Gnesnes for about five years.

The daughter of Dumoulin, a celebrated lawyer, having been inhumanly massacred in her dwelling,[555] appeared by night to her husband, who was wide awake, and declared to him the names of those who had killed herself and her children, conjuring him to revenge her death.

The daughter of Dumoulin, a famous lawyer, was brutally murdered in her home,[555] and that night she appeared to her husband, who was awake, revealing the names of the people who had killed her and their children, urging him to take revenge for her death.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[551] Biblioth. Cluniæ. de Miraculis, lib. i. c. 7, p. 1290.

[551] Biblioth. Cluniæ. de Miraculis, lib. i. c. 7, p. 1290.

[552] Baronius ad an. Christi 401. Annal. tom. v.

[552] Baronius in the year 401 AD. Annals, volume 5.

[553] Tom. i. p. 64, et seq.

[553] Tom. i. p. 64, et seq.

[554] Stephâni Damalevini Historia, p. 291. apud Ranald continuat Baronii, ad. an. 1545. tom. xxi art. 62.

[554] Stephâni Damalevini Historia, p. 291. apud Ranald continuat Baronii, ad. an. 1545. tom. xxi art. 62.

[555] Le Loyer, lib. iii. pp. 46, 47.

[555] Le Loyer, book 3, pages 46, 47.


CHAPTER XXXIX.

EXTRACT FROM THE POLITICAL WORKS OF M. L'ABBE DE ST. PIERRE.[556]

I was told lately at Valogne, that a good priest of the town who teaches the children to read, had had an apparition in broad day ten or twelve years ago. As that had made a great deal of noise at first on account of his reputation for probity and sincerity, I had the curiosity to hear him relate his adventure himself. A lady, one of my relations, who was acquainted with him, sent to invite him to dine with her yesterday, the 7th of January, 1708, and as on the one hand I showed a desire to learn the thing from himself, and on the other it was a kind of honorable distinction to have had by daylight an apparition of one of his comrades, he related it before dinner without requiring to be pressed, and in a very naïve manner.

I was recently told in Valogne that a respected local priest who teaches the kids to read had an apparition in broad daylight about ten or twelve years ago. Since this caused quite a stir at the time due to his reputation for honesty and integrity, I was curious to hear him share his experience firsthand. A lady, one of my relatives, who knew him, invited him to dinner yesterday, January 7, 1708. Since I was eager to learn about it directly from him and it felt like a kind of honor to have a priest tell about an apparition he experienced, he shared the story before dinner without needing much encouragement and in a very straightforward way.

Situation.

"In 1695," said M. Bezuel to us, "being a schoolboy of about fifteen years of age, I became acquainted with the two children of[Pg 326] M. Abaquene, attorney, schoolboys like myself. The eldest was of my own age, the second was eighteen months younger; he was named Desfontaines; we took all our walks and all our parties of pleasure together, and whether it was that Desfontaines had more affection for me, or that he was more gay, obliging, and clever than his brother, I loved him the best.

"In 1695," M. Bezuel told us, "when I was a schoolboy around fifteen years old, I met the two children of M. Abaquene, an attorney, who were also schoolboys like me. The oldest was my age, and the younger was eighteen months younger; he was named Desfontaines. We spent all our walks and fun times together, and whether it was because Desfontaines showed me more affection or because he was more cheerful, kind, and smart than his brother, I loved him the most."

"In 1696, we were walking both of us in the cloister of the Capuchins. He told me that he had lately read a story of two friends who had promised each other that the first of them who died should come and bring news of his condition to the one still living; that the one who died came back to earth, and told his friend surprising things. Upon that, Desfontaines told me that he had a favor to ask of me; that he begged me to grant it instantly: it was to make him a similar promise, and on his part he would do the same. I told him that I would not. For several months he talked to me of it, often and seriously; I always resisted his wish. At last, towards the month of August, 1696, as he was to leave to go and study at Caen, he pressed me so much with tears in his eyes, that I consented to it. He drew out at that moment two little papers which he had ready written: one was signed with his blood, in which he promised me that in case of his death he would come and bring me news of his condition; in the other I promised him the same thing. I pricked my finger; a drop of blood came, with which I signed my name. He was delighted to have my billet, and embracing me, he thanked me a thousand times.

"In 1696, we were both walking in the cloister of the Capuchins. He told me that he had recently read a story about two friends who promised each other that the first one who died would come back to share news of their condition with the one still living. The friend who died returned to earth and shared surprising things with his friend. After that, Desfontaines asked me for a favor; he begged me to make a similar promise, and he would do the same. I told him I wouldn’t. For several months, he brought it up, often and seriously; I consistently resisted his request. Finally, toward August 1696, when he was about to leave to study in Caen, he pleaded with tears in his eyes, and I agreed. At that moment, he took out two small papers he had already written: one was signed with his blood, in which he promised that if he died, he would come back and tell me about his condition; in the other, I promised him the same thing. I pricked my finger, letting a drop of blood fall to sign my name. He was overjoyed to have my note, and embracing me, he thanked me a thousand times."

"Some time after, he set off with his brother. Our separation caused us much grief, but we wrote to each other now and then, and it was but six weeks since I had had a letter from him, when what I am going to relate to you happened to me.

"Some time later, he left with his brother. Our separation brought us a lot of sadness, but we wrote to each other occasionally, and it had only been six weeks since I received a letter from him when what I'm about to tell you happened to me."

"The 31st of July, 1697, one Thursday—I shall remember it all my life—the late M. Sortoville, with whom I lodged, and who had been very kind to me, begged of me to go to a meadow near the Cordeliers, and help his people, who were making hay, to make haste. I had not been there a quarter of an hour, when about half-past-two, I all of a sudden felt giddy and weak. In vain I leant upon my hay-fork; I was obliged to place myself on a little hay, where I was nearly half an hour recovering my senses. That passed off; but as nothing of the kind had ever occurred to me before, I was surprised at it and feared it might be the commencement of an illness. Nevertheless it did not make much impression upon me during the remainder of the day. It is true I did not sleep that night so well as usual.

"July 31, 1697, a Thursday—I will remember it my whole life—the late M. Sortoville, with whom I lived and who had been very kind to me, asked me to go to a meadow near the Cordeliers and help his workers finish making hay. I had only been there for about fifteen minutes when, around 2:30, I suddenly felt dizzy and weak. I tried to lean on my hay fork, but I had to sit down on a small pile of hay, where I spent almost half an hour recovering my senses. That passed, but since nothing like this had ever happened to me before, I was surprised and worried it might be the start of an illness. Still, it didn't impact me much for the rest of the day. It's true I didn't sleep as well that night as I usually do."

"The next day, at the same hour, as I was conducting to the meadow M. de St. Simon, the grandson of M. de Sortoville, who was then ten years old, I felt myself seized on the way with a similar[Pg 327] faintness, and I sat down on a stone in the shade. That passed off, and we continued our way; nothing more happened to me that day, and at night I had hardly any sleep.

"The next day, at the same time, as I was taking M. de St. Simon, the ten-year-old grandson of M. de Sortoville, to the meadow, I suddenly felt a familiar[Pg 327] dizziness come over me, so I sat down on a stone in the shade. That passed, and we carried on; nothing else happened to me that day, and at night I barely slept."

"At last, on the morrow, the second day of August, being in the loft where they laid up the hay they brought from the meadow, I was taken with a similar giddiness and a similar faintness, but still more violent than the other. I fainted away completely; one of the men perceived it. I have been told that I was asked what was the matter with me, and that I replied, 'I have seen what I should never have believed;' but I have no recollection of either the question or the answer. That, however, accords with what I do remember to have seen just then; as it were some one naked to the middle, but whom, however, I did not recognize. They helped me down from the ladder. The faintness seized me again, my head swam as I was between two rounds of the ladder, and again I fainted. They took me down and placed me on a large beam which served for a seat in the large square of the capuchins. I sat down on it and then I no longer saw M. de Sortoville nor his domestics, although present; but perceiving Desfontaines near the foot of the ladder, who made me a sign to come to him, I moved on my seat as if to make room for him; and those who saw me and whom I did not see, although my eyes were open, remarked this movement.

Finally, the next day, August 2nd, while I was in the loft where they stored the hay they had brought in from the meadow, I was struck with a similar dizziness and faintness, even more intense than before. I completely passed out; one of the men noticed it. I've been told that I was asked what was wrong with me, and I replied, 'I’ve seen something I could never have believed,' but I don't remember either the question or my answer. However, that aligns with what I do remember seeing at that moment; it was like seeing someone naked to the waist, though I didn't recognize who it was. They helped me down from the ladder. The dizziness hit me again, my head spun as I was between two rungs of the ladder, and I fainted once more. They carried me down and placed me on a large beam that served as a bench in the main square of the Capuchins. I sat there and then I no longer saw M. de Sortoville or his servants, even though they were present; but noticing Desfontaines near the bottom of the ladder, who signaled for me to come over, I shifted on my seat to make room for him; and those who saw this movement, whom I could not see, even with my eyes open, noted it.

"As he did not come, I rose to go to him. He advanced towards me, took my left arm with his right arm, and led me about thirty paces from thence into a retired street, holding me still under the arm. The domestics, supposing that my giddiness had passed off, and that I had purposely retired, went every one to their work, except a little servant, who went and told M. de Sortoville that I was talking all alone. M. de Sortoville thought I was tipsy; he drew near, and heard me ask some questions, and make some answers, which he has told me since.

"As he didn't show up, I got up to go find him. He came towards me, grabbed my left arm with his right, and led me about thirty paces into a quiet street, still holding me under the arm. The staff, thinking my dizziness had worn off and that I had intentionally stepped away, went back to their tasks, except for a young servant who went to tell M. de Sortoville that I was talking to myself. M. de Sortoville assumed I was drunk; he came closer and heard me asking questions and answering them, which he later told me about."

"I was there nearly three-quarters of an hour, conversing with Desfontaines. 'I promised you,' said he to me, 'that if I died before you I would come and tell you of it. I was drowned the day before yesterday in the river of Caen, at nearly this same hour. I was out walking with such and such a one. It was very warm, and we had a wish to bathe; a faintness seized me in the water, and I fell to the bottom. The Abbé de Menil-Jean, my comrade, dived to bring me up. I seized hold of his foot; but whether he was afraid it might be a salmon, because I held him so fast, or that he wished to remount promptly to the surface of the water, he shook his leg so roughly, that he gave me a violent kick on the breast, which sent me to the bottom of the river, which is there very deep.

"I was there for almost three-quarters of an hour, talking with Desfontaines. 'I promised you,' he said to me, 'that if I died before you, I would come and tell you. I drowned the day before yesterday in the Caen river, around this same time. I was out walking with someone. It was very warm, and we wanted to swim; I felt faint in the water and sank to the bottom. My friend, Abbé de Menil-Jean, dove in to get me. I grabbed his foot, but whether he thought I was a salmon because I held on so tight or if he just wanted to get back to the surface quickly, he shook his leg so hard that he kicked me violently in the chest, which sent me down to the bottom of the river, where it's very deep."

"Desmoulins related to me afterwards all that had occurred to them in their walk, and the subjects they had conversed upon. It[Pg 328] was in vain for me to ask him questions—whether he was saved, whether he was damned, if he was in purgatory, if I was in a state of grace, and if I should soon follow him; he continued to discourse as if he had not heard me, and as if he would not hear me.

Desmoulins later told me everything that happened during their walk and what they talked about. It[Pg 328] was pointless for me to ask him questions—whether he was saved, damned, in purgatory, if I was in a state of grace, and if I would soon join him; he kept talking as if he hadn’t heard me and as if he didn’t want to hear me.

"I approached him several times to embrace him, but it seemed to me that I embraced nothing, and yet I felt very sensibly that he held me tightly by the arm, and that when I tried to turn away my head that I might not see him, because I could not look at him without feeling afflicted, he shook my arm as if to oblige me to look at and listen to him.

"I tried to hug him several times, but it felt like I was hugging nothing at all. Still, I could clearly feel him holding me tightly by the arm. When I attempted to turn my head away so I wouldn’t have to see him—because looking at him made me feel upset—he shook my arm as if to make me look at him and pay attention."

"He always appeared to me taller than I had seen him, and taller even than he was at the time of his death, although he had grown during the eighteen months in which we had not met. I beheld him always naked to the middle of his body, his head uncovered, with his fine fair hair, and a white scroll twisted in his hair over his forehead, on which there was some writing, but I could only make out the word in, &c.

"He always seemed taller to me than I had ever seen him, and even taller than he was at the time of his death, even though he had grown during the eighteen months we hadn’t met. I always saw him naked to the waist, with his head uncovered, his fine fair hair flowing, and a white scroll twisted in his hair across his forehead, which had some writing on it, but I could only make out the word in, etc."

"It was his same tone of voice. He appeared to me neither gay nor sad, but in a calm and tranquil state. He begged of me when his brother returned, to tell him certain things to say to his father and mother. He begged me to say the Seven Psalms which had been given him as a penance the preceding Sunday, which he had not yet recited; again he recommended me to speak to his brother, and then he bade me adieu, saying, as he left me, Jusques, jusques, (till, till,) which was the usual term he made use of when at the end of our walk we bade each other good-bye, to go home.

"It was the same tone of voice he always had. He didn’t seem happy or sad, just calm and relaxed. He asked me, when his brother returned, to tell him some things to say to their parents. He also asked me to say the Seven Psalms that he had been given as a penance the previous Sunday, which he hadn’t recited yet; again, he urged me to talk to his brother, and then he said goodbye, adding as he left me, Jusques, jusques, (till, till,) which was the typical way he would say goodbye at the end of our walks home."

"He told me that at the time he was drowned, his brother, who was writing a translation, regretted having let him go without accompanying him, fearing some accident. He described to me so well where he was drowned, and the tree in the avenue of Louvigni on which he had written a few words, that two years afterwards, being there with the late Chevalier de Gotol, one of those who were with him at the time he was drowned, I pointed out to him the very spot; and by counting the trees in a particular direction which Desfontaines had specified to me, I went straight up to the tree, and I found his writing. He (the Chevalier) told me also that the article of the Seven Psalms was true, and that on coming from confession they had told each other their penance; and since then his brother has told me that it was quite true that at that hour he was writing his exercise, and he reproached himself for not having accompanied his brother. As nearly a month passed by without my being able to do what Desfontaines had told me in regard to his brother, he appeared to me again twice before dinner at a country house whither I had gone to dine a league from hence. I was very faint. I told them not to mind me, that it was nothing, and that I should[Pg 329] soon recover myself; and I went to a corner of the garden. Desfontaines having appeared to me, reproached me for not having yet spoken to his brother, and again conversed with me for a quarter of an hour without answering any of my questions.

"He told me that at the time he drowned, his brother, who was working on a translation, regretted not going with him, worried about an accident happening. He explained so clearly where he drowned, and the tree on the avenue of Louvigni where he had written a few words, that two years later, when I was there with the late Chevalier de Gotol, one of the people who was with him when he drowned, I was able to point out the exact spot. By counting the trees in a specific direction that Desfontaines had indicated to me, I walked right up to the tree and found his writing. The Chevalier also confirmed that the account of the Seven Psalms was true, and that after confession they had told each other their penance; since then, his brother has told me it was indeed true that at that hour he was writing his exercise and he felt guilty for not having accompanied his brother. After nearly a month passed without my being able to do what Desfontaines had asked me regarding his brother, he appeared to me again twice before dinner at a country house where I had gone to eat, about a mile away. I was feeling quite weak. I told them not to worry about me, that it was nothing, and that I would soon recover; then I went to a corner of the garden. Desfontaines appeared to me and criticized me for not having spoken to his brother yet, and he talked with me for fifteen minutes without answering any of my questions."

"As I was going in the morning to Notre-Dame de la Victoire, he appeared to me again, but for a shorter time, and pressed me always to speak to his brother, and left me, saying still, Jusques, Jusques, and without choosing to reply to my questions.

"As I was heading to Notre-Dame de la Victoire in the morning, he appeared to me again, but for a shorter time, and kept urging me to talk to his brother, leaving me with the words, Jusques, Jusques, and without answering my questions."

"It is a remarkable thing that I always felt a pain in that part of my arm which he had held me by the first time, until I had spoken to his brother. I was three days without being able to sleep, from the astonishment and agitation I felt. At the end of the first conversation, I told M. de Varonville, my neighbor and schoolfellow, that Desfontaines had been drowned; that he himself had just appeared to me and told me so. He went away and ran to the parents' house to know if it was true; they had just received the news, but by a mistake he understood that it was the eldest. He assured me that he had read the letter of Desfontaines, and he believed it; but I maintained always that it could not be, and that Desfontaines himself had appeared to me. He returned, came back, and told me in tears that it was but too true.

"It's pretty remarkable that I always felt pain in the part of my arm where he first held me until I talked to his brother. I couldn't sleep for three days because I was so shocked and stirred up. After our first conversation, I told M. de Varonville, my neighbor and schoolmate, that Desfontaines had drowned; that he had just appeared to me and told me that. He rushed over to his parents' house to find out if it was true; they had just gotten the news, but because of a misunderstanding, he thought it was the eldest son. He insisted he had read Desfontaines' letter and believed it, but I was firm that it couldn't be true and that Desfontaines himself had appeared to me. He came back and tearfully told me that it was indeed true."

"Nothing has occurred to me since, and there is my adventure just as it happened. It has been related in various ways; but I have recounted it only as I have just told it to you. The Chevalier de Gotol told me that Desfontaines had appeared also to M. de Menil-Jean; but I am not acquainted with him; he lives twenty leagues from hence near Argentan, and I can say no more about it."

"Nothing has come to mind since then, and this is my adventure just as it happened. It has been told in different ways, but I've shared it only as I've just told you. The Chevalier de Gotol mentioned that Desfontaines also appeared to M. de Menil-Jean, but I don't know him; he lives about twenty leagues from here near Argentan, and I can't say anything more about it."

This is a very singular and circumstantial narrative, related by M. l'Abbé de St. Pierre, who is by no means credulous, and sets his whole mind and all his philosophy to explain the most extraordinary events by physical reasonings, by the concurrence of atoms, corpuscles, insensible evaporation of spirit, and perspiration. But all that is so far-fetched, and does such palpable violence to the subjects and the attending circumstances, that the most credulous would not yield to such arguments. It is surprising that these gentlemen, who pique themselves on strength of mind, and so haughtily reject everything that appears supernatural, can so easily admit philosophical systems much more incredible than even the facts they oppose. They raise doubts which are often very ill-founded, and attack them upon principles still more uncertain. That may be called refuting one difficulty by another, and resolving a doubt by principles still more doubtful.

This is a very unique and detailed story, told by M. l'Abbé de St. Pierre, who is definitely not gullible and uses all his reasoning and philosophy to explain the most extraordinary events through physical explanations, the interaction of atoms, corpuscles, subtle spirit evaporation, and sweating. But all of that is so convoluted and does such obvious violence to the subjects and the surrounding circumstances, that even the most willing to believe wouldn't accept such arguments. It's surprising that these men, who pride themselves on their strength of mind and so arrogantly dismiss anything that seems supernatural, can so easily accept philosophical ideas that are much more unbelievable than the facts they challenge. They raise doubts that are often baseless and criticize them based on even more uncertain principles. That could be considered disproving one difficulty with another and resolving a doubt with principles that are even more questionable.

But, it will be said, whence comes it that so many other persons who had engaged themselves to come and bring news of the immortality of the soul, after their death, have not come back. Seneca[Pg 330] speaks of a Stoic philosopher named Julius Canus, who, having been condemned to death by Julius Cæsar, said aloud that he was about to learn the truth of that question on which they were divided; to wit, whether the soul was immortal or not. And we do not read that he revisited this world. La Motte de Vayer had agreed with his friend Baranzan Barnabite that the first of the two who died should warn the other of the state in which he found himself. Baranzan died, and returned not.

But, it will be said, where is the evidence that so many other people who promised to come back and share news about the immortality of the soul after they died have not returned? Seneca[Pg 330] mentions a Stoic philosopher named Julius Canus, who, after being sentenced to death by Julius Caesar, declared that he was about to discover the truth of the question they were debating: whether the soul is immortal or not. And we don't have any record that he came back to this world. La Motte de Vayer had made an agreement with his friend Baranzan Barnabite that the first of them to die would let the other know about the state he found himself in. Baranzan died and did not return.

Because the dead sometimes return to earth, it would be imprudent to conclude that they always do so. And it would be equally wrong reasoning to say that they never do return, because having promised to revisit this world they have not done so. For that, we should imagine that it is in the power of spirits to return and make their appearance when they will, and if they will; but it seems indubitable, that on the contrary, it is not in their power, and that it is only by the express permission of God that disembodied spirits sometimes appear to the living.

Because the dead sometimes return to the living world, it would be unwise to assume that they always do. It would also be incorrect to say that they never come back just because they haven’t honored their promise to do so. We should think that spirits have the ability to come back and show themselves whenever they choose, but it’s clear that, in reality, they don’t have that power. Instead, it seems that disembodied spirits only appear to the living with God’s explicit permission.

We see, in the history of the bad rich man, that God would not grant him the favor which he asked, to send to earth some of those who were with him in hell. Similar reasons, derived from the hardness of heart or the incredulity of mortals, may have prevented, in the same manner, the return of Julius Canus or of Baranzan. The return of spirits and their apparition is neither a natural thing nor dependent on the choice of those who are dead. It is a supernatural effect, and allied to the miraculous.

We see in the story of the selfish rich man that God didn’t grant his request to send someone from hell back to earth. Similar reasons, like the hard-heartedness or disbelief of people, might have also kept Julius Canus or Baranzan from returning. The return of spirits and their appearances are not natural occurrences and don’t depend on the choices of the dead. They are supernatural events and are related to the miraculous.

St. Augustine says on this subject[557] that if the dead interest themselves in what concerns the living, St. Monica, his mother, who loved him so tenderly, and went with him by sea and land everywhere during her life, would not have failed to visit him every night, and come to console him in his troubles; for we must not suppose that she was become less compassionate since she became one of the blest: absit ut facta sit vitâ feliciore crudelis.

St. Augustine mentions on this topic[557] that if the dead take an interest in the affairs of the living, St. Monica, his mother, who loved him deeply and accompanied him everywhere throughout her life, would definitely visit him every night to comfort him in his struggles; we shouldn’t assume that she became less caring after joining the blessed: absit ut facta sit vitâ feliciore crudelis.

The return of spirits, their apparition, the execution of the promises which certain persons have made each other, to come and tell their friends what passes in the other world, is not in their own power. All that is in the hands of God.

The return of spirits, their appearance, and the fulfillment of promises some people have made to each other to come and share what happens in the afterlife is not up to them. It’s all in God’s hands.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[556] Vol. iv. p. 57.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Vol. 4, p. 57.

[557] Aug. de Cura gerend. pro Mortuis, c. xiii. p. 526.

[557] Aug. on Caring for the Dead, ch. 13, p. 526.


CHAPTER XL.

DIVERS SYSTEMS FOR EXPLAINING THE RETURN OF SPIRITS.

The affair of ghosts having made so much noise in the world as it has done, it is not surprising that a diversity of systems should have been formed upon it, and that so many manners should have been proposed to explain their return to earth and their operations.

The topic of ghosts has created such a stir in the world that it's not surprising various theories have emerged about it, and many different ways have been suggested to explain their return to Earth and their actions.

Some have thought that it was a momentary resurrection caused by the soul of the defunct, which re-entered his body, or by the demon, who reanimated him, and caused him to act for a while, whilst his blood retained its consistency and fluidity, and his organic functions were not entirely corrupted and deranged.

Some people have believed that it was a temporary revival triggered by the soul of the deceased re-entering his body, or by a demon that brought him back to life for a short time, while his blood still kept its consistency and fluidity, and his bodily functions weren't completely damaged or messed up.

Others, struck with the consequence of such principles, and the arguments which might be deduced from them, have liked better to suppose that these vampires were not really dead; that they still retained certain seeds of life, and that their spirits could from time to time reanimate and bring them out of their tombs, to make their appearance amongst men, take refreshment, and renew the nourishing juices and animal spirits by sucking the blood of their near kindred.

Others, realizing the implications of these ideas and the arguments that could stem from them, preferred to believe that these vampires weren’t truly dead; that they still had some remnants of life and that their spirits could sometimes revive them, allowing them to emerge from their graves, interact with people, feed, and restore their vitality and energy by drinking the blood of their relatives.

There has lately been printed a dissertation on the uncertainty of the signs of death, and the abuse of hasty interments, by M. Jacques Benigne Vinslow, Doctor, Regent of the Faculty at Paris, translated, with a commentary, by Jacques Jean Bruhier, physician, at Paris, 1742, in 8vo. This work may serve to explain how persons who have been believed to be dead, and have been buried as such, have nevertheless been found alive a pretty long time after their funeral obsequies had been performed. That will perhaps render vampirism less incredible.

Recently, a dissertation was published on the uncertainty of death signs and the problems with rushing to bury people, written by M. Jacques Benigne Vinslow, Doctor and Regent of the Faculty in Paris. It was translated and commented on by Jacques Jean Bruhier, a physician in Paris, in 1742, in 8vo. This work can help explain how individuals who were thought to be dead and buried have later been discovered to be alive long after their funerals. This might make the idea of vampirism seem less unbelievable.

M. Vinslow, Doctor, and Regent of the Medical Faculty at Paris, maintained, in the month of April, 1740, a thesis, in which he asks if the experiments of surgery are fitter than all others to discover some less uncertain signs of doubtful death. He therein maintained that there are several occurrences in which the signs of death are very doubtful; and he adduces several instances of persons believed to be dead, and interred as such, who nevertheless were afterwards found to be alive.

M. Vinslow, Doctor, and Regent of the Medical Faculty at Paris, presented a thesis in April 1740, where he questioned whether surgical experiments are better than others at identifying less ambiguous signs of questionable death. He argued that there are many situations where the signs of death are quite uncertain, and he provided several examples of individuals who were thought to be dead and buried as such, but were later discovered to be alive.

M. Bruhier, M.D., has translated this thesis into French, and[Pg 332] has made some learned additions to it, which serve to strengthen the opinion of M. Vinslow. The work is very interesting, from the matter it treats upon, and very agreeable to read, from the manner in which it is written. I am about to make some extracts from it, which may be useful to my subject. I shall adhere principally to the most certain and singular facts; for to relate them all, we must transcribe the whole work.

M. Bruhier, M.D., has translated this thesis into French, and[Pg 332] has added some insightful commentary that supports M. Vinslow's views. The work is really interesting because of the topics it covers and is enjoyable to read due to its writing style. I’m going to share some excerpts that could be helpful for my topic. I will focus mainly on the most reliable and unique facts; to cover them all, we would need to copy the entire work.

It is known that John Duns, surnamed Scot,[558] or the Subtile Doctor, had the misfortune to be interred alive at Cologne, and that when his tomb was opened some time afterwards, it was found that he had gnawn his arm.[559] The same thing is related of the Emperor Zeno, who made himself heard from the depth of his tomb by repeated cries to those who were watching over him. Lancisi, a celebrated physician of the Pope Clement XI., relates that at Rome he was witness to a person of distinction being still alive when he wrote, who resumed sense and motion whilst they were chanting his funeral service at church.

It is known that John Duns, nicknamed Scot,[558] or the Subtle Doctor, was unfortunately buried alive in Cologne, and when his tomb was opened some time later, it was discovered that he had chewed his arm.[559] The same story is told about Emperor Zeno, who made himself heard from the depths of his tomb by repeatedly calling out to those watching over him. Lancisi, a well-known physician of Pope Clement XI., recounts that in Rome he witnessed a distinguished person who was still alive as he wrote, regaining consciousness and movement while the funeral service was being chanted at church.

Pierre Zacchias, another celebrated physician of Rome, says, that in the hospital of the Saint Esprit, a young man, who was attacked with the plague, fell into so complete a state of syncope, that he was believed to be really dead. Whilst they were carrying his corpse, along with a great many others, on the other side of the Tiber, the young man gave signs of life. He was brought back to the hospital and cured. Two days after, he fell into a similar syncope, and that time he was reputed to be dead beyond recovery. He was placed amongst others intended for burial, came to himself a second time, and was yet living when Zacchias wrote.

Pierre Zacchias, another renowned physician in Rome, recounts that at the hospital of Saint Esprit, a young man who had contracted the plague fell into such a deep state of unconsciousness that he was thought to be truly dead. While his body was being taken, along with many others, across the Tiber, the young man displayed signs of life. He was brought back to the hospital and healed. Two days later, he fell into a similar state of unconsciousness, and this time he was considered irretrievably dead. He was placed among others slated for burial but came back to consciousness a second time, and he was still alive when Zacchias wrote this.

It is related, that a man named William Foxley, when forty years of age,[560] falling asleep on the 27th of April, 1546, remained plunged in sleep for fourteen days and fourteen nights, without any preceding malady. He could not persuade himself that he had slept more than one night, and was convinced of his long sleep only by being shown a building begun some days before this drowsy attack, and which he beheld completed on his awaking. It is said that in the time of Pope Gregory II. a scholar of Lubec slept for seven years [Pg 333]consecutively. Lilius Giraldus[561] relates that a peasant slept through the whole autumn and winter.

It is said that a man named William Foxley, when he was forty years old,[560] fell asleep on April 27, 1546, and stayed asleep for fourteen days and fourteen nights, without any prior illness. He couldn’t believe that he had slept for more than one night and only realized how long he had been asleep when he was shown a building that had started being constructed a few days before his long nap, which he saw completed when he woke up. It is also said that during the time of Pope Gregory II, a scholar from Lubec slept for seven years [Pg 333] straight. Lilius Giraldus[561] mentions that a peasant slept through the entire autumn and winter.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[558] Duns Scotus.

Duns Scotus.

[559] This fact is more than doubtful. Bzovius, for having advanced it upon the authority of some others, was called Bovius, that is, "Great Ox." It is, therefore, better to stand by what Moreri thought of it. "The enemies of Scotus have proclaimed," says he, "that, having died of apoplexy, he was at first interred, and, some time after this accident having elapsed, he died in despair, gnawing his hands. But this calumny, which was authorized by Paulus Jovius, Latomias, and Bzovius, has been so well refuted that no one now will give credit to it."

[559] This claim is highly questionable. Bzovius, for having put it forward based on others' claims, was nicknamed Bovius, which means "Great Ox." So, it's wiser to stick with Moreri's opinion on it. "The foes of Scotus have declared," he says, "that after dying of apoplexy, he was initially buried, and later, after some time had passed, he died in despair, gnawing at his hands. However, this slander, which was backed by Paulus Jovius, Latomias, and Bzovius, has been so thoroughly disproved that no one believes it anymore."

[560] Larrey, in Henri VIII. Roi d'Angleterre.

[560] Larrey, in Henry VIII. King of England.

[561] Lilius Giraldus, Hist. Poët. Dialog.

[561] Lilius Giraldus, History of Poets, Dialogue.


CHAPTER XLI.

VARIOUS INSTANCES OF PERSONS BEING BURIED ALIVE.

Plutarch relates that a man who fell from a great height, having pitched upon his neck, was believed to be dead, without there being the appearance of any hurt. As they were carrying him to be buried, the day after, he all at once recovered his strength and his senses. Asclepiades[562] meeting a great funeral train of a person they were taking to be interred, obtained permission to look at and to touch the dead man; he found some signs of life in him, and by means of proper remedies, he immediately recalled him to life, and restored him in sound health to his parents and relations.

Plutarch tells the story of a man who fell from a high place and landed on his neck, leading everyone to think he was dead since there were no visible injuries. As they were taking him for burial the next day, he suddenly regained his strength and senses. Asclepiades[562] encountered a large funeral procession for someone being buried and got permission to check and touch the supposed corpse; he found signs of life in him. With the right treatments, he quickly brought him back to life and restored him to full health with his family and friends.

There are several instances of persons who after being interred came to themselves, and lived a long time in perfect health. They relate in particular,[563] that a woman of Orleans was buried in a cemetery, with a ring on her finger, which they had not been able to draw off her finger when she was placed in her coffin. The following night, a domestic, attracted by the hope of gain, broke open the coffin, and as he could not tear the ring off her finger, was about to cut her finger off, when she uttered a loud shriek. The servant fled. The woman disengaged herself as she could from her winding sheet, returned home, and survived her husband.

There are several cases of people who, after being buried, came to their senses and lived for a long time in excellent health. They especially mention,[563] a woman from Orleans who was buried in a cemetery with a ring on her finger that they couldn't get off before she was put in her coffin. The next night, a servant, lured by the chance to profit, broke open the coffin. When he couldn't pull the ring off her finger, he was about to cut her finger off when she let out a loud scream. The servant ran away. The woman managed to free herself from her shroud, went home, and outlived her husband.

M. Bernard, a principal surgeon at Paris, attests that, being with his father at the parish of Réal, they took from the tombs, living and breathing, a monk of the order of St. Francis, who had been shut up in it three or four days, and who had gnawed his hands around the bands which confined them. But he died almost the moment that he was in the air.

M. Bernard, a lead surgeon in Paris, confirms that while he was with his father at the parish of Réal, they rescued a living monk of the St. Francis order from a tomb, where he had been trapped for three or four days, gnawing at his hands to free himself from the bindings. However, he died almost immediately after being exposed to the fresh air.

Several persons have made mention of that wife of a counselor of Cologne,[564] who having been interred with a valuable ring on her finger, in 1571, the grave-digger opened the grave the succeeding night to steal the ring. But the good lady caught hold of him, and[Pg 334] forced him to take her out of the coffin. He, however, disengaged himself from her hands, and fled. The resuscitated lady went and rapped at the door of her house. At first they thought it was a phantom, and left her a long time at the door, waiting anxiously to be let in; but at last they opened it for her. They warmed her, and she recovered her health perfectly, and had after that three sons, who all belonged to the church. This event is represented on her sepulchre in a picture, or painting, in which the story is represented, and moreover, written, in German verses.

Several people have talked about the wife of a counselor from Cologne,[564] who was buried with a valuable ring on her finger in 1571. The grave-digger opened her grave the next night to steal the ring. However, the good lady grabbed him and[Pg 334] forced him to take her out of the coffin. He managed to break free from her grip and ran away. The revived lady went and knocked on the door of her house. At first, they thought she was a ghost and left her waiting anxiously to be let in; but eventually, they opened the door for her. They warmed her up, and she fully recovered her health, later having three sons, all of whom became clergymen. This event is depicted on her tombstone in a picture or painting that tells the story, along with some written German verses.

It is added that the lady, in order to convince those of the house that it was herself, told the footman who came to the door that the horses had gone up to the hay-loft, which was true; and there are still to be seen at the windows of the grenier of that house, horses' heads, carved in wood, as a sign of the truth of the matter.

It’s mentioned that the lady, to prove to the household that it was really her, told the footman who answered the door that the horses had gone up to the hayloft, which was true; and you can still see, at the windows of the grenier of that house, horses' heads carved in wood, as evidence of this fact.

François de Civile, a Norman gentleman,[565] was the captain of a hundred men in the city of Rouen, when it was besieged by Charles IX., and he was then six-and-twenty. He was wounded to death at the end of an assault; and having fallen into the moat, some pioneers placed him in a grave with some other bodies, and covered them over with a little earth. He remained there from eleven in the morning till half-past six in the evening, when his servant went to disinter him. This domestic, having remarked some signs of life, put him in a bed, where he remained for five days and nights, without speaking, or giving any other sign of feeling, but as burning hot with fever as he had been cold in the grave. The city having been taken by storm, the servants of an officer of the victorious army, who was to lodge in the house wherein was Civile, threw the latter upon a paillasse in a back room, whence his brother's enemies tossed him out of the window upon a dunghill, where he remained for more than seventy-two hours in his shirt. At the end of that time, one of his relations, surprised to find him still alive, sent him to a league's distance from Rouen,[566] where he was attended to, and at last was perfectly cured.

François de Civile, a gentleman from Normandy,[565] was the captain of a hundred men in the city of Rouen when it was besieged by Charles IX. At the time, he was just 26 years old. He sustained fatal injuries during an assault and fell into the moat. Some workers buried him alongside other bodies, covering them with a bit of dirt. He remained there from 11 in the morning until 6:30 in the evening, when his servant came to dig him up. This servant noticed some signs of life and took him to a bed, where he lay for five days and nights without speaking or showing any other signs of awareness, burning with fever as he had been cold in the grave. When the city was taken by assault, the servants of an officer from the victorious army, who was going to stay in the same house as Civile, threw him onto a mattress in a back room. From there, his brother's enemies tossed him out the window onto a dung heap, where he lay for more than 72 hours in his shirt. After that time, a relative who was shocked to find him still alive sent him a league away from Rouen,[566] where he received care and eventually made a complete recovery.

During a great plague, which attacked the city of Dijon in 1558, a lady, named Nicole Lentillet, being reputed dead of the epidemic, was thrown into a great pit, wherein they buried the dead. The day after her interment, in the morning, she came to herself again, and made vain efforts to get out, but her weakness, and the weight of the other bodies with which she was covered, prevented her doing so. She remained in this horrible situation for four days, when the burial men drew her out, and carried her back to her house, where she perfectly recovered her health.

During a severe plague that struck the city of Dijon in 1558, a woman named Nicole Lentillet was believed to have died from the illness and was placed in a mass grave for the deceased. The day after her burial, in the morning, she regained consciousness and attempted to escape, but her weakness and the weight of the other bodies on top of her made it impossible. She stayed in this terrible condition for four days until the gravediggers pulled her out and took her back to her home, where she completely regained her health.

A young lady of Augsburg,[567] having fallen into a swoon, or trance, her body was placed under a deep vault, without being covered with earth; but the entrance to this subterranean vault was closely walled up. Some years after that time, some one of the same family died. The vault was opened, and the body of the young lady was found at the very entrance, without any fingers to her right hand, which she had devoured in despair.

A young woman from Augsburg,[567] who had fainted or fallen into a trance, was placed in a sealed vault without being buried. The entrance to this underground vault was tightly bricked up. Years later, a family member passed away. When the vault was opened, they discovered the young woman's body right at the entrance, missing fingers from her right hand, which she had eaten in desperation.

On the 25th of July, 1688, there died at Metz a hair-dresser's boy, of an apoplectic fit, in the evening, after supper.

On July 25, 1688, a hairdresser's apprentice died of a stroke in Metz, in the evening after dinner.

On the 28th of the same month, he was heard to moan again several times. They took him out of his grave, and he was attended by doctors and surgeons. The physician maintained, after he had been opened, that the young man had not been dead two hours. This is extracted from the manuscript of a bourgeois of Metz, who was cotemporary with him.

On the 28th of the same month, he was heard to moan several times again. They took him out of his grave, and doctors and surgeons attended to him. The physician claimed, after he had been opened, that the young man hadn’t been dead for more than two hours. This is taken from the manuscript of a middle-class person from Metz who was around at the same time as him.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[562] Cels. lib. ii. c. 6.

[562] Cels. book 2, chapter 6.

[563] Le P. Le Clerc, ci devant attorney of the boarders of the college of Louis le Grand.

[563] Father Le Clerc, formerly the attorney for the students at the college of Louis le Grand.

[564] Mísson, Voyage d'Italie, tom. i. Lettre 5. Goulart, des Histoires admirables; et mémorables printed at Geneva, in 1678.

[564] Mission, Voyage to Italy, vol. i. Letter 5. Goulart, of Remarkable and Memorable Stories printed in Geneva, in 1678.

[565] Mísson, Voyage, tom. iii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Mission, Voyage, vol. iii.

[566] Goulart, loca cetata.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Goulart, local citation.

[567] M. Graffe, Epit. à Guil. Frabi, Centurie 2, observ chirurg. 516.

[567] M. Graffe, Epit. to Guil. Frabi, Century 2, surgical observations 516.


CHAPTER XLII.

INSTANCES OF DROWNED PERSONS RECOVERING THEIR HEALTH.

Here follow some instances of drowned persons[568] who came to themselves several days after they were believed to be dead. Peclin relates the story of a gardener of Troninghalm, in Sweden, who was still alive, and sixty-five years of age, when the author wrote. This man being on the ice to assist another man who had fallen into the water, the ice broke under him, and he sunk under water to the depth of eight ells, his feet sticking in the mud: he remained sixteen hours before they drew him out of the water. In this condition, he lost all sense, except that he thought he heard the bells ringing at Stockholm. He felt the water, which entered his body, not by his mouth, but his ears. After having sought for him during sixteen hours, they caught hold of his head with a hook, and drew him out of the water; they placed him between sheets, put him near the fire, rubbed him, shook him, and at last brought him to himself. The king and court would see him and hear his story, and gave him a pension.

Here are some cases of people who were believed to be drowned but came to their senses several days later[568]. Peclin shares the story of a gardener from Troninghalm, Sweden, who was still alive and sixty-five years old when the author wrote this. This man fell through the ice while trying to help someone who had fallen into the water; he sank to a depth of eight ells, with his feet stuck in the mud. He stayed submerged for sixteen hours before they managed to get him out. During that time, he lost all awareness except for thinking he heard the bells ringing in Stockholm. He felt the water entering his body, not through his mouth, but through his ears. After searching for him for sixteen hours, they managed to hook his head and pull him out of the water. They laid him between sheets, placed him close to the fire, rubbed him down, shook him, and finally revived him. The king and court requested to see him and hear his story, and they provided him with a pension.

A woman of the same country, after having been three days in the water, was also revived by the same means as the gardener. Another person named Janas, having drowned himself at seventeen[Pg 336] years of age, was taken out of the water seven weeks after; they warmed him, and brought him back to life.

A woman from the same country, after spending three days in the water, was also revived using the same method as the gardener. Another person named Janas, who drowned at seventeen[Pg 336] years old, was pulled from the water seven weeks later; they warmed him and brought him back to life.

M. D'Egly, of the Royal Academy of Inscriptions and Belles Lettres, at Paris, relates, that a Swiss, an expert diver, having plunged down into one of the hollows in the bed of the river, where he hoped to find fine fish, remained there about nine hours; they drew him out of the water after having hurt him in several places with their hooks. M. D'Egly, seeing that the water bubbled strongly from his mouth, maintained that he was not dead. They made him throw up as much water as he could for three quarters of an hour, wrapped him up in hot linen, put him to bed, bled him, and saved him.

M. D'Egly, from the Royal Academy of Inscriptions and Belles Lettres in Paris, tells about a Swiss expert diver who dove into one of the depressions in the riverbed, hoping to find some good fish. He stayed underwater for about nine hours and was pulled out after being injured in several places by their hooks. M. D'Egly noticed that water was bubbling strongly from his mouth and insisted that he wasn't dead. They made him expel as much water as he could for about forty-five minutes, wrapped him in hot linen, put him to bed, bled him, and managed to save him.

Some have been recovered after being seven weeks in the water, others after a less time; for instance, Gocellin, a nephew of the Archbishop of Cologne, having fallen into the Rhine, remained under water for fifteen hours before they could find him again; at the end of that time, they carried him to the tomb of St. Suitbert, and he recovered his health.[569]

Some have been found after spending seven weeks in the water, while others were retrieved sooner; for example, Gocellin, a nephew of the Archbishop of Cologne, fell into the Rhine and was underwater for fifteen hours before they found him again. After that, they took him to the tomb of St. Suitbert, and he regained his health. [569]

The same St. Suitbert resuscitated also another young man who had been drowned several hours. But the author who relates these miracles is of no great authority.

The same St. Suitbert also brought back to life another young man who had been drowned for several hours. However, the author recounting these miracles is not highly regarded.

Several instances are related of drowned persons who have remained under water for several days, and at last recovered and enjoyed good health. In the second part of the dissertation on the uncertainty of the signs of death, by M. Bruhier, physician, printed at Paris in 1744, pp. 102, 103, &c., it is shown that they have seen some who have been under water forty-eight hours, others during three days, and during eight days. He adds to this the example of the insect chrysalis, which passes all the winter without giving any signs of life, and the aquatic insects which remain all the winter motionless in the mud; which also happens to the frogs and toads; ants even, against the common opinion, are during the winter in a death-like state, which ceases only on the return of spring. Swallows, in the northern countries, bury themselves in heaps, in the lakes and ponds, in rivers even, in the sea, in the sand, in the holes of walls, and the hollows of trees, or at the bottom of caverns; whilst other kinds of swallows cross the sea to find warmer and more temperate climes.

There are several accounts of people who drowned and were underwater for days but eventually recovered and lived healthy lives. In the second part of M. Bruhier's dissertation on the uncertainty of death signs, published in Paris in 1744, pages 102, 103, etc., it’s noted that some individuals were submerged for forty-eight hours, others for three days, and some even for eight days. He also mentions the example of the insect chrysalis, which goes through the entire winter without showing any signs of life, as well as aquatic insects that remain motionless in the mud all winter. The same is true for frogs and toads; even ants, contrary to popular belief, are in a death-like state during winter, which only ends with the arrival of spring. In northern regions, swallows huddle together in piles found in lakes, ponds, rivers, the sea, sand, wall crevices, tree hollows, or at the bottoms of caves, while other types of swallows migrate across the sea to find warmer, more temperate climates.

What has just been said of swallows being found at the bottom of lakes, ponds, and rivers, is commonly remarked in Silesia, Poland, Bohemia, and Moravia. Sometimes even storks are fished up as if dead, having their beaks fixed in the anus of one another; many of[Pg 337] these have been seen in the environs of Geneva, and even in the environs of Metz, in the year 1467.

What was just said about swallows being found at the bottom of lakes, ponds, and rivers is often noted in Silesia, Poland, Bohemia, and Moravia. Occasionally, even storks are pulled up as if they were dead, with their beaks stuck in each other's rear ends; many of[Pg 337] these have been observed around Geneva and even in the area of Metz in the year 1467.

To these may be added quails and herons. Sparrows and cuckoos have been found during the winter in hollow trees, torpid and without the least appearance of life, which being warmed recovered themselves and took flight. We know that hedgehogs, marmots, sloths, and serpents, live underground without breathing, and the circulation of the blood is very feeble in them during all the winter. It is even said that bears sleep during almost all that period.

To this, we can include quails and herons. Sparrows and cuckoos have been discovered during winter in hollow trees, lethargic and showing no signs of life, but once warmed up, they recovered and flew away. It's known that hedgehogs, groundhogs, sloths, and snakes live underground without breathing, and their blood circulation is very weak throughout the winter. It's even said that bears hibernate for most of that time.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[568] Guill. Derham, Extrait. Peclin, c. x. de aëre et alim. def.

[568] Guill. Derham, Extrait. Peclin, c. x. de aëre et alim. def.

[569] Vita S. Suitberti, apud Surium, I. Martii.

[569] Life of St. Suitbert, according to Surius, March 1.


CHAPTER XLIII.

INSTANCES OF WOMEN WHO HAVE BEEN BELIEVED TO BE DEAD, AND WHO HAVE COME TO LIFE AGAIN.

Very clever physicians assert[570] that in cases of the suffocation of the womb, a woman may live thirty days without breathing. I know that a very excellent woman was six-and-thirty hours without giving any sign of life. Everybody thought she was dead, and they wanted to enshroud her, but her husband always opposed it. At the end of thirty-six hours she came to herself, and has lived a long time since then. She told them that she heard very well all that was said about her, and knew that they wanted to lay her out; but her torpor was such that she could not surmount it, and she should have let them do whatever they pleased without the least resistance.

Very clever doctors say[570] that in cases of uterine suffocation, a woman can survive for thirty days without breathing. I know of a remarkable woman who was completely unresponsive for thirty-six hours. Everyone thought she was dead and wanted to prepare her for burial, but her husband constantly disagreed. After thirty-six hours, she regained consciousness and has lived a long time since then. She told them that she could hear everything they were saying about her and knew they wanted to lay her to rest; however, her state was so profound that she couldn't overcome it and would have let them do whatever they wanted without the slightest resistance.

This applies to what St. Augustine says of the priest Pretextas, who in his trances and swoons heard, as if from afar off, what was said, and nevertheless would have let himself be burned, and his flesh cut, without opposing it or feeling it.

This relates to what St. Augustine says about the priest Pretextas, who, in his trances and fainting spells, heard what was being said as if from a distance, yet would have willingly let himself be burned and have his flesh cut without resisting or feeling it.

Corneille le Bruyn,[571] in his Voyages, relates that he saw at Damietta, in Egypt, a Turk whom they called the Dead Child, because when his mother was with child with him, she fell ill, and as they believed she was dead, they buried her pretty quickly, according to the custom of the country, where they let the dead remain but a very short time unburied, above all during the plague. She was put into a vault which this Turk had for the sepulture of his family.

Corneille le Bruyn,[571] in his Voyages, recounts that he saw in Damietta, Egypt, a Turk known as the Dead Child. This nickname came about because when his mother was pregnant with him, she became ill, and believing she had died, they quickly buried her, following the local custom where the dead are buried shortly, especially during the plague. She was placed in a vault that this Turk used for his family's burial.

Towards evening, some hours after the interment of this woman,[Pg 338] it entered the mind of the Turk her husband, that the child she bore might still be alive; he then had the vault opened, and found that his wife had delivered herself, and that his child was alive, but the mother was dead. Some people said that the child had been heard to cry, and that it was on receiving intimation of this that the father had the tomb opened. This man, surnamed the Dead Child, was still living in 1677. Le Bruyn thinks that the woman was dead when her child was born; but being dead, it would not have been possible for her to bring him into the world. It must be remembered, that in Egypt, where this happened, the women have an extraordinary facility of delivery, as both ancients and moderns bear witness, and that this woman was simply shut up in a vault, without being covered with earth.

Towards evening, a few hours after the burial of this woman,[Pg 338] her husband, the Turk, suddenly thought that the child she had given birth to might still be alive; he then had the vault opened and discovered that his wife had delivered herself, and that his child was alive, but the mother was dead. Some people claimed they heard the child crying, and it was upon hearing this that the father decided to open the tomb. This man, known as the Dead Child, was still alive in 1677. Le Bruyn believes that the woman was dead when her child was born; but if she were dead, it wouldn’t have been possible for her to give birth. It’s important to note that in Egypt, where this incident occurred, women have an extraordinary ability to give birth, as both ancient and modern sources attest, and that this woman was simply confined in a vault, without being buried.

A woman at Strasburg, who was with child, being reputed to be dead, was buried in a subterranean vault;[572] at the end of some time, this vault having been opened for another body to be placed in it, the woman was found out of the coffin lying on the ground, and having between her hands a child, of which she had delivered herself, and whose arm she held in her mouth, as if she would fain eat it.

A woman in Strasbourg, who was pregnant and thought to be dead, was buried in an underground vault;[572] after a while, when the vault was opened to place another body inside, the woman was found out of the coffin lying on the ground. She had a child she had given birth to between her hands, and she was holding its arm in her mouth, as if she wanted to eat it.

Another woman, a Spaniard,[573] the wife of Francisco Aravallos, of Suasso, being dead, or believed to be so, in the last months of her pregnancy, was put in the ground; her husband, whom they had sent for from the country, whither he had gone on business, would see his wife at the church, and had her exhumed: hardly had they opened the coffin, when they heard the cry of a child, who was making efforts to leave the bosom of its mother.

Another woman, a Spaniard,[573] the wife of Francisco Aravallos from Suasso, was thought to be dead during the final months of her pregnancy and was buried. Her husband, who had been summoned from the countryside where he was on business, came to see his wife at the church and had her body exhumed. Just as they opened the coffin, they heard the cry of a baby struggling to emerge from its mother's embrace.

He was taken away alive and lived a long time, being known by the name of the Child of the Earth; and since then he was lieutenant-general of the town of Héréz, on the frontier of Spain. These instances might be multiplied to infinity, of persons buried alive, and of others who have recovered as they were being carried to the grave, and others who have been taken out of it by fortuitous circumstances. Upon this subject you may consult the new work of Messrs. Vinslow and Bruyer, and those authors who have expressly treated on this subject.[574] These gentlemen, the doctors, derive from thence a very wise and very judicious conclusion, which is, that people should never be buried without the absolute certainty of their being dead, above all in times of pestilence, and in certain maladies in which those who are suffering under them lose on a sudden both sense and motion.

He was taken away alive and lived for a long time, known as the Child of the Earth; afterward, he became the lieutenant-general of the town of Héréz, on the border of Spain. There are countless examples of people who have been buried alive, others who have regained consciousness while being taken to the grave, and some who have been rescued from it by chance. You can refer to the new work by Messrs. Vinslow and Bruyer, as well as other authors who have specifically discussed this topic.[574] These gentlemen, the doctors, draw a very wise and sensible conclusion from this, which is that people should never be buried without absolute certainty that they are dead, especially during times of plague and in certain illnesses where those affected suddenly lose both sensation and movement.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[570] Le Clerc, Hist. de la Médecine.

[570] Le Clerc, History of Medicine.

[571] Corneille le Bruyn, tom. i. p. 579.

[571] Corneille le Bruyn, vol. 1, p. 579.

[572] Cronstand, Philos. veter. restit.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Cronstand, Ancient Philosophy Restored.

[573] Gaspard Reïes, Campus Elysias jucund.

[573] Gaspard Reïes, Elysian Fields campus is delightful.

[574] Page 167, des additions de M. Bruhier.

[574] Page 167, additions by Mr. Bruhier.


CHAPTER XLIV.

CAN THESE INSTANCES BE APPLIED TO THE HUNGARIAN GHOSTS?

Some advantage of these instances and these arguments may be derived in favor of vampirism, by saying that the ghosts of Hungary, Moravia, and Poland are not really dead, that they continue to live in their graves, although without motion and without respiration; the blood which is found in them being fine and red, the flexibility of their limbs, the cries which they utter when their heart is pierced or their head being cut off, all prove that they still exist.

Some benefits of these examples and arguments can be made in support of vampirism, by suggesting that the spirits of Hungary, Moravia, and Poland aren't truly dead; they remain alive in their graves, although without movement and breathing. The blood found in them is fresh and red, their limbs are still flexible, and the sounds they make when their heart is pierced or their head is cut off all demonstrate that they still exist.

That is not the principal difficulty which arrests my judgment; it is to know how they come out of their graves without any appearance of the earth having been removed, and how they have replaced it as it was; how they appear dressed in their clothes, go and come, and eat. If it is so, why do they return to their graves? why do they not remain amongst the living? why do they suck the blood of their relations? Why do they haunt and fatigue persons who ought to be dear to them, and who have done nothing to offend them? If all that is only imagination on the part of those who are molested, whence comes it that these vampires are found in their graves in an uncorrupted state, full of blood, supple, and pliable; that their feet are found to be in a muddy condition the day after they have run about and frightened the neighbors, and that nothing similar is remarked in the other corpses interred at the same time and in the same cemetery. Whence does it happen that they neither come back nor infest the place any more when they are burned or impaled? Would it be again the imagination of the living and their prejudices which reassure them after these executions? Whence comes it that these scenes recur so frequently in those countries, that the people are not cured of their prejudices, and daily experience, instead of destroying, only augments and strengthens them?

That isn't the main issue that confuses me; it's figuring out how they get out of their graves without any sign that the earth has been moved, and how they manage to put it back exactly as it was. How do they appear in their clothes, come and go, and eat? If that's the case, why do they return to their graves? Why don't they stay among the living? Why do they feed on the blood of their family members? Why do they haunt and trouble people who should be dear to them, and who haven't done anything to upset them? If all of this is just a figment of the imagination of those who are disturbed, then how is it that these vampires are found in their graves in perfect condition, full of blood, flexible, and movable? How come their feet are muddy the day after they've been out frightening the neighbors, while nothing similar is found in other corpses buried at the same time in the same cemetery? Why is it that they no longer return or haunt the area once they are burned or impaled? Is it just the imagination of the living and their biases that reassure them after these acts? Why do these events happen so often in those places, and why aren't people freed from their biases, with daily experiences only serving to reinforce and strengthen them instead?


CHAPTER XLV.

DEAD PERSONS WHO CHEW IN THEIR GRAVES LIKE HOGS, AND DEVOUR THEIR OWN FLESH.

It is an opinion widely spread in Germany, that certain dead persons chew in their graves, and devour whatever may be close to them; that they are even heard to eat like pigs, with a certain low cry, and as if growling and grunting.

It is a widely held belief in Germany that certain dead people chew in their graves and consume anything nearby; that they can even be heard eating like pigs, making a low noise and sounding like they're growling and grunting.

A German author,[575] named Michael Rauff, has composed a work, entitled De Masticatione Mortuorum in Tumulis—"Of the Dead who Masticate in their Graves." He sets it down as a proved and sure thing, that there are certain dead persons who have devoured the linen and everything that was within reach of their mouth, and even their own flesh, in their graves. He remarks,[576] that in some parts of Germany, to prevent the dead from masticating, they place a motte of earth under their chin in the coffin; elsewhere they place a little piece of money and a stone in their mouth; elsewhere they tie a handkerchief tightly round their throat. The author cites some German writers who make mention of this ridiculous custom; he quotes several others who speak of dead people that have devoured their own flesh in their sepulchre. This work was printed at Leipsic in 1728. It speaks of an author named Philip Rehrius, who printed in 1679 a treatise with the same title—De Masticatione Mortuorum.

A German author, [575] named Michael Rauff, has written a book called De Masticatione Mortuorum in Tumulis—"About the Dead Who Chew in Their Graves." He claims it’s a proven fact that certain dead people have eaten the cloth and anything else within reach of their mouths, including their own flesh, while in their graves. He notes, [576] that in some areas of Germany, to stop the dead from chewing, they put a mound of earth under their chin in the coffin; in other places, they place a small coin and a stone in their mouth; and in other places still, they tightly tie a handkerchief around their throat. The author references some German writers who mention this bizarre custom, and he quotes several others who talk about dead people who have eaten their own flesh in their graves. This work was published in Leipsic in 1728. It also mentions an author named Philip Rehrius, who published a treatise with the same title—De Masticatione Mortuorum—in 1679.

He might have added to it the circumstance of Henry Count of Salm,[577] who, being supposed to be dead, was interred alive; they heard during the night, in the church of the Abbey of Haute-Seille, where he was buried, loud cries; and the next day, on his tomb being opened, they found him turned upon his face, whilst in fact he had been buried lying upon his back.

He might have included the fact that Henry, Count of Salm,[577] who was thought to be dead, was buried alive; during the night, loud cries were heard in the church of the Abbey of Haute-Seille, where he was buried. The next day, when his tomb was opened, they found him turned face down, even though he had originally been buried lying on his back.

Some years ago, at Bar-le-Duc, a man was buried in the cemetery, and a noise was heard in his grave; the next day they disinterred him, and found that he had gnawed the flesh of his arms; and this we learned from ocular witnesses. This man had drunk brandy, and had been buried as dead. Rauff speaks of a woman of Bohe[Pg 341]mia,[578] who, in 1355, had eaten in her grave half her shroud. In the time of Luther, a man who was dead and buried, and a woman the same, gnawed their own entrails. Another dead man in Moravia ate the linen clothes of a woman who was buried next to him.

Some years ago, in Bar-le-Duc, a man was buried in the cemetery, and a noise was heard coming from his grave; the next day they dug him up and found that he had gnawed at his own arms. We learned this from eyewitnesses. This man had been drinking brandy and had been buried thinking he was dead. Rauff mentions a woman from Bohemia who, in 1355, had eaten half of her shroud in her grave. During the time of Luther, both a man and a woman, who were declared dead and buried, gnawed at their own insides. Another dead man in Moravia ate the linen clothes of a woman who was buried next to him.

All that is very possible, but that those who are really dead move their jaws, and amuse themselves with masticating whatever may be near them, is a childish fancy—like what the ancient Romans said of their Manducus, which was a grotesque figure of a man with an enormous mouth, and teeth proportioned thereto, which they caused to move by springs, and grind his teeth together, as if this figure had wanted to eat. They frightened children with them, and threatened them with the Manducus.[579]

All of that is certainly possible, but the idea that those who are truly dead move their jaws and enjoy chewing on whatever is nearby is just a silly notion—similar to what the ancient Romans described with their Manducus, a bizarre figure of a man with a huge mouth and appropriately large teeth that they made move with springs, making it look like the figure wanted to eat. They used it to scare children and threatened them with the Manducus.[579]

Some remains of this old custom may be seen in certain processions, where they carry a sort of serpent, which at intervals opens and shuts a vast jaw, armed with teeth, into which they throw cakes, as if to gorge it, or satisfy its appetite.

Some traces of this old tradition can be seen in certain parades, where they carry a kind of serpent that, at intervals, opens and closes a huge mouth filled with teeth, into which they toss cakes, as if to feed it or satisfy its hunger.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[575] Mich. Rauff, alterâ Dissert. Art. lvii. pp. 98, 99, et Art. lix. p. 100.

[575] Mich. Rauff, another Dissertation. Article 57, pages 98, 99, and Article 59, page 100.

[576] De Nummis in Ore Defunctorum repertis, Art. ix. à Beyermuller, &c.

[576] On the Coins Found in the Graves of the Deceased, Art. ix. by Beyermuller, &c.

[577] Richer, Senon, tom. iii. Spicileg. Ducherii, p. 392.

[577] Richer, Senon, vol. III. Spicileg. Ducherii, p. 392.

[578] Rauff, Art. xlii. p. 43.

[578] Rauff, Art. xlii. p. 43.

[579]
"Tandemque venit ad pulpita nostrum
Exodium, cum personæ pallentis hiatum
In gremio matris fastidit rusticus infans."
Juvenal, Sat. iii. 174.

[579]
"And then he came to our stage __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__."
For the exit, with the pale figure's opening
"In the mother's lap, the country kid is tired."
Juvenal, Sat. 3.174.


CHAPTER XLVI.

SINGULAR INSTANCE OF A HUNGARIAN GHOST.

The most remarkable instance cited by Rauff[580] is that of one Peter Plogojovitz, who had been buried ten weeks in a village of Hungary, called Kisolova. This man appeared by night to some of the inhabitants of the village while they were asleep, and grasped their throat so tightly that in four-and-twenty hours it caused their death. Nine persons, young and old, perished thus in the course of eight days.

The most striking example mentioned by Rauff[580] is that of a man named Peter Plogojovitz, who had been buried for ten weeks in a Hungarian village called Kisolova. This man appeared at night to some of the villagers while they were asleep and gripped their throats so tightly that it led to their deaths within twenty-four hours. Nine people, both young and old, died this way over the span of eight days.

The widow of the same Plogojovitz declared that her husband since his death had come and asked her for his shoes, which frightened her so much that she left Kisolova to retire to some other spot.

The widow of Plogojovitz said that since her husband's death, he had come to her asking for his shoes, which scared her so much that she left Kisolova to go somewhere else.

From these circumstances the inhabitants of the village determined upon disinterring the body of Plogojovitz and burning it, to deliver themselves from these visitations. They applied to the emperor's officer, who commanded in the territory of Gradiska, in[Pg 342] Hungary, and even to the curé of the same place, for permission to exhume the body of Peter Plogojovitz. The officer and the curé made much demur in granting this permission, but the peasants declared that if they were refused permission to disinter the body of this man, whom they had no doubt was a true vampire (for so they called these revived corpses), they should be obliged to forsake the village, and go where they could.

Due to these circumstances, the villagers decided to dig up the body of Plogojovitz and burn it, in order to free themselves from these hauntings. They asked the emperor's officer, who was in charge of the Gradiska region in[Pg 342] Hungary, as well as the local priest, for permission to exhume Peter Plogojovitz’s body. The officer and the priest were hesitant to grant this permission, but the villagers insisted that if they were denied the right to disinter this man, whom they firmly believed was a true vampire (as they referred to these revived corpses), they would have no choice but to leave the village and go elsewhere.

The emperor's officer, who wrote this account, seeing he could hinder them neither by threats nor promises, went with the curé of Gradiska to the village of Kisolova, and having caused Peter Plogojovitz to be exhumed, they found that his body exhaled no bad smell; that he looked as when alive, except the tip of the nose; that his hair and beard had grown, and instead of his nails, which had fallen off, new ones had come; that under his upper skin, which appeared whitish, there appeared a new one, which looked healthy, and of a natural color; his feet and hands were as whole as could be desired in a living man. They remarked also in his mouth some fresh blood, which these people believed that this vampire had sucked from the men whose death he had occasioned.

The emperor's officer, who wrote this account, realizing that he couldn't stop them with either threats or promises, went with the local priest to the village of Kisolova. After having Peter Plogojovitz exhumed, they found that his body didn’t smell bad at all; he looked just as he had when alive, except for the tip of his nose. His hair and beard had grown, and although his nails had fallen off, new ones had grown in their place. Under his upper skin, which appeared pale, there was a new layer that looked healthy and natural. His feet and hands were as intact as one would expect on a living person. They also noticed some fresh blood in his mouth, which the locals believed this vampire had drained from the men whose deaths he had caused.

The emperor's officer and the curé having diligently examined all these things, and the people who were present feeling their indignation awakened anew, and being more fully persuaded that he was the true cause of the death of their compatriots, ran directly for a sharp-pointed stake, which they thrust into his breast, whence there issued a quantity of fresh and crimson blood, and also from the nose and mouth; something also proceeded from that part of his body which decency does not allow us to mention. After this the peasants placed the body on a pile of wood and saw it reduced to ashes.

The emperor's officer and the priest carefully looked into everything, and the people present felt their anger rise again, becoming even more convinced that he was responsible for the deaths of their fellow countrymen. They quickly grabbed a sharp stake and drove it into his chest, causing a lot of fresh red blood to spill out, along with blood from his nose and mouth; something also came from that part of his body that decency prevents us from naming. After that, the peasants put the body on a pile of wood and watched it burn to ashes.

M. Rauff,[581] from whom we have these particulars, cites several authors who have written on the same subject, and have related instances of dead people who have eaten in their tombs. He cites particularly Gabril Rzaczincki in his history of the Natural Curiosities of the Kingdom of Poland, printed at Sandomic in 1721.

M. Rauff,[581] who provided us with this information, mentions several writers who have discussed the same topic and have recounted cases of deceased individuals eating in their graves. He specifically references Gabril Rzaczincki in his work on the Natural Curiosities of the Kingdom of Poland, published in Sandomic in 1721.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[580] Rauff, Art. xii. p. 15.

[580] Rauff, Art. xii. p. 15.

[581] Rauff, Art. xxi. p. 14.

[581] Rauff, Art. xxi. p. 14.


CHAPTER XLVII.

REASONINGS ON THIS MATTER.

Those authors have reasoned a great deal on these events. 1. Some have believed them to be miraculous. 2. Others have looked upon them simply as the effect of a heated imagination, or a sort of prepossession. 3. Others again have believed that there was nothing in all that but what was very simple and very natural, these persons not being dead, and acting naturally upon other bodies. 4. Others have asserted[582] that it was the work of the devil himself; amongst these, some have advanced the opinion that there were certain benign demons, differing from those who are malevolent and hostile to mankind, to which (benign demons) they have attributed playful and harmless operations, in contradistinction to those bad demons who inspire the minds of men with crime and sin, ill use them, kill them, and occasion them an infinity of evils. But what greater evils can one have to fear from veritable demons and the most malignant spirits, than those which the ghouls of Hungary cause the persons whose blood they suck, and thus cause to die? 5. Others will have it that it is not the dead who eat their own flesh or clothes, but serpents, rats, moles, ferrets, or other voracious animals, or even what the peasants call striges,[583] which are birds that devour animals and men, and suck their blood. Some have said that these instances are principally remarked in women, and, above all, in a time of pestilence; but there are instances of ghouls of both sexes, and principally of men; although those who die of plague, poison, hydrophobia, drunkenness, and any epidemical malady, are more apt to return, apparently because their blood coagulates with more difficulty; and sometimes some are buried who are not quite dead, on account of the danger there is in leaving them long without sepulture, from fear of the infection they would cause.

Those authors have thought a lot about these events. 1. Some believe they are miraculous. 2. Others see them only as the result of an overactive imagination or a certain mindset. 3. Still, some think there's nothing to it but something very simple and natural, as these individuals are not dead and behave normally with other beings. 4. Others claim[582] it’s the work of the devil; among them, some suggest there are certain benign demons, different from those who are evil and hostile to humanity, which they credit with playful and harmless actions, in contrast to the bad demons who lead people to commit crimes and sins, misuse them, kill them, and cause countless evils. But what greater evils is one to fear from real demons and the most malevolent spirits than those that the ghouls of Hungary inflict on the individuals whose blood they drain, ultimately causing their deaths? 5. Others argue that it’s not the dead who consume their own flesh or clothing but rather snakes, rats, moles, ferrets, or other greedy animals, or even what the peasants call striges,[583] which are birds that feed on animals and humans, sucking their blood. Some have noted that these occurrences are mainly reported in women, especially during times of plague; however, there are reports of ghouls of both genders, mainly men; although those who die from plague, poisoning, rabies, drunkenness, and any epidemic disease are more likely to return, apparently because their blood clots less easily; and sometimes people are buried who are not completely dead, due to the fear of leaving them unburied for too long because of the infection they might cause.

It is added that these vampires are known only to certain countries, as Hungary, Moravia, and Silesia, where those maladies are more common, and where the people, being badly fed, are subject[Pg 344] to certain disorders caused or occasioned by the climate and the food, and augmented by prejudice, fancy, and fright, capable of producing or of increasing the most dangerous maladies, as daily experience proves too well. As to what some have asserted that the dead have been heard to eat and chew like pigs in their graves, it is manifestly fabulous, and such an idea can have its foundation only in ridiculous prepossessions of the mind.

It is noted that these vampires are recognized only in certain countries, such as Hungary, Moravia, and Silesia, where these conditions are more common. The people there, who are poorly nourished, are prone to various issues caused or worsened by the climate and their diet, and further heightened by biases, imagination, and fear, which can lead to or intensify the most dangerous illnesses, as daily experience clearly shows. Regarding claims that the dead have been heard eating and chewing like pigs in their graves, that is clearly a myth, and such a notion can only arise from absurd mental biases.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[582] Rudiga, Physio. Dur. lib. i. c. 4. Theophrast. Paracels. Georg. Agricola, de Anim. Subterran. p. 76.

[582] Rudiga, Physio. Dur. lib. i. c. 4. Theophrast. Paracels. Georg. Agricola, de Anim. Subterran. p. 76.

[583] Ovid, lib. vi. Vide Debrio, Disquisit. Magic. lib. i. p. 6, and lib. iii. p. 355.

[583] Ovid, book vi. See Debrio, Disquisit. Magic, book i, page 6, and book iii, page 355.


CHAPTER XLVIII.

ARE THE VAMPIRES OR REVENANS REALLY DEAD?

The opinion of those who hold that all that is related of vampires is the effect of imagination, fascination, or of that disorder which the Greeks term phrenesis or coribantism, and who pretend by that means to explain all the phenomena of vampirism, will never persuade us that these maladies of the brain can produce such real effects as those we have just recounted. It is impossible that on a sudden, several persons should believe they see a thing which is not there, and that they should die in so short a time of a disorder purely imaginary. And who has revealed to them that such a vampire is undecayed in his grave, that he is full of blood, that he in some measure lives there after his death? Is there not to be found in the nation one sensible man who is exempt from this fancy, or who has soared above the effects of this fascination, these sympathies and antipathies—this natural magic? And besides, who can explain to us clearly and distinctly what these grand terms signify, and the manner of these operations so occult and so mysterious? It is trying to explain a thing which is obscure and doubtful, by another still more uncertain and incomprehensible.

The views of those who believe that everything said about vampires is just a result of imagination, fascination, or the mental disorder that the Greeks call phrenesis or coribantism, and who try to use that to explain all the vampire phenomena, will never convince us that these mental conditions can lead to such real effects as we’ve just described. It’s impossible for multiple people to suddenly believe they see something that isn’t there, and then die shortly after from a purely imaginary illness. And who has informed them that such a vampire remains unrotted in his grave, that he is full of blood, and that he somehow continues to exist after death? Is there not a single reasonable person in the nation who is free from this delusion, or who has risen above the effects of this fascination, these likes and dislikes—this natural magic? Furthermore, who can clearly explain what these grand terms actually mean and how these operations work, which are so hidden and mysterious? It's like trying to explain something obscure and questionable with something even more uncertain and incomprehensible.

If these persons believe nothing of all that is related of the apparition, the return, and the actions of vampires, they lose their time very uselessly in proposing systems and forming arguments to explain what exists only in the imagination of certain prejudiced persons struck with an idea; but, if all that is related, or at least a part, is true, these systems and these arguments will not easily satisfy those minds which desire proofs far more weighty than those.

If these people don’t believe anything about the sightings, the returns, and the actions of vampires, they're wasting their time trying to come up with theories and arguments to explain what only exists in the imagination of some biased individuals obsessed with the idea; however, if any of what’s been said is true, those theories and arguments won’t easily satisfy those who seek proof that’s much more substantial.

Let us see, then, if the system which asserts that these vampires are not really dead is well founded. It is certain that death consists in the separation of the soul from the body, and that neither[Pg 345] the one nor the other perishes, nor is annihilated by death; that the soul is immortal, and that the body destitute of its soul, still remains entire, and becomes only in part corrupt, sometimes in a few days, and sometimes in a longer space of time; sometimes even it remains uncorrupted during many years or even ages, either by reason of a good constitution, as in Hector[584] and Alexander the Great, whose bodies remained several days undecayed;[585] or by means of the art of embalming; or lastly, owing to the nature of the earth in which they are interred, which has the power of drying up the radical humidity and the principles of corruption. I do not stop to prove all these things, which besides are very well known.

Let’s check if the idea that these vampires aren’t really dead is based on solid reasoning. It’s clear that death is when the soul separates from the body, and that neither the soul nor the body actually disappears or is totally destroyed by death; the soul is eternal, and the body, without its soul, still remains intact, only partially decaying, sometimes within days and sometimes over a longer period; occasionally, it even stays preserved for many years or even centuries, either because of a strong constitution, like Hector and Alexander the Great, whose bodies stayed unspoiled for several days; or due to embalming techniques; or finally, because of the characteristics of the soil where they are buried, which can dry up moisture and halt decomposition processes. I won’t go into proving all these points, as they are already well-established.

Sometimes the body, without being dead and forsaken by its reasonable soul, remains as if dead and motionless, or at least with so slow a motion and such feeble respiration, that it is almost imperceptible, as it happens in faintings, swoons, in certain disorders very common amongst women, in trances—as we remarked in the case of Pretextat, priest of Calame; we have also reported more than one instance, considered dead and buried as such; I may add that of the Abbé Salin, prior of St. Christopher,[586] who being in his coffin, and about to be interred, was resuscitated by some of his friends, who made him swallow a glass of champagne.

Sometimes the body, even though it's not dead and abandoned by its rational soul, can appear lifeless and still, or at least move so slowly and breathe so faintly that it’s nearly imperceptible. This often happens in situations like fainting, swooning, and certain disorders that are quite common among women. It can also occur in trances, as we noted in the case of Pretextat, priest of Calame. We have also documented more than one case where someone was considered dead and buried. I can add the example of Abbé Salin, prior of St. Christopher,[586] who, while in his coffin and about to be buried, was revived by some friends who got him to drink a glass of champagne.

Several instances of the same kind are related.[587] In the "Causes Célèbres," they make mention of a girl who became enceinte during a long swoon; we have already noticed this. Pliny cites[588] a great number of instances of persons who have been thought dead, and who have come to life again, and lived for a long time. He mentions a young man, who having fallen asleep in a cavern, remained there forty years without waking. Our historians[589] speak of the seven sleepers, who slept for 150 years, from the year of Christ 253 to 403. It is said that the philosopher Epimenides slept in a cavern during fifty-seven years, or according to others, forty-seven, or only forty years; for the ancients do not agree concerning the number of years; they even affirm, that this philosopher had the power to detach his soul from his body, and recall it when he pleased. The same thing is related of Aristæus of Proconnesus. I am willing to allow that that is fabulous; but we cannot gainsay the truth of several other stories of persons who have come to life again, after having appeared dead for three, four, five, six, and seven days. Pliny acknowledges that there are several instances of dead people who have[Pg 346] appeared after they were interred; but he will not mention them more particularly, because, he says, he relates only natural things and not prodigies—"Post sepulturam quoque visorum exempla sunt, nisi quod naturæ opera non prodigia sectamur." We believe that Enoch and Elijah are still living. Several have thought that St. John the Evangelist was not dead,[590] but that he is still alive in his tomb.

Several similar cases are mentioned.[587] In "Causes Célèbres," there’s a story about a girl who became pregnant during a long faint; we've noted this before. Pliny cites[588] many instances of people who were thought to be dead but came back to life and lived for a long time. He talks about a young man who fell asleep in a cave and stayed there for forty years without waking up. Our historians[589] mention the seven sleepers who slept for 150 years, from the year 253 to 403 AD. It's said that the philosopher Epimenides slept in a cave for fifty-seven years, or according to some, forty-seven, or just forty years; the ancients don't agree on the exact number of years. They even claim that this philosopher had the ability to separate his soul from his body and bring it back whenever he wanted. The same story is told about Aristæus of Proconnesus. I’m willing to accept that this is legendary, but we can't deny the truth of several other accounts of people who came back to life after appearing dead for three, four, five, six, or seven days. Pliny acknowledges that there are examples of dead people who have[Pg 346] appeared after being buried; however, he won’t go into detail about them because he says he only talks about natural events, not miracles—"Post sepulturam quoque visorum exempla sunt, nisi quod naturæ opera non prodigia sectamur." We believe that Enoch and Elijah are still alive. Some have thought that St. John the Evangelist did not die,[590] but that he is still alive in his tomb.

Plato and St. Clement of Alexandria[591] relate, that the son of Zoroaster was resuscitated twelve days after his (supposed) death, and when his body had been laid upon the funeral pyre. Phlegon says,[592] that a Syrian soldier in the army of Antiochus, after having been killed at Thermopylæ, appeared in open day in the Roman camp, and spoke to several. And Plutarch relates,[593] that a man named Thespesius, who had fallen from the roof of a house, came to himself the third day after he died (or seemed to die) of his fall.

Plato and St. Clement of Alexandria[591] report that the son of Zoroaster came back to life twelve days after his (alleged) death, while his body was on the funeral pyre. Phlegon says,[592] that a Syrian soldier in Antiochus's army, after being killed at Thermopylæ, appeared in broad daylight in the Roman camp and talked to several people. And Plutarch recounts,[593] that a man named Thespesius, who had fallen from a roof, regained consciousness on the third day after he died (or seemed to die) from his fall.

St. Paul, writing to the Corinthians,[594] seems to suppose that sometimes the soul transported itself without the body, to repair to the spot where it is in mind or thought; for instance, he says, that he has been transported to the third heaven; but he adds that he knows not whether in the body, or only in spirit—"Sive in corpora, sive extra corpus, nescio, Deus scit." We have already cited St. Augustine,[595] who mentions a priest of Calamus, named Pretextat, who, at the sound of the voices of some persons who lamented their sins, fell into such an ecstasy of delight, that he no longer breathed or felt anything; and they might have cut and burnt his flesh without his perceiving it; his soul was absent, or really so occupied with these lamentations, that he was insensible to pain. In swoons and syncope, the soul no longer performs her ordinary functions. She is nevertheless in the body, and continues to animate it, but she perceives not her own action.

St. Paul, writing to the Corinthians,[594] seems to believe that sometimes the soul can leave the body to go to the place it’s thinking about; for example, he mentions being taken to the third heaven, but he adds that he doesn’t know if it was in the body or just in spirit—"Sive in corpora, sive extra corpus, nescio, Deus scit." We have already mentioned St. Augustine,[595] who talks about a priest of Calamus named Pretextat, who, upon hearing the voices of some people lamenting their sins, fell into such a state of ecstasy that he no longer breathed or felt anything; they could have cut and burned his flesh without him noticing; his soul was absent, or truly so focused on these laments, that he was unaware of pain. During fainting spells and unconsciousness, the soul no longer carries out its usual functions. It is still in the body and continues to give it life, but it doesn’t perceive its own actions.

A curé of the Diocese of Constance, named Bayer, writes me word that in 1728, having been appointed to the curé of Rutheim, he was disturbed a month afterwards by a spectre, or an evil genius, in the form of a peasant, badly made, and ill-dressed, very ill-looking, and stinking insupportably, who came and knocked at the door in an insolent manner, and having entered his study told him that he had been sent by an official of the Prince of Constance, his bishop, upon a certain commission which was found to be absolutely false. He then asked for something to eat, and they placed before him[Pg 347] meat, bread, and wine. He took up the meat with both hands, and devoured it bones and all, saying, "See how I eat both flesh and bone—do the same." Then he took up the wine-cup, and swallowed it at a draught, asking for another, which he drank off in the same fashion. After that he withdrew, without bidding the curé good-bye; and the servant who showed him to the door having asked his name, he replied, "I was born at Rutsingen, and my name is George Raulin," which was false. As he was going down stairs he said to the curé in German, in a menacing tone, "I will show you who I am."

A priest from the Diocese of Constance named Bayer writes to me that in 1728, after being appointed as the priest of Rutheim, he was disturbed a month later by a ghost or an evil spirit, taking the form of a poorly dressed and unattractive peasant who smelled terrible. This figure came and knocked on the door in a rude manner, and after entering his study, claimed to have been sent by an official of the Prince of Constance, his bishop, for a mission that turned out to be completely false. He then asked for something to eat, and they served him meat, bread, and wine. He picked up the meat with both hands and devoured it, bones and all, saying, "See how I eat both flesh and bone—do the same." Then he drank the wine in one gulp and asked for another, which he downed just as quickly. After that, he left without saying goodbye to the priest. When the servant who showed him to the door asked his name, he answered, "I was born in Rutsingen, and my name is George Raulin," which was a lie. As he was going down the stairs, he told the priest in German, in a threatening tone, "I will show you who I am."

He passed all the rest of the day in the village, showing himself to everybody. Towards midnight he returned to the curé's door, crying out three times in a terrible voice, "Monsieur Bayer!" and adding, "I will let you know who I am." In fact, during three years he returned every day towards four o'clock in the afternoon, and every night till dawn of day. He appeared in different forms, sometimes like a water-dog, sometimes as a lion, or some other terrible animal; sometimes in the shape of a man, or a girl, when the curé was at table, or in bed, enticing him to lasciviousness. Sometimes he made an uproar in the house, like a cooper putting hoops on his casks; then again you might have thought he wanted to throw the house down by the noise he made in it. To have witnesses to all this, the curé often sent for the beadle and other personages of the village to bear testimony to it. The spectre emitted, wherever he showed himself, an insupportable stench.

He spent the rest of the day in the village, making sure everyone saw him. Around midnight, he returned to the curé's door, shouting three times in a terrifying voice, "Monsieur Bayer!" and adding, "I'll let you know who I am." In fact, for three years, he came back every day around four in the afternoon and stayed until dawn. He appeared in different forms, sometimes like a water-dog, sometimes as a lion, or some other frightening creature; sometimes as a man or a girl when the curé was having dinner or in bed, trying to tempt him into immorality. Sometimes he caused chaos in the house, like a cooper putting hoops on his barrels; other times, you would think he was trying to bring the house down with the noise he made. To have witnesses to all this, the curé often called for the beadle and other villagers to testify. Wherever he appeared, the specter let off an unbearable stench.

At last the curé had recourse to exorcisms, but they produced no effect. And as they despaired almost of being delivered from these vexations, he was advised, at the end of the third year, to provide himself with a holy branch on Palm Sunday, and also with a sword sprinkled with holy water, and to make use of it against the spectre. He did so once or twice, and from that time he was no more molested. This is attested by a Capuchin monk, witness of the greater part of these things, the 29th of August, 1749.

At last, the priest turned to exorcisms, but they didn’t work. Just when they were almost giving up hope of getting rid of these troubles, he was advised, after three years, to get a holy branch on Palm Sunday and a sword sprinkled with holy water, and to use them against the ghost. He did this once or twice, and after that, he was no longer disturbed. This is confirmed by a Capuchin monk, who witnessed most of these events, on August 29, 1749.

I will not guarantee the truth of all these circumstances; the judicious reader will make what induction he pleases from them. If they are true, here is a real ghost, who eats, drinks, and speaks, and gives tokens of his presence for three whole years, without any appearance of religion. Here follows another instance of a ghost who manifested himself by actions alone.

I can't vouch for the accuracy of all these situations; the wise reader can draw their own conclusions from them. If they are true, then here is a genuine ghost who eats, drinks, and speaks, and shows signs of his presence for three full years, without any hint of religion. Here’s another example of a ghost who revealed himself solely through his actions.

They write me word from Constance, the 8th of August, 1748, that towards the end of the year 1746 sighs were heard, which seemed to proceed from the corner of the printing-office of the Sieur Lahart, one of the common council men of the city of Constance. The printers only laughed at it at first, but in the following year, 1747, in the beginning of January, they heard more noise than be[Pg 348]fore. There was a hard knocking near the same corner whence they had at first heard some sighs; things went so far that the printers received slaps, and their hats were thrown on the ground. They had recourse to the Capuchins, who came with the books proper for exorcising the spirit. The exorcism completed they returned home, and the noise ceased for three days.

They wrote to me from Constance on August 8, 1748, that towards the end of 1746, they started hearing sighs from the corner of the Sieur Lahart's printing office, who was one of the common council members of the city of Constance. The printers just laughed it off at first, but in early January 1747, the noise became louder than before. There were hard knocks coming from the same corner where they had first heard the sighs; it escalated to the point where the printers were slapped and their hats were knocked off. They turned to the Capuchins, who arrived with the appropriate books to exorcise the spirit. Once the exorcism was done, they went home, and the noise stopped for three days.

At the end of that time the noise recommenced more violently than before; the spirit threw the characters for printing, whether letters or figures, against the windows. They sent out of the city for a famous exorcist, who exorcised the spirit for a week. One day the spirit boxed the ears of a lad; and again the letters, &c., were thrown against the window-panes. The foreign exorcist, not having been able to effect anything by his exorcisms, returned to his own home.

At the end of that time, the noise started up again, even louder than before; the spirit flung the printing characters, whether letters or numbers, against the windows. They called in a famous exorcist from out of town, who tried to exorcise the spirit for a week. One day, the spirit slapped a boy; and once more, the letters and so on were thrown against the window panes. The foreign exorcist, unable to achieve anything with his exorcisms, went back home.

The spirit went on as usual, giving slaps in the face to one, and throwing stones and other things at another, so that the compositors were obliged to leave that corner of the printing-office and place themselves in the middle of the room, but they were not the quieter for that.

The spirit continued its antics, slapping one person in the face and throwing stones and other objects at another, forcing the typesetters to move from that corner of the printing office to the center of the room, but they didn't feel any calmer as a result.

They then sent for other exorcists, one of whom had a particle of the true cross, which he placed upon the table. The spirit did not, however, cease disturbing as usual the workmen belonging to the printing-office; and the Capuchin brother who accompanied the exorcist received such buffets that they were both obliged to withdraw to their convent. Then came others, who, having mixed a quantity of sand and ashes in a bucket of water, blessed the water, and sprinkled with it every part of the printing-office. They also scattered the sand and ashes all over the room upon the paved floor; and being provided with swords, the whole party began to strike at random right and left in every part of the room, to see if they could hit the ghost, and to observe if he left any foot-marks upon the sand or ashes which covered the floor. They perceived at last that he had perched himself on the top of the stove or furnace, and they remarked on the angles of it marks of his feet and hands impressed on the sand and ashes they had blessed.

They then called for other exorcists, one of whom had a piece of the true cross that he placed on the table. However, the spirit continued to disturb the workers in the printing office as usual, and the Capuchin brother who accompanied the exorcist took such hits that they both had to retreat to their convent. Then, others arrived who mixed some sand and ashes in a bucket of water, blessed the water, and sprinkled it around every part of the printing office. They also scattered the sand and ashes all over the room on the tiled floor; equipped with swords, the whole group began swinging randomly in every direction to see if they could hit the ghost and to check if he left any footprints in the sand or ashes on the floor. They eventually noticed that he had perched himself on top of the stove or furnace, and they discovered marks of his feet and hands imprinted in the sand and ashes they had blessed.

They succeeded in ousting him from there, and they very soon perceived that he had slid under the table, and left marks of his hands and feet on the pavement. The dust raised by all this movement in the office caused them to disperse, and they discontinued the pursuit. But the principal exorcist having taken out a screw from the angle where they had first heard the noise, found in a hole in the wall some feathers, three bones wrapped up in a dirty piece of linen, some bits of glass, and a hair-pin, or bodkin. He blessed a fire which they lighted, and had all that thrown into it. But this monk had hardly reached his convent when one of the printers came[Pg 349] to tell him that the bodkin had come out of the flames three times of itself, and that a boy who was holding a pair of tongs, and who put this bodkin in the fire again, had been violently struck in the face. The rest of the things which had been found having been brought to the Capuchin convent, they were burnt without further resistance; but the lad who had carried them there saw a naked woman in the public market-place, and that and the following days groans were heard in the market-place of Constance.

They managed to get him out of there, and soon noticed that he had crawled under the table, leaving hand and foot marks on the pavement. The dust stirred up by all the movement in the office made them scatter, and they stopped chasing him. However, the main exorcist, after removing a screw from the corner where they had first heard the noise, discovered in a hole in the wall some feathers, three bones wrapped in a grimy piece of cloth, some shards of glass, and a hairpin. He blessed the fire they lit and had everything thrown into it. But as soon as this monk reached his convent, one of the printers came[Pg 349] to tell him that the hairpin had resurfaced from the flames three times on its own, and that a boy holding a pair of tongs who put the hairpin back in the fire had been violently struck in the face. The other items that had been found were taken to the Capuchin convent and burned without any issue; however, the boy who brought them there witnessed a naked woman in the public market, and during that and the following days, groans could be heard in the marketplace of Constance.

Some days after this the printer's house was again infested in this manner, the ghost giving slaps, throwing stones, and molesting the domestics in divers ways. The Sieur Lahart, the master of the house, received a great wound in his head, two boys who slept in the same bed were thrown on the ground, so that the house was entirely forsaken during the night. One Sunday a servant girl carrying away some linen from the house had stones thrown at her, and another time two boys were thrown down from a ladder.

A few days later, the printer's house was once again plagued by the ghost, who was slapping people, throwing stones, and bothering the staff in various ways. The master of the house, Sieur Lahart, suffered a serious head injury, and two boys who were sleeping in the same bed were knocked to the floor, causing everyone to abandon the house for the night. One Sunday, a maid carrying laundry out of the house was pelted with stones, and on another occasion, two boys were knocked off a ladder.

There was in the city of Constance an executioner who passed for a sorcerer. The monk who writes to me suspected him of having some part in this game; he began to exhort those who sat up with him in the house, to put their confidence in God, and to be strong in faith. He gave them to understand that the executioner was likely to be of the party. They passed the night thus in the house, and about ten o'clock in the evening, one of the companions of the exorcist threw himself at his feet in tears, and revealed to him, that that same night he and one of his companions had been sent to consult the executioner in Turgau, and that by order of the Sieur Lahart, printer, in whose house all this took place. This avowal strangely surprised the good father, and he declared that he would not continue to exorcise, if they did not assure him that they had not spoken to the executioners to put an end to the haunting. They protested that they had not spoken to them at all. The Capuchin father had everything picked up that was found about the house, wrapped up in packets, and had them carried to his convent.

In the city of Constance, there was an executioner who was rumored to be a sorcerer. The monk who writes to me suspected him of being involved in this situation; he started urging those who kept watch with him in the house to trust in God and stay strong in their faith. He made it clear that the executioner might be part of this group. They spent the night this way in the house, and around ten o'clock in the evening, one of the exorcist's companions fell at his feet in tears. He revealed that that very night, he and another companion had been sent to consult the executioner in Turgau, on the orders of Sieur Lahart, the printer, where all this was happening. This confession greatly surprised the good father, and he stated that he would stop the exorcism if they didn't assure him that they hadn't talked to the executioners about ending the haunting. They insisted that they had not spoken to them at all. The Capuchin father collected everything he found in the house, wrapped it up in bundles, and had it taken to his convent.

The following night, two domestics tried to pass the night in the house, but they were thrown out of their beds, and constrained to go and sleep elsewhere. After this, they sent for a peasant of the village of Annanstorf, who was considered a good exorcist. He passed the night in the haunted house, drinking, singing, and shouting. He received slaps and blows from a stick, and was obliged to own that he could not prevail against the spirit.

The next night, two servants attempted to spend the night in the house, but they were tossed out of their beds and had to find somewhere else to sleep. After that, they called for a villager from Annanstorf, who was known for being a skilled exorcist. He spent the night in the haunted house, drinking, singing, and shouting. He got slapped and hit with a stick and had to admit that he couldn't overcome the spirit.

The widow of an executioner presented herself then to perform the exorcisms; she began by using fumigations in all parts of the dwelling, to drive away the evil spirits. But before she had finished these fumigations, seeing that the master was struck in the face and[Pg 350] on his body by the spirit, she ran away from the house, without asking for her pay.

The widow of an executioner then came forward to conduct the exorcisms; she started by using smoke in every part of the house to chase away the evil spirits. But before she had finished these fumigations, noticing that the master was being struck in the face and[Pg 350] on his body by the spirit, she fled from the house without asking for her payment.

They next called in the Curé of Valburg, who passed for a clever exorcist. He came with four other secular curés, and continued the exorcisms for three days, without any success. He withdrew to his parish, imputing the inutility of his prayers to the want of faith of those who were present.

They then brought in the priest from Valburg, known as a skilled exorcist. He arrived with four other local priests and carried out the exorcisms for three days, but without success. He returned to his parish, blaming the ineffectiveness of his prayers on the lack of faith from those who were there.

During this time, one of the four priests was struck with a knife, then with a fork, but he was not hurt. The son of Sieur Lahart, master of the dwelling, received upon his jaw a blow from a pascal taper, which did him no harm. All that being of no service, they sent for the executioners of the neighborhood. Two of the persons who went to fetch them were well thrashed and pelted with stones. Another had his thigh so tightly pressed that he felt the pain for a long time. The executioners carefully collected all the packets they found wrapped up about the house, and put others in their room; but the spirit took them up and threw them into the market-place. After this, the executioners persuaded the Sieur Lahart that he might boldly return with his people to the house; he did so, but the first night, when they were at supper, one of his workmen named Solomon was wounded on the foot, and then followed a great effusion of blood. They then sent again for the executioner, who appeared much surprised that the house was not yet entirely freed, but at that moment he was himself attacked by a shower of stones, boxes on the ears, and other blows, which constrained him to run away quickly.

During this time, one of the four priests was stabbed with a knife, then with a fork, but he wasn't hurt. The son of Sieur Lahart, the owner of the place, got hit on the jaw with a pascal taper, which didn't injure him. Despite all that, they called for the local executioners. Two of the people sent to get them got badly beaten and pelted with stones. Another had his thigh squeezed so hard that he felt pain for a long time. The executioners carefully gathered all the packages they found around the house and moved some to their room, but the spirit picked them up and threw them into the marketplace. After this, the executioners convinced Sieur Lahart that he could safely return with his crew to the house; he agreed, but on the first night, while they were having dinner, one of his workers named Solomon was hurt on the foot, leading to a lot of bleeding. They then called the executioner again, who seemed quite surprised that the house wasn't completely cleared yet, but at that moment, he was attacked by a barrage of stones, slaps, and other blows, which forced him to flee quickly.

Some heretics in the neighborhood, being informed of all these things, came one day to the bookseller's shop, and upon attempting to read in a Catholic Bible which was there, were well boxed and beaten; but having taken up a Calvinist Bible, they received no harm. Two men of Constance having entered the bookseller's shop from sheer curiosity, one of them was immediately thrown down upon the ground, and the other ran away as fast as he could. Another person, who had come in the same way from curiosity, was punished for his presumption, by having a quantity of water thrown upon him. A young girl of Ausburg, a relation of the Sieur Lahart, printer, was chased away with violent blows, and pursued even to the neighboring house, where she entered.

Some heretics in the area, hearing about all this, came one day to the bookseller's shop. When they tried to read a Catholic Bible that was there, they were soundly beaten. However, when they picked up a Calvinist Bible, they faced no consequences. Two men from Constance entered the bookseller's shop out of pure curiosity; one was immediately thrown to the ground, while the other ran away as fast as he could. Another curious person was punished for his boldness by having water thrown on him. A young girl from Augsburg, a relative of Sieur Lahart, the printer, was chased away with forceful blows and pursued all the way to the neighboring house where she took refuge.

At last the hauntings ceased, on the 8th of February. On that day the spectre opened the shop door, went in, deranged a few articles, went out, shut the door, and from that time nothing more was seen or heard of it.

At last, the hauntings stopped on February 8th. On that day, the ghost opened the shop door, walked in, messed up a few items, went out, shut the door, and after that, nothing more was seen or heard from it.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[584] Homer de Hectore, Iliad XXIV. 411.

[584] Homer of Hector, Iliad XXIV. 411.

[585] Plutarch de Alexandro in ejus Vita.

[585] Plutarch on Alexander in his Life.

[586] About the year 1680; he died after the year 1694.

[586] Around the year 1680; he passed away after 1694.

[587] Causes Célèbres, tom. viii. p. 585.

[587] Famous Cases, vol. viii, p. 585.

[588] Plin. Hist. Natur. lib. vii. c. 52.

[588] Plin. Hist. Natur. book VII, chapter 52.

[589] St. Gregor. Turon. de Gloria Martyr. c. 95.

[589] St. Gregor. Turon. de Glory of the Martyr. c. 95.

[590] I have touched upon this matter in a particular Dissertation at the Head of the Gospel of St. John.

[590] I have discussed this topic in a specific dissertation at the beginning of the Gospel of St. John.

[591] Plato, de Republ. lib. x.; Clemens Alexandr. lib. v. Stromat.

[591] Plato, The Republic, Book 10; Clement of Alexandria, Book 5 of the Stromata.

[592] Phleg. de Mirabilis, c. 3.

[592] Phleg. de Mirabilis, c. 3.

[593] Plutarch, de Serâ Numinis Vindicta.

[593] Plutarch, On the Revenge of the Deity.

[594] 1 Cor. xiii. 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Cor. 13:2.

[595] Aug. lib. xiv. de Civit. Dei, c. 24.

[595] Aug. lib. xiv. de Civit. Dei, c. 24.


CHAPTER XLIX.

INSTANCE OF A MAN NAMED CURMA WHO WAS SENT BACK INTO THE WORLD.

St. Augustine relates on this subject,[596] that a countryman named Curma, who held a small place in the village of Tullia, near Hippoma, having fallen sick, remained for some days senseless and speechless, having just respiration enough left to prevent their burying him. At the end of several days he began to open his eyes, and sent to ask what they were about in the house of another peasant of the same place, and like himself named Curma. They brought him back word, that he had just expired at the very moment that he himself had recovered and was resuscitated from his deep slumber.

St. Augustine discusses this topic,[596] mentioning a farmer named Curma, who lived in the village of Tullia, near Hippoma. After falling ill, he remained unconscious and unable to speak for several days, with just enough breath to avoid being buried. After several days, he started to open his eyes and asked about what was happening at the home of another local peasant, also named Curma. They informed him that the other Curma had just died at the exact moment he woke up from his deep slumber.

Then he began to talk, and related what he had seen and heard; that it was not Curma the curial,[597] but Curma the blacksmith, who ought to have been brought; he added, that among those whom he had seen treated in different ways, he had recognized some of his deceased acquaintance, and other ecclesiastics, who were still alive, who had advised him to come to Hippoma, and be baptized by the Bishop Augustine; that according to their advice he had received baptism in his vision; that afterwards he had been introduced into Paradise, but that he had not remained there long, and that they had told him that if he wished to dwell there, he must be baptized. He replied, "I am so;" but they told him, that he had been so only in a vision, and that he must go to Hippoma to receive that sacrament in reality. He came there as soon as he was cured, and received the rite of baptism with the other catechumens.

Then he started to talk and shared what he had seen and heard; that it wasn't Curma the curial,[597] but Curma the blacksmith who should have been brought. He mentioned that among those he saw being treated in various ways, he recognized some of his deceased acquaintances and other living clergy who had advised him to go to Hippoma and get baptized by Bishop Augustine. Following their advice, he had received baptism in his vision; afterwards, he was taken into Paradise, but he didn't stay there long. They told him that if he wanted to live there, he needed to be baptized. He replied, "I am," but they informed him that it was only in a vision and that he needed to go to Hippoma to receive that sacrament for real. He went there as soon as he was healed and was baptized along with the other catechumens.

St. Augustine was not informed of this adventure till about two years afterwards. He sent for Curma, and learnt from his own lips what I have just related. Now it is certain that Curma saw nothing with his bodily eyes of all that had been represented to him in his vision; neither the town of Hippoma, nor Bishop Augustine, nor the ecclesiastics who counseled him to be baptized, nor the persons living and deceased whom he saw and recognized. We may believe, then, that these things are effects of the power of God, who makes[Pg 352] use of the ministry of angels to warn, console, or alarm mortals, according as his judgment sees best.

St. Augustine didn’t find out about this adventure until about two years later. He called for Curma and learned from him what I’ve just shared. It’s clear that Curma didn’t actually see any of the things he experienced in his vision with his physical eyes; neither the town of Hippoma, nor Bishop Augustine, nor the church leaders who advised him to get baptized, nor the people, both living and deceased, whom he recognized. Therefore, we can believe that these experiences are manifestations of God’s power, who uses angels to warn, comfort, or alert humans, depending on what He deems necessary.

St. Augustine inquires afterwards if the dead have any knowledge of what is passing in this world? He doubts the fact, and shows that at least they have no knowledge of it by ordinary and natural means. He remarks, that it is said God took Josiah, for instance, from this world,[598] that he might now witness the evil which was to befall his nation; and we say every day, Such-a-one is happy to have left the world, and so escaped feeling the miseries which have happened to his family or his country. But if the dead know not what is passing in this world, how can they be troubled about their bodies being interred or not? How do the saints hear our prayers? and why do we ask them for their intercession?

St. Augustine later asks whether the dead have any awareness of what's happening in the world. He is skeptical and argues that they certainly don't know about it through ordinary and natural means. He points out that it's said God took Josiah, for example, from this world,[598] so he could witness the troubles that would come to his nation; and we often say that someone is fortunate to have left the world, thus avoiding the suffering that has affected their family or country. But if the dead don't know what's going on in this world, how can they be concerned about whether their bodies are buried or not? How do the saints hear our prayers, and why do we ask them to intercede for us?

It is then true that the dead can learn what is passing on the earth, either by the agency of angels, or by that of the dead who arrive in the other world, or by the revelation of the Spirit of God, who discovers to them what he judges proper, and what it is expedient that they should learn. God may also sometimes send men who have long been dead to living men, as he permitted Moses and Elias to appear at the Transfiguration of the Lord, and as an infinite number of the saints have appeared to the living. The invocation of saints has always been taught and practised in the Church; whence we may infer that they hear our prayers, are moved by our wants, and can help us by their intercession. But the way in which all that is done is not distinctly known; neither reason nor revelation furnishes us with anything certain, as to the means it pleases God to make use of to reveal our wants to them.

It is indeed true that the dead can learn what is happening on Earth, either through angels, or from other deceased individuals who have entered the afterlife, or through the revelation of the Spirit of God, who shows them what He deems appropriate and what it is important for them to know. God may also sometimes send people who have been dead for a long time to living individuals, just as He allowed Moses and Elijah to appear at the Transfiguration of the Lord, and as countless saints have appeared to the living. The invocation of saints has always been taught and practiced within the Church; from this, we can infer that they hear our prayers, respond to our needs, and can assist us through their intercession. However, the exact way in which all of this occurs is not clearly understood; neither reason nor revelation provides us with anything definitive regarding the means God uses to make our needs known to them.

Lucian, in his dialogue entitled Philopseudes, or the "Lover of Falsehood," relates[599] something similar. A man named Eucratés, having been taken down to hell, was presented to Pluto, who was angry with him who presented him, saying—"That man has not yet completed his course; his turn has not yet come. Bring hither Demilius, for the thread of his life is finished." Then they sent Eucratés back to this world, where he announced that Demilius would die soon. Demilius lived near him, and was already a little ill.

Lucian, in his dialogue called Philopseudes, or the "Lover of Falsehood," shares a similar story. A man named Eucratés was taken down to hell and presented to Pluto, who was angry with the one who brought him there, saying, "That man hasn’t finished his time yet; it’s not his turn. Bring Demilius here, because his life thread is complete." They then sent Eucratés back to the living world, where he warned that Demilius would die soon. Demilius lived nearby and was already feeling a bit unwell.

But a moment after they heard the noise of those who were bewailing his death. Lucian makes a jest of all that was said on this subject, but he owns that it was the common opinion in his time. He says in the same part of his work, that a man has been seen to come to life again after having been looked upon as dead during twenty days.

But a moment later, they heard the noise of those mourning his death. Lucian makes a joke about everything that was said on this topic, but he admits that it was the widely held belief in his time. He mentions in the same part of his work that a man was seen to come back to life after being considered dead for twenty days.

The story of Curma which we have just told, reminds me of[Pg 353] another very like it, related by Plutarch in his Book on the Soul, of a certain man named Enarchus,[600] who, being dead, came to life again soon after, and related that the demons who had taken away his soul were severely reprimanded by their chief, who told them that they had made a mistake, and that it was Nicander, and not Enarchus whom they ought to bring. He sent them for Nicander, who was directly seized with a fever, and died during the day. Plutarch heard this from Enarchus himself, who to confirm what he had asserted said to him—"You will get well certainly, and that very soon, of the illness which has attacked you."

The story of Curma that we just told reminds me of another one, similar in nature, recounted by Plutarch in his Book on the Soul, about a man named Enarchus, who, after dying, came back to life shortly after and shared that the demons who had taken his soul were scolded by their leader. The chief told them they had made a mistake and should have taken Nicander instead of Enarchus. He sent them to get Nicander, who then suddenly fell ill with a fever and died that same day. Plutarch heard this directly from Enarchus, who, to prove his point, told him, "You will definitely recover, and very soon, from the illness that has befallen you."

St. Gregory the Great relates[601] something very similar to what we have just mentioned. An illustrious man of rank named Stephen well known to St. Gregory and Peter his interlocutor, was accustomed to relate to him, that going to Constantinople on business he died there; and as the doctor who was to embalm him was not in town that day, they were obliged to leave the body unburied that night. During this interval Stephen was led before the judge who presided in hell, where he saw many things which he had heard of, but did not believe. When they brought him to the judge, the latter refused to receive him, saying, "It is not that man whom I commanded you to bring here, but Stephen the blacksmith." In consequence of this order the soul of the dead man was directly brought back to his body, and at the same instant Stephen the blacksmith expired; which confirmed all that the former had said of the other life.

St. Gregory the Great shares a story[601] that's quite similar to what we've just discussed. An important man named Stephen, who was well-known to St. Gregory and his conversation partner Peter, used to tell him that while traveling to Constantinople for business, he died there. Since the doctor who was supposed to embalm him wasn't in town that day, they had to leave his body unburied overnight. During this time, Stephen was taken before the judge in hell, where he saw many things he had heard about but never believed. When he was brought before the judge, the judge refused to accept him, saying, "That’s not the man I ordered to be brought here; it's Stephen the blacksmith." As a result, the dead man's soul was immediately returned to his body, and at that very moment, Stephen the blacksmith died, confirming everything the first Stephen had said about the afterlife.

The plague ravaging the city of Rome in the time that Narses was governor of Italy, a young Livonian, a shepherd by profession, and of a good and quiet disposition, was taken ill with the plague in the house of the advocate Valerian, his master. Just when they thought him all but dead, he suddenly came to himself, and related to them that he had been transported to heaven, where he had learnt the names of those who were to die of the plague in his master's house; having named them to him, he predicted to Valerian that he should survive him; and to convince him that he was saying the truth, he let him see that he had acquired by infusion the knowledge of several different languages; in effect he who had never known how to speak any but the Italian tongue, spoke Greek to his master, and other languages to those who knew them.

The plague was sweeping through the city of Rome while Narses was the governor of Italy. A young Livonian shepherd, who was kind and gentle, fell ill with the plague in the home of his employer, the advocate Valerian. Just when everyone thought he was about to die, he suddenly recovered and shared that he had been taken to heaven, where he learned the names of those who would die from the plague in Valerian's household. After naming them, he told Valerian that he would outlive him. To prove he was telling the truth, he showed that he had gained the ability to speak several different languages; despite having only ever spoken Italian before, he now spoke Greek to Valerian and communicated in other languages with others who understood them.

After having lived in this state for two days, he had fits of madness, and having laid hold of his hands with his teeth, he died a second time, and was followed by those whom he had named. His master, who survived, fully justified his prediction. Men and women[Pg 354] who fall into trances remain sometimes for several days without food, respiration, or pulsation of the heart, as if they were dead. Thauler, a famous contemplative (philosopher) maintains that a man may remain entranced during a week, a month, or even a year. We have seen an abbess, who when in a trance, into which she often fell, lost the use of her natural functions, and passed thirty days in that state without taking any nourishment, and without sensation. Instances of these trances are not rare in the lives of the saints, though they are not all of the same kind, or duration.

After living in this state for two days, he experienced fits of madness, and after biting his hands, he died a second time and was followed by those he had named. His master, who survived, proved his prediction right. Men and women[Pg 354] who fall into trances can sometimes go several days without food, breathing, or a heartbeat, as if they were dead. Thauler, a well-known contemplative philosopher, claims that a person can remain entranced for a week, a month, or even a year. We’ve seen an abbess who, when she fell into a trance—which happened often—lost her natural functions and spent thirty days in that state without taking any food or feeling anything. Instances of these trances aren’t uncommon in the lives of the saints, although they vary in type and duration.

Women in hysterical fits remain likewise many days as if dead, speechless, inert, pulseless. Galen mentions a woman who was six days in this state.[602] Some of them pass ten whole days motionless, senseless, without respiration and without food.

Women in hysterical fits can stay in that state for many days, appearing as if they are dead, speechless, motionless, and without a pulse. Galen talks about a woman who was in this condition for six days.[602] Some of them can remain completely still, unresponsive, without breathing or eating, for ten whole days.

Some persons who have seemed dead and motionless, had however the sense of hearing very strong, heard all that was said about themselves, made efforts to speak and show that they were not dead, but who could neither speak, nor give any signs of life.[603]

Some people who appeared dead and still actually had a very strong sense of hearing, listened to everything that was said about them, tried to speak and show that they were alive, but were unable to speak or give any signs of life.[603]

I might here add an infinity of trances of saintly personages of both sexes, who in their delight in God, in prayer remained motionless, without sensation, almost breathless, and who felt nothing of what was done to them, or around them.

I could include countless accounts of holy people, both men and women, who were so filled with joy in God that they would remain completely still in prayer, without any feeling, almost breathless, and were unaware of what happened to them or around them.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[596] August. lib. de Curâ pro Mortuis, c. xii. p. 524.

[596] August. book on care for the dead, chapter 12, page 524.

[597] Curialis—this word signifies a small employment in a village.

[597] Curialis—this term refers to a minor job in a village.

[598] IV. Reg. 18, et. seq.

[598] IV. Reg. 18, et seq.

[599] Lucian, in Phliopseud. p. 830.

[599] Lucian, in Phliopseud. p. 830.

[600] Plutarch, de Animâ, apud Eusebius de Præp. Evang. lib. ii. c. 18.

[600] Plutarch, On the Soul, in Eusebius' Preparation for the Gospel, Book II, Chapter 18.

[601] Gregor. Dial. lib. iv. c. 36.

[601] Gregor. Dial. lib. iv. c. 36.

[602] See the treatise on the Uncertainty of the Signs of Death, tom. ii. pp. 404, 407, et seq.

[602] See the essay on the Uncertainty of the Signs of Death, vol. ii, pp. 404, 407, et seq.

[603] Ibid. lib. ii. pp. 504, 505, 506, 514.

[603] Same source, book 2, pages 504, 505, 506, 514.


CHAPTER L.

INSTANCES OF PERSONS WHO COULD FALL INTO A TRANCE WHEN THEY PLEASED, AND REMAINED PERFECTLY SENSELESS.

Jerome Cardan says[604] that he fell into a trance when he liked; he owns that he does not know if, like the priest Pretextat, he should not feel great wounds or hurts, but he did not feel the pain of the gout, or the pulling him about. He adds, the priest of Calama heard the voices of those who spoke aloud near him, but as if from a distance. "For my part," says Cardan, "I hear the voice, though slightly, and without understanding what is said. And when I wish to entrance myself, I feel about my heart as it were a separation of the soul from the rest of my body, and that communicates as if by a little door with all the machine, principally by the[Pg 355] head and brain. Then I have no sensation except that of being beside myself."

Jerome Cardan says[604] that he can enter a trance whenever he wants; he admits he’s not sure if, like the priest Pretextat, he should feel significant pain or distress, but he didn’t feel the pain from his gout or being pulled around. He adds that the priest of Calama heard the voices of those speaking nearby, but they seemed distant. "As for me," Cardan states, "I hear the voice, but just faintly, without really understanding what's being said. And when I want to enter a trance, I feel a sort of separation of my soul from the rest of my body around my heart, which connects to the whole body as if through a small door, mainly through the[Pg 355] head and brain. At that point, I have no sensation other than feeling like I'm outside of myself."

We may report here what is related of the Laplanders,[605] who when they wish to learn something that is passing at a distance from the spot where they are, send their demon, or their souls, by means of certain magic ceremonies, and by the sound of a drum which they beat, or upon a shield painted in a certain manner; then on a sudden the Laplander falls into a trance, and remains as if lifeless and motionless sometimes during four-and-twenty hours. But all this time some one must remain near him to prevent him from being touched, or called; even the movement of a fly would wake him, and they say he would die directly or be carried away by the demon. We have already mentioned this subject in the Dissertation on Apparitions.

We can share what is said about the Laplanders,[605] who, when they want to learn about something happening far away, send their spirit or soul through certain magical rituals, accompanied by the sound of a drum they play or on a shield painted in a specific way. Suddenly, the Laplander goes into a trance, appearing lifeless and motionless, sometimes for up to twenty-four hours. During this time, someone must stay nearby to prevent anyone from touching or calling out to him; even the movement of a fly would wake him, and they say he would either die immediately or be taken away by the spirit. We have already discussed this topic in the Dissertation on Apparitions.

We have also remarked that serpents, worms, flies, snails, marmots, sloths, &c., remain asleep during the winter, and in blocks of stone have been found toads, snakes, and oysters alive, which had been enclosed there for many years, and perhaps for more than a century. Cardinal de Retz relates in his Memoirs,[606] that being at Minorca, the governor of the island caused to be drawn up from the bottom of the sea by main force with cables, whole rocks, which on being broken with maces, enclosed living oysters, that were served up to him at table, and were found very good.

We’ve also noted that snakes, worms, flies, snails, marmots, sloths, etc., hibernate during the winter. In blocks of stone, living toads, snakes, and oysters have been discovered, having been trapped there for many years, possibly even over a century. Cardinal de Retz mentions in his Memoirs,[606] that while he was in Minorca, the island's governor had large rocks pulled up from the sea floor using cables. When these rocks were broken apart with hammers, they revealed living oysters, which were served to him at dinner and were found to be quite tasty.

On the coasts of Malta, Sardinia, Italy, &c., they find a fish called the Dactylus, or Date, or Dale, because it resembles the palm-date in form; this first insinuates itself into the stone by a hole not bigger than the hole made by a needle. When he has got in he feeds upon the stone, and grows so big that he cannot get out again, unless the stone is broken and he is extricated. Then they wash it, clean it, and dress it for the table. It has the shape of a date, or of a finger; whence its name of Dactylus, which in Greek signifies a finger.

On the coasts of Malta, Sardinia, Italy, etc., there's a fish called the Dactylus, or Date, or Dale, because it looks like a date palm in shape. It first makes its way into the stone through a hole no bigger than a needle's. Once inside, it feeds on the stone and grows so large that it can't escape unless the stone is broken open. Afterward, they wash it, clean it, and prepare it for the table. It has the shape of a date or a finger, which is where its name Dactylus comes from, meaning finger in Greek.

Again, I imagine that in many persons death is caused by the coagulation of the blood, which freezes and hardens in their veins, as it happens with those who have eaten hemlock, or who have been bitten by certain serpents; but there are others whose death is caused by too great an ebullition of blood, as in painful maladies, and in certain poisons, and even, they say, in certain kinds of plague, and when people die a violent death, or have been drowned.

Again, I believe that for many people, death happens when the blood coagulates and hardens in their veins, like what occurs in those who have ingested hemlock or been bitten by certain snakes. However, there are others whose deaths result from excessive boiling of the blood, as seen in painful diseases, some poisons, and even, they say, in certain types of plagues, as well as when people die violently or drown.

The first mentioned cannot return to life without an evident miracle; for that purpose the fluidity of the blood must be re-established,[Pg 356] and the peristaltic motion must be restored to the heart. But in the second kind of death, people can sometimes be restored without a miracle, by taking away the obstacle which retards or suspends the palpitation of the heart, as we see in time-pieces, the action of which is restored by taking away anything foreign to the mechanism, as a hair, a bit of thread, an atom, some almost imperceptible body which stops them.

The first mentioned can't come back to life without a clear miracle; for that to happen, the fluidity of the blood has to be restored,[Pg 356] and the heart's pumping action needs to be brought back. However, in the second type of death, people can sometimes be revived without a miracle by removing whatever is blocking or interrupting the heartbeat, just like how a clock’s mechanism starts working again when you take out anything that doesn’t belong in it, like a hair, a piece of thread, or a tiny particle that's stopping it.

 

Footnotes:

References:

[604] Hieron. Cardanus, lib. viii. de Varietate Verum, c. 34.

[604] Hieron. Cardanus, book 8 on the Variety of Truth, chapter 34.

[605] Olaus Magnus, lib. iii. Epitom. Hist. Septent. Perecer de Variis Divinat. Generib. p. 282.

[605] Olaus Magnus, book iii. Summary of the History of the North. On Various Types of Divination, p. 282.

[606] Memoirs of Cardinal de Retz, tom. iii. lib. iv. p. 297.

[606] Memoirs of Cardinal de Retz, vol. iii, book iv, p. 297.


CHAPTER LI.

APPLICATION OF THE PRECEDING INSTANCES TO VAMPIRES.

Supposing these facts, which I believe to be incontestably true, may we not imagine that the vampires of Hungary, Silesia, and Moldavia, are some of those men who have died of maladies which heat the blood, and who have retained some remains of life in their graves, much like those animals which we have mentioned, and those birds which plunge themselves during the winter in the lakes and marshes of Poland, and in the northern countries? They are without respiration or motion, but still not destitute of vitality. They resume their motion and activity when, on the return of spring, the sun warms the waters, or when they are brought near a moderate fire, or laid in a room of temperate heat; then they are seen to revive, and perform their ordinary functions, which had been suspended by the cold.

Assuming these facts, which I believe to be undeniably true, can't we imagine that the vampires of Hungary, Silesia, and Moldavia are some of those people who have died from illnesses that heat the blood and who have kept a trace of life in their graves, similar to those animals we mentioned and those birds that dive into the lakes and marshes of Poland and northern countries during winter? They lack breathing and movement but are still not completely devoid of vitality. They start to move and become active again when, with the arrival of spring, the sun warms the waters, or when they are brought near a mild fire, or placed in a room with a comfortable temperature; then they can be seen reviving and carrying out their usual functions, which had been paused by the cold.

Thus, vampires in their graves returned to life after a certain time, and their soul does not forsake them absolutely until after the entire dissolution of their body, and when the organs of life, being absolutely broken, corrupted, and deranged, they can no longer by their agency perform any vital functions. Whence it happens, that the people of those countries impale them, cut off their heads, burn them, to deprive their spirit of all hope of animating them again, and of making use of them to molest the living.

Thus, vampires in their graves come back to life after a certain time, and their soul doesn't completely leave them until their body has completely decomposed. Only when their vital organs are fully broken down, decayed, and damaged can they no longer carry out any life functions. As a result, people in those countries impale them, cut off their heads, and burn them to strip their spirit of any hope of reanimating and using them to disturb the living.

Pliny,[607] mentioning the soul of Hermotimes, of Lazomene, which absented itself from his body, and recounted various things that had been done afar off, which the spirit said it had seen, and which, in fact, could only be known to a person who had been present at them, says that the enemies of Hermotimes, named Cantandes, burned that body, which gave hardly any sign of life, and thus deprived the soul of the means of returning to lodge in its envelop;[Pg 357] "donec cremato corpore interim semianimi, remeanti animæ vetut vaginam ademerint."

Pliny,[607] talks about the soul of Hermotimes from Lazomene, which left his body and shared various things that had happened far away, claiming it had seen them, and which could only be known by someone who was actually there. He states that Hermotimes' enemies, called Cantandes, burned his body, which showed almost no signs of life, thus preventing the soul from having a way to return to its physical form;[Pg 357] "donec cremato corpore interim semianimi, remeanti animæ vetut vaginam ademerint."

Origen had doubtless derived from the ancients what he teaches,[608] that the souls which are of a spiritual nature take, on leaving their earthly body, another, more subtile, of a similar form to the grosser one they have just quitted, which serves them as a kind of sheath, or case, and that it is invested with this subtile body that they sometimes appear about their graves. He founds this opinion on what is said of Lazarus and the rich man in the Gospel,[609] who both of them have bodies, since they speak and see, and the wicked rich man asks for a drop of water to cool his tongue.

Origen clearly learned from the ancients what he teaches,[608] that souls of a spiritual nature, after leaving their physical bodies, take on another, more subtle form that resembles the denser body they just left behind. This new form acts as a kind of sheath or casing, and it’s with this subtle body that they sometimes appear near their graves. He bases this belief on the account of Lazarus and the rich man in the Gospel,[609] where both have bodies, as they can speak and see, and the rich man even asks for a drop of water to cool his tongue.

I do not defend this reasoning of Origen; but what he says of a subtile body, which has the form of the earthly one which clothed the soul before death, quite resembles the opinion of which we spoke in Chapter IV.

I don’t support this reasoning from Origen; however, what he says about a subtle body that resembles the physical one that housed the soul before death is very similar to the view we discussed in Chapter IV.

That bodies which have died of violent maladies, or which have been executed when full of health, or have simply swooned, should vegetate underground in their graves; that their beards, hair, and nails should grow; that they should emit blood, be supple and pliant; that they should have no bad smell, &c.—all these things do not embarrass us: the vegetation of the human body may produce all these effects. That they should even eat and devour what is about them, the madness with which a man interred alive must be transported when he awakes from his torpor, or his swoon, must naturally lead him to these violent excesses. But the grand difficulty is to explain how the vampires come out of their graves to haunt the living, and how they return to them again. For all the accounts that we see suppose the thing as certain, without informing us either of the way or the circumstances, which would, however, be the most interesting part of the narrative.

That bodies which have died from violent illnesses, or those that have been executed while perfectly healthy, or even those that have simply fainted, should lie underground in their graves; that their beards, hair, and nails should continue to grow; that they should bleed, be soft and flexible; that they shouldn't smell bad, etc.—all of this doesn’t trouble us: the decay of the human body can lead to all these effects. The idea that they might even eat and consume what's around them, the insanity that a person buried alive must feel when they wake up from their stupor or fainting spell, would naturally drive them to such extreme actions. But the real challenge is explaining how vampires rise from their graves to haunt the living and how they manage to return to them. All the stories we encounter take this as a given, without telling us the method or circumstances, which would be the most fascinating part of the story.

How a body covered with four or five feet of earth, having no room to move about and disengage itself, wrapped up in linen, covered with pitch, can make its way out, and come back upon the earth, and there occasion such effects as are related of it; and how after that it returns to its former state, and re-enters underground, where it is found sound, whole, and full of blood, and in the same condition as a living body? Will it be said that these bodies evaporate through the ground without opening it, like the water and vapors which enter into the earth, or proceed from it, without sensibly deranging its particles? It were to be wished that the accounts which have been given us concerning the return of the[Pg 358] vampires had been more minute in their explanations of this subject.

How can a body buried under four or five feet of dirt, unable to move or free itself, wrapped in linen and coated with pitch, manage to escape and return to the surface, causing the kinds of effects that are reported? And how does it then revert to its original state and go back underground, where it is found intact, healthy, and full of blood, just like a living body? Could it be suggested that these bodies somehow evaporate through the ground without breaking it open, similar to how water and vapors enter or exit the earth without noticeably disturbing its particles? It would be nice if the accounts we've received about the return of the[Pg 358] vampires had provided more detailed explanations on this topic.

Supposing that their bodies do not stir from their graves, that it is only their phantoms which appear to the living, what cause produces and animates these phantoms? Can it be the spirit of the defunct, which has not yet forsaken them, or some demon, which makes their apparition in a fantastic and borrowed body? And if these bodies are merely phantomic, how can they suck the blood of living people? We always find ourselves in a difficulty to know if these appearances are natural or miraculous.

Supposing their bodies don't move from their graves and only their ghosts show up to the living, what creates and gives life to these ghosts? Could it be the spirit of the deceased that hasn’t left them yet, or some demon that causes them to appear in a strange, borrowed form? And if these bodies are just illusions, how can they drain the blood of the living? We always find it hard to determine whether these appearances are natural or supernatural.

A sensible priest related to me, a little while ago, that, traveling in Moravia, he was invited by M. Jeanin, a canon of the cathedral at Olmutz, to accompany him to their village, called Liebava, where he had been appointed commissioner by the consistory of the bishopric, to take information concerning the fact of a certain famous vampire, which had caused much confusion in this village of Liebava some years before.

A reasonable priest told me not long ago that while he was traveling in Moravia, he was invited by M. Jeanin, a canon of the cathedral at Olmutz, to join him in their village called Liebava. He had been appointed by the bishopric's consistory to gather information about a famous vampire that had caused a lot of trouble in Liebava a few years earlier.

The case proceeded. They heard the witnesses, they observed the usual forms of the law. The witnesses deposed that a certain notable inhabitant of Liebava had often disturbed the living in their beds at night, that he had come out of the cemetery, and had appeared in several houses three or four years ago; that his troublesome visits had ceased because a Hungarian stranger, passing through the village at the time of these reports, had boasted that he could put an end to them, and make the vampire disappear. To perform his promise, he mounted on the church steeple, and observed the moment when the vampire came out of his grave, leaving near it the linen clothes in which he had been enveloped, and then went to disturb the inhabitants of the village.

The case moved forward. They heard the witnesses and followed the standard legal procedures. The witnesses testified that a well-known resident of Liebava had frequently disturbed people in their beds at night, that he had emerged from the cemetery, and had appeared in several homes three or four years ago; that these bothersome visits had stopped because a Hungarian stranger, who was passing through the village at the time of these incidents, had claimed he could put an end to them and make the vampire go away. To keep his promise, he climbed onto the church steeple and watched for the moment when the vampire left his grave, leaving behind the linen clothes he had been wrapped in, and then went to disturb the villagers.

The Hungarian, having seen him come out of his grave, went down quickly from the steeple, took up the linen envelops of the vampire, and carried them with him up the tower. The vampire having returned from his prowlings, cried loudly against the Hungarian, who made him a sign from the top of the tower that if he wished to have his clothes again he must fetch them; the vampire began to ascend the steeple, but the Hungarian threw him down backwards from the ladder, and cut his head off with a spade. Such was the end of this tragedy.

The Hungarian, seeing him come out of his grave, quickly climbed down from the steeple, picked up the linen wraps of the vampire, and took them with him up the tower. When the vampire returned from his wanderings, he shouted loudly at the Hungarian, who signaled from the top of the tower that if he wanted his clothes back, he had to come and get them. The vampire started to climb the steeple, but the Hungarian pushed him down backwards from the ladder and decapitated him with a spade. That was the end of this tragedy.

The person who related this story to me saw nothing, neither did the noble who had been sent as commissioner; they only heard the report of the peasants of the place, people extremely ignorant, superstitious and credulous, and most exceedingly prejudiced on the subject of vampirism.

The person who shared this story with me saw nothing, nor did the noble who was sent as a commissioner; they only heard the accounts from the local peasants, who were very ignorant, superstitious, and gullible, and incredibly biased about the topic of vampirism.

But supposing that there be any reality in the fact of these apparitions of vampires, shall they be attributed to God, to angels,[Pg 359] to the spirits of these ghosts, or to the devil? In this last case, will it be said that the devil will subtilize these bodies, and give them power to penetrate through the ground without disturbing, to glide through the cracks and joints of a door, to pass through a keyhole, to lengthen or shorten themselves, to reduce themselves to the nature of air, or water, to evaporate through the ground—in short, to put them in the same state in which we believe the bodies of the blessed will be after the resurrection, and in which was that of our Saviour after his resurrection, who showed himself only to those whom he thought proper, and who without opening the doors,[610] appeared suddenly in the midst of his disciples.

But if there is any truth to the existence of these vampire apparitions, should we attribute them to God, angels, [Pg 359] the spirits of the dead, or to the devil? If it’s the last option, would that mean the devil is able to manipulate these bodies, allowing them to move through the ground without causing any disturbance, to slip through the cracks and joints of a door, to go through a keyhole, to stretch or shrink in size, to turn into air or water, to evaporate into the earth—in other words, to put them in the same state we believe the bodies of the blessed will have after the resurrection, similar to how our Savior was after his resurrection, who only revealed himself to those he chose, and who appeared suddenly among his disciples without needing to open the doors?

But should it be allowed that the demon could reanimate these bodies, and give them the power of motion for a time, could he also lengthen, diminish, rarefy, subtilize the bodies of these ghosts, and give them the faculty of penetrating through the ground, the doors and windows? There is no appearance of his having received this power from God, and we cannot even conceive that an earthly body, material and gross, can be reduced to that state of subtility and spiritualization without destroying the configuration of its parts and spoiling the economy of its structure; which would be contrary to the intention of the demon, and render this body incapable of appearing, showing itself, acting and speaking, and, in short, of being cut to pieces and burned, as is commonly seen and practiced in Moravia, Poland, and Silesia. These difficulties exist in regard to those persons of whom we have made mention, who, being excommunicated, rose from their tombs, and left the church in sight of everybody.

But should it be possible for the demon to bring these bodies back to life and give them the ability to move for a time, could he also change the size, density, and composition of these ghostly bodies, allowing them to pass through the ground, doors, and windows? There’s no evidence that he has received this power from God, and we can’t even imagine that a physical body, which is solid and heavy, can be transformed into something so subtle and ethereal without destroying its structure and interfering with how it’s built; this would go against the demon’s intentions and make the body unable to appear, act, speak, and, in short, to be cut up and burned, as is commonly seen and practiced in Moravia, Poland, and Silesia. These challenges apply to those individuals we mentioned earlier, who, being excommunicated, rose from their graves and left the church in front of everyone.

We must then keep silence on this article, since it has not pleased God to reveal to us either the extent of the demon's power, or the way in which these things can be done. There is even much appearance of illusion; and even if some reality were mixed up with it, we may easily console ourselves for our ignorance in that respect, since there are so many natural things which take place within us and around us, of which the cause and manner are unknown to us.

We should remain silent about this topic, as God hasn’t chosen to reveal the full extent of the demon's power or how these things happen. It often seems like an illusion; and even if there's some truth to it, we can easily find comfort in our lack of knowledge on this matter, since there are so many natural occurrences within and around us, the causes and processes of which remain unknown to us.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[607] Plin. Hist. Natur. lib. vii. c. 52.

[607] Plin. Hist. Natur. book 7, chapter 52.

[608] Orig. de Resurrect. Fragment. lib. i. p. 35. Nov. edit. Et contra Celsum, lib. vii. p. 679.

[608] Orig. de Resurrect. Fragment. lib. i. p. 35. Nov. edit. And against Celsus, lib. vii. p. 679.

[609] Luke xvi. 22, 23.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 16:22-23.

[610] John xx. 26.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] John 20:26.


CHAPTER LII.

EXAMINATION OF THE OPINION THAT THE DEMON FASCINATES THE EYES OF THOSE TO WHOM VAMPIRES APPEAR.

Those who have recourse to the fascination of the senses to explain what is related concerning the apparition of vampires, throw themselves into as great a perplexity as those who acknowledge sincerely the reality of these events; for fascination consists either in the suspension of the senses, which cannot see what is passing before their sight, like that with which the men of Sodom were struck[611] when they could not discover the door of Lot's house, though it was before their eyes; or that of the disciples at Emmaus, of whom it is said that "their eyes were holden, so that they might not recognize Jesus Christ, who was talking with them on the way, and whom they knew not again until the breaking of the bread revealed him to them;"[612]—or else it consists in an object being represented to the senses in a different form from that it wears in reality, as that of the Moabites,[613] who believed they saw the waters tinged with the blood of the Israelites, although nothing was there but the simple waters, on which the rays of the sun being reflected, gave them a reddish hue; or that of the Syrian soldiers sent to take Elisha,[614] who were led by this prophet into Samaria, without their recognising either the prophet or the city.

Those who turn to the allure of the senses to explain the stories about vampire sightings find themselves as confused as those who sincerely believe in the reality of these events. This allure either means the senses are momentarily suspended, unable to see what's right in front of them, like the men of Sodom who couldn't find the door to Lot's house even though it was right there, or like the disciples at Emmaus, who "had their eyes held so that they did not recognize Jesus Christ, who was walking with them, and they only knew him again when he broke the bread." Alternatively, it can also mean that an object appears to the senses in a different way than it actually is, as with the Moabites, who thought they saw the waters stained with the blood of the Israelites when in fact it was just regular water that reflected the sun's rays giving it a reddish color, or the Syrian soldiers sent to capture Elisha, who were led by the prophet into Samaria without realizing either the prophet or the city.

This fascination, in what way soever it may be conceived, is certainly above the usual power known unto man, consequently man cannot naturally produce it; but is it above the natural powers of an angel or a demon? That is what is unknown to us, and obliges us to suspend our judgment on this question.

This fascination, however it might be understood, is definitely beyond the usual abilities known to mankind, so people can't naturally create it; but is it beyond the natural abilities of an angel or a demon? That's what we don't know, which forces us to hold off on making a judgment on this issue.

There is another kind of fascination, which consists in this, that the sight of a person or a thing, the praise bestowed upon them, the envy felt towards them, produce in the object certain bad effects, against which the ancients took great care to guard themselves and their children, by making them wear round their necks preservatives, or amulets, or charms.

There’s a different kind of fascination that comes from seeing a person or an object, the compliments given to them, and the jealousy felt towards them, which can create negative effects on the object. The ancients took great care to protect themselves and their children by having them wear protective items like amulets or charms around their necks.

A great number of passages on this subject might be cited from the Greek and Latin authors; and I find that at this day, in various[Pg 361] parts of Christendom, people are persuaded of the efficacy of these fascinations. But we must own three things; first, that the effect of these pretended fascinations (or spells) is very doubtful; the second, that if it were certain, it is very difficult, not to say impossible, to explain it; and lastly, that it cannot be rationally applied to the matter of apparitions or of vampires.

Many passages on this topic could be referenced from Greek and Latin authors, and I notice that today, in various parts of the Christian world, people believe in the effectiveness of these charms. However, we must acknowledge three points: first, the results of these so-called charms (or spells) are highly questionable; second, even if they were reliable, it’s quite challenging, if not impossible, to explain how they work; and finally, it cannot be logically connected to the issue of apparitions or vampires.

If the vampires or ghosts are not really resuscitated nor their bodies spiritualized and subtilized, as we believe we have proved, and if our senses are not deceived by fascination, as we have just seen it, I doubt if there be any other way to act on this question than to absolutely deny the return of these vampires, or to believe that they are only asleep or torpid; for if they truly are resuscitated, and if what is told of their return be true—if they speak, act, reason, if they suck the blood of the living, they must know what passes in the other world, and they ought to inform their relations and friends of it, and that is what they do not. On the contrary, they treat them as enemies; torment them, take away their life, suck their blood, cause them to die with lassitude.

If vampires or ghosts aren’t really brought back to life or their bodies aren’t transformed into something ethereal, as we believe we’ve demonstrated, and if our senses aren’t misled by some kind of enchantment, as we’ve just observed, I doubt there’s any other way to approach this issue than to either completely deny the existence of these vampires or to think they’re just asleep or in a state of hibernation. Because if they are truly revived, and if what is said about their return is correct—if they talk, act, and reason, if they drain the blood from the living—they must know what’s happening in the afterlife, and they should tell their loved ones about it, which is exactly what they don’t do. Instead, they treat them like enemies; they torment them, drain their lives, suck their blood, and leave them to die from exhaustion.

If they are predestinated and blessed, whence happens it that they disturb and torment the living, their nearest relations, their children, and all that for nothing, and simply for the sake of doing harm? If these are persons who have still something to expiate in purgatory, and who require the prayers of the living, why do they not explain their condition? If they are reprobate and condemned, what have they to do on this earth? Can we conceive that God allows them thus to come without reason or necessity and molest their families, and even cause their death?

If they are destined for good and blessed, why do they disturb and torment the living, their closest relatives, their children, all for no reason and just to cause harm? If these individuals still have things to atone for in purgatory and need the living’s prayers, why don’t they explain their situation? If they are rejected and condemned, what are they doing on this earth? Can we really believe that God lets them come here without reason or purpose to harass their families and even lead to their deaths?

If these revenans are really dead, whatever state they may be in in the other world, they play a very bad part here, and keep it up still worse.

If these revenans are really dead, no matter what condition they might be in the afterlife, they’re playing a terrible role here, and it just gets worse.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[611] Gen. xix. 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Gen. 19:2.

[612] Luke xxiv. 16.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 24:16.

[613] 2 Kings iii. 23.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Kings 3:23.

[614] 2 Kings iv. 19, 20.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Kings 4:19, 20.


CHAPTER LIII.

INSTANCES OF PERSONS RESUSCITATED, WHO RELATE WHAT THEY HAVE SEEN IN THE OTHER WORLD.

We have just seen that the vampires never speak of the other world, nor ask for either masses or prayers, nor give any warning to the living to lead them to correct their morals, or bring them to a better life. It is surely very prejudicial to the reality of their return from the other world; but their silence on that head may favor the opinion which supposes that they are not really dead.

We have just seen that vampires never talk about the afterlife, nor do they ask for masses or prayers, nor do they warn the living to improve their morals or live better lives. This is definitely harmful to the belief in their return from the afterlife; however, their silence on this matter might support the idea that they aren’t actually dead.

[Pg 362]It is true that we do not read either that Lazarus, resuscitated by Jesus Christ,[615] nor the son of the widow of Nain,[616] nor that of the woman of Shunam, brought to life by Elisha,[617] nor that Israelite who came to life by simply touching the body of the same prophet Elisha,[618] after their resurrection revealed anything to mankind of the state of souls in the other world.

[Pg 362]It’s true that we don't read about Lazarus, who was brought back to life by Jesus Christ,[615] or the son of the widow of Nain,[616] or the son of the woman from Shunem, who was revived by Elisha,[617] or the Israelite who came back to life simply by touching Elisha's body,[618] after their resurrection shared anything with humanity about the state of souls in the afterlife.

But we see in the Gospel[619] that the bad rich man, having begged of Abraham to permit him to send some one to this world to warn his brethren to lead a better life, and take care not to fall into the unhappy condition in which he found himself, was answered, "They have the law and the prophets, they can listen to them and follow their instructions." And as the rich man persisted, saying—"If some one went to them from the other world, they would be more impressed," Abraham replied, "If they will not hear Moses and the prophets, neither will they attend the more though one should go to them from the dead." The dead man resuscitated by St. Stanislaus replied in the same manner to those who asked him to give them news of the other world—"You have the law, the prophets, and the Gospel—hear them!"

But we see in the Gospel[619] that the wealthy man, after begging Abraham to allow him to send someone to warn his family to live better and avoid the terrible fate he faced, was told, "They have the law and the prophets; they can listen to them and follow their guidance." When the rich man pressed on, saying, "If someone came back from the afterlife, they would be more convinced," Abraham replied, "If they won't listen to Moses and the prophets, they won't be persuaded even if someone rises from the dead." The man brought back to life by St. Stanislaus responded similarly to those asking him for news from the afterlife: "You have the law, the prophets, and the Gospel—listen to them!"

The deceased Pagans who have returned to life, and some Christians who have likewise returned to the world by a kind of resurrection, and who have seen what passed beyond the bounds of this world, have not kept silence on the subject. They have related at length what they saw and heard on leaving their bodies.

The deceased Pagans who have come back to life, along with some Christians who have also returned to the world in a sort of resurrection, have not stayed quiet about it. They have shared in detail what they experienced and heard when they left their bodies.

We have already touched upon the story of a man named Eros, of the country of Pamphilia,[620] who, having been wounded in battle, was found ten days after amongst the dead. They carried him senseless and motionless into the house. Two days afterwards, when they were about to place him on the funeral pile to burn his body, he revived, began to speak, and to relate in what manner people were lodged after their death, and how the good were rewarded and the wicked punished and tormented.

We’ve already mentioned the story of a man named Eros from Pamphilia,[620] who was injured in battle and found ten days later among the dead. They brought him, unconscious and still, into the house. Two days later, just as they were about to put him on the funeral pyre to burn his body, he woke up, started to talk, and described how people are housed after their death, detailing how the good are rewarded and the wicked are punished and tormented.

He said that his soul, being separated from his body, went with a large company to a very agreeable place, where they saw as it were two great openings, which gave entrance to those who came from earth, and two others to go to heaven. He saw at this same place judges who examined those arrived from this world, and sent up to the right those who had lived well, and sent down to the left those who had been guilty of crimes. Each of them bore upon his back a label on which was written what he had done well or ill, the reason of his condemnation or his absolution.

He said that his soul, separated from his body, joined a large group heading to a very pleasant place, where they noticed two big openings that allowed entry for those coming from earth, and two others for going to heaven. He saw at this same location judges who evaluated those arriving from this world, sending the good people to the right and the guilty ones to the left. Each of them carried a label on their back that explained what they had done right or wrong, detailing the reasons for their condemnation or their absolution.

When it came to the turn of Eros, the judges told him that he must return to earth, to announce to men what passed in the other world, and that he must well observe everything, in order to be able to render a faithful account to the living. Thus he witnessed the miserable state of the wicked, which was to last a thousand years, and the delights enjoyed by the just; that both the good and the bad received the reward or the punishment of their good or bad deeds, ten times greater than the measure of their crimes or of all their virtues.

When it was Eros's turn, the judges told him he had to go back to Earth to share with people what happened in the other world. He needed to pay close attention to everything so he could give an accurate report to the living. He saw the terrible condition of the wicked, which would last for a thousand years, and the joys experienced by the righteous. Both the good and the bad received rewards or punishments for their actions, ten times greater than the extent of their crimes or all their virtues.

He remarked amongst other things, that the judges inquired where was a certain man named Andæus, celebrated in all Pamphylia for his crimes and tyranny. They were answered that he was not yet come, and that he would not be there; in fact, having presented himself with much trouble, and by making great efforts, at the grand opening before mentioned, he was repulsed and sent back to go below with other scoundrels like himself, whom they tortured in a thousand different ways, and who were always violently repulsed, whenever they tried to reascend.

He mentioned, among other things, that the judges asked where a certain man named Andæus was, known throughout Pamphylia for his crimes and tyranny. They were told that he hadn't arrived yet and that he wouldn't be coming; in fact, after making a significant effort to attend the grand opening previously mentioned, he was turned away and sent back to join other criminals like him, who were tortured in a thousand different ways and were always violently pushed back down whenever they tried to climb back up.

He saw, moreover, the three Fates, daughters of Necessity or Destiny. These are, Lachesis, Clotho, and Atropos. Lachesis announced the past, Clotho the present, and Atropos the future. The souls were obliged to appear before these three goddesses. Lachesis cast the lots upwards, and every soul laid hold of the one which it could reach; which, however, did not prevent them still from sometimes missing the kind of life which was most conformable to justice and reason.

He also saw the three Fates, daughters of Necessity or Destiny. These are Lachesis, Clotho, and Atropos. Lachesis declared the past, Clotho the present, and Atropos the future. The souls had to appear before these three goddesses. Lachesis tossed the lots into the air, and each soul grabbed the one it could reach; however, that didn’t stop them from occasionally missing the kind of life that was most aligned with justice and reason.

Eros added that he had remarked some of the souls who sought to enter into animals; for instance, Orpheus, from hatred to the female sex, who had killed him (by tearing him to pieces), entered into a swan, and Thamaris into a nightingale. Ajax, the son of Telamon, chose the body of a lion, from detestation of the injustice of the Greeks, who had refused to let him have the arms of Hector, which he asserted were his due. Agamemnon, grieved at the crosses he had endured in this life, chose the form of the eagle. Atalanta chose the life of the athletics, delighted with the honors heaped upon them. Thersites, the ugliest of mortals, chose the form of an ape. Ulysses, weary of the miseries he had suffered upon earth, asked to live quietly as a private man. He had some trouble to find a lot for that kind of life; but he found it at last thrown down on the ground and neglected, and he joyfully snatched it up.

Eros added that he noticed some of the souls trying to enter animals; for example, Orpheus, motivated by hatred for women—because they had killed him by tearing him apart—entered a swan, and Thamaris took on the form of a nightingale. Ajax, the son of Telamon, chose to become a lion out of disgust for the injustice of the Greeks, who had denied him the arms of Hector, which he believed were rightfully his. Agamemnon, saddened by the hardships he faced in life, opted for the form of an eagle. Atalanta chose a life in athletics, thrilled with the accolades they received. Thersites, the ugliest of mortals, selected the appearance of an ape. Ulysses, tired of the suffering he endured on earth, wished to live quietly as a private individual. He had some difficulty finding a lot for that kind of life; however, he eventually discovered one lying on the ground and neglected, and he happily picked it up.

Eros affirmed also that the souls of some animals entered into the bodies of men; and by the contrary rule, the souls of the wicked took possession of savage and cruel beasts, and the souls of just men of those animals which are gentle, tame, and domestic.

Eros also confirmed that the souls of some animals could enter the bodies of humans; conversely, the souls of the wicked would inhabit fierce and brutal beasts, while the souls of righteous people would inhabit gentle, tame, and domestic animals.

After these various metempsychoses, Lachesis gave to each his[Pg 364] guardian or defender, who guided and guarded him during the course of his life. Eros was then led to the river of oblivion (Lethe), which takes away all memory of the past, but he was prevented from drinking of its water. Lastly, he said he could not tell how he came back to life.

After these different reincarnations, Lachesis assigned each person his[Pg 364] guardian or protector, who guided and watched over him throughout his life. Eros was then taken to the river of forgetfulness (Lethe), which erases all memories of the past, but he was stopped from drinking its water. Finally, he said he couldn’t explain how he returned to life.

Plato, after having related this fable, as he terms it, or this apologue, concludes from it that the soul is immortal, and that to gain a blessed life we must live uprightly, which will lead us to heaven, where we shall enjoy that beatitude of a thousand years which is promised us.

Plato, after telling this fable, or this moral story, concludes that the soul is immortal and that to achieve a blessed life, we must live rightly, which will lead us to heaven, where we will enjoy the promised bliss of a thousand years.

We see by this, 1. That a man may live a good while without eating or breathing, or giving any sign or life. 2. That the Greeks believed in the metempsychosis, in a state of beatitude for the just, and pains of a thousand years duration for the wicked. 3. That destiny does not hinder a man from doing either good or evil. 4. That he had a genius, or an angel, who guided and protected him. They believed in judgment after death, and that the souls of the just were received into what they called the Elysian Fields.

We learn from this: 1. That a person can live quite a while without eating, breathing, or showing any signs of life. 2. That the Greeks believed in reincarnation, where the righteous experience bliss, and the wicked endure suffering for a thousand years. 3. That fate does not prevent someone from doing good or evil. 4. That he had a guiding spirit or angel who looked out for him. They believed in judgment after death, and that the souls of the righteous were welcomed into what they referred to as the Elysian Fields.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[615] John xi. 14.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] John 11:14.

[616] Luke vii. 11, 12.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 7:11-12.

[617] 2 Kings iv. 25.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Kings 4:25.

[618] 2 Kings xiii. 21.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Kings 13:21.

[619] Luke xvi. 24.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 16:24.

[620] Plato, lib. x. de Rep. p. 614.

[620] Plato, book 10 of the Republic, page 614.


CHAPTER LIV.

THE TRADITIONS OF THE PAGANS CONCERNING THE FUTURE LIFE ARE DERIVED FROM THE HEBREWS AND EGYPTIANS.

All these traditions are clearly to be found in Homer, Virgil, and other Greek and Latin authors; they were doubtless originally derived from the Hebrews, or rather the Egyptians, from whom the Greeks took their religion, which they arranged to their own taste. The Hebrews speak of the Rephaims,[621] of the impious giants "who groan under the waters." Solomon says[622] that the wicked shall go down to the abyss, or hell, with the Rephaims. Isaiah, describing the arrival of the King of Babylon in hell, says[623] that "the giants have raised themselves up to meet him with honor, and have said unto him, thou has been pierced with wounds even as we are; thy pride has been precipitated into hell. Thy bed shall be of rottenness, and thy covering of worms." Ezekiel describes[624] in the same manner the descent of the King of Assyria into hell—"In the day that Ahasuerus went down into hell, I commanded a general mourning; for him I closed up the abyss, and arrested the course of[Pg 365] the waters. You are at last brought down to the bottom of the earth with the trees of Eden; you will rest there with all those who have been killed by the sword; there is Pharaoh with all his host," &c. In the Gospel,[625] there is a great gulf between the bosom of Abraham and the abode of the bad rich man, and of those who resemble him.

All these traditions can clearly be found in Homer, Virgil, and other Greek and Latin authors; they were likely originally derived from the Hebrews, or rather the Egyptians, from whom the Greeks adopted their religion and adapted it to their own preferences. The Hebrews mention the Rephaims,[621] the wicked giants "who groan under the waters." Solomon states[622] that the wicked will descend into the abyss, or hell, with the Rephaims. Isaiah, while describing the arrival of the King of Babylon in hell, says[623] that "the giants have risen up to meet him with honor, and have said to him, you have been pierced with wounds just like us; your pride has been cast down to hell. Your bed will be rotting, and your covering will be worms." Ezekiel similarly describes[624] the descent of the King of Assyria into hell—"On the day that Ahasuerus went down into hell, I commanded a general mourning; for him I closed up the abyss and halted the flow of[Pg 365] the waters. You have finally been brought down to the bottom of the earth with the trees of Eden; you will rest there with all those slain by the sword; there is Pharaoh with all his army," etc. In the Gospel,[625] there's a great chasm between the bosom of Abraham and the dwelling of the rich man who did evil, and those like him.

The Egyptians called Amenthés, that is to say, "he who receives and gives," what the Greeks named Hades, or hell, or the kingdom of Hades, or Pluto. They believed that Amenthés received the souls of men when they died, and restored them to them when they returned to the world; that when a man died, his soul passed into the body of some other animal by metempsychosis; first of all into a terrestrial animal, then into one that was aquatic, afterwards into the body of a bird, and lastly, after having animated all sorts of animals, he returned at the end of three thousand years to the body of a man.

The Egyptians called Amenthés, which means "he who receives and gives," what the Greeks referred to as Hades, hell, the kingdom of Hades, or Pluto. They believed that Amenthés received the souls of people when they died and returned them to them when they came back to the world; that when someone died, their soul would enter the body of another animal through metempsychosis; first into a land animal, then into an aquatic one, followed by a bird, and finally, after experiencing all kinds of animals, it would return to a human body after three thousand years.

It is from the Egyptians that Orpheus, Homer, and the other Greeks derived the idea of the immortality of the soul, as well as the cave of the Nymphs described by Homer, who says there are two gates, the one to the north, through which the soul enters the cavern, and the other to the south, by which they leave the nymphic abode.

The Egyptians influenced Orpheus, Homer, and other Greeks with the concept of the immortality of the soul, along with the cave of the Nymphs mentioned by Homer. He describes two gates: one to the north, where the soul enters the cavern, and another to the south, where it exits the realm of the nymphs.

A certain Thespisius, a native of Soloe in Cilicia, well known to Plutarch,[626] having passed a great part of his life in debauchery, and ruined himself entirely, in order to gain a livelihood lent himself to everything that was bad, and contrived to amass money. Having sent to consult the oracle of Amphilochus, he received for answer, that his affairs would go on better after his death. A short time after, he fell from the top of his house, broke his neck, and died. Three days after, when they were about to perform the funeral obsequies, he came to life again, and changed his way of life so greatly that there was not in Cilicia a worthier or more pious man than himself.

A man named Thespisius, from Soloe in Cilicia, who was well known to Plutarch,[626] spent much of his life indulging in excess and completely ruined himself. To make a living, he stooped to all sorts of wrongdoing and managed to accumulate some wealth. After consulting the oracle of Amphilochus, he received a response saying his life would improve after his death. Not long after that, he fell from the roof of his house, broke his neck, and died. Three days later, just as they were about to hold his funeral, he came back to life and changed his lifestyle so dramatically that no one in Cilicia was as virtuous or devout as he became.

As they asked him the reason of such a change, he said that at the moment of his fall he felt the same as a pilot who is thrown back from the top of the helm into the sea; after which, his soul was sensible of being raised as high as the stars, of which he admired the immense size and admirable lustre; that the souls once out of the body rise into the air, and are enclosed in a kind of globe, or inflamed vortex, whence having escaped, some rise on high with incredible rapidity, while others whirl about the air, and are thrown in divers directions, sometimes up and sometimes down.

As they asked him why he had changed so much, he said that at the moment of his fall, he felt like a pilot who has been thrown back from the top of the helm into the sea. After that, he felt his soul being lifted as high as the stars, which he admired for their immense size and brilliant shine. He explained that once souls leave the body, they rise into the air and get wrapped in a kind of globe or fiery vortex. From there, some shoot up incredibly fast, while others spin around in the air, moving in different directions, sometimes up and sometimes down.

The greater part appeared to him very much perplexed, and uttered groans and frightful wailings; others, but in a less number,[Pg 366] rose and rejoiced with their fellows. At last he learnt that Adrastia, the daughter of Jupiter and Necessity, left nothing unpunished, and that she treated every one according to their merit. He then details all he saw at full length, and relates the various punishments with which the bad are tormented in the next world.

The majority seemed really confused and let out groans and terrifying wails; a smaller group, however, stood up and celebrated with their friends. Eventually, he found out that Adrastia, the daughter of Jupiter and Necessity, made sure nothing went unpunished and treated everyone based on their actions. He then goes into great detail about everything he saw and describes the different punishments that the wicked endure in the afterlife.[Pg 366]

He adds that a man of his acquaintance said to him, "You are not dead, but by God's permission your soul is come into this place, and has left your body with all its faculties." At last he was sent back into his body as through a channel, and urged on by an impetuous breeze.

He mentions that a guy he knows told him, "You’re not dead, but by God’s permission your soul has come here and left your body with all its abilities." Eventually, he was sent back into his body as if through a tunnel, pushed along by a strong wind.

We may make two reflections on this recital; the first on this soul, which quits its body for three days and then comes back to reanimate it; the second, on the certainty of the oracle, which promised Thespisius a happier life when he should be dead.

We can make two observations about this story: the first is about the soul that leaves the body for three days and then returns to bring it back to life; the second is about the reliability of the oracle, which assured Thespisius of a happier life after his death.

In the Sicilian war[627] between Cæsar and Pompey, Gabienus, commander of Cæsar's fleet, having been taken, was beheaded by order of Pompey. He remained all day on the sea-shore, his head only held on to his body by a fillet. Towards evening he begged that Pompey or some of his people might come to him, because he came from the shades, and he had things of consequence to impart to him. Pompey sent to him several of his friends, to whom Gabienus declared that the gods of the infernal regions favored the cause and the party of Pompey, and that he would succeed according to his wishes; that he was ordered to announce this, "and as a proof of the truth of what I say, I must die directly," which happened. But we do not see that Pompey's party succeeded; we know, on the contrary, that it fell, and Cæsar was victorious. But the God of the infernal regions, that is to say, the devil, found it very good for him, since it sent him so many unhappy victims of revenge and ambition.[628]

In the Sicilian war between Caesar and Pompey, Gabienus, who commanded Caesar's fleet, was captured and executed by beheading on Pompey's orders. His head was only held to his body by a band as he lay on the shore all day. As evening approached, he requested that Pompey or one of his people come to him, claiming he had important news from the afterlife to share. Pompey sent several friends to him, and Gabienus told them that the gods of the underworld favored Pompey's cause and that he would achieve his goals. He said he had been sent to convey this message, adding, "And as proof of what I say, I must die right now," which indeed happened. However, we do not see that Pompey's side succeeded; in fact, it was the opposite—Caesar was victorious. Yet the god of the underworld, or the devil, certainly found it beneficial since it led to so many unhappy victims driven by revenge and ambition.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[621] Job xxvi. 5.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Job 26:5.

[622] Prov. ix. 18.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Prov. 9:18.

[623] Isa. xix. 9, et seq.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Isa. 19:9, et seq.

[624] Ezek. xxxi. 15.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Ezek. 31:15.

[625] Luke xvi. 26.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 16:26.

[626] Plutarch, de his qui misero à Numine puniuntur.

[626] Plutarch, on those who are punished by the divine.

[627] Plin. Hist. Natur. lib. vii. c. 52.

[627] Plin. Hist. Natur. lib. vii. c. 52.

[628] This story is related before, and is here related on account of the bearing it has on the subject of this chapter.

[628] This story has been told before, and it's being repeated here because it’s relevant to the topic of this chapter.


CHAPTER LV.

INSTANCES OF CHRISTIANS WHO HAVE BEEN RESUSCITATED AND SENT BACK TO THE WORLD—VISION OF VETINUS, A MONK OF AUGIA.

We read in an old work, written in the time of St. Augustine,[629] that a man having been crushed by a wall which fell upon him, his[Pg 367] wife ran to the church to invoke St. Stephen whilst they were preparing to bury the man who was supposed to be dead. Suddenly they saw him open his eyes, and move his body; and after a time he sat up, and related that his soul, having quitted his body, had met a crowd of other souls of dead persons, some of whom he knew, and others he did not; that a young man, in a deacon's habit, having entered the room where he was, put aside all those souls, and said to them three times, "Return what you have received." He understood at last that he meant the creed, which he recited instantly; and also the Lord's Prayer; then the deacon (St. Stephen) made the sign of the cross upon his heart, and told him to rise in perfect health. A young man,[630] a catechumen, who had been dead for three days, and was brought back to life by the prayers of St. Martin, related that after his death he had been presented before the tribunal of the Sovereign Judge, who had condemned him, and sent him with a crowd of others into a dark place; and then two angels, having represented to the Judge that he was a man for whom St. Martin had interceded, the Judge commanded the angels to send him back to earth, and restore him to St. Martin, which was done. He was baptized, and lived a long time afterwards.

We read in an old text from the time of St. Augustine,[629] that a man was crushed by a falling wall. His[Pg 367] wife rushed to the church to pray to St. Stephen while they were getting ready to bury him, thinking he was dead. Suddenly, they saw him open his eyes and move his body; after a while, he sat up and shared that, after leaving his body, he had encountered a group of other souls of deceased people, some of whom he recognized and others he did not. Then, a young man dressed as a deacon entered the room and dismissed all the other souls, telling them three times, "Return what you have received." He eventually realized this referred to the creed, which he recited immediately, along with the Lord's Prayer. Then the deacon (St. Stephen) made the sign of the cross on his heart and instructed him to rise, fully healed. A young man,[630] a catechumen who had died three days earlier, was brought back to life by the prayers of St. Martin. He shared that after his death, he was taken before the Sovereign Judge, who condemned him and sent him, along with others, to a dark place. But then two angels, reminding the Judge that St. Martin had interceded for him, were instructed to return him to earth and to St. Martin, which was done. He was baptized and lived for a long time afterwards.

St. Salvius, Bishop of Albi,[631] having been seized with a violent fever, was thought to be dead. They washed him, clothed him, laid him on a bier, and passed the night in prayer by him: the next morning he was seen to move; he appeared to awake from a deep sleep, opened his eyes, and raising his hand towards heaven said, "Ah! Lord, why hast thou sent me back to this gloomy abode?" He rose completely cured, but would then reveal nothing.

St. Salvius, Bishop of Albi,[631] fell seriously ill with a high fever and was believed to be dead. They washed him, dressed him, placed him on a bier, and spent the night praying by his side. The next morning, he was seen to move; he seemed to wake from a deep sleep, opened his eyes, and, raising his hand to heaven, said, "Ah! Lord, why have you sent me back to this dreary place?" He stood up completely healed but revealed nothing afterward.

Some days after, he related how two angels had carried him to heaven, where he had seen the glory of Paradise, and had been sent back against his will to live some time longer on earth. St. Gregory of Tours takes God to witness that he heard this history from the mouth of St. Salvius himself.

Some days later, he shared how two angels had taken him to heaven, where he witnessed the glory of Paradise, and had been sent back against his will to live a bit longer on earth. St. Gregory of Tours swears to God that he heard this story directly from St. Salvius himself.

A monk of Augia, named Vetinus, or Guetinus, who was living in 824, was ill, and lying upon his couch with his eyes shut; but not being quite asleep, he saw a demon in the shape of a priest, most horribly deformed, who, showing him some instruments of torture which he held in his hand, threatened to make him soon feel the rigorous effects of them. At the same time he saw a multitude of evil spirits enter his chamber, carrying tools, as if to build him a tomb or a coffin, and enclose him in it.

A monk from Augia named Vetinus, or Guetinus, who lived in 824, was sick and lying on his couch with his eyes shut; he wasn't quite asleep but saw a demon that looked like a priest, incredibly deformed. The demon showed him some torture devices he was holding and threatened to make him experience the harsh effects of them soon. At the same time, he saw a crowd of evil spirits enter his room, carrying tools as if they were going to build him a tomb or a coffin and trap him inside it.

Immediately he saw appear some serious and grave-looking per[Pg 368]sonages, wearing religious habits, who chased these demons away; and then Vetinus saw an angel, surrounded with a blaze of light, who came to the foot of the bed, and conducted him by a path between mountains of an extraordinary height, at the foot of which flowed a large river, in which he beheld a multitude of the damned, who were suffering diverse torments, according to the kind and enormity of their crimes. He saw amongst them many of his acquaintance; amongst others, some prelates and priests, guilty of incontinence, who were tied with their backs to stakes, and burned by a fire lighted under them; the women, their companions in crime, suffering the same torment opposite to them.

Immediately, he saw some serious and stern-looking figures in religious garb who drove the demons away; then Vetinus saw an angel, surrounded by a bright light, who came to the foot of the bed and guided him along a path between towering mountains, at the base of which flowed a large river. In this river, he saw a multitude of the damned, suffering various torments based on the severity of their sins. Among them, he recognized many of his acquaintances, including several bishops and priests guilty of sexual immorality, who were tied to stakes, being burned by flames set beneath them; the women who shared in their sins were enduring the same torment across from them.

He beheld there also, a monk who had given himself up to avarice, and possessed money of his own, who was to expiate his crime in a leaden coffin till the day of judgment. He remarked there abbots and bishops, and even the Emperor Charlemagne, who were expiating their faults by fire, but were to be released from it after a certain time. He remarked there also the abode of the blessed in heaven, each one in his place, and according to his merits. The Angel of the Lord after this revealed to him the crimes which were the most common, and the most odious in the eyes of God. He mentioned sodomy in particular, as the most abominable crime.

He also saw a monk who had fallen into greed and had his own money, destined to pay for his sins in a lead coffin until the day of judgment. He noticed abbots and bishops there, and even Emperor Charlemagne, who were atoning for their faults through fire but would eventually be released from it after a certain time. He also observed the place of the blessed in heaven, each one in their spot based on their merits. After this, the Angel of the Lord revealed to him the sins that were most common and the most detestable in God’s eyes. He specifically mentioned sodomy as the most abominable sin.

After the service for the night, the abbot came to visit the sick man, who related this vision to him in full, and the abbot had it written down directly. Vetinus lived two days longer, and having predicted that he had only the third day to live, he recommended himself to the prayers of the monks, received the holy viaticum, and died in peace, the 31st of October, 824.

After the evening service, the abbot went to see the sick man, who shared this vision with him in detail, and the abbot had it recorded right away. Vetinus lived for two more days, and after predicting he had only one day left, he asked for the monks' prayers, received the holy viaticum, and passed away peacefully on October 31, 824.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[629] Lib. i. de Miracul. Sancti Stephani, cap. 4. p. 28. Lib. vii. Oper. St. Aug. in Appendice.

[629] Book I of the Miracles of Saint Stephen, chapter 4, page 28. Book VII. Works of St. Augustine in the Appendix.

[630] Sulpit. Sever. in Vitâ S. Martini, cap. 3.

[630] Sulpit. Sever. in Life of St. Martin, ch. 3.

[631] Gregor. Turon. lib. vii. c. 1.

[631] Gregor. Turon. book seven. chapter 1.


CHAPTER LVI.

THE VISION OF BERTHOLDUS, AS RELATED BY HINCMAR, ARCHBISHOP OF RHEIMS.

The famous Hincmar,[632] Archbishop of Rheims, in a circular letter which he wrote to the bishops, his suffragans, and the faithful of his diocese, relates, that a man named Bertholdus, with whom he was acquainted, having fallen ill, and received all the sacraments, remained during four days without taking any food. On the fourth day he was so weak that there was hardly a feeble palpitation and respiration found in him. About midnight he called to his wife, and told her to send quickly for his confessor.

The well-known Hincmar,[632] Archbishop of Rheims, in a letter he wrote to the bishops, his colleagues, and the members of his diocese, shares that a man named Bertholdus, whom he knew, fell ill and received all the sacraments. He went without food for four days. By the fourth day, he was so weak that there was barely any weak heartbeat or breathing left in him. Around midnight, he called to his wife and asked her to quickly send for his confessor.

[Pg 369]The priest was as yet only in the court before the house, when Bertholdus said, "Place a seat here, for the priest is coming." He entered the room and said some prayers, to which Bertholdus uttered the responses, and then related to him the vision he had had. "On leaving this world," said he, "I saw forty-one bishops, amongst whom were Ebonius, Leopardellus, Eneas, who were clothed in coarse black garments, dirty, and singed by the flames. As for themselves, they were sometimes burned by the flames, and at others frozen with insupportable cold." Ebonius said to him, "Go to my clergy and my friends, and tell them to offer for us the holy sacrifice." Bertholdus obeyed, and returning to the place where he had seen the bishops, he found them well clothed, shaved, bathed, and rejoicing.

[Pg 369]The priest was still outside the house when Bertholdus said, "Set up a chair here, because the priest is arriving." He entered the room and said a few prayers, to which Bertholdus responded, and then told him about the vision he had experienced. "As I was leaving this world," he said, "I saw forty-one bishops, including Ebonius, Leopardellus, and Eneas, who were dressed in rough black clothes, dirty and scorched by flames. They were sometimes burned by the flames and at other times frozen from unbearable cold." Ebonius told him, "Go to my clergy and friends, and ask them to offer the holy sacrifice for us." Bertholdus complied, and when he returned to the spot where he had seen the bishops, he found them well-dressed, clean-shaven, bathed, and joyful.

A little farther on, he met King Charles,[633] who was as if eaten by worms. This prince begged him to go and tell Hincmar to relieve his misery. Hincmar said mass for him, and King Charles found relief. After that he saw Bishop Jessé, of Orleans, who was over a well, and four demons plunged him into boiling pitch, and then threw him into icy water. They prayed for him, and he was relieved. He then saw the Count Othaire, who was likewise in torment. Bertholdus begged the wife of Othaire, with his vassals and friends, to pray for him, and give alms, and he was delivered from his torments. Bertholdus after that received the holy communion, and began to find himself better, with the hope of living fourteen years longer, as he had been promised by his guide, who had shown him all that we have just related.

A little further along, he encountered King Charles,[633] who looked like he had been eaten away by worms. This king asked him to go and tell Hincmar to help ease his suffering. Hincmar held a mass for him, and King Charles found relief. After that, he saw Bishop Jessé of Orleans, who was by a well, and four demons threw him into boiling pitch and then into icy water. They prayed for him, and he was helped. He then met Count Othaire, who was also in pain. Bertholdus asked Othaire's wife, along with his vassals and friends, to pray for him and to give alms, and he was freed from his suffering. Afterwards, Bertholdus received holy communion and began to feel better, with the hope of living fourteen more years, as promised by his guide, who had shown him all that we've just recounted.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[632] Hincmar, lib. ii. p. 805.

[632] Hincmar, book two, page 805.

[633] Apparently Charles the Bald, who died in 875.

[633] Apparently, Charles the Bald died in 875.


CHAPTER LVII.

THE VISION OF SAINT FURSIUS.

The Life of St. Fursius,[634] written a short time after his death, which happened about the year 653, reports several visions seen by this holy man. Being grievously ill, and unable to stir, he saw himself in the midst of the darkness raised up, as it were, by the hands of three angels, who carried him out of the world, then brought him back to it, and made his soul re-enter his body, to complete the destination assigned him by God. Then he found[Pg 370] himself in the midst of several people, who wept for him as if he were dead, and told him how, the day before, he had fallen down in a swoon, so that they believed him to be dead. He could have wished to have some intelligent persons about him to relate to them what he had seen; but having no one near him but rustics, he asked for and received the communion of the body and blood of the Saviour, and continued three days longer awake.

The Life of St. Fursius,[634] written shortly after his death, which occurred around the year 653, recounts several visions experienced by this holy man. While seriously ill and unable to move, he saw himself lifted from darkness, as if by the hands of three angels, who carried him away from the world, then brought him back and made his soul return to his body, to fulfill the purpose assigned to him by God. He then found himself surrounded by several people who were weeping for him as if he were dead, telling him how the day before, he had collapsed in a faint, leading them to believe he was dead. He wished he had some thoughtful people nearby to share his experiences with; but with only simple folk around him, he asked for and received the communion of the body and blood of the Savior, and remained awake for three more days.

The following Tuesday, he fell into a similar swoon, in the middle of the night; his feet became cold, and raising his hands to pray, he received death with joy. Then he saw the same three angels descend who had already guided him. They raised him as the first time, but instead of the agreeable and melodious songs which he had then heard, he could now hear only the frightful howlings of the demons, who began to fight against him, and shoot inflamed darts at him. The Angel of the Lord received them on his buckler, and extinguished them. The devil reproached Fursius with some bad thoughts, and some human weaknesses, but the angels defended him, saying, "If he has not committed any capital sins, he shall not perish."

The next Tuesday, he fell into a similar trance in the middle of the night; his feet grew cold, and as he raised his hands to pray, he accepted death with joy. Then he saw the same three angels who had guided him before. They lifted him up just like the first time, but instead of the pleasant and beautiful songs he had heard then, all he could hear now were the terrifying howls of demons, who started to attack him and fire burning arrows at him. The Angel of the Lord caught them on his shield and extinguished them. The devil accused Fursius of some bad thoughts and human weaknesses, but the angels defended him, saying, "If he hasn't committed any serious sins, he will not be lost."

As the devil could not reproach him with anything that was worthy of eternal death, he saw two saints from his own country—St. Béan and St. Medan, who comforted him and announced to him the evils with which God would punish mankind, principally because of the sins of the doctors or learned men of the church, and the princes who governed the people;—the doctors for neglecting to declare the word of God, and the princes for the bad examples they gave their people. After which, they sent him back into his body again. He returned into it with repugnance, and began to relate all that he had seen; they poured spring water upon his body, and he felt a great warmth between his shoulders. After this, he began to preach throughout Hibernia; and the Venerable Bede[635] says that there was in his monastery an aged monk who said that he had learned from a grave personage well worthy of belief, that he had heard these visions described by St. Fursius himself. This saint had not the least doubt that his soul was really separated from his body, when he was carried away in his trance.

As the devil couldn't accuse him of anything deserving eternal death, he saw two saints from his homeland—St. Béan and St. Medan—who comforted him and revealed to him the punishments God would inflict on humanity, mainly due to the sins of the clergy and the rulers who led the people; the clergy for failing to share the word of God, and the rulers for setting poor examples for their subjects. After that, they sent him back into his body. He returned reluctantly and began to share everything he had seen; they poured spring water on him, and he felt a strong warmth between his shoulders. Following this, he started to preach across Ireland; and the Venerable Bede[635] notes that there was an elderly monk in his monastery who claimed he had learned from a trustworthy source that he had heard St. Fursius himself describe these visions. This saint had no doubt that his soul had truly separated from his body during his trance.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[634] Vita Sti. Fursci, apud Bolland. 16 Januarii, pp. 37, 38. Item, pp. 47, 48. Sæcul. xi. Bened. p. 299.

[634] Vita Sti. Fursci, at Bolland. January 16, pp. 37, 38. Also, pp. 47, 48. 11th Century. Bened. p. 299.

[635] Bede, lib. iii. Hist. c. 19.

[635] Bede, book 3, History, chapter 19.


CHAPTER LVIII.

VISION OF A PROTESTANT OF YORK, AND OTHERS.

Here is another instance, which happened in 1698 to one of the so-called reformed religion.[636] A minister of the county of York, at a place called Hipley, and whose name was Henry Vatz (Watts), being struck with apoplexy the 15th of August, was on the 17th placed in a coffin to be buried. But as they were about to put him in the grave, he uttered a loud cry, which frightened all the persons who had attended him to the grave; they took him quickly out of the coffin, and as soon as he had come to himself, he related several surprising things which he said had been revealed to him during his trance, which had lasted eight-and-forty hours. The 24th of the same month, he preached a very moving discourse to those who had accompanied him the day they were carrying him to the tomb.

Here’s another example, which took place in 1698 involving someone from the so-called reformed religion.[636] A minister from the county of York, in a place called Hipley, named Henry Vatz (Watts), suffered a stroke on August 15th and was placed in a coffin for burial on the 17th. Just as they were about to lower him into the grave, he let out a loud cry, which startled everyone who had gathered for the funeral. They quickly pulled him out of the coffin, and once he regained consciousness, he shared several astonishing things that he claimed were revealed to him during the trance that lasted for forty-eight hours. On the 24th of that same month, he delivered a powerful sermon to those who had accompanied him on the day they were taking him to the grave.

People may, if they please, treat all that we have related as dreams and tales, but it cannot be denied that we recognize in these resurrections, and in these narrations of men who have come to life again after their real or seeming death, the belief of the church concerning hell, paradise, purgatory, the efficacy of prayers for the dead, and the apparitions of angels and demons who torment the damned, and of the souls who have yet something to expiate in the other world.

People can choose to regard everything we've shared as dreams and stories, but it's undeniable that we see in these resurrections and accounts of people who have come back to life, whether after real or apparent death, the church's beliefs about hell, paradise, purgatory, the power of prayers for the dead, and the appearances of angels and demons who torment the damned, as well as the souls still needing to make amends in the afterlife.

We see also, that which has a visible connection with the matter we are treating upon—persons really dead, and others regarded as such, who return to life in health and live a long time afterwards. Lastly, we may observe therein opinions on the state of souls after this life, which are nearly the same as among the Hebrews, Egyptians, Greeks, Romans, barbarous nations, and Christians. If the Hungarian ghosts do not speak of what they have seen in the other world, it is either that they are not really dead, or more likely that all which is related of these revenans is fabulous and chimerical. I will add some more instances which will serve to confirm the belief of the primitive church on the subject of apparitions.

We also see a clear connection with what we are discussing—people who are truly dead, and others thought to be dead, who come back to life and live for a long time afterwards. Lastly, we can notice opinions about the state of souls after this life that are very similar among the Hebrews, Egyptians, Greeks, Romans, various barbaric nations, and Christians. If the Hungarian ghosts don’t talk about what they’ve seen in the afterlife, it’s either because they aren’t really dead or, more likely, because everything said about these revenans is made up and fanciful. I will provide more examples that will help support the beliefs of the early church regarding apparitions.

St. Perpetua, who suffered martyrdom in Africa in 202 or 203, being in prison for the faith, saw a brother named Dinocrates, who had died at the age of seven years of a cancer in the cheek; she[Pg 372] saw him as if in a very large dungeon, so that they could not approach each other. He seemed to be placed in a reservoir of water, the sides of which were higher than himself, so that he could not reach the water, for which he appeared to thirst very much. Perpetua was much moved at this, and prayed to God with tears and groans for his relief. Some days after, she saw in spirit the same Dinocrates, well clothed, washed, and refreshed, and the water of the reservoir in which he was, only came up to his middle, and on the edge a cup, from which he drank, without the water diminishing, and the skin of the cancer in his cheek well healed, so that nothing now remained of the cancer but the scar. By these things she understood that Dinocrates was no longer in pain.

St. Perpetua, who was martyred in Africa around 202 or 203, while in prison for her faith, saw a brother named Dinocrates, who had died at the age of seven from a cancer on his cheek. She[Pg 372]visualized him as if he were in a huge dungeon, where they couldn’t get close to each other. He seemed to be in a pool of water, with the sides higher than he was, so he couldn't reach the water that he appeared to long for. Perpetua was deeply moved by this and prayed to God, crying and groaning for his relief. A few days later, she saw the same Dinocrates in spirit, well-dressed, clean, and refreshed. The water in the pool he was in only reached his waist, and there was a cup at the edge that he drank from, without the water level dropping. The cancer on his cheek was completely healed, leaving just a scar. Through these revelations, she understood that Dinocrates was no longer suffering.

Dinocrates was there apparently[637] to expiate some faults which he had committed since his baptism, for Perpetua says a little before this that only her father had remained in infidelity.

Dinocrates was there apparently[637] to atone for some mistakes he had made since his baptism, because Perpetua mentions a bit earlier that only her father had stayed unfaithful.

The same St. Perpetua, being in prison some days before she suffered martyrdom[638] had a vision of the deacon Pomponius, who had suffered martyrdom some days before, and who said to her, "Come, we are waiting for you." He led her through a rugged and winding path into the arena of the amphitheatre, where she had to combat with a very ugly Egyptian, accompanied by some other men like him. Perpetua found herself changed into a man, and began to fight naked, assisted by some well-made youths who came to her service and assistance.

The same St. Perpetua, after being in prison for a few days before her martyrdom[638], had a vision of the deacon Pomponius, who had been martyred a few days earlier. He told her, "Come, we’re waiting for you." He led her along a rough, twisting path to the arena of the amphitheater, where she had to face a very ugly Egyptian, along with some other men like him. Perpetua found herself transformed into a man and began to fight without clothes, aided by some well-built youths who came to help her.

Then she beheld a man of extraordinary size, who cried aloud, "If the Egyptian gains the victory over her, he will kill her with his sword; but if she conquers, she shall have this branch ornamented with golden apples for her reward." Perpetua began the combat, and having overthrown the Egyptian, trampled his head under her feet. The people shouted victory, and Perpetua approaching him who held the branch above mentioned, he put it in her hands, and said to her, "Peace be with you." Then she awoke, and understood that she would have to combat, not against wild beasts, but against the devil.

Then she saw a man of impressive size, who shouted, "If the Egyptian wins, he will kill her with his sword; but if she wins, she will receive this branch adorned with golden apples as her prize." Perpetua began the fight, and after defeating the Egyptian, she stomped on his head. The crowd cheered for her victory, and as Perpetua approached the one holding the aforementioned branch, he placed it in her hands and said to her, "Peace be with you." Then she woke up and realized that she would have to fight, not against wild beasts, but against the devil.

Saturus, one of the companions of the martyrdom of St. Perpetua, had also a vision, which he relates thus: "We had suffered martyrdom, and were disengaged from this mortal body. Four angels carried us towards the East without touching us. We arrived at a place shining with intense lustre; Perpetua was at my side, and I said unto her, 'Behold what the Lord promised us.'

Saturus, a friend of St. Perpetua during her martyrdom, also had a vision, which he describes like this: "We had faced martyrdom and were free from this mortal body. Four angels carried us toward the East without touching us. We reached a place glowing with bright light; Perpetua was next to me, and I said to her, 'Look at what the Lord promised us.'"

"We entered a large garden full of trees and flowers; the four angels who had borne us thither placed us in the hands of other angels, who conducted us by a wide road to a place where we found[Pg 373] Jocondus, Saturninus, and Artazes, who had suffered with us, and invited us to come and salute the Lord. We followed them, and beheld in the midst of this place the Almighty, crowned with dazzling light, and we heard repeated incessantly by those around him, Holy! holy! holy! They raised us towards him, and we stopped before his throne. We gave him the kiss of peace, and he stroked our faces with his hand.

"We walked into a large garden filled with trees and flowers; the four angels who had brought us there placed us in the care of other angels, who led us along a wide path to a spot where we found [Pg 373] Jocondus, Saturninus, and Artazes, who had suffered alongside us, and invited us to come and greet the Lord. We followed them and saw the Almighty in the center of this place, crowned with brilliant light, and we heard those around him continuously saying, Holy! holy! holy! They lifted us up to him, and we stood before his throne. We gave him the kiss of peace, and he touched our faces with his hand."

"We came out, and we saw before the door the bishop Optatus and the priest Aspasius, who threw themselves at our feet. We raised and embraced them. We recognized in this place several of our brethren and some martyrs." Such was the vision of Saturus.

"We came out and saw Bishop Optatus and Priest Aspasius at the door, who fell to their knees before us. We helped them up and hugged them. In this place, we recognized several of our fellow believers and some martyrs." This was Saturus's vision.

There are visions of all sorts; of holy martyrs, and of holy angels. It is related of St. Exuperus, bishop of Thoulouse,[639] that having conceived the design of transporting the relics of St. Saturnus, a former bishop of that church, to place them in a new church built in his honor, he could with difficulty resolve to take this holy body from the tomb, fearing to displease the saint, or to diminish the honor which was due to him. But while in this doubt, he had a vision which gave him to understand that this translation would neither lessen the respect which was due to the ashes of the martyr, nor be prejudicial to his honor; but that on the contrary it would contribute to the salvation of the faithful, and to the greater glorification of God.

There are visions of all kinds; of holy martyrs and of holy angels. It's said of St. Exuperus, bishop of Toulouse, that he planned to move the relics of St. Saturnus, a previous bishop of that church, to a new church built in his honor. He struggled to decide to take this holy body from the tomb, worried that he would upset the saint or diminish the honor owed to him. But while he was in doubt, he had a vision that made it clear that this move would not lessen the respect for the martyr's remains or harm his honor; instead, it would help the salvation of the faithful and bring greater glory to God.

Some days before[640] St. Cyprian, Bishop of Carthage, suffered martyrdom, in 258, he had a vision, not being as yet quite asleep, in which a young man whose height was extraordinary, seemed to lead him to the Prætorium before the Proconsul, who was seated on his tribunal. This magistrate, having caught sight of Cyprian, began to write his sentence before he had interrogated him as was usual. Cyprian knew not what the sentence condemned him to; but the young man above mentioned, and who was behind the judge, made a sign by opening his hand and spreading in form of a sword, that he was condemned to have his head cut off.

Some days before[640] St. Cyprian, Bishop of Carthage, was martyred in 258, he had a vision while not completely asleep, in which a remarkably tall young man appeared to lead him to the Prætorium before the Proconsul, who was seated on his tribunal. When the magistrate saw Cyprian, he started writing his sentence without asking him any questions, which was usually the procedure. Cyprian didn’t know what the sentence meant; however, the young man behind the judge made a gesture by opening his hand and spreading it out in the shape of a sword, indicating that he was sentenced to have his head cut off.

Cyprian easily understood what was meant by this sign, and having earnestly requested to be allowed a day's delay to put his affairs in order, the judge, having granted his request, again wrote upon his tablets, and the young man by a sign of his hand let him know that the delay was granted. These predictions were exactly fulfilled, and we see many similar ones in the works of St. Cyprian.

Cyprian quickly grasped what this sign meant, and after sincerely asking for a day's delay to sort out his affairs, the judge granted his request. Once again, he wrote on his tablets, and the young man signaled that the delay was approved. These predictions came true, and we find many similar ones in the writings of St. Cyprian.

St. Fructueux, Bishop of Tarragona,[641] who suffered martyrdom in 259, was seen after his death ascending to heaven with the deacons who had suffered with him; they appeared as if they were still[Pg 374] attached to the stakes near which they had been burnt. They were seen by two Christians, who showed them to the wife and daughter of Emilian, who had condemned them. The saint appeared to Emilian himself and to the Christians, who had taken away their ashes, and desired that they might be all collected in one spot. We see similar apparitions[642] in the acts of St. James, of St. Marienus, martyrs, and some others who suffered in Numidia in 259. We may observe the like[643] in the acts of St. Montanus, St. Lucius, and other African martyrs in 259 or 260, and in those of St. Vincent, a martyr in Spain, in 304, and in the life of St. Theodore, martyr, in 306, of whose sufferings St. Gregory of Nicea has written an account. Everybody knows what happened at Sebastus, in Armenia, in the martyrdom of the famous forty martyrs, of whom St. Basil the Great has written the eulogium. One of the forty, overcome by the excess of cold, which was extreme, threw himself into a hot bath that was prepared just by. Then he who guarded them having perceived some angels who brought crowns to the thirty-nine who had persevered in their sufferings, despoiled himself of his garments, joined himself to the martyrs, and declared himself a Christian.

St. Fructueux, Bishop of Tarragona,[641] who was martyred in 259, was seen after his death ascending to heaven along with the deacons who had suffered with him; they looked like they were still[Pg 374] tied to the stakes where they had been burned. They were spotted by two Christians, who then showed them to Emilian's wife and daughter, who had condemned them. The saint also appeared to Emilian himself and to the Christians who had gathered their ashes, requesting that all the ashes be collected in one place. We see similar appearances[642] in the accounts of St. James, St. Marienus, martyrs, and others who suffered in Numidia in 259. We can note similar incidents[643] in the accounts of St. Montanus, St. Lucius, and other African martyrs in 259 or 260, and in those of St. Vincent, a martyr in Spain in 304, and in the life of St. Theodore, a martyr in 306, about whose sufferings St. Gregory of Nicea has written. Everyone is familiar with what happened at Sebastus, in Armenia, during the martyrdom of the famous forty martyrs, about whom St. Basil the Great has written a tribute. One of the forty, overcome by the extreme cold, threw himself into a hot bath that was nearby. Then, seeing angels bringing crowns to the thirty-nine who had endured their sufferings, he took off his garments, joined the martyrs, and declared himself a Christian.

All these instances invincibly prove that, at least in the first ages of the church, the greatest and most learned bishops, the holy martyrs, and the generality of the faithful, were well persuaded of the possibility and reality of apparitions.

All these examples clearly show that, at least in the early days of the church, the most prominent and knowledgeable bishops, the holy martyrs, and the majority of the faithful were firmly convinced of the possibility and reality of apparitions.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[636] Larrey, Hist. de Louis XIV. year 1698, p. 68.

[636] Larrey, Hist. de Louis XIV. year 1698, p. 68.

[637] Aug. lib. i. de Origine Animæ.

[637] Aug. book I. on the Origin of the Soul.

[638] Ibid. p. 97.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Same source, p. 97.

[639] Aug. lib. i. de Origine Animæ, p. 132.

[639] Aug. book 1. on the Origin of the Soul, p. 132.

[640] Acta Martyr. Sincera, p. 212. Vita et Passio S. Cypriani, p. 268.

[640] Acts of the Martyrs. Genuine, p. 212. Life and Passion of St. Cyprian, p. 268.

[641] Acta Martyr. Sincera, pp. 219, 221.

[641] Acta Martyr. Sincera, pp. 219, 221.

[642] Acta Martyr. Sincera, p. 226.

[642] Acta Martyr. Sincera, p. 226.

[643] Ibid. pp. 231-233, 237.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Same source, pp. 231-233, 237.


CHAPTER LIX.

CONCLUSIONS OF THIS DISSERTATION.

To resume, in a few words, all that we have related in this dissertation: we have therein shown that a resurrection, properly so called, of a person who has been dead for a considerable time, and whose body was either corrupted, or stinking, or ready to putrefy, like that of Pierre, who had been three years buried, and was resuscitated by St. Stanislaus, or that of Lazarus, who had been four days in the tomb, and already possessing a corpse-like smell—such a resurrection can be the work of the almighty power of God alone.

To sum up, in a few words, everything we've discussed in this dissertation: we have shown that a true resurrection of a person who has been dead for a long time, and whose body was either decayed, rotting, or on the verge of decomposition, like Pierre, who had been buried for three years and was brought back to life by St. Stanislaus, or Lazarus, who had been in the tomb for four days and already had a smell of death—such a resurrection can only be accomplished by the almighty power of God.

That persons who have been drowned, fallen into syncope, into a lethargy or trance, or looked upon as dead, in any manner whatever,[Pg 375] can be cured and brought back to life, even to their former state of life, without any miracle, but by the power of medicine alone, or by natural efforts, or by dint of patience; so that nature re-establishes herself in her former state, that the heart resumes its pulsation, and the blood circulates freely again in the arteries, and the vital and animal spirits in the nerves.

That people who have drowned, fainted, fallen into a coma or trance, or are seen as dead in any way,[Pg 375] can be revived and restored to their previous state of life without any miracles, but solely through the power of medicine, natural efforts, or simply through patience; so that nature revitalizes itself, the heart starts beating again, blood circulates freely in the arteries, and vital and sensory energy flows through the nerves.

That the oupires, or vampires, or revenans of Moravia, Hungary, Poland, &c., of which such extraordinary things are related, so detailed, so circumstantial, invested with all the necessary formalities to make them believed, and to prove them even judicially before judges, and at the most exact and severe tribunals; that all which is said of their return to life; of their apparition, and the confusion which they cause in the towns and country places; of their killing people by sucking their blood, or in making a sign to them to follow them; that all those things are mere illusions, and the consequence of a heated and prejudiced imagination. They cannot cite any witness who is sensible, grave and unprejudiced, who can testify that he has seen, touched, interrogated these ghosts, who can affirm the reality of their return, and of the effects which are attributed to them.

That the vampires or revenans of Moravia, Hungary, Poland, etc., are described in such extraordinary detail, with all the formalities needed to make people believe in them, even in serious legal settings; that everything said about their return to life, their appearances, and the chaos they create in towns and rural areas; about how they kill people by drinking their blood or signaling them to follow them; all of this is just illusions and the result of a heated and biased imagination. They cannot provide any sensible, serious, and unbiased witness who can claim to have seen, touched, or questioned these ghosts, or who can confirm the reality of their return and the effects attributed to them.

I shall not deny that some persons may have died of fright, imagining that their near relatives called them to the tomb; that others have thought they heard some one rap at their doors, worry them, disturb them, in a word, occasion them mortal maladies; and that these persons judicially interrogated, have replied that they had seen and heard what their panic-struck imagination had represented to them. But I require unprejudiced witnesses, free from terror and disinterested, quite calm, who can affirm upon serious reflection, that they have seen, heard, and interrogated these vampires, and who have been the witnesses of their operations; and I am persuaded that no such witness will be found.

I won’t deny that some people may have died from fear, thinking their close relatives were calling them to the grave; that others have believed they heard someone knocking at their doors, causing them anxiety, disturbing them, and even leading to serious health issues; and that these individuals, when questioned, claimed they saw and heard what their terrified minds created. But I need impartial witnesses, those who are not scared and have no personal stake, completely calm, who can seriously state that they have seen, heard, and questioned these vampires, and have observed their actions; and I'm convinced that no such witness will be found.

I have by me a letter, which has been sent me from Warsaw, the 3d of February, 1745, by M. Slivisk, visitor of the province of priests of the mission of Poland. He sends me word, that having studied with great care this matter, and having proposed to compose on this subject a theological and physical dissertation, he had collected some memoirs with that view; but that the occupations of visitor and superior in the house of his congregation of Warsaw, had not allowed of his putting his project in execution; that he has since sought in vain for these memoirs or notes, which have probably remained in the hands of some of those to whom he had communicated them; that amongst these notes were two resolutions of the Sorbonne, which both forbade cutting off the head and maiming the body of any of these pretended oupires or vampires. He adds, that these decisions may be found in the registers of the[Pg 376] Sorbonne, from the year 1700 to 1710. I shall report by and by, a decision of the Sorbonne on this subject, dated in the year 1691.

I have a letter with me that was sent from Warsaw on February 3, 1745, by M. Slivisk, the visitor of the province of priests of the mission in Poland. He informs me that after studying this matter carefully, he intended to write a theological and physical dissertation on the subject and had collected some notes for that purpose. However, due to his responsibilities as visitor and superior at his congregation's house in Warsaw, he hasn’t been able to carry out his project. He also mentions that he has been unable to find these notes, which likely remain with some people to whom he shared them. Among these notes were two resolutions from the Sorbonne, both prohibiting the beheading and dismemberment of any of these alleged vampires. He adds that these decisions can be found in the registers of the[Pg 376] Sorbonne from 1700 to 1710. I will later report on a decision from the Sorbonne regarding this issue, dated 1691.

He says, moreover, that in Poland they are so persuaded of the existence of these oupires, that any one who thought otherwise would be regarded almost as a heretic. There are several facts concerning this matter, which are looked upon as incontestable, and many persons are named as witnesses of them. "I gave myself the trouble," says he, "to go to the fountain-head, and examine those who are cited as ocular witnesses." He found that no one dared to affirm that they had really seen the circumstances in question, and that it was all merely reveries and fancies, caused by fear and unfounded discourse. So writes to me this wise and judicious priest.

He also says that in Poland, people are so convinced of the existence of these creatures that anyone who disagrees would be seen almost as a heretic. There are several facts about this that are considered undeniable, and many people are named as witnesses to them. "I took the time," he says, "to go to the source and question those who are mentioned as eyewitnesses." He found that no one dared to claim they had actually seen the events in question, and that it was all just daydreams and fantasies, fueled by fear and baseless chatter. This is what this wise and thoughtful priest writes to me.

I have also received since, another letter from Vienna in Austria, written the 3d of August, 1746, by a Lorraine baron,[644] who has always followed his prince. He tells me, that in 1742, his imperial majesty, then his royal highness of Lorraine, had several verbal acts drawn up concerning these cases, which happened in Moravia. I have them by me still; I have read them over and over again; and to be frank, I have not found in them the shadow of truth, nor even of probability, in what is advanced. They are, nevertheless, documents which in that country are looked upon as true as the Gospel.

I’ve also received another letter from Vienna, Austria, dated August 3, 1746, from a baron from Lorraine who has always supported his prince. He mentions that in 1742, his imperial majesty, who was then the royal highness of Lorraine, had several verbal records created regarding incidents that occurred in Moravia. I still have those records; I’ve read them multiple times, and honestly, I haven’t found even a hint of truth or likelihood in what’s stated. However, these documents are regarded as true as the Gospel in that country.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[644] M. le Baron Toussaint.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Baron Toussaint.


CHAPTER LX.

THE MORAL IMPOSSIBILITY OF THE REVENANS COMING OUT OF THEIR GRAVES.

I have already proposed the objection formed upon the impossibility of these vampires coming out of their graves, and returning to them again, without its appearing that they have disturbed the earth, either in coming out or going in again. No one has ever replied to this difficulty, and never will. To say that the demon subtilizes and spiritualizes the bodies of vampires, is a thing asserted without proof or likelihood.

I have already raised the objection that it's impossible for these vampires to rise from their graves and then return without there being any evidence that they've disturbed the ground, both when coming out and going back in. No one has ever addressed this issue, and they never will. Claiming that a demon transforms and spiritizes the bodies of vampires is just a statement made without any proof or reasonable basis.

The fluidity of the blood, the ruddiness, the suppleness of these vampires, ought not to surprise any one, any more than the growth of the nails and hair, and their bodies remaining undecayed. We see every day, bodies which remain uncorrupted, and retain a ruddy color after death. This ought not to appear strange in those who die without malady and a sudden death; or of certain maladies,[Pg 377] known to our physicians, which do not deprive the blood of its fluidity, or the limbs of their suppleness.

The fluidity of the blood, the redness, and the flexibility of these vampires shouldn’t surprise anyone, just like the growth of nails and hair, and their bodies not decaying. We see uncorrupted bodies every day that keep a healthy color after death. This shouldn’t seem strange for those who die without illness or from sudden deaths; or from certain conditions,[Pg 377] known to our doctors, which don’t take away the blood's fluidity or the limbs’ flexibility.

With regard to the growth of the hair and nails in bodies which are not yet decayed, the thing is quite natural. There remains in those bodies a certain slow and imperceptible circulation of the humors, which causes this growth of the nails and hair, in the same way that we every day see common bulbs grow and shoot, although without any nourishment derived from the earth.

When it comes to hair and nail growth in bodies that haven't started to decay, it's completely natural. There is still a slow and subtle circulation of fluids in those bodies that leads to nail and hair growth, similar to how we see ordinary bulbs grow and sprout every day, even without any nutrients from the ground.

The same may be said of flowers, and in general of all that depends on vegetation in animals and plants.

The same applies to flowers, and more broadly, to everything related to vegetation in animals and plants.

The belief of the common people of Greece in the return to earth of the vroucolacas, is not much better founded than that of vampires and ghosts. It is only the ignorance, the prejudice, the terror of the Greeks, which have given rise to this vain and ridiculous belief, and which they keep up even to this very day. The narrative which we have reported after M. Tournefort, an ocular witness and a good philosopher, may suffice to undeceive those who would maintain the contrary.

The belief among ordinary people in Greece that the vroucolacas return to earth is not much more credible than that of vampires and ghosts. It is simply the ignorance, prejudice, and fear of the Greeks that have led to this foolish and absurd belief, which they still hold onto today. The account we’ve shared from M. Tournefort, an eyewitness and a thoughtful philosopher, should be enough to set straight anyone who argues the opposite.

The incorruption of the bodies of those who died in a state of excommunication, has still less foundation than the return of the vampires, and the vexations of the living caused by the vroucolacas; antiquity has had no similar belief. The schismatic Greeks, and the heretics separated from the Church of Rome, who certainly died excommunicated, ought, upon this principle, to remain uncorrupted; which is contrary to experience, and repugnant to good sense. And if the Greeks pretend to be the true Church, all the Roman Catholics, who have a separate communion from them, ought then also to remain undecayed. The instances cited by the Greeks either prove nothing, or prove too much. Those bodies which have not decayed, were really excommunicated, or not. If they were canonically and really excommunicated, then the question falls to the ground. If they were not really and canonically excommunicated, then it must be proved that there was no other cause of incorruption—which can never be proved.

The idea that the bodies of people who died while excommunicated don’t decompose is even less credible than the return of vampires or the disturbances caused by the vroucolacas; no such belief existed in ancient times. The schismatic Greeks and the heretics who broke away from the Roman Church, who definitely died excommunicated, should, by this reasoning, remain uncorrupted; this contradicts what we know from experience and common sense. If the Greeks claim to be the true Church, then all Roman Catholics, who have a separate communion from them, should also remain undecayed. The examples given by the Greeks either prove nothing or prove too much. Those bodies that haven't decomposed were either truly excommunicated or not. If they were genuinely and canonically excommunicated, then the argument falls apart. If they weren't truly and canonically excommunicated, then it must be shown that no other reason for their preservation exists—which can never be demonstrated.

Moreover, anything so equivocal as incorruption, cannot be adduced as a proof in so serious a matter as this. It is owned, that often the bodies of saints are preserved from decay; that is looked upon as certain, among the Greeks as among the Latins—therefore, we cannot thence conclude that this same incorruption is a proof that a person is excommunicated.

Moreover, anything as ambiguous as incorruption cannot be used as evidence in such a serious matter as this. It's acknowledged that often the bodies of saints do not decay; this is accepted as a fact, both among the Greeks and the Latins—therefore, we cannot conclude that this same incorruption proves that a person is excommunicated.

In short, this proof is universal and general, or only particular. I mean to say, either all excommunicated persons remain undecayed, or only a few of them. We cannot maintain that all those who die in a state of excommunication, are incorruptible. For then all the Greeks towards the Latins, and the Latins towards the Greeks,[Pg 378] would be undecayed, which is not the case. That proof then is very frivolous, and nothing can be concluded from it. I mistrust, a great deal, all those stories which are related to prove this pretended incorruptibility of excommunicated persons. If well examined, many of them would doubtless be found to be false.

In short, this proof is either universal and general, or it's just specific. What I mean is that either all excommunicated people remain intact, or only a few of them do. We can't say that everyone who dies in a state of excommunication is incorruptible. If that were true, then all the Greeks toward the Latins and the Latins toward the Greeks,[Pg 378] would be intact, which is not the case. So, that proof is quite trivial, and we can't draw any conclusions from it. I'm very skeptical of all those stories that are told to support this supposed incorruptibility of excommunicated people. If examined closely, many of them would undoubtedly be found to be false.


CHAPTER LXI.

WHAT IS RELATED CONCERNING THE BODIES OF THE EXCOMMUNICATED LEAVING THE CHURCH, IS SUBJECT TO VERY GREAT DIFFICULTIES.

Whatever respect I may feel for St. Gregory the Great, who relates some instances of deceased persons who died in a state of excommunication going out of the church before the eyes of every one present; and whatever consideration may be due to other authors whom I have cited, and who relate other circumstances of a similar nature, and even still more incredible, I cannot believe that we have these legends with all the circumstances belonging to them; and after the reasons for doubt which I have recorded at the end of these stories, I believe I may again say, that God, to inspire the people with still greater fear of excommunication, and a greater regard for the sentences and censures of the church, has willed on these occasions, for reasons unknown to us, to show forth his power, and work a miracle in the sight of the faithful; for how can we explain all these things without having recourse to the miraculous? All that is said of persons who being dead chew under ground in their graves, is so pitiful, so puerile, that it is not worthy of being seriously refuted. Everybody owns that too often people are buried who are not quite dead. There are but too many instances of this in ancient and modern histories. The thesis of M. Vinslow, and the notes added thereto by M. Bruhier, serve to prove that there are few certain signs of real death except the putridity of a body being at least begun. We have an infinite number of instances of persons supposed to be dead, who have come to life again, even after they have been put in the ground. There are I know not how many maladies in which the patient remains for a long time speechless, motionless, and without sensible respiration. Some drowned persons who have been thought dead, have been revived by care and attention.

Whatever respect I may have for St. Gregory the Great, who shares some examples of deceased individuals who were in a state of excommunication leaving the church in front of everyone present; and whatever consideration may be due to other authors I've mentioned, who describe similar situations, some even more unbelievable, I cannot accept that we have these legends along with all their details. After outlining the reasons for doubt at the end of these stories, I feel I can say again that God, to instill a greater fear of excommunication in the people and a deeper respect for the church's judgments, has chosen, for reasons unknown to us, to demonstrate His power and perform a miracle in the sight of the faithful. How can we explain all these occurrences without resorting to the miraculous? All the talk about people who are dead chewing underground in their graves is so pathetic and childish that it hardly merits serious rebuttal. Everyone acknowledges that too often, individuals are buried who are not entirely dead. There are plenty of examples of this in both ancient and modern history. M. Vinslow's thesis, along with the notes provided by M. Bruhier, proves that there are very few reliable signs of actual death except for the initial signs of decomposition. There are countless instances of people believed to be dead who have come back to life, even after being buried. I don’t know how many illnesses can leave a patient silent, motionless, and without noticeable breathing for an extended period. Some people who have drowned and were thought to be dead have been revived with care and attention.

All this is well known and may serve to explain how some vampires have been taken out of their graves, and have spoken, cried, howled, vomited blood, and all that because they were not yet dead.[Pg 379] They have been killed by beheading them, piercing their heart, and burning them; in all which people were very wrong, for the pretext on which they acted, of their pretended reappearance to disturb the living, causing their death, and maltreating them, is not a sufficient reason for treating them thus. Besides, their pretended return has never been proved or attested in such a way as to authorize any one to show such inhumanity, nor to dishonor and put rigorously to death on vague, frivolous, unproved accusations, persons who were certainly innocent of the thing laid to their charge.

All of this is well known and helps explain how some vampires have been taken from their graves, and have spoken, cried, howled, vomited blood, and all of that because they weren't really dead yet.[Pg 379] They have been killed by beheading, piercing their heart, and burning them; in all these cases, people were very wrong, because the reasons they used to justify their actions, claiming that these beings came back to disturb the living, causing death and harm, are not enough to justify such treatment. Furthermore, their supposed return has never been proven in a way that justifies such inhumanity, nor to dishonor and execute innocent people based on vague, trivial, and unproven accusations.

For nothing is more ill-founded than what is said of the apparitions, vexations, and confusion caused by the pretended vampires and the vroucolacas. I am not surprised that the Sorbonne should have condemned the bloody and violent executions which are exercised on these kinds of dead bodies. But it is astonishing that the secular powers and the magistrates do not employ their authority and the severity of the laws to repress them.

For nothing is more unfounded than what is said about the apparitions, disturbances, and chaos caused by the supposed vampires and vroucolacas. I'm not surprised that the Sorbonne condemned the bloody and violent executions carried out on these types of dead bodies. But it is shocking that the secular authorities and the magistrates don’t use their power and the strictness of the laws to put a stop to them.

The magic devotions, the fascinations, the evocations of which we have spoken, are works of darkness, operations of Satan, if they have any reality, which I can with difficulty believe, especially in regard to magical devotions, and the evocations of the manes or souls of dead persons; for, as to fascinations of the sight, or illusions of the senses, it is foolish not to admit some of these, as when we think we see what is not, or do not behold what is present before our eyes; or when we think we hear a sound which in reality does not strike our ears, or the contrary. But to say that the demon can cause a person's death, because they have made a wax image of him, or given his name with some superstitious ceremonies, and have devoted him or her, so that the persons feel themselves dying as their image melts away, is ascribing to the demon too much power, and to magic too much might. God can, when he wills it, loosen the reign of the enemy of mankind, and permit him to do us the harm which he and his agents may seek to do us; but it would be ridiculous to believe that the Sovereign Master of nature can be determined by magical incantations to allow the demon to hurt us; or to imagine that the magician has the power to excite the demon against us, independently of God.

The magical practices and fascinations we've discussed are dark works, actions of Satan, if they have any real existence, which I find hard to believe, especially concerning magical devotions and the calling upon the spirits of the dead. As for visual fascinations or sensory illusions, it’s silly not to acknowledge some of these, like when we think we see something that isn’t there, or miss what’s right in front of us; or when we believe we hear a sound that isn't actually there, or vice versa. However, claiming that a demon can cause someone’s death because they created a wax figure of that person or invoked their name with superstitious rituals, leading the individual to feel their life slipping away as the figure melts, is giving the demon too much power and attributing too much strength to magic. God can, when He chooses, loosen the hold of the enemy of mankind and allow him to inflict harm that he and his agents may wish to impose on us. But it would be absurd to think that the Supreme Master of nature can be influenced by magical spells to permit a demon to harm us, or to believe that a magician has the ability to summon a demon against us without God’s consent.

The instance of that peasant who gave his child to the devil, and whose life the devil first took away and then restored, is one of those extraordinary and almost incredible circumstances which are sometimes to be met with in history, and which neither theology nor philosophy knows how to explain. Was it a demon who animated the body of the boy, or did his soul re-enter his body by the permission of God? By what authority did the demon take away this boy's life, and then restore it to him? God may have permitted it to punish the impiety of the wretched father, who had given him[Pg 380]self to the devil to satisfy a shameful and criminal passion. And again, how could he satisfy it with a demon, who appeared to him in the form of a girl he loved? In all that I see only darkness and difficulties, which I leave to be resolved by those who are more learned or bolder than myself.

The story of the peasant who gave his child to the devil, and whose life the devil first took away and then restored, is one of those extraordinary and almost unbelievable situations that sometimes pop up in history, which neither theology nor philosophy can explain. Was it a demon who animated the boy's body, or did his soul return to it by God's permission? What authority allowed the demon to take this boy's life and then bring it back? God may have allowed it to punish the impiety of the unfortunate father, who gave himself to the devil to satisfy a shameful and criminal desire. And again, how could he fulfill that desire with a demon who appeared to him as a girl he loved? In all of this, I only see confusion and challenges, which I leave to those who are more knowledgeable or courageous than I am.


CHAPTER LXII.

REMARKS ON THE DISSERTATION CONCERNING THE SPIRIT WHICH REAPPEARED AT ST. MAUR DES FOSSES.

The following Dissertation on the apparition which happened at St. Maur, near Paris, in 1706, was entirely unknown to me. A friend who took some part in my work on apparitions, had asked me by letter if I should have any objection to its being printed at the end of my work. I readily consented, on his testifying that it was from a worthy hand, and deserved to be saved from the oblivion into which it was fallen. I have since found that it was printed in the fourth volume of the Treatise on Superstitions, by the Reverend Father le Brun, of the Oratoire.

The following dissertation on the apparition that occurred at St. Maur, near Paris, in 1706, was completely new to me. A friend who was involved in my research on apparitions asked me in a letter if I would mind it being published at the end of my work. I quickly agreed after he assured me that it was from a reputable source and deserved to be preserved from the obscurity it had fallen into. I later discovered that it was printed in the fourth volume of the Treatise on Superstitions by the Reverend Father le Brun of the Oratory.

After the impression, a learned monk[645] wrote to me from Amiens, in Picardy, that he had remarked in this dissertation five or six propositions which appeared to him to be false.

After the impression, a knowledgeable monk[645] wrote to me from Amiens, in Picardy, saying that he noticed five or six statements in this dissertation that seemed false to him.

1st. That the author says, all the holy doctors agree that no means of deceiving us is left to the demons except suggestion, which has been left them by God to try our virtue.

1st. The author states that all the respected scholars agree that demons have no way to deceive us except through suggestion, which God has allowed them to test our virtue.

2d. In respect to all those prodigies and spells which the common people attribute to sorcery and intercourse with the demon, it is proved that they can only be done by means of natural magic; this is the opinion of the greater number of the fathers of the church.

2d. Regarding all those wonders and spells that ordinary people associate with witchcraft and dealings with demons, it has been shown that they can only be performed through natural magic; this is the view held by most of the church fathers.

3d. All that demons have to do with the criminal practices of those who are commonly called sorcerers is suggestion, by which he invites them to the abominable research of all those natural causes which can hurt our neighbor.

3d. All that demons do with the criminal activities of those often referred to as sorcerers is through suggestion, where they encourage them to engage in the terrible exploration of all the natural causes that can harm others.

4th. Although those who have desired to maintain the popular error of the return to earth of souls from purgatory, may have endeavored to support their opinion by different passages, taken from St. Augustine, St. Jerome, St. Thomas, &c., it is attested that all these fathers speak only of the return of the blessed to manifest the glory of God.

4th. Although those who want to keep the common misconception of souls returning to earth from purgatory may have tried to back up their view with various quotes from St. Augustine, St. Jerome, St. Thomas, etc., it is confirmed that all these early church fathers only talk about the return of the blessed to reveal the glory of God.

5th. Of what may we not believe the imagination capable after so strong a proof of its power? Can it be doubted that among all the pretended apparitions of which stories are related, the fancy alone works for all those which do not proceed from angels and the spirits of the blessed, and that the rest are the invention of men?

5th. What can we not imagine capable after such a strong proof of its power? Can we really doubt that among all the supposed apparitions described in stories, only our imagination creates those that don't come from angels and the spirits of the blessed, while the rest are simply made up by people?

6th. After having sufficiently established the fact, that all apparitions which cannot be attributed to angels, or the spirits of the blessed, are produced only by one of these causes: the writer names them—first, the power of imagination; secondly, the extreme subtility of the senses; and thirdly, the derangement of the organs, as in madness and high fevers.

6th. After clearly establishing that all appearances that can't be linked to angels or the spirits of the blessed are caused by one of these reasons: the author identifies them—first, the power of imagination; second, the heightened sensitivity of the senses; and third, the malfunctioning of the organs, as seen in madness and high fevers.

The monk who writes to me maintains that the first proposition is false; that the ancient fathers of the church ascribe to the demon the greater number of those extraordinary effects produced by certain sounds of the voice, by figures, and by phantoms; that the exorcists in the primitive church expelled devils, even by the avowal of the heathen; that angels and demons have often appeared to men; that no one has spoken more strongly of apparitions, of hauntings, and the power of the demon, than the ancient fathers; that the church has always employed exorcism on children presented for baptism, and against those who were haunted and possessed by the demon. Add to which, the author of the dissertation cites not one of the fathers to support his general proposition.[646]

The monk who writes to me insists that the first claim is incorrect; that the early church fathers attributed most of the extraordinary effects caused by certain sounds, figures, and phantoms to demons; that exorcists in the early church drove out devils, even according to pagan testimonies; that angels and demons have frequently appeared to people; that no one has spoken more forcefully about apparitions, hauntings, and the power of demons than the early church fathers; that the church has consistently used exorcism on children brought for baptism, and against those who were haunted and possessed by demons. Furthermore, the author of the dissertation does not cite any of the fathers to support his overall claim.[646]

The second proposition, again, is false; for if we must attribute to natural magic all that is ascribed to sorcerers, there are then no sorcerers, properly so called, and the church is mistaken in offering up prayers against their power.

The second statement is also false; if we attribute everything associated with sorcerers to natural magic, then there are really no true sorcerers, and the church is wrong to pray against their power.

The third proposition is false for the same reason.

The third statement is incorrect for the same reason.

The fourth is falser still, and absolutely contrary to St. Thomas, who, speaking of the dead in general who appear, says that this occurs either by a miracle, or by the particular permission of God, or by the operation of good or evil angels.[647]

The fourth is even more untrue and completely opposite to St. Thomas, who, when talking about the dead in general who appear, says this happens either by a miracle, or by God's specific permission, or by the actions of good or evil angels.[647]

The fifth proposition, again, is false, and contrary to the fathers, to the opinion commonly received among the faithful, and to the customs of the church. If all the apparitions which do not proceed from the angels or the blessed, or the inventive malice of mankind, proceed only from fancy, what becomes of all the apparitions of demons related by the saints, and which occurred to the saints? What becomes, in particular, of all the stories of the holy solitaries, of St. Anthony, St. Hilarion, &c.?[648] What becomes of the prayers and ceremonies of the church against demons, who infest, possess,[Pg 382] and haunt, and appear often in these disturbances, possessions, and hauntings?

The fifth proposition is, once again, false and goes against the views of the early church fathers, the commonly accepted beliefs among the faithful, and the traditions of the church. If all apparitions that do not come from angels or the blessed, or are not created by human malice, are just a product of imagination, then what do we make of all the demon appearances reported by the saints? What do we specifically make of the stories of the holy hermits, like St. Anthony, St. Hilarion, and others? What happens to the prayers and rituals of the church that are directed against demons, who torment, possess, and frequently manifest in these disturbances, possessions, and hauntings?

The sixth proposition is false for the same reasons, and many others which might be added.

The sixth proposition is false for the same reasons, plus many others that could be included.

"These," adds the reverend father who writes to me, "are the causes of my doubting if the third dissertation was added to the two others with your knowledge. I suspected that the printer, of his own accord, or persuaded by evil intentioned persons, might have added it himself, and without your participation, although under your name. For I said to myself, either the reverend father approves this dissertation, or he does not approve of it. It appears that he approves of it, since he says that it is from a clever writer, and he would wish to preserve it from oblivion.

"These," adds the reverend father who writes to me, "are the reasons I doubt that the third dissertation was added to the other two with your knowledge. I suspected that the printer, on his own or influenced by ill-intentioned people, might have added it without your involvement, even though it’s published under your name. I thought to myself, either the reverend father supports this dissertation, or he doesn’t. It seems he supports it, since he claims it’s written by a clever author and he wishes to save it from being forgotten."

"Now, how can he approve a dissertation false in itself and contrary to himself? If he approves it not, is it not too much to unite to his work a foolish composition full of falsehoods, disguises, false and weak arguments, opposed to the common belief, the customs, and prayers of the church; consequently dangerous, and quite favorable to the free and incredulous thinkers which this age is so full of? Ought he not rather to combat this writing, and show its weakness, falsehood, and dangerous tendency? There, my reverend father, lies all my difficulty."

"How can he approve a dissertation that is false and goes against his own beliefs? If he doesn’t approve it, is it not too much to attach his name to a silly piece filled with lies, disguises, weak arguments, and ideas that contradict the common beliefs, customs, and prayers of the church? That would be dangerous and very appealing to the free thinkers and skeptics that are so prevalent in this age. Shouldn’t he instead challenge this work and expose its weaknesses, lies, and harmful tendencies? That’s my dilemma, reverend father."

Others have sent me word that they could have wished that I had treated the subject of apparitions in the same way as the author of this dissertation, that is to say, simply as a philosopher, with the aim of destroying the credence and reality, rather than with any design of supporting the belief in apparitions which is so observable in the Scriptures of the Old and New Testament, in the fathers, and in the customs and prayers of the church. The author of whom we speak has cited the fathers, but in a general manner, and without marking the testimonies, and the express and formal passages. I do not know if he thinks much of them, and if he is well versed in them, but it would hardly appear so from his work.

Others have told me they wished I had approached the topic of apparitions like the author of this dissertation, meaning simply from a philosophical perspective aimed at debunking the belief and reality of apparitions, rather than trying to support the belief found in the Scriptures of the Old and New Testament, the writings of the church fathers, and the traditions and prayers of the church. The author we're discussing has referenced the fathers, but generally and without noting the specific testimonies and exact passages. I’m not sure how much he values them or if he knows them well, but it doesn’t seem that way based on his work.

The grand principle on which this third dissertation turns is, that since the advent and the death of Jesus Christ, all the power of the devil is limited to enticing, inspiring, and persuading to evil; but for the rest, he is tied up like a lion or a dog in his prison. He may bark, he may menace, but he cannot bite unless he is too nearly approached and yielded to, as St. Augustine truly says:[649] "Mordere omnino non potest nisi volentem."

The main idea of this third essay is that since Jesus Christ's arrival and death, the devil's power is limited to tempting, inspiring, and persuading people to do wrong; otherwise, he is restrained like a lion or a dog in a cage. He can bark and threaten, but he can't actually harm anyone unless they get too close and give in, as St. Augustine rightly said: [649] "He cannot bite unless he is willing."

But to pretend that Satan can do no harm, either to the health of mankind, or to the fruits of the earth; can neither attack us by his stratagems, his malice, and his fury against us, nor torment those[Pg 383] whom he pursues or possesses; that magicians and wizards can make use of no spells and charms to cause both men and animals dreadful maladies, and even death, is a direct attack on the faith of the church, the Holy Scriptures, the most sacred practices, and the opinions of not only the holy fathers and the best theologians, but also on the laws and ordinances of princes, and the decrees of the most respectable parliaments.

But to pretend that Satan can do no harm, either to people's health or to the crops we grow; that he can't attack us with his tricks, his evil intentions, and his rage against us, or torment those he targets or possesses; that magicians and witches can't use any spells or charms to bring about terrible diseases, and even death, to both humans and animals, is a direct challenge to the faith of the church, the Holy Scriptures, the most sacred practices, and the views of not only the holy fathers and the best theologians, but also against the laws and regulations of rulers, and the decisions of the most respected parliaments.

I will not here cite the instances taken from the Old Testament, the author having limited himself to what has passed since the death and resurrection of our Saviour; because, he says, Jesus Christ has destroyed the kingdom of Satan, and the prince of this world is already judged.[650]

I won't mention the examples from the Old Testament because the author focused on what has happened since the death and resurrection of our Savior; he claims that Jesus Christ has defeated the kingdom of Satan, and the ruler of this world is already judged.[650]

St. Peter, St. Paul, St. John, and the Evangelists, who were well informed of the words of the Son of God, and the sense given to them, teach us that Satan asked to have power over the apostles of Jesus Christ, to sift them like wheat;[651] that is to say, to try them by persecutions and make them renounce the faith. Does not St. Paul complain of the angel of Satan who buffeted him?[652] Did those whom he gave up to Satan for their crimes,[653] suffer nothing bodily? Those who took the communion unworthily, and were struck with sickness, or even with death, did they not undergo these chastisements by the operation of the demon?[654] The apostle warns the Corinthians not to suffer themselves to be surprised by Satan, who sometimes transforms himself into an angel of light.[655] The same apostle, speaking to the Thessalonians, says to them, that before the last day antichrist will appear,[656] according to the working of Satan, with extraordinary power, with wonders and deceitful signs. In the Apocalypse the demon is the instrument made use of by God, to punish mortals and make them drink of the cup of his wrath. Does not St. Peter[657] tell us that "the devil prowls about us like a roaring lion, always ready to devour us?" And St. Paul to the Ephesians,[658] "that we have to fight not against men of flesh and blood, but against principalities and powers, against the princes of this world," that is to say, of this age of darkness, "against the spirits of malice spread about in the air?"

St. Peter, St. Paul, St. John, and the Evangelists, who were well-acquainted with the words of the Son of God and their meanings, teach us that Satan asked for authority over the apostles of Jesus Christ, to put them to the test like wheat;[651] in other words, to try them through persecution and make them abandon their faith. Doesn’t St. Paul complain about the angel of Satan who tormented him?[652] Did those whom he handed over to Satan for their wrongdoings,[653] not suffer any physical consequences? Those who took communion unworthily and were struck with illness or even death, weren’t they experiencing these punishments through the work of the demon?[654] The apostle warns the Corinthians not to let themselves be caught off guard by Satan, who sometimes disguises himself as an angel of light.[655] The same apostle, speaking to the Thessalonians, tells them that before the final day, the antichrist will appear,[656] empowered by Satan, with extraordinary power, signs, and deceptive wonders. In the Apocalypse, the demon is the tool used by God to punish humans and force them to drink from the cup of His wrath. Doesn’t St. Peter[657] remind us that "the devil prowls around like a roaring lion, always ready to devour us?" And St. Paul writes to the Ephesians,[658] "that we are fighting against not only flesh and blood, but against powers and authorities, against the rulers of this world," that is, the rulers of this dark age, "against the wicked spirits in the heavenly realms?"

The fathers of the first ages speak often of the power that the Christians exercised against the demons, against those who called themselves diviners, against magicians and other subalterns of the devil; principally against those who were possessed, who were then frequently seen, and are so still from time to time, both in the church and out of the church. Exorcisms and other prayers of the[Pg 384] church have always been employed against these, and with success. Emperors and kings have employed their authority and the rigor of the laws against those who have devoted themselves to the service of the demon, and used spells, charms, and other methods which the demon employs, to entice and destroy both men and animals, or the fruits of the country.

The early church fathers often talked about the power that Christians had over demons, over those who called themselves fortune tellers, over magicians, and other followers of the devil; especially against those who were possessed, who were often seen back then, and still are from time to time, both in and out of the church. Exorcisms and other prayers from the[Pg 384] church have always been used against these forces, and with success. Emperors and kings have used their authority and strict laws against those who have dedicated themselves to serving the devil, using spells, charms, and other tactics that the devil uses to lure and harm both people and animals, or the crops of the land.

We might add to the remarks of the reverend Dominican father divers other propositions drawn from the same work; for instance, when the author says that "the angels know everything here below; for if it is by means of specialties, which God communicates to them every day, as St. Augustine thinks, there is no reason to believe that they do not know all the wants of mankind, and that they cannot console and strengthen them, render themselves visible to them by the permission of God, without always receiving from him an express order so to do."

We could add to the notes of the reverend Dominican father several other points taken from the same work; for example, when the author states that "the angels know everything here on earth; if it’s through specific insights that God shares with them daily, as St. Augustine believes, there’s no reason to think they don’t understand all of humanity’s needs and that they can’t comfort and support us, making themselves visible by God’s permission, without always needing a direct command from Him to do so."

This proposition is rather rash: it is not certain that the angels know everything that passes here below. Jesus Christ, in St. Matthew xxiv. 36, says that the angels do not know the day of his coming. It is still more doubtful that the angels can appear without an express command from God, and that St. Augustine has so taught.

This idea is pretty bold: it's not clear that angels know everything happening down here. In St. Matthew xxiv. 36, Jesus says that angels don’t know the day of his return. It’s even less certain that angels can appear without a direct order from God, as St. Augustine has taught.

He says, a little while after—"That demons often appeared before Jesus Christ in fantastic forms, which they assumed as the angels do," that is to say, in aërial bodies which they organized; "whilst at present, and since the coming of Jesus Christ, those wonders and spells have been so common that the people attributed them to sorcery and commerce with the devil, whereas it is attested that they can be operated only by natural magic, which is the knowledge of secret effects from natural causes, and many of them by the subtilty of the air alone. This is the opinion of the greater number of the fathers who have spoken of them."

He says, shortly after—"That demons often showed up before Jesus Christ in bizarre forms, which they took on like angels do," meaning in airy bodies that they created; "whereas now, and since the arrival of Jesus Christ, those wonders and spells have become so common that people attribute them to witchcraft and dealings with the devil, while it is confirmed that they can only be performed through natural magic, which is the understanding of hidden effects from natural causes, and many of them just by the subtlety of the air alone. This is the view of most of the early Church fathers who have commented on them."

This proposition is false, and contrary to the doctrine and practice of the church; and it is not true that it is the opinion of the greater number of the fathers; he should have cited some of them.[659]

This statement is false and goes against the teachings and practices of the church; it is also not accurate to say that most of the church fathers believe this; he should have referenced some of them.[659]

He says that "the Book of Job and the song of Hezekiah are full of testimonies that the Holy Spirit seems to have taught us, that our souls cannot return to earth after our death, until God has made angels of them."

He says that "the Book of Job and the song of Hezekiah are full of testimonies that the Holy Spirit seems to have taught us, that our souls cannot return to earth after our death, until God has made angels of them."

It is true that the Holy Scriptures speak of the resurrection and return of souls into their bodies as of a thing that is impossible in the natural course. Man cannot raise up himself from the dead, neither can he raise up his fellow-man without an effort of the supreme might of God. Neither can the spirits of the deceased[Pg 385] appear to the living without the command or permission of God. But it is false to say, "that God makes angels of our souls, and that then they can appear to the living."

It’s true that the Holy Scriptures talk about the resurrection and the return of souls to their bodies as something that seems impossible in the natural order. A person cannot bring themselves back from the dead, nor can they bring someone else back without the extraordinary power of God. The spirits of the deceased[Pg 385] cannot appear to the living without God’s command or permission. However, it’s incorrect to say, "that God turns our souls into angels, allowing them to show themselves to the living."

Our souls will never become angels; but Jesus Christ tells us that after our death our souls will be as the angels of God, (Matt. xxii. 30); that is to say, spiritual, incorporeal, immortal, and exempt from all the wants and weaknesses of this present life; but he does not say that our souls must become angels.

Our souls will never turn into angels; but Jesus Christ tells us that after we die, our souls will be like the angels of God (Matt. xxii. 30); meaning they will be spiritual, non-physical, immortal, and free from all the needs and weaknesses of this life. However, he does not say that our souls must become angels.

He affirms "that what Jesus Christ said, 'that spirits have neither flesh nor bones,' far from leading us to believe that spirits can return to earth, proves, on the contrary, evidently that they cannot without a miracle render themselves visible to mankind; since it requires absolutely a corporeal substance and organs of speech to make ourselves heard, which does not agree with the spirits, who naturally cannot be subject to our senses."

He states that when Jesus Christ said, "spirits have neither flesh nor bones," it doesn't suggest that spirits can come back to earth. In fact, it clearly shows that they cannot appear to humans without a miracle. This is because they need a physical substance and speech organs to be heard, which doesn't align with the nature of spirits, who cannot be perceived by our senses.

This is no more impossible than what he said beforehand of the apparitions of angels, since our souls, after the death of the body, are "like unto the angels," according to the Gospel. He acknowledges himself, with St. Jerome against Vigilantius, that the saints who are in heaven appear sometimes visibly to men. "Whence comes it that animals have, as well as ourselves, the faculty of memory, but not the reflection which accompanies it, which proceeds only from the soul, which they have not?"

This is no more impossible than what he said earlier about the appearances of angels, since our souls, after the body dies, are "like the angels," according to the Gospel. He admits, along with St. Jerome against Vigilantius, that the saints in heaven sometimes appear visibly to people. "Why is it that animals have, just like us, the ability to remember, but not the reflection that comes with it, which only comes from the soul, which they do not possess?"

Is not memory itself the reflection of what we have seen, done, or heard; and in animals is not memory followed by reflection,[660] since they avenge themselves on those who hurt them, avoid that which has incommoded them, foreseeing what might happen to themselves from it if they fell again into the same mistake?

Isn't memory just the reflection of what we've seen, done, or heard? And in animals, doesn't memory lead to reflection,[660] since they get back at those who hurt them, steer clear of things that bothered them, and anticipate what might happen to them if they make the same mistake again?

After having spoken of natural palingenesis, he concludes—"And thus we see how little cause there is to attribute these appearances to the return of souls to earth, or to demons, as do some ignorant persons."

After discussing natural renewal, he concludes—"And so we see how little reason there is to attribute these occurrences to the return of souls to earth, or to demons, as some uninformed people do."

If those who work the wonders of natural palingenesis, and admit the natural return of phantoms in the cemeteries, and fields of battle, which I do not think happens naturally, could show that these phantoms speak, act, move, foretell the future, and do what is related of returned souls or other apparitions, whether good angels or bad ones, we might conclude that there is no reason to attribute them to souls, angels, and demons; but, 1, they have never been able to cause the appearance of the phantom of a dead man, by any secret of art. 2. If it had been possible to raise his shade, they could[Pg 386] never have inspired it with thought or reasoning powers, as we see in the angels and demons, who appear, reason, and act, as intelligent beings, and gifted with the knowledge of the past, the present, and sometimes of the future.

If those who perform the wonders of natural rebirth and recognize the natural return of spirits in graveyards and battlefields—something I don't believe happens naturally—could prove that these spirits speak, act, move, predict the future, and exhibit the qualities attributed to returned souls or other apparitions, whether they are good angels or bad ones, we might conclude that there's no reason to attribute them to souls, angels, and demons. However, 1. they have never been able to create the appearance of a dead person through any secret art, and 2. even if it were possible to summon their spirit, they could[Pg 386]never endow it with thought or reasoning abilities, like the angels and demons who appear, reason, and act as intelligent beings, equipped with knowledge of the past, the present, and sometimes the future.

He denies that the souls in purgatory return to earth; for if they could come back, "everybody would receive similar visits from their relations and friends, since all the souls would feel disposed to do the same. Apparently," says he, "God would grant them this permission, and if they had this permission, every person of good sense would be at a loss to comprehend why they should accompany all their appearances with all the follies so circumstantially related."

He denies that the souls in purgatory come back to earth; because if they could, "everyone would be visited by their relatives and friends, since all the souls would want to do the same. Apparently," he says, "God would give them this permission, and if they had this permission, any sensible person would struggle to understand why their appearances would always be accompanied by all the ridiculous stories that are so detailed."

We may reply, that the return of souls to earth may depend neither on their inclination nor their will, but on the will of God, who grants this permission to whom he pleases, when he will, and as he will.

We might respond that the return of souls to Earth may not be determined by their desires or choices, but by God's will, who allows this to happen for whoever He chooses, whenever He wants, and however He decides.

The wicked rich man asked that Lazarus[661] might be sent to this world to warn his brothers not to fall into the same misfortune as himself, but he could not obtain it. There are an infinity of souls in the same case and disposition, who cannot obtain leave to return themselves or to send others in their place.

The evil rich man requested that Lazarus[661] be sent to the world to warn his brothers not to end up in the same predicament as him, but he couldn’t get that. There are countless souls in the same situation who cannot return themselves or send others in their stead.

If certain narratives of the return of spirits to earth have been accompanied by circumstances somewhat comic, it does not militate against the truth of the thing; since for one recital imprudently embellished by uncertain circumstances, there are a thousand written sensibly and seriously, and in a manner very conformable to truth.

If some stories about spirits returning to Earth have a slightly comedic twist, it doesn’t take away from their truth; because for every tale that’s embellished with questionable details, there are a thousand that are written sensibly and seriously, and in a way that aligns closely with reality.

He maintains that all the apparitions which cannot be attributed to angels or to blessed spirits, are produced only by one of these three causes:—the power of imagination; the extreme subtility of the senses; and the derangement of the organs, as in cases of madness and in high fevers.

He claims that all the sightings that can't be explained by angels or holy spirits are caused by one of these three factors: the power of imagination, the heightened sensitivity of the senses, and the malfunctioning of the body, as seen in cases of madness and high fevers.

This proposition is rash, and has before been refuted by the Reverend Father Richard.

This suggestion is reckless and has already been disproven by Father Richard.

The author recounts all that he has said of the spirit of St. Maur, in causing the motion of the bed in the presence of three persons who were wide awake, the repeated shrieks of a person whom they did not see, of a door well-bolted, of repeated blows upon the walls, of panes of glass struck with violence in the presence of three persons, without their being able to see the author of all this movement;—he reduces all this to a derangement of the imagination, the subtilty of the air, or the vapors casually arising in the brain of an invalid. Why did he not deny all these facts? Why did he give himself the trouble to compose so carefully a dissertation to explain[Pg 387] a phenomenon, which, according to him, can boast neither truth nor reality? For my part, I am very glad to give the public notice that I neither adopt nor approve this anonymous dissertation, which I never saw before it was printed; that I know nothing of the author, take no part in it, and have no interest in defending him. If the subject of apparitions be purely philosophical, and it can without injury to religion be reduced to a problem, I should have taken a different method to destroy it, and I should have suffered my reasoning and my imagination to act more freely.

The author details everything he has said about the spirit of St. Maur, including the bed moving in front of three awake witnesses, the repeated screams of someone they couldn't see, a securely bolted door, loud banging on the walls, and glass panes rattling violently, all while those three people were present, without them being able to identify the source of all this commotion. He concludes that it all stems from a malfunction of the mind, the delicacy of the air, or vapors that randomly arise in an invalid's brain. Why didn’t he just deny all these occurrences? Why take the time to carefully create a dissertation to explain a phenomenon that, according to him, has no basis in truth or reality? Personally, I'm happy to inform the public that I neither support nor endorse this anonymous dissertation, which I hadn't seen until it was printed; I have no connection to the author, am not involved in it, and have no interest in defending him. If the topic of apparitions is purely philosophical, and it can be reduced to a problem without harming religion, I would have taken a different approach to dismiss it and allowed my reasoning and imagination to operate more freely.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[645] Letter of the Reverend Father Richard, a Dominican of Amiens, of the 29th of July, 1746.

[645] Letter from Reverend Father Richard, a Dominican from Amiens, dated July 29, 1746.

[646] See on this subject the letter of the Marquis Maffei, which follows.

[646] Refer to the letter from Marquis Maffei on this topic, which follows.

[647] St. Thomas, i. part 9, 89, art. 8, ad. 2.

[647] St. Thomas, i. part 9, 89, art. 8, ad. 2.

[648] The author had foreseen this objection from the beginning of his dissertation.

[648] The author anticipated this criticism from the start of his dissertation.

[649] Aug. Serm. de Semp. 197.

[649] Aug. Serm. de Semp. 197.

[650] John xvi. 11.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] John 16:11.

[651] Luke xxii. 31.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 22:31.

[652] 2 Cor. xi. 7.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Cor. 11:7.

[653] 1 Tim. i. 2.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Tim. 1:2.

[654] 1 Cor. xi. 30.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Cor. 11:30.

[655] 2 Cor. ii. 11, and xi. 14.

[655] 2 Cor. 2:11 and 11:14.

[656] 2 Thess. ii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 2 Thessalonians 2.

[657] 1 Pet. v. 8.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 1 Pet. 5:8.

[658] Ephes. vi. 12.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Ephesians 6:12.

[659] They are cited in the letter of the Marquis Maffei.

[659] They are mentioned in the letter from Marquis Maffei.

[660] The author, as we may see, is not a Cartesian, since he assigns reflection even to animals. But if they reflect, they choose; whence it consequently follows that they are free.

[660] The author, as we can observe, is not a Cartesian because he believes that even animals can reflect. But if they can reflect, then they can choose; therefore, it follows that they are free.

[661] Luke xiii. 14.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Luke 13:14.


CHAPTER LXIII.

DISSERTATION BY AN ANONYMOUS WRITER.

Answer to a Letter on the subject of the Apparition of St. Maur.

Answer to a Letter about the Appearance of St. Maur.

"You have been before me, sir, respecting the spirit of St. Maur, which causes so much conversation at Paris; for I had resolved to send you a short detail of that event, in order that you might impart to me your reflections on a matter so delicate and so interesting to all Paris. But since you have read an account of it, I cannot understand why you have hesitated a moment to decide what you ought to think of it. What you do me the honor to tell me, that you have suspended your judgment of the case until I have informed you of mine, does me too much honor for me to be persuaded of it; and I think there is more probability in believing that it is a trick you are playing me, to see how I shall extricate myself from such slippery ground. Nevertheless, I cannot resist the entreaties, or rather the orders, with which your letter is filled; and I prefer to expose myself to the pleasantry of the free thinkers, or the reproaches of the credulous, than the anger of those with which I am threatened by yourself.

"You’ve approached me about the spirit of St. Maur, which is causing a lot of buzz in Paris; I was planning to send you a brief summary of that event so you could share your thoughts on such a delicate and fascinating matter for all of Paris. But since you’ve read an account of it, I can’t figure out why you’ve taken a moment to decide what you should think. The honor you do me by saying you’re holding off your judgment until I share mine is too much for me to believe; I find it more likely that you’re just trying to see how I’ll navigate such tricky territory. Still, I can’t ignore the requests—or rather the demands—in your letter; I’d rather face the jokes from the free thinkers or the criticism from the gullible than the anger you threaten me with."

"You ask if I believe that spirits come back, and if the circumstance which occurred at St. Maur can be attributed to one of those incorporeal substances?

"You ask if I believe that spirits return, and if the event that happened at St. Maur can be linked to one of those intangible entities?"

"To answer your two questions in the same order that you propose them to me, I must first tell you, that the ancient heathens acknowledge various kinds of spirits, which they called lares, larvæ, lemures, genii, manes.

"To answer your two questions in the same order that you asked them, I first need to tell you that the ancient pagans recognized different types of spirits, which they called lares, larvæ, lemures, genii, and manes."

"For ourselves, without pausing at the folly of our cabalistic philosophers, who fancy spirits in every element, calling those sylphs which they pretend to inhabit the air; gnomes, those which they[Pg 388] feign to be under the earth; ondines, those which dwell in the water; and salamanders, those of fire; we acknowledge but three sorts of created spirits, namely, angels, demons, and the souls which God has united to our bodies, and which are separated from them by death.

"For us, without getting caught up in the nonsense of our mystical philosophers, who believe there are spirits in every element, calling those in the air 'sylphs'; those they pretend are under the earth 'gnomes'; those that live in the water 'ondines'; and those of fire 'salamanders'; we recognize only three types of created spirits: angels, demons, and the souls that God has connected to our bodies, which are separated from them by death."

"The Holy Scriptures speak in too many places of the apparitions of the angels to Abraham, Jacob, Tobit, and several other holy patriarchs and prophets, for us to doubt of it. Besides, as their name signifies their ministry, being created by God to be his messengers, and to execute his commands, it is easy to believe that they have often appeared visibly to men, to announce to them the will of the Almighty. Almost all the theologians agree that the angels appear in the aërial bodies with which they clothe themselves.

"The Holy Scriptures mention the appearances of angels to Abraham, Jacob, Tobit, and various other holy patriarchs and prophets so many times that we can't doubt it. Furthermore, since their name means they are God's messengers created to carry out His commands, it’s easy to believe that they have often appeared visibly to people to convey the will of the Almighty. Almost all theologians agree that angels appear in the aerial bodies they take on."

"To make you understand in what manner they take and invest themselves with these bodies, in order to render themselves visible to men, and to make themselves heard by them, we must first of all explain what is vision, which is only the bringing of the species within the compass of the organ of sight. This "species" is the ray of light broken and modified upon a body, on which, forming different angles, this light is converted into colors. For an angle of a certain kind makes red, another green, blue or yellow, and so on of all the colors, as we perceive in the prism, on which the reflected rays of the sun forms the different colors of the rainbow; the species visible is then nothing else than the ray of light which returns from the object on which it breaks to the eyes.

To help you understand how they take on and invest themselves with these bodies to become visible and audible to people, we first need to explain what vision is. Vision is simply the process of bringing the species into the reach of the eye. This "species" is the ray of light that is broken and modified when it strikes a body, forming different angles that turn the light into colors. Each specific angle produces a certain color: one angle makes red, another makes green, blue, or yellow, and so forth, just like we see in a prism, where the sunlight reflects and creates the different colors of the rainbow. The visible species is essentially the ray of light that bounces back from the object it strikes to our eyes.

"Now, light falls only on three kinds of objects or bodies, of which some are diaphanous, others opake, and the others participate in these two qualities, being partly diaphanous and partly opake. When the light falls on a diaphanous body which is full of an infinity of little pores, as the air, it passes through without causing any reflection. When the light falls on a body entirely opake, as a flower, for instance, not being able to penetrate it, its ray is reflected from it, and returns from the flower to the eye, to which it carries the species, and renders the colors distinguishable, according to the angles formed by reflection. If the body on which the light falls is in part opake and in part diaphanous, like glass, it passes through the diaphanous part, that is to say, through the pores of the glass which it penetrates, and reflects itself on the opake particles, that is to say, which are not porous. Thus the air is invisible, because it is absolutely penetrated with light: the flower sends back a color to the eye, because, being impenetrable to the light, it obliges it to reflect itself; and the glass is visible only because it contains some opake particles, which, according to the diversity of angles formed upon it by the ray of light, reflect different colors.

"Now, light interacts with three types of objects or surfaces: some are transparent, others are opaque, and some have both qualities, being partly transparent and partly opaque. When light hits a transparent object filled with countless small pores, like air, it passes through without reflecting. When light encounters an entirely opaque object, such as a flower, it can't penetrate it, so the light reflects off the surface and returns to our eyes, allowing us to see the flower and its colors based on the angles of reflection. If the object is partly opaque and partly transparent, like glass, the light passes through the transparent part—meaning the pores of the glass—and reflects off the opaque particles, which are not porous. Therefore, air is invisible because it fully allows light to pass through; a flower reflects color to the eye because it blocks light, forcing it to bounce back; and glass is visible only because it has some opaque particles that reflect different colors depending on the angles of the incoming light."

"That is the manner in which vision is formed, so that air being[Pg 389] invisible, on account of its extreme transparency, an angel could not clothe himself with it and render himself visible, but by thickening the air so much, that from diaphanous it became opake, and capable of reflecting the ray of light to the eye of him who perceived him. Now, as the angels possess knowledge and power far beyond anything we can imagine, we need not be astonished if they can form aërial bodies, which are rendered visible by the opacity they impart to them. In respect to the organs necessary to these aërial bodies, to form sounds and make themselves heard, without having any recourse to the disposition of matter, we must attribute them entirely to a miracle.

That's how vision is created. Since air is invisible because of its extreme transparency, an angel can't just wrap themselves in it to become visible. They have to thicken the air enough so that it changes from clear to opaque, allowing light to reflect to the eyes of whoever sees them. Given that angels have knowledge and power far beyond what we can imagine, it shouldn't surprise us that they can create aerial forms made visible by the opacity they give them. As for the organs these aerial forms need to produce sound and be heard without relying on the physical properties of matter, we have to attribute that entirely to a miracle.

"It is thus that angels have appeared to the holy patriarchs. It is thus that the glorious souls that participate the angelic nature can assume an aërial body to render themselves visible, and that even demons, by thickening and condensing the air, can make to themselves a body of it, so as to become visible to men, by the particular permission of God, to accomplish the secrets of his providence, as they are said to have appeared to St. Anthony the Hermit, and to other saints, in order to tempt them.

It is in this way that angels have shown themselves to the holy patriarchs. It is also how the glorious souls that share in the nature of angels can take on a spiritual form to become visible, and how even demons, by making the air denser, can create a form for themselves to appear to humans, with God's permission, to carry out the secrets of His providence, as they are said to have done when appearing to St. Anthony the Hermit and other saints to tempt them.

"Excuse, sir, this little physical digression, with which I could not dispense, in order to make you understand the manner in which angels, who are purely spiritual substances, can be perceived by our fleshly senses.

"Sorry, sir, this small physical detour, which I couldn't skip, is to help you understand how angels, who are purely spiritual beings, can be sensed by our physical senses."

"The only point on which the holy doctors do not agree on this subject is, to know if angels appear to men of their own accord, or whether they can do it only by an express command from God. It seems to me that nothing can better contribute to the decision of this difficulty, than to determine the way in which the angels know all things here below; for if it is by means of "species" which God communicates to them every day, as St. Augustine believes, there is no reason to doubt of their knowing all the wants of mankind, or that they can, in order to console and strengthen them, render their presence sensible to them, by God's permission, without receiving an express command from him on the subject; which may be concluded from what St. Ambrose says on the subject of the apparition of angels, who are by nature invisible to us, and whom their will renders visible. Hujus naturæ est non videri, voluntatis, videri.[662]

"The only point where the holy doctors disagree on this topic is whether angels appear to humans on their own or only at God’s specific command. I believe that the best way to resolve this issue is to determine how angels know everything happening here on Earth; because if they know it through the "species" that God communicates to them daily, as St. Augustine believes, then there is no reason to doubt that they understand all of humanity's needs, or that they can, to comfort and strengthen people, make their presence felt, by God’s permission, without needing an explicit command from Him. This can be inferred from what St. Ambrose says about the appearance of angels, who are naturally invisible to us but become visible through their will. Hujus naturæ est non videri, voluntatis, videri.[662]

"On the subject of demons, it is certain that their power was very great before the coming of Jesus Christ, since he calls them himself, the powers of darkness, and the princes of this world. It cannot be doubted that they had for a long time deceived mankind, by the wonders which they caused to be performed by those who devoted themselves more particularly to their service; that several[Pg 390] oracles have been the effect of their power and knowledge, although part of them must be ascribed to the subtlety of men; and that they may have appeared under fantastic forms, which they assumed in the same way as the angels, that is to say, in aërial bodies, which they organized. The Holy Scriptures assure us even, that they took possession of the bodies of living persons. But Jesus Christ says too precisely, that he has destroyed the kingdom of the demons, and delivered us from their tyranny, for us possibly to think rationally that they still possess that power over us which they had formerly, so far as to work wonderful things which appeared miraculous; such as they relate of the vestal virgin, who, to prove her virginity, carried water in a sieve; and of her who by means of her sash alone, towed up the Tiber a boat, which had been so completely stranded that no human power could move it. Almost all the holy doctors agree, that the only means they now have of deceiving us is by suggestion, which God has left in their power to try our virtue.

"Regarding demons, it’s clear that their power was quite strong before Jesus Christ arrived, as he himself referred to them as the powers of darkness and the rulers of this world. There’s no doubt they had long deceived humanity with the wonders they performed through those who served them specifically; that many[Pg 390] oracles were the result of their power and knowledge, though some can be attributed to human cunning; and that they might have appeared in fantastical forms, similar to how angels do, by taking on airy bodies that they created. The Holy Scriptures even tell us that they possessed the bodies of living people. However, Jesus Christ clearly states that he has destroyed the kingdom of demons and freed us from their tyranny, so it's unreasonable to think that they still wield the same power over us as they did before, such as performing miraculous acts like the tales of the vestal virgin who proved her virginity by carrying water in a sieve, or the one who, with just her sash, pulled a boat up the Tiber that was so stuck no human strength could budge it. Almost all the holy doctors agree that the only way demons can deceive us now is through suggestion, which God has allowed them to have as a means to test our virtue."

"I shall not amuse myself by combating all the impositions which have been published concerning demons, incubi, and succubi, with which some authors have disfigured their works, any more than I shall reply to the pretended possession of the nuns of Loudun, and of Martha Brossier,[663] which made so much noise at Paris at the commencement of the last century; because several learned men who have favored us with their reflections on these adventures, have sufficiently shown that the demons had nothing to do with them; and the last, above all, is perfectly quashed by the report of Marescot, a celebrated physician, who was deputed by the Faculty of Theology to examine this girl who performed so many wonders. Here are his own words, which may serve as a general reply to all these kind of adventures:—A naturâ multa plura ficta, à Dæmone nulla. That is to say, that the constitution of Martha Brossier, who was apparently very melancholy and hypochondriacal, contributed greatly to her fits of enthusiasm; that she feigned still more, and that the devil had nothing to do with it.

"I won't waste my time arguing against all the misconceptions published about demons, incubi, and succubi, which some authors have distorted their works with, just as I won’t respond to the supposed possession of the nuns of Loudun and Martha Brossier,[663] which caused such a stir in Paris at the beginning of the last century; because several knowledgeable individuals who have shared their thoughts on these events have adequately demonstrated that demons had nothing to do with them; and the latter, especially, is completely dismissed by the report of Marescot, a well-known physician, who was assigned by the Faculty of Theology to investigate this girl who performed so many wonders. Here are his own words, which can serve as a general response to all such events:—A naturâ multa plura ficta, à Dæmone nulla. In other words, Martha Brossier’s constitution, which seemed very melancholic and hypochondriacal, greatly contributed to her episodes of enthusiasm; that she pretended even more, and that the devil had nothing to do with it."

"If some of the fathers, as St. Thomas, believe that the demons sometimes produce sensible effects, they always add, that it can be only by the particular permission of God, for his glory and the salvation of mankind.

"If some of the fathers, like St. Thomas, believe that demons can sometimes cause tangible effects, they always emphasize that this can only happen with God's specific permission, for His glory and the salvation of humanity."

"In regard to all those prodigies and those common spells, which[Pg 391] the people ascribe to sorcery or commerce with the demon, it is proved that they can be performed only by natural magic, which is the knowledge of secret effects of natural causes, and several by the subtlety of art. It is the opinion of the greater number of the fathers of the church who have spoken of it; and without seeking testimony of it in Pagan authors, such as Xenophon, Athenæus, and Pliny, whose works are full of an infinity of wonders which are all natural, we see in our own time the surprising effects of nature, as those of the magnet, of steel, and mercury, which we should attribute to sorcery as did the ancients, had we not seen sensible demonstrations of their powers. We also see jugglers do such extraordinary things, which seem so contrary to nature, that we should look upon these charlatans as magicians, if we did not know by experience, that their address alone, joined to constant practice, makes them able to perform so many things which seem marvelous to us.

"Regarding all those wonders and common spells that people attribute to sorcery or dealings with demons, it has been shown that they can only be done through natural magic, which is the understanding of the hidden effects of natural causes, and some through the skill of art. This is the view of most of the church fathers who have discussed it; without needing to reference Pagan authors like Xenophon, Athenæus, and Pliny, whose works are filled with countless natural wonders, we can observe surprising effects of nature today, like those of magnets, steel, and mercury, which we might have attributed to sorcery in ancient times if we hadn't seen clear demonstrations of their abilities. We also witness performers doing such incredible feats that seem so unnatural, we might consider these tricksters to be magicians if we didn't know from experience that their skill, combined with regular practice, enables them to achieve so many things that appear amazing to us."

"All the share that the demons have in the criminal practices of those who are commonly called sorcerers, is suggestion; by which means they invite them to the abominable research of every natural cause which can do injury to others.

"All the role that demons play in the criminal activities of those commonly known as sorcerers is suggestion; through this, they tempt them to the disgusting pursuit of every natural cause that can harm others."

"I am now, sir, at the most delicate point of your question, which is, to know if our souls can return to earth after they are separated from our bodies.

"I am now, sir, at the most sensitive point of your question, which is whether our souls can come back to earth after they are separated from our bodies."

"As the ancient philosophers erred so strongly on the nature of the soul—some believing that it was but a fire which animated us, and others a subtile air, and others affirming that it was nothing else but the proper arrangement of all the machine of the body, a doctrine which could not be admitted any more as the cause of in men than in beasts; we cannot therefore be surprised that they had such gross ideas concerning their state after death.

"As the ancient philosophers were so misled about the nature of the soul—some thinking it was just a fire that animated us, others believing it was a subtle air, and still others claiming it was nothing more than the proper arrangement of the body's mechanics, a theory that couldn’t be accepted as the cause in humans any more than in animals—we shouldn't be surprised that they had such crude notions about what happens to us after we die."

"The error of the Greeks, which they communicated to the Romans, and the latter to our ancestors was, that the souls whose bodies were not solemnly interred by the ministry of the priests of religion, wandered out of Hades without finding any repose, until their bodies had been burned and their ashes collected. Homer makes Patroclus, who was killed by Hector, appear to his friend Achilles in the night to ask him for burial, without which, he is deprived, he says, of the privilege of passing the river Acheron. There were only the souls of those who had been drowned, whom they believed unable to return to earth after death; for which we find a curious reason in Servius, the interpreter of Virgil, who says, the greater number of the learned in Virgil's time, and Virgil himself, believing that the soul was nothing but a fire, which animated and moved the body, were persuaded that the fire was entirely extinguished by the water—as if the material could act upon the[Pg 392] spiritual. Virgil explains his opinions on the subject of souls very clearly in these verses:—

"The mistake made by the Greeks, which they passed on to the Romans, and the Romans to our ancestors, was that souls whose bodies were not properly buried by religious priests wandered out of Hades without any rest until their bodies were burned and their ashes collected. Homer depicts Patroclus, who was killed by Hector, appearing to his friend Achilles at night to ask for a proper burial, without which he says he cannot cross the river Acheron. They only believed that the souls of those who had drowned were unable to return to earth after death. Servius, the interpreter of Virgil, provides an interesting explanation, stating that many learned people in Virgil's time, including Virgil himself, believed that the soul was merely a fire that animated and moved the body, and they were convinced that water completely extinguished this fire—as if the physical could affect the spiritual. Virgil clearly outlines his views on the subject of souls in these verses:—"

'Igneus est ollis vigor, et celestis origo.'

'The fiery energy is in the pots, and it comes from a divine source.'

And a little after,

And a little later,

'totos infusa per artus
Mens agitat molem, et toto se corpore miscet;'

'All infused through the limbs'
'The mind affects the body and spreads itself throughout every part;'

to mark the universal soul of the world, which he believed with the greater part of the philosophers of his time.

to signify the universal spirit of the world, which he believed, along with most philosophers of his time.

"Again, it was a common error amongst the pagans, to believe that the souls of those who died before they were of their proper age, which they placed at the end of their growth, wandered about until the time came when they ought naturally to be separated from their bodies. Plato, more penetrating and better informed than the others, although like them mistaken, said, that the souls of the just who had obeyed virtue ascended to the sky; and that those who had been guilty of impiety, retaining still the contagion of the earthly matter of the body, wandered incessantly around the tombs, appearing like shadows and phantoms.

"Again, it was a common mistake among pagans to think that the souls of those who died before reaching adulthood, which they defined as the end of their growth, roamed around until the time came for them to separate from their bodies. Plato, being more insightful and better informed than the others, although still wrong, stated that the souls of the virtuous who followed righteousness ascended to the heavens, while those who had committed acts of impiety, still tainted by their earthly bodies, endlessly wandered around the tombs, appearing like shadows and phantoms."

"For us, whom religion teaches that our souls are spiritual substances created by God, and united for a time to bodies, we know that there are three different states after death.

"For us, who are taught by religion that our souls are spiritual beings created by God and temporarily connected to our bodies, we understand that there are three different states after death."

"Those who enjoy eternal beatitude, absorbed, as the holy doctors say, in the contemplation of the glory of God, cease not to interest themselves in all that concerns mankind, whose miseries they have undergone; and as they have attained the happiness of angels, all the sacred writers ascribe to them the same privilege of possessing the power, as aërial bodies, of rendering themselves visible to their brethren who are still upon earth, to console them, and inform them of the Divine will; and they relate several apparitions, which always happened by the particular permission of God.

"Those who enjoy eternal happiness, fully engaged, as the holy teachers say, in contemplating the glory of God, continue to care about everything that affects humanity, whose struggles they have experienced. Having reached the joy of the angels, all the sacred writers give them the same ability to make themselves visible to their brothers and sisters still on earth, to comfort them and share the Divine will; and they recount several appearances, which always occur by God's special permission."

"The souls whose abominable crimes have plunged them into that gulf of torment, which the Scripture terms hell, being condemned to be detained there forever, without being able to hope for any relief, care not to have permission to come and speak to mankind in fantastic forms. The Scripture clearly set forth the impossibility of this return, by the discourse which is put into the mouth of the wicked rich man in hell, introduced speaking to Abraham; he does not ask leave to go himself, to warn his brethren on earth to avoid the torments which he suffers, because he knows that it is not possible; but he implores Abraham to send thither Lazarus, who was in glory. And to observe en passant how very rare are the apparitions of the blessed and of angels, Abraham replies to him, that it would be useless, since those who are upon earth have the Law and the Prophets, which they have but to follow.

The souls whose terrible crimes have condemned them to that pit of suffering, which the Bible calls hell, are trapped there forever, with no hope of relief. They don’t even wish to be allowed to come and talk to people in strange forms. The Bible clearly shows the impossibility of this return through the conversation the wicked rich man in hell has with Abraham; he doesn’t ask to go himself to warn his brothers on earth to avoid the pains he's enduring, because he knows it's impossible. Instead, he begs Abraham to send Lazarus, who is in glory, to them. And to note how rare the appearances of the blessed and angels are, Abraham tells him it would be pointless, since those on earth have the Law and the Prophets, which they just need to follow.

[Pg 393]"The story of the canon of Rheims, in the eleventh century, who, in the midst of the solemn service which was being performed for the repose of his soul, spoke aloud and said, That he was sentenced and condemned,[664] has been refuted by so many of the learned, who have shown that this circumstance is clearly supposititious, since it is not found in any contemporaneous author; that I think no enlightened person can object it against me. But even were this story as incontestable as it is apocryphal, it would be easy for me to say in reply, that the conversion of St. Bruno, who has won so many souls to God, was motive enough for the Divine Providence to perform so striking a miracle.

[Pg 393]"The account of the canon of Rheims in the eleventh century, who, during the solemn service held for his soul, spoke out loud to claim that he was sentenced and condemned,[664] has been debunked by many scholars who have demonstrated that this claim is clearly fabricated, as it does not appear in any contemporary writings; I believe no informed person can contest this. However, even if this story were as undeniable as it is false, I could easily counter by saying that the conversion of St. Bruno, who has brought so many souls to God, was a sufficient reason for Divine Providence to perform such a remarkable miracle."

"It now remains for me to examine if the souls which are in purgatory, where they expiate the rest of their crimes before they pass to the abode of the blessed, can come and converse with men, and ask them to pray for their relief.

"It’s now up to me to explore whether the souls in purgatory, where they atone for their remaining sins before moving on to the realm of the blessed, can come and talk to people, and ask them to pray for their relief."

"Although those who have desired to maintain this popular error, have done their endeavors to support it by different passages from St. Augustine, St. Jerome, and St. Thomas, it is certain that all these fathers speak only of the return of the blessed to manifest the glory of God; and of St. Augustine says precisely, that if it were possible for the souls of the dead to appear to men, not a day would pass without his receiving a visit from Monica his mother.

"Even though those who want to keep this common misconception have tried to back it up with various quotes from St. Augustine, St. Jerome, and St. Thomas, it's clear that all these church fathers only talk about the return of the blessed to show God's glory. St. Augustine specifically states that if it were possible for the souls of the dead to appear to the living, not a single day would go by without him receiving a visit from his mother, Monica."

"Tertullian, in his Treatise on the Soul, laughs at those who in his time believed in apparitions. St. John Chrysostom, speaking on the subject of Lazarus, formally denies them; as well as the law glossographer, Canon John Andreas, who calls them phantoms of a sickly imagination, and all that is reported about spirits which people think they hear or see, vain apparitions. The 7th chapter of Job, and the song of King Hezekiah, reported in the 38th chapter of Isaiah, are all full of the witnesses which the Holy Spirit seems to have desired to give us of this truth, that our souls cannot return to earth after our death until God has made them angels.

"Tertullian, in his Treatise on the Soul, mocks those who believed in ghosts during his time. St. John Chrysostom, addressing the topic of Lazarus, outright denies them; just like Canon John Andreas, the legal commentator, who refers to them as illusions of a troubled mind, along with everything reported about spirits that people claim to hear or see, as empty visions. The 7th chapter of Job, and the song of King Hezekiah mentioned in the 38th chapter of Isaiah, are filled with the evidence that the Holy Spirit seems to want to provide us of this truth: that our souls cannot return to earth after we die until God has transformed them into angels."

"But in order to establish this still better, we must reply to the strongest objections of those who combat it. They adduce the opinion of the Jews, which they pretend to prove by the testimony of Josephus and the rabbis; the words of Jesus Christ to his apostles, when he appeared to them after his resurrection; the authority of the council of Elvira;[665] some passages from St. Jerome, in his Treatise against Vigilantius; of decrees issued by different Parlia[Pg 394]ments, by which the leases of several houses had been broken on account of the spirits which haunted them daily, and tormented the lodgers or tenants; in short an infinite number of instances, which are scattered in every story.

"But to clarify this even more, we need to address the strongest objections from those who oppose it. They bring up the views of the Jews, claiming to back them up with the writings of Josephus and the rabbis; the words of Jesus Christ to his apostles when he appeared to them after his resurrection; the authority of the council of Elvira;[665] some excerpts from St. Jerome in his Treatise against Vigilantius; and various decrees issued by different Parliaments that resulted in the breaking of leases for several homes due to the spirits that haunted them daily, tormenting the renters or tenants; in short, a multitude of examples spread throughout every story."

"To destroy all these authorities in a few words, I say first of all, that it cannot be concluded that the Jews believed in the return of spirits after death, because Josephus assures us that the spirit which the Pythoness caused to appear to Saul was the true spirit of Samuel; for, besides that the holiness of this prophet had placed him in the number of the blessed, there are circumstances attending this apparition which have caused most of the holy fathers[666] to doubt whether it really was the ghost of Samuel, believing that it might be an illusion with which the Pythoness deceived Saul, and made him believe that he saw that which he desired to see.

"To dismantle all these claims in just a few words, I start by saying that we can't conclude that the Jews believed in the return of spirits after death, because Josephus tells us that the spirit summoned by the medium for Saul was the actual spirit of Samuel. Additionally, since the holiness of this prophet had elevated him among the blessed, some circumstances surrounding this appearance have led many of the holy fathers[666] to question whether it truly was Samuel's ghost, thinking instead that it might have been an illusion, tricking Saul into believing he saw what he longed to see."

"What several rabbis relate of patriarchs, prophets, and kings whom they saw on the mountain of Gerizim, does not prove either that the Jews believed that the spirits of the dead could come back, since it was only a vision proceeding from the spirit in ecstasy, which believed it saw what it saw not truly; all those who compose this appearance were persons of whose holiness the Jews were persuaded. What Jesus Christ says to his apostles, that the spirits have 'neither flesh nor bones,' far from making us believe that spirits can come back again, proves on the contrary evidently, that they cannot without a miracle make us sensible of their presence, since it requires absolutely a corporeal substance and bodily organs to utter sounds; the description does agree with souls, they being pure substances, exempt from matter, invisibles, and therefore cannot naturally be subject to our senses.

"What several rabbis say about patriarchs, prophets, and kings they saw on the mountain of Gerizim doesn’t prove that the Jews believed the spirits of the dead could return. It was only a vision from someone in ecstasy who thought they saw what wasn’t really there; all those in this vision were people whose holiness the Jews believed in. When Jesus Christ tells his apostles that spirits have 'neither flesh nor bones,' it doesn’t support the idea that spirits can return. On the contrary, it clearly shows that they cannot make us aware of their presence without a miracle, since it absolutely requires a physical body and bodily organs to make sounds. This description aligns with souls, which are pure substances, free from matter, invisible, and therefore cannot be naturally perceived by our senses."

"The Provincial Council held in Spain during the pontificate of Sylvester I., which forbids us to light a taper by day in the cemeteries of martyrs, adding, as a reason, that we must not disturb the spirits of the saints, is of no consideration; because besides that these words are liable to different interpretations, and may even have been inserted by some copyist, as some learned men believe, they only relate to the martyrs, of whom we cannot doubt that their spirits are blessed.

"The Provincial Council held in Spain during the papacy of Sylvester I, which prohibits us from lighting a candle during the day in the cemeteries of martyrs, stating that we must not disturb the spirits of the saints, is not relevant; because, aside from the fact that these words can be interpreted in different ways and may have been added by some copyist, as some scholars believe, they only apply to the martyrs, of whom we can be confident that their spirits are blessed."

"I make the same reply to a passage of St. Jerome, because arguing against the heresiarch Vigilantius, who treated as illusions all the miracles which were worked at the tombs of the martyrs; he endeavors to prove to him that the saints who are in heaven always take part in the miseries of mankind, and sometimes even appear to them visibly to strengthen and console them.

"I give the same response to a passage by St. Jerome, since he argues against the heretic Vigilantius, who dismissed all the miracles occurring at the tombs of the martyrs as mere illusions. He tries to show him that the saints in heaven always engage with the struggles of humanity and sometimes even appear visibly to support and comfort them."

[Pg 395]"As for the decrees which have annulled the leases of several houses on account of the inconvenience caused by ghosts to those who lodged therein, it suffices to examine the means and the reasons upon which they were obtained, to comprehend that either the judges were led into error by the prejudices of their childhood, or that they were obliged to yield to the proofs produced, often even against their own superior knowledge, or they have been deceived by imposture, or by the simplicity of the witnesses.

[Pg 395]"Regarding the rulings that have canceled the leases of several houses due to the disturbances caused by ghosts for those living there, it’s enough to look into the methods and reasons behind those decisions to realize that either the judges were misled by childhood biases, or they had to accept the evidence presented, often even against their own better judgment, or they were tricked by deception, or by the naivety of the witnesses.

"With respect to the apparitions, with which all such stories are filled, one of the strongest which can be objected against my argument, and to which I think myself the more obliged to reply, is that which is affirmed to have occurred at Paris in the last century, and of which five hundred witnesses are cited, who have examined into the truth of the matter with particular attention. Here is the adventure, as related by those who wrote at the time it took place.[667]

"Regarding the sightings that fill these kinds of stories, one of the strongest objections to my argument—which I feel obliged to address—is the one claimed to have happened in Paris last century, with five hundred witnesses cited, who have looked into the truth of the matter very closely. Here’s the account, as described by those who documented it at the time.[667]"

"The Marquis de Rambouillet, eldest brother of the Duchess of Montauzier, and the Marquis de Précy, eldest son of the family of Nantouillet, both of them between twenty and thirty, were intimate friends, and went to the wars, as in France do all men of quality. As they were conversing one day together on the subject of the other world, after several speeches which sufficiently showed that they were not too well persuaded of the truth of all that is said concerning it, they promised each other that the first who died should come and bring the news to his companion. At the end of three months the Marquis de Rambouillet set off for Flanders, where the war was then being carried on; and de Précy, detained by a high fever, remained at Paris. Six weeks afterwards de Précy, at six in the morning, heard the curtains of his bed drawn, and turning to see who it was, he perceived the Marquis de Rambouillet in his buff vest and boots; he sprung out of bed to embrace him to show his joy at his return, but Rambouillet, retreating a few steps, told him that these caresses were no longer seasonable, for he only came to keep his word with him; that he had been killed the day before on such an occasion; that all that was said of the other world was certainly true; that he must think of leading a different life; and that he had no time to lose, as he would be killed the first action he was engaged in.

The Marquis de Rambouillet, the older brother of the Duchess of Montauzier, and the Marquis de Précy, the eldest son of the Nantouillet family, both in their twenties and thirties, were close friends and went off to war, like all noblemen in France do. One day, while they were discussing the afterlife, their conversation revealed that they were quite skeptical about what was often said about it. They promised each other that whoever died first would come back to share what they found out with the other. Three months later, the Marquis de Rambouillet headed off to Flanders, where the war was ongoing, while de Précy remained in Paris, held back by a high fever. Six weeks later, at six in the morning, de Précy heard his bed curtains being drawn and, turning to see who it was, he saw the Marquis de Rambouillet in his battle outfit and boots. He jumped out of bed to embrace him, thrilled at his return, but Rambouillet stepped back and explained that such greetings weren’t appropriate anymore. He revealed he had been killed the day before in battle and that everything said about the afterlife was indeed true. He urged de Précy to consider living his life differently and warned him that he wouldn’t have time to waste, as he would be killed in the first fight he entered.

"It is impossible to express the surprise of the Marquis de Précy at this discourse; as he could not believe what he heard, he made several efforts to embrace his friend, whom he thought desirous of deceiving him, but he embraced only air; and Rambouillet, seeing that he was incredulous, showed the wound he had received, which[Pg 396] was in the side, whence the blood still appeared to flow. After that the phantom disappeared, and left de Précy in a state of alarm more easy to comprehend than describe; he called at the same time his valet-de-chambre, and awakened all the family with his cries. Several persons ran to his room, and he related to them what he had just seen. Every one attributed this vision to the violence of the fever, which might have deranged his imagination; they begged him to go to bed again, assuring him that he must have dreamed what he told them.

The surprise of the Marquis de Précy at this conversation was beyond words; he couldn’t believe what he was hearing, and he tried several times to hug his friend, convinced he was trying to trick him, but he ended up hugging nothing but air. Rambouillet, noticing his disbelief, revealed the wound he had sustained, which[Pg 396] was on his side, from which blood was still visibly flowing. After that, the apparition vanished, leaving de Précy in a state of anxiety that was easier to feel than explain; he called for his valet and woke the entire household with his screams. Several people rushed to his room, and he told them about what he had just experienced. Everyone thought this vision was due to the severity of his fever, which might have affected his mind; they urged him to get back to bed, assuring him that he must have been dreaming.

"The Marquis in despair, on seeing that they took him for a visionary, related all the circumstances I have just recounted; but it was in vain for him to protest that he had seen and heard his friend, being wide awake; they persisted in the same idea until the arrival of the post from Flanders, which brought the news of the death of the Marquis de Rambouillet.

"The Marquis, in despair, seeing that they considered him a dreamer, told them everything I just mentioned; but it was pointless for him to insist that he had seen and heard his friend while fully awake; they stuck to their belief until the post from Flanders arrived, bringing the news of the death of the Marquis de Rambouillet."

"This first circumstance being found true, and in the same manner as de Précy had said, those to whom he had related the adventure began to think that there might be something in it, because Rambouillet having been killed precisely the eve of the day he had said it, it was impossible de Précy should have known of it in a natural way. This event having spread in Paris, they thought it was the effect of a disturbed imagination, or a made up story; and whatever might be said by the persons who examined the thing seriously, there remained in people's minds a suspicion, which time alone could disperse: this depended on what might happen to the Marquis de Précy, who was threatened that he should be slain in the first engagement; thus every one regarded his fate as the dénouement of the piece; but he soon confirmed everything they had doubted the truth of, for as soon as he recovered from his illness he would go to the combat of St. Antoine, although his father and mother, who were afraid of the prophecy, said all they could to prevent him; he was killed there, to the great regret of all his family.

Once this first situation was proven true, and just as de Précy had described, those he shared the story with started to believe there might be some truth to it. After all, Rambouillet had been killed right before the day he mentioned, making it unlikely that de Précy could have known about it in a normal way. As word spread in Paris, many thought it was just a result of an overactive imagination or a fabricated tale. Regardless of what the serious investigators said, a lingering doubt remained in people's minds, which only time could resolve. This doubt hinged on what would happen to the Marquis de Précy, who was warned he would be killed in the first battle. Everyone viewed his fate as the resolution of the story. However, he quickly proved the skeptics wrong; as soon as he recovered from his illness, he went to the fight at St. Antoine, despite his parents' attempts to stop him out of fear of the prophecy. He was killed there, deeply mourning his family.

"Supposing all these circumstances to be true, this is what I should say to counteract the deductions that some wish to derive from them.

"Assuming all these circumstances are true, this is what I would say to challenge the conclusions that some want to draw from them."

"It is not difficult to understand that the imagination of the Marquis de Précy, heated by fever, and troubled by the recollection of the promise that the Marquis de Rambouillet and himself had exchanged, may have represented to itself the phantom of his friend, whom he knew to be fighting, and in danger every moment of being killed. The circumstances of the wound of the Marquis de Rambouillet, and the prediction of the death of de Précy, which was fulfilled, appears more serious: nevertheless, those who have experienced the power of presentiments, the effects of which are so common every day, will easily conceive that the Marquis de Précy,[Pg 397] whose mind, agitated by a burning fever, followed his friend in all the chances of war, and expected continually to see announced to himself by the phantom of his friend what was to happen, may have imagined that the Marquis de Rambouillet had been killed by a musket-shot in the side, and that the ardor which he himself felt for war might prove fatal to him in the first action. We shall see by the words of St. Augustine, which I shall cite by-and-by, how fully that Doctor of the Church was persuaded of the power of imagination, to which he attributes the knowledge of things to come. I shall again establish the authority of presentiments by a most singular instance.

It's easy to understand that the imagination of the Marquis de Précy, stirred up by fever and troubled by the memory of the promise he exchanged with the Marquis de Rambouillet, may have conjured the image of his friend, who he knew was fighting and in constant danger of being killed. The details of the wound suffered by the Marquis de Rambouillet and the prediction of de Précy's death, which came true, seem more serious; however, those who have felt the impact of premonitions, which are so common in everyday life, will easily grasp that the Marquis de Précy,[Pg 397] whose mind, agitated by a burning fever, followed his friend through all the perils of war and constantly expected to be informed by the vision of his friend about what would happen, may have imagined that the Marquis de Rambouillet had been shot in the side and that the intense desire he felt for battle could be fatal to him in the first confrontation. We'll see, through the words of St. Augustine, which I'll quote later, how convinced that Doctor of the Church was about the power of imagination, which he believed could reveal knowledge of future events. I will also support the idea of premonitions with a very unique example.

"A lady of talent, whom I knew particularly well, being at Chartres, where she was residing, dreamt in the night that in her sleep she saw Paradise, which she fancied to herself was a magnificent hall, around which were in different ranks the angels and spirits of the blessed, and God, who presided in the midst, on a shining throne. She heard some one knock at the door of this delightful place; and St. Peter having opened it, she saw two pretty children, one of them clothed in a white robe, and the other quite naked. St. Peter took the first by the hand and led him to the foot of the throne, and left the other crying bitterly at the door. She awoke at that moment, and related her dream to several persons, who thought it very remarkable. A letter which she received from Paris in the afternoon informed her that one of her daughters was brought to bed with two children, who were dead, and only one of them had been baptized.

A talented woman I knew well, while she was staying in Chartres, dreamed one night that she saw Paradise in her sleep. She imagined it as a magnificent hall surrounded by angels and the spirits of the blessed, with God sitting in the center on a shining throne. She heard someone knock at the door of this beautiful place, and when St. Peter opened it, she saw two cute children—one dressed in a white robe and the other completely naked. St. Peter took the first child by the hand and brought him to the foot of the throne, leaving the other one crying at the door. At that moment, she woke up and shared her dream with several people, who found it quite remarkable. Later that afternoon, she received a letter from Paris informing her that one of her daughters had given birth to two children, both of whom had died, with only one having been baptized.

"Of what may we not believe the imagination capable, after so strong a proof of its power? Can we doubt that amongst all the pretended apparitions that are related, imagination alone produces all those which do not proceed from angels and blessed spirits, or which are not the effect of fraudulent contrivance?

"How can we not believe in the power of imagination after such strong evidence? Can we question that among all the so-called apparitions reported, imagination alone creates those that don’t come from angels and blessed spirits, or aren’t the result of deceitful tricks?"

"To explain more fully what has given rise to those phantoms, the apparition of which has been published in all ages, without availing myself of the ridiculous opinion of the skeptics, who doubt of everything, and assert that our senses, however sound they may be, can only imagine everything falsely, I shall remark that the wisest amongst the philosophers maintain that deep melancholy, anger, frenzy, fever, depraved or debilitated senses, whether naturally, or by accident, can make us see and hear many things which have no foundation.

"To explain more clearly what has caused those phantoms, which have been reported throughout history, without relying on the silly views of skeptics who doubt everything and claim that our senses, no matter how accurate, can only misinterpret reality, I want to point out that the smartest philosophers believe that deep sadness, anger, madness, fever, and impaired or weakened senses, whether from nature or accidents, can make us see and hear things that aren’t real."

"Aristotle says[668] that in sleep the interior senses act by the local movement of the humors and the blood, and that this action descends[Pg 398] sometimes to the sensitive organs, so that on awaking, the wisest persons think they see the images they have dreamt of.

"Aristotle says[668] that during sleep, the internal senses work through the movement of fluids and blood, and this activity sometimes reaches the sensory organs. As a result, when people wake up, even the smartest individuals believe they are seeing the images they dreamed about.[Pg 398]"

"Plutarch, in the Life of Brutus, relates that Cassius persuaded Brutus that a spectre which the latter declared he had seen on waking, was an effect of his imagination; and this is the argument which he puts in his mouth:—

"Plutarch, in the Life of Brutus, tells us that Cassius convinced Brutus that a ghost he claimed to have seen upon waking was just a product of his imagination; and this is the argument he puts in Cassius's words:—"

"'The spirit of man being extremely active in its nature, and in continual motion, which produces always some fantasy; above all, melancholy persons, like you, Brutus, are more apt to form to themselves in the imagination ideal images, which sometimes pass to their external senses.'

"'The spirit of man is very active by nature and always in motion, which constantly creates some kind of fantasy; especially melancholic people, like you, Brutus, are more likely to create ideal images in their imagination, which sometimes affect their external senses.'"

"Galen, so skilled in the knowledge of all the springs of the human body, attributes spectres to the extreme subtility of sight and hearing.

"Galen, highly knowledgeable about all the functions of the human body, links apparitions to the extreme sensitivity of sight and hearing."

"What I have read in Cardan seems to establish the opinion of Galen. He says that, being in the city of Milan, it was reported that there was an angel in the air, who appeared visibly, and having ran to the market-place, he, with two thousand others, saw the same. As even the most learned were in admiration at this wonder, a clever lawyer, who came to the spot, having observed the thing attentively, sensibly made them remark that what they saw was not an angel, but the figure of an angel, in stone, placed on the top of the belfry of St. Gothard, which being imprinted in a thick cloud by means of a sunbeam which fell upon it, was reflected to the eyes of those who possessed the most piercing vision. If this fact had not been cleared up on the spot by a man exempt from all prejudice, it would have passed for certain that it was a real angel, since it had been seen by the most enlightened persons in the town to the number of two thousand.

"What I read in Cardan seems to support Galen's view. He mentions that while in Milan, it was reported that there was an angel in the sky, which was visibly seen. Rushing to the marketplace, he, along with two thousand others, witnessed the same sight. Even the most knowledgeable individuals were amazed by this phenomenon, but a sharp lawyer who arrived at the scene, having carefully observed the sight, sensibly pointed out that what they saw was not an angel, but rather the figure of an angel made of stone, positioned at the top of the belfry of St. Gothard. This figure was cast in a thick cloud by a sunbeam hitting it, reflecting into the eyes of those with the keenest vision. If this was not clarified on the spot by a person free from prejudice, it would have surely been believed to be a real angel, as it had been witnessed by around two thousand of the town's brightest minds."

"The celebrated du Laurent, in his treatise on Melancholy, attributes to it the most surprising effects; of which he gives an infinite number of instances, which seem to surpass the power of nature.

"The renowned du Laurent, in his book on Melancholy, credits it with some truly astonishing effects; he provides countless examples that appear to exceed the limits of nature."

"St. Augustine, when consulted by Evodius, Bishop of Upsal, on the subject I am treating of, answers him in these terms: 'In regard to visions, even of those by which we learn something of the future, it is not possible to explain how they are formed, unless we could first of all know how everything arises which passes through our minds when we think; for we see clearly that a number of images are excited in our minds, which images represent to us what has struck either our eyes or our other senses. We experience it every day and every hour.' And a little after, he adds: 'At the moment I dictate this letter, I see you with the eyes of my mind, without your being present, or your knowing anything about it; and I represent to myself, through my knowledge of your character, the im[Pg 399]pression that my words will make on your mind, without nevertheless knowing or being able to understand how all this passes within me.'

"St. Augustine, when asked by Evodius, Bishop of Upsal, about the topic I'm discussing, replies: 'When it comes to visions, including those that provide insight into the future, it's impossible to explain how they are formed unless we first understand how everything arises in our minds when we think. We clearly see that many images are stirred in our minds, which represent what our eyes or other senses have perceived. We experience this every day and every hour.' He further adds: 'As I write this letter, I can see you in my mind, even though you aren’t here, and you don’t know anything about it; I imagine, based on my understanding of your character, how my words will affect your mind, even though I don’t really know or understand how all of this happens within me.'"

"I think, sir, you will require nothing more precise than these words of St. Augustine to persuade you that we must attribute to the power of imagination the greater number of apparitions, even of those through which we learn things which it would seem could not be known naturally; and you will easily excuse my undertaking to explain to you how the imagination works all these wonders, since this holy doctor owns that he cannot himself comprehend it, though quite convinced of the fact.

"I believe, sir, you won't need anything more specific than these words from St. Augustine to convince you that we must credit the power of imagination for the majority of apparitions, even for those through which we gain knowledge that seems impossible to obtain naturally; and you'll likely understand my effort to explain to you how imagination creates all these wonders, since this holy doctor admits he can't fully grasp it, even though he is completely convinced it’s true."

"I can tell you only that the blood which circulates incessantly in our arteries and veins, being purified and warmed in the heart, throws out thin vapors, which are its most subtile parts, and are called animal spirits; which, being carried into the cavities of the brain, set in motion the small gland which is, they say, the seat of the soul, and by this means awaken and resuscitate the species of the things that they have heard or seen formerly, which are, as it were, enveloped within it, and form the internal reasoning which we call thought. Whence comes it that beasts have memory as well as ourselves, but not the reflections which accompany it, which proceed from the soul, and that they have not.

"I can tell you only that the blood that constantly flows through our arteries and veins, getting purified and warmed in the heart, releases fine vapors, which are its most subtle parts, known as animal spirits. These spirits are carried into the cavities of the brain, triggering the small gland that is said to be the seat of the soul. This process awakens and brings back to life the memories of things they have heard or seen before, which are, in a way, wrapped up within it, and create the internal reasoning we call thought. Why is it that animals have memory just like us, but lack the reflections that come with it, which derive from the soul, and which they do not possess?"

"If what Mr. Digby, a learned Englishman, and chancellor of Henrietta, Queen of England, Father Kircher, a celebrated Jesuit, Father Schort, of the same society, Gaffarelli and Vallemont, publish of the admirable secret of the palingenesis, or resurrection of plants, has any foundation, we might account for the shades and phantoms which many persons declare to have seen in cemeteries.

"If what Mr. Digby, a knowledgeable Englishman and chancellor to Henrietta, Queen of England, Father Kircher, a famous Jesuit, Father Schort of the same society, Gaffarelli, and Vallemont claim about the amazing secret of palingenesis, or the resurrection of plants, is true, we could explain the shadows and apparitions that many people say they've seen in cemeteries."

"This is the way in which these curious researchers arrive at the marvelous operation of the palingenesis:—

"This is how these curious researchers reach the amazing process of palingenesis:—

"They take a flower, burn it, and collect all the ashes of it, from which they extract the salts by calcination. They put these salts into a glass phial, wherein having mixed certain compositions capable of setting them in motion when heated, all this matter forms a dust of a bluish hue; of this dust, excited by a gentle warmth, arises a stem, leaves, and a flower; in a word, they perceive the apparition of a plant springing from its ashes. As soon as the warmth ceases, all the spectacle vanishes, the matter deranges itself and falls to the bottom of the vessel, to form there a new chaos. The return of heat resuscitates this vegetable phœnix, hidden in its ashes. And as the presence of warmth gives it life, its absence causes its death.

They take a flower, burn it, and collect all the ashes, from which they extract the salts by heating. They place these salts into a glass vial, where they mix in certain compositions that can activate them when heated, causing everything to form a bluish dust. When this dust is gently warmed, it erupts into a stem, leaves, and a flower; in other words, they witness a plant appearing from its ashes. As soon as the warmth stops, the entire scene disappears, and the matter disarranges itself and settles at the bottom of the container, creating a new chaos. Returning the heat brings this vegetable phoenix back to life, concealed in its ashes. While the presence of warmth gives it life, its absence leads to its death.

"Father Kircher, who tries to give a reason for this admirable phenomenon, says that the seminal virtue of every mixture is concentrated in the salts, and that as soon as warmth sets them in motion they rise directly and circulate like a whirlwind in this glass vessel. These salts, in this suspension, which gives them liberty to[Pg 400] arrange themselves, take the same situation and form the same figure as nature had primitively bestowed on them; retaining the inclination to become what they had been, they return to their first destination, and form themselves into the same lines as they occupied in the living plant; each corpuscle of salt re-entering its original arrangement which it received from nature; those which were at the foot of the plant place themselves there; in the same manner, those which compose the top of the stem, the branches, the leaves, and the flowers, resume their former place, and thus form a perfect apparition of the whole plant.

Father Kircher, who tries to explain this amazing phenomenon, says that the essential quality of every mixture is found in the salts. When warmth activates them, they move upward and swirl around like a whirlwind in this glass vessel. These salts, suspended in a way that gives them freedom to arrange themselves, take on the same positions and shapes that nature originally gave them. Still inclined to become what they once were, they head back to their initial destinations and align themselves in the same patterns they occupied in the living plant. Each salt particle returns to its original arrangement from nature; those at the base of the plant settle back there, while those at the top of the stem, the branches, the leaves, and the flowers return to their previous spots, creating a perfect replica of the entire plant.

"It is affirmed that this operation has been performed upon a sparrow;[669] and the gentlemen of the Royal Society of England, who are making their experiments on this matter, hope to succeed in making them on human beings also.[670]

"It is confirmed that this procedure has been carried out on a sparrow;[669] and the members of the Royal Society of England, who are conducting their experiments on this topic, hope to be successful in applying it to humans as well.[670]

"Now, according to the principle of Father Kircher and the most learned chemists, who assert that the substantial form of bodies resides in the salts, and that these salts, set in motion by warmth, form the same figure as that which had been given to them by nature, it is not difficult to comprehend that dead bodies being consumed away in the earth, the salts which exhale from them with the vapors, by means of the fermentations which so often occur in this element, may very well, in arranging themselves above ground, form those shadows and phantoms which have frightened so many people. Thus we may perceive how little reason there is to ascribe them to the return of spirits, or to demons, as some ignorant people have done.

"Now, according to Father Kircher's principle and the insights of the most knowledgeable chemists, who claim that the essential form of bodies lies within the salts, and that these salts, activated by warmth, take on the same shape they had in nature, it's easy to understand that as dead bodies decompose in the ground, the salts released along with the vapors, due to the frequent fermentations occurring in this environment, might very well form the shadows and apparitions that have scared so many. Therefore, we can see how unfounded it is to attribute these to the return of spirits or to demons, as some misinformed individuals have suggested."

"To all the authorities by means of which I have combated the apparitions of spirits which are in purgatory, I shall still add some very natural reflections. If the souls which are in purgatory could return hither to ask for prayers to pass into the abode of glory, there would be no one who would not receive similar entreaties from his relations and friends, since all the spirits being disposed to do the same thing, apparently, God would grant them all the same permission. Besides, if they possessed this liberty, no sensible person could understand why they should accompany their appearance with all the follies so circumstantially related in those stories, as rolling up a bed, opening the curtains, pulling off a blanket, overturning the furniture, and making a frightful noise. In short, if there were any reality in these apparitions, it is morally impossible that in so many ages one would not have been found so well authenticated that it could not be doubted.

"To all the authorities through which I have challenged the appearances of spirits in purgatory, I will also add some very reasonable thoughts. If the souls in purgatory could come back here to ask for prayers to reach glory, there wouldn’t be anyone who wouldn’t receive similar requests from their family and friends, since all the spirits would likely want the same thing, and God would grant them all the same permission. Moreover, if they had this freedom, no sensible person could understand why they would show up with all the ridiculous antics described in those stories, like rolling up a bed, opening curtains, pulling off blankets, flipping furniture, and making a terrifying noise. In short, if there was any truth to these apparitions, it’s morally impossible that in all these ages one would not have been documented so well that it couldn’t be doubted."

"After having sufficiently proved that all the apparitions which cannot be ascribed to angels or to the souls of the blessed are produced only by one of the three following causes—the extreme subtility of the senses; the derangement of the organs, as in madness and high fever; and the power of imagination—let us see what we must think of the circumstance which occurred at St. Maur.

"After showing that all the visions that can't be attributed to angels or to the souls of the blessed are caused by one of the following three factors—the extreme sensitivity of the senses; the malfunctioning of the organs, as seen in madness and high fever; and the power of imagination—let’s examine what we should think about the incident that happened at St. Maur."

"Although you have already seen the account that has been given of it, I believe, sir, that you will not be displeased if I here give you the detail of the more particular circumstances. I shall endeavor to omit nothing that has been done to confirm the truth of the circumstance, and I shall even make use of the exact words of the author, as much as I can, that I may not be accused of detracting from the adventure.

"Even though you've already seen the account of it, I think you'll appreciate if I provide you with the details of the specific circumstances. I will try to leave out nothing that has been done to support the truth of this situation, and I will use the author's exact words as much as possible so that I can't be accused of downplaying the adventure."

"Monsieur de S——, to whom it happened, is a young man, short in stature, well made for his height, between four and five-and-twenty years of age. Being in bed, he heard several loud knocks at his door without the maid servant, who ran thither directly, finding any one; and then the curtains of his bed were drawn, although there was only himself in the room. The 22d of last March, being, about eleven o'clock at night, busy looking over some lists of works in his study, with three lads who are his domestics, they all heard distinctly a rustling of the papers on the table; the cat was suspected of this performance, but M. de S. having taken a light and looked diligently about, found nothing.

"Monsieur de S——, the person in question, is a young man, short in stature but well-built for his height, around twenty to twenty-five years old. One night, while he was in bed, he heard several loud knocks at his door, but when the maid rushed over immediately, she found no one there. Then, the curtains of his bed were drawn back, although he was alone in the room. On the night of March 22nd, around eleven o'clock, he was busy reviewing some work lists in his study with three young men who worked for him. They all distinctly heard rustling papers on the table. Although the cat was suspected of making the noise, Monsieur de S. took a light and searched carefully but found nothing."

"A little after this he went to bed, and sent to bed also those who had been with him in his kitchen, which is next to his sleeping-room; he again heard the same noise in his study or closet; he rose to see what it was, and not having found anything more than he did the first time, he was going to shut the door, but he felt some resistance to his doing so; he then went in to see what this obstacle might be, and at the same time heard a noise above his head towards the corner of the room, like a great blow on the wall; at this he cried out, and his people ran to him; he tried to reassure them, though alarmed himself; and having found naught he went to bed again and fell asleep. Hardly had these lads extinguished the light, than M. de S. was suddenly awakened by a shake, like that of a boat striking against the arch of a bridge; he was so much alarmed at it that he called his domestics; and when they had brought the light, he was strangely surprised to find his bed at least four feet out of its place, and he was then aware that the shock he had felt was when his bedstead ran against the wall. His people having replaced the bed, saw, with as much astonishment as alarm, all the bed-curtains open at the same moment, and the bedstead set off running towards the fire-place. M. de S. immediately got up, and sat up the rest of the night by the fire-side. About six in the morning,[Pg 402] having made another attempt to sleep, he was no sooner in bed than the bedstead made the same movement again, twice, in the presence of his servants, who held the bed-posts to prevent it from displacing itself. At last, being obliged to give up the game, he went out to walk till dinner time; after which, having tried to take some rest, and his bed having twice changed its place, he sent for a man who lodged in the same house, as much to reassure himself in his company, as to render him a witness of so surprising a circumstance. But the shock which took place before this man was so violent, that the left foot at the upper part of the bedstead was broken; which had such an effect upon him, that in reply to the offers that were made to him to stay and see a second, he replied that what he had seen, with the frightful noise he had heard all night, were quite sufficient to convince him of the fact.

A little while later, he went to bed and sent the people who had been in his kitchen to bed as well, which was next to his sleeping room. He heard the same noise in his study again; he got up to check it out, and not finding anything more than before, he was about to close the door when he felt some resistance. He went in to see what was blocking the door and then heard a noise above his head in the corner of the room, like a heavy blow against the wall. He shouted, and his staff rushed to him. He tried to calm them down, even though he was frightened himself; after finding nothing, he went back to bed and fell asleep. Hardly had the guys turned off the light when Mr. de S. was suddenly jolted awake by a thump, like a boat hitting a bridge. He was so startled that he called for his staff; when they brought him a light, he was shocked to find his bed had shifted at least four feet from its spot, realizing that the shock he felt was when the bed frame slammed against the wall. His staff, having moved the bed back, were just as surprised as alarmed when all the bed curtains flew open at once, and the bed frame started moving toward the fireplace. Mr. de S. immediately got up and spent the rest of the night sitting by the fire. Around six in the morning, [Pg 402] after trying to sleep again, as soon as he got into bed, the bed frame moved the same way twice while his servants held onto the bedposts to stop it from shifting. Finally, having to admit defeat, he went out for a walk until dinner time; after that, when he tried to rest again and found the bed had moved twice, he called for a man who was also staying in the house, hoping to reassure himself with company and have a witness to this strange event. But the jolt that happened in front of this man was so forceful that it broke the left foot of the upper part of the bed frame; this shocked him so much that when offered to stay and see a second occurrence, he said that what he had experienced, along with the terrifying noises he had heard all night, was more than enough for him to believe it.

"It was thus that the affair, which till then had remained between M. de S. and his domestics, became public; and the report of it being immediately spread, and reaching the ears of a great prince who had just arrived at St. Maur, his highness was desirous of enlightening himself upon the matter, and took the trouble to examine carefully into the circumstances which were related to him. As this adventure became the subject of every conversation, very soon nothing was heard but stories of ghosts, related by the credulous, and laughed at and joked upon by the free-thinkers. However, M. de S. tried to reassure himself, and go the following night into his bed, and become worthy of conversing with the spirit, which he doubted not had something to disclose to him. He slept till nine o'clock the next morning, without having felt anything but slight shakes, as the mattresses were raised up, which had only served to rock him and promote sleep. The next day passed off pretty quietly; but on the 26th, the spirit, who seemed to have become well-behaved, resumed its fantastic humor, and began the morning by making a great noise in the kitchen; they would have forgiven it for this sport if it had stopped there, but it was much worse in the afternoon. M. de S., who owns that he felt himself particularly attracted towards his study, though he felt a repugnance to enter it, having gone into it about six o'clock, went to the end of the room, and returning towards the door to go into his bed-room again, was much surprised to see it shut of itself and barricade itself with the two bolts. At the same time, the two doors of a large press opened behind him, and rather darkened his study, because the window, which was open, was behind these doors.

It was like this that the situation, which had until then been kept between M. de S. and his household, became public; the gossip quickly spread and reached a prominent prince who had just arrived at St. Maur. His highness wanted to understand the situation better, so he took the time to carefully look into the details that were provided to him. As this incident became the topic of every discussion, soon enough, all that was heard were ghost stories shared by the gullible, and mocked by the skeptics. Nonetheless, M. de S. tried to calm himself and decided to go to bed that night, believing he was worthy of speaking with the spirit, which he was sure had something to reveal to him. He slept until nine the next morning, experiencing only minor shakes as the mattresses shifted, which merely rocked him back to sleep. The following day went by relatively peacefully, but on the 26th, the spirit, now seemingly more cooperative, resumed its antics, starting the morning with a lot of noise in the kitchen. They might have forgiven it for this little prank if it had stopped there, but it was much worse in the afternoon. M. de S., who admitted he felt drawn to his study despite being hesitant to enter, went in around six o'clock. When he reached the end of the room and turned back towards the door to go to his bedroom, he was quite surprised to see it shut on its own and barricade itself with two bolts. At the same moment, both doors of a large wardrobe opened behind him, darkening his study because the open window was positioned behind those doors.

"At this sight, the fright of M. de S. is more easy to imagine than to describe; however, he had sufficient calmness left, to hear at his left ear a distinct voice, which came from a corner of the closet, and seemed to him to be about a foot above his head. This[Pg 403] voice spoke to him in very good terms during the space of half a miserere; and ordered him, theeing and thouing him to do some one particular thing, which he was recommended to keep secret. What he has made public is that the voice allowed him a fortnight to accomplish it in; and ordered him to go to a place, where he would find some persons who would inform him what he had to do; and that it would come back and torment him if he failed to obey. The conversation ended by an adieu.

At this sight, it's easier to imagine M. de S.'s fright than to describe it; however, he managed to stay calm enough to hear a clear voice in his left ear. It came from a corner of the closet and seemed to be about a foot above his head. This[Pg 403] voice spoke to him politely for about half a miserere; it commanded him, using familiar terms, to do something specific that he was advised to keep a secret. What he shared publicly is that the voice gave him two weeks to complete it and instructed him to go to a place where he would meet some people who would tell him what to do, warning him that it would come back and torment him if he failed to comply. The conversation ended with a farewell.

"After that, M. de S. remembers that he fainted and fell down on the edge of a box, which caused him a pain in his side. The loud noise and the cries which he afterwards uttered brought several people in haste to the door, and after useless efforts to open it, they were going to force it open with a hatchet, when they heard M. de S. dragging himself towards the door, which he with much difficulty opened. Disordered as he was, and unable to speak, they first of all carried him to the fire, and then they laid him on his bed, where he received all the compassion of the great prince, of whom I have already spoken, who hastened to the house the moment this event was noised abroad. His highness having caused all the recesses and corners of the house to be inspected, and no one being found therein, wished that M. de S. should be bled; but his surgeon finding he had a very feeble pulsation, thought he could not do so without danger.

"After that, M. de S. remembers fainting and falling against the edge of a box, which caused him pain in his side. The loud noise and the cries he later shouted brought several people rushing to the door. After trying unsuccessfully to open it, they were about to force it open with a hatchet when they heard M. de S. dragging himself toward the door, which he managed to open with great difficulty. Disheveled and unable to speak, they first took him to the fire and then laid him on his bed, where he received all the compassion from the great prince I mentioned earlier, who rushed to the house as soon as news of the event spread. His highness had all the nooks and corners of the house checked, and when no one was found inside, he insisted that M. de S. be bled. However, his surgeon, noticing a very weak pulse, believed it would be too dangerous to proceed."

"When he recovered from his swoon, his highness, who wished to discover the truth, questioned him concerning his adventure; but he only heard the circumstances I have mentioned—M. de S. having protested to him that he could not, without risk to his life, tell him more.

"When he came to after fainting, his highness, eager to find out what really happened, asked him about his experience; however, he only learned the details I've mentioned—M. de S. had insisted that he couldn't share more without putting his life in danger."

"The spirit was heard of no more for a fortnight; but when that term was expired—whether his orders had not been faithfully executed, or that he was glad to come and thank M. de S. for being so exact—as he was, during the night, lying in a little bed near the window of his bed-room, his mother in the great bed, and one of his friends in an arm-chair near the fire, they all three heard some one rap several times against the wall, and such a blow against the window, that they thought all the panes were broken. M. de S. got up that moment, and went into his closet to see if this troublesome spirit had something else to say to him; but when there, he could neither find nor hear anything. And thus ended this adventure, which has made so much noise and drawn so many inquisitive persons to St. Maur.

The spirit was silent for two weeks; but when that time was up—whether his orders hadn't been carried out properly, or if he was just happy to come and thank M. de S. for being so punctual—one night, while lying in a small bed by the window of his room, with his mother in the big bed and one of his friends in an armchair by the fire, they all heard someone knock several times against the wall and hit the window so hard that they thought all the panes would shatter. M. de S. immediately got up and went to his closet to see if this annoying spirit had anything else to say to him; but once there, he found and heard nothing at all. And that was the end of this story, which has created such a stir and attracted so many curious people to St. Maur.

"Now let us make some reflections on those circumstances which are the most striking, and most likely to make any impression.

"Now let's take a moment to reflect on the circumstances that stand out the most and are most likely to leave an impression."

"The noise which was heard several times during the night by the master, the female servant, and the neighbors, is quite equivocal;[Pg 404] and the most prejudiced persons cannot deny that it may have been produced by different causes which are all quite natural.

"The noise that the master, the female servant, and the neighbors heard several times during the night is quite ambiguous;[Pg 404] and even the most biased people can't deny that it could have come from various natural causes."

"The same reply may be given as to the papers which were heard to rustle, since a breath of air or a mouse might have moved them.

"The same answer applies to the papers that were heard rustling, as a gust of wind or a mouse could have caused them to move."

"The moving of the bed is something more serious, because it is reported to have been witnessed by several persons; but I hope that a little reflection will dispense us from having recourse to fantastic hands in order to explain it.

"The shifting of the bed is something more serious, since several people are said to have witnessed it; however, I hope that a bit of thought will spare us from having to rely on supernatural explanations to make sense of it."

"Let us imagine a bedstead upon castors; a person whose imagination is impressed, or who wishes to enliven himself by frightening his domestics, is lying upon it, and rolls about very much, complaining that he is tormented. Is it surprising that the bedstead should be seen to move, especially when the floor of the room is waxed and rubbed? But, you will say, some of the witnesses even made useless efforts to prevent this movement. Who are these witnesses? Two are youths in the service of the patient, who trembled all over with fright, and were not capable of examining the secret causes of this movement; and the other has since told several people that he would give ten pistoles not to have affirmed that he saw this bedstead remove itself without help.

"Let's imagine a bed on wheels; a person whose imagination is stirred, or who wants to entertain themselves by scaring their servants, is lying on it and moving around a lot, complaining that they’re being tormented. Is it surprising that the bed appears to move, especially when the floor is polished and shiny? But you might say that some witnesses even made pointless attempts to stop this movement. Who are these witnesses? Two are young people working for the patient, who were shaking with fear and couldn't figure out the real reasons behind this movement; and the other one has since told several people that he would pay ten pistoles not to have claimed he saw the bed move on its own."

"In regard to the voice, whose secret has been so carefully kept, as there is no witness of it, we can only judge of it by the state in which he who had been favored with this pretended revelation was found. Repeated cries from the man who, hearing his closet door beaten in, draws back the bolts which he had apparently drawn himself, his eyes quite wild, and his whole person in extraordinary disorder, would have caused the ancient heathens to take him for a sibyl full of enthusiasm, and must appear to us rather the consequence of some convulsion than of a conversation with a spiritual being.

"In terms of the voice, whose secret has been so well guarded, since there’s no witness to it, we can only judge it by the condition of the person who claimed to have received this supposed revelation. The repeated cries from the man, who, hearing his closet door being battered, pulls back the bolts that he had apparently secured himself, with eyes wild and his whole demeanor in complete disarray, would have led ancient pagans to see him as a passionate oracle, and we would likely view it more as a result of some kind of convulsion rather than a dialogue with a spiritual entity."

"Lastly, the violent blows given upon the walls and panes of glass, in the night, in the presence of two witnesses, might make some impression, if we were sure that the patient, who was lying directly under the window in a small bed, had no part in the matter; for of the two witnesses who heard this noise, one was his mother, and the other an intimate friend, who, even reflecting on what he saw and heard, declares that it can only be the effect of a spell.

"Finally, the loud thuds against the walls and window panes during the night, witnessed by two people, could make an impact, if we were certain that the patient, who was lying right under the window in a small bed, had nothing to do with it; because of the two witnesses who heard the noise, one was his mother, and the other was a close friend, who, even after thinking about what he saw and heard, insists that it must be the result of a spell."

"How much good soever you may wish for this place, I do not believe, sir, that what I have just remarked on the circumstances of the adventure, will lead you to believe that it has been honored with an angelic apparition; I should rather fear that, attributing it to a disordered imagination, you may accuse the subtility of the air which there predominates as having caused it. As I am somewhat[Pg 405] interested in not doing the climate of St. Maur such an injury, I am compelled to add something else to what I have said of the person in question, in order that you may know his character.

"Regardless of how much good you may hope for this place, I doubt, sir, that what I just mentioned about the adventure will convince you that it has been graced by an angelic appearance; instead, I fear that you might attribute it to a disordered imagination and blame the peculiar qualities of the air that dominate there. Since I have a vested interest in not tarnishing the reputation of the St. Maur climate, I feel compelled to share more about the individual in question so you can understand his character."

"You need not be very clever in the art of physiognomy to remark in his countenance the melancholy which prevails in his temperament. This sad disposition, joined to the fever which has tormented him for some time, carried some vapors to his brain, which might easily lead him to believe that he heard all he has publicly declared; besides which, the desire to divert himself by alarming his domestics may have induced him to feign several things, when he saw that the adventure had come to the ears of a prince who might not approve of such a joke, and be severe upon it. Thus then, sir, you will think as I do, that the report of the celebrated Marescot on the subject of the famous Margaret Brossier agrees perfectly with our melancholy man, and well explains his adventure: à naturâ multa, plura ficta, à dæmone nulla. His temperament has made him fancy he saw and heard many things; he feigned still more in support of what his wanderings or his sport had induced him to assert; and no kind of spirit has had any share in his adventure. Without stopping to relate several effects of his melancholy, I shall simply remark that an embarkation which he made on one of the last jours gras, setting off at ten o'clock at night to make the tour of the peninsula of St. Maur, in a boat where he covered himself up with straw on account of the cold, appeared so singular to the great prince before mentioned, that he took the trouble to question him as to his motives for making such a voyage at so late an hour.

You don't have to be very good at reading faces to notice the sadness in his expression that reflects his overall mood. This gloomy nature, combined with the fever that has been bothering him for a while, has clouded his mind, making him believe he heard everything he has publicly stated. Additionally, his desire to entertain himself by scaring his household may have led him to invent several things, especially when he realized that his story had reached a prince who might not find such a joke amusing and could react harshly. So, sir, you'll agree with me that the report from the famous Marescot about the renowned Margaret Brossier perfectly aligns with our sad friend and explains his situation: à naturâ multa, plura ficta, à dæmone nulla. His temperament has led him to imagine he saw and heard many things; he has fabricated even more to back up what his fantasies or his antics prompted him to claim, and no supernatural force was involved in his experience. Instead of going into detail about the various effects of his melancholy, I'll just mention that a trip he took on one of the last jours gras, leaving at ten o'clock at night to circle the peninsula of St. Maur in a boat, where he covered himself with straw to keep warm, seemed so odd to the aforementioned great prince that he felt the need to ask him why he made such a journey at such a late hour.

"I shall add that the discernment of his highness made him easily judge whence this adventure proceeded, and his behavior on this occasion has shown that he is not easily deceived. I do not think it is allowable for me to omit the opinion of his father, a man of distinguished merit, on this adventure of his son, when he learned all the circumstances by a letter from his wife, who was at St. Maur. He told several persons that he was certain that the spirit which acted on this occasion was that of his wife and son. The author of the relation was right in endeavoring to weaken such testimony; but I do not know if he flatters himself that he has succeeded, in saying that he who gave this opinion is an esprit fort, or freethinker who makes it a point of honor to be of the fashionable opinion concerning spirits.

"I should add that the discernment of his highness allowed him to easily determine the source of this adventure, and his behavior in this situation has shown that he is not easily fooled. I believe it is important to include the opinion of his father, a man of great merit, regarding his son’s adventure when he learned all the details from a letter from his wife, who was at St. Maur. He told several people that he was certain the spirit involved in this instance was that of his wife and son. The author of the account was right to try to diminish such testimony; however, I don’t know if he genuinely believes he has succeeded by claiming that the person who gave this opinion is an esprit fort, or freethinker, who takes pride in holding the trendy view on spirits."

"Lastly, to fix your judgment and terminate agreeably this little dissertation in which you have engaged me, I know of nothing better than to repeat the words of a princess,[671] who is not less distinguished at[Pg 406] court by the delicacy of her wit than by her high rank and personal charms. As they were conversing in her presence of the singularity of the adventure which here happened at St. Maur, 'Why are you so much astonished?' said she, with that gracious air which is so natural to her; 'Is it surprising that the son should have to do with spirits, since the mother sees the eternal Father three times every week? This woman is very happy,' added the witty princess; 'for my part, I should ask no other favor than to see him once in my life.'

"Lastly, to clarify your judgment and pleasantly wrap up this little essay you've got me working on, I can't think of anything better than to share the words of a princess,[671] who is just as renowned at[Pg 406] court for her sharp wit as she is for her noble status and personal beauty. While chatting in her presence about the uniqueness of the incident that occurred here at St. Maur, she remarked, 'Why are you so surprised?' with that charming demeanor that's so typical of her; 'Is it really astonishing that the son interacts with spirits, given that the mother sees the eternal Father three times a week? This woman is very fortunate,' the clever princess added; 'for me, I'd ask for nothing more than to see him just once in my life.'"

"Laugh with your friends at this agreeable reflection; but, above all, take care, sir, not to make my letter public: it is the only reward that I ask for the exactitude with which I have obeyed you on so delicate an occasion.

"Laugh with your friends at this pleasant thought; but, most importantly, please, don’t make my letter public: it's the only reward I ask for the care I've taken in following your wishes in such a sensitive matter."

"I am, sir,
"Your very humble, &c.

St. Maur, May 8, 1706."

"I'm here, sir,"
"You're very humble, etc."

St. Maur, May 8, 1706."


Approval.

"By order of the Lord Chancellor, this dissertation on what we must think of spirits in general, and of that of St. Maur in particular, has been read by me, and I have found nothing therein which ought to hinder its being printed.

"By order of the Lord Chancellor, I have read this dissertation on how we should consider spirits in general, and that of St. Maur in particular, and I have found nothing in it that should prevent its publication."

"Done at Paris, the 17th of October, 1706.
(Signed)  "La Marque Tilladet.

"Completed in Paris, on October 17th, 1706.
(Signed) "La Marque Tilladet.

"The king's permission bears date the 21st November, 1706."

"The king's permission is dated November 21, 1706."

 

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[662] St. Ambrose, Com. on St. Luke, i. c. 1.

[662] St. Ambrose, Commentary on St. Luke, chapter 1.

[663] Martha Brossier, daughter of a weaver at Romorantin, was shown as a demoniac, in 1578. See De Thou on this subject, book cxxiii. and tom. v. of the Journal of Henry III., edition of 1744, p. 206, &c. The affair of Loudun took place in the reign of Louis XIII.; and Cardinal Richelieu is accused of having caused this tragedy to be enacted, in order to ruin Urban Grandier, the curé of Loudun, for having written a cutting satire against him.

[663] Martha Brossier, the daughter of a weaver from Romorantin, was believed to be possessed in 1578. See De Thou on this topic, book cxxiii. and volume v. of the Journal of Henry III., edition of 1744, p. 206, &c. The events in Loudun occurred during the reign of Louis XIII.; and Cardinal Richelieu is accused of orchestrating this tragedy to destroy Urban Grandier, the priest of Loudun, for having written a sharp satire against him.

[664] M. de Lannoy has made a particular dissertation De Causà Secessionis S. Brunonis: he solidly refutes this fable. Nevertheless, this event is to be found painted in the fine pictures of the little monastery of the Chartreux at Paris.

[664] M. de Lannoy has written a detailed essay on the Cause of S. Brun's Secession: he effectively disproves this myth. Still, this event is depicted in the beautiful paintings of the small monastery of the Chartreux in Paris.

[665] Eliberitan Council, an. 305 or 313, in the kingdom of Grenada. Others have thought, but mistakenly, that it was Collioure in Roussillon.

[665] Eliberitan Council, in 305 or 313, in the kingdom of Grenada. Others have mistakenly believed it was Collioure in Roussillon.

[666] Jesus, the son of Sirach, author of Ecclesiasticus, believes this apparition to be true. Ecclus. xlvi. 23.

[666] Jesus, the son of Sirach, the writer of Ecclesiasticus, thinks this vision is real. Ecclus. xlvi. 23.

[667] This story has been related in the former part of the work, but more succinctly.

[667] This story was covered earlier in the work, but in a more concise way.

[668] Arist. Treatise on Dreams and Vigils.

[668] Aristotle. Treatise on Dreams and Vigils.

[669] The Abbé de Vallemont, in his work on the Singularities of Vegetation. Paris, 1 vol. 12mo.

[669] The Abbé de Vallemont, in his book on the Uniqueness of Plant Life. Paris, 1 vol. 12mo.

[670] This was a century and a half ago; but the Philosophical Transactions record no account of any successful result to such experiments.

[670] This was a hundred and fifty years ago; however, the Philosophical Transactions contain no record of any successful outcomes from these experiments.

[671] Madame the Duchess-mother, daughter of the late king, Louis XIV., and mother of the duke lately dead, of M. the Count de Charolois, and of M. the Count de Clermont.

[671] Madame the Duchess Mother, daughter of the late King Louis XIV, and mother of the recently deceased duke, of Mr. Count de Charolois, and of Mr. Count de Clermont.


LETTER OF M. THE MARQUIS MAFFEI

ON MAGIC;

ADDRESSED TO

THE REVEREND FATHER INNOCENT ANSALDI,

OF THE ORDER OF ST. DOMINIC;

TRANSLATED FROM THE ITALIAN OF THE AUTHOR.

 

[Pg 408]

[Pg 408]

 


LETTER OF M. THE MARQUIS MAFFEI

ON MAGIC.

 

My Reverend Father

My Pastor

It is to the goodness of your reverence, in regard to myself, that I must attribute the curiosity you appear to feel to know what I think concerning the book which the Sieur Jerome Tartarotti has just published on the Nocturnal Assemblies of the Sorcerers. I reply to you with the greatest pleasure; and I am going to tell my opinion fully and unreservedly, on condition that you will examine what I write to you with your usual acuteness, and that you will tell me frankly whatever you remark in it, whether good or bad, and that may appear to deserve either your approbation or your censure. I had already read this book, and passed an eulogium on it, both for the great erudition displayed therein by the author, as because he refutes, in a very sensible manner, some ridiculous opinions with which people are infatuated concerning sorcerers, and some other equally dangerous abuses. But, to tell the truth, with that exception, I am little disposed to approve it; if M. Muratori has done so in his letter, which has been seen by several persons, either he has not read the work through, or he and I on that point entertain very different sentiments. In regard to my opinion, your reverence will see, by what I shall say, that it is the same as your own on this subject, as you have done me the favor to show by your letter.

I attribute your curiosity about what I think of the book that Sieur Jerome Tartarotti just published on the Nocturnal Assemblies of the Sorcerers to your kindness towards me. I'm happy to share my thoughts, but I ask you to examine what I write with your usual sharpness and to tell me openly whatever you notice, good or bad, that you think deserves your praise or criticism. I've already read this book and praised it for the author's profound knowledge and for sensibly refuting some silly beliefs that people have about sorcerers, along with other equally harmful abuses. However, honestly, aside from that, I'm not inclined to approve of it. If M. Muratori has endorsed it in his letter, which has been shared with several people, either he hasn't read the whole thing, or he and I have very different views on the matter. Regarding my opinion, you'll see from what I say that it aligns with yours on this topic, as you have kindly shown in your letter.

I. In this work there is laid down, in the first place, as a certain and indubitable principle, the existence and reality of magic, and the truth of the effects produced by it—superior, they say, to all natural powers; he gives it the name of "diabolical magic," and defines it, "The knowledge of certain superstitious practices, such as words, verses, characters, images, signs (qy. moles), &c., by means of which magicians succeed in their designs." For my part, I am much inclined to believe that all the science of the pretended magicians had no other design than to deceive others, and ended[Pg 410] sometimes in deceiving themselves; and that this magic, now so much vaunted, is only a chimera. Perhaps even it would be giving one's self superfluous trouble to undertake to show that everything related of those nocturnal hypogryphes,[672] of those pretended journeys through the air, of those assemblies and feasts of sorcerers, is only idle and imaginary; because those fables being done away with would not prevent that an infinite number of others would still remain, which have been repeated and spread on the same subject, and which, although more foolish and ridiculous than all the extravagances we read in romances, are so much the more dangerous, because they are more easily believed. It would, in the opinion of many, be doing these tales too much honor to attempt to refute them seriously, as there is no one at this day, in Italy, at least, even amongst the people, who has common sense, that does not laugh at all that is said of the witches' sabbath, and of those troops or bands of sorcerers who go through the air during the night to assemble in retired spots and dance. It is true, that notwithstanding, that if a man of any credit, whether amongst the learned or persons of high dignity, maintains an opinion, he will immediately find partisans; it will be useless to write or speak to the contrary, it will not be the less followed; and it is hardly possible that it can be otherwise, so many minds as there are, and so many different ways of thinking. But here the only question is, what is the common opinion, and what is most universally believed. It is not my intention to compose a work expressly on magic, nor to enter very lengthily on this matter; I shall only exhibit, in a few words, the reasons which oblige me to laugh at it, and which induce me to incline to the opinion of those who look upon it as a pure illusion, and a real chimera. I must, first of all, give notice that you must not be dazzled by the truth of the magical operations in the Old Testament, as if from thence we could derive a conclusive argument to prove the reality of the pretended magic of our own times. I shall demonstrate this clearly at the end of this discourse, in which I hope to show that my opinion on this subject is conformable to the Scripture, and founded on the tradition of the fathers. Now, then, let us speak of modern magicians.

I. This work begins by stating a clear and undeniable principle: the existence and reality of magic, and the truth of its effects—superior, as some claim, to all natural forces. It’s called "diabolical magic" and is defined as "the knowledge of certain superstitious practices, like words, verses, symbols, images, signs (qy. moles), etc., that allow magicians to achieve their goals." Personally, I tend to believe that all the knowledge of so-called magicians was aimed solely at deceiving others, and sometimes even themselves; that this much-lauded magic is nothing but an illusion. It might seem unnecessarily burdensome to try to prove that everything said about those nocturnal creatures,[672] those supposed journeys through the air, and those gatherings and feasts of sorcerers is all just nonsense; because getting rid of those myths wouldn’t stop a countless number of others from still existing, which have been repeated and spread on the same subject, and which, though more foolish and absurd than all the crazy tales we read in stories, are far more dangerous because they are more readily believed. Many would say it's giving too much respect to these tales to try to seriously refute them, as no one today, at least in Italy, not even among the common people, has the common sense to take seriously what is said about the witches' sabbath or the groups of sorcerers flying through the night to meet in secluded places and dance. It's true that if a respected person, whether among scholars or those in high positions, holds an opinion, he will quickly find supporters; writing or speaking against it will be pointless, as it will continue to be followed regardless. It's hard to see it happening any other way, given how many minds there are and the various ways of thinking. But the only relevant issue here is what the general opinion is and what most people believe. I don’t intend to create a work solely on magic or delve deeply into the subject; I will simply provide, in a few words, the reasons that make me laugh at it, and why I lean towards the view of those who see it as a pure illusion and a real chimera. First, I must point out that you shouldn't be misled by the truth of magical acts in the Old Testament, as if that could serve as definitive proof of the so-called magic of our times. I will make this clear by the end of this discussion, where I hope to show that my views on this matter are in line with Scripture and grounded in the traditions of the fathers. Now, let’s talk about modern magicians.

II. If there is any reality in this art, to which so many wonders are ascribed, it must be the effect of a knowledge acquired by study, or of the impiety of some one who renounces what he owes to God to give himself up to the demon, and invokes him. It seems, in fact, that they would sometimes attribute it to acquired knowledge, since in the book I am combating the author often speaks "of the[Pg 411] true mysteries of the magic art;" and he asserts that few "are perfectly instructed in the secret and difficult principles of this science;" which is not surprising, he says, since "the life of man would hardly suffice" to read all the works which have treated of it. He calls it sometimes the "magical science," or "magical philosophy;" he carries back the origin of it to the philosopher Pythagoras; he regards "ignorance of the magic art as one of the reasons why we see so few magicians in our days." He speaks only of the mysterious scale enclosed by Orpheus in unity, in the numbers of two and twelve; of the harmony of nature, composed of proportionable parts, which are the octave, or the double, and the fifth, or one and a half; of strange and barbarous names which mean nothing, and to which he attributes supernatural virtues; of the concert or the agreement of the inferior and superior parts of this universe, when understood; makes us, by means of certain words or certain stones, hold intercourse with invisible substances; of numbers and signs, which answer to the spirits which preside over different days, or different parts of the body; of circles, triangles, and pentagons, which have power to bind spirits; and of several other secrets of the same kind, very ridiculous, to tell the truth, but very fit to impose on those who admire everything which they do not understand.

II. If there’s any truth in this art that claims so many wonders, it must come from knowledge gained through study or from the impiety of someone who gives up what they owe to God to surrender to a demon and call on him. It seems, in fact, that sometimes they attribute it to learned knowledge, since in the book I’m arguing against, the author frequently refers to the "true mysteries of the magic art" and claims that few "are fully educated in the secret and complex principles of this science." This is not surprising, he says, since "a person's life would hardly be enough" to read all the works written about it. He sometimes calls it "magical science" or "magical philosophy." He traces its origins back to the philosopher Pythagoras and considers "ignorance of the magic art as one of the reasons why we see so few magicians today." He only discusses the mysterious scale described by Orpheus, which is unified in the numbers two and twelve; the harmony of nature, made up of proportional parts, which include the octave (or double) and the fifth (or one and a half); strange and unfamiliar names that mean nothing, which he claims have supernatural powers; the connection between the lower and higher parts of this universe, when understood; using certain words or stones to communicate with invisible entities; numbers and signs that correspond to the spirits that govern different days or body parts; circles, triangles, and pentagons that can bind spirits; and several other similar secrets, which are quite ridiculous, to be honest, but serve to impress those who admire everything they don’t understand.

III. But however thick may be the darkness with which nature is hidden from us, and although we may know but very imperfectly the essential principles and properties of things, who does not see, nevertheless, that there can be no proportion, no connection, between circles and triangles which we trace, or the long words which signify nothing, and immaterial spirits? Can people not conceive that it is a folly to believe that by means of a few herbs, certain stones, and certain signs or characters, we can make ourselves obeyed by invisible substances which are unknown to us? Let a man study as much as he will the pretended soul of the world, the harmony of nature, the agreement of the influence of all the parts it is composed of—is it not evident that all he will gain by his labor will be terms and words, and never any effects which are above the natural power of man? To be convinced of this truth, it suffices to observe that the pretended magicians are, and ever have been, anything but learned; on the contrary, they are very ignorant and illiterate men. Is it credible that so many celebrated persons, so many famous men, versed in all kinds of literature, should never have been able or willing to sound and penetrate the mysterious secrets of this art; and that of so many philosophers spoken of by Diogenes Laërtius, neither Plato, nor Aristotle, nor any other, should have left us some treatise? It would be useless to attack the opinions of the world at that time on this subject. Do we not know with how many errors it has been[Pg 412] infatuated in all ages, and which, though shared in common, were not the less mistakes? Was it not generally believed in former times, that there were no antipodes? that according to whether the sacred fowls had eaten or not, it was permitted or forbidden to fight? that the statues of the gods had spoken or changed their place? Add to those things all the knavery and artifice which the charlatans put in practice to deceive and delude the people, and then can we be surprised that they succeeded in imposing on them and gaining their belief? But let it not be imagined, nevertheless, that everyone was their dupe, and that amongst so many blind and credulous people there were not always to be found some men sensible and clear-sighted enough to perceive the truth.

III. But no matter how thick the darkness is that hides nature from us, and even though we understand only a little about the essential principles and properties of things, who doesn’t see that there can be no real connection between the circles and triangles we draw, or the long words that mean nothing, and intangible spirits? Can’t people realize that it’s foolish to believe that with a few herbs, certain stones, and specific signs or symbols, we can make invisible forces we don’t even know about obey us? No matter how much a person studies the supposed soul of the world, the harmony of nature, or the relationships between all its parts, isn’t it obvious that all they’ll gain from their efforts will be jargon and terminology, and never any results beyond what human capability allows? To be convinced of this truth, all you need to do is observe that the so-called magicians have always been anything but knowledgeable; in fact, they are usually quite ignorant and uneducated. Is it believable that so many renowned individuals, so many famous scholars well-versed in various fields, have never been able or willing to uncover the mysterious secrets of this art? And among the many philosophers mentioned by Diogenes Laërtius, not one—neither Plato, nor Aristotle, nor anyone else—has left us any writings on it? It would be pointless to challenge the beliefs of that time on this topic. Don’t we know how many errors have captivated people throughout history, and that although they were commonly shared, they were still mistakes? Was it not widely believed in the past that there were no antipodes? That depending on whether the sacred birds had eaten or not, it was permitted or forbidden to fight? That statues of the gods had spoken or moved from their places? Add to this all the trickery and deception that charlatans used to fool people, and can we really be surprised that they managed to impose their beliefs on others? But let’s not think that everyone was their fool; among all those blind and gullible individuals, there were always some who were perceptive enough to see the truth.

IV. To be convinced of this, let us only consider what was thought of it by one of the most learned amongst the ancients, and we may say, one of the most curious and attentive observers of the wonders of nature—I speak of Pliny, who thus expresses himself at the beginning of his Thirtieth Book;[673] "Hitherto I have shown in this work, every time that it was necessary and the occasion presented itself, how very little reality there is in all that is said of magic; and I shall continue to do so as it goes on. But because during several centuries this art, the most deceptive of all, has enjoyed great credit among several nations, I think it is proper to speak of it more fully." "No men are more clever in hiding their knaveries than magicians;" and in seven or eight other places he endeavors to expose "their falsehoods, their deceptions, the uselessness of their art," and laughs at it. But one thing to which we should pay attention above all, is an invincible argument which he brings forward against this pretended art. For after having enumerated the diverse sorts of magic, which were employed with different kinds of instruments, and in several different ways, and from which they promised themselves effects that were "quite divine;" that is to say, superior to all the force of nature, even of "the power to converse with the shades and souls of the dead;" he adds, "But in our days the Emperor Nero has discovered that in all these things there is nothing but deceit and vanity." "Never prince," says he, a little lower down, "sought with more eagerness to render himself clever in any other art; and as he was the master of the world, it is certain that he wanted neither riches, nor power, nor wit, nor any other aid necessary to succeed therein. What stronger proof of the falsity of this art can we have than to see that Nero renounced it?" Suetonius informs us also, "That this prince uselessly employed magic sacrifices to evoke the shade of his mother, and speak to her." Again, Pliny says "that Tirdates the Mage (for it is thus it should be[Pg 413] read, and not Tiridates the Great, as it is in the edition of P. Hardouin), having repaired to the court of Nero, and having brought several magi with him, initiated this prince in all the mysteries of magic. Nevertheless," he adds, "it was in vain for Nero to make him a present of a kingdom—he could not obtain from him the knowledge of this art; which ought to convince us that this detestable science is only vanity, or, if some shadow of truth is to be met within it, its real effects have less to do with the art of magic than the art of poisoning." Seneca, who also was very clever, after having repeated a law of the Twelve Tables, "which forbade the use of enchantments to destroy the fruits of the earth," makes this commentary upon it: "When our fathers were yet rude and ignorant, they imagined that by means of enchantments rain could be brought down upon the ground, or could be prevented from falling; but at this day it is so clear that both one and the other is impossible, that to be convinced of it it does not require to be a philosopher." It would be useless to collect in this place an infinity of passages from the ancients, which all prove the same thing; we can only the book written by Hippocrates on Caducity, which usually passed for the effect of the vengeance of the gods, and which for that reason was called the "sacred malady." We shall there see how he laughs "at magicians and charlatans," who boasted of being able to cure it by their enchantments and expiations. He shows there that by the profession which they made of being able to darken the sun, bring down the moon to the earth, give fine or bad weather, procure abundance or sterility, they seemed to wish to attribute to man more power than to the Divinity itself, showing therein much less religion than "impiety, and proving that they did not believe in the gods." I do not speak of the fables and tales invented by Philostrates on the subject of Apollonius of Thyana, they have been sufficiently refuted by the best pens: but I must not omit to warn you that the name of magic has been used in a good sense for any uncommon science, and a sublimer sort of philosophy. It is in this sense that it must be understood where Pliny says,[674] although rather obscurely, "that Pythagoras, Empedocles, Democritus, and Plato, traveled a great deal to acquire instruction in it." For the rest, people are naturally led to attribute to sorcery everything that appears new and marvelous. Have not we ourselves, with M. Leguier, passed for magicians in the minds of some persons, because in our experiments on electricity they have seen us easily extinguish lights by putting them near cold water, which then appeared an unheard-of thing, and which many still firmly maintain even now cannot be done without a tacit compact? It is true that in the effects of electricity there is[Pg 414] something so extraordinary and so wonderful, that we should be more disposed to excuse those persons who could not easily believe them to be natural than those who have fancied tacit compacts for things which it would be much more easy to explain naturally.

IV. To understand this, let's consider what one of the most knowledgeable people from ancient times thought about it—Pliny, a curious and dedicated observer of the wonders of nature. He states at the beginning of his Thirtieth Book;[673] "Up to now, I've shown throughout this work, whenever necessary, how very little truth there is in everything said about magic; and I will keep doing so as we proceed. However, because this art, the most deceptive of all, has been highly regarded by various nations for several centuries, I believe it's important to discuss it more thoroughly." "No one is better at hiding their tricks than magicians." In seven or eight other sections, he attempts to expose "their lies, their deceptions, the futility of their art," and mocks it. However, one key point we should particularly note is a strong argument he presents against this so-called art. After listing various kinds of magic that used different tools in many ways, promising results that were "almost divine," meaning superior to all natural forces, including "the ability to communicate with the spirits of the dead," he adds, "But nowadays, Emperor Nero has discovered that all of this is nothing but deceit and nonsense." "No prince," he continues a bit further down, "sought to excel in any other art as eagerly as he did; and since he was the master of the world, it’s clear that he lacked neither wealth nor power nor intellect, nor any other means to be successful. What stronger proof of the falsehood of this art could we have than seeing that Nero abandoned it?" Suetonius also tells us, "This prince uselessly employed magic sacrifices to summon his mother's spirit and speak to her." Furthermore, Pliny mentions "that Tirdates the Mage (as it should be read[Pg 413] and not Tiridates the Great, as printed in the edition of P. Hardouin), came to Nero’s court with several magi and introduced this prince to all the mysteries of magic. Nevertheless," he adds, "it was pointless for Nero to give him a kingdom as a gift—he could not gain any knowledge of this art from him; this should convince us that this horrible science is only vanity, or if there is any shadow of truth in it, its actual effects are more related to the art of poisoning than to magic." Seneca, who was also quite intelligent, after stating a law from the Twelve Tables, "which forbade the use of enchantments to harm crops," comments: "When our ancestors were still rough and uneducated, they believed that enchantments could bring rain upon the ground or prevent it from falling; but today, it’s so obvious that both is impossible that you don’t need to be a philosopher to be convinced of it." It would be pointless to compile countless passages from the ancients that all prove the same point; we can only mention the book written by Hippocrates on Caducity, which was often thought to be a result of the gods' vengeance, and thus referred to as the "sacred malady." There, we see how he mocks "magicians and charlatans," who claimed they could cure it through their enchantments and rituals. He demonstrates that by claiming they could darken the sun, bring the moon down to earth, control the weather, or cause abundance or scarcity, they appeared to suggest that humans had more power than the gods themselves, reflecting more "impiety" than "religion," and proving their disbelief in the divine. I’m not discussing the myths and stories created by Philostrates about Apollonius of Thyana, as they've been sufficiently debunked by the best scholars; however, I must point out that the term magic has been used positively for any uncommon science or a higher form of philosophy. In this context, it must be understood when Pliny states,[674] although somewhat vaguely, "that Pythagoras, Empedocles, Democritus, and Plato traveled extensively to gain knowledge in it." For the rest, people tend to attribute everything new and wondrous to sorcery. Haven't we, with M. Leguier, been seen as magicians by some because they witnessed us easily extinguishing lights by placing them near cold water during our experiments with electricity, an action that seemed unheard of, and many still firmly believe cannot be done without some secret agreement? It’s true that the effects of electricity are so extraordinary and amazing that we should be more forgiving of those who struggle to believe they're natural than those who think there are hidden agreements behind things that can be more easily explained by natural means.

V. From what has just been said, it evidently results that it is folly to believe that by means of study and knowledge one can ever attain any of those marvelous effects attributed to magic; and it is profaning the name of science to give it an imposture so grossly imagined; it remains then that these effects might be produced by a diabolical power. In fact, we read in the work in question that all the effects of magic "must be attributed to the operation of the demon; that it is in virtue of the compact, express or tacit, that he has made with him that the magician works all these pretended prodigies; and that it is in regard to the different effects of this art, and the different ways in which they are produced, that authors have since divided it into several classes." But I beg, at first, that the reader will reflect seriously, if it is credible, that as soon as some miserable woman or unlucky knave have a fancy for it, God, whose wisdom and goodness are infinite, will ever permit the demon to appear to them, instruct them, obey them, and that they should make a compact with him. Is it credible that to please a scoundrel he would grant the demon power to raise storms, ravage all the country by hail, inflict the greatest pain on little innocent children, and even sometimes "to cause the death of a man by magic?" Does any one imagine that such things can be believed without offending God, and without showing a very injurious mistrust of his almighty power? It has several times happened to me, especially when I was in the army, to hear that some wretched creatures had given themselves to the devil, and had called upon him to appear to them with the most horrible blasphemies, without his appearing to them for all that, or their attempts being followed by any success. And, certainly, if to obtain what is promised by the art of magic it sufficed to renounce God and invoke the devil, how many people would soon perform the dreadful act? How many impious men do we see every day who for money, or to revenge themselves on some one, or to satisfy a criminal desire, rush without remorse into the greatest excesses! How many wretches who are suffering in prison, at the galleys, or otherwise, would have recourse to the demon to extricate them from their troubles! It would be very easy for me to relate here a great number of curious stories of persons generally believed to be bewitched, of haunted houses, or horses rubbed down by will-o'-the-wisp, which I have myself seen at different times and places, at last reduced to nothing. This I can affirm, that two monks, very sensible men, who had exercised the office of inquisitors, one for twenty-four years, and the other during twenty-[Pg 415]eight, have assured me that of different accusations of sorcery which had been laid before them, and which appeared to be well proved, after having examined them carefully and maturely, they had not found one which was not mere knavery. How can any one imagine that the devil, who is the father of lies, should teach the magician the true secret of this art; and that this spirit, full of pride, of which he is the source, should teach an enchanter the means of forcing him to obey him? As soon as we rise above some old prejudices, which make us excuse those who in past ages gave credence to such follies, can we put faith in certain extravagant opinions, as what is related of demons, incubes, and seccubes, from a commerce with whom it is pretended children are born. Who will believe in our days that Ezzelin was the son of a will-o'-the-wisp? But can anything more strange be thought of than what is said of tacit compacts? They will have it, that when any one, of whatever country he may be, and however far he may be from wishing to make any compact with the devil, every time he shall say certain words, or make certain signs, a certain effect will follow; if I, who am perfectly ignorant of this convention, should happen to pronounce these same words, or make the same signs, the same effect ought to follow. They say that whoever makes a compact with the devil has a right to oblige him to produce a certain effect, not only when he shall make himself, for instance, certain figures, but also every time that they shall be made by any other person you please, at any time, or in any place whatever, and although the intention may be quite different. Certainly nothing is more proper to humble us than such ideas, and to show how very little man can count on the feeble light of his mind. Of all the extraordinary things said to have been performed by tacit compacts, many are absolutely false, and others have occurred quite differently than as they are related; some are true, and such as require no need of the demon's intervention to explain them.

V. From what has just been stated, it's clear that it's foolish to believe that through study and knowledge one can achieve any of the amazing effects attributed to magic; it's a disgrace to call this science when it's based on such gross deception. This leaves the possibility that these effects could be caused by a devilish power. In fact, we read in the work in question that all the effects of magic "must be attributed to the operation of the demon; that it is in virtue of the compact, express or tacit, that he has made with him that the magician works all these supposed wonders; and that it is regarding the different effects of this art, and the various ways in which they are produced, that authors have since classified it into several categories." But I ask the reader to seriously consider if it is believable that as soon as some unfortunate woman or unlucky fool desires it, God, whose wisdom and goodness are infinite, would ever allow the demon to show up for them, teach them, obey them, and make a deal with them. Is it credible that to satisfy a scoundrel, He would allow the demon to cause storms, devastate the land with hail, inflict great pain on innocent children, and even sometimes "cause a man's death through magic?" Does anyone really think that such things can be taken seriously without offending God and showing a deep mistrust in His almighty power? I have often heard, especially when I was in the army, about some miserable souls who had sold themselves to the devil and called upon him with the most horrible blasphemies, yet he never showed up for them, nor were their attempts successful. And certainly, if to get what is promised by the art of magic it were enough to renounce God and invoke the devil, how many people would quickly commit such a dreadful act? Every day we see impious people who, for money, revenge, or to satisfy a wicked desire, rush without remorse into the greatest excesses! How many miserable souls suffering in prison, in the galleys, or elsewhere would turn to the devil to pull them out of their troubles! I could easily share many curious stories of people generally believed to be bewitched, of haunted houses, or horses supposedly rubbed down by will-o'-the-wisps, which I have seen at different times and places, ultimately reduced to nothing. I can affirm that two monks, very sensible men who were inquisitors, one for twenty-four years and the other for twenty-eight, have assured me that out of various accusations of sorcery brought before them, which seemed well substantiated, they found none that wasn't mere trickery after careful and thorough investigation. How can anyone believe that the devil, the father of lies, would teach the magician the true secret of this art; and that this spirit, full of pride, would teach an enchanter how to force him to obey? Once we rise above outdated prejudices that excuse those who believed such nonsense in the past, can we really hold faith in certain outrageous opinions, such as those regarding demons, incubes, and succubes, from whom it’s said children are born? Who would believe today that Ezzelin was the son of a will-o'-the-wisp? But can anything be stranger than what is said about tacit compacts? They insist that when anyone, no matter where they're from or how much they don't want to make a deal with the devil, every time they say certain words or make certain signs, a specific effect will follow; if I, who know nothing of this agreement, happen to say those same words or make those same signs, the same effect should occur. They claim that whoever makes a pact with the devil has the right to compel him to produce a certain effect, not only when they create, for example, certain figures, but also every time those figures are made by anyone else, at any time, or anywhere, even though the intention may be entirely different. Truly, nothing can humble us more than such ideas, illustrating how little we can rely on the weak light of our minds. Of all the extraordinary things claimed to have been achieved by tacit compacts, many are completely false, and others have happened quite differently from how they are described; some are true and can be explained without the need for the demon's involvement.

VI. The evidence of these reasons seems to suffice to prove that all which is said of magic in our days is merely chimerical; but because, in reply to the substantial difficulties which were proposed to him by the Count Rinaldi Carli, the author of the book pretends that to deny is a heretical opinion condemned by the laws, it is proper to examine this article again. For the first proof of its reality, is advanced the general consent of all mankind; the tradition of all nations; stories and witnesses ad infinitum of theologians, philosophers, and jurisconsults; whence he concludes "that its existence cannot be denied, or even a doubt cast upon it, without sapping the foundations of what is called human belief." But the little I have said in No. IV. alone suffices to prove how false is this assertion concerning this pretended general consent. Horace, who passes for[Pg 416] one of the wisest and most enlightened men amongst the ancients, reckons, on the contrary, among the virtues necessary to an honest man, the not putting faith in what is said concerning magic, and to laugh at it. His friend, believing himself very virtuous because he was not avaricious—"That is not sufficient," said he: "are you exempt from every other vice and every other fault; not ambitious, not passionate, fearless of death? Do you laugh at all that is told of dreams, magical operations, miracles, sorcerers, ghosts, and Thessalian wonders?"[675]—that is to say, in one word, of all kinds of magic. What is the aim of Lucian, in his Dialogue entitled "Philopseudis," but to turn into ridicule the magic art? and also is it not what he proposed to himself in the other, entitled "The Ass," whence Apuleius derived his "Golden Ass?" It is easy to perceive that in all this work, wherein he speaks so often, the power ascribed to magic of making rivers return to their source, staying the course of the sun, darkening the stars, and constraining the gods themselves to obey it, he had no other intention than to laugh at it, which he certainly would not have done if he had believed it able to produce, as they pretend, effects beyond those of nature. It is, then, jokingly and ironically that he says they see wonders worked "by the invincible power of magic,"[676] and by the blind necessity which imposes upon the gods themselves to be obedient to it. The poor man thinking he was to be changed into a bird, had had the grief to see himself metamorphosed into an ass, through the mistake of a woman who in a hurry had mistaken the box, and giving him one ointment for another. The most usual terms made use of by the ancients, in speaking of magic, were "play" and "badinage," which plainly shows that they saw nothing real in it. St. Cyprian, speaking of the mysteries of the magicians, calls them "hurtful and juggling operations." "If by their delusions and their jugglery," says Tertullian, "the charlatans seem to perform many wonders." And in his treatise on the soul, he exclaims, "What shall we say of magic? what almost all the world says of it—that it is mere knavery." Arnobius calls it, "the sports of the magic art;" and on these words of Minutius Felix, "all the marvels which they seem to work by their jugglery," his commentator remarks that the word badinage is in this place the proper term. This manner of expressing himself shows what was then the common opinion of all wise persons. "Let the farmer," says Columella, "frequent with neither soothsayers nor witches, because by their foolish superstitions they all cause the ignorant to spend much money, and thence they lead them [Pg 417]to be criminal." We learn from Suidas, "that those were called magicians who filled their heads with vain imaginations." Thus, when speaking of one of these imposters, Dante was right when he said[677] "he knew all the trickery and knavery of the magic art." Thus, then, it is not true that a general belief in the art of magic has ever prevailed; and if, in our days, any one would gather the voice and opinion of men of letters, and the most celebrated academies, I am persuaded that hardly would one or two in ten be found who were convinced of its existence. It would not be, at least, one of the learned friends of the author of the book in question, who having been consulted by the latter on this matter, answers him in these terms—"Magic is a ridiculous art, which has no reality but in the head of a madman, who fancies that he is able to lead the devil to satisfy all his wishes." I have read in some catalogues which come from Germany, that they are preparing to give the public a "Magic Library:" oder grundliche nagrichen, &c. It is a vast collection of different writings, all tending to prove the uselessness and insufficiency of magic. I must remark that the poets have greatly contributed to set all these imaginations in vogue. Without this fruitful source, what becomes of the most ingenious fictions of Homer? We may say as much of Ariosto and of our modern poets. For the rest, what I have before remarked concerning Pliny must not be forgotten—that in the ancient authors, the word magic is often equivocal. For in certain countries, they gave the name of magi, or magicians, to those who applied as a particular profession to the study of astronomy, philosophy, or medicine; in others, philosophers of a certain sect were thus called: for this, the preface of Diogenes Laërtius can be consulted. Plato writes that in Persia, by the name of magic was understood "the worship of the gods." "According to a great number of authors," says Apuleius, in his Apology, "the Persians called those magi to whom we give the name of priests." St. Jerome, writing against Jovinian, thus expresses himself—"Eubulus, who wrote the history of Mithras, in several volumes, relates that among the Persians they distinguish three kinds of magi, of whom the first are most learned and the most eloquent," &c. Notwithstanding that, there are still people to be found, who confound the chimera of pretended diabolical magic with philosophical magic, as Corneillus Agrippa has done in his books on "Secret Philosophy."

VI. The evidence for these reasons seems enough to show that everything said about magic today is just a fantasy; but since, in response to the significant challenges posed by Count Rinaldi Carli, the author of the book claims that denying it is a heretical opinion condemned by the laws, it’s appropriate to reexamine this topic. The first proof of its reality is said to be the general consensus of all humanity; the traditions of all nations; stories and testimonies from countless theologians, philosophers, and legal experts; from which he concludes "that its existence cannot be denied, or even doubted, without undermining the foundations of what is known as human belief." However, what I mentioned in No. IV alone is enough to prove how false this claim is regarding this supposed general consensus. Horace, who is considered one of the wisest and most enlightened figures among the ancients, argues that a necessary virtue for an honest person is not to believe what is said about magic and to laugh at it. His friend, believing himself very virtuous for not being greedy—"That’s not enough," he replied: "are you free from every other vice and fault; not ambitious, not passionate, unafraid of death? Do you laugh at everything said about dreams, magical workings, miracles, sorcerers, ghosts, and Thessalian wonders?"—that is to say, in one word, all types of magic. What is Lucian's aim in his dialogue titled "Philopseudis," if not to mock the magical arts? Isn’t this also the intent behind his other work, titled "The Ass," from which Apuleius got his "Golden Ass?" It’s clear that throughout this work, where he frequently mentions the power attributed to magic to make rivers flow backwards, stop the sun’s course, darken the stars, and compel the gods to obey, he intended only to ridicule it, which he would not have done if he believed it could produce, as they claim, effects beyond those of nature. So, it’s in jest and irony that he states people witness wonders done "by the invincible power of magic," and by the blind necessity that forces the gods themselves to comply with it. The unfortunate man who thought he would be turned into a bird, ended up grieving to find himself transformed into a donkey due to a woman's hurried mix-up of ointments. The most common terms the ancients used when talking about magic were "play" and "badinage," which clearly shows they saw nothing real in it. St. Cyprian, discussing the mysteries of magicians, refers to them as "harmful and trickster operations." "If the charlatans seem to perform many wonders through their delusions and trickery," says Tertullian. And in his treatise on the soul, he exclaims, "What shall we say about magic? What almost everyone says—it's just fraud." Arnobius calls it "the games of the magical arts;" and regarding Minutius Felix's words, "all the marvels they seem to accomplish through their jugglery," his commentator notes that "badinage" is the right term here. This way of expressing himself reflects the common opinion of all wise people at that time. "Let the farmer," advises Columella, "avoid both soothsayers and witches, because through their foolish superstitions, they cause the ignorant to waste a lot of money and lead them to commit crimes." We learn from Suidas that those called magicians were people who filled their minds with vain fantasies. Thus, when discussing one of these imposters, Dante was right when he stated "he knew all the tricks and deceptions of the magical arts." Therefore, it’s not true that a widespread belief in the practice of magic ever existed; and if today anyone were to gather the thoughts and opinions of literary figures and the most renowned academies, I am sure that very few—perhaps one or two out of ten—would be convinced of its existence. It wouldn’t be, at least, one of the learned friends of the author of the book in question, who, upon being consulted about this matter, responded, "Magic is a ridiculous art that exists only in the mind of a madman who believes he can make the devil fulfill all his wishes." I have seen in some catalogs from Germany that they are preparing to release a "Magic Library:" oder grundliche nagrichen, etc. It’s a vast collection of various writings, all aiming to prove the futility and insufficiency of magic. I must note that poets have significantly contributed to popularizing all these fantasies. Without this fruitful source, what happens to the most ingenious fictions of Homer? The same can be said for Ariosto and our modern poets. Furthermore, what I previously noted about Pliny should not be forgotten—that in ancient texts, the word magic is often ambiguous. In certain regions, the name magi, or magicians, referred to those who specialized in the study of astronomy, philosophy, or medicine; in others, it was the philosophers of a particular sect who were called this; for this, one may refer to the preface of Diogenes Laërtius. Plato states that in Persia, the term magic referred to "the worship of the gods." "According to many authors," says Apuleius in his Apology, "the Persians called those magi whom we refer to as priests." St. Jerome, writing against Jovinian, expresses, "Eubulus, who wrote the history of Mithras in several volumes, reports that among the Persians, they distinguished three kinds of magi, of whom the first are the most learned and eloquent," etc. Despite this, there are still people who confuse the chimera of supposed diabolical magic with philosophical magic, as Cornelius Agrippa has done in his books on "Secret Philosophy."

VII. Another reason which is brought forward to prove the reality and the power of the magic art, is that the laws decree the penalty of death against enchanters. "What idea," says he, "could we have of the ancient legislators, if we believe them capable of[Pg 418] having recourse to such rigorous penalties to repress a chimera, an art which produced no effect?" Upon which it is proper to observe that, supposing this error to be universally spread, it would not be impossible that even those who made the laws might suffer themselves to be prejudiced by them; in which case, we might make the same commentary on Seneca, applied, as we have seen, to the Twelve Tables. But I go further still. This is not the place to speak of the punishments decreed in the Scripture against the impiety of the Canaanites, who joined to idolatry the most extravagant magic. In regard to the Greek laws, of which authors have preserved for us so great a number, I do not remember that they anywhere make mention of this crime, or that they subject it to any penalty. I can say the same of the Roman laws, contained in the Digest. It is true that in the Code of Theodosius, and in that of Justinian, there is an entire title concerning malefactors, in which we find many laws which condemn to the most cruel death magicians of all kinds; but are we not forced to confess that this condemnation was very just? Those wretches boasted that they were able to occasion when they pleased public calamities and mortalities; with this aim, they kept their charms and dark plots as secret as it was possible, which led the Emperor Constans to say, "Let all the magicians, in whatever part of the empire they may be found, be looked upon as the public enemies of mankind." What does it matter, in fact, that they made false boastings, and that their attempts were useless? "In evil doings," says the law, "it is the will, and not the event, which makes the crime." Also, Constantine wills that those amongst them should be pardoned who professed to cure people by such means, and to preserve the products of the earth. But in general these kind of persons aimed only at doing harm; for which reason the laws ordain that they should be regarded as "public enemies." The least harm they could be accused of was deluding the people, misleading the simple, and causing by that means an infinity of trouble and disorder. Besides that, of how many crimes were they not guilty in the use of their spells? It was that which led the Emperor Valentinian to decree the pain of death "against whomsoever should work at night, by impious prayers and detestable sacrifices, at magic operations." Sometimes even they adroitly made use of some other way to procure the evil which they desired to cause; after which, they gave out that it must be attributed to the power of their art. But what is the use of so many arguments? Is it not certain that the first step taken by those who had recourse to magic was to renounce God and Jesus Christ, and to invoke the demon? Was not magic looked upon as a species of idolatry; and was not that sufficient to render this crime capital, should the punishment have depended on the result? Honorius commanded that[Pg 419] these kind of people should be treated with all the rigor of the laws, "unless they would promise to conform for the future to what was required by the Catholic religion, after having themselves, in presence of the bishops, burned the pernicious writings which served to maintain their error."

VII. Another reason put forward to prove the reality and power of magic is that the laws impose the death penalty on enchanters. "What would we think of the ancient lawmakers," he asks, "if we believe they would enforce such harsh penalties to suppress an illusion, an art that had no actual effect?" It's important to point out that if this belief were widespread, even those who created the laws might have been influenced by it; in this case, we could apply the same interpretation to Seneca, as we have seen applied to the Twelve Tables. But I will go even further. This isn't the time to discuss the punishments outlined in Scripture against the impiety of the Canaanites, who combined idolatry with the most outrageous magic. Regarding Greek laws, which authors have preserved numerous examples of, I don’t recall any mention of this crime or penalties attached to it. The same goes for Roman laws found in the Digest. It is true that in the Code of Theodosius and in Justinian's Code, there is a whole section concerning malefactors, where we find many laws condemning all kinds of magicians to the most brutal deaths; but can we not admit that this condemnation was very justified? Those miserable individuals claimed they could bring about public disasters and deaths at will; with this goal, they kept their charms and dark schemes as secret as possible, which led Emperor Constans to say, "Let all magicians, wherever they may be found in the empire, be viewed as public enemies of mankind." Ultimately, does it matter that they were making false claims and their attempts were ineffectual? "In wrongdoing," says the law, "it is the intention, not the outcome, that constitutes the crime." Additionally, Constantine decreed that those among them who claimed to heal people through such means and preserve the earth's produce should be pardoned. But overall, these people only aimed to harm; for this reason, the laws stipulated that they should be seen as "public enemies." The least they could be accused of was deceiving people, misleading the naïve, and causing countless troubles and disruptions. Besides that, of how many crimes were they guilty in their use of spells? This led Emperor Valentinian to declare the death penalty "for anyone who engaged in night-time magic operations, through impious prayers and detestable sacrifices." Sometimes, they even cleverly used other methods to cause the harm they intended; afterward, they claimed it was due to the power of their art. But what's the point of all these arguments? Isn't it clear that the first step taken by those who resorted to magic was to renounce God and Jesus Christ and to invoke the demon? Wasn't magic considered a form of idolatry, and wasn't that enough to make this crime punishable by death, should the penalty have depended on the outcome? Honorius commanded that[Pg 419] these people should face the full force of the law "unless they promised to abide by what was required by the Catholic faith, after having burned the harmful writings that sustained their error in front of the bishops."

VIII. What is remarkable is, that if ever any one laughed at magic, it must certainly be the author in question—since all his book only tends to prove that there are no witches, and that all that is said of them is merely foolish and chimerical. But what appears surprising is, that at the same time he maintains that while in truth there are no witches, but that there are enchantresses or female magicians; that witchcraft is only a chimera, but that diabolical magic is very real. Is not that, as it appears to some, denying and affirming at the same time the same thing under different names? Tibullus took care not to make nothing of these distinctions, when he said: "As I was promised by a witch, whose magical operations never fail." While treating in this book of witchcraft and magic, it is affirmed that the demon intervenes on both, and that both work wonders." But if that is true, it is impossible to find any difference between them. If both perform wonders, and that by the intervention of the demon, they are then essentially the same. After that, is it not a contradiction to say that the magician acts and the witch has no power—that the former commands the devil and the latter obeys him—that magic is founded on compacts, expressed or tacit, while in witchcraft there is nothing but what is imaginary and chimerical? What reason is given for this? If the demon is always ready to appear to any one who invokes him, and is ready to enter into compact with him, why does he not show himself as directly to her whom the author terms a witch as to her to whom he is pleased to give the more respectable title of enchantress? If he is disposed to appear and take to himself the worship and adoration which are due to God alone, what matters it to him whether they proceed from a vile or a distinguished person, from an ignoramus or a learned man? The principal difference which the author admits between witchcraft and magic, is, that the latter "belongs properly to priests, doctors, and other persons who cultivate learning;" whilst witchcraft is purely fanaticism, "which only suits the vulgar and poor wretched women;" "also, it does not," says he, "derive its origin from philosophy or any other science, and has no foundation but in popular stories." For my part, I think it is very wrong that so much honor should here be paid to magic. I have proved above in a few words, by the authority of several ancient authors, that the most sensible men have always made a jest of it; that they have regarded it only as a play and a game; and that after having spared neither application nor expense, a Roman emperor could never succeed in behold[Pg 420]ing any effect. I have even remarked the equivocation of the name, which has often caused these popular opinions with philosophy and the sublimest sciences. But I think I can find in the book itself of the author, enough to prove that one cannot in fact make this distinction, since he says therein "that superstitious practices, such as figures, characters, conjurations, and enchantments, passing from one to the other, and coming to the knowledge of these unhappy women, operate in virtue of the tacit consent which they give to the operation of the demon." There then all distinction is taken away. He says again that, according to some, "nails, pins, bones, coals, packets of hair, or rags, found by the head, of children's beds, are indications of a compact express or tacit, because of the resemblance to the symbols made use of by true magicians." Thus, then, witches and those who are here styled true magicians employ equally the same follies; they equally place confidence in imaginary compacts—and consequently they should both be classed in the same category.

VIII. What's striking is that if anyone ever laughed at magic, it has to be the author in question—since his entire book aims to show that there are no witches and that everything said about them is just foolishness and nonsense. Yet what's surprising is that he insists that while there are no witches, there are enchantresses or female magicians; that witchcraft is just a fantasy, but that diabolical magic is very real. Isn’t that, as some see it, a contradiction where he denies and affirms the same thing under different names? Tibullus was careful not to dismiss these distinctions, when he said: "As I was promised by a witch, whose magical operations never fail." While discussing witchcraft and magic in this book, it is stated that the demon is involved in both, and that both create wonders. But if that’s true, it’s impossible to find any difference between them. If both perform wonders through the demon’s involvement, then they are essentially the same. After that, isn’t it contradictory to say that the magician acts and the witch has no power—that the former commands the devil while the latter obeys him—that magic is based on explicit or unspoken agreements, while witchcraft is only imaginary and fanciful? What rationale is given for this? If the demon is always ready to appear to anyone who calls on him and is willing to make a deal, why doesn’t he make himself visible to the person the author calls a witch as readily as to the one he grants the more respectable title of enchantress? If he wants to appear and take the worship and adoration that are due only to God, does it really matter to him whether that comes from a lowly or a distinguished person, from someone ignorant or knowledgeable? The main difference the author acknowledges between witchcraft and magic is that the latter "properly belongs to priests, doctors, and others who pursue learning," while witchcraft is purely fanaticism, "suitable only for the common people and miserable women;" "also," he says, "it does not derive from philosophy or any other science, and is based solely on popular tales." For my part, I believe it’s very wrong to give so much respect to magic. I have shown earlier in a few words, citing several ancient authors, that the wisest men have always mocked it; that they viewed it merely as a game; and that even after significant effort and expense, a Roman emperor could never see any results. I’ve even noted the ambiguity of the term, which has often led to blending these popular beliefs with philosophy and high-level sciences. But I believe I can find in the author’s own book enough evidence to prove that one cannot actually make this distinction since he states that "superstitious practices, such as figures, symbols, conjurations, and enchantments, passing from one to the other and coming to the knowledge of these unfortunate women, operate by virtue of the tacit consent they give to the demon's work." Therefore, all distinctions are nullified. He further mentions that, according to some, "nails, pins, bones, coals, packets of hair, or rags, found near children’s beds, are indications of an explicit or tacit agreement, due to their resemblance to symbols used by true magicians." Thus, witches and those referred to as true magicians equally engage in the same foolishness; they both trust in imaginary agreements—and consequently, they should both be categorized the same way.

IX. It is proper to notice here that it is not so great a novelty as is generally believed, to make a distinction between witches and magicians. Nearly two hundred years ago James Wier, a doctor by profession, had already said the same thing. Never did an author write more at length upon this matter; you may consult the sixth edition of his book, De Præstigiis Dæmonum et Incantationibus, published at Basle. He there proves that witches ought not to be condemned to death, because they are women whose brain is disturbed; because all the crimes that are imputed to them are imaginary, having no reality but in their ill will, and none at all in the execution; lastly, because, according to the rules of the soundest jurisprudence, the confession of having done impossible things is of no weight, and cannot serve as the foundation of condemnation. He shows how these foolish old women come to believe that they have held intercourse with some evil spirit, or been carried through the air; so far nothing can be better; but otherwise, being persuaded that there are really magic wonders,[678] and thinking that he has himself experienced something of the kind, he will have magicians severely punished. He says,[679] "that very often they are learned men, who, to acquire this diabolical art, have traveled a great deal; and who, learned[680] in Goësy and Theurgy,[681] whether[Pg 421] through the demon or through study,[682] make use of strange terms, characters, exorcisms, and imprecations;" employ "sacred words and divine names, and neglect nothing which can render them skillful in the black art;"[683] which makes them deserving of the punishment of death.[684] "But," according to him, "there is a great difference between magicians and witches, inasmuch as these latter[685] make use neither of books, nor exorcisms, nor characters, but have only their mind and imagination corrupted by the demon." He calls witches "those women who pass for doing a great deal of harm, either by virtue[686] of some imaginary compact, or by their own will, or some diabolical instinct;" and who, having their brain deranged, confess they have done many things, which they never have nor could have performed. "Magicians,"[687] he says, "are led of themselves, and by their own inclination, to learn this forbidden art, and seek masters who can instruct them in it; wizards, on the contrary, seek neither masters nor instructions; but the devil takes possession of those women," whom he thinks the most likely to be deceived, "on account of their old age, of their melancholy temperament, or their poverty and misery." Everybody must see, and I have sufficiently shown it already, to how many difficulties and contradictions all this doctrine is subject; what we must conclude from it is, that wizards as well as magicians have equally recourse to the demon, and place their hope in him, without either of them ever obtaining what they wish. The author sometimes believes he renders what he says of the power of magic, and in short reduces it to nothing, by saying, that all the wonderful effects attributed to it have no reality, and are but illusions and vain phantoms; but he does not remark that it is even miraculous to cause to appear that which is not. Whether the wands of Pharaoh's magicians were really metamorphosed into serpents, or that they appeared to be thus changed to the eyes of the beholders, would either of them equally surpass all the power and industry of men. I shall not amuse myself with discussing largely many inutilities which may be found in this work; for instance, he does not fail to relate the impertinent story of the pretended magic of Sylvester II., which, as Panvinius has shown, had no other foundation than this pope's being much given to the study of mathematics and philosophy.

IX. It's worth noting here that the distinction between witches and magicians isn't as new as people think. Almost two hundred years ago, James Wier, a doctor by profession, already pointed this out. No one has written more extensively on this topic; you can check the sixth edition of his book, De Præstigiis Dæmonum et Incantationibus, published in Basle. He argues that witches shouldn't be sentenced to death because they are women whose minds are disturbed; all the crimes attributed to them are imaginary, existing only in their malice and not in any real actions. Furthermore, according to sound legal principles, a confession of impossible acts carries no weight and can't serve as a basis for conviction. He explains how these foolish old women come to believe they’ve interacted with evil spirits or been flown through the air; up to that point, he’s spot on. However, he also believes that magic does exist, and if he thinks he has experienced it, he will want severe punishment for magicians. He states that "often they are learned men who, in pursuit of this diabolical art, have traveled extensively and who, knowledgeable in Goësy and Theurgy, whether through demons or study, use strange terms, symbols, exorcisms, and curses;" employing "sacred words and divine names, and leaving nothing out that can make them skilled in the dark arts," which makes them deserving of death. "But," he says, "there is a significant difference between magicians and witches, as witches make no use of books, exorcisms, or symbols but only have their minds and imaginations corrupted by demons." He describes witches as "those women who are believed to cause much harm, either through some imaginary pact, their own will, or some demonic instinct;" and who, with their minds disturbed, confess to doing many things they never did or could not have done. "Magicians," he explains, "are driven by their own desire to learn this forbidden art and seek out teachers to enlighten them; whereas, witches do not seek teachers or instruction; instead, the devil takes hold of those women," whom he believes are most easily deceived due to their age, melancholy, or poverty. Everyone must see, and I’ve already demonstrated, how many challenges and contradictions exist within this doctrine; what we conclude is that both wizards and magicians equally turn to demons and place their hopes in them, without ever achieving their desires. The author sometimes seems to downplay the power of magic, ultimately reducing it to nothing by claiming that all the wonders attributed to it are illusions and empty fantasies; but he fails to notice that it’s miraculous to create the appearance of something that isn’t there. Whether the rods of Pharaoh's magicians actually turned into serpents or merely appeared that way to onlookers, either scenario would exceed all human ability and effort. I won’t spend much time discussing the many pointless details in this work; for instance, he insists on recounting the trivial story of the so-called magic of Sylvester II, which, as Panvinius has shown, had no basis other than this pope’s deep interest in mathematics and philosophy.

X. It is owned in the new book, that it is very likely some woman may be found "who, with the help of the demon, may be capable of performing a great many things even hurtful to mankind,"[Pg 422] and that by virtue "of a compact, express or tacit;" and it is added, that it cannot be denied that it may be, without absolutely denying the reality of magic. But when, so far from denying it, every effort on the contrary is made to establish it; when it is loudly maintained that persons may be found who, with the assistance of the demon, are able to produce real effects, even of doing harm to people; how, after that, can it be denied that there are witches, since, according to the common opinion, witchcraft is nothing else? Let them, if they will, regard as a fable what is said of their journeys through the air to repair to their nocturnal meetings; what will he gain by that, if, notwithstanding that, he believes that they possess the power to kill children by their spells, to send the devil into the body of the first person who presents himself, and a hundred other things of the same kind? He says, that "to render the presents which he makes more precious and estimable, and the more to be desired, the demon sells them very dear, as if he could not be excited to act otherwise than by employing powerful means, and making use of a most mysterious and very hidden art," which, doubtless, he would have witches ignorant of, and known only to magicians. But then they pretend that this art can be learned only from the devil, and to obtain it from him they say that he must be invoked and worshiped. Now, as there is hardly an impious character, who, having taken it into his head to operate something important by his charms or spells, would not be disposed to go to that shocking extreme, we cannot see why one should succeed in what he wishes, whilst the other does not succeed; nor what distinction can be made between rascals and madmen, who are precisely of a kind. I hold even, that if the reality and power of magic are granted, we could not without great difficulty refuse to those who profess it the power of entering places shut up, and of going through the air to their nocturnal assemblies. It will, doubtless, be said that that is impossible, and surpasses the power of man; but who can affirm it, since we know not how far the power of the rebel angels extends?

X. The new book claims that it’s very likely there is a woman who, with the help of a demon, can do many things that could harm humanity,[Pg 422] and this is based on a "clear or implied agreement." It’s also noted that this idea cannot completely dismiss the existence of magic. However, rather than denying it, people actively try to prove it; they insist that there are individuals who, with the help of a demon, can create real effects, even causing harm to others. How can anyone deny the existence of witches when, according to common belief, witchcraft is exactly that? They can consider stories about flying to nocturnal gatherings as mere myths, but what do they gain if they still believe witches have the power to harm children, send demons into anyone who appears, and do countless other similar things? It’s claimed that "to make the gifts he offers more valuable and desirable, the demon demands a high price, as if he could only be persuaded to act through powerful means and an extremely secretive and hidden art," which witches supposedly remain unaware of, known only to sorcerers. Yet, they argue that this art can only be learned from the devil and that one must invoke and worship him to acquire it. Since it’s rare for a wicked person, determined to achieve something significant through charms or spells, not to reach that shocking extreme, it’s difficult to understand why one would succeed while the other would fail; there is no clear difference between scoundrels and madmen, who are quite similar. I even believe that if the existence and power of magic are accepted, it would be hard to deny those who practice it the ability to enter locked places and fly to their secret meetings. It will certainly be argued that this is impossible and beyond human capacity, but who can truly claim that, considering we do not know the full extent of the power of rebellious angels?

I remember to have formerly heard some persons at Rome reason very sensibly on the difficulty there is sometimes of deciding upon the truth of a miracle, which difficulty is founded on our ignorance of the extent of the powers of nature.

I recall hearing some people in Rome discussing very thoughtfully the challenge of determining the truth of a miracle, and this challenge stems from our lack of understanding of the limits of nature's powers.

[688] [It is true that it would be dangerous to carry this principle too far; doubtless, we are not to deduce from it that nothing ever happens but what is natural, as if the Sovereign Author of all had in some measure bound his hands, and had not reserved unto himself[Pg 423] the liberty to comply with the wishes and prayers of his servants—of sometimes according favors which manifestly surpass the powers he has granted to nature. It may often happen that we doubt whether an effect is natural or supernatural; but also how many effects do we see on which no sensible and rational person can form a doubt, good sense concurring with the soundest philosophy to teach us that certain wonders can only happen by a secret and divine virtue? One of the most certain proofs which can be had of this is the sudden and durable cure of certain long and cruel maladies. I know that simple and pious persons have sometimes attributed to a miracle cures which might very well be looked upon as purely natural; but what can be opposed to certain extraordinary facts which have sometimes happened to very wise and wide-awake persons, in the presence of sensible and judicious witnesses who have attested them, and confirmed by the report of the cleverest physicians, who have shown their astonishment at them? In this city of Verona, where I live, an event of this kind happened very recently, and it has excited the wonder of every one; but as the truth of it is not yet juridically attested I abstain from relating it. But such is not the case with a similar fact, verified, ten years ago, after the strictest examination. I speak of the miraculous cure of Dame Victoire Buri, of the monastery of St. Daniel, who after a chronic ague of nearly five years' duration, after having been tortured for several days with a stitch in her side, or acute pain, and with violent colics—having, in short, lost her voice, and fallen into a languid state, received the holy viaticum on the day of the fête of St. Louis de Gonzaga. In this condition, having fervently recommended herself to the intercession of the saint, she in one moment felt her strength return, her pains ceased, and she began to cry out that she was cured. At these cries the abbess and the nuns ran to her; she dressed herself, went up the stairs alone and without assistance, and repaired to the choir with the others to render thanks to God for her recovery. I had the curiosity to wish to inform myself personally of the fact and of these circumstances, and after having interrogated the lady herself, those who had witnessed her cure, and the physicians who had attended her, I remained fully convinced of the truth of the fact. I, I repeat, whose defect is not that of being too credulous, as it sufficiently appears by what I write here.

[688] [It's true that it would be risky to take this principle too far; we shouldn't conclude that nothing happens except what's natural, as if the Supreme Author of everything has somehow limited his power and hasn't kept for himself[Pg 423] the ability to respond to the desires and prayers of his followers—sometimes granting favors that clearly go beyond what nature can provide. There are times when we question whether an occurrence is natural or supernatural; however, there are many events where no sensible and rational person can doubt, as common sense aligns with solid philosophy to teach us that certain wonders can only occur through a hidden and divine force. One of the strongest proofs of this is the sudden and lasting cure of certain long and severe illnesses. I understand that simple and devout individuals have sometimes attributed miracles to cures that could easily be seen as purely natural; but what can we say about certain extraordinary events that have occurred to very wise and astute individuals, witnessed by sensible and credible observers who have confirmed them, and supported by reports from the most skilled physicians who have expressed their astonishment at these events? In this city of Verona, where I live, a similar event just happened recently, sparking everyone’s awe; however, since its truth isn't yet legally verified, I won't recount it. But that is not the case with another event, confirmed ten years ago after the most rigorous investigation. I'm referring to the miraculous cure of Dame Victoire Buri, from the monastery of St. Daniel, who, after suffering from a chronic fever for nearly five years, endured several days of severe pain in her side and violent cramps—ultimately losing her voice and falling into a weak state—received the holy communion on the feast day of St. Louis de Gonzaga. In that condition, having fervently asked for the saint's intercession, she suddenly felt her strength return, her pain ceased, and she began to shout that she was cured. Hearing her cries, the abbess and the other nuns rushed to her; she got dressed, climbed the stairs by herself, and joined the others in the choir to thank God for her recovery. Out of curiosity, I sought to learn about the event and its circumstances personally; after questioning the lady, her witnesses, and the attending physicians, I became completely convinced of the truth of this event. I, who am not easily fooled, as is clear from what I've written here.

Again, I may say, that finding myself fourteen years ago at Florence, I was in that city acquainted with a young girl, named Sister Catherine Biondi, of the third order of St. Francis; through her prayers a lady was cured in a moment and for ever of a very painful dislocation. This circumstance was known by everybody, and I have no doubt that it will one day be juridically attested.[Pg 424] For myself, I believe I obtained several singular favors of God through the intercession of this holy maiden, to whose intercession I have recommended myself several times since her death. The wise and learned father Pellicioni, abbot of the order of St. Benedict, her confessor, said that if we knew the life and family arrangements of this inferior sister, we should soon be delivered from all sorts of temptations against faith.

Again, I want to mention that fourteen years ago, when I was in Florence, I met a young girl named Sister Catherine Biondi, who was part of the third order of St. Francis. Through her prayers, a woman was instantly and permanently healed of a very painful dislocation. Everyone knew about this event, and I have no doubt it will be officially recognized one day.[Pg 424] Personally, I believe I received several special favors from God thanks to the intercession of this holy woman, to whom I’ve turned for help several times since her passing. The wise and learned Father Pellicioni, the abbot of the order of St. Benedict and her confessor, stated that if we understood the life and family background of this humble sister, we would quickly overcome all kinds of temptations against our faith.

In effect, what things we are taught by these facts, which remain as if buried in oblivion! What subtile questions are cleared up by them in a very short time! Why do not the learned, who shine in other communions, give themselves the trouble to assure themselves of only one of these facts, as it would be very easy for them to do? One alone suffices to render evident the truth of the catholic dogmas. There is not one article of controversy for the defence of which it would not be necessary to compose a folio; whereas, only one of these facts decides them all instantly. We advance but little by disputation, because each one seeks only to show forth his own wit and erudition, and no one will give up a point; while by this method all becomes so evident that no reply remains in answer to it. And who could imagine that among so many miracles verified on the spot, in different places, and reported in the strictest examinations made for the canonization of saints, there would not be one which was true? To do so, we must refuse to believe anything at all, and to make use of one's reason. But when one of these facts becomes so notorious that there is no longer room to doubt it, if after that some difficulty presents itself to our feeble mind, which, so far from grasping the infinite, has only most confused knowledge of material bodies, will not any one who wishes to reason upon them be obliged to decide them suddenly by saying, "I do not understand it at all, but I believe the whole?" Those also, who, through the high opinion they have of their own knowledge, laugh at all which is above them; what can these men oppose to facts, in which Divine Providence shines forth in a manner so evident not only to the mind but to the eyes? In regard to those who, from the bad education which they have received, or from the idle and voluptuous life which they lead, stagnate in gross ignorance; with what facility would not one of these well-proved facts instruct them in what they most require to know, and enlighten them in a moment on every subject?]

In reality, what lessons do these facts teach us, which seem to be hidden in forgotten places? What complex questions do they clarify in such a short time! Why don’t the knowledgeable ones, who excel in other areas, take the time to verify even one of these facts, which would be very easy for them to do? Just one is enough to clearly show the truth of the Catholic teachings. There isn't a single point of debate that wouldn't require a lengthy treatise to defend, while just one of these facts settles all of them immediately. We make little progress through arguments because everyone only wants to showcase their own cleverness and knowledge, and no one is willing to concede a point; however, through this method, everything becomes so clear that there’s no response left to give. And who could believe that among so many miracles that have been confirmed on-site, in various locations, and examined rigorously for canonization, there wouldn’t be at least one that is true? To think that, you would have to refuse to believe anything at all and use your reasoning. But when one of these facts becomes so well-known that doubt is no longer possible, if afterward, some confusion arises in our limited minds, which hardly grasp the infinite and only have a hazy understanding of physical things, wouldn't anyone wishing to reason through them have to conclude, “I don’t get it at all, but I believe it all”? And those who, due to their high opinion of their own knowledge, mock anything beyond their understanding; how can these people challenge facts that demonstrate Divine Providence so clearly, not just to the mind but to the eyes? As for those who, due to poor education or a life of idleness and indulgence, remain trapped in ignorance; how easily could one of these well-supported facts teach them what they need to know and enlighten them instantly on every subject?

To return to my subject. If it is sometimes difficult to decide on the truth of a miracle, how much more difficulty would there be in observing all the qualities which suit the superior and spiritual nature, and prescribing limits to it. In regard to the penalties which the author would have them inflict on magicians and witches, pretending that the former are to be treated with rigor, while, on[Pg 425] the contrary, we must be indulgent to the latter, I do not see any foundation for it. Charity would certainly have us begin by instructing an old fool, who, having her fancy distorted, or her heart perverted, from having read, or heard related, certain things, will condemn herself, by avowing crimes which she has not committed. But if we are told, for instance, that, after having made a little image, an ignoramus has pierced it several times, muttering some ridiculous words, how can we distinguish whether this charm is to be attributed to sorcery or magic? and consequently, how can we know whether it ought to be punished leniently or rigorously? However it may be done, no effect will follow it, as has often been proved; and whether the spell is the work of a magician or a wizard, the person aimed at by it will not be in worse health. We must only remark, that although ineffectual, the attempt of such wizards is not less a crime, since to arrive at that point, "they must have renounced all their duty to God, and have made themselves the slaves of the demon:" also do they avow that to cast their spells they must "give up Jesus Christ, and renounce the baptismal rite." It is commonly held that "the demons appear to them, and cause themselves to be worshiped by them." This is certainly not the case; but if it were so, why should witches have less power than magicians? and on what foundation can it be asserted that they are less criminal?

To get back to my point. If it’s sometimes tough to figure out the truth of a miracle, how much harder would it be to observe all the qualities that fit a higher and spiritual nature and set limits on it? Concerning the punishments that the author wants to impose on magicians and witches, claiming that we should be harsh with magicians while being lenient with witches, I don’t see any basis for that. Charity would definitely suggest that we start by educating an old fool who, with a twisted imagination or a corrupted heart, may end up condemning herself by confessing to crimes she didn’t commit after reading or hearing certain things. But if, for example, we hear that after making a little figure, someone who doesn’t know much has stabbed it several times while mumbling some silly words, how can we tell if this act is linked to sorcery or magic? And therefore, how can we know if it should be punished lightly or severely? No matter how it’s done, no real effects will follow, as has been proven often; and whether the spell comes from a magician or a witch, the person targeted by it won't be any worse off. We should also note that, even if ineffective, the attempt by such wizards is still a crime, since to get to that point, "they must have renounced all their duty to God, and have made themselves the slaves of the demon." They also claim that to cast their spells, they have to "give up Jesus Christ and renounce their baptism." It is generally accepted that "the demons show up to them and demand to be worshipped." This isn’t true; but even if it were, why would witches have less power than magicians? And on what basis can it be said that they are less guilty?

XI. Now, then, let us come to the point, which has deceived many, and which still deludes some. Because in the Scripture, in the Old Testament, magic is often spoken of as it then was, they conclude that it still exists, and is on the same footing at this day. To that a reply is easy. Before the advent of the Saviour, the demon had that power; but he no longer possesses it, since Jesus Christ by his death consummated the great work of our redemption. It is what St. John clearly teaches in the Apocalypse, when he says[689]—"I saw an angel descend from heaven, holding in his hand the key of the well of the abyss, and a long chain with which he enchained the dragon, the old serpent, who is the devil and Satan, and he bound him for a thousand years." The Evangelist here makes use of the term "a thousand years" to designate a period both very long and indeterminate, since we read, a little lower down, that the demon shall be unbound at the coming of Antichrist.[690] And "after a thousand years," says St. John, "Satan shall be unbound, and shall come out of his prison." Whence it happens, that in the time of Antichrist all the wonders of magic shall be renewed,[Pg 426] as the apostle tells us, when he says[691] that his arrival shall be marked with the greatest wonders that Satan is capable of working, and by all sorts of signs and lying prodigies. But till then, "the prince of this world," that is to say, the demon, "will be cast out." Which made St. Peter say, that in ascending to heaven, Jesus Christ has subjugated "the angels, the powers, and the virtues;" and St. Paul says, that "he has enriched himself with the spoils of principalities and powers;" and that "when he shall give up the kingdom to God even the Father, and destroyed all principalities, and powers, and rule." These various names indicate the different orders of reprobate spirits, as we learn from different parts of the New Testament. Now, to understand that the might and power which the demon has been deprived of by the Saviour, is precisely that which he had enjoyed until then of deceiving the world by magical practices, it is proper to observe, that until the coming of Jesus Christ there were three ways or means by which the reprobate spirits exercised their power and malice upon men:—1. By tempting them and leading them to do evil. 2. By entering into their bodies and possessing them. 3. By seconding magical operations, and sometimes working wonders, to wrest the worship which was due to Him. At this day, of these three kinds of power, the demon has certainly not lost the first by the coming of the Saviour, since we know with what determination he has continued since then, and daily does continue, to tempt us. Neither has he been deprived of the second, since we still find persons who are possessed; and it cannot be denied, that even since Jesus Christ, God has often permitted this kind of possession to chastise mankind, and serve as a warning. Thence it remains, that the demon has only been absolutely despoiled of the third; and that it is in this sense we must understand what St. Paul says, "that Satan has been enchained." Thence it comes, that since the death of our Saviour all these diabolical  having no longer the same success as before, those who until then had made a profession of them, brought their books to the apostles' feet, and burned them in their presence." For that these books treated principally of magic, we learn from St. Athanasius, who alludes to this part of the Scripture, when he says, that "those who had been celebrated for this art burned their books." It is not that, even in the most distant time, braggarts and impostors have been wanting who falsely boasted of what they could not perform. Thus we read in Ecclesiasticus—"Who will pity the enchanter that is bitten by the serpent?" In the time of St. Paul, some exorcists, who were Jews, ran about the country, vainly endeavoring to expel demons; this was the case[Pg 427] with seven sons of one of the chief priests at Ephesus. It is this prejudice which made Josephus believe[692] that in the presence of Vespasian and all his court attendants, a Jew had expelled demons from the bodies of the possessed by piercing their nose with a ring, in which had been encased a root pointed out by Solomon. In his narrative of this event, we may see, in truth, that the demons were obliged to give some sign of their exit; but who does not perceive that what he relates can proceed only from one who has suffered himself to be deceived, or who seeks to deceive others?

XI. Now, let's get to the point that has misled many and continues to confuse some. Because the Old Testament talks about magic as it was then, some conclude that it still exists and is treated the same way today. The answer to this is straightforward. Before the Savior came, the demon had that power; but he no longer has it since Jesus Christ completed the great work of our redemption through his death. St. John makes this clear in the Book of Revelation when he says[689]—"I saw an angel coming down from heaven with the key to the bottomless pit and a heavy chain in his hand. He seized the dragon, that ancient serpent, who is the devil and Satan, and bound him for a thousand years." The Evangelist uses the term "a thousand years" to refer to a long and indefinite period, since we read a bit later that the demon will be released at the coming of the Antichrist.[690] And "after a thousand years," St. John says, "Satan will be released from his prison." This means that during the time of the Antichrist, all the wonders of magic will return,[Pg 426] as the apostle tells us, when he says[691] that his arrival will be marked by the greatest wonders Satan can perform, along with all sorts of signs and false miracles. But until then, "the prince of this world," meaning the demon, "will be cast out." This is what St. Peter meant when he said that by ascending to heaven, Jesus Christ has conquered "the angels, the powers, and the virtues;" and St. Paul states that "he has taken the spoils of principalities and powers;" and that "when he hands over the kingdom to God the Father, he will have destroyed all principalities, powers, and rule." These different names refer to various orders of fallen spirits, as we learn from different parts of the New Testament. To understand that the power the demon lost due to the Savior is specifically the ability to deceive the world through magical practices, it’s important to note that before Jesus Christ came, there were three ways in which the fallen spirits operated their power and malice over people: 1. By tempting them and leading them to do evil. 2. By entering and possessing their bodies. 3. By assisting magical operations and sometimes performing wonders to steal the worship that was rightfully His. Today, the demon certainly hasn’t lost the first kind of power with the coming of the Savior, since we know how fiercely he continues to tempt us every day. He hasn’t been deprived of the second either, since we still see people who are possessed; and it’s undeniable that even since Jesus Christ, God has often allowed such possessions to punish humanity and serve as a warning. Therefore, it remains that the demon has only completely lost the third kind of power; this is what we must understand when St. Paul says that "Satan has been chained." Consequently, since the death of our Savior, all these diabolical practices no longer have the same success as before, and those who previously engaged in them brought their books to the apostles' feet and burned them in their presence." For these books mainly discussed magic, as we learn from St. Athanasius, who refers to this part of Scripture when he states that "those who were known for this art burned their books." It's not that, even in the past, there haven't been charlatans and frauds who falsely claimed abilities they didn't possess. Thus, we read in Ecclesiasticus—"Who will pity the enchanter who is bitten by the serpent?" In St. Paul's time, some Jewish exorcists went around trying to cast out demons in vain; this was the case with the seven sons of a chief priest in Ephesus. This bias led Josephus to believe[692] that in the presence of Vespasian and his whole court, a Jew expelled demons from possessed individuals by piercing their noses with a ring that had a root pointed out by Solomon. In his account of this event, we can see that the demons had to give some sign of their exit; but who doesn’t recognize that what he describes could come only from someone who has either been deceived himself or is trying to deceive others?

XII. From what I have said, it is obvious, that if in the Old Testament the magic power, and the prodigies worked by magic, are often spoken of, there is in return no mention made of it in the New. It is true, that as the world was never wanting in impostors, who sought to appropriate to themselves the name and reputation of magician, we find two of these seducers named in the Acts of the Apostles. The one is Elymas,[693] who, in the isle of Cyprus, wished to turn the attention of the Roman proconsul from listening to the preaching of the apostles, and for that was punished with blindness. The other is Simon, who for a long time preaching in Samaria that he was something great, had misled all the people of that city, so that he was generally regarded there as a sort of divine man, because "through the effect of his magic he had for a long time turned the heads of all the inhabitants;" that is to say, he had seduced and dazzled them by his knaveries, as has often happened in many other places. For it is evidently shown that he could never succeed in working any wonder, not only by the silence of the Scripture on that point, but also on seeing the miracles of St. Philip he was so surprised at them, and so filled with admiration, that he directly asked to be baptized, and never after quitted this apostle. But having offered some money to St. Peter, in order to obtain from him the apostolical gift, he was severely reprimanded by him, and threatened with the most terrible punishments, to which he made no other reply than to entreat the apostles to intercede for him themselves with Jesus Christ, that nothing of the kind might happen to him. This is all we have that is certain and authentic on the subject of Simon the magician. But in times nearer to the apostles, the authors of apocryphal books and stories invented at pleasure, profited well by the profession of magic, which Simon had for a long time skillfully practiced; and because the magic art is fruitful in wonders, which certainly render a narrative agreeable and amusing, they attributed endless prodigies to him; amongst others they imagined that, in a sort of public discussion between him and St. Peter, he raised himself into the air, and was precipitated[Pg 428] from thence to the ground at the prayers of that apostle. Sigebert mentions this, and, if I mistake not, it has appeared in print at Florence. The most ancient apocryphal works which remain to us, are the Recognitions of St. Clement, and the Apostolical Constitutions. In the first, they make Simon say that he can render himself invisible, traverse the most frightful precipices, fall from a great height without hurting himself, bind with his own bonds those who enchained him, open fastened doors, animate statues, pass through fire without burning himself, change his form, metamorphose himself into a goat or a sheep, fly in the air, &c. In the second they make St. Peter say, that Simon being at Rome, and gone to the theatre about noon, he ordered the people to go back and make room for him, promising them that he would rise up into the air. It is added, that he did in effect rise up into the air, carried by the demons, saying he was ascending to heaven, at which all the people applauded; but at that moment St. Peter's prayers were successful, and Simon was hurled down, after he had spoken beforehand to him, as if they had been close to each other. You can read the whole story, which is evidently false and ill-imagined. It is true that these old writings, and a few others of the same kind, have served to deceive some of the fathers and ecclesiastical authors, who, without examining into the truth, have permitted themselves to go with the stream, and have followed the public opinion, upon which many things might be said did time allow. How, for instance, can any one unhesitatingly believe that St. Jerome could ever have written that St. Peter went to Rome, not to plant the faith in that capital, and establish therein the first seat of Christianity, but to expel from thence Simon the magician? Is there not, on the contrary, reason to suspect that these few words have passed in ancient times, from a note inadvertently placed in the margin, into the text itself? But to confine myself within the limits of my subject, I say that it suffices to pay attention to the impure source of so many doubtful books, published under feigned names, by the diversity and contradiction which predominate amongst them relatively to the circumstance in question, by the silence, in short, of the sovereign pontiffs and other writers upon the same, even of the profane authors who ought principally to speak of it, to remain convinced that all that is said of it, as well as all the other prodigies ascribed to the magic power of Simon, is but a fable founded solely on public report. Is there not even an ancient inscription, which is thought to be still in existence, and which, according to the copy that I formerly took of it at Rome, bears: "Sanco Sancto Semoni Deo Filio," which upon the equivoque of the name, has been applied to Simon the magician by St. Justin, and upon his authority by[Pg 429] some other writers, which occasioned P. Pagi to say on the year 42, "That St. Justin was deceived either by a resemblance of name, or by some unfaithful relation;" but that which must above all decide this matter is the testimony of Origen, who says that indeed Simon could deceive some persons in his time by magic, but that soon after he lost his credit so much, that there were not in all the world thirty persons of his sect to be found, and that only in Palestine, his name never having been known elsewhere; so far was it from true that he had been to Rome, worked miracles there, and had statues raised to him in that capital of the world! Origen concludes by saying, that where the name of Simon was known, it was so only by the Acts of the Apostles, and that the truth of the circumstances evidently shows that there was nothing divine in this man, that is to say, nothing miraculous or extraordinary. In a word, the Acts of the Apostles relate no wonder of him, because the Saviour had destroyed all the power of magic.

XII. From what I've said, it's clear that while the Old Testament frequently talks about magical powers and the wonders performed by magic, there's no mention of it in the New Testament. Of course, throughout history, there have always been impostors who tried to claim the title and reputation of a magician. In the Acts of the Apostles, we find two of these deceivers mentioned. One is Elymas,[693] who, on the island of Cyprus, tried to distract the Roman proconsul from listening to the apostles' preaching and was punished with blindness for it. The other is Simon, who for a long time preached in Samaria, claiming to be something great, leading the people of that city to see him as a kind of divine figure because “through his magic he had long fooled all the inhabitants.” This means he had deceived and dazzled them with his tricks, as often happens elsewhere. It's clear he never succeeded in performing any real miracles, not only because the Scriptures remain silent on that point, but also because he was so astonished by St. Philip's miracles that he immediately asked to be baptized and never left this apostle's side after that. However, when he offered St. Peter money to receive the apostolic gift, St. Peter sternly rebuked him and warned him of severe punishments. Simon's only response was to ask the apostles to pray for him to Jesus Christ so that nothing terrible would happen to him. This is the only certain and authentic account we have regarding Simon the magician. However, in later times, closer to the apostles, writers of apocryphal texts created fanciful stories, benefiting from the magical profession that Simon had practiced for a long time. Since magic often yields wonders that certainly make a story engaging and entertaining, they attributed endless marvels to him. Among other tales, they imagined that during a public debate between him and St. Peter, he levitated into the air and was thrown down to the ground at the apostle's prayers. Sigebert mentions this and, if I'm not mistaken, it has been printed in Florence. The oldest apocryphal texts we still have are the Recognitions of St. Clement and the Apostolic Constitutions. In the former, they have Simon claiming he can make himself invisible, cross the most dangerous cliffs, fall from great heights without injury, bind those who have imprisoned him with his own chains, open locked doors, bring statues to life, walk through fire unscathed, change his appearance, transform into a goat or a sheep, fly, etc. In the latter, they say that when Simon was in Rome and went to the theater at noon, he told the people to clear the way for him, promising he would ascend into the air. It adds that he did actually float up in the air, carried by demons, claiming he was rising to heaven, which made the crowd cheer; but at that moment, St. Peter's prayers worked, and Simon was thrown down after having spoken to him as if they were close together. You can read the entire story, which is obviously false and poorly imagined. It's true that these ancient writings and a few others of the same kind have deceived some early church fathers and writers, who, without examining the truth, followed public opinion, and many things could be said about that if time permitted. For instance, how can anyone truly believe that St. Jerome wrote that St. Peter went to Rome not to establish the faith there and create the first seat of Christianity, but to drive out Simon the magician? Isn't there reason to suspect that those few words may have mistakenly moved from a marginal note into the text? But to keep focused on my main point, it's enough to consider the corrupt origins of so many dubious books published under false names, the variety and contradictions among them concerning this matter, and the absolute silence of the popes and other writers, including secular authors who should have spoken on the topic, to be convinced that everything said about it, as well as all the miraculous feats attributed to the magical powers of Simon, is merely a fable built on hearsay. Isn't there an ancient inscription still thought to exist, which says: "Sanco Sancto Semoni Deo Filio," and due to the ambiguity of the name, has been associated with Simon the magician by St. Justin, and on his authority by some other writers? This led P. Pagi to remark in the year 42, "That St. Justin was either deceived by a name similarity or by some unreliable account." However, what should ultimately settle this issue is Origen's testimony, who remarked that indeed Simon could deceive some people with his magic at the time, but soon after, he lost so much credibility that there were not even thirty followers of his sect left in all the world, and they were only in Palestine; certainly, it was untrue that he had been to Rome, performed miracles there, and had statues erected in that world capital! Origen concluded by saying that where Simon’s name was recognized, it was solely because of the Acts of the Apostles, and that the truth of the events shows there was nothing divine about this man, meaning nothing miraculous or extraordinary. In short, the Acts of the Apostles do not include any accounts of wonders he performed because the Savior had taken away all power from magic.

XIII. To render this principle more solid still, after having based it upon the Scripture, I am going to establish again with my usual frankness, upon tradition, and show that it is truly in this sense the passages in the fathers, and ancient ecclesiastical writers, must be understood. I begin with St. Ignatius the Martyr, bishop, and successor of the apostles in the pulpit of Antioch. This father, in the first of the Epistles which are really his, speaking of the birth of the Saviour, and of the star which then appeared, adds, "Because all the power of magic vanished, all the bonds of malice were broken, ignorance was abolished, and the old kingdom of Satan destroyed;" on which the learned Cotelerius makes this remark: "It was also at that time that all the illusions of magic ceased, as is attested by so many celebrated authors." Tertullian, in the book which he has written on Idolatry, says, "We know the strict union there is between magic and astrology. God permitted that science to reign on the earth till the time of the Gospel, in order that after the birth of Jesus Christ no one might be found who should undertake to read in the heavens the happiness or misfortunes of any person whomsoever." A little after, he adds: "It is thus that, till the time of the Gospel, God tolerated on the earth that other kind of magic which performs wonders, and dared even to enter into rivalry with Moses."

XIII. To make this principle even stronger, after grounding it in Scripture, I will again openly establish it based on tradition and demonstrate that this is indeed how the passages in the writings of the Church Fathers and early ecclesiastical authors should be understood. I will start with St. Ignatius the Martyr, bishop and successor of the apostles in the pulpit of Antioch. This Father, in the first of the Epistles that are genuinely attributed to him, speaks of the birth of the Savior and the star that appeared at that time, adding, "Because all the power of magic disappeared, all the bonds of malice were broken, ignorance was eliminated, and the old kingdom of Satan was destroyed." The scholar Cotelerius comments on this: "It was also at that time that all magical illusions ceased, as confirmed by many renowned authors." Tertullian, in the book he wrote on Idolatry, states, "We know the strong connection between magic and astrology. God allowed that knowledge to prevail on earth until the time of the Gospel, so that after the birth of Jesus Christ, no one would be found attempting to read the heavens to determine the happiness or misfortunes of anyone." Shortly after, he adds: "Thus, until the time of the Gospel, God permitted this other form of magic, which performs wonders, to exist on earth and even dared to compete with Moses."

Origen, in his books against Celsus, speaking of the three magi, and the star which appeared to them, says that then the power of magic extended so far, that there was no art more powerful and more divine; but at the birth of the Saviour hell was disconcerted, the demons lost their power, all their spells were destroyed, and their might passed away. The magi wishing them to perform their enchantments and their usual works, and not being able to succeed,[Pg 430] sought the reason; and having seen that new star appear in the heavens, they conjectured that "He who was to command all spirits was born," which decided them to go and adore him.

Origen, in his writings against Celsus, talks about the three wise men and the star that appeared to them. He says that back then, the power of magic was so great that no other art was more powerful or divine. However, at the birth of the Savior, hell was thrown into confusion, the demons lost their power, all their spells were broken, and their strength faded away. The wise men, wanting to continue their magic and usual practices but unable to succeed,[Pg 430] searched for an explanation. After seeing the new star in the sky, they concluded that "He who would command all spirits was born," which led them to go and worship him.

St. Athanasius, in his treatise on the Incarnation, teaches that the Saviour has delivered all creatures from the deceits and illusions of Satan, and that he has enriched himself, as St. Paul says, with the spoils of principalities and powers. "When is it," he says afterwards, "that the oracles have ceased to reply throughout all Greece, but since the advent of the Saviour on earth? When did they begin to despise the magic art? Is it not since mankind began to enjoy the divine presence of the Word? Formerly," he continues, "the demons deluded men by divers phantoms, and attaching themselves to rivers and fountains, stones and wood, they drew by their allusions the admiration of weak mortals; but since the advent of the Divine Word, all their stratagems have passed away." A little while after, he adds, "But what shall we say of that magic they held in such admiration? Before the incarnation of the Word, it was in honor among the Egyptians, the Chaldeans, the Indians, and won the admiration of those nations by prodigies; but since the Truth has come down to earth, and the Word has shown himself amongst men, this power has been destroyed, and is itself fallen into oblivion." In another place, refuting the Gentiles, who ascribed the miracles of the Saviour to magic, "They call him a magician," says he, "but can they say that a magician would destroy all sorts of magic, instead of working to establish it?"

St. Athanasius, in his writing on the Incarnation, teaches that the Savior has freed all creatures from the tricks and deceptions of Satan, and that he has gained riches, as St. Paul says, with the spoils of powers and authorities. "When," he asks later, "did the oracles stop responding all over Greece, if not with the coming of the Savior to earth? When did they start to disregard the magical arts? Isn’t it when humanity began to experience the divine presence of the Word? Previously," he continues, "the demons misled people with various illusions, attaching themselves to rivers, springs, stones, and wood, drawing in the admiration of weak mortals; but since the coming of the Divine Word, all their tricks have vanished." A little later, he adds, "But what should we say about the magic they once admired so much? Before the Word became flesh, it was revered among the Egyptians, Chaldeans, and Indians, impressing those nations with wonders; but since the Truth has come to earth, and the Word has revealed himself among people, this power has been destroyed, and has fallen into forgetfulness." In another instance, refuting the pagans who attributed the miracles of the Savior to magic, he says, "They call him a magician, but can they claim that a magician would destroy all forms of magic instead of trying to promote it?"

In his Commentary on Isaiah, St. Jerome joins this interpretation to several passages in the prophet—"Since the advent of the Saviour, all that must be understood in an allegorical sense; for all the error of the waters of Egypt, and all the pernicious arts which deluded the nations who suffered themselves to be infatuated by them, have been destroyed by the coming of Jesus Christ." A little after, he adds—"That Memphis was also strongly addicted to magic, the vestiges which subsist at this day of her ancient superstitions allow us not to doubt." Now this informs us in a few words, or in the approach of the desolation of Babylon, that all the projects of the magicians, and of those who promise to unveil the future, are a pure folly, and dissolve like smoke at the presence of Jesus Christ. Again, he says elsewhere, that "Jesus Christ being come into the world, all kinds of divination, and all the deceits of idolatry, lost their efficacy; so that the Eastern magi understanding that a Son of God was born who had destroyed all the power of their art, came to Bethlehem."

In his Commentary on Isaiah, St. Jerome connects this interpretation to several passages from the prophet—"Ever since the arrival of the Savior, everything should be understood allegorically; for all the falsehoods of the waters of Egypt and all the harmful tricks that deceived the nations who allowed themselves to be misled by them have been wiped away by the coming of Jesus Christ." Shortly after, he adds—"The fact that Memphis was deeply into magic is clear from the remnants of her ancient superstitions that still exist today." This tells us, in just a few words, that leading up to the destruction of Babylon, all the plans of the magicians and those who claim to predict the future are pure nonsense and vanish like smoke in the presence of Jesus Christ. Furthermore, he states elsewhere that "with the arrival of Jesus Christ in the world, all forms of divination and all the tricks of idolatry lost their power; so much so that the Eastern magi, realizing that a Son of God was born who had nullified all the power of their craft, came to Bethlehem."

Theophilus of Alexandria, in his Paschal Letter addressed to the bishops of Egypt, and after him St. Jerome, who has given us a Latin translation of this letter, says that Jesus Christ by his coming[Pg 431] has destroyed all the illusions of magic. They add, "Jesus Christ by his presence having destroyed idolatry, it follows that magic, which is its mother, has been destroyed likewise." They call magic the mother of idolatry, because it transfers to another the confidence and submission which are due to God alone. St. Ambrose says, "The magician perceives the inutility of his art, and you do not yet understand that the promised Redeemer is come." I could bring forward here many other passages from the fathers if I had the books at hand, or if time allowed me to select them.

Theophilus of Alexandria, in his Paschal Letter to the bishops of Egypt, and later St. Jerome, who provided a Latin translation of this letter, states that Jesus Christ, through his arrival[Pg 431], has eradicated all illusions of magic. They explain, "Because Jesus Christ has destroyed idolatry with his presence, it follows that magic, which is its source, has also been eliminated." They refer to magic as the mother of idolatry because it redirects the trust and devotion that should be given to God alone. St. Ambrose remarks, "The magician realizes the futility of his craft, and you still do not understand that the promised Redeemer has come." I could share many other quotes from the Church Fathers if I had the texts available or if I had more time to gather them.

XIV. But why amuse ourselves with fruitless researches? What I have said will suffice to show that this opinion has been that of not only one or two of the fathers, which would prove nothing, but of the greater number of those among them who have discoursed of this matter, which constitutes the greater number. After that it is of little import if in after and darker ages a thousand stories were spread on the subject of witchcraft and enchantments, and that those tales may have gained credit with the people in proportion to their rudeness and ignorance. You may read, if you have any curiosity on the subject, a hundred stories of that kind, related by Saxo Grammaticus and Olaus Magnus. You will find also in Lucian and in Apuleius, how, even in their time, those who wished to be carried through the air, or to be metamorphosed into beasts, began by stripping themselves, and then anointing themselves with certain oils from head to foot; there were then found impostors, who promised as of old to perform by means of magic all kinds of prodigies, and still continued the same extravagances as ever.

XIV. But why waste time on pointless inquiries? What I’ve said should be enough to demonstrate that this opinion wasn’t just held by one or two of the early scholars, which wouldn’t mean much, but by most of those who discussed this topic, which makes up the majority. After that, it doesn’t really matter if in later, darker times a thousand stories were told about witchcraft and spells, and that those stories gained traction with people because of their lack of education and awareness. If you’re curious about the topic, you can find a hundred similar tales told by Saxo Grammaticus and Olaus Magnus. You’ll also see in Lucian and Apuleius how, even in their time, those who wanted to fly or transform into animals started by stripping down and then covering themselves in certain oils from head to toe; there were then frauds who promised, just like before, to perform all kinds of wonders through magic and continued the same absurd antics as always.

A great many persons feel a certain repugnance to refusing belief in all that is said of the prodigies of magic, as if it was denying the truth of miracles, and the existence of the devil; and on this subject they fail not to allege, that amongst the orders in the church is found that of exorcists, and that the rituals are full of prayers and blessings against the malice and the snares of Satan. But we must not here confound two very different things. So far from the miracles and wonders performed by Divine power leading us to believe the truth of those which are ascribed to the demon, they teach us on the contrary that God has reserved this power to himself alone. We experience but too often that there are truly evil spirits, who do not cease to tempt us. In respect to the order of Exorcists, we know that it was established in the church in the first ages of Christianity; the most ancient fathers make mention of them; but from none of them do we learn that their order was instituted against witchcraft and other knaveries of the same kind, but only as at this day, to deliver those possessed; "to expel demons from the bodies of the possessed;" says the Manual of the Ordination. It is not, then, denied, that for reasons which it belongs not to us[Pg 432] to examine, God sometimes allows the demon to take hold of some one and to torment him; we only deny that the spirit of darkness can ever arrive at that to please a wretched woman of the dregs of the people. We do not deny that to punish the sins of mankind, the Almighty may not sometimes make use in different ways of the ministry of evil spirits; for, as St. Jerome says,[694] "God makes men feel his anger and fury by the ministry of rebel angels;" but we do deny that it ever happens by virtue of certain figures, certain words, and certain signs, made by ignoramuses or scoundrels, or some wretched females, or old mad women, or by any authority they have over the demon. The sovereign pontiff who at this day governs the church with so much glory, discourses very fully[695] in his excellent works on the wonders worked by the demon and related in the Old Testament, but he nowhere speaks of any effect produced by magic or by sorcery since the coming of Jesus Christ. In the Roman ritual we have prayers and orisons for all occasions; we find there conjurations and exorcisms against demons; but nowhere, if the text is not corrupted, is there mention made either of persons or things bewitched, and if they are mentioned therein, it is only in after additions made by private individuals. We know, on the contrary, that many books treating of this subject, and containing prayers newly composed by some individuals, have been prohibited. Thus they have forbidden the book entitled Circulus Aureus, in which are set down the conjurations necessary for "invoking demons of all kinds, of the sky, of hell, the earth, fire, air, and water," to destroy all sorts of "enchantments, charms, spells, and snares," in whatever place they may be hidden, and of whatever matter they may be composed, whether male or female, magician or witch, who may have made or given them, and notwithstanding "all compacts and all conventions made between them." Ought not the fact that the church forbids any one to read or to keep these kind of books, to be sufficient to convince us of the falsehood of what they imagine, and to teach us how contrary they are to true religion and sound devotion. Three years ago they printed in this town a little book, of which the author, however, was not of Verona, in which they promised to teach the way "to deliver the possessed, and to break all kinds of spells." We read in it that "those over whom a malignant spell has been cast, lead such a wretched life that it ought rather to be called a long death, like the corpse of a man who had just died," &c. That is not all, for "almost all die of it," and if they are children, "they hardly ever [Pg 433] live." See now the power which simple people ascribe, not only to the devil, but to the vilest of men, whom they really believe to be connected with, and to hold commerce with him. They say afterwards in this same book[696] that the signs which denote a malignant spell are parings, herbs, feathers, bones, nails, and hairs; but they give notice that the feathers prove that there is witchcraft "only when they are intermingled in the form of a circle or nearly so." And, again, you must take care that some woman has not given you something to eat, some flowers to smell, or if she has touched the shoulder of the person on whom the spell is cast. We have an excellent preservative against these simplicities in the vast selection of Dom Martenus, entitled De Antiquis Ecclesiæ Ritibus, in which we see that amidst an infinity of prayers, orisons and exorcisms used at all times throughout Christendom, there is not a passage in which mention is made of spells, sorcery, or magic, or magical operations. They therein command the demon in the name of Jesus Christ to come out and go away—they therein implore the divine protection, to be delivered from his power, to which we are all born subject by the stain of original sin; they therein teach that holy water, salt, and incense sanctified by the prayers of the church may drive away the enemy; that we may not fall into his toils, and that we may have nothing to dread from the attacks of evil spirits; but in no part does it say that spells have power over them, neither do they anywhere pray God to deliver us from them, or to heal us. It is so far from being true that we ought to believe the fables spread abroad on this subject, that I perfectly well remember having read a long time ago in the old casuists, that we ought to class in the number of grievous sins the believing that magic can really work the wonders related of it. I shall remark, on this occasion, that I know not how the author of the book in question can have committed the oversight of twice citing a certain manuscript as to be found in any other cabinet than mine, when it is a well known fact that I formerly purchased it very dear, not knowing that the most important and curious part was wanting. What I have said of it may be seen in the Opuscules which I have joined to the "History of Theology."[697] For the present, it suffices to remember that in the famous canon Episcopi, related first by Réginon,[698] we read these remarkable words—"An infinite number of people, deceived by this false prejudice, believe all that to be true, and in believing it stray from the true faith into the superstition of the heathen, imagining that they can find elsewhere than in God any divinity, or any supernatural power."

A lot of people feel uneasy about completely dismissing everything said about the wonders of magic, as if doing so would mean denying the truth of miracles and the existence of the devil. They often point out that the church has an order of exorcists, and that the rituals include many prayers and blessings against the malice and traps of Satan. But we shouldn’t confuse two very different things here. In fact, the miracles and wonders performed by Divine power actually teach us that God alone has reserved this power for Himself. We often experience that there are indeed evil spirits that continue to tempt us. Regarding the order of Exorcists, we know it was established in the early days of Christianity; the earliest church fathers mention them, but they do not suggest that this order was set up to combat witchcraft or similar things. Rather, it exists, as it does today, to free those who are possessed; "to expel demons from the bodies of the possessed," as stated in the Manual of the Ordination. We do not deny that, for reasons we cannot examine here, God sometimes allows the demon to afflict someone. We only deny that the spirit of darkness ever does so to please a miserable woman from the lower classes. We acknowledge that the Almighty might use evil spirits in various ways to punish humanity’s sins; as St. Jerome says, "God makes people feel His anger and fury through the ministry of rebel angels"; however, we deny that this occurs through certain figures, words, and signs created by ignorance, deceit, or by some disgraceful individuals, or through any authority they may hold over demons. The current pope, who governs the church so gloriously today, discusses in detail the wonders performed by demons as noted in the Old Testament, but he does not mention any effects produced by magic or sorcery since the coming of Jesus Christ. The Roman ritual contains prayers and invocations for all occasions; there are conjurations and exorcisms against demons; but nowhere, unless the text is corrupted, does it mention bewitched people or things, and if they are mentioned, it’s only due to later additions made by individuals. In contrast, we know that many books on this topic containing newly composed prayers have been banned. For example, they have prohibited the book titled Circulus Aureus, which lists the conjurations needed to "invoke demons of all kinds, from the sky, hell, earth, fire, air, and water," to destroy "enchantments, charms, spells, and traps," regardless of where they are hidden or what they are made of, whether male or female, magician or witch, who may have created or provided them, and despite "all agreements and covenants made between them." Shouldn’t the fact that the church forbids anyone from reading or keeping these types of books be enough to convince us of the falsehood of their beliefs and show us how contrary they are to true religion and sound devotion? Three years ago, a little book was printed in this town, authored by someone not from Verona, claiming to teach how "to deliver the possessed and break all kinds of spells." In it, we read that "those under a malignant spell lead such a miserable life that it should rather be called a long death, much like a dead man's corpse," etc. It doesn't stop there; "almost all die from it," and if they are children, "they hardly ever live." Look at the power that simple people ascribe not only to the devil but also to the lowest among us, whom they genuinely believe are connected to and interact with him. The same book claims that signs of a malignant spell include parings, herbs, feathers, bones, nails, and hairs; they caution that feathers only indicate witchcraft "when arranged in a circle or something close to it." Moreover, you must ensure that no woman has given you something to eat, flowers to smell, or touched the shoulder of the person under the spell. We have an excellent safeguard against these foolishness in the extensive collection of Dom Martenus, titled De Antiquis Ecclesiæ Ritibus, where we see that amid countless prayers, invocations, and exorcisms used throughout Christendom, there isn’t a single mention of spells, sorcery, or magic, or magical practices. They command the demon in the name of Jesus Christ to come out and leave—they implore divine protection to be freed from his power, to which we are all born subjected due to original sin; they teach that holy water, salt, and incense sanctified by the church's prayers can drive away the enemy, so we do not fall into his traps, and we should have nothing to fear from the attacks of evil spirits. However, at no point do they claim that spells hold power over them, nor do they pray for God to deliver us from them or to heal us. It is far from true that we should believe the fables spread about this topic; I remember reading a long time ago in the old casuists that we should consider believing that magic can truly perform the wonders attributed to it to be a grave sin. I’ll note here that I don't understand how the author of the book in question could overlook citing a specific manuscript as being found in any cabinet other than mine, when it’s well-known that I bought it for a high price, not realizing that the most important and interesting part was missing. What I have said about it can be found in the Opuscules that I’ve attached to the "History of Theology." It suffices for now to remember that in the famous canon Episcopi, first related by Réginon, we read these remarkable words—"An infinite number of people, deceived by this false prejudice, believe all that to be true, and in doing so stray from the true faith into the superstitions of the heathens, imagining they can find divinity or supernatural power anywhere other than in God."

XV. From all I have hitherto said, it appears how far from truth [Pg 434] is all that is commonly said of this pretended magic; how contrary to all the maxims of the church, and in opposition to the most venerated authority, and what harm might be done to sound doctrine and true piety by entertaining and favoring such extravagant opinions. We read, in the author I am combating, "What shall we say of the fairies, a prodigy so notorious and so common?" It is marvelous that it should be a prodigy and at the same time common. He adds, "There is not a town, not to say a village, which cannot furnish several instances concerning them." For my part, I have seen a great many places; I am seventy-four years of age, and I have perhaps been only too curious on this head; and I own that I have never happened to meet with any prodigy of that kind. I may even add that several inquisitors, very sensible men, after having exercised that duty a long time, have assured me that they also never knew such a thing. It is not often that fairies of all kinds of shapes and different faces have passed through my hands, but I have always discovered and shown that this was nothing but fancy and reverie. On one side, it is affirmed that there is a malicious species among them, who were amorous of beautiful girls; and on the other, they will have it, on the contrary, that all witches are old and ugly. How desirable it would be, if the people could be once undeceived in respect to all these follies, which accord so little with sound doctrine and true piety! Are they not still, in our days, infatuated with what is said of charms which render invulnerable rings in which fairies are enclosed, billets which cure the quartan ague, words which lead you to guess the number to which the lot will fall; of the pas key, which is made to turn to find out a thief; of the cabala, which by means of certain verses and certain answers, which are falsely supposed to contain a certain number of words, unveils the most secret things? Are there not still to be found people who are so simple, or who have so little religion, as to buy these trifles very dear? For the world at this day is not wanting in those prophets spoken of by Micah,[699] whom money inspired and rendered learned. Have we not again calendars in which are marked the lucky and unlucky days, as has been done during a time, under the name of Egyptians? Do they not prevent people from inhabiting certain houses, under pretence of their being haunted? that is to say, that in the night spectres are seen in them, and a great noise of chains is heard, some saying that it is devils who cause all this, and others the spirits of the dead who make all this clang; which is surprising enough that it should be spirits or devils, and that they should only have the power to make themselves perceived in the night. And how many times have we seen the most fatal quarrels occur, principally amongst the peasants, [Pg 435] because one amongst them has accused others of sorcery? But what shall we say of spirits incube and succube, of which, notwithstanding the impossibility of the thing, the existence and reality is maintained? M. Muratori, in that part where he treats of imagination, places the tales on this subject in the same line with what is said of the witches' sabbath; and he says[700] "that these extravagant opinions are at this day so discredited, that it is only the rudest and most ignorant who suffer themselves to be amused by them." One of my friends made me laugh the other day, when, speaking of the pretended incubuses, he said that those who believed in them were not wise to marry. Again, what shall we say of those tacit compacts so often mentioned by the author, and which he supposes to be real? Can we not see that such an opinion is making a god of the devil? For that any one, for example, living three or four hundred leagues off, may have made a compact with the devil, that every time a pendulum shall be suspended above a glass it shall mark the hour as regularly as the most exact clock. According to this idea, that same marvel will happen equally, and at the same moment, not only in this town where we are, but all over the earth, and will be repeated as often as they may wish to make the experiment. Now this is quite another thing from carrying a witch to the sabbath through the air, which the author asserts is beyond the power of the demon; it is attributing to this malicious spirit a kind of almightiness and immensity. But what would happen if some one, having made a compact with a demon for fine weather, another on his part shall have made a compact with the demon for bad weather? Good Father Le Brun wishes us to ascribe to tacit compacts all those effects which we cannot explain by natural causes. If it be so, what a number of tacit compacts there must be in the world! He believes in the stories about the divining rod, and the virtue ascribed to it of finding out robbers and murderers; although all France has since acknowledged that the first author of this fable was a knave, who having been summoned to Paris, could never show there any of those effects he had boasted of. Let any one have the least idea of the invisible atoms scattered abroad throughout the world, of their continually issuing from natural bodies, and the hidden and wonderful effects which they produce, one can never be astonished that at a moderate distance water and metals should operate on certain kinds of wood. The same author sincerely believes what was said, that the contagion and mortality spread amongst the cattle proceeded from a spell; like the man who affirmed that his father and mother remained impotent for seven years, and this ceased only when an old woman had broken the spell. On this subject, he cites [Pg 436] a ritual of which Father Martenus does not speak at all, whence it follows that he did not recognize it for authentic. To give an idea of the credulity of this writer, it will suffice to read the story he relates of one Damis. But we find, above all, an incomparable abridgment of those extravagant wonders in a little book dedicated to the Cardinal Horace Maffei, entitled, "Compendium Melificarum," or the "Abridgment of Witches," printed at Milan in 1608.

XV. From everything I've said so far, it’s clear how far removed from the truth all the common talk about this supposed magic is; it goes against all the principles of the church and contradicts the most respected authorities. There’s real damage to sound doctrine and genuine piety in entertaining and promoting such wild ideas. The author I’m arguing against claims, "What can we say about fairies, such a notorious and common phenomenon?" It’s odd that something can be called a phenomenon and yet common at the same time. He adds, "No town, let alone a village, is without several stories about them." Personally, I’ve traveled to many places; I’m seventy-four years old and have probably been too curious about this topic. I must admit that I have never encountered any such phenomenon. I can also say that several inquisitors, who are quite sensible, assured me they have never seen any such thing either. I haven’t often dealt with fairies of various shapes and appearances, but I’ve always found and shown that they are merely figments of imagination. On one hand, it’s claimed that there’s a malicious type among them who are drawn to beautiful girls; on the other hand, it’s argued that all witches are old and ugly. It would be so beneficial if people could be disillusioned about these absurdities, which are so out of line with sound doctrine and true piety! Are people still, in our time, gullible enough to believe in charms that make you invulnerable, rings holding fairies, papers curing quartan fevers, words predicting lottery numbers, a key that reveals a thief, or the cabala that supposedly uncovers the deepest secrets through certain verses and the number of words? Are there still those who are so naïve, or so lacking in faith, that they pay a lot for these trivialities? Nowadays, the world certainly has those prophets Micah spoke of,[699] inspired and made scholarly by money. Don’t we still have calendars marked with lucky and unlucky days, just like in the days of the Egyptians? Don’t they deter people from living in certain houses because they claim they’re haunted? As if at night, specters can be seen and loud chains can be heard, with some saying it’s devils causing the noise and others claiming it’s the spirits of the deceased. It’s quite strange that only at night can these spirits or devils make themselves known. And how many times have we witnessed deadly quarrels, especially among peasants, because one accused another of witchcraft? But what do we say about incube and succube spirits, whose existence and reality are maintained despite being impossible? M. Muratori, when discussing imagination, places these tales alongside what is said about witches' sabbaths; he states[700] "that these absurd beliefs are so discredited today that only the most unrefined and ignorant people still get caught up in them." A friend made me laugh recently when he said those who believe in incubuses aren't wise enough to marry. Again, what should we say about those supposed tacit compacts the author frequently mentions as real? Isn’t it evident that such beliefs are trying to elevate the devil to god-like status? The notion that someone living three or four hundred miles away could have made a pact with the devil so that every time a pendulum swings above a glass, it would mark the hour as precisely as the finest clock is absurd. According to this idea, the same miracle would happen simultaneously, not just in our town, but everywhere on Earth, repeating whenever someone wishes to test it. This is very different from carrying a witch to a sabbath through the air, which the author claims is beyond the demon's capabilities; it wrongly attributes a kind of omnipotence and vastness to this malevolent spirit. But what happens if one person has made a pact with a demon for good weather while another has made a pact for bad weather? Good Father Le Brun wants us to attribute all those unexplained effects to tacit compacts. If that’s the case, then there must be countless tacit compacts in the world! He believes the stories about the divining rod and its supposed power to find out robbers and murderers; although the entire country has since recognized that the originator of that fable was a fraud who couldn’t prove any of his claims in Paris. Anyone with the slightest notion of the invisible atoms dispersed throughout the world, continually released from natural bodies, and the hidden and remarkable effects they produce would not be surprised that water and metals can affect certain types of wood from a moderate distance. This same author genuinely believes the contagion and deaths among cattle were due to a spell; just like the man who claimed his parents were impotent for seven years until an old woman broke the spell. He cites [Pg 436] a ritual ignored by Father Martenus, suggesting he did not view it as authentic. To illustrate the credulity of this writer, one need only read the tale he tells about a man named Damis. However, we find an unmatched summary of these ridiculous wonders in a small book dedicated to Cardinal Horace Maffei, titled "Compendium Melificarum," or the "Abridgment of Witches," published in Milan in 1608.

XVI. In a word, it is of no little importance to destroy the popular errors which attack the unalterable attributes of the Supreme Being, as if he had laid it down as a law to himself that he would condescend to all the impious and fantastic wishes of malignant spirits, and of the madman who had recourse to them, by seconding them, and permitting the wonderful effects that they desire to produce. Do reason and good sense allow us to imagine that the Sovereign Master of all things, who for reasons which we are not permitted to examine, refuses so often to grant our most ardent prayers for what we need, whether it be public or private, can be so prompt to lend an ear to the requests of the vilest and most wicked, by allowing that which they desire to happen? So long as they believe in the reality of magic, that it is able to work wonders, and that by means of it man can force the demon to obey, it will be in vain to preach against the superstition, impiety, and folly of wizards. There will always be found too many people who will try to succeed in it, and will even fancy they have succeeded in it in fact. To uproot this pest we must begin by making men clearly understand that it is useless in them to be guilty of this horrible crime; that in this way they never obtain anything they wish for, and that all that is said on this subject is fabulous and chimerical. It will not be difficult to persuade any sensible person of this truth, by only leading him to pay attention, and mark if it be possible that all these pretended miracles can be true, whilst it is proved that magic has never possessed the power to enrich those who professed it, which would be much more easy. How could this wonderful art send maladies to those who were in good health, render a married couple impotent, or make any one invisible or invulnerable, whilst it has never been able to bring a hundred crowns, which another would keep locked up in his strong box? And why do we not make any use of so wonderful an art in armies? Why is it so little sought after by princes and their ministers? The most efficacious means for dissipating all these vain fancies would be never to speak of them, and to bury them in silence and oblivion. In any place where for time immemorial no one has ever been suspected of witchcraft, let them only hear that a monk is arrived to take cognizance of this crime and punish it, and directly you will see troops of green-sick girls, and[Pg 437] hypochondriacal men; crowds of children will be brought to him ill with unknown maladies; and it will not fail to be affirmed that these things are caused by spells cast over them, and even when and how the thing happened. It is certainly a wrong way of proceeding, whether in sermons, or in the works published against witches, to amuse themselves with giving the history of all these mad-headed people boast of, of the circumstances in which they have taken a part, and the way in which they happened. It is in vain then to declaim against them, for you may be assured that people are not wanting who suffer themselves to be dazzled by these pretended miracles, who become smitten with these effects, so extraordinary and so wonderful, and try by every means to succeed in them by the very method which has just been taught them, and forget nothing which can place them in the number of this imaginary society. It is then with reason that the author says in his book, that punishment even sometimes serves to render crime more common, and "that there are never more witches than in those places where they are most persecuted." I am delighted to be able to finish with this eulogium, in order that it may be the more clearly seen that if I have herein attacked magic, it is only with upright intentions.

XVI. In short, it is very important to debunk the common misconceptions that challenge the unchangeable qualities of the Supreme Being, as if He had decided to cater to the impious and bizarre wishes of malevolent spirits, and to the madness of those who resort to them, by supporting them and letting them achieve their desired incredible outcomes. Does logic and reason allow us to think that the Sovereign Master of all things, who for reasons beyond our understanding often refuses to fulfill our most passionate prayers for our needs, whether they are public or personal, can be quick to listen to the requests of the most vile and wicked by granting what they want? As long as people believe in the power of magic to accomplish wonders, and that through it, a person can force demons to obey, it will be pointless to argue against the superstition, impiety, and foolishness of wizards. There will always be too many people trying to succeed with it, and some will even believe they have truly succeeded. To eliminate this plague, we must start by making people clearly understand that it is useless for them to commit this terrible crime; that this way, they will never achieve what they desire, and that everything said about it is mythical and illusory. It won’t be hard to convince any sensible person of this truth if we simply guide them to reflect on whether it is possible that all these so-called miracles can be real, especially when it has been proven that magic has never had the ability to make those who practice it rich, which would be far simpler. How could this incredible art cause sickness in healthy people, render a married couple impotent, or make someone invisible or invulnerable, when it has never been able to produce a hundred crowns, which someone else keeps locked away in a strongbox? And why don’t we use such an amazing art in armies? Why do princes and their ministers rarely seek it out? The most effective way to dispel these foolish beliefs is to stop talking about them altogether and let them fade into silence and forgetfulness. In any place where no one has been suspected of witchcraft for ages, just mention that a monk has arrived to oversee and punish this crime, and right away you will see groups of pale girls and anxious men; crowds of children will be brought to him, suffering from unknown illnesses; and it will be claimed that these things are caused by spells cast upon them, along with when and how it happened. It is certainly wrong to proceed in this way, whether in sermons or in works published against witches, to engage in recounting the stories of all these deluded people and the circumstances in which they’ve been involved. Thus, it is pointless to speak out against them, because you can be sure there are people who are easily dazzled by these so-called miracles, who become enchanted by these extraordinary and wonderful effects, and try by all means to achieve them through the very methods just taught to them, leaving nothing undone to place themselves among this imaginary society. It is reasonable that the author of the book mentions that punishment can sometimes make crime more common, and "that there are never more witches than in places where they are most persecuted." I am pleased to conclude with this observation, so that it is clearly understood that my critique of magic is made with the best intentions.

XVII. The eagerness with which I have written this letter has made me forget several things which might very well have a place in it. The greatest difficulty which can be opposed to my argument is that we sometimes find, even amongst people who possess a certain degree of knowledge and good sense, some persons who will say to you, "But I have seen this, or that; such and such things have happened to myself." Upon which it is proper, first of all, to pay attention to the wonderful tricks of certain jugglers, who, by practice and address, succeed in deceiving even the most clear-sighted and sensible persons. It must next be considered that the most natural effects may sometimes appear beyond the power of nature, when cleverly presented in the most favorable point of view. I formerly saw a charlatan who, having driven a nail or a large pin into the head of a chicken, with that nailed it to a table, so that it appeared dead, and was believed to be so by all present; after that, the charlatan having taken out the nail and played some apish tricks, the chicken came to life again and walked about the room. The secret of all this is that these birds have in the forepart of the head two bones, joined in such a way that if anything is driven through with address, though it causes them pain, yet they do not die of it. You may run large pins into a man's leg without wounding or hurting him, or but very slightly, just like a prick which is felt when the pin first enters; which has sometimes served as a pastime for jokers. In my garden, which, thanks to the care of M. Seguier, is become quite a botanic garden,[Pg 438] I have a plant called the onagra,[701] which rises to the height of a man, and bears very beautiful flowers; but they remain closed all day, and only open towards sunset, and that not by degrees, as with all other night plants, but in budding all at once, and showing themselves in a moment in all their beauty. A little before their chalice bursts open, it swells and becomes a little inflated. Now, if any one, profiting by the last-named peculiarity, which is but little known, wished to persuade any simple persons that by the help of some magical words he could, when he would, cause a beautiful flower to bloom, is it not certain that he would find plenty of people disposed to believe him? The common people in our days leave nothing undone to find out the secret of making themselves invulnerable; by which they show that they ascribe to magic more power than was granted to it by the ancients, who believed it very capable of doing harm, but not of doing good. So, when the greater number of the Jews attributed the miracles wrought by the Saviour to the devil, some of the more sensible and reasonable among them asked, "Can the devil restore sight to the blind?"[702] At this day, there are more ways than ever of making simple and ignorant persons believe in magic. For instance, would it be very difficult for a man to pass himself off as a magician, if he said to those who were present, "I can, at my will, either send the bullet in this pistol through this board, or make it simply touch it and fall down at our feet without piercing it?" Nevertheless, nothing is easier; it only requires when the pistol is loaded, that instead of pressing the wadding immediately upon the bullet as is customary, to put it, on the contrary, at the mouth of the barrel. That being done, when they fire, if the end of the pistol is raised, the ball, which is not displaced, will produce the usual effect; but if, on the contrary, the pistol is lowered, so that the ball runs into the barrel and joins the wadding, it will fall on the ground from the board without having penetrated it. It seems to me that something like this may be found in the "Natural Experiments" of Redi, which I have not at hand just now. But on this subject, you can consult Jean Baptista, Porta, and others. We must not, however, place amongst the effects of this kind of magic, what a friend jokingly observed to me in a very polite letter which he wrote to me two months ago:—A noisy exhalation having ignited in a house, and not having been perceived by him who was in the spot adjoining, nor in any other place, he writes me word that those who, according to the vulgar prejudice, persisted in believing that these kinds of fire came from the sky and the clouds, were necessarily forced to attribute this [Pg 439] effect to real magic. I shall again add, on the subject of electrical phenomena, that those who think to explain them by means of two electrical fluids, the one hidden in bodies, and the other circulating around them, would perhaps say something less strange and surprising, if they ascribed them to magic. I have endeavored, in the last letter which is joined to that I wrote upon the subject of exhalations, to give some explanation of these wonders; and I have done so, at least, without being obliged to invent from my own head, and without any foundation, to universal electrical matters which circulate within bodies and without them. Certainly, the ancient philosophers, who reasoned so much on the magnet, would have spared themselves a great deal of trouble, if they had believed it possible to attribute its admirable properties to a magnetic spirit which proceeded from it. But the pleasure I should find in arguing with them, might perhaps engage me in other matters; for which reason I now end my letter.

XVII. The excitement that inspired me to write this letter has caused me to overlook several points that would fit well within it. The biggest challenge to my argument is that we sometimes encounter individuals, even among those with a good amount of knowledge and sense, who will tell you, "But I've seen this or that; such and such things have happened to me." In response, it's important first to consider the amazing tricks of certain magicians who, through practice and skill, manage to deceive even the most discerning and sensible people. We should also note that the most natural phenomena can sometimes seem beyond nature’s power when they are presented in just the right way. I once witnessed a charlatan who drove a nail or a large pin into a chicken's head, fastening it to a table in a way that made it look dead, and everyone present believed it was. Then, after removing the nail and performing some silly antics, the chicken came back to life and walked around the room. The trick behind this is that these birds have two bones at the front of their heads, connected in such a way that if something is pushed through carefully, it causes them pain but doesn’t kill them. You can push large pins into a person's leg without seriously injuring them, similar to the slight sting felt when the pin first goes in; this has often served as a prank for jokers. In my garden, which has become a nice botanical area thanks to Mr. Seguier's care,[Pg 438] I have a plant called the onagra[701] that grows as tall as a person and produces beautiful flowers; however, they stay closed all day and only open at sunset, and not gradually like most night-blooming plants, but all at once, revealing themselves in their full beauty. Just before their blossoms burst open, they swell up a bit. Now, if someone were to take advantage of this lesser-known feature and attempt to convince some naive individuals that with the help of certain magical words, they could make a gorgeous flower bloom at will, wouldn’t it be likely that they would find plenty of people willing to believe them? Nowadays, ordinary people go to great lengths to discover the secret of making themselves invulnerable, revealing that they attribute more power to magic than was historically granted to it by the ancients, who thought it could cause harm but not provide benefits. So, when most of the Jews attributed the miracles performed by the Savior to the devil, some of the more rational and sensible among them asked, "Can the devil restore sight to the blind?"[702] Today, there are more ways than ever to make naive and uninformed people believe in magic. For example, wouldn’t it be easy for someone to claim they were a magician if they told those around them, "I can either make the bullet in this pistol pass through this board or make it touch it and drop at our feet without going through?" In reality, it’s quite simple; all that’s needed is when the pistol is loaded, instead of pressing the wad directly onto the bullet as usual, to instead place it at the mouth of the barrel. When you pull the trigger, if the end of the pistol is raised, the bullet remains in place and produces the expected effect; but if the pistol is lowered so that the bullet pushes into the barrel and joins the wad, it simply falls to the ground after touching the board without penetrating it. I think something similar can be found in the "Natural Experiments" of Redi, which I don't have on hand right now. However, regarding this topic, you can look into Jean Baptista Porta and others. We shouldn’t consider everything related to this kind of magic as such; as a friend jokingly mentioned in a polite letter to me two months ago: a loud exhalation ignited in a house, and since he didn’t notice it in the adjacent room, he wrote to me that those who, according to popular belief, insisted that such fires come from the sky and clouds were forced to attribute this [Pg 439] event to real magic. I will also add regarding electrical phenomena that those who try to explain them with two electrical fluids, one hidden in objects and the other circulating around them, might say something less strange and surprising if they attributed them to magic. In my last letter, which is attached to the one I wrote about exhalations, I tried to explain these wonders; and I did so without making things up from my own imagination or without any basis, regarding the universal electrical matters that circulate within and outside of bodies. Certainly, the ancient philosophers, who spent so much time reasoning about magnets, would have saved themselves a lot of trouble if they had thought it possible to attribute its remarkable properties to a magnetic spirit emanating from it. But the enjoyment I would find in debating with them could very well lead me to other topics; for that reason, I will conclude my letter now.

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[672] The author here alludes to the hypogryphe, a winged horse, invented by Ariosto, that carried the Paladins through the air.

[672] The author here references the hypogryphe, a winged horse created by Ariosto, that flew the Paladins through the air.

[673] Magicus Vanitates.

Magicus Vanitates.

[674] Plin. lib. xxx. c. 1.

[674] Plin. vol. 30, ch. 1.

[675]
"Somnia, terrores magicos, miracula, sagas,
Nocturnos lemures, portentaque Thessala rides?"
Horat. lib. ii. Ep. 2.

[675]
"Do you laugh at dreams, magical fears, miracles, folklore, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, or the strange twists of fate?"
nocturnal spirits and Thessalian signs?
Horat. Book 2, Ep. 2.

[676] Inexpugnabili magicæ disciplinæ potestate, &c.—Lib. iii.

[676] By the irresistible power of magical disciplines, etc.—Book iii.

[677] Delle magiche frodi seppe il Givoco.—Dante, Inf. c. 20.

[677] He learned about the magical frauds from the Givoco.—Dante, Inf. c. 20.

[678] Pp. 139 and 145.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Pages 139 and 145.

[679] P. 9.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] P. 9.

[680] P. 144.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] P. 144.

[681] Goësy, or Goësia, is said to be a kind of magic. It is asserted that those who profess it repair at night to the tombs, where they invoke the demon and evil genii by lamentations and complaints.

[681] Goësy, or Goësia, is considered a form of magic. It is claimed that those who practice it go to the graves at night, where they summon demons and evil spirits through their cries and grievances.

In regard to Theurgy, the ancients gave this name to that part of magic which is called white magic. The word Theurgy signifies the art of doing divine things, or such as God only can perform—the power of producing wonderful and supernatural effects by licit means, in invoking the aid of God and angels. Theurgy differs from natural magic, which is performed by the powers of nature; and from necromancy, which is operated only by the invocation of the demons.

In relation to Theurgy, the ancients referred to this as the part of magic known as white magic. The term Theurgy means the art of performing divine acts, or those that only God can accomplish—the ability to create amazing and supernatural effects through permissible means, by calling upon the help of God and angels. Theurgy is different from natural magic, which is done through the forces of nature, and from necromancy, which relies solely on invoking demons.

[682] P. 170.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] P. 170.

[683] P. 654.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] P. 654.

[684] P. 749.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] P. 749.

[685] P. 9.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] P. 9.

[686] P. 30, de Lam.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] P. 30, de Lam.

[687] P. 94.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] P. 94.

[688] What is enclosed between the brackets is a long addition sent by the author to the printer whilst they were working at a second edition of his letter.

[688] What’s inside the brackets is a lengthy note sent by the author to the printer while they were preparing a second edition of his letter.

[689] Et vidi angelum descendentem de cœlo habentem clavem abyssi et catenam magnam in manu suà; et appehendit draconem, serpentem, antiquum, qui est Diabolus et Satanas, et ligavit eum per annos mille.—Apoc. xx. 1.

[689] And I saw an angel coming down from heaven who had the key to the abyss and a large chain in his hand; and he seized the dragon, the ancient serpent, who is the Devil and Satan, and bound him for a thousand years.—Rev. xx. 1.

[690] Et cum consummati fuerint mille anni, solvetur Satanas de carcere suo.—Apoc. v. 7.

[690] And when a thousand years are completed, Satan will be released from his prison.—Rev. v. 7.

[691] Cujus est adventus secundùm operationem Satanæ in omni virtute et signis et prodigiis mendacibus.—2 Thess. ii. 9.

[691] The arrival of this one is according to the working of Satan, with all power and signs and false wonders.—2 Thess. ii. 9.

[692] Joseph. Antiq. lib. viii. c. 2.

[692] Joseph. Antiq. book viii. chapter 2.

[693] Acts viii. 6.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Acts 8:6.

[694] Mittet siquidem Dominus in iram et furorem suum per angelos pessimos. Hier. ad Eph. i. 7. p. 574.

[694] The Lord does not unleash His anger and fury through evil angels. Hier. ad Eph. i. 7. p. 574.

[695] Vid. de Beatif. lib. iv. p. i. c. 3.

[695] See The Beatific, book iv, page 1, chapter 3.

[696] Pp. 67, 75.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Pages 67, 75.

[697] P. 243.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] P. 243.

[698] Lib. ii. p. 364.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Lib. II, p. 364.

[699] In pecunia divinabunt.—Mich. iii. 11.

[699] When it comes to money.—Mich. iii. 11.

[700] P. 127.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] P. 127.

[701] Now well known as the evening primrose.

[701] Now commonly known as the evening primrose.

[702] Numquid dæmonium potest cœcorum oculos asperire? Joan. ix, 21.

[702] Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? John 9, 21.


LETTER

From the Rev. Fr. Dom. Augustine Calmet, Abbot of Sénones, to Mr. de Bure Senior, Librarian at Paris.

 

Sir—I have received The Historical and Dogmatical Treatise on Apparitions, Visions, and particular Revelations, with Observations on the Dissertations of the Reverend Father Dom. Calmet, Abbot of Sénones, on Apparitions and Ghosts. At Avignon, 1751. By the Abbé Lenglet du Frenoy.

Dude—I have received The Historical and Dogmatical Treatise on Apparitions, Visions, and Particular Revelations, along with Observations on the Dissertations of the Reverend Father Dom. Calmet, Abbot of Sénones, on Apparitions and Ghosts. At Avignon, 1751. By the Abbé Lenglet du Frenoy.

I have looked over this work with pleasure. M. du Frenoy wished to turn to account therein what he wrote fifty-five years ago, as he says himself, on the subject of visions, and the life of Maria d'Agreda, of whom they spoke then, and of whom they still speak even now in so undecided a manner. M. du Frenoy had undertaken at that time to examine the affair thoroughly and to show the illusions of it; there is yet time for him to give his opinion upon it, since the Church has not declared herself upon the work, on the life and visions of that famous Spanish abbess.

I have read this work with enjoyment. M. du Frenoy wanted to make use of what he wrote fifty-five years ago, as he mentions, about visions and the life of Maria d'Agreda, about whom they discussed then and still talk about now in such an uncertain way. M. du Frenoy had committed to thoroughly examining the matter at that time and to reveal its illusions; he still has time to share his opinion on it since the Church hasn't taken a stance on the work, life, and visions of that famous Spanish abbess.

It is only accidentally that he composed his remarks on my Dissertations on Apparitions and Vampires. I have no reason to complain of him; he has observed towards me the rules of politeness and good breeding, and I shall try to imitate him in what I say in my own defence. But if he had read the second edition of my work, printed at Einsidlen in Switzerland, in 1749; the third, printed in Germany at Augsburg, in 1750; and the fourth, on which you are now actually engaged; he might have spared himself the trouble of censuring several passages which I have corrected, reformed, suppressed, or explained myself.

He only happened to comment on my Dissertations on Apparitions and Vampires. I have no complaints about him; he has treated me with politeness and good manners, and I will try to do the same in my defense. However, if he had read the second edition of my work, published in Einsidlen, Switzerland, in 1749; the third, published in Augsburg, Germany, in 1750; and the fourth, which you are currently working on; he could have avoided the hassle of criticizing several sections that I have already corrected, revised, removed, or clarified myself.

If I had wished to swell my work, I could have added to it some rules, remarks, and reflections, with a vast number of circumstances. But by that means I should have fallen into the same error which he seems to have acknowledged himself, when he says that he has perhaps placed in his works too many such rules and remarks: and[Pg 441] I am persuaded that it is, in fact, the part that will be least read and least used.[703]

If I wanted to expand my work, I could have included more rules, comments, and reflections, along with a lot of details. But doing that would mean I’d make the same mistake that he seems to admit to when he mentions he might have included too many of those kinds of rules and comments in his work: and[Pg 441] I believe that part will actually be the least read and least useful.[703]

People will be much more struck with stories squeamishly extracted from Thomas de Cantimpré and Cesarius, whose works are everywhere decried, and that one dare no longer cite openly without exposing them to mockery. They will read, with only too much pleasure, what he relates of the apparitions of Jesus Christ to St. Francis d'Assis, on the Indulgence of the Partionculus, and the particularities of the establishment of the Carmelite Fathers, and of the Brotherhood of the Scapulary, by Simon Stock, to whom the Holy Virgin herself gave the Scapulary of the order. It will be seen in his work that there are few religious establishments or societies which are not founded on some vision or revelation. It seemed even as if it was necessary for the propagation of certain orders and certain congregations; so that these kind of revelations were, as it were, taken by storm; and there seems to have been a competition as to who should produce the greatest number of them, and the most extraordinary, to have them believed. I could not persuade myself that he related seriously the pretended apparition of St. Francis to Erasmus. It is easy to comprehend that it was a joke of Erasmus, who wished to divert himself at the expense of the Cordeliers. But one cannot help being pained at the way in which he treats several fathers of the church, as St. Gregory the Great, St. Gregory of Tours, St. Sulpicius Severus, Peter the Venerable, Abbot of Clugny, St. Anselm, Cardinal Pierre Damien, St. Athanasius even, and St. Ambrose,[704] in regard to their credulity, and the account they have given us of several apparitions and visions, which are little thought of at this day. I say the same of what he relates of the visions of St. Elizabeth of Schonau, of St. Hildegrade, of St. Gertrude, of St. Mecthelda, of St. Bridget, of St. Catherine of Sienna, and hardly does he show any favor to those of St. Theresa.

People will be much more impressed by stories awkwardly taken from Thomas de Cantimpré and Cesarius, whose works are often criticized, and which you can no longer mention openly without risking ridicule. They will read, all too happily, what he shares about the appearances of Jesus Christ to St. Francis of Assisi, the Indulgence of the Partionculus, and the details about the founding of the Carmelite Fathers and the Brotherhood of the Scapular by Simon Stock, to whom the Holy Virgin herself presented the Scapular of the order. His work shows that there are very few religious organizations or communities that aren't based on some vision or revelation. It even seems necessary for the spread of certain orders and congregations; so that these kinds of revelations were, in a way, taken by storm; and there appears to have been a race to see who could produce the most and the most incredible, to make them believable. I couldn't convince myself that he was serious about the supposed apparition of St. Francis to Erasmus. It's easy to see that it was a joke by Erasmus, who wanted to amuse himself at the expense of the Cordeliers. But it’s disheartening how he discusses several church fathers, like St. Gregory the Great, St. Gregory of Tours, St. Sulpicius Severus, Peter the Venerable, Abbot of Cluny, St. Anselm, Cardinal Peter Damian, St. Athanasius, and St. Ambrose,[704] regarding their gullibility, and the accounts they provided of various apparitions and visions, which are not taken seriously today. I feel the same about what he says regarding the visions of St. Elizabeth of Schonau, St. Hildegard, St. Gertrude, St. Mechtild, St. Bridget, St. Catherine of Siena, and he hardly shows any favor to those of St. Teresa.

Would it not have been better to leave the world in this respect as it is,[705] rather than disturb the ashes of so many holy personages and saintly nuns, whose lives are held blessed by the church, and whose writings and revelations have so little influence over the [Pg 442] salvation and the morals of the faithful in general. What service does it render the church to speak disparagingly of the works of the contemplatives, of the Thaulers, the Rushbrooks, the Bartholomews of Pisa, of St. Vincent Ferrier, of St. Bernardine of Sienna, of Henry Harphius, of Pierre de Natalibus, of Bernardine de Bustis, of Ludolf the Chartreux, and other authors of that kind, whose writings are so little read and so little known, whose sectaries are so few in number, and have so little weight in the world, and even in the church?

Wouldn't it have been better to leave things as they are,[705] rather than disturb the legacies of so many revered figures and holy nuns, whose lives are considered blessed by the church, and whose writings and revelations have so little impact on the [Pg 442] salvation and morals of the faithful in general? What benefit does it provide the church to criticize the works of contemplatives like Thaulers, Rushbrooks, Bartholomews of Pisa, St. Vincent Ferrier, St. Bernardine of Sienna, Henry Harphius, Pierre de Natalibus, Bernardine de Bustis, Ludolf the Chartreux, and other authors of that kind, whose writings are seldom read and little known, whose followers are few in number, and have little influence in the world, and even within the church?

The Abbé du Frenoy acknowledges the visions and revelations which are clearly marked in Scripture; but is there not reason to fear that certain persons may apply the rules of criticism which he employs against the visions of the male and female saints of whom he speaks in his work, and that they may say, for instance, that Jeremiah yielded to his melancholy humor, and Ezekiel to his caustic disposition, to predict sad and disagreeable things to the Jewish people?[706]

The Abbé du Frenoy recognizes the visions and revelations that are clearly outlined in Scripture; however, isn't there a valid concern that some individuals might use the critical standards he applies to the visions of the male and female saints discussed in his work? They could argue, for example, that Jeremiah was influenced by his melancholy mood and Ezekiel by his sarcastic nature when predicting unfortunate and unpleasant events for the Jewish people?[706]

We know how many vexations the prophets endured from the Jews, and that in particular[707] those of Anathoth had resolved to put their countryman Jeremiah to death, to prevent him from prophesying in the name of the Lord. To what persecutions were not himself and Baruch his disciple exposed for having spoken in the name of the Lord? Did not King Jehoiakim, son of Josiah, throw the book of Baruch into the fire,[708] after having hacked it with a penknife, in hatred of the truths which it announced to him?

We know how many troubles the prophets faced from the Jews, and specifically[707] those from Anathoth intended to kill their fellow citizen Jeremiah to stop him from prophesying in the name of the Lord. What kind of persecutions did he and his disciple Baruch face for speaking in the name of the Lord? Didn’t King Jehoiakim, the son of Josiah, throw Baruch’s book into the fire,[708] after cutting it up with a knife, out of hatred for the truths it revealed to him?

The Jews sometimes went so far as to insult them in their dwellings, and even to say to them,[709] Ubi est verbum Domini? veniat; and elsewhere, "Let us plot against Jeremiah; for the priests will not fail to cite the law, and the prophets will not fail to allege the words of the Lord: come, let us attack him with derision, and pay no regard to his discourse."

The Jews sometimes went so far as to insult them in their homes, even saying to them, Where is the word of the Lord? Let it come; and elsewhere, "Let's scheme against Jeremiah; the priests will definitely reference the law, and the prophets will surely mention the words of the Lord: come, let's mock him and ignore what he has to say."

Isaiah did not endure less vexation and insult, the libertine Jews having gone even into his house, and said to him insolently[710]—Manda, remanda; expecta, re-expecta; modicum ibi, et modicum ibi, as if to mock at his threats.

Isaiah faced just as much annoyance and disrespect, with the free-spirited Jews even entering his home and saying to him arrogantly[710]—Manda, remanda; expecta, re-expecta; modicum ibi, et modicum ibi, as if to ridicule his warnings.

But all that has not prevailed, nor ever will prevail, against the truth and word of God; the faithful and exact execution of the threats of the Lord has justified, and ever will justify, the predictions and visions of the prophets. The gates of hell will not prevail against the Christian church, and the word of God will triumph over the [Pg 443] malice of hell, the artifice of corrupt men, of libertines, and over all the subtlety of pretended free-thinkers. True and real visions, revelations, and apparitions will always bear in themselves a character of truth, and will serve to destroy those which are false, and proceed from the spirit of error and delusion. And coming now to what regards myself in particular, M. du Frenoy says, that the public have been surprised that instead of placing my proofs before the circumstances of my apparitions, I have given them afterwards, and that I have not entered fully enough into the subject of these proofs.

But all that hasn't succeeded, and never will, against the truth and word of God; the faithful and precise execution of the Lord's threats has validated, and will always validate, the predictions and visions of the prophets. The gates of hell will not overpower the Christian church, and the word of God will triumph over the [Pg 443] malice of hell, the schemes of corrupt individuals, libertines, and all the cunning of so-called free-thinkers. Genuine visions, revelations, and apparitions will always carry a sense of truth and will help to eliminate those that are false, arising from the spirit of error and delusion. Now, regarding myself specifically, M. du Frenoy mentions that the public has been surprised that instead of presenting my evidence before discussing my apparitions, I have shared it afterward, and that I haven't explored the topic of this evidence in enough detail.

I am going to give the public an account of my method and design. Having proposed to myself to prove the truth, the reality, and consequently the possibility of apparitions, I have related a great many authentic instances, derived from the Old and New Testament, which forms a complete proof of my opinion, for the certainty of the facts carries with it here the certainty of the dogma.

I’m going to share my approach and plan with the public. I aim to demonstrate the truth, reality, and therefore the possibility of apparitions. I've included many authentic examples from the Old and New Testament, which provide solid evidence for my view, as the certainty of the facts here supports the certainty of the belief.

After that I have related instances and opinions taken from the Hebrews, Mahometans, Greeks, and Latins, to assure the same truth. I have been careful not to draw any parallel between these testimonies and the scriptural ones which preceded. My object in this was to demonstrate that in every age, and in all civilized nations, the idea of the immortality of the soul, of its existence after death, of its return and appearance, is one of those truths which the length of ages has never been able to efface from the mind of nations.

After that, I've shared examples and views from the Hebrews, Muslims, Greeks, and Latins to support the same truth. I was careful not to compare these testimonies with the earlier scriptural ones. My goal was to show that throughout history, in all civilized societies, the belief in the immortality of the soul, its existence after death, and its return and appearance is one of those truths that has never been erased from the collective consciousness of nations, no matter how much time has passed.

I draw the same inference from the instances which I have related, and of which I do not pretend to guarantee either the truth or the certainty. I willingly yield all the circumstances that are not revealed to censure and criticism; I only esteem as true that which is so in fact.

I come to the same conclusion from the examples I've shared, and I don't claim to guarantee either their truth or certainty. I'm open to criticism about any circumstances that aren't revealed; I only consider as true what is true in fact.

M. du Frenoy finds that the proof of the immortality of the soul which I infer from the apparition of the spirit after death, is not sufficiently solid; but it is certainly one of the most palpable and most easy of comprehension to the generality of mankind; it would make more impression upon them than arguments drawn from philosophy and metaphysics. I do not intend for that reason to attack any other proofs of the same truth, or to weaken a dogma so essential to religion.

M. du Frenoy believes that the evidence for the immortality of the soul, which I draw from the appearance of the spirit after death, isn't strong enough. However, it is undoubtedly one of the most obvious and easily understood ideas for most people; it would resonate with them more than philosophical and metaphysical arguments. For that reason, I don't plan to challenge any other proofs of this truth or undermine a belief that is so crucial to religion.

He endeavors to prove, at great length,[711] that the salvation of the Emperor Trajan is not a thing which the Christian religion can confirm. I agree with him; and it was useless to take any trouble to demonstrate it.[712]

He tries to show, in detail,[711] that the salvation of Emperor Trajan is something the Christian religion cannot verify. I agree with him; and it was pointless to make an effort to prove it.[712]

[Pg 444]He speaks of the young man of Delme,[713] who having fallen into a swoon remained in it some days; they brought him back to life, and a languor remained upon him which at last led to his death at the end of the year. It is thus he arranges that story.

[Pg 444]He talks about the young man from Delme,[713] who fainted and stayed unconscious for several days; they managed to revive him, but he was left with a weakness that eventually caused his death at the end of the year. That's how he tells that story.

M. du Frenoy disguises the affair a little; and although I do not believe that the devil could restore the youth to life, nevertheless the original and cotemporaneous authors whom I have quoted maintain that the demon had much to do with this event.[714]

M. du Frenoy downplays the situation a bit; and while I don't think that the devil could actually bring someone back to life, the original and contemporary authors I've mentioned argue that the demon played a significant role in this event.[714]

What has principally prevented me from giving rules and prescribing a method for discerning true and false apparitions is, that I am quite persuaded that the way in which they occur is absolutely unknown to us; that it contains insurmountable difficulties; and that consulting only the rules of philosophy, I should be more disposed to believe them impossible than to affirm their truth and possibility. But I am restrained by respect for the Holy Scriptures, by the testimony of all antiquity and by the tradition of the Church.

What mainly holds me back from providing rules and outlining a method for distinguishing real from fake apparitions is that I firmly believe the manner in which they happen is completely unknown to us; that it presents insurmountable challenges; and that solely relying on philosophical guidelines, I would be more inclined to consider them impossible than to assert their truth and possibility. However, I am held back by my respect for the Holy Scriptures, the accounts of all history, and the traditions of the Church.

"I am, sir,
Your very humble
and very obedient servant,
D. A. Calmet, Abbot of Sénones."

"I'm here, sir,"
Your very humble.
and a very obedient servant,
D. A. Calmet, Abbot of Sénones.

 

 

Footnotes:

Footnotes:

[703] Dom. Calmet has a very bad opinion of the public, to believe that it values so little what is, perhaps, the best and most sensible part of the book. Wise people think quite differently from himself.

[703] Dom. Calmet has a very low opinion of the public, assuming that it doesn't appreciate what is probably the best and most sensible part of the book. Wise people think very differently from him.

[704] Neither Gregory of Tours, nor Sulpicius Severus, nor Peter the Venerable, nor Pierre Damien, have ever been placed in a parallel line with the fathers of the Church. In regard to the latter, it has always been allowable, without failing in the respect which is due to them, to remark certain weaknesses in their works, sometimes even errors, as the Church has done in condemning the Millenaries, &c.

[704] Neither Gregory of Tours, Sulpicius Severus, Peter the Venerable, nor Pierre Damien have ever been put on the same level as the Church Fathers. When it comes to the latter, it has always been acceptable, without disrespecting them, to point out some weaknesses in their works, and sometimes even errors, as the Church has done in condemning the Millenarians, etc.

[705] An excellent maxim for fomenting credulity and nourishing superstition.

[705] A great saying for encouraging gullibility and feeding superstition.

[706] What a parallel! how could any one make it without renouncing common sense?

[706] What a comparison! How could anyone make it without giving up common sense?

[707] Jeremiah xxi. 21.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Jeremiah 21:21.

[708] Jerem. xxxvi.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Jeremiah 36.

[709] Jerem. xvii. 15.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Jer. 17:15.

[710] Isai. xxviii. 10.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Isaiah 28:10.

[711] Tom. ii. p. 92 et seq.

[711] Tom. ii. p. 92 et seq.

[712] It is true that what Dom. Calmet had said of this in his first edition, the only one M. Lenglet has seen, has been corrected in the following ones.

[712] It's true that what Dom. Calmet mentioned in his first edition, which is the only one M. Lenglet has viewed, has been updated in the later editions.

[713] P. 155.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] P. 155.

[714] A bad foundation; credulous or interested authors.

[714] A shaky foundation; trusting or self-serving authors.

 

 

 

THE END.


Transcriber's Notes:

Transcriber's Notes:

Original does not include pages 1-36.

Original does not include pages 1-36.

Blank spaces represent corresponding blank spaces in the original.

Blank spaces represent corresponding blank spaces in the original.

Punctuation in footnotes has been standardized.

Punctuation in footnotes has been standardized.

Footnote marker removed on page 268; no corresponding footnote text. Original text: "the passage of the book of Tobit;[1]..."

Footnote marker removed on page 268; no corresponding footnote text. Original text: "the passage of the book of Tobit;[1]..."

Other than noted corrections, spelling and punctuation is presented as in the original.

Other than the mentioned corrections, spelling and punctuation are shown as they were in the original.

Additional spacing after some of the quotes is intentional to indicate both the end of a quotation and the beginning of a new paragraph as presented in the original text.

Additional spacing after some of the quotes is intentional to indicate both the end of a quotation and the start of a new paragraph, just like in the original text.

Some quotes are opened with marks but are not closed. Obvious errors have been silently closed, while those requiring interpretation have been left open.

Some quotes start with marks but aren't closed. Obvious mistakes have been quietly closed, while those needing interpretation have been left open.




        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!